update tcl/tk

137 files changed, 0 insertions, 50221 deletions

diff --git a/tk8.6/win/Makefile.in b/tk8.6/win/Makefile.in
deleted file mode 100644
index e878484..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/Makefile.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,748 +0,0 @@
-# This file is a Makefile for Tk.  If it has the name "Makefile.in"
-# then it is a template for a Makefile;  to generate the actual Makefile,
-# run "./configure", which is a configuration script generated by the
-# "autoconf" program (constructs like "@foo@" will get replaced in the
-# actual Makefile.
-
-TCLVERSION		= @TCL_VERSION@
-TCLPATCHL		= @TCL_PATCH_LEVEL@
-VERSION			= @TK_VERSION@
-PATCH_LEVEL		= @TK_PATCH_LEVEL@
-
-#----------------------------------------------------------------
-# Things you can change to personalize the Makefile for your own
-# site (you can make these changes in either Makefile.in or
-# Makefile, but changes to Makefile will get lost if you re-run
-# the configuration script).
-#----------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# Default top-level directories in which to install architecture-
-# specific files (exec_prefix) and machine-independent files such
-# as scripts (prefix).  The values specified here may be overridden
-# at configure-time with the --exec-prefix and --prefix options
-# to the "configure" script.
-
-prefix			= @prefix@
-exec_prefix		= @exec_prefix@
-bindir			= @bindir@
-libdir			= @libdir@
-includedir		= @includedir@
-datarootdir		= @datarootdir@
-mandir			= @mandir@
-
-# The following definition can be set to non-null for special systems
-# like AFS with replication.  It allows the pathnames used for installation
-# to be different than those used for actually reference files at
-# run-time.  INSTALL_ROOT is prepended to $prefix and $exec_prefix
-# when installing files.
-INSTALL_ROOT		=
-
-# Directory from which applications will reference the library of Tk
-# scripts (note: you can set the TK_LIBRARY environment variable at
-# run-time to override this value):
-TK_LIBRARY		= $(prefix)/lib/tk$(VERSION)
-
-# Path to use at runtime to refer to LIB_INSTALL_DIR:
-LIB_RUNTIME_DIR		= $(libdir)
-
-# Directory in which to install the program wish:
-BIN_INSTALL_DIR		= $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(bindir)
-
-# Directory in which to install the .a or .so binary for the Tk library:
-LIB_INSTALL_DIR		= $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(libdir)
-
-# Path name to use when installing library scripts:
-SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR	= $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(TK_LIBRARY)
-
-# Directory in which to install the include file tk.h:
-INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR	= $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(includedir)
-
-# Directory in which to (optionally) install the private tk headers:
-PRIVATE_INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR = $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(includedir)
-
-# Top-level directory for manual entries:
-MAN_INSTALL_DIR		= $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(mandir)
-
-# Directory in which to install manual entry for wish:
-MAN1_INSTALL_DIR	= $(MAN_INSTALL_DIR)/man1
-
-# Directory in which to install manual entries for Tk's C library
-# procedures:
-MAN3_INSTALL_DIR	= $(MAN_INSTALL_DIR)/man3
-
-# Directory in which to install manual entries for the built-in
-# Tk commands:
-MANN_INSTALL_DIR	= $(MAN_INSTALL_DIR)/mann
-
-# Libraries built with optimization switches have this additional extension
-TK_DBGX			= @TK_DBGX@
-
-# Directory in which to install the pkgIndex.tcl file for loadable Tk
-PKG_INSTALL_DIR		= $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/tk$(VERSION)$(TK_DBGX)
-
-# Package index file for loadable Tk
-PKG_INDEX		= $(PKG_INSTALL_DIR)/pkgIndex.tcl
-
-# The directory containing the Tcl source and header files.
-TCL_SRC_DIR		= @TCL_SRC_DIR@
-
-# The directory containing the Tcl library archive file appropriate
-# for this version of Tk:
-TCL_BIN_DIR		= @TCL_BIN_DIR@
-
-# The directory containing the Tcl sources and headers appropriate
-# for this version of Tk ("srcdir" will be replaced or has already
-# been replaced by the configure script):
-TCL_GENERIC_DIR		= @TCL_SRC_DIR@/generic
-
-# The directory containing the platform specific Tcl sources and headers
-# appropriate for this version of Tk:
-TCL_PLATFORM_DIR	= @TCL_SRC_DIR@/win
-
-TCL_TOOL_DIR		= @TCL_SRC_DIR@/tools
-
-# Converts a POSIX path to a Windows native path.
-CYGPATH			= @CYGPATH@
-
-# The name of the Tcl library.
-TCL_LIB_FILE	  = "$(shell $(CYGPATH) '@TCL_BIN_DIR@/@TCL_LIB_FILE@')"
-TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE = "$(shell $(CYGPATH) '@TCL_BIN_DIR@/@TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE@')"
-
-SRC_DIR			= @srcdir@
-ROOT_DIR		= $(SRC_DIR)/..
-WIN_DIR			= $(SRC_DIR)
-UNIX_DIR		= $(SRC_DIR)/../unix
-GENERIC_DIR		= $(SRC_DIR)/../generic
-TTK_DIR			= $(GENERIC_DIR)/ttk
-BITMAP_DIR		= $(ROOT_DIR)/bitmaps
-XLIB_DIR		= $(ROOT_DIR)/xlib
-RC_DIR			= $(WIN_DIR)/rc
-
-ROOT_DIR_NATIVE	   	= $(shell $(CYGPATH) '$(ROOT_DIR)' | sed 's!\\!/!g')
-WIN_DIR_NATIVE	   	= $(shell $(CYGPATH) '$(WIN_DIR)' | sed 's!\\!/!g')
-GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE 	= $(shell $(CYGPATH) '$(GENERIC_DIR)' | sed 's!\\!/!g')
-BITMAP_DIR_NATIVE	= $(ROOT_DIR_NATIVE)/bitmaps
-XLIB_DIR_NATIVE		= $(ROOT_DIR_NATIVE)/xlib
-RC_DIR_NATIVE      	= $(WIN_DIR_NATIVE)/rc
-TCL_GENERIC_NATIVE	= $(shell $(CYGPATH) '$(TCL_GENERIC_DIR)' | sed 's!\\!/!g')
-TCL_PLATFORM_NATIVE	= $(shell $(CYGPATH) '$(TCL_PLATFORM_DIR)' | sed 's!\\!/!g')
-TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE      = $(shell $(CYGPATH) '$(TCL_SRC_DIR)' | sed 's!\\!/!g')
-
-DLLSUFFIX		= @DLLSUFFIX@
-LIBSUFFIX		= @LIBSUFFIX@
-EXESUFFIX		= @EXESUFFIX@
-
-TK_STUB_LIB_FILE	= @TK_STUB_LIB_FILE@
-TK_LIB_FILE		= @TK_LIB_FILE@
-TK_DLL_FILE		= @TK_DLL_FILE@
-TEST_DLL_FILE		= tktest$(VER)${DLLSUFFIX}
-TEST_LIB_FILE		= @LIBPREFIX@tktest$(VER)${LIBSUFFIX}
-
-SHARED_LIBRARIES 	= $(TK_DLL_FILE) $(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE)
-STATIC_LIBRARIES	= $(TK_LIB_FILE)
-
-WISH			= wish$(VER)${EXESUFFIX}
-TKTEST			= tktest${EXEEXT}
-CAT32			= cat32$(EXEEXT)
-MAN2TCL			= man2tcl$(EXEEXT)
-
-@SET_MAKE@
-
-# Setting the VPATH variable to a list of paths will cause the
-# makefile to look into these paths when resolving .c to .obj
-# dependencies.
-
-VPATH = $(GENERIC_DIR):$(TTK_DIR):$(WIN_DIR):$(UNIX_DIR):$(XLIB_DIR):$(RC_DIR)
-
-# warning flags
-CFLAGS_WARNING	= @CFLAGS_WARNING@
-
-# The default switches for optimization or debugging
-CFLAGS_DEBUG    = @CFLAGS_DEBUG@
-CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE	= @CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE@
-
-# The default switches for optimization or debugging
-LDFLAGS_DEBUG    = @LDFLAGS_DEBUG@
-LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE = @LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE@
-
-# To change the compiler switches, for example to change from optimization to
-# debugging symbols, change the following line:
-#CFLAGS		= $(CFLAGS_DEBUG)
-#CFLAGS		= $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)
-#CFLAGS		= $(CFLAGS_DEBUG) $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)
-CFLAGS		= @CFLAGS@ @CFLAGS_DEFAULT@ -DUNICODE -D_UNICODE -D_ATL_XP_TARGETING
-
-# Special compiler flags to use when building man2tcl on Windows.
-MAN2TCLFLAGS	= @MAN2TCLFLAGS@
-
-AR		= @AR@
-RANLIB		= @RANLIB@
-CC		= @CC@
-RC		= @RC@
-RES		= @RES@
-TK_RES		= @TK_RES@
-AC_FLAGS	= @EXTRA_CFLAGS@ @DEFS@ @TCL_DEFS@
-CPPFLAGS	= @CPPFLAGS@
-LDFLAGS		= @LDFLAGS@ @LDFLAGS_DEFAULT@
-LDFLAGS_CONSOLE	= @LDFLAGS_CONSOLE@
-LDFLAGS_WINDOW	= @LDFLAGS_WINDOW@
-EXEEXT		= @EXEEXT@
-OBJEXT		= @OBJEXT@
-STLIB_LD	= @STLIB_LD@
-SHLIB_LD	= @SHLIB_LD@
-SHLIB_LD_LIBS	= @SHLIB_LD_LIBS@
-SHLIB_CFLAGS	= @SHLIB_CFLAGS@
-SHLIB_SUFFIX	= @SHLIB_SUFFIX@
-VER		= @TK_MAJOR_VERSION@@TK_MINOR_VERSION@
-DOTVER		= @TK_MAJOR_VERSION@.@TK_MINOR_VERSION@
-LIBS		= $(TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE) @LIBS@ @LIBS_GUI@
-RMDIR		= rm -rf
-MKDIR		= mkdir -p
-SHELL		= @SHELL@
-RM		= rm -f
-COPY		= cp
-
-BUILD_TCLSH	= @BUILD_TCLSH@
-
-# Tk does not used deprecated Tcl constructs so it should
-# compile fine with -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED. To remove its own
-# set of deprecated code uncomment the second line.
-NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS	=
-#NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS	= -DTK_NO_DEPRECATED
-
-# TCL_EXE is the name of a tclsh executable that is available *BEFORE*
-# running make for the first time. Certain build targets (make genstubs)
-# need it to be available on the PATH. This executable should *NOT* be
-# required just to do a normal build although it can be required to run
-# make dist.
-TCL_EXE			= @TCLSH_PROG@
-
-CC_SWITCHES = ${CFLAGS} ${CFLAGS_WARNING} ${SHLIB_CFLAGS} \
--I"${GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE}" -I"${WIN_DIR_NATIVE}" \
--I"${XLIB_DIR_NATIVE}" -I"${BITMAP_DIR_NATIVE}" \
--I"${TCL_GENERIC_NATIVE}" -I"${TCL_PLATFORM_NATIVE}" \
-${AC_FLAGS} $(NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS) -DUSE_TCL_STUBS
-
-CC_OBJNAME = @CC_OBJNAME@
-CC_EXENAME = @CC_EXENAME@
-
-# Tk used to let the configure script choose which program to use
-# for installing, but there are just too many different versions of
-# "install" around;  better to use the install-sh script that comes
-# with the distribution, which is slower but guaranteed to work.
-
-INSTALL		= cp
-INSTALL_PROGRAM = ${INSTALL}
-INSTALL_DATA	= ${INSTALL}
-
-WISH_OBJS = \
-	winMain.$(OBJEXT)
-
-TKTEST_OBJS = \
-	tkSquare.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkTest.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkOldTest.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkWinTest.$(OBJEXT)
-
-XLIB_OBJS = \
-	xcolors.$(OBJEXT) \
-	xdraw.$(OBJEXT) \
-	xgc.$(OBJEXT) \
-	ximage.$(OBJEXT) \
-	xutil.$(OBJEXT)
-
-TK_OBJS = \
-	tkConsole.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkUnixMenubu.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkUnixScale.$(OBJEXT) \
-	$(XLIB_OBJS) \
-	tkWin3d.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkWin32Dll.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkWinButton.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkWinClipboard.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkWinColor.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkWinConfig.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkWinCursor.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkWinDialog.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkWinDraw.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkWinEmbed.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkWinFont.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkWinImage.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkWinInit.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkWinKey.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkWinMenu.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkWinPixmap.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkWinPointer.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkWinRegion.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkWinScrlbr.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkWinSend.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkWinSendCom.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkWinWindow.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkWinWm.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkWinX.$(OBJEXT) \
-	stubs.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tk3d.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkArgv.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkAtom.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkBind.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkBitmap.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkBusy.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkButton.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkCanvArc.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkCanvBmap.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkCanvImg.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkCanvLine.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkCanvPoly.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkCanvPs.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkCanvText.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkCanvUtil.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkCanvWind.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkCanvas.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkClipboard.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkCmds.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkColor.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkConfig.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkCursor.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkEntry.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkError.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkEvent.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkFileFilter.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkFocus.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkFont.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkFrame.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkGC.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkGeometry.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkGet.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkGrab.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkGrid.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkImage.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkImgBmap.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkImgGIF.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkImgPNG.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkImgPPM.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkImgPhoto.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkImgPhInstance.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkImgUtil.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkListbox.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkMacWinMenu.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkMain.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkMain2.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkMenu.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkMenubutton.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkMenuDraw.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkMessage.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkPanedWindow.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkObj.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkOldConfig.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkOption.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkPack.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkPlace.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkPointer.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkRectOval.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkScale.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkScrollbar.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkSelect.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkStyle.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkText.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkTextBTree.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkTextDisp.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkTextImage.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkTextIndex.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkTextMark.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkTextTag.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkTextWind.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkTrig.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkUndo.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkUtil.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkVisual.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkStubInit.$(OBJEXT) \
-	tkWindow.$(OBJEXT) \
-	$(TTK_OBJS)
-
-TTK_OBJS = \
-	ttkWinMonitor.$(OBJEXT) \
-	ttkWinTheme.$(OBJEXT) \
-	ttkWinXPTheme.$(OBJEXT) \
-	ttkBlink.$(OBJEXT) \
-	ttkButton.$(OBJEXT) \
-	ttkCache.$(OBJEXT) \
-	ttkClamTheme.$(OBJEXT) \
-	ttkClassicTheme.$(OBJEXT) \
-	ttkDefaultTheme.$(OBJEXT) \
-	ttkElements.$(OBJEXT) \
-	ttkEntry.$(OBJEXT) \
-	ttkFrame.$(OBJEXT) \
-	ttkImage.$(OBJEXT) \
-	ttkInit.$(OBJEXT) \
-	ttkLabel.$(OBJEXT) \
-	ttkLayout.$(OBJEXT) \
-	ttkManager.$(OBJEXT) \
-	ttkNotebook.$(OBJEXT) \
-	ttkPanedwindow.$(OBJEXT) \
-	ttkProgress.$(OBJEXT) \
-	ttkScale.$(OBJEXT) \
-	ttkScrollbar.$(OBJEXT) \
-	ttkScroll.$(OBJEXT) \
-	ttkSeparator.$(OBJEXT) \
-	ttkSquare.$(OBJEXT) \
-	ttkState.$(OBJEXT) \
-	ttkTagSet.$(OBJEXT) \
-	ttkTheme.$(OBJEXT) \
-	ttkTrace.$(OBJEXT) \
-	ttkTrack.$(OBJEXT) \
-	ttkTreeview.$(OBJEXT) \
-	ttkWidget.$(OBJEXT) \
-	ttkStubInit.$(OBJEXT)
-
-STUB_OBJS = \
-	tkStubLib.$(OBJEXT) \
-	ttkStubLib.$(OBJEXT)
-
-TCL_DOCS = "$(TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE)/doc/*.[13n]"
-TK_DOCS = "$(ROOT_DIR_NATIVE)/doc/*.[13n]"
-CORE_DOCS = $(TCL_DOCS) $(TK_DOCS)
-
-DEMOPROGS = browse hello ixset rmt rolodex square tcolor timer widget
-
-SHELL_ENV = \
-	@TCL_LIBRARY="$(TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE)/library"; export TCL_LIBRARY; \
-	TK_LIBRARY="$(ROOT_DIR_NATIVE)/library"; export TK_LIBRARY; \
-	PATH="$(TCL_BIN_DIR):$(PATH)"; export PATH;
-
-# Main targets.  The default target -- all -- builds the binaries,
-# performs any post processing on libraries or documents.
-
-all: binaries libraries doc
-
-binaries: @LIBRARIES@ $(WISH)
-
-libraries:
-
-$(ROOT_DIR)/doc/man.macros:
-	$(INSTALL_DATA) "$(TCL_SRC_DIR)/doc/man.macros" "$(ROOT_DIR)/doc/man.macros"
-
-doc: $(ROOT_DIR)/doc/man.macros
-
-winhelp: $(TCL_SRC_DIR)/tools/man2help.tcl $(MAN2TCL)
-	$(TCL_EXE) "$(TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE)/tools/man2help.tcl" tcl "$(VER)" $(CORE_DOCS)
-	$(COPY) "$(TCL_BIN_DIR)/tcl.hpj" ./
-	hcw /c /e tcl.hpj
-	$(COPY) ./tcl$(VER).cnt ./TCL$(VER).HLP "$(TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE)/tools/"
-
-$(MAN2TCL): $(TCL_SRC_DIR)/tools/man2tcl.c
-	$(CC) $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) $(MAN2TCLFLAGS) -o $(MAN2TCL) "$(TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE)/tools/man2tcl.c"
-
-# Specifying TESTFLAGS on the command line is the standard way to pass
-# args to tcltest, ie:
-#	% make test TESTFLAGS="-verbose bps -file fileName.test"
-
-test: test-classic test-ttk
-
-test-classic: binaries $(TKTEST) $(TEST_DLL_FILE) $(CAT32)
-	$(SHELL_ENV) ./$(TKTEST) "$(ROOT_DIR_NATIVE)/tests/all.tcl" \
-	$(TESTFLAGS) | ./$(CAT32)
-
-test-ttk: binaries $(TKTEST) $(TEST_DLL_FILE) $(CAT32)
-	$(SHELL_ENV) ./$(TKTEST) "$(ROOT_DIR_NATIVE)/tests/ttk/all.tcl" \
-	$(TESTFLAGS) | ./$(CAT32)
-
-runtest: binaries $(TKTEST) $(TEST_DLL_FILE)
-	$(SHELL_ENV) ./$(TKTEST) $(TESTFLAGS) $(SCRIPT)
-
-# This target can be used to run wish from the build directory
-# via `make shell` or `make shell SCRIPT=foo.tcl`
-shell: binaries
-	$(SHELL_ENV) ./$(WISH) $(SCRIPT)
-
-demo: $(WISH)
-	$(SHELL_ENV) ./$(WISH) $(ROOT_DIR)/library/demos/widget
-
-# This target can be used to run wish inside either gdb or insight
-gdb: binaries
-	@echo "set env TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE)/library" > gdb.run
-	@echo "set env TK_LIBRARY=$(ROOT_DIR_NATIVE)/library" >> gdb.run
-	PATH="$(TCL_BIN_DIR):$(PATH)"; export PATH; \
-	gdb ./$(WISH) --command=gdb.run
-	@$(RM) gdb.run
-
-install: all install-binaries install-libraries install-doc install-demos
-
-install-binaries: binaries
-	@for i in $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR) $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR) $(PKG_INSTALL_DIR); \
-	    do \
-	    if [ ! -d $$i ] ; then \
-		echo "Making directory $$i"; \
-		$(MKDIR) $$i; \
-		chmod 755 $$i; \
-		else true; \
-		fi; \
-	    done;
-	@for i in $(TK_DLL_FILE) $(WISH); \
-	    do \
-	    if [ -f $$i ]; then \
-		echo "Installing $$i to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/"; \
-		$(COPY) $$i "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)"; \
-	    fi; \
-	    done
-	@echo "Creating package index $(PKG_INDEX)";
-	@$(RM) $(PKG_INDEX);
-	@(\
-	echo "if {[catch {package present Tcl 8.6.0}]} return";\
-	echo "if {(\$$::tcl_platform(platform) eq \"unix\") && ([info exists ::env(DISPLAY)]";\
-	echo "	|| ([info exists ::argv] && (\"-display\" in \$$::argv)))} {";\
-	echo "    package ifneeded Tk $(VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir .. .. bin libtk$(VERSION).dll]] Tk]";\
-	echo "} else {";\
-	echo "    package ifneeded Tk $(VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir .. .. bin $(TK_DLL_FILE)]] Tk]";\
-	echo "}";\
-	) > $(PKG_INDEX);
-	@for i in tkConfig.sh $(TK_LIB_FILE) $(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE); \
-	    do \
-	    if [ -f $$i ]; then \
-		echo "Installing $$i to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/"; \
-		$(COPY) $$i "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)"; \
-	    fi; \
-	    done
-
-install-libraries: libraries
-	@for i in $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(prefix)/lib \
-		$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR) $(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)/X11 \
-		$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR) $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/images \
-		$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/msgs $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/ttk; \
-	    do \
-	    if [ ! -d $$i ] ; then \
-		echo "Making directory $$i"; \
-		$(MKDIR) $$i; \
-		chmod 755 $$i; \
-		else true; \
-		fi; \
-	    done;
-	@echo "Installing header files to $(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)/";
-	@for i in $(GENERIC_DIR)/tk.h $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPlatDecls.h \
-		$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkIntXlibDecls.h $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkDecls.h ; \
-	    do \
-	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR); \
-	    done;
-	@for i in $(XLIB_DIR)/X11/*.h; \
-	    do \
-	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)/X11; \
-	    done;
-	@echo "Installing library files to $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)";
-	@for i in $(ROOT_DIR)/library/*.tcl $(ROOT_DIR)/library/tclIndex \
-		$(UNIX_DIR)/tkAppInit.c; \
-	    do \
-	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR); \
-	    done;
-	@echo "Installing library ttk directory";
-	@for i in $(ROOT_DIR)/library/ttk/*.tcl; \
-	    do \
-	    if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
-		$(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/ttk; \
-	    fi; \
-	    done;
-	@echo "Installing library images directory";
-	@for i in $(ROOT_DIR)/library/images/*; \
-	    do \
-	    if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
-		$(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/images; \
-	    fi; \
-	    done;
-	@echo "Installing translation directory";
-	@for i in $(ROOT_DIR)/library/msgs/*.msg; \
-	    do \
-	    if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
-		$(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/msgs; \
-	    fi; \
-	    done;
-
-install-demos:
-	@for i in $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(prefix)/lib $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR) \
-		$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/demos \
-		$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/demos/images ; \
-	    do \
-	    if [ ! -d $$i ] ; then \
-		echo "Making directory $$i"; \
-		$(MKDIR) $$i; \
-		chmod 755 $$i; \
-		else true; \
-		fi; \
-	    done;
-	@echo "Installing demos to $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/demos/";
-	@for i in $(ROOT_DIR)/library/demos/*; \
-	    do \
-	    if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
-		sed -e '3 s|exec wish|exec wish$(VER)|' \
-			$$i > $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/demos/`basename $$i`; \
-	    fi; \
-	    done;
-	@for i in $(DEMOPROGS); \
-	    do \
-	    if test $$i = "square"; then \
-	    rm -f  $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/demos/$$i; \
-	    else \
-	    chmod 755 $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/demos/$$i; \
-	    fi; \
-	    done;
-	@echo "Installing demo images";
-	@for i in $(ROOT_DIR)/library/demos/images/*; \
-	    do \
-	    if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
-		$(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/demos/images; \
-		fi; \
-	    done;
-
-install-doc: doc
-
-# Optional target to install private headers
-install-private-headers: libraries
-	@for i in $(PRIVATE_INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR); \
-	    do \
-	    if [ ! -d $$i ] ; then \
-		echo "Making directory $$i"; \
-		$(MKDIR) $$i; \
-		chmod 755 $$i; \
-		else true; \
-		fi; \
-	    done;
-	@echo "Installing private header files to $(PRIVATE_INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)/";
-	@for i in $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkInt.h $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkIntDecls.h \
-		$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkIntPlatDecls.h $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPort.h \
-		$(WIN_DIR)/tkWinPort.h $(WIN_DIR)/tkWinInt.h $(WIN_DIR)/tkWin.h; \
-	    do \
-	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(PRIVATE_INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR); \
-	    done;
-
-$(WISH): $(WISH_OBJS) @LIBRARIES@ $(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE) wish.$(RES)
-	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(WISH_OBJS) $(TK_LIB_FILE) \
-	$(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE) $(TCL_LIB_FILE) $(LIBS) \
-	wish.$(RES) $(CC_EXENAME) $(LDFLAGS_WINDOW)
-	@VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE@
-
-tktest: $(TKTEST)
-
-$(TKTEST): testMain.$(OBJEXT) $(TEST_DLL_FILE) @LIBRARIES@ $(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE) wish.$(RES)
-	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) testMain.$(OBJEXT) $(TEST_LIB_FILE) $(TK_LIB_FILE) \
-	$(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE) $(TCL_LIB_FILE) $(LIBS) \
-	wish.$(RES) $(CC_EXENAME) $(LDFLAGS_WINDOW)
-	@VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE@
-
-${TEST_DLL_FILE}: ${TKTEST_OBJS} ${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}
-	@MAKE_DLL@ ${TKTEST_OBJS} $(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE) $(SHLIB_LD_LIBS)
-
-# Msys make requires this next rule for some reason.
-$(TCL_SRC_DIR)/win/cat.c:
-
-cat32.${OBJEXT}: $(TCL_SRC_DIR)/win/cat.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) "$(TCL_SRC_DIR)/win/cat.c" $(CC_OBJNAME)
-
-$(CAT32): cat32.${OBJEXT}
-	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) cat32.$(OBJEXT) $(CC_EXENAME) $(LIBS) $(LDFLAGS_CONSOLE)
-
-# The following targets are configured by autoconf to generate either
-# a shared library or static library
-
-${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}: ${STUB_OBJS}
-	@$(RM) ${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}
-	@MAKE_STUB_LIB@ ${STUB_OBJS}
-	@POST_MAKE_LIB@
-
-${TK_DLL_FILE}: ${TK_OBJS} $(TK_RES)
-	@$(RM) ${TK_DLL_FILE}
-	@MAKE_DLL@ ${TK_OBJS} $(TK_RES) $(SHLIB_LD_LIBS)
-	@VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL@
-
-${TK_LIB_FILE}: ${TK_OBJS}
-	@$(RM) ${TK_LIB_FILE}
-	@MAKE_LIB@ ${TK_OBJS}
-	@POST_MAKE_LIB@
-
-# Special case object file targets
-
-winMain.$(OBJEXT): winMain.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) @DEPARG@ $(CC_OBJNAME)
-
-testMain.$(OBJEXT): winMain.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) @DEPARG@ -DTK_TEST $(CC_OBJNAME)
-
-tkTest.$(OBJEXT): tkTest.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) @DEPARG@ $(CC_OBJNAME)
-
-tkOldTest.$(OBJEXT): tkOldTest.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) @DEPARG@ $(CC_OBJNAME)
-
-tkWinTest.$(OBJEXT): tkWinTest.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) @DEPARG@ $(CC_OBJNAME)
-
-tkSquare.$(OBJEXT): tkSquare.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) @DEPARG@ $(CC_OBJNAME)
-
-tkMain2.$(OBJEXT): tkMain.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) -DBUILD_tk -DTK_ASCII_MAIN @DEPARG@ $(CC_OBJNAME)
-
-# Extra dependency info
-tkConsole.$(OBJEXT): configure Makefile
-tkMain.$(OBJEXT): configure Makefile
-tkWindow.$(OBJEXT): configure Makefile
-
-# Add the object extension to the implicit rules.  By default .obj is not
-# automatically added.
-
-.SUFFIXES: .${OBJEXT}
-.SUFFIXES: .$(RES)
-.SUFFIXES: .rc
-
-# Implicit rule for all object files that will end up in the Tk library
-
-%.$(OBJEXT): %.c
-	$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) -DBUILD_tk -DBUILD_ttk @DEPARG@ $(CC_OBJNAME)
-
-.rc.$(RES):
-	$(RC) @RC_OUT@ $@ @RC_TYPE@ @RC_DEFINES@ @RC_INCLUDE@ "$(GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE)" @RC_INCLUDE@ "$(TCL_GENERIC_NATIVE)" @RC_INCLUDE@ "$(RC_DIR_NATIVE)" @DEPARG@
-
-depend:
-
-cleanhelp:
-	$(RM) *.hlp *.cnt *.hpj *.GID *.rtf man2tcl${EXEEXT}
-
-clean: cleanhelp
-	$(RM) *.lib *.a *.exp *.dll *.res *.${OBJEXT} *~ \#* TAGS a.out
-	$(RM) $(WISH) $(TKTEST) $(CAT32)
-	$(RM) *.pch *.ilk *.pdb
-
-distclean: clean
-	$(RM) Makefile config.status config.cache config.log tkConfig.sh \
-		wish.exe.manifest
-
-Makefile: $(SRC_DIR)/Makefile.in
-	./config.status
-
-#
-# Regenerate the stubs files.
-#
-
-$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStubInit.c: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tk.decls \
-		$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkInt.decls
-	@echo "Warning: tkStubInit.c may be out of date."
-	@echo "Developers may want to run \"make genstubs\" to regenerate."
-	@echo "This warning can be safely ignored, do not report as a bug!"
-
-genstubs:
-	$(TCL_EXE) "$(TCL_TOOL_DIR)/genStubs.tcl" \
-	    "$(GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE)" \
-	    "$(GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE)/tk.decls" \
-	    "$(GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE)/tkInt.decls"
-	$(TCL_EXE) "$(TTK_DIR)/ttkGenStubs.tcl" \
-	    "$(TTK_DIR)" \
-	    "$(TTK_DIR)/ttk.decls"
-
-#
-# The list of all the targets that do not correspond to real files. This stops
-# 'make' from getting confused when someone makes an error in a rule.
-#
-
-.PHONY: all binaries libraries doc tkLibObjs objs tktest-real test test-classic
-.PHONY: test-ttk testlang runtest shell demo gdb install install-strip
-.PHONY: install-binaries install-libraries install-demos install-doc
-.PHONY: install-private-headers clean distclean depend genstubs checkstubs
-.PHONY: checkuchar checkexports rpm dist alldist allpatch html html-tcl html-tk
-
-# DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE -- make depend depends on it.
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/README b/tk8.6/win/README
deleted file mode 100644
index 8670446..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/README
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-Tk 8.6 for Windows
-
-Originally by Scott Stanton while at Sun Microsystems Labs
-
-This is the directory where you configure and compile the Windows
-version of Tk.  This directory also contains source files for Tk
-that are specific to Microsoft Windows.  The rest of this file
-contains information specific to the Windows version of Tk.
-
-Please see the README and win/README files that come with the
-associated Tcl release for an extensive set of pointers to
-documentation.  You will need to obtain and compile the
-Tcl release before using the Tk source distrition.
-
-If you install the Tk sources next to the Tcl sources, then
-the Tk Makefiles (e.g., makefile.vc for VC++) will properly
-locate the necessary Tcl files.  Otherwise you may need to
-edit makefile.vc and adjust the path to Tcl accordingly.
-
-Information about compiling for windows is maintained at:
-    http://www.tcl.tk/doc/howto/compile.html
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/aclocal.m4 b/tk8.6/win/aclocal.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index bc7540d..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/aclocal.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-builtin(include,tcl.m4)
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/buildall.vc.bat b/tk8.6/win/buildall.vc.bat
deleted file mode 100755
index 8f6803b..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/buildall.vc.bat
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
-@echo off

-

-::  This is an example batchfile for building everything. Please

-::  edit this (or make your own) for your needs and wants using

-::  the instructions for calling makefile.vc found in makefile.vc

-

-set SYMBOLS=

-

-:OPTIONS

-if "%1" == "/?" goto help

-if /i "%1" == "/help" goto help

-if %1.==symbols. goto SYMBOLS

-if %1.==debug. goto SYMBOLS

-goto OPTIONS_DONE

-

-:SYMBOLS

-   set SYMBOLS=symbols

-   shift

-   goto OPTIONS

-

-:OPTIONS_DONE

-

-:: reset errorlevel

-cd > nul

-

-:: You might have installed your developer studio to add itself to the

-:: path or have already run vcvars32.bat.  Testing these envars proves

-:: cl.exe and friends are in your path.

-::

-if defined VCINSTALLDIR  (goto :startBuilding)

-if defined MSDEVDIR      (goto :startBuilding)

-if defined MSVCDIR       (goto :startBuilding)

-if defined MSSDK         (goto :startBuilding)

-if defined WINDOWSSDKDIR (goto :startBuilding)

-

-:: We need to run the development environment batch script that comes

-:: with developer studio (v4,5,6,7,etc...)  All have it.  This path

-:: might not be correct.  You should call it yourself prior to running

-:: this batchfile.

-::

-call "C:\Program Files\Microsoft Developer Studio\vc98\bin\vcvars32.bat"

-if errorlevel 1 (goto no_vcvars)

-

-:startBuilding

-

-echo.

-echo Sit back and have a cup of coffee while this grinds through ;)

-echo You asked for *everything*, remember?

-echo.

-title Building Tk, please wait...

-

-

-:: makefile.vc uses this for its default anyways, but show its use here

-:: just to be explicit and convey understanding to the user.  Setting

-:: the INSTALLDIR envar prior to running this batchfile affects all builds.

-::

-if "%INSTALLDIR%" == "" set INSTALLDIR=C:\Program Files\Tcl

-

-

-:: Where is the Tcl source directory?

-:: You can set the TCLDIR environment variable to your Tcl HEAD checkout

-if "%TCLDIR%" == "" set TCLDIR=..\..\tcl

-

-:: Build the normal stuff along with the help file.

-::

-set OPTS=none

-if not %SYMBOLS%.==. set OPTS=symbols

-nmake -nologo -f makefile.vc release htmlhelp OPTS=%OPTS% %1

-if errorlevel 1 goto error

-

-:: Build the static core and shell.

-::

-set OPTS=static,msvcrt

-if not %SYMBOLS%.==. set OPTS=symbols,static,msvcrt

-nmake -nologo -f makefile.vc shell OPTS=%OPTS% %1

-if errorlevel 1 goto error

-

-set OPTS=

-set SYMBOLS=

-goto end

-

-:error

-echo *** BOOM! ***

-goto end

-

-:no_vcvars

-echo vcvars32.bat was not run prior to this batchfile, nor are the MS tools in your path.

-goto out

-

-:help

-title buildall.vc.bat help message

-echo usage:

-echo   %0                 : builds Tk for all build types (do this first)

-echo   %0 install         : installs all the release builds (do this second)

-echo   %0 symbols         : builds Tk for all debugging build types

-echo   %0 symbols install : install all the debug builds.

-echo.

-goto out

-

-:end

-title Building Tk, please wait... DONE!

-echo DONE!

-goto out

-

-:out

-pause

-title Command Prompt

diff --git a/tk8.6/win/configure b/tk8.6/win/configure
deleted file mode 100755
index 203d702..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/configure
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6176 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
-# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
-## --------------------- ##
-## M4sh Initialization.  ##
-## --------------------- ##
-
-# Be Bourne compatible
-if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  emulate sh
-  NULLCMD=:
-  # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
-  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
-  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
-elif test -n "${BASH_VERSION+set}" && (set -o posix) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  set -o posix
-fi
-DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
-
-# Support unset when possible.
-if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  as_unset=unset
-else
-  as_unset=false
-fi
-
-
-# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh.
-$as_unset ENV MAIL MAILPATH
-PS1='$ '
-PS2='> '
-PS4='+ '
-
-# NLS nuisances.
-for as_var in \
-  LANG LANGUAGE LC_ADDRESS LC_ALL LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_IDENTIFICATION \
-  LC_MEASUREMENT LC_MESSAGES LC_MONETARY LC_NAME LC_NUMERIC LC_PAPER \
-  LC_TELEPHONE LC_TIME
-do
-  if (set +x; test -z "`(eval $as_var=C; export $as_var) 2>&1`"); then
-    eval $as_var=C; export $as_var
-  else
-    $as_unset $as_var
-  fi
-done
-
-# Required to use basename.
-if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  as_expr=expr
-else
-  as_expr=false
-fi
-
-if (basename /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
-  as_basename=basename
-else
-  as_basename=false
-fi
-
-
-# Name of the executable.
-as_me=`$as_basename "$0" ||
-$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
-	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
-	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)$' \| \
-	 .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
-echo X/"$0" |
-    sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
-  	  /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
-  	  /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
-  	  s/.*/./; q'`
-
-
-# PATH needs CR, and LINENO needs CR and PATH.
-# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
-as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
-as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
-as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
-as_cr_digits='0123456789'
-as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
-
-# The user is always right.
-if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
-  echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh
-  echo  "exit 0"   >>conf$$.sh
-  chmod +x conf$$.sh
-  if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-    PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
-  else
-    PATH_SEPARATOR=:
-  fi
-  rm -f conf$$.sh
-fi
-
-
-  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
-  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
-  as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
-  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
-  test "x$as_lineno_3"  = "x$as_lineno_2"  || {
-  # Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no path at all
-  # relative or not.
-  case $0 in
-    *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
-    *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
-done
-
-       ;;
-  esac
-  # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
-  # in which case we are not to be found in the path.
-  if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
-    as_myself=$0
-  fi
-  if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
-    { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-  fi
-  case $CONFIG_SHELL in
-  '')
-    as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do
-	 case $as_dir in
-	 /*)
-	   if ("$as_dir/$as_base" -c '
-  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
-  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
-  as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
-  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
-  test "x$as_lineno_3"  = "x$as_lineno_2" ') 2>/dev/null; then
-	     $as_unset BASH_ENV || test "${BASH_ENV+set}" != set || { BASH_ENV=; export BASH_ENV; }
-	     $as_unset ENV || test "${ENV+set}" != set || { ENV=; export ENV; }
-	     CONFIG_SHELL=$as_dir/$as_base
-	     export CONFIG_SHELL
-	     exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$0" ${1+"$@"}
-	   fi;;
-	 esac
-       done
-done
-;;
-  esac
-
-  # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO
-  # uniformly replaced by the line number.  The first 'sed' inserts a
-  # line-number line before each line; the second 'sed' does the real
-  # work.  The second script uses 'N' to pair each line-number line
-  # with the numbered line, and appends trailing '-' during
-  # substitution so that $LINENO is not a special case at line end.
-  # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the
-  # second 'sed' script.  Blame Lee E. McMahon for sed's syntax.  :-)
-  sed '=' <$as_myself |
-    sed '
-      N
-      s,$,-,
-      : loop
-      s,^\(['$as_cr_digits']*\)\(.*\)[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_]\),\1\2\1\3,
-      t loop
-      s,-$,,
-      s,^['$as_cr_digits']*\n,,
-    ' >$as_me.lineno &&
-  chmod +x $as_me.lineno ||
-    { echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-
-  # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
-  # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
-  # original and so on.  Autoconf is especially sensible to this).
-  . ./$as_me.lineno
-  # Exit status is that of the last command.
-  exit
-}
-
-
-case `echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3`,`echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3` in
-  *c*,-n*) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='
-' ECHO_T='	' ;;
-  *c*,*  ) ECHO_N=-n ECHO_C= ECHO_T= ;;
-  *)       ECHO_N= ECHO_C='\c' ECHO_T= ;;
-esac
-
-if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  as_expr=expr
-else
-  as_expr=false
-fi
-
-rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
-echo >conf$$.file
-if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
-  # We could just check for DJGPP; but this test a) works b) is more generic
-  # and c) will remain valid once DJGPP supports symlinks (DJGPP 2.04).
-  if test -f conf$$.exe; then
-    # Don't use ln at all; we don't have any links
-    as_ln_s='cp -p'
-  else
-    as_ln_s='ln -s'
-  fi
-elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
-  as_ln_s=ln
-else
-  as_ln_s='cp -p'
-fi
-rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
-
-if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
-  as_mkdir_p=:
-else
-  test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
-  as_mkdir_p=false
-fi
-
-as_executable_p="test -f"
-
-# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
-as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
-
-# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
-as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
-
-
-# IFS
-# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.
-as_nl='
-'
-IFS=" 	$as_nl"
-
-# CDPATH.
-$as_unset CDPATH
-
-
-# Name of the host.
-# hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, Linux) returns a bogus exit status,
-# so uname gets run too.
-ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
-
-exec 6>&1
-
-#
-# Initializations.
-#
-ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
-ac_config_libobj_dir=.
-cross_compiling=no
-subdirs=
-MFLAGS=
-MAKEFLAGS=
-SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
-
-# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document.
-# This variable seems obsolete.  It should probably be removed, and
-# only ac_max_sed_lines should be used.
-: ${ac_max_here_lines=38}
-
-# Identity of this package.
-PACKAGE_NAME=
-PACKAGE_TARNAME=
-PACKAGE_VERSION=
-PACKAGE_STRING=
-PACKAGE_BUGREPORT=
-
-ac_unique_file="../generic/tk.h"
-# Factoring default headers for most tests.
-ac_includes_default="\
-#include <stdio.h>
-#if HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
-# include <sys/types.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
-# include <sys/stat.h>
-#endif
-#if STDC_HEADERS
-# include <stdlib.h>
-# include <stddef.h>
-#else
-# if HAVE_STDLIB_H
-#  include <stdlib.h>
-# endif
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
-# if !STDC_HEADERS && HAVE_MEMORY_H
-#  include <memory.h>
-# endif
-# include <string.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STRINGS_H
-# include <strings.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
-# include <inttypes.h>
-#else
-# if HAVE_STDINT_H
-#  include <stdint.h>
-# endif
-#endif
-#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
-# include <unistd.h>
-#endif"
-
-ac_subst_vars='SHELL PATH_SEPARATOR PACKAGE_NAME PACKAGE_TARNAME PACKAGE_VERSION PACKAGE_STRING PACKAGE_BUGREPORT exec_prefix prefix program_transform_name bindir sbindir libexecdir datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir libdir includedir oldincludedir infodir mandir build_alias host_alias target_alias DEFS ECHO_C ECHO_N ECHO_T LIBS CC CFLAGS LDFLAGS CPPFLAGS ac_ct_CC EXEEXT OBJEXT CPP EGREP AR ac_ct_AR RANLIB ac_ct_RANLIB RC ac_ct_RC SET_MAKE TCL_THREADS TCL_VERSION TCL_BIN_DIR TCL_SRC_DIR TCL_LIB_FILE TCL_LIB_FLAG TCL_LIB_SPEC TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC TCL_DEFS CYGPATH CELIB_DIR DL_LIBS CFLAGS_DEBUG CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE CFLAGS_WARNING MAN2TCLFLAGS CFLAGS_DEFAULT LDFLAGS_DEFAULT VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE BUILD_TCLSH TCLSH_PROG TK_WIN_VERSION MACHINE TK_VERSION TK_MAJOR_VERSION TK_MINOR_VERSION TK_PATCH_LEVEL TK_DBGX TK_LIB_FILE TK_DLL_FILE TK_STUB_LIB_FILE TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC TK_SRC_DIR TK_BIN_DIR TCL_MAJOR_VERSION TCL_MINOR_VERSION TCL_PATCH_LEVEL TCL_DBGX CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX CFG_TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX EXTRA_CFLAGS DEPARG CC_OBJNAME CC_EXENAME LDFLAGS_DEBUG LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE LDFLAGS_CONSOLE LDFLAGS_WINDOW TK_RES STLIB_LD SHLIB_LD SHLIB_LD_LIBS SHLIB_CFLAGS SHLIB_SUFFIX TK_SHARED_BUILD LIBS_GUI DLLSUFFIX LIBPREFIX LIBSUFFIX EXESUFFIX LIBRARIES MAKE_LIB MAKE_STUB_LIB POST_MAKE_LIB MAKE_DLL MAKE_EXE TK_LIB_FLAG TK_LIB_SPEC TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC TK_STUB_LIB_PATH TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH TK_CC_SEARCH_FLAGS TK_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS RC_OUT RC_TYPE RC_INCLUDE RC_DEFINE RC_DEFINES RES LIBOBJS LTLIBOBJS'
-ac_subst_files=''
-
-# Initialize some variables set by options.
-ac_init_help=
-ac_init_version=false
-# The variables have the same names as the options, with
-# dashes changed to underlines.
-cache_file=/dev/null
-exec_prefix=NONE
-no_create=
-no_recursion=
-prefix=NONE
-program_prefix=NONE
-program_suffix=NONE
-program_transform_name=s,x,x,
-silent=
-site=
-srcdir=
-verbose=
-x_includes=NONE
-x_libraries=NONE
-
-# Installation directory options.
-# These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo"
-# and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix
-# by default will actually change.
-# Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them.
-bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
-sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
-libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
-datadir='${prefix}/share'
-sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
-sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
-localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
-libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
-includedir='${prefix}/include'
-oldincludedir='/usr/include'
-infodir='${prefix}/info'
-mandir='${prefix}/man'
-
-ac_prev=
-for ac_option
-do
-  # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
-  if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
-    eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option"
-    ac_prev=
-    continue
-  fi
-
-  ac_optarg=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
-
-  # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
-
-  case $ac_option in
-
-  -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
-    ac_prev=bindir ;;
-  -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
-    bindir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
-    ac_prev=build_alias ;;
-  -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
-    build_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
-  | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
-    ac_prev=cache_file ;;
-  -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
-  | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
-    cache_file=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  --config-cache | -C)
-    cache_file=config.cache ;;
-
-  -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da)
-    ac_prev=datadir ;;
-  -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \
-  | --da=*)
-    datadir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -disable-* | --disable-*)
-    ac_feature=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'`
-    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
-    expr "x$ac_feature" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
-      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_feature" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/-/_/g'`
-    eval "enable_$ac_feature=no" ;;
-
-  -enable-* | --enable-*)
-    ac_feature=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'`
-    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
-    expr "x$ac_feature" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
-      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_feature" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/-/_/g'`
-    case $ac_option in
-      *=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
-      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
-    esac
-    eval "enable_$ac_feature='$ac_optarg'" ;;
-
-  -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
-  | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
-  | --exec | --exe | --ex)
-    ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
-  -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
-  | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
-  | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
-    exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
-    # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
-    with_gas=yes ;;
-
-  -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h)
-    ac_init_help=long ;;
-  -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*)
-    ac_init_help=recursive ;;
-  -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*)
-    ac_init_help=short ;;
-
-  -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
-    ac_prev=host_alias ;;
-  -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
-    host_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
-  | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
-    ac_prev=includedir ;;
-  -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
-  | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
-    includedir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
-    ac_prev=infodir ;;
-  -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
-    infodir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
-    ac_prev=libdir ;;
-  -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
-    libdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
-  | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
-    ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
-  -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
-  | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
-    libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
-  | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \
-  | --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo)
-    ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
-  -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
-  | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \
-  | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*)
-    localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
-    ac_prev=mandir ;;
-  -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
-    mandir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
-    # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
-    with_fp=no ;;
-
-  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
-  | --no-cr | --no-c | -n)
-    no_create=yes ;;
-
-  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
-  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
-    no_recursion=yes ;;
-
-  -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
-  | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
-  | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
-    ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
-  -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
-  | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
-  | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
-    oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
-    ac_prev=prefix ;;
-  -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
-    prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
-  | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
-    ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
-  -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
-  | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
-    program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
-  | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
-    ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
-  -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
-  | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
-    program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
-  | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
-  | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
-  | --program-transform | --program-transfor \
-  | --program-transfo | --program-transf \
-  | --program-trans | --program-tran \
-  | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
-    ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
-  -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
-  | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
-  | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
-  | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
-  | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
-  | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
-  | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
-    program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
-  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
-    silent=yes ;;
-
-  -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
-    ac_prev=sbindir ;;
-  -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
-  | --sbi=* | --sb=*)
-    sbindir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
-  | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
-  | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
-  | --sha | --sh)
-    ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
-  -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
-  | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
-  | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
-  | --sha=* | --sh=*)
-    sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -site | --site | --sit)
-    ac_prev=site ;;
-  -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
-    site=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
-    ac_prev=srcdir ;;
-  -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
-    srcdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
-  | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
-    ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
-  -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
-  | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
-    sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
-    ac_prev=target_alias ;;
-  -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
-    target_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
-    verbose=yes ;;
-
-  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V)
-    ac_init_version=: ;;
-
-  -with-* | --with-*)
-    ac_package=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'`
-    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
-    expr "x$ac_package" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
-      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_package" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-    ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
-    case $ac_option in
-      *=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
-      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
-    esac
-    eval "with_$ac_package='$ac_optarg'" ;;
-
-  -without-* | --without-*)
-    ac_package=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'`
-    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
-    expr "x$ac_package" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
-      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_package" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-    ac_package=`echo $ac_package | sed 's/-/_/g'`
-    eval "with_$ac_package=no" ;;
-
-  --x)
-    # Obsolete; use --with-x.
-    with_x=yes ;;
-
-  -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
-  | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
-    ac_prev=x_includes ;;
-  -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
-  | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
-    x_includes=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
-  | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
-    ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
-  -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
-  | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
-    x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  -*) { echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $ac_option
-Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-    ;;
-
-  *=*)
-    ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
-    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
-    expr "x$ac_envvar" : ".*[^_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
-      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid variable name: $ac_envvar" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-    ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`
-    eval "$ac_envvar='$ac_optarg'"
-    export $ac_envvar ;;
-
-  *)
-    # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0.
-    echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2
-    expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
-      echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2
-    : ${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option}
-    ;;
-
-  esac
-done
-
-if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
-  ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`
-  { echo "$as_me: error: missing argument to $ac_option" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-fi
-
-# Be sure to have absolute paths.
-for ac_var in exec_prefix prefix
-do
-  eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
-  case $ac_val in
-    [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* | NONE | '' ) ;;
-    *)  { echo "$as_me: error: expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
-  esac
-done
-
-# Be sure to have absolute paths.
-for ac_var in bindir sbindir libexecdir datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir \
-	      localstatedir libdir includedir oldincludedir infodir mandir
-do
-  eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
-  case $ac_val in
-    [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ;;
-    *)  { echo "$as_me: error: expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
-  esac
-done
-
-# There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host'
-# used to hold the argument of --host etc.
-# FIXME: To remove some day.
-build=$build_alias
-host=$host_alias
-target=$target_alias
-
-# FIXME: To remove some day.
-if test "x$host_alias" != x; then
-  if test "x$build_alias" = x; then
-    cross_compiling=maybe
-    echo "$as_me: WARNING: If you wanted to set the --build type, don't use --host.
-    If a cross compiler is detected then cross compile mode will be used." >&2
-  elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then
-    cross_compiling=yes
-  fi
-fi
-
-ac_tool_prefix=
-test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias-
-
-test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null
-
-
-# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
-if test -z "$srcdir"; then
-  ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
-  # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent.
-  ac_confdir=`(dirname "$0") 2>/dev/null ||
-$as_expr X"$0" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
-	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
-	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
-	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
-	 .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
-echo X"$0" |
-    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
-  	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
-  	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
-  	  /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
-  	  s/.*/./; q'`
-  srcdir=$ac_confdir
-  if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
-    srcdir=..
-  fi
-else
-  ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
-fi
-if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
-  if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then
-    { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $ac_confdir or .." >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-  else
-    { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-  fi
-fi
-(cd $srcdir && test -r ./$ac_unique_file) 2>/dev/null ||
-  { echo "$as_me: error: sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-srcdir=`echo "$srcdir" | sed 's%\([^\\/]\)[\\/]*$%\1%'`
-ac_env_build_alias_set=${build_alias+set}
-ac_env_build_alias_value=$build_alias
-ac_cv_env_build_alias_set=${build_alias+set}
-ac_cv_env_build_alias_value=$build_alias
-ac_env_host_alias_set=${host_alias+set}
-ac_env_host_alias_value=$host_alias
-ac_cv_env_host_alias_set=${host_alias+set}
-ac_cv_env_host_alias_value=$host_alias
-ac_env_target_alias_set=${target_alias+set}
-ac_env_target_alias_value=$target_alias
-ac_cv_env_target_alias_set=${target_alias+set}
-ac_cv_env_target_alias_value=$target_alias
-ac_env_CC_set=${CC+set}
-ac_env_CC_value=$CC
-ac_cv_env_CC_set=${CC+set}
-ac_cv_env_CC_value=$CC
-ac_env_CFLAGS_set=${CFLAGS+set}
-ac_env_CFLAGS_value=$CFLAGS
-ac_cv_env_CFLAGS_set=${CFLAGS+set}
-ac_cv_env_CFLAGS_value=$CFLAGS
-ac_env_LDFLAGS_set=${LDFLAGS+set}
-ac_env_LDFLAGS_value=$LDFLAGS
-ac_cv_env_LDFLAGS_set=${LDFLAGS+set}
-ac_cv_env_LDFLAGS_value=$LDFLAGS
-ac_env_CPPFLAGS_set=${CPPFLAGS+set}
-ac_env_CPPFLAGS_value=$CPPFLAGS
-ac_cv_env_CPPFLAGS_set=${CPPFLAGS+set}
-ac_cv_env_CPPFLAGS_value=$CPPFLAGS
-ac_env_CPP_set=${CPP+set}
-ac_env_CPP_value=$CPP
-ac_cv_env_CPP_set=${CPP+set}
-ac_cv_env_CPP_value=$CPP
-
-#
-# Report the --help message.
-#
-if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
-  # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
-  # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
-  cat <<_ACEOF
-\`configure' configures this package to adapt to many kinds of systems.
-
-Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...
-
-To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as
-VAR=VALUE.  See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables.
-
-Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.
-
-Configuration:
-  -h, --help              display this help and exit
-      --help=short        display options specific to this package
-      --help=recursive    display the short help of all the included packages
-  -V, --version           display version information and exit
-  -q, --quiet, --silent   do not print \`checking...' messages
-      --cache-file=FILE   cache test results in FILE [disabled]
-  -C, --config-cache      alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache'
-  -n, --no-create         do not create output files
-      --srcdir=DIR        find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..']
-
-_ACEOF
-
-  cat <<_ACEOF
-Installation directories:
-  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
-			  [$ac_default_prefix]
-  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
-			  [PREFIX]
-
-By default, \`make install' will install all the files in
-\`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc.  You can specify
-an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix',
-for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'.
-
-For better control, use the options below.
-
-Fine tuning of the installation directories:
-  --bindir=DIR           user executables [EPREFIX/bin]
-  --sbindir=DIR          system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin]
-  --libexecdir=DIR       program executables [EPREFIX/libexec]
-  --datadir=DIR          read-only architecture-independent data [PREFIX/share]
-  --sysconfdir=DIR       read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc]
-  --sharedstatedir=DIR   modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com]
-  --localstatedir=DIR    modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var]
-  --libdir=DIR           object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib]
-  --includedir=DIR       C header files [PREFIX/include]
-  --oldincludedir=DIR    C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include]
-  --infodir=DIR          info documentation [PREFIX/info]
-  --mandir=DIR           man documentation [PREFIX/man]
-_ACEOF
-
-  cat <<\_ACEOF
-_ACEOF
-fi
-
-if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
-
-  cat <<\_ACEOF
-
-Optional Features:
-  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
-  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
-  --enable-threads        build with threads (default: on)
-  --enable-shared         build and link with shared libraries (default: on)
-  --enable-64bit          enable 64bit support (where applicable)
-  --enable-wince          enable Win/CE support (where applicable)
-  --enable-symbols        build with debugging symbols (default: off)
-  --enable-embedded-manifest
-                          embed manifest if possible (default: yes)
-
-Optional Packages:
-  --with-PACKAGE[=ARG]    use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
-  --without-PACKAGE       do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
-  --with-tcl              directory containing tcl configuration
-                          (tclConfig.sh)
-  --with-celib=DIR        use Windows/CE support library from DIR
-
-Some influential environment variables:
-  CC          C compiler command
-  CFLAGS      C compiler flags
-  LDFLAGS     linker flags, e.g. -L<lib dir> if you have libraries in a
-              nonstandard directory <lib dir>
-  CPPFLAGS    C/C++ preprocessor flags, e.g. -I<include dir> if you have
-              headers in a nonstandard directory <include dir>
-  CPP         C preprocessor
-
-Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help
-it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations.
-
-_ACEOF
-fi
-
-if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then
-  # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help.
-  ac_popdir=`pwd`
-  for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue
-    test -d $ac_dir || continue
-    ac_builddir=.
-
-if test "$ac_dir" != .; then
-  ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's,^\.[\\/],,'`
-  # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
-  ac_top_builddir=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's,/[^\\/]*,../,g'`
-else
-  ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir=
-fi
-
-case $srcdir in
-  .)  # No --srcdir option.  We are building in place.
-    ac_srcdir=.
-    if test -z "$ac_top_builddir"; then
-       ac_top_srcdir=.
-    else
-       ac_top_srcdir=`echo $ac_top_builddir | sed 's,/$,,'`
-    fi ;;
-  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* )  # Absolute path.
-    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
-    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
-  *) # Relative path.
-    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
-    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir ;;
-esac
-
-# Do not use `cd foo && pwd` to compute absolute paths, because
-# the directories may not exist.
-case `pwd` in
-.) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
-*)
-  case "$ac_dir" in
-  .) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`;;
-  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
-  *) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`/"$ac_dir";;
-  esac;;
-esac
-case $ac_abs_builddir in
-.) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
-*)
-  case ${ac_top_builddir}. in
-  .) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
-  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
-  *) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir/${ac_top_builddir}.;;
-  esac;;
-esac
-case $ac_abs_builddir in
-.) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
-*)
-  case $ac_srcdir in
-  .) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
-  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
-  *) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_srcdir;;
-  esac;;
-esac
-case $ac_abs_builddir in
-.) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
-*)
-  case $ac_top_srcdir in
-  .) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
-  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
-  *) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_top_srcdir;;
-  esac;;
-esac
-
-    cd $ac_dir
-    # Check for guested configure; otherwise get Cygnus style configure.
-    if test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.gnu; then
-      echo
-      $SHELL $ac_srcdir/configure.gnu  --help=recursive
-    elif test -f $ac_srcdir/configure; then
-      echo
-      $SHELL $ac_srcdir/configure  --help=recursive
-    elif test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.ac ||
-	   test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.in; then
-      echo
-      $ac_configure --help
-    else
-      echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2
-    fi
-    cd $ac_popdir
-  done
-fi
-
-test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit 0
-if $ac_init_version; then
-  cat <<\_ACEOF
-
-Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
-_ACEOF
-  exit 0
-fi
-exec 5>config.log
-cat >&5 <<_ACEOF
-This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
-running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
-
-It was created by $as_me, which was
-generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59.  Invocation command line was
-
-  $ $0 $@
-
-_ACEOF
-{
-cat <<_ASUNAME
-## --------- ##
-## Platform. ##
-## --------- ##
-
-hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
-uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-
-/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-/bin/uname -X     = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null     || echo unknown`
-
-/bin/arch              = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null              || echo unknown`
-/usr/bin/arch -k       = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
-/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-hostinfo               = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null               || echo unknown`
-/bin/machine           = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null           || echo unknown`
-/usr/bin/oslevel       = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
-/bin/universe          = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null          || echo unknown`
-
-_ASUNAME
-
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  echo "PATH: $as_dir"
-done
-
-} >&5
-
-cat >&5 <<_ACEOF
-
-
-## ----------- ##
-## Core tests. ##
-## ----------- ##
-
-_ACEOF
-
-
-# Keep a trace of the command line.
-# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
-# Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs.
-# Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters.
-# Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression.
-ac_configure_args=
-ac_configure_args0=
-ac_configure_args1=
-ac_sep=
-ac_must_keep_next=false
-for ac_pass in 1 2
-do
-  for ac_arg
-  do
-    case $ac_arg in
-    -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;;
-    -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
-    | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
-      continue ;;
-    *" "*|*"	"*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?\"\']*)
-      ac_arg=`echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
-    esac
-    case $ac_pass in
-    1) ac_configure_args0="$ac_configure_args0 '$ac_arg'" ;;
-    2)
-      ac_configure_args1="$ac_configure_args1 '$ac_arg'"
-      if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then
-	ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal.
-      else
-	case $ac_arg in
-	  *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \
-	  | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \
-	  | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \
-	  | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x)
-	    case "$ac_configure_args0 " in
-	      "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;;
-	    esac
-	    ;;
-	  -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;;
-	esac
-      fi
-      ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args$ac_sep'$ac_arg'"
-      # Get rid of the leading space.
-      ac_sep=" "
-      ;;
-    esac
-  done
-done
-$as_unset ac_configure_args0 || test "${ac_configure_args0+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args0=; export ac_configure_args0; }
-$as_unset ac_configure_args1 || test "${ac_configure_args1+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args1=; export ac_configure_args1; }
-
-# When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete
-# config.log.  We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there
-# would cause problems or look ugly.
-# WARNING: Be sure not to use single quotes in there, as some shells,
-# such as our DU 5.0 friend, will then `close' the trap.
-trap 'exit_status=$?
-  # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging.
-  {
-    echo
-
-    cat <<\_ASBOX
-## ---------------- ##
-## Cache variables. ##
-## ---------------- ##
-_ASBOX
-    echo
-    # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
-{
-  (set) 2>&1 |
-    case `(ac_space='"'"' '"'"'; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in
-    *ac_space=\ *)
-      sed -n \
-	"s/'"'"'/'"'"'\\\\'"'"''"'"'/g;
-	  s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='"'"'\\2'"'"'/p"
-      ;;
-    *)
-      sed -n \
-	"s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\\2/p"
-      ;;
-    esac;
-}
-    echo
-
-    cat <<\_ASBOX
-## ----------------- ##
-## Output variables. ##
-## ----------------- ##
-_ASBOX
-    echo
-    for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars
-    do
-      eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
-      echo "$ac_var='"'"'$ac_val'"'"'"
-    done | sort
-    echo
-
-    if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then
-      cat <<\_ASBOX
-## ------------- ##
-## Output files. ##
-## ------------- ##
-_ASBOX
-      echo
-      for ac_var in $ac_subst_files
-      do
-	eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
-	echo "$ac_var='"'"'$ac_val'"'"'"
-      done | sort
-      echo
-    fi
-
-    if test -s confdefs.h; then
-      cat <<\_ASBOX
-## ----------- ##
-## confdefs.h. ##
-## ----------- ##
-_ASBOX
-      echo
-      sed "/^$/d" confdefs.h | sort
-      echo
-    fi
-    test "$ac_signal" != 0 &&
-      echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal"
-    echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status"
-  } >&5
-  rm -f core *.core &&
-  rm -rf conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files &&
-    exit $exit_status
-     ' 0
-for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do
-  trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; { (exit 1); exit 1; }' $ac_signal
-done
-ac_signal=0
-
-# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
-rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h
-# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline.
-echo >confdefs.h
-
-# Predefined preprocessor variables.
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME"
-_ACEOF
-
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME"
-_ACEOF
-
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION"
-_ACEOF
-
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING"
-_ACEOF
-
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT"
-_ACEOF
-
-
-# Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to.
-# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
-if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
-  if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
-    CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site"
-  else
-    CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site"
-  fi
-fi
-for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do
-  if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
-    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5
-echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;}
-    sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5
-    . "$ac_site_file"
-  fi
-done
-
-if test -r "$cache_file"; then
-  # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special
-  # files actually), so we avoid doing that.
-  if test -f "$cache_file"; then
-    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading cache $cache_file" >&5
-echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;}
-    case $cache_file in
-      [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . $cache_file;;
-      *)                      . ./$cache_file;;
-    esac
-  fi
-else
-  { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating cache $cache_file" >&5
-echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
-  >$cache_file
-fi
-
-# Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same
-# value.
-ac_cache_corrupted=false
-for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 |
-	       sed -n 's/^ac_env_\([a-zA-Z_0-9]*\)_set=.*/\1/p'`; do
-  eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set
-  eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set
-  eval ac_old_val="\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value"
-  eval ac_new_val="\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value"
-  case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in
-    set,)
-      { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;}
-      ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
-    ,set)
-      { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;}
-      ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
-    ,);;
-    *)
-      if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then
-	{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;}
-	{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO:   former value:  $ac_old_val" >&5
-echo "$as_me:   former value:  $ac_old_val" >&2;}
-	{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO:   current value: $ac_new_val" >&5
-echo "$as_me:   current value: $ac_new_val" >&2;}
-	ac_cache_corrupted=:
-      fi;;
-  esac
-  # Pass precious variables to config.status.
-  if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then
-    case $ac_new_val in
-    *" "*|*"	"*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?\"\']*)
-      ac_arg=$ac_var=`echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
-    *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;;
-    esac
-    case " $ac_configure_args " in
-      *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups.  Use of quotes ensures accuracy.
-      *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;;
-    esac
-  fi
-done
-if $ac_cache_corrupted; then
-  { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;}
-  { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-fi
-
-ac_ext=c
-ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
-ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
-ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
-ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-# The following define is needed when building with Cygwin since newer
-# versions of autoconf incorrectly set SHELL to /bin/bash instead of
-# /bin/sh. The bash shell seems to suffer from some strange failures.
-SHELL=/bin/sh
-
-TK_VERSION=8.6
-TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8
-TK_MINOR_VERSION=6
-TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".9"
-VER=$TK_MAJOR_VERSION$TK_MINOR_VERSION
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Handle the --prefix=... option
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-if test "${prefix}" = "NONE"; then
-    prefix=/usr/local
-fi
-if test "${exec_prefix}" = "NONE"; then
-    exec_prefix=$prefix
-fi
-# libdir must be a fully qualified path (not ${exec_prefix}/lib)
-eval libdir="$libdir"
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Standard compiler checks
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the user did not set CFLAGS, set it now to keep
-# the AC_PROG_CC macro from adding "-g -O2".
-if test "${CFLAGS+set}" != "set" ; then
-    CFLAGS=""
-fi
-
-ac_ext=c
-ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
-ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
-ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
-ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
-if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$CC"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
-    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc"
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-
-fi
-fi
-CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
-if test -n "$CC"; then
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
-else
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
-fi
-
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
-  ac_ct_CC=$CC
-  # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
-    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc"
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
-if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6
-else
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
-fi
-
-  CC=$ac_ct_CC
-else
-  CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
-fi
-
-if test -z "$CC"; then
-  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$CC"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
-    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc"
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-
-fi
-fi
-CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
-if test -n "$CC"; then
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
-else
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
-fi
-
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
-  ac_ct_CC=$CC
-  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
-    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="cc"
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
-if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6
-else
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
-fi
-
-  CC=$ac_ct_CC
-else
-  CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
-fi
-
-fi
-if test -z "$CC"; then
-  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$CC"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-  ac_prog_rejected=no
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
-    if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
-       ac_prog_rejected=yes
-       continue
-     fi
-    ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-
-if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
-  # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
-  set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
-  shift
-  if test $# != 0; then
-    # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
-    # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
-    # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
-    shift
-    ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@"
-  fi
-fi
-fi
-fi
-CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
-if test -n "$CC"; then
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
-else
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
-fi
-
-fi
-if test -z "$CC"; then
-  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-  for ac_prog in cl
-  do
-    # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$CC"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
-    ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-
-fi
-fi
-CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
-if test -n "$CC"; then
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
-else
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
-fi
-
-    test -n "$CC" && break
-  done
-fi
-if test -z "$CC"; then
-  ac_ct_CC=$CC
-  for ac_prog in cl
-do
-  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
-    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog"
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
-if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6
-else
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
-fi
-
-  test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break
-done
-
-  CC=$ac_ct_CC
-fi
-
-fi
-
-
-test -z "$CC" && { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
-See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
-See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-
-# Provide some information about the compiler.
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO:" \
-     "checking for C compiler version" >&5
-ac_compiler=`set X $ac_compile; echo $2`
-{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler --version </dev/null >&5\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_compiler --version </dev/null >&5) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }
-{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler -v </dev/null >&5\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_compiler -v </dev/null >&5) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }
-{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler -V </dev/null >&5\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_compiler -V </dev/null >&5) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }
-
-cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
-ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.exe b.out"
-# Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out.
-# It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition
-# of exeext.
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for C compiler default output file name... $ECHO_C" >&6
-ac_link_default=`echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'`
-if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link_default\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_link_default) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; then
-  # Find the output, starting from the most likely.  This scheme is
-# not robust to junk in `.', hence go to wildcards (a.*) only as a last
-# resort.
-
-# Be careful to initialize this variable, since it used to be cached.
-# Otherwise an old cache value of `no' led to `EXEEXT = no' in a Makefile.
-ac_cv_exeext=
-# b.out is created by i960 compilers.
-for ac_file in a_out.exe a.exe conftest.exe a.out conftest a.* conftest.* b.out
-do
-  test -f "$ac_file" || continue
-  case $ac_file in
-    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.o | *.obj )
-	;;
-    conftest.$ac_ext )
-	# This is the source file.
-	;;
-    [ab].out )
-	# We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most
-	# certainly right.
-	break;;
-    *.* )
-	ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
-	# FIXME: I believe we export ac_cv_exeext for Libtool,
-	# but it would be cool to find out if it's true.  Does anybody
-	# maintain Libtool? --akim.
-	export ac_cv_exeext
-	break;;
-    * )
-	break;;
-  esac
-done
-else
-  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C compiler cannot create executables
-See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: C compiler cannot create executables
-See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
-   { (exit 77); exit 77; }; }
-fi
-
-ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_file" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_file" >&6
-
-# Check the compiler produces executables we can run.  If not, either
-# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile.
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking whether the C compiler works... $ECHO_C" >&6
-# FIXME: These cross compiler hacks should be removed for Autoconf 3.0
-# If not cross compiling, check that we can run a simple program.
-if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then
-  if { ac_try='./$ac_file'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
-    cross_compiling=no
-  else
-    if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then
-	cross_compiling=yes
-    else
-	{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot run C compiled programs.
-If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'.
-See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: cannot run C compiled programs.
-If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'.
-See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-    fi
-  fi
-fi
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
-
-rm -f a.out a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out
-ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
-# Check the compiler produces executables we can run.  If not, either
-# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile.
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we are cross compiling... $ECHO_C" >&6
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $cross_compiling" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$cross_compiling" >&6
-
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of executables" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for suffix of executables... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; then
-  # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable)
-# catch `conftest.exe'.  For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will
-# work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with
-# `rm'.
-for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do
-  test -f "$ac_file" || continue
-  case $ac_file in
-    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.o | *.obj ) ;;
-    *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
-	  export ac_cv_exeext
-	  break;;
-    * ) break;;
-  esac
-done
-else
-  { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link
-See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link
-See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-fi
-
-rm -f conftest$ac_cv_exeext
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_exeext" >&6
-
-rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
-EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext
-ac_exeext=$EXEEXT
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of object files" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for suffix of object files... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${ac_cv_objext+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj
-if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; then
-  for ac_file in `(ls conftest.o conftest.obj; ls conftest.*) 2>/dev/null`; do
-  case $ac_file in
-    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg ) ;;
-    *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'`
-       break;;
-  esac
-done
-else
-  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile
-See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile
-See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-fi
-
-rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_objext" >&6
-OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext
-ac_objext=$OBJEXT
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-#ifndef __GNUC__
-       choke me
-#endif
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
-			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
-  ac_compiler_gnu=yes
-else
-  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-ac_compiler_gnu=no
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu
-
-fi
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6
-GCC=`test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes && echo yes`
-ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set}
-ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
-CFLAGS="-g"
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking whether $CC accepts -g... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
-			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
-  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
-else
-  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6
-if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
-  CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS
-elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
-  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-    CFLAGS="-g -O2"
-  else
-    CFLAGS="-g"
-  fi
-else
-  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-    CFLAGS="-O2"
-  else
-    CFLAGS=
-  fi
-fi
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $CC option to accept ANSI C" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for $CC option to accept ANSI C... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-  ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc=no
-ac_save_CC=$CC
-cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh.  */
-struct buf { int x; };
-FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int);
-static char *e (p, i)
-     char **p;
-     int i;
-{
-  return p[i];
-}
-static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...)
-{
-  char *s;
-  va_list v;
-  va_start (v,p);
-  s = g (p, va_arg (v,int));
-  va_end (v);
-  return s;
-}
-
-/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default.  It has
-   function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants.
-   These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated
-   as 'x'.  The following induces an error, until -std1 is added to get
-   proper ANSI mode.  Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an
-   array size at least.  It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something
-   that's true only with -std1.  */
-int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1];
-
-int test (int i, double x);
-struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
-struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};
-int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int);
-int argc;
-char **argv;
-int
-main ()
-{
-return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0]  ||  f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1];
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-# Don't try gcc -ansi; that turns off useful extensions and
-# breaks some systems' header files.
-# AIX			-qlanglvl=ansi
-# Ultrix and OSF/1	-std1
-# HP-UX 10.20 and later	-Ae
-# HP-UX older versions	-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE
-# SVR4			-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__
-for ac_arg in "" -qlanglvl=ansi -std1 -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
-do
-  CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
-  rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
-			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
-  ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc=$ac_arg
-break
-else
-  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext
-done
-rm -f conftest.$ac_ext conftest.$ac_objext
-CC=$ac_save_CC
-
-fi
-
-case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" in
-  x|xno)
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: none needed" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}none needed" >&6 ;;
-  *)
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" >&6
-    CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" ;;
-esac
-
-# Some people use a C++ compiler to compile C.  Since we use `exit',
-# in C++ we need to declare it.  In case someone uses the same compiler
-# for both compiling C and C++ we need to have the C++ compiler decide
-# the declaration of exit, since it's the most demanding environment.
-cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-#ifndef __cplusplus
-  choke me
-#endif
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
-			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
-  for ac_declaration in \
-   '' \
-   'extern "C" void std::exit (int) throw (); using std::exit;' \
-   'extern "C" void std::exit (int); using std::exit;' \
-   'extern "C" void exit (int) throw ();' \
-   'extern "C" void exit (int);' \
-   'void exit (int);'
-do
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-$ac_declaration
-#include <stdlib.h>
-int
-main ()
-{
-exit (42);
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
-			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
-  :
-else
-  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-continue
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-$ac_declaration
-int
-main ()
-{
-exit (42);
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
-			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
-  break
-else
-  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-done
-rm -f conftest*
-if test -n "$ac_declaration"; then
-  echo '#ifdef __cplusplus' >>confdefs.h
-  echo $ac_declaration      >>confdefs.h
-  echo '#endif'             >>confdefs.h
-fi
-
-else
-  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-ac_ext=c
-ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
-ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
-ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
-ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
-
-
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for inline" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for inline... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${ac_cv_c_inline+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-  ac_cv_c_inline=no
-for ac_kw in inline __inline__ __inline; do
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#ifndef __cplusplus
-typedef int foo_t;
-static $ac_kw foo_t static_foo () {return 0; }
-$ac_kw foo_t foo () {return 0; }
-#endif
-
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
-			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
-  ac_cv_c_inline=$ac_kw; break
-else
-  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-done
-
-fi
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_inline" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_inline" >&6
-
-
-case $ac_cv_c_inline in
-  inline | yes) ;;
-  *)
-    case $ac_cv_c_inline in
-      no) ac_val=;;
-      *) ac_val=$ac_cv_c_inline;;
-    esac
-    cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#ifndef __cplusplus
-#define inline $ac_val
-#endif
-_ACEOF
-    ;;
-esac
-
-ac_ext=c
-ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
-ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
-ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
-ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking how to run the C preprocessor... $ECHO_C" >&6
-# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
-if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
-  CPP=
-fi
-if test -z "$CPP"; then
-  if test "${ac_cv_prog_CPP+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-      # Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded
-    for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp"
-    do
-      ac_preproc_ok=false
-for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
-do
-  # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
-  # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
-  # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
-  # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
-  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
-  # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#ifdef __STDC__
-# include <limits.h>
-#else
-# include <assert.h>
-#endif
-		     Syntax error
-_ACEOF
-if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
-  if test -s conftest.err; then
-    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
-    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
-  else
-    ac_cpp_err=
-  fi
-else
-  ac_cpp_err=yes
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
-  :
-else
-  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-  # Broken: fails on valid input.
-continue
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
-
-  # OK, works on sane cases.  Now check whether non-existent headers
-  # can be detected and how.
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
-_ACEOF
-if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
-  if test -s conftest.err; then
-    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
-    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
-  else
-    ac_cpp_err=
-  fi
-else
-  ac_cpp_err=yes
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
-  # Broken: success on invalid input.
-continue
-else
-  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-  # Passes both tests.
-ac_preproc_ok=:
-break
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
-
-done
-# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
-if $ac_preproc_ok; then
-  break
-fi
-
-    done
-    ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
-
-fi
-  CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP
-else
-  ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
-fi
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CPP" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$CPP" >&6
-ac_preproc_ok=false
-for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
-do
-  # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
-  # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
-  # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
-  # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
-  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
-  # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#ifdef __STDC__
-# include <limits.h>
-#else
-# include <assert.h>
-#endif
-		     Syntax error
-_ACEOF
-if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
-  if test -s conftest.err; then
-    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
-    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
-  else
-    ac_cpp_err=
-  fi
-else
-  ac_cpp_err=yes
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
-  :
-else
-  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-  # Broken: fails on valid input.
-continue
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
-
-  # OK, works on sane cases.  Now check whether non-existent headers
-  # can be detected and how.
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
-_ACEOF
-if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
-  if test -s conftest.err; then
-    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
-    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
-  else
-    ac_cpp_err=
-  fi
-else
-  ac_cpp_err=yes
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
-  # Broken: success on invalid input.
-continue
-else
-  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-  # Passes both tests.
-ac_preproc_ok=:
-break
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
-
-done
-# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
-if $ac_preproc_ok; then
-  :
-else
-  { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check
-See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check
-See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-fi
-
-ac_ext=c
-ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
-ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
-ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
-ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
-
-
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for egrep" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for egrep... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_egrep+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-  if echo a | (grep -E '(a|b)') >/dev/null 2>&1
-    then ac_cv_prog_egrep='grep -E'
-    else ac_cv_prog_egrep='egrep'
-    fi
-fi
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_egrep" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_egrep" >&6
- EGREP=$ac_cv_prog_egrep
-
-
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for ANSI C header files... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${ac_cv_header_stdc+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <float.h>
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
-			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
-  ac_cv_header_stdc=yes
-else
-  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-ac_cv_header_stdc=no
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-
-if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
-  # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI.
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#include <string.h>
-
-_ACEOF
-if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
-  $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  :
-else
-  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
-fi
-rm -f conftest*
-
-fi
-
-if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
-  # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI.
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-_ACEOF
-if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
-  $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  :
-else
-  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
-fi
-rm -f conftest*
-
-fi
-
-if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
-  # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi.
-  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
-  :
-else
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#include <ctype.h>
-#if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020)
-# define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')
-# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c))
-#else
-# define ISLOWER(c) \
-		   (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \
-		     || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \
-		     || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z'))
-# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c))
-#endif
-
-#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f)))
-int
-main ()
-{
-  int i;
-  for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
-    if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i))
-	|| toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i))
-      exit(2);
-  exit (0);
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest$ac_exeext
-if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
-  :
-else
-  echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
-echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-( exit $ac_status )
-ac_cv_header_stdc=no
-fi
-rm -f core *.core gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-fi
-fi
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6
-if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
-#define STDC_HEADERS 1
-_ACEOF
-
-fi
-
-
-if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ar", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ar; ac_word=$2
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_AR+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$AR"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_AR="$AR" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
-    ac_cv_prog_AR="${ac_tool_prefix}ar"
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-
-fi
-fi
-AR=$ac_cv_prog_AR
-if test -n "$AR"; then
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $AR" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$AR" >&6
-else
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
-fi
-
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_AR"; then
-  ac_ct_AR=$AR
-  # Extract the first word of "ar", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ar; ac_word=$2
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="$ac_ct_AR" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
-    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="ar"
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_AR=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR
-if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_AR" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_AR" >&6
-else
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
-fi
-
-  AR=$ac_ct_AR
-else
-  AR="$ac_cv_prog_AR"
-fi
-
-if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
-    ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib"
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-
-fi
-fi
-RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB
-if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $RANLIB" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$RANLIB" >&6
-else
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
-fi
-
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then
-  ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB
-  # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="$ac_ct_RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
-    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib"
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB
-if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6
-else
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
-fi
-
-  RANLIB=$ac_ct_RANLIB
-else
-  RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"
-fi
-
-if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
-  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}windres", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}windres; ac_word=$2
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_RC+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$RC"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_RC="$RC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
-    ac_cv_prog_RC="${ac_tool_prefix}windres"
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-
-fi
-fi
-RC=$ac_cv_prog_RC
-if test -n "$RC"; then
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $RC" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$RC" >&6
-else
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
-fi
-
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RC"; then
-  ac_ct_RC=$RC
-  # Extract the first word of "windres", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy windres; ac_word=$2
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$ac_ct_RC"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC="$ac_ct_RC" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
-    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC="windres"
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-
-fi
-fi
-ac_ct_RC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC
-if test -n "$ac_ct_RC"; then
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_RC" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_RC" >&6
-else
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
-fi
-
-  RC=$ac_ct_RC
-else
-  RC="$ac_cv_prog_RC"
-fi
-
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Checks to see if the make program sets the $MAKE variable.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)... $ECHO_C" >&6
-set dummy ${MAKE-make}; ac_make=`echo "$2" | sed 'y,:./+-,___p_,'`
-if eval "test \"\${ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set+set}\" = set"; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-  cat >conftest.make <<\_ACEOF
-all:
-	@echo 'ac_maketemp="$(MAKE)"'
-_ACEOF
-# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering...", which would confuse us.
-eval `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null | grep temp=`
-if test -n "$ac_maketemp"; then
-  eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes
-else
-  eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no
-fi
-rm -f conftest.make
-fi
-if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_prog_make_'${ac_make}_set`\" = yes"; then
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
-  SET_MAKE=
-else
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
-  SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}"
-fi
-
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Determines the correct binary file extension (.o, .obj, .exe etc.)
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Check whether --enable-threads or --disable-threads was given.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for building with threads" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for building with threads... $ECHO_C" >&6
-    # Check whether --enable-threads or --disable-threads was given.
-if test "${enable_threads+set}" = set; then
-  enableval="$enable_threads"
-  tcl_ok=$enableval
-else
-  tcl_ok=yes
-fi;
-
-    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
-	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes (default)" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}yes (default)" >&6
-	TCL_THREADS=1
-	cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
-#define TCL_THREADS 1
-_ACEOF
-
-	# USE_THREAD_ALLOC tells us to try the special thread-based
-	# allocator that significantly reduces lock contention
-	cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
-#define USE_THREAD_ALLOC 1
-_ACEOF
-
-    else
-	TCL_THREADS=0
-	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
-    fi
-
-
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# The statements below define a collection of symbols related to
-# building libtk as a shared library instead of a static library.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to build libraries" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking how to build libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6
-    # Check whether --enable-shared or --disable-shared was given.
-if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then
-  enableval="$enable_shared"
-  tcl_ok=$enableval
-else
-  tcl_ok=yes
-fi;
-
-    if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then
-	enableval="$enable_shared"
-	tcl_ok=$enableval
-    else
-	tcl_ok=yes
-    fi
-
-    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" ; then
-	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: shared" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}shared" >&6
-	SHARED_BUILD=1
-    else
-	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: static" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}static" >&6
-	SHARED_BUILD=0
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
-#define STATIC_BUILD 1
-_ACEOF
-
-    fi
-
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Locate and source the tclConfig.sh file.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-    #
-    # Ok, lets find the tcl configuration
-    # First, look for one uninstalled.
-    # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tcl
-    #
-
-    if test x"${no_tcl}" = x ; then
-	# we reset no_tcl in case something fails here
-	no_tcl=true
-
-# Check whether --with-tcl or --without-tcl was given.
-if test "${with_tcl+set}" = set; then
-  withval="$with_tcl"
-  with_tclconfig="${withval}"
-fi;
-	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for Tcl configuration" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for Tcl configuration... $ECHO_C" >&6
-	if test "${ac_cv_c_tclconfig+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-
-
-	    # First check to see if --with-tcl was specified.
-	    if test x"${with_tclconfig}" != x ; then
-		case "${with_tclconfig}" in
-		    */tclConfig.sh )
-			if test -f "${with_tclconfig}"; then
-			    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: --with-tcl argument should refer to directory containing tclConfig.sh, not to tclConfig.sh itself" >&5
-echo "$as_me: WARNING: --with-tcl argument should refer to directory containing tclConfig.sh, not to tclConfig.sh itself" >&2;}
-			    with_tclconfig="`echo "${with_tclconfig}" | sed 's!/tclConfig\.sh$!!'`"
-			fi ;;
-		esac
-		if test -f "${with_tclconfig}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
-		    ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd "${with_tclconfig}"; pwd)`"
-		else
-		    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ${with_tclconfig} directory doesn't contain tclConfig.sh" >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: ${with_tclconfig} directory doesn't contain tclConfig.sh" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-		fi
-	    fi
-
-	    # then check for a private Tcl installation
-	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
-		for i in \
-			../tcl \
-			`ls -dr ../tcl[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -dr ../tcl[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -dr ../tcl[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
-			../../tcl \
-			`ls -dr ../../tcl[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -dr ../../tcl[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -dr ../../tcl[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
-			../../../tcl \
-			`ls -dr ../../../tcl[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -dr ../../../tcl[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -dr ../../../tcl[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
-		    if test -f "$i/win/tclConfig.sh" ; then
-			ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/win; pwd)`"
-			break
-		    fi
-		done
-	    fi
-
-	    # check in a few common install locations
-	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
-		for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -d /cygdrive/c/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -d /cygdrive/c/Progra~1/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -d /c/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -d /c/Progra~1/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -d C:/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -d C:/Progra~1/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
-			; do
-		    if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then
-			ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`"
-			break
-		    fi
-		done
-	    fi
-
-	    # check in a few other private locations
-	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
-		for i in \
-			${srcdir}/../tcl \
-			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
-		    if test -f "$i/win/tclConfig.sh" ; then
-		    ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/win; pwd)`"
-		    break
-		fi
-		done
-	    fi
-
-fi
-
-
-	if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
-	    TCL_BIN_DIR="# no Tcl configs found"
-	    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: Can't find Tcl configuration definitions. Use --with-tcl to specify a directory containing tclConfig.sh" >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: Can't find Tcl configuration definitions. Use --with-tcl to specify a directory containing tclConfig.sh" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-	else
-	    no_tcl=
-	    TCL_BIN_DIR="${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}"
-	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: found ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}found ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&6
-	fi
-    fi
-
-
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh... $ECHO_C" >&6
-
-    if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
-        echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: loading" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}loading" >&6
-	. "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh"
-    else
-        echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: could not find ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}could not find ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&6
-    fi
-
-    #
-    # If the TCL_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory),
-    # then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables.
-    # For example, the variable TCL_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value
-    # of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TCL_LIB_SPEC
-    # instead of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an
-    # installed and uninstalled version of Tcl.
-    #
-
-    if test -f $TCL_BIN_DIR/Makefile ; then
-        TCL_LIB_SPEC=${TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}
-        TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}
-        TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH=${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}
-    fi
-
-    #
-    # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution
-    #
-
-    eval "TCL_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_LIB_FILE}\""
-    eval "TCL_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_LIB_FLAG}\""
-    eval "TCL_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_LIB_SPEC}\""
-
-    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
-    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
-    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-if test "${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}" != "${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}"; then
-    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh is for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}.
-Tk ${TK_VERSION}${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} needs Tcl ${TK_VERSION}.
-Use --with-tcl= option to indicate location of tclConfig.sh file for Tcl ${TK_VERSION}." >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh is for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}.
-Tk ${TK_VERSION}${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} needs Tcl ${TK_VERSION}.
-Use --with-tcl= option to indicate location of tclConfig.sh file for Tcl ${TK_VERSION}." >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-fi
-if test "${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}" -lt "${TK_MINOR_VERSION}"; then
-    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh is for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}.
-Tk ${TK_VERSION}${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} needs Tcl ${TK_VERSION}.
-Use --with-tcl= option to indicate location of tclConfig.sh file for Tcl ${TK_VERSION}." >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh is for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}.
-Tk ${TK_VERSION}${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} needs Tcl ${TK_VERSION}.
-Use --with-tcl= option to indicate location of tclConfig.sh file for Tcl ${TK_VERSION}." >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-fi
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# The statements below define a collection of compile flags.  This
-# macro depends on the value of SHARED_BUILD, and should be called
-# after SC_ENABLE_SHARED checks the configure switches.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# On IRIX 5.3, sys/types and inttypes.h are conflicting.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \
-		  inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h
-do
-as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-$ac_includes_default
-
-#include <$ac_header>
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
-			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
-  eval "$as_ac_Header=yes"
-else
-  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-eval "$as_ac_Header=no"
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&6
-if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` = yes; then
-  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
-_ACEOF
-
-fi
-
-done
-
-
-
-
-    # Step 0: Enable 64 bit support?
-
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if 64bit support is requested" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking if 64bit support is requested... $ECHO_C" >&6
-    # Check whether --enable-64bit or --disable-64bit was given.
-if test "${enable_64bit+set}" = set; then
-  enableval="$enable_64bit"
-  do64bit=$enableval
-else
-  do64bit=no
-fi;
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $do64bit" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$do64bit" >&6
-
-    # Cross-compiling options for Windows/CE builds
-
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if Windows/CE build is requested" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking if Windows/CE build is requested... $ECHO_C" >&6
-    # Check whether --enable-wince or --disable-wince was given.
-if test "${enable_wince+set}" = set; then
-  enableval="$enable_wince"
-  doWince=$enableval
-else
-  doWince=no
-fi;
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $doWince" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$doWince" >&6
-
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for Windows/CE celib directory" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for Windows/CE celib directory... $ECHO_C" >&6
-
-# Check whether --with-celib or --without-celib was given.
-if test "${with_celib+set}" = set; then
-  withval="$with_celib"
-  CELIB_DIR=$withval
-else
-  CELIB_DIR=NO_CELIB
-fi;
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CELIB_DIR" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$CELIB_DIR" >&6
-
-    # Set some defaults (may get changed below)
-    EXTRA_CFLAGS=""
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
-#define MODULE_SCOPE extern
-_ACEOF
-
-
-    # Extract the first word of "cygpath", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy cygpath; ac_word=$2
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-  if test -n "$CYGPATH"; then
-  ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="$CYGPATH" # Let the user override the test.
-else
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
-    ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="cygpath -m"
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-
-  test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH" && ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="echo"
-fi
-fi
-CYGPATH=$ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH
-if test -n "$CYGPATH"; then
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CYGPATH" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$CYGPATH" >&6
-else
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
-fi
-
-
-    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll"
-
-    # MACHINE is IX86 for LINK, but this is used by the manifest,
-    # which requires x86|amd64|ia64.
-    MACHINE="X86"
-
-    if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then
-
-      echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for cross-compile version of gcc" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for cross-compile version of gcc... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${ac_cv_cross+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-	    #ifndef _WIN32
-		#error cross-compiler
-	    #endif
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
-			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
-  ac_cv_cross=no
-else
-  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-ac_cv_cross=yes
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-
-fi
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_cross" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_cross" >&6
-
-      if test "$ac_cv_cross" = "yes"; then
-	case "$do64bit" in
-	    amd64|x64|yes)
-		CC="x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc"
-		LD="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ld"
-		AR="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ar"
-		RANLIB="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ranlib"
-		RC="x86_64-w64-mingw32-windres"
-	    ;;
-	    *)
-		CC="i686-w64-mingw32-gcc"
-		LD="i686-w64-mingw32-ld"
-		AR="i686-w64-mingw32-ar"
-		RANLIB="i686-w64-mingw32-ranlib"
-		RC="i686-w64-mingw32-windres"
-	    ;;
-	esac
-      fi
-    fi
-
-    # Check for a bug in gcc's windres that causes the
-    # compile to fail when a Windows native path is
-    # passed into windres. The mingw toolchain requires
-    # Windows native paths while Cygwin should work
-    # with both. Avoid the bug by passing a POSIX
-    # path when using the Cygwin toolchain.
-
-    if test "$GCC" = "yes" && test "$CYGPATH" != "echo" ; then
-	conftest=/tmp/conftest.rc
-	echo "STRINGTABLE BEGIN" > $conftest
-	echo "101 \"name\"" >> $conftest
-	echo "END" >> $conftest
-
-	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for Windows native path bug in windres" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for Windows native path bug in windres... $ECHO_C" >&6
-	cyg_conftest=`$CYGPATH $conftest`
-	if { ac_try='$RC -o conftest.res.o $cyg_conftest'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; } ; then
-	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
-	else
-	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
-	    CYGPATH=echo
-	fi
-	conftest=
-	cyg_conftest=
-    fi
-
-    if test "$CYGPATH" = "echo"; then
-        DEPARG='"$<"'
-    else
-        DEPARG='"$(shell $(CYGPATH) $<)"'
-    fi
-
-    # set various compiler flags depending on whether we are using gcc or cl
-
-    if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then
-	extra_cflags="-pipe"
-	extra_ldflags="-pipe -static-libgcc"
-	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for mingw32 version of gcc" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for mingw32 version of gcc... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${ac_cv_win32+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-		#ifdef _WIN32
-		    #error win32
-		#endif
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
-			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
-  ac_cv_win32=no
-else
-  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-ac_cv_win32=yes
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-
-fi
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_win32" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_win32" >&6
-	if test "$ac_cv_win32" != "yes"; then
-	    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ${CC} cannot produce win32 executables." >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: ${CC} cannot produce win32 executables." >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-	fi
-
-	hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mwindows -municode -Dmain=xxmain"
-	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for working -municode linker flag" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for working -municode linker flag... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${ac_cv_municode+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-	#include <windows.h>
-	int APIENTRY wWinMain(HINSTANCE a, HINSTANCE b, LPWSTR c, int d) {return 0;}
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
-if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
-			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
-  ac_cv_municode=yes
-else
-  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-ac_cv_municode=no
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
-      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-
-fi
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_municode" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_municode" >&6
-	CFLAGS=$hold_cflags
-	if test "$ac_cv_municode" = "yes" ; then
-	    extra_ldflags="$extra_ldflags -municode"
-	else
-	    extra_cflags="$extra_cflags -DTCL_BROKEN_MAINARGS"
-	fi
-    fi
-
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking compiler flags" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking compiler flags... $ECHO_C" >&6
-    if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then
-	SHLIB_LD=""
-	SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
-	LIBS="-lnetapi32 -lkernel32 -luser32 -ladvapi32 -luserenv -lws2_32"
-	# mingw needs to link ole32 and oleaut32 for [send], but MSVC doesn't
-	LIBS_GUI="-lgdi32 -lcomdlg32 -limm32 -lcomctl32 -lshell32 -luuid -lole32 -loleaut32"
-	STLIB_LD='${AR} cr'
-	RC_OUT=-o
-	RC_TYPE=
-	RC_INCLUDE=--include
-	RC_DEFINE=--define
-	RES=res.o
-	MAKE_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \$@"
-	MAKE_STUB_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \$@"
-	POST_MAKE_LIB="\${RANLIB} \$@"
-	MAKE_EXE="\${CC} -o \$@"
-	LIBPREFIX="lib"
-
-	if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "0" ; then
-	    # static
-            echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: using static flags" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}using static flags" >&6
-	    runtime=
-	    LIBRARIES="\${STATIC_LIBRARIES}"
-	    EXESUFFIX="s\${DBGX}.exe"
-	else
-	    # dynamic
-            echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: using shared flags" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}using shared flags" >&6
-
-	    # ad-hoc check to see if CC supports -shared.
-	    if "${CC}" -shared 2>&1 | egrep ': -shared not supported' >/dev/null; then
-		{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ${CC} does not support the -shared option.
-                You will need to upgrade to a newer version of the toolchain." >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: ${CC} does not support the -shared option.
-                You will need to upgrade to a newer version of the toolchain." >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-	    fi
-
-	    runtime=
-	    # Add SHLIB_LD_LIBS to the Make rule, not here.
-
-	    EXESUFFIX="\${DBGX}.exe"
-	    LIBRARIES="\${SHARED_LIBRARIES}"
-	fi
-	# Link with gcc since ld does not link to default libs like
-	# -luser32 and -lmsvcrt by default.
-	SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
-	SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
-	MAKE_DLL="\${SHLIB_LD} \$(LDFLAGS) -o \$@ ${extra_ldflags} \
-	    -Wl,--out-implib,\$(patsubst %.dll,lib%.a,\$@)"
-	# DLLSUFFIX is separate because it is the building block for
-	# users of tclConfig.sh that may build shared or static.
-	DLLSUFFIX="\${DBGX}.dll"
-	LIBSUFFIX="\${DBGX}.a"
-	LIBFLAGSUFFIX="\${DBGX}"
-	SHLIB_SUFFIX=.dll
-
-	EXTRA_CFLAGS="${extra_cflags}"
-
-	CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
-	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer"
-	CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall -Wdeclaration-after-statement"
-	LDFLAGS_DEBUG=
-	LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=
-
-	# Specify the CC output file names based on the target name
-	CC_OBJNAME="-o \$@"
-	CC_EXENAME="-o \$@"
-
-	# Specify linker flags depending on the type of app being
-	# built -- Console vs. Window.
-	#
-	# ORIGINAL COMMENT:
-	# We need to pass -e _WinMain@16 so that ld will use
-	# WinMain() instead of main() as the entry point. We can't
-	# use autoconf to check for this case since it would need
-	# to run an executable and that does not work when
-	# cross compiling. Remove this -e workaround once we
-	# require a gcc that does not have this bug.
-	#
-	# MK NOTE: Tk should use a different mechanism. This causes
-	# interesting problems, such as wish dying at startup.
-	#LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-mwindows -e _WinMain@16 ${extra_ldflags}"
-	LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-mconsole ${extra_ldflags}"
-	LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-mwindows ${extra_ldflags}"
-
-	case "$do64bit" in
-	    amd64|x64|yes)
-		MACHINE="AMD64" ; # assume AMD64 as default 64-bit build
-		echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result:    Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}   Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&6
-		;;
-	    ia64)
-		MACHINE="IA64"
-		echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result:    Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}   Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&6
-		;;
-	    *)
-		cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-		    #ifndef _WIN64
-			#error 32-bit
-		    #endif
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
-			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
-  tcl_win_64bit=yes
-else
-  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-tcl_win_64bit=no
-
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-		if test "$tcl_win_64bit" = "yes" ; then
-			do64bit=amd64
-			MACHINE="AMD64"
-			echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result:    Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}   Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&6
-		fi
-		;;
-	esac
-    else
-	if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "0" ; then
-	    # static
-            echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: using static flags" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}using static flags" >&6
-	    runtime=-MT
-	    LIBRARIES="\${STATIC_LIBRARIES}"
-	    EXESUFFIX="s\${DBGX}.exe"
-	else
-	    # dynamic
-            echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: using shared flags" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}using shared flags" >&6
-	    runtime=-MD
-	    # Add SHLIB_LD_LIBS to the Make rule, not here.
-	    LIBRARIES="\${SHARED_LIBRARIES}"
-	    EXESUFFIX="\${DBGX}.exe"
-	    case "x`echo \${VisualStudioVersion}`" in
-		x1[4-9]*)
-		    lflags="${lflags} -nodefaultlib:libucrt.lib"
-		    ;;
-		*)
-		    ;;
-	    esac
-	fi
-	MAKE_DLL="\${SHLIB_LD} \$(LDFLAGS) -out:\$@"
-	# DLLSUFFIX is separate because it is the building block for
-	# users of tclConfig.sh that may build shared or static.
-	DLLSUFFIX="\${DBGX}.dll"
-	LIBSUFFIX="\${DBGX}.lib"
-	LIBFLAGSUFFIX="\${DBGX}"
-
-	# This is a 2-stage check to make sure we have the 64-bit SDK
-	# We have to know where the SDK is installed.
-	# This magic is based on MS Platform SDK for Win2003 SP1 - hobbs
-	if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
-	    if test "x${MSSDK}x" = "xx" ; then
-		MSSDK="C:/Progra~1/Microsoft Platform SDK"
-	    fi
-	    MSSDK=`echo "$MSSDK" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
-	    PATH64=""
-	    case "$do64bit" in
-		amd64|x64|yes)
-		    MACHINE="AMD64" ; # assume AMD64 as default 64-bit build
-		    PATH64="${MSSDK}/Bin/Win64/x86/AMD64"
-		    ;;
-		ia64)
-		    MACHINE="IA64"
-		    PATH64="${MSSDK}/Bin/Win64"
-		    ;;
-	    esac
-	    if test ! -d "${PATH64}" ; then
-		{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Could not find 64-bit $MACHINE SDK" >&5
-echo "$as_me: WARNING: Could not find 64-bit $MACHINE SDK" >&2;}
-	    fi
-	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result:    Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}   Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&6
-	fi
-
-	LIBS="netapi32.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib advapi32.lib userenv.lib ws2_32.lib"
-
-	case "x`echo \${VisualStudioVersion}`" in
-		x1[4-9]*)
-		    LIBS="$LIBS ucrt.lib"
-		    ;;
-		*)
-		    ;;
-	esac
-
-	if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
-	    # The space-based-path will work for the Makefile, but will
-	    # not work if AC_TRY_COMPILE is called.  TEA has the
-	    # TEA_PATH_NOSPACE to avoid this issue.
-	    # Check if _WIN64 is already recognized, and if so we don't
-	    # need to modify CC.
-	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether _WIN64 is declared" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking whether _WIN64 is declared... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${ac_cv_have_decl__WIN64+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-$ac_includes_default
-int
-main ()
-{
-#ifndef _WIN64
-  char *p = (char *) _WIN64;
-#endif
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
-			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
-  ac_cv_have_decl__WIN64=yes
-else
-  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-ac_cv_have_decl__WIN64=no
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_have_decl__WIN64" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_have_decl__WIN64" >&6
-if test $ac_cv_have_decl__WIN64 = yes; then
-  :
-else
-  CC="\"${PATH64}/cl.exe\" -I\"${MSSDK}/Include\" \
-			 -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt\" \
-			 -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt/sys\""
-fi
-
-	    RC="\"${MSSDK}/bin/rc.exe\""
-	    CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od ${runtime}d"
-	    # Do not use -O2 for Win64 - this has proved buggy in code gen.
-	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O1 ${runtime}"
-	    lflags="${lflags} -nologo -MACHINE:${MACHINE} -LIBPATH:\"${MSSDK}/Lib/${MACHINE}\""
-	    LINKBIN="\"${PATH64}/link.exe\""
-	    # Avoid 'unresolved external symbol __security_cookie' errors.
-	    # c.f. http://support.microsoft.com/?id=894573
-	    LIBS="$LIBS bufferoverflowU.lib"
-	else
-	    RC="rc"
-	    # -Od - no optimization
-	    # -WX - warnings as errors
-	    CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Z7 -Od -WX ${runtime}d"
-	    # -O2 - create fast code (/Og /Oi /Ot /Oy /Ob2 /Gs /GF /Gy)
-	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 ${runtime}"
-	    lflags="${lflags} -nologo"
-	    LINKBIN="link"
-	fi
-
-	if test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
-	    # Set defaults for common evc4/PPC2003 setup
-	    # Currently Tcl requires 300+, possibly 420+ for sockets
-	    CEVERSION=420; 		# could be 211 300 301 400 420 ...
-	    TARGETCPU=ARMV4;	# could be ARMV4 ARM MIPS SH3 X86 ...
-	    ARCH=ARM;		# could be ARM MIPS X86EM ...
-	    PLATFORM="Pocket PC 2003"; # or "Pocket PC 2002"
-	    if test "$doWince" != "yes"; then
-		# If !yes then the user specified something
-		# Reset ARCH to allow user to skip specifying it
-		ARCH=
-		eval `echo $doWince | awk -F "," '{ \
-	if (length($1)) { printf "CEVERSION=\"%s\"\n", $1; \
-	if ($1 < 400)	  { printf "PLATFORM=\"Pocket PC 2002\"\n" } }; \
-	if (length($2)) { printf "TARGETCPU=\"%s\"\n", toupper($2) }; \
-	if (length($3)) { printf "ARCH=\"%s\"\n", toupper($3) }; \
-	if (length($4)) { printf "PLATFORM=\"%s\"\n", $4 }; \
-		}'`
-		if test "x${ARCH}" = "x" ; then
-		    ARCH=$TARGETCPU;
-		fi
-	    fi
-	    OSVERSION=WCE$CEVERSION;
-	    if test "x${WCEROOT}" = "x" ; then
-		WCEROOT="C:/Program Files/Microsoft eMbedded C++ 4.0"
-		if test ! -d "${WCEROOT}" ; then
-		    WCEROOT="C:/Program Files/Microsoft eMbedded Tools"
-		fi
-	    fi
-	    if test "x${SDKROOT}" = "x" ; then
-		SDKROOT="C:/Program Files/Windows CE Tools"
-		if test ! -d "${SDKROOT}" ; then
-		    SDKROOT="C:/Windows CE Tools"
-		fi
-	    fi
-	    # The space-based-path will work for the Makefile, but will
-	    # not work if AC_TRY_COMPILE is called.
-	    WCEROOT=`echo "$WCEROOT" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
-	    SDKROOT=`echo "$SDKROOT" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
-	    CELIB_DIR=`echo "$CELIB_DIR" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
-	    if test ! -d "${CELIB_DIR}/inc"; then
-		{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: Invalid celib directory \"${CELIB_DIR}\"" >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: Invalid celib directory \"${CELIB_DIR}\"" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-	    fi
-	    if test ! -d "${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/Lib/${TARGETCPU}"\
-		-o ! -d "${WCEROOT}/EVC/${OSVERSION}/bin"; then
-		{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not find PocketPC SDK or target compiler to enable WinCE mode $CEVERSION,$TARGETCPU,$ARCH,$PLATFORM" >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: could not find PocketPC SDK or target compiler to enable WinCE mode $CEVERSION,$TARGETCPU,$ARCH,$PLATFORM" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-	    else
-		CEINCLUDE="${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/include"
-		if test -d "${CEINCLUDE}/${TARGETCPU}" ; then
-		    CEINCLUDE="${CEINCLUDE}/${TARGETCPU}"
-		fi
-		CELIBPATH="${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/Lib/${TARGETCPU}"
-	    fi
-	fi
-
-	if test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
-	    CEBINROOT="${WCEROOT}/EVC/${OSVERSION}/bin"
-	    if test "${TARGETCPU}" = "X86"; then
-		CC="${CEBINROOT}/cl.exe"
-	    else
-		CC="${CEBINROOT}/cl${ARCH}.exe"
-	    fi
-	    CC="\"${CC}\" -I\"${CELIB_DIR}/inc\" -I\"${CEINCLUDE}\""
-	    RC="\"${WCEROOT}/Common/EVC/bin/rc.exe\""
-	    arch=`echo ${ARCH} | awk '{print tolower($0)}'`
-	    defs="${ARCH} _${ARCH}_ ${arch} PALM_SIZE _MT _DLL _WINDOWS"
-	    for i in $defs ; do
-		cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define $i 1
-_ACEOF
-
-	    done
-#	    if test "${ARCH}" = "X86EM"; then
-#		AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(_WIN32_WCE_EMULATION)
-#	    fi
-	    cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define _WIN32_WCE $CEVERSION
-_ACEOF
-
-	    cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define UNDER_CE $CEVERSION
-_ACEOF
-
-	    CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od"
-	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2"
-	    lversion=`echo ${CEVERSION} | sed -e 's/\(.\)\(..\)/\1\.\2/'`
-	    lflags="-nodefaultlib -MACHINE:${ARCH} -LIBPATH:\"${CELIBPATH}\" -subsystem:windowsce,${lversion} -nologo"
-	    LINKBIN="\"${CEBINROOT}/link.exe\""
-
-	    if test "${CEVERSION}" -lt 400 ; then
-		LIBS="coredll.lib corelibc.lib winsock.lib"
-	    else
-		LIBS="coredll.lib corelibc.lib ws2.lib"
-	    fi
-	    # celib currently stuck at wce300 status
-	    #LIBS="$LIBS \${CELIB_DIR}/wince-${ARCH}-pocket-${OSVERSION}-release/celib.lib"
-	    LIBS="$LIBS \"\${CELIB_DIR}/wince-${ARCH}-pocket-wce300-release/celib.lib\""
-	    LIBS_GUI="commctrl.lib commdlg.lib"
-	else
-	    LIBS_GUI="gdi32.lib comdlg32.lib imm32.lib comctl32.lib shell32.lib uuid.lib"
-	fi
-
-	SHLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -dll -incremental:no ${lflags}"
-	SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
-	# link -lib only works when -lib is the first arg
-	STLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -lib ${lflags}"
-	RC_OUT=-fo
-	RC_TYPE=-r
-	RC_INCLUDE=-i
-	RC_DEFINE=-d
-	RES=res
-	MAKE_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} -out:\$@"
-	MAKE_STUB_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} -nodefaultlib -out:\$@"
-	POST_MAKE_LIB=
-	MAKE_EXE="\${CC} -Fe\$@"
-	LIBPREFIX=""
-
-	CFLAGS_DEBUG="${CFLAGS_DEBUG} -D_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE -D_CRT_NONSTDC_NO_DEPRECATE"
-	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="${CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE} -D_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE -D_CRT_NONSTDC_NO_DEPRECATE"
-
-	EXTRA_CFLAGS=""
-	CFLAGS_WARNING="-W3"
-	LDFLAGS_DEBUG="-debug"
-	LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-release"
-
-	# Specify the CC output file names based on the target name
-	CC_OBJNAME="-Fo\$@"
-	CC_EXENAME="-Fe\"\$(shell \$(CYGPATH) '\$@')\""
-
-	# Specify linker flags depending on the type of app being
-	# built -- Console vs. Window.
-	if test "$doWince" != "no" -a "${TARGETCPU}" != "X86"; then
-	    LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link ${lflags}"
-	    LDFLAGS_WINDOW=${LDFLAGS_CONSOLE}
-	else
-	    LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link -subsystem:console ${lflags}"
-	    LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-link -subsystem:windows ${lflags}"
-	fi
-    fi
-
-    if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
-	cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
-#define TCL_CFG_DO64BIT 1
-_ACEOF
-
-    fi
-
-    if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then
-	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for SEH support in compiler" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for SEH support in compiler... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${tcl_cv_seh+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
-  tcl_cv_seh=no
-else
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-	    #define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-	    #include <windows.h>
-	    #undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-
-	    int main(int argc, char** argv) {
-		int a, b = 0;
-		__try {
-		    a = 666 / b;
-		}
-		__except (EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER) {
-		    return 0;
-		}
-		return 1;
-	    }
-
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest$ac_exeext
-if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
-  tcl_cv_seh=yes
-else
-  echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
-echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-( exit $ac_status )
-tcl_cv_seh=no
-fi
-rm -f core *.core gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-
-fi
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_seh" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_seh" >&6
-	if test "$tcl_cv_seh" = "no" ; then
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
-#define HAVE_NO_SEH 1
-_ACEOF
-
-	fi
-
-	#
-	# Check to see if the excpt.h include file provided contains the
-	# definition for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION; if not, which is the case
-	# with Cygwin's version as of 2002-04-10, define it to be int,
-	# sufficient for getting the current code to work.
-	#
-	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION support in include files" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION support in include files... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${tcl_cv_eh_disposition+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-#	    define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-#	    include <windows.h>
-#	    undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-		EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION x;
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
-			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
-  tcl_cv_eh_disposition=yes
-else
-  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-tcl_cv_eh_disposition=no
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-
-fi
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_eh_disposition" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_eh_disposition" >&6
-	if test "$tcl_cv_eh_disposition" = "no" ; then
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
-#define EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION int
-_ACEOF
-
-	fi
-
-	# Check to see if winnt.h defines CHAR, SHORT, and LONG
-	# even if VOID has already been #defined. The win32api
-	# used by mingw and cygwin is known to do this.
-
-	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for winnt.h that ignores VOID define" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for winnt.h that ignores VOID define... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-		#define VOID void
-		#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-		#include <windows.h>
-		#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-		CHAR c;
-		SHORT s;
-		LONG l;
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
-			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
-  tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void=yes
-else
-  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void=no
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-
-fi
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" >&6
-	if test "$tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" = "yes" ; then
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
-#define HAVE_WINNT_IGNORE_VOID 1
-_ACEOF
-
-	fi
-
-	# See if the compiler supports casting to a union type.
-	# This is used to stop gcc from printing a compiler
-	# warning when initializing a union member.
-
-	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for cast to union support" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for cast to union support... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${tcl_cv_cast_to_union+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-
-		  union foo { int i; double d; };
-		  union foo f = (union foo) (int) 0;
-
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
-			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
-  tcl_cv_cast_to_union=yes
-else
-  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-tcl_cv_cast_to_union=no
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-
-fi
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_cast_to_union" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" >&6
-	if test "$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" = "yes"; then
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
-#define HAVE_CAST_TO_UNION 1
-_ACEOF
-
-	fi
-    fi
-
-    # DL_LIBS is empty, but then we match the Unix version
-
-
-
-
-
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# man2tcl needs this so that it can use errno.h
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-if test "${ac_cv_header_errno_h+set}" = set; then
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for errno.h" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for errno.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${ac_cv_header_errno_h+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-fi
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_errno_h" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_errno_h" >&6
-else
-  # Is the header compilable?
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking errno.h usability" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking errno.h usability... $ECHO_C" >&6
-cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-$ac_includes_default
-#include <errno.h>
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
-			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
-  ac_header_compiler=yes
-else
-  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-ac_header_compiler=no
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_compiler" >&6
-
-# Is the header present?
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking errno.h presence" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking errno.h presence... $ECHO_C" >&6
-cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#include <errno.h>
-_ACEOF
-if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
-  if test -s conftest.err; then
-    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
-    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
-  else
-    ac_cpp_err=
-  fi
-else
-  ac_cpp_err=yes
-fi
-if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
-  ac_header_preproc=yes
-else
-  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-  ac_header_preproc=no
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_preproc" >&6
-
-# So?  What about this header?
-case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in
-  yes:no: )
-    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
-echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
-    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
-echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
-    ac_header_preproc=yes
-    ;;
-  no:yes:* )
-    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
-echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
-    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
-echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
-    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
-echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
-    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
-echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
-    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5
-echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;}
-    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5
-echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;}
-    (
-      cat <<\_ASBOX
-## ------------------------------------------ ##
-## Report this to the AC_PACKAGE_NAME lists.  ##
-## ------------------------------------------ ##
-_ASBOX
-    ) |
-      sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING:     /" >&2
-    ;;
-esac
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for errno.h" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for errno.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${ac_cv_header_errno_h+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-  ac_cv_header_errno_h=$ac_header_preproc
-fi
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_errno_h" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_errno_h" >&6
-
-fi
-if test $ac_cv_header_errno_h = yes; then
-  :
-else
-  MAN2TCLFLAGS="-DNO_ERRNO_H"
-fi
-
-
-
-
-#-------------------------------------------
-#     Check for _strtoi64
-#-------------------------------------------
-
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking availability of _strtoi64" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking availability of _strtoi64... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${tcl_cv_strtoi64+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-
-    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#include <stdlib.h>
-int
-main ()
-{
-_strtoi64(0,0,0)
-  ;
-  return 0;
-}
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
-if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
-			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
-  tcl_cv_strtoi64=yes
-else
-  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-tcl_cv_strtoi64=no
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
-      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_strtoi64" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_strtoi64" >&6
-if test $tcl_cv_strtoi64 = no; then
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
-#define NO_STRTOI64 1
-_ACEOF
-
-fi
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Windows XP theme engine header for Ttk
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for uxtheme.h" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for uxtheme.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#include <windows.h>
-
-#include <uxtheme.h>
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
-			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
-  ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h=yes
-else
-  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h=no
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h" >&6
-if test $ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h = yes; then
-  cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
-#define HAVE_UXTHEME_H 1
-_ACEOF
-
-else
-  { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: xpnative theme will be unavailable" >&5
-echo "$as_me: xpnative theme will be unavailable" >&6;}
-fi
-
-
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for vssym32.h" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for vssym32.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${ac_cv_header_vssym32_h+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-#include <windows.h>
-#include <uxtheme.h>
-
-#include <vssym32.h>
-_ACEOF
-rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
-if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
-  ac_status=$?
-  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
-  rm -f conftest.er1
-  cat conftest.err >&5
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
-			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
-	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
-  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
-  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
-  ac_status=$?
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
-  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
-  ac_cv_header_vssym32_h=yes
-else
-  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
-sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
-
-ac_cv_header_vssym32_h=no
-fi
-rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
-fi
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_vssym32_h" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_vssym32_h" >&6
-if test $ac_cv_header_vssym32_h = yes; then
-  cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
-#define HAVE_VSSYM32_H 1
-_ACEOF
-
-fi
-
-
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Set the default compiler switches based on the --enable-symbols
-# option.  This macro depends on C flags, and should be called
-# after SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS macro is called.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for build with symbols" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for build with symbols... $ECHO_C" >&6
-    # Check whether --enable-symbols or --disable-symbols was given.
-if test "${enable_symbols+set}" = set; then
-  enableval="$enable_symbols"
-  tcl_ok=$enableval
-else
-  tcl_ok=no
-fi;
-# FIXME: Currently, LDFLAGS_DEFAULT is not used, it should work like CFLAGS_DEFAULT.
-    if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
-	CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)'
-	LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)'
-	DBGX=""
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
-#define NDEBUG 1
-_ACEOF
-
-	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
-
-	cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
-#define TCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED 1
-_ACEOF
-
-    else
-	CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_DEBUG)'
-	LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_DEBUG)'
-	DBGX=g
-	if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
-	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes (standard debugging)" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}yes (standard debugging)" >&6
-	fi
-    fi
-
-
-
-    if test "$tcl_ok" = "mem" -o "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
-#define TCL_MEM_DEBUG 1
-_ACEOF
-
-    fi
-
-    if test "$tcl_ok" = "compile" -o "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
-#define TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG 1
-_ACEOF
-
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
-#define TCL_COMPILE_STATS 1
-_ACEOF
-
-    fi
-
-    if test "$tcl_ok" != "yes" -a "$tcl_ok" != "no"; then
-	if test "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then
-	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: enabled symbols mem compile debugging" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}enabled symbols mem compile debugging" >&6
-	else
-	    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: enabled $tcl_ok debugging" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}enabled $tcl_ok debugging" >&6
-	fi
-    fi
-
-
-TK_DBGX=${DBGX}
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Embed the manifest if we can determine how
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to embed manifest" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking whether to embed manifest... $ECHO_C" >&6
-    # Check whether --enable-embedded-manifest or --disable-embedded-manifest was given.
-if test "${enable_embedded_manifest+set}" = set; then
-  enableval="$enable_embedded_manifest"
-  embed_ok=$enableval
-else
-  embed_ok=yes
-fi;
-
-    VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL=
-    VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE=
-    result=no
-    if test "$embed_ok" = "yes" -a "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" \
-       -a "$GCC" != "yes" ; then
-	# Add the magic to embed the manifest into the dll/exe
-	cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* confdefs.h.  */
-_ACEOF
-cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
-cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
-/* end confdefs.h.  */
-
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1400
-print("manifest needed")
-#endif
-
-_ACEOF
-if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
-  $EGREP "manifest needed" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-
-	# Could do a CHECK_PROG for mt, but should always be with MSVC8+
-	# Could add 'if test -f' check, but manifest should be created
-	# in this compiler case
-	# Add in a manifest argument that may be specified
-	# XXX Needs improvement so that the test for existence accounts
-	# XXX for a provided (known) manifest
-	VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL="if test -f \$@.manifest ; then mt.exe -nologo -manifest \$@.manifest wish.exe.manifest -outputresource:\$@\;2 ; fi"
-	VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE="if test -f \$@.manifest ; then mt.exe -nologo -manifest \$@.manifest wish.exe.manifest -outputresource:\$@\;1 ; fi"
-	result=yes
-	if test "xwish.exe.manifest" != x ; then
-	    result="yes (wish.exe.manifest)"
-	fi
-
-fi
-rm -f conftest*
-
-    fi
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $result" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$result" >&6
-
-
-
-
-
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for tclsh in Tcl build directory" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for tclsh in Tcl build directory... $ECHO_C" >&6
-    BUILD_TCLSH=${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}${EXEEXT}
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $BUILD_TCLSH" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$BUILD_TCLSH" >&6
-
-
-
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for tclsh" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for tclsh... $ECHO_C" >&6
-
-    if test "${ac_cv_path_tclsh+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
-else
-
-	search_path=`echo ${PATH} | sed -e 's/:/ /g'`
-	for dir in $search_path ; do
-	    for j in `ls -r $dir/tclsh[8-9]*.exe 2> /dev/null` \
-		    `ls -r $dir/tclsh* 2> /dev/null` ; do
-		if test x"$ac_cv_path_tclsh" = x ; then
-		    if test -f "$j" ; then
-			ac_cv_path_tclsh=$j
-			break
-		    fi
-		fi
-	    done
-	done
-
-fi
-
-
-    if test -f "$ac_cv_path_tclsh" ; then
-	TCLSH_PROG="$ac_cv_path_tclsh"
-	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $TCLSH_PROG" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$TCLSH_PROG" >&6
-    else
-	# It is not an error if an installed version of Tcl can't be located.
-	TCLSH_PROG=""
-	echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: No tclsh found on PATH" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}No tclsh found on PATH" >&6
-    fi
-
-
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# tkConfig.sh refers to this by a different name
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-TK_SHARED_BUILD=${SHARED_BUILD}
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Perform final evaluations of variables with possible substitutions.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${DLLSUFFIX}"
-TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${LIBSUFFIX}"
-TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${LIBSUFFIX}"
-
-eval "TK_SRC_DIR=\"`cd $srcdir/..; pwd`\""
-
-eval "TK_DLL_FILE=tk$VER${DLLSUFFIX}"
-eval "TK_LIB_FILE=${LIBPREFIX}tk$VER${LIBSUFFIX}"
-
-eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FILE=${LIBPREFIX}tkstub${VER}${LIBSUFFIX}"
-# FIXME: All of this var junk needs to be done in tcl.m4 !!!!
-# I left out the other vars that also need to get defined here.
-# we also need to double check about spaces in path names
-eval "TK_LIB_FLAG=\"-ltk${VER}${LIBFLAGSUFFIX}\""
-TK_LIB_SPEC="-L${libdir} ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"
-TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-L`pwd` ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"
-
-eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"-ltkstub${VER}${LIBFLAGSUFFIX}\""
-TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`pwd` ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
-
-TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L${libdir} ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
-TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${libdir}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
-TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH="`pwd`/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
-
-eval "DLLSUFFIX=${DLLSUFFIX}"
-eval "LIBPREFIX=${LIBPREFIX}"
-eval "LIBSUFFIX=${LIBSUFFIX}"
-eval "EXESUFFIX=${EXESUFFIX}"
-
-CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}
-CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}
-CFG_TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX=${TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX}
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Adjust the defines for how the resources are built depending
-# on symbols and static vs. shared.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-if test ${SHARED_BUILD} = 0 -o "$TCL_NEEDS_EXP_FILE" = 0; then
-    if test "${DBGX}" = "d"; then
-        RC_DEFINES="${RC_DEFINE} STATIC_BUILD ${RC_DEFINE} DEBUG"
-    else
-        RC_DEFINES="${RC_DEFINE} STATIC_BUILD"
-    fi
-    TK_RES=""
-else
-    if test "${DBGX}" = "d"; then
-        RC_DEFINES="${RC_DEFINE} DEBUG"
-    else
-        RC_DEFINES=""
-    fi
-    TK_RES='tk.$(RES)'
-fi
-
-# The wish.exe.manifest requires these
-# TK_WIN_VERSION is the 4 dotted pair Windows version format which needs
-# the release level, and must account for interim release versioning
-case "$TK_PATCH_LEVEL" in
-     *a*) TK_RELEASE_LEVEL=0 ;;
-     *b*) TK_RELEASE_LEVEL=1 ;;
-     *)   TK_RELEASE_LEVEL=2 ;;
-esac
-TK_WIN_VERSION="$TK_VERSION.$TK_RELEASE_LEVEL.`echo $TK_PATCH_LEVEL | tr -d ab.`"
-
-# X86|AMD64|IA64 for manifest
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-# win/tcl.m4 doesn't set (LDFLAGS)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-# undefined at this point for win
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-                              ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile tkConfig.sh wish.exe.manifest"
-cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF
-# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
-# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
-# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache.
-# It is not useful on other systems.  If it contains results you don't
-# want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
-#
-# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it
-# the --recheck option to rerun configure.
-#
-# `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when
-# loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the
-# following values.
-
-_ACEOF
-
-# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
-# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
-# So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values.
-# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
-# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
-{
-  (set) 2>&1 |
-    case `(ac_space=' '; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in
-    *ac_space=\ *)
-      # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote
-      # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \).
-      sed -n \
-	"s/'/'\\\\''/g;
-	  s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p"
-      ;;
-    *)
-      # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
-      sed -n \
-	"s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\\2/p"
-      ;;
-    esac;
-} |
-  sed '
-     t clear
-     : clear
-     s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/
-     t end
-     /^ac_cv_env/!s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/
-     : end' >>confcache
-if diff $cache_file confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
-  if test -w $cache_file; then
-    test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null" && echo "updating cache $cache_file"
-    cat confcache >$cache_file
-  else
-    echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file"
-  fi
-fi
-rm -f confcache
-
-test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
-# Let make expand exec_prefix.
-test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
-
-# VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove $(srcdir),
-# ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and
-# trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty
-# (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers).
-if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
-  ac_vpsub='/^[	 ]*VPATH[	 ]*=/{
-s/:*\$(srcdir):*/:/;
-s/:*\${srcdir}:*/:/;
-s/:*@srcdir@:*/:/;
-s/^\([^=]*=[	 ]*\):*/\1/;
-s/:*$//;
-s/^[^=]*=[	 ]*$//;
-}'
-fi
-
-# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS.
-# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules.
-# Protect against Makefile macro expansion.
-#
-# If the first sed substitution is executed (which looks for macros that
-# take arguments), then we branch to the quote section.  Otherwise,
-# look for a macro that doesn't take arguments.
-cat >confdef2opt.sed <<\_ACEOF
-t clear
-: clear
-s,^[	 ]*#[	 ]*define[	 ][	 ]*\([^	 (][^	 (]*([^)]*)\)[	 ]*\(.*\),-D\1=\2,g
-t quote
-s,^[	 ]*#[	 ]*define[	 ][	 ]*\([^	 ][^	 ]*\)[	 ]*\(.*\),-D\1=\2,g
-t quote
-d
-: quote
-s,[	 `~#$^&*(){}\\|;'"<>?],\\&,g
-s,\[,\\&,g
-s,\],\\&,g
-s,\$,$$,g
-p
-_ACEOF
-# We use echo to avoid assuming a particular line-breaking character.
-# The extra dot is to prevent the shell from consuming trailing
-# line-breaks from the sub-command output.  A line-break within
-# single-quotes doesn't work because, if this script is created in a
-# platform that uses two characters for line-breaks (e.g., DOS), tr
-# would break.
-ac_LF_and_DOT=`echo; echo .`
-DEFS=`sed -n -f confdef2opt.sed confdefs.h | tr "$ac_LF_and_DOT" ' .'`
-rm -f confdef2opt.sed
-
-
-ac_libobjs=
-ac_ltlibobjs=
-for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue
-  # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed.
-  ac_i=`echo "$ac_i" |
-	 sed 's/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//'`
-  # 2. Add them.
-  ac_libobjs="$ac_libobjs $ac_i\$U.$ac_objext"
-  ac_ltlibobjs="$ac_ltlibobjs $ac_i"'$U.lo'
-done
-LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs
-
-LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs
-
-
-
-: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}
-ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
-ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS"
-{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5
-echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;}
-cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
-#! $SHELL
-# Generated by $as_me.
-# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
-# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
-# configure, is in config.log if it exists.
-
-debug=false
-ac_cs_recheck=false
-ac_cs_silent=false
-SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL}
-_ACEOF
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
-## --------------------- ##
-## M4sh Initialization.  ##
-## --------------------- ##
-
-# Be Bourne compatible
-if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  emulate sh
-  NULLCMD=:
-  # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
-  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
-  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
-elif test -n "${BASH_VERSION+set}" && (set -o posix) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  set -o posix
-fi
-DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
-
-# Support unset when possible.
-if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  as_unset=unset
-else
-  as_unset=false
-fi
-
-
-# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh.
-$as_unset ENV MAIL MAILPATH
-PS1='$ '
-PS2='> '
-PS4='+ '
-
-# NLS nuisances.
-for as_var in \
-  LANG LANGUAGE LC_ADDRESS LC_ALL LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_IDENTIFICATION \
-  LC_MEASUREMENT LC_MESSAGES LC_MONETARY LC_NAME LC_NUMERIC LC_PAPER \
-  LC_TELEPHONE LC_TIME
-do
-  if (set +x; test -z "`(eval $as_var=C; export $as_var) 2>&1`"); then
-    eval $as_var=C; export $as_var
-  else
-    $as_unset $as_var
-  fi
-done
-
-# Required to use basename.
-if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  as_expr=expr
-else
-  as_expr=false
-fi
-
-if (basename /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
-  as_basename=basename
-else
-  as_basename=false
-fi
-
-
-# Name of the executable.
-as_me=`$as_basename "$0" ||
-$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
-	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
-	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)$' \| \
-	 .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
-echo X/"$0" |
-    sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
-  	  /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
-  	  /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
-  	  s/.*/./; q'`
-
-
-# PATH needs CR, and LINENO needs CR and PATH.
-# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
-as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
-as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
-as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
-as_cr_digits='0123456789'
-as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
-
-# The user is always right.
-if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
-  echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh
-  echo  "exit 0"   >>conf$$.sh
-  chmod +x conf$$.sh
-  if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-    PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
-  else
-    PATH_SEPARATOR=:
-  fi
-  rm -f conf$$.sh
-fi
-
-
-  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
-  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
-  as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
-  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
-  test "x$as_lineno_3"  = "x$as_lineno_2"  || {
-  # Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no path at all
-  # relative or not.
-  case $0 in
-    *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
-    *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
-done
-
-       ;;
-  esac
-  # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
-  # in which case we are not to be found in the path.
-  if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
-    as_myself=$0
-  fi
-  if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
-    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-  fi
-  case $CONFIG_SHELL in
-  '')
-    as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do
-	 case $as_dir in
-	 /*)
-	   if ("$as_dir/$as_base" -c '
-  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
-  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
-  as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
-  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
-  test "x$as_lineno_3"  = "x$as_lineno_2" ') 2>/dev/null; then
-	     $as_unset BASH_ENV || test "${BASH_ENV+set}" != set || { BASH_ENV=; export BASH_ENV; }
-	     $as_unset ENV || test "${ENV+set}" != set || { ENV=; export ENV; }
-	     CONFIG_SHELL=$as_dir/$as_base
-	     export CONFIG_SHELL
-	     exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$0" ${1+"$@"}
-	   fi;;
-	 esac
-       done
-done
-;;
-  esac
-
-  # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO
-  # uniformly replaced by the line number.  The first 'sed' inserts a
-  # line-number line before each line; the second 'sed' does the real
-  # work.  The second script uses 'N' to pair each line-number line
-  # with the numbered line, and appends trailing '-' during
-  # substitution so that $LINENO is not a special case at line end.
-  # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the
-  # second 'sed' script.  Blame Lee E. McMahon for sed's syntax.  :-)
-  sed '=' <$as_myself |
-    sed '
-      N
-      s,$,-,
-      : loop
-      s,^\(['$as_cr_digits']*\)\(.*\)[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_]\),\1\2\1\3,
-      t loop
-      s,-$,,
-      s,^['$as_cr_digits']*\n,,
-    ' >$as_me.lineno &&
-  chmod +x $as_me.lineno ||
-    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-
-  # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
-  # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
-  # original and so on.  Autoconf is especially sensible to this).
-  . ./$as_me.lineno
-  # Exit status is that of the last command.
-  exit
-}
-
-
-case `echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3`,`echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3` in
-  *c*,-n*) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='
-' ECHO_T='	' ;;
-  *c*,*  ) ECHO_N=-n ECHO_C= ECHO_T= ;;
-  *)       ECHO_N= ECHO_C='\c' ECHO_T= ;;
-esac
-
-if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  as_expr=expr
-else
-  as_expr=false
-fi
-
-rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
-echo >conf$$.file
-if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
-  # We could just check for DJGPP; but this test a) works b) is more generic
-  # and c) will remain valid once DJGPP supports symlinks (DJGPP 2.04).
-  if test -f conf$$.exe; then
-    # Don't use ln at all; we don't have any links
-    as_ln_s='cp -p'
-  else
-    as_ln_s='ln -s'
-  fi
-elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
-  as_ln_s=ln
-else
-  as_ln_s='cp -p'
-fi
-rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
-
-if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
-  as_mkdir_p=:
-else
-  test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
-  as_mkdir_p=false
-fi
-
-as_executable_p="test -f"
-
-# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
-as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
-
-# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
-as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
-
-
-# IFS
-# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.
-as_nl='
-'
-IFS=" 	$as_nl"
-
-# CDPATH.
-$as_unset CDPATH
-
-exec 6>&1
-
-# Open the log real soon, to keep \$[0] and so on meaningful, and to
-# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
-# values after options handling.  Logging --version etc. is OK.
-exec 5>>config.log
-{
-  echo
-  sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX
-## Running $as_me. ##
-_ASBOX
-} >&5
-cat >&5 <<_CSEOF
-
-This file was extended by $as_me, which was
-generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59.  Invocation command line was
-
-  CONFIG_FILES    = $CONFIG_FILES
-  CONFIG_HEADERS  = $CONFIG_HEADERS
-  CONFIG_LINKS    = $CONFIG_LINKS
-  CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
-  $ $0 $@
-
-_CSEOF
-echo "on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`" >&5
-echo >&5
-_ACEOF
-
-# Files that config.status was made for.
-if test -n "$ac_config_files"; then
-  echo "config_files=\"$ac_config_files\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
-fi
-
-if test -n "$ac_config_headers"; then
-  echo "config_headers=\"$ac_config_headers\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
-fi
-
-if test -n "$ac_config_links"; then
-  echo "config_links=\"$ac_config_links\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
-fi
-
-if test -n "$ac_config_commands"; then
-  echo "config_commands=\"$ac_config_commands\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
-fi
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
-
-ac_cs_usage="\
-\`$as_me' instantiates files from templates according to the
-current configuration.
-
-Usage: $0 [OPTIONS] [FILE]...
-
-  -h, --help       print this help, then exit
-  -V, --version    print version number, then exit
-  -q, --quiet      do not print progress messages
-  -d, --debug      don't remove temporary files
-      --recheck    update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions
-  --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE]
-		   instantiate the configuration file FILE
-
-Configuration files:
-$config_files
-
-Report bugs to <bug-autoconf@gnu.org>."
-_ACEOF
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
-ac_cs_version="\\
-config.status
-configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59,
-  with options \\"`echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`\\"
-
-Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."
-srcdir=$srcdir
-_ACEOF
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
-# If no file are specified by the user, then we need to provide default
-# value.  By we need to know if files were specified by the user.
-ac_need_defaults=:
-while test $# != 0
-do
-  case $1 in
-  --*=*)
-    ac_option=`expr "x$1" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
-    ac_optarg=`expr "x$1" : 'x[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
-    ac_shift=:
-    ;;
-  -*)
-    ac_option=$1
-    ac_optarg=$2
-    ac_shift=shift
-    ;;
-  *) # This is not an option, so the user has probably given explicit
-     # arguments.
-     ac_option=$1
-     ac_need_defaults=false;;
-  esac
-
-  case $ac_option in
-  # Handling of the options.
-_ACEOF
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
-  -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
-    ac_cs_recheck=: ;;
-  --version | --vers* | -V )
-    echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit 0 ;;
-  --he | --h)
-    # Conflict between --help and --header
-    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ambiguous option: $1
-Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: ambiguous option: $1
-Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
-  --help | --hel | -h )
-    echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;;
-  --debug | --d* | -d )
-    debug=: ;;
-  --file | --fil | --fi | --f )
-    $ac_shift
-    CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES $ac_optarg"
-    ac_need_defaults=false;;
-  --header | --heade | --head | --hea )
-    $ac_shift
-    CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS $ac_optarg"
-    ac_need_defaults=false;;
-  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
-  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s)
-    ac_cs_silent=: ;;
-
-  # This is an error.
-  -*) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: unrecognized option: $1
-Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $1
-Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;;
-
-  *) ac_config_targets="$ac_config_targets $1" ;;
-
-  esac
-  shift
-done
-
-ac_configure_extra_args=
-
-if $ac_cs_silent; then
-  exec 6>/dev/null
-  ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent"
-fi
-
-_ACEOF
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
-if \$ac_cs_recheck; then
-  echo "running $SHELL $0 " $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args " --no-create --no-recursion" >&6
-  exec $SHELL $0 $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion
-fi
-
-_ACEOF
-
-
-
-
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
-for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets
-do
-  case "$ac_config_target" in
-  # Handling of arguments.
-  "Makefile" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;;
-  "tkConfig.sh" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES tkConfig.sh" ;;
-  "wish.exe.manifest" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES wish.exe.manifest" ;;
-  *) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
-  esac
-done
-
-# If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate,
-# then the envvar interface is used.  Set only those that are not.
-# We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely
-# bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3.
-if $ac_need_defaults; then
-  test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files
-fi
-
-# Have a temporary directory for convenience.  Make it in the build tree
-# simply because there is no reason to put it here, and in addition,
-# creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems.
-# Create a temporary directory, and hook for its removal unless debugging.
-$debug ||
-{
-  trap 'exit_status=$?; rm -rf $tmp && exit $exit_status' 0
-  trap '{ (exit 1); exit 1; }' 1 2 13 15
-}
-
-# Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files.
-
-{
-  tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d -q "./confstatXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` &&
-  test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp"
-}  ||
-{
-  tmp=./confstat$$-$RANDOM
-  (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp)
-} ||
-{
-   echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in ." >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }
-}
-
-_ACEOF
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
-
-#
-# CONFIG_FILES section.
-#
-
-# No need to generate the scripts if there are no CONFIG_FILES.
-# This happens for instance when ./config.status config.h
-if test -n "\$CONFIG_FILES"; then
-  # Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
-  sed 's/,@/@@/; s/@,/@@/; s/,;t t\$/@;t t/; /@;t t\$/s/[\\\\&,]/\\\\&/g;
-   s/@@/,@/; s/@@/@,/; s/@;t t\$/,;t t/' >\$tmp/subs.sed <<\\CEOF
-s,@SHELL@,$SHELL,;t t
-s,@PATH_SEPARATOR@,$PATH_SEPARATOR,;t t
-s,@PACKAGE_NAME@,$PACKAGE_NAME,;t t
-s,@PACKAGE_TARNAME@,$PACKAGE_TARNAME,;t t
-s,@PACKAGE_VERSION@,$PACKAGE_VERSION,;t t
-s,@PACKAGE_STRING@,$PACKAGE_STRING,;t t
-s,@PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@,$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT,;t t
-s,@exec_prefix@,$exec_prefix,;t t
-s,@prefix@,$prefix,;t t
-s,@program_transform_name@,$program_transform_name,;t t
-s,@bindir@,$bindir,;t t
-s,@sbindir@,$sbindir,;t t
-s,@libexecdir@,$libexecdir,;t t
-s,@datadir@,$datadir,;t t
-s,@sysconfdir@,$sysconfdir,;t t
-s,@sharedstatedir@,$sharedstatedir,;t t
-s,@localstatedir@,$localstatedir,;t t
-s,@libdir@,$libdir,;t t
-s,@includedir@,$includedir,;t t
-s,@oldincludedir@,$oldincludedir,;t t
-s,@infodir@,$infodir,;t t
-s,@mandir@,$mandir,;t t
-s,@build_alias@,$build_alias,;t t
-s,@host_alias@,$host_alias,;t t
-s,@target_alias@,$target_alias,;t t
-s,@DEFS@,$DEFS,;t t
-s,@ECHO_C@,$ECHO_C,;t t
-s,@ECHO_N@,$ECHO_N,;t t
-s,@ECHO_T@,$ECHO_T,;t t
-s,@LIBS@,$LIBS,;t t
-s,@CC@,$CC,;t t
-s,@CFLAGS@,$CFLAGS,;t t
-s,@LDFLAGS@,$LDFLAGS,;t t
-s,@CPPFLAGS@,$CPPFLAGS,;t t
-s,@ac_ct_CC@,$ac_ct_CC,;t t
-s,@EXEEXT@,$EXEEXT,;t t
-s,@OBJEXT@,$OBJEXT,;t t
-s,@CPP@,$CPP,;t t
-s,@EGREP@,$EGREP,;t t
-s,@AR@,$AR,;t t
-s,@ac_ct_AR@,$ac_ct_AR,;t t
-s,@RANLIB@,$RANLIB,;t t
-s,@ac_ct_RANLIB@,$ac_ct_RANLIB,;t t
-s,@RC@,$RC,;t t
-s,@ac_ct_RC@,$ac_ct_RC,;t t
-s,@SET_MAKE@,$SET_MAKE,;t t
-s,@TCL_THREADS@,$TCL_THREADS,;t t
-s,@TCL_VERSION@,$TCL_VERSION,;t t
-s,@TCL_BIN_DIR@,$TCL_BIN_DIR,;t t
-s,@TCL_SRC_DIR@,$TCL_SRC_DIR,;t t
-s,@TCL_LIB_FILE@,$TCL_LIB_FILE,;t t
-s,@TCL_LIB_FLAG@,$TCL_LIB_FLAG,;t t
-s,@TCL_LIB_SPEC@,$TCL_LIB_SPEC,;t t
-s,@TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE@,$TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE,;t t
-s,@TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG@,$TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG,;t t
-s,@TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC@,$TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC,;t t
-s,@TCL_DEFS@,$TCL_DEFS,;t t
-s,@CYGPATH@,$CYGPATH,;t t
-s,@CELIB_DIR@,$CELIB_DIR,;t t
-s,@DL_LIBS@,$DL_LIBS,;t t
-s,@CFLAGS_DEBUG@,$CFLAGS_DEBUG,;t t
-s,@CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE@,$CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE,;t t
-s,@CFLAGS_WARNING@,$CFLAGS_WARNING,;t t
-s,@MAN2TCLFLAGS@,$MAN2TCLFLAGS,;t t
-s,@CFLAGS_DEFAULT@,$CFLAGS_DEFAULT,;t t
-s,@LDFLAGS_DEFAULT@,$LDFLAGS_DEFAULT,;t t
-s,@VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL@,$VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL,;t t
-s,@VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE@,$VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE,;t t
-s,@BUILD_TCLSH@,$BUILD_TCLSH,;t t
-s,@TCLSH_PROG@,$TCLSH_PROG,;t t
-s,@TK_WIN_VERSION@,$TK_WIN_VERSION,;t t
-s,@MACHINE@,$MACHINE,;t t
-s,@TK_VERSION@,$TK_VERSION,;t t
-s,@TK_MAJOR_VERSION@,$TK_MAJOR_VERSION,;t t
-s,@TK_MINOR_VERSION@,$TK_MINOR_VERSION,;t t
-s,@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@,$TK_PATCH_LEVEL,;t t
-s,@TK_DBGX@,$TK_DBGX,;t t
-s,@TK_LIB_FILE@,$TK_LIB_FILE,;t t
-s,@TK_DLL_FILE@,$TK_DLL_FILE,;t t
-s,@TK_STUB_LIB_FILE@,$TK_STUB_LIB_FILE,;t t
-s,@TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG@,$TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG,;t t
-s,@TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC@,$TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC,;t t
-s,@TK_SRC_DIR@,$TK_SRC_DIR,;t t
-s,@TK_BIN_DIR@,$TK_BIN_DIR,;t t
-s,@TCL_MAJOR_VERSION@,$TCL_MAJOR_VERSION,;t t
-s,@TCL_MINOR_VERSION@,$TCL_MINOR_VERSION,;t t
-s,@TCL_PATCH_LEVEL@,$TCL_PATCH_LEVEL,;t t
-s,@TCL_DBGX@,$TCL_DBGX,;t t
-s,@CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX@,$CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX,;t t
-s,@CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX@,$CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX,;t t
-s,@CFG_TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX@,$CFG_TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX,;t t
-s,@EXTRA_CFLAGS@,$EXTRA_CFLAGS,;t t
-s,@DEPARG@,$DEPARG,;t t
-s,@CC_OBJNAME@,$CC_OBJNAME,;t t
-s,@CC_EXENAME@,$CC_EXENAME,;t t
-s,@LDFLAGS_DEBUG@,$LDFLAGS_DEBUG,;t t
-s,@LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE@,$LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE,;t t
-s,@LDFLAGS_CONSOLE@,$LDFLAGS_CONSOLE,;t t
-s,@LDFLAGS_WINDOW@,$LDFLAGS_WINDOW,;t t
-s,@TK_RES@,$TK_RES,;t t
-s,@STLIB_LD@,$STLIB_LD,;t t
-s,@SHLIB_LD@,$SHLIB_LD,;t t
-s,@SHLIB_LD_LIBS@,$SHLIB_LD_LIBS,;t t
-s,@SHLIB_CFLAGS@,$SHLIB_CFLAGS,;t t
-s,@SHLIB_SUFFIX@,$SHLIB_SUFFIX,;t t
-s,@TK_SHARED_BUILD@,$TK_SHARED_BUILD,;t t
-s,@LIBS_GUI@,$LIBS_GUI,;t t
-s,@DLLSUFFIX@,$DLLSUFFIX,;t t
-s,@LIBPREFIX@,$LIBPREFIX,;t t
-s,@LIBSUFFIX@,$LIBSUFFIX,;t t
-s,@EXESUFFIX@,$EXESUFFIX,;t t
-s,@LIBRARIES@,$LIBRARIES,;t t
-s,@MAKE_LIB@,$MAKE_LIB,;t t
-s,@MAKE_STUB_LIB@,$MAKE_STUB_LIB,;t t
-s,@POST_MAKE_LIB@,$POST_MAKE_LIB,;t t
-s,@MAKE_DLL@,$MAKE_DLL,;t t
-s,@MAKE_EXE@,$MAKE_EXE,;t t
-s,@TK_LIB_FLAG@,$TK_LIB_FLAG,;t t
-s,@TK_LIB_SPEC@,$TK_LIB_SPEC,;t t
-s,@TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC@,$TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC,;t t
-s,@TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC@,$TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC,;t t
-s,@TK_STUB_LIB_PATH@,$TK_STUB_LIB_PATH,;t t
-s,@TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH@,$TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH,;t t
-s,@TK_CC_SEARCH_FLAGS@,$TK_CC_SEARCH_FLAGS,;t t
-s,@TK_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS@,$TK_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS,;t t
-s,@RC_OUT@,$RC_OUT,;t t
-s,@RC_TYPE@,$RC_TYPE,;t t
-s,@RC_INCLUDE@,$RC_INCLUDE,;t t
-s,@RC_DEFINE@,$RC_DEFINE,;t t
-s,@RC_DEFINES@,$RC_DEFINES,;t t
-s,@RES@,$RES,;t t
-s,@LIBOBJS@,$LIBOBJS,;t t
-s,@LTLIBOBJS@,$LTLIBOBJS,;t t
-CEOF
-
-_ACEOF
-
-  cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
-  # Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with
-  # small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX.
-  ac_max_sed_lines=48
-  ac_sed_frag=1 # Number of current file.
-  ac_beg=1 # First line for current file.
-  ac_end=$ac_max_sed_lines # Line after last line for current file.
-  ac_more_lines=:
-  ac_sed_cmds=
-  while $ac_more_lines; do
-    if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then
-      sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" $tmp/subs.sed >$tmp/subs.frag
-    else
-      sed "${ac_end}q" $tmp/subs.sed >$tmp/subs.frag
-    fi
-    if test ! -s $tmp/subs.frag; then
-      ac_more_lines=false
-    else
-      # The purpose of the label and of the branching condition is to
-      # speed up the sed processing (if there are no `@' at all, there
-      # is no need to browse any of the substitutions).
-      # These are the two extra sed commands mentioned above.
-      (echo ':t
-  /@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b' && cat $tmp/subs.frag) >$tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed
-      if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
-	ac_sed_cmds="sed -f $tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed"
-      else
-	ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f $tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed"
-      fi
-      ac_sed_frag=`expr $ac_sed_frag + 1`
-      ac_beg=$ac_end
-      ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_lines`
-    fi
-  done
-  if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
-    ac_sed_cmds=cat
-  fi
-fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"
-
-_ACEOF
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
-for ac_file in : $CONFIG_FILES; do test "x$ac_file" = x: && continue
-  # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
-  case $ac_file in
-  - | *:- | *:-:* ) # input from stdin
-	cat >$tmp/stdin
-	ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'`
-	ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;;
-  *:* ) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'`
-	ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;;
-  * )   ac_file_in=$ac_file.in ;;
-  esac
-
-  # Compute @srcdir@, @top_srcdir@, and @INSTALL@ for subdirectories.
-  ac_dir=`(dirname "$ac_file") 2>/dev/null ||
-$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
-	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
-	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
-	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
-	 .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
-echo X"$ac_file" |
-    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
-  	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
-  	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
-  	  /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
-  	  s/.*/./; q'`
-  { if $as_mkdir_p; then
-    mkdir -p "$ac_dir"
-  else
-    as_dir="$ac_dir"
-    as_dirs=
-    while test ! -d "$as_dir"; do
-      as_dirs="$as_dir $as_dirs"
-      as_dir=`(dirname "$as_dir") 2>/dev/null ||
-$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
-	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
-	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
-	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
-	 .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
-echo X"$as_dir" |
-    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
-  	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
-  	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
-  	  /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
-  	  s/.*/./; q'`
-    done
-    test ! -n "$as_dirs" || mkdir $as_dirs
-  fi || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; }
-
-  ac_builddir=.
-
-if test "$ac_dir" != .; then
-  ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's,^\.[\\/],,'`
-  # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
-  ac_top_builddir=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's,/[^\\/]*,../,g'`
-else
-  ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir=
-fi
-
-case $srcdir in
-  .)  # No --srcdir option.  We are building in place.
-    ac_srcdir=.
-    if test -z "$ac_top_builddir"; then
-       ac_top_srcdir=.
-    else
-       ac_top_srcdir=`echo $ac_top_builddir | sed 's,/$,,'`
-    fi ;;
-  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* )  # Absolute path.
-    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
-    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
-  *) # Relative path.
-    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
-    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir ;;
-esac
-
-# Do not use `cd foo && pwd` to compute absolute paths, because
-# the directories may not exist.
-case `pwd` in
-.) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
-*)
-  case "$ac_dir" in
-  .) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`;;
-  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
-  *) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`/"$ac_dir";;
-  esac;;
-esac
-case $ac_abs_builddir in
-.) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
-*)
-  case ${ac_top_builddir}. in
-  .) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
-  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
-  *) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir/${ac_top_builddir}.;;
-  esac;;
-esac
-case $ac_abs_builddir in
-.) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
-*)
-  case $ac_srcdir in
-  .) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
-  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
-  *) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_srcdir;;
-  esac;;
-esac
-case $ac_abs_builddir in
-.) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
-*)
-  case $ac_top_srcdir in
-  .) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
-  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
-  *) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_top_srcdir;;
-  esac;;
-esac
-
-
-
-  if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
-    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $ac_file" >&5
-echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;}
-    rm -f "$ac_file"
-  fi
-  # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't
-  # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read:
-  #    /* config.h.  Generated by config.status.  */
-  if test x"$ac_file" = x-; then
-    configure_input=
-  else
-    configure_input="$ac_file.  "
-  fi
-  configure_input=$configure_input"Generated from `echo $ac_file_in |
-				     sed 's,.*/,,'` by configure."
-
-  # First look for the input files in the build tree, otherwise in the
-  # src tree.
-  ac_file_inputs=`IFS=:
-    for f in $ac_file_in; do
-      case $f in
-      -) echo $tmp/stdin ;;
-      [\\/$]*)
-	 # Absolute (can't be DOS-style, as IFS=:)
-	 test -f "$f" || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-	 echo "$f";;
-      *) # Relative
-	 if test -f "$f"; then
-	   # Build tree
-	   echo "$f"
-	 elif test -f "$srcdir/$f"; then
-	   # Source tree
-	   echo "$srcdir/$f"
-	 else
-	   # /dev/null tree
-	   { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-	 fi;;
-      esac
-    done` || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
-_ACEOF
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
-  sed "$ac_vpsub
-$extrasub
-_ACEOF
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
-:t
-/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b
-s,@configure_input@,$configure_input,;t t
-s,@srcdir@,$ac_srcdir,;t t
-s,@abs_srcdir@,$ac_abs_srcdir,;t t
-s,@top_srcdir@,$ac_top_srcdir,;t t
-s,@abs_top_srcdir@,$ac_abs_top_srcdir,;t t
-s,@builddir@,$ac_builddir,;t t
-s,@abs_builddir@,$ac_abs_builddir,;t t
-s,@top_builddir@,$ac_top_builddir,;t t
-s,@abs_top_builddir@,$ac_abs_top_builddir,;t t
-" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") >$tmp/out
-  rm -f $tmp/stdin
-  if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
-    mv $tmp/out $ac_file
-  else
-    cat $tmp/out
-    rm -f $tmp/out
-  fi
-
-done
-_ACEOF
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
-
-{ (exit 0); exit 0; }
-_ACEOF
-chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS
-ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
-
-
-# configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status.
-# config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log.
-# Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open
-# by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its
-# output is simply discarded.  So we exec the FD to /dev/null,
-# effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and
-# appended to by config.status.  When coming back to configure, we
-# need to make the FD available again.
-if test "$no_create" != yes; then
-  ac_cs_success=:
-  ac_config_status_args=
-  test "$silent" = yes &&
-    ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet"
-  exec 5>/dev/null
-  $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false
-  exec 5>>config.log
-  # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which
-  # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction.
-  $ac_cs_success || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
-fi
-
-
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/configure.in b/tk8.6/win/configure.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 167fd3d..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/configure.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,314 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/bash -norc
-# This file is an input file used by the GNU "autoconf" program to
-# generate the file "configure", which is run during Tk installation
-# to configure the system for the local environment.
-
-AC_INIT(../generic/tk.h)
-AC_PREREQ(2.59)
-
-# The following define is needed when building with Cygwin since newer
-# versions of autoconf incorrectly set SHELL to /bin/bash instead of
-# /bin/sh. The bash shell seems to suffer from some strange failures.
-SHELL=/bin/sh
-
-TK_VERSION=8.6
-TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8
-TK_MINOR_VERSION=6
-TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".9"
-VER=$TK_MAJOR_VERSION$TK_MINOR_VERSION
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Handle the --prefix=... option
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-if test "${prefix}" = "NONE"; then
-    prefix=/usr/local
-fi
-if test "${exec_prefix}" = "NONE"; then
-    exec_prefix=$prefix
-fi
-# libdir must be a fully qualified path (not ${exec_prefix}/lib)
-eval libdir="$libdir"
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Standard compiler checks
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the user did not set CFLAGS, set it now to keep
-# the AC_PROG_CC macro from adding "-g -O2".
-if test "${CFLAGS+set}" != "set" ; then
-    CFLAGS=""
-fi
-
-AC_PROG_CC
-AC_C_INLINE
-AC_HEADER_STDC
-
-AC_CHECK_TOOL(AR, ar)
-AC_CHECK_TOOL(RANLIB, ranlib)
-AC_CHECK_TOOL(RC, windres)
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Checks to see if the make program sets the $MAKE variable.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Determines the correct binary file extension (.o, .obj, .exe etc.)
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_OBJEXT
-AC_EXEEXT
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Check whether --enable-threads or --disable-threads was given.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-SC_ENABLE_THREADS
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# The statements below define a collection of symbols related to
-# building libtk as a shared library instead of a static library.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-SC_ENABLE_SHARED
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Locate and source the tclConfig.sh file.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-SC_PATH_TCLCONFIG($TK_PATCH_LEVEL)
-SC_LOAD_TCLCONFIG
-
-if test "${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}" != "${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}"; then
-    AC_MSG_ERROR([${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh is for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}.
-Tk ${TK_VERSION}${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} needs Tcl ${TK_VERSION}.
-Use --with-tcl= option to indicate location of tclConfig.sh file for Tcl ${TK_VERSION}.])
-fi
-if test "${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}" -lt "${TK_MINOR_VERSION}"; then
-    AC_MSG_ERROR([${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh is for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}.
-Tk ${TK_VERSION}${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} needs Tcl ${TK_VERSION}.
-Use --with-tcl= option to indicate location of tclConfig.sh file for Tcl ${TK_VERSION}.])
-fi
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# The statements below define a collection of compile flags.  This
-# macro depends on the value of SHARED_BUILD, and should be called
-# after SC_ENABLE_SHARED checks the configure switches.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# man2tcl needs this so that it can use errno.h
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_CHECK_HEADER(errno.h, , MAN2TCLFLAGS="-DNO_ERRNO_H")
-AC_SUBST(MAN2TCLFLAGS)
-
-#-------------------------------------------
-#     Check for _strtoi64
-#-------------------------------------------
-
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([availability of _strtoi64], tcl_cv_strtoi64, [
-    AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h>],
-	    [_strtoi64(0,0,0)],
-	    tcl_cv_strtoi64=yes, tcl_cv_strtoi64=no)])
-if test $tcl_cv_strtoi64 = no; then
-    AC_DEFINE(NO_STRTOI64, 1, [Is _strtoi64 function available?])
-fi
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Windows XP theme engine header for Ttk
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_CHECK_HEADER([uxtheme.h], [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UXTHEME_H)],
-	[AC_MSG_NOTICE([xpnative theme will be unavailable])],
-	[#include <windows.h>])
-AC_CHECK_HEADER([vssym32.h], [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_VSSYM32_H)], [],
-	[#include <windows.h>
-#include <uxtheme.h>])
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Set the default compiler switches based on the --enable-symbols
-# option.  This macro depends on C flags, and should be called
-# after SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS macro is called.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS
-
-TK_DBGX=${DBGX}
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Embed the manifest if we can determine how
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-SC_EMBED_MANIFEST(wish.exe.manifest)
-
-SC_BUILD_TCLSH
-SC_PROG_TCLSH
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# tkConfig.sh refers to this by a different name
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-TK_SHARED_BUILD=${SHARED_BUILD}
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Perform final evaluations of variables with possible substitutions.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${DLLSUFFIX}"
-TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${LIBSUFFIX}"
-TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${LIBSUFFIX}"
-
-eval "TK_SRC_DIR=\"`cd $srcdir/..; pwd`\""
-
-eval "TK_DLL_FILE=tk$VER${DLLSUFFIX}"
-eval "TK_LIB_FILE=${LIBPREFIX}tk$VER${LIBSUFFIX}"
-
-eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FILE=${LIBPREFIX}tkstub${VER}${LIBSUFFIX}"
-# FIXME: All of this var junk needs to be done in tcl.m4 !!!!
-# I left out the other vars that also need to get defined here.
-# we also need to double check about spaces in path names
-eval "TK_LIB_FLAG=\"-ltk${VER}${LIBFLAGSUFFIX}\""
-TK_LIB_SPEC="-L${libdir} ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"
-TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-L`pwd` ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"
-
-eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"-ltkstub${VER}${LIBFLAGSUFFIX}\""
-TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`pwd` ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
-
-TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L${libdir} ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
-TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${libdir}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
-TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH="`pwd`/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
-
-eval "DLLSUFFIX=${DLLSUFFIX}"
-eval "LIBPREFIX=${LIBPREFIX}"
-eval "LIBSUFFIX=${LIBSUFFIX}"
-eval "EXESUFFIX=${EXESUFFIX}"
-
-CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}
-CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}
-CFG_TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX=${TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX}
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Adjust the defines for how the resources are built depending
-# on symbols and static vs. shared.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-if test ${SHARED_BUILD} = 0 -o "$TCL_NEEDS_EXP_FILE" = 0; then
-    if test "${DBGX}" = "d"; then
-        RC_DEFINES="${RC_DEFINE} STATIC_BUILD ${RC_DEFINE} DEBUG"
-    else
-        RC_DEFINES="${RC_DEFINE} STATIC_BUILD"
-    fi
-    TK_RES=""
-else
-    if test "${DBGX}" = "d"; then
-        RC_DEFINES="${RC_DEFINE} DEBUG"
-    else
-        RC_DEFINES=""
-    fi
-    TK_RES='tk.$(RES)'
-fi
-
-# The wish.exe.manifest requires these
-# TK_WIN_VERSION is the 4 dotted pair Windows version format which needs
-# the release level, and must account for interim release versioning
-case "$TK_PATCH_LEVEL" in
-     *a*) TK_RELEASE_LEVEL=0 ;;
-     *b*) TK_RELEASE_LEVEL=1 ;;
-     *)   TK_RELEASE_LEVEL=2 ;;
-esac
-TK_WIN_VERSION="$TK_VERSION.$TK_RELEASE_LEVEL.`echo $TK_PATCH_LEVEL | tr -d ab.`"
-AC_SUBST(TK_WIN_VERSION)
-# X86|AMD64|IA64 for manifest
-AC_SUBST(MACHINE)
-
-AC_SUBST(TK_VERSION)
-AC_SUBST(TK_MAJOR_VERSION)
-AC_SUBST(TK_MINOR_VERSION)
-AC_SUBST(TK_PATCH_LEVEL)
-AC_SUBST(TK_DBGX)
-AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FILE)
-AC_SUBST(TK_DLL_FILE)
-AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE)
-AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG)
-AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
-AC_SUBST(TK_SRC_DIR)
-AC_SUBST(TK_BIN_DIR)
-
-AC_SUBST(TCL_VERSION)
-AC_SUBST(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION)
-AC_SUBST(TCL_MINOR_VERSION)
-AC_SUBST(TCL_PATCH_LEVEL)
-
-AC_SUBST(TCL_SRC_DIR)
-AC_SUBST(TCL_BIN_DIR)
-AC_SUBST(TCL_DBGX)
-AC_SUBST(CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX)
-AC_SUBST(CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX)
-AC_SUBST(CFG_TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX)
-
-AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_DEFAULT)
-AC_SUBST(EXTRA_CFLAGS)
-AC_SUBST(CYGPATH)
-AC_SUBST(DEPARG)
-AC_SUBST(CC_OBJNAME)
-AC_SUBST(CC_EXENAME)
-
-# win/tcl.m4 doesn't set (LDFLAGS)
-AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT)
-AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_DEBUG)
-AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)
-AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_CONSOLE)
-AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_WINDOW)
-AC_SUBST(AR)
-AC_SUBST(RANLIB)
-AC_SUBST(TK_RES)
-
-AC_SUBST(STLIB_LD)
-AC_SUBST(SHLIB_LD)
-AC_SUBST(SHLIB_LD_LIBS)
-AC_SUBST(SHLIB_CFLAGS)
-AC_SUBST(SHLIB_SUFFIX)
-AC_SUBST(TK_SHARED_BUILD)
-
-AC_SUBST(LIBS)
-AC_SUBST(LIBS_GUI)
-AC_SUBST(DLLSUFFIX)
-AC_SUBST(LIBPREFIX)
-AC_SUBST(LIBSUFFIX)
-AC_SUBST(EXESUFFIX)
-AC_SUBST(LIBRARIES)
-AC_SUBST(MAKE_LIB)
-AC_SUBST(MAKE_STUB_LIB)
-AC_SUBST(POST_MAKE_LIB)
-AC_SUBST(MAKE_DLL)
-AC_SUBST(MAKE_EXE)
-
-AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FLAG)
-AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_SPEC)
-AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC)
-AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
-AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_PATH)
-AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH)
-
-# undefined at this point for win
-AC_SUBST(TK_CC_SEARCH_FLAGS)
-AC_SUBST(TK_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS)
-
-AC_SUBST(RC)
-AC_SUBST(RC_OUT)
-AC_SUBST(RC_TYPE)
-AC_SUBST(RC_INCLUDE)
-AC_SUBST(RC_DEFINE)
-AC_SUBST(RC_DEFINES)
-AC_SUBST(RES)
-
-AC_OUTPUT(Makefile tkConfig.sh wish.exe.manifest)
-
-dnl Local Variables:
-dnl mode: autoconf;
-dnl End:
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/license.terms b/tk8.6/win/license.terms
deleted file mode 100644
index 0126435..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/license.terms
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-This software is copyrighted by the Regents of the University of
-California, Sun Microsystems, Inc., Scriptics Corporation, ActiveState
-Corporation, Apple Inc. and other parties.  The following terms apply to
-all files associated with the software unless explicitly disclaimed in
-individual files.
-
-The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute,
-and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided
-that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this
-notice is included verbatim in any distributions. No written agreement,
-license, or royalty fee is required for any of the authorized uses.
-Modifications to this software may be copyrighted by their authors
-and need not follow the licensing terms described here, provided that
-the new terms are clearly indicated on the first page of each file where
-they apply.
-
-IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR DISTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY
-FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
-ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, ITS DOCUMENTATION, OR ANY
-DERIVATIVES THEREOF, EVEN IF THE AUTHORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
-POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-
-THE AUTHORS AND DISTRIBUTORS SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES,
-INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT.  THIS SOFTWARE
-IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE AUTHORS AND DISTRIBUTORS HAVE
-NO OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR
-MODIFICATIONS.
-
-GOVERNMENT USE: If you are acquiring this software on behalf of the
-U.S. government, the Government shall have only "Restricted Rights"
-in the software and related documentation as defined in the Federal
-Acquisition Regulations (FARs) in Clause 52.227.19 (c) (2).  If you
-are acquiring the software on behalf of the Department of Defense, the
-software shall be classified as "Commercial Computer Software" and the
-Government shall have only "Restricted Rights" as defined in Clause
-252.227-7013 (b) (3) of DFARs.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
-authors grant the U.S. Government and others acting in its behalf
-permission to use and distribute the software in accordance with the
-terms specified in this license.
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/makefile.vc b/tk8.6/win/makefile.vc
deleted file mode 100644
index 4050663..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/makefile.vc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,697 +0,0 @@
-#------------------------------------------------------------- -*- makefile -*-

-# makefile.vc --

-#

-#	Microsoft Visual C++ makefile for use with nmake.exe v1.62+ (VC++ 5.0+)

-#

-# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution

-# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.

-#

-# Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.

-# Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Ajuba Solutions.

-# Copyright (c) 2001-2005 ActiveState Corporation.

-# Copyright (c) 2001-2004 David Gravereaux.

-# Copyright (c) 2003-2008 Pat Thoyts.

-# Copyright (c) 2017 Ashok P. Nadkarni

-#------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# General usage:

-#   nmake [-nologo] -f makefile.vc [TARGET|MACRODEF [TARGET|MACRODEF] [...]]

-#

-# For MACRODEF, see TIP 477 (https://core.tcl.tk/tips/doc/trunk/tip/477.md)

-# or examine Sections 6-8 in rules.vc. This makefile has the following

-# values for the OPTS macro in addition to the ones described there.

-#	noxp     = If you do not have the uxtheme.h header then you

-#                  cannot include support for XP themeing.

-#	square   = Include the demo square widget.

-#

-# Possible values for TARGET are:

-#	release  -- Builds the core, the shell and the dlls. (default)

-#	dlls     -- Just builds the windows extensions.

-#	shell    -- Just builds the shell and the core.

-#	core     -- Only builds the core [tkXX.(dll|lib)].

-#	all      -- Builds everything.

-#	test     -- Builds and runs the test suite.

-#	tktest   -- Just builds the binaries for the test suite.

-#	install  -- Installs the built binaries and libraries to $(INSTALLDIR)

-#		    as the root of the install tree.

-#	cwish    -- Builds a console version of wish.

-#	tidy/clean/hose -- varying levels of cleaning.

-#	genstubs -- Rebuilds the Stubs table and support files (dev only).

-#	depend   -- Generates an accurate set of source dependancies for this

-#		    makefile.  Helpful to avoid problems when the sources are

-#		    refreshed and you rebuild, but can "overbuild" when common

-#		    headers like tkInt.h just get small changes.

-#	htmlhelp -- Builds a Windows .chm help file for Tcl and Tk from the

-#		    troff manual pages found in $(ROOT)\doc. You need to

-#		    have installed the HTML Help Compiler package from Microsoft

-#		    to produce the .chm file.

-#

-# The steps to setup a Visual C++ environment depend on which

-# version of Visual Studio and/or the Windows SDK you are building

-# against and are not described here. The simplest method is generally

-# to start a command shell using one of the short cuts installed by

-# Visual Studio/Windows SDK for the appropriate target architecture.

-#

-# NOTE: For older (Visual C++ 6 or the 2003 SDK), to use the Platform

-# SDK (not expressly needed), run setenv.bat after vcvars32.bat

-# according to the instructions for it.  This can also turn on the

-# 64-bit compiler, if your SDK has it.

-#

-# Examples:

-# Assumign Tcl sources lie in ../../tcl

-#       c:\tcl_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc release

-# If Tcl sources are not in ../../tcl, use the TCLDIR macro to specify dir

-#       c:\tcl_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc release TCLDIR=c:\src\tcl

-# Run the test suite

-#       c:\tcl_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc test

-# Install Tk in location specified by INSTALLDIR macro

-#       c:\tcl_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc install INSTALLDIR=c:\progra~1\tcl

-# Build release with PDF files 

-#       c:\tcl_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc release OPTS=pdbs 

-# Build debug version

-#       c:\tcl_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc release OPTS=symbols

-#

-###############################################################################

-

-# The PROJECT macro is used by rules.vc for generating appropriate

-# macros and rules.

-PROJECT = tk

-

-# Default target to build if no target is specified. If unspecified, the

-# rules.vc file will set up "all" as the target.

-DEFAULT_BUILD_TARGET = release

-

-# We have a custom resource file

-RCFILE = tk.rc

-

-# The rules.vc file does much of the hard work in terms of defining

-# the build configuration, macros, output directories etc.

-!include "rules-ext.vc"

-

-# TCLINSTALL is set to 1 by rules.vc to indicate we are building against

-# an installed Tcl and 0 if building against Tcl source. Tk needs the latter.

-!if $(TCLINSTALL)

-!message *** Warning: Tk requires the source distribution of Tcl to build from,

-!message ***    at this time, sorry.  Please set the TCLDIR macro to point to the

-!message ***    Tcl sources.

-!endif

-

-# Extra makefile options processing for non-standard OPTS values ...

-!if "$(OPTS)" == "" || [nmakehlp -f "$(OPTS)" "none"]

-HAVE_UXTHEME_H    = 1

-TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET = 0

-!else

-!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "noxp"]

-!message *** Exclude support for XP theme

-HAVE_UXTHEME_H  = 0

-!else

-HAVE_UXTHEME_H  = 1

-!endif

-!if [nmakehlp -f "$(OPTS)" "square"]

-!message *** Include ttk square demo widget

-TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET   = 1

-!else

-TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET   = 0

-!endif

-!endif

-

-WISHC 		= "$(OUT_DIR)\$(WISHNAMEPREFIX)c$(VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"

-

-TKTEST		= "$(OUT_DIR)\$(PROJECT)test.exe"

-CAT32		= "$(OUT_DIR)\cat32.exe"

-

-WISHOBJS = \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\winMain.obj \

-!if $(TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES)

-	$(TCLDDELIB) \

-	$(TCLREGLIB) \

-!endif

-	$(TMP_DIR)\wish.res

-

-TKTESTOBJS = \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\testMain.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkSquare.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkTest.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkOldTest.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkWinTest.obj

-

-XLIBOBJS = \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\xcolors.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\xdraw.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\xgc.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\ximage.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\xutil.obj

-

-TKOBJS = \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkConsole.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkUnixMenubu.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkUnixScale.obj \

-	$(XLIBOBJS) \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkWin3d.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkWin32Dll.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkWinButton.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkWinClipboard.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkWinColor.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkWinConfig.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkWinCursor.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkWinDialog.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkWinDraw.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkWinEmbed.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkWinFont.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkWinImage.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkWinInit.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkWinKey.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkWinMenu.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkWinPixmap.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkWinPointer.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkWinRegion.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkWinScrlbr.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkWinSend.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkWinSendCom.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkWinWindow.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkWinWm.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkWinX.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\stubs.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tk3d.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkArgv.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkAtom.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkBind.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkBitmap.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkBusy.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkButton.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkCanvArc.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkCanvBmap.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkCanvImg.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkCanvLine.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkCanvPoly.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkCanvPs.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkCanvText.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkCanvUtil.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkCanvWind.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkCanvas.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkClipboard.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkCmds.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkColor.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkConfig.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkCursor.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkEntry.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkError.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkEvent.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkFileFilter.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkFocus.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkFont.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkFrame.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkGC.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkGeometry.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkGet.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkGrab.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkGrid.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImage.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgBmap.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgGIF.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgPNG.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgPPM.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgPhoto.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgPhInstance.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkImgUtil.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkListbox.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkMacWinMenu.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkMain.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkMain2.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkMenu.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkMenubutton.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkMenuDraw.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkMessage.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkPanedWindow.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkObj.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkOldConfig.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkOption.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkPack.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkPlace.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkPointer.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkRectOval.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkScale.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkScrollbar.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkSelect.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkStyle.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkText.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkTextBTree.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkTextDisp.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkTextImage.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkTextIndex.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkTextMark.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkTextTag.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkTextWind.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkTrig.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkUndo.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkUtil.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkVisual.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkStubInit.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkWindow.obj \

-	$(TTK_OBJS) \

-!if !$(STATIC_BUILD)

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tk.res

-!endif

-

-TTK_OBJS = \

-        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkWinMonitor.obj \

-        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkWinTheme.obj \

-        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkWinXPTheme.obj \

-        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkBlink.obj \

-        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkButton.obj \

-        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkCache.obj \

-        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkClamTheme.obj \

-        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkClassicTheme.obj \

-        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkDefaultTheme.obj \

-        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkElements.obj \

-        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkEntry.obj \

-        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkFrame.obj \

-        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkImage.obj \

-        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkInit.obj \

-        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkLabel.obj \

-        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkLayout.obj \

-        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkManager.obj \

-        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkNotebook.obj \

-        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkPanedwindow.obj \

-        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkProgress.obj \

-        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkScale.obj \

-        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkScrollbar.obj \

-        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkScroll.obj \

-        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkSeparator.obj \

-        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkSquare.obj \

-        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkState.obj \

-        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkTagSet.obj \

-        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkTheme.obj \

-        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkTrace.obj \

-        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkTrack.obj \

-        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkTreeview.obj \

-        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkWidget.obj \

-        $(TMP_DIR)\ttkStubInit.obj

-

-TKSTUBOBJS = \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\tkStubLib.obj \

-	$(TMP_DIR)\ttkStubLib.obj

-

-### The following paths CANNOT have spaces in them as they appear on

-### the left side of implicit rules.

-XLIBDIR		= $(ROOT)\xlib

-TTKDIR		= $(ROOT)\generic\ttk

-BITMAPDIR	= $(ROOT)\bitmaps

-

-# Additional include and C macro definitions for the implicit rules

-# defined in rules.vc

-PRJ_INCLUDES	= -I"$(BITMAPDIR)" -I"$(XLIBDIR)"

-

-CONFIG_DEFS     =-DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_SYS_TYPES_H=1 -DHAVE_SYS_STAT_H=1 \

-		 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 \

-		 -DHAVE_STRINGS_H=1 -DHAVE_INTTYPES_H=1 -DHAVE_STDINT_H=1 \

-		 -DSUPPORT_CONFIG_EMBEDDED \

-!if $(HAVE_UXTHEME_H)

-		 -DHAVE_UXTHEME_H=1 \

-!endif

-!if $(TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET)

-		 -DTTK_SQUARE_WIDGET=1 \

-!endif

-

-PRJ_DEFINES	= -DBUILD_ttk $(CONFIG_DEFS) -Dinline=__inline -D _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE -D _CRT_NONSTDC_NO_DEPRECATE

-

-# Additional Link libraries needed beyond those in rules.vc

-PRJ_LIBS   = netapi32.lib gdi32.lib user32.lib userenv.lib

-

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------

-# TkTest flags

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-!if "$(TESTPAT)" != ""

-TESTFLAGS = $(TESTFLAGS) -file $(TESTPAT)

-!endif

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Project specific targets

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-release:  setup $(TKSTUBLIB) $(WISH)

-all:	  release $(CAT32)

-core:	  setup $(TKSTUBLIB) $(TKLIB)

-cwish:	  $(WISHC)

-install:  install-binaries install-libraries install-docs

-tktest:	  setup $(TKTEST) $(CAT32)

-

-setup: default-setup

-

-test: test-classic test-ttk

-

-test-classic: setup $(TKTEST) $(TKLIB) $(CAT32)

-	@set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/)

-	@set TK_LIBRARY=$(LIBDIR:\=/)

-	@set TCLLIBPATH=

-!if $(TCLINSTALL)

-	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH)

-!else

-	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH)

-!endif

-	$(DEBUGGER) $(TKTEST) "$(ROOT:\=/)/tests/all.tcl" $(TESTFLAGS) | $(CAT32)

-

-test-ttk: setup $(TKTEST) $(TKLIB) $(CAT32)

-	@set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/)

-	@set TK_LIBRARY=$(LIBDIR:\=/)

-	@set TCLLIBPATH=

-!if $(TCLINSTALL)

-	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH)

-!else

-	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH)

-!endif

-	$(DEBUGGER) $(TKTEST) "$(ROOT:\=/)/tests/ttk/all.tcl" $(TESTFLAGS) | $(CAT32)

-

-runtest: setup $(TKTEST) $(TKLIB) $(CAT32)

-	@set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/)

-	@set TK_LIBRARY=$(LIBDIR:\=/)

-	@set TCLLIBPATH=

-!if $(TCLINSTALL)

-	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH)

-!else

-	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH)

-!endif

-	$(DEBUGGER) $(TKTEST)

-

-rundemo: setup $(TKTEST) $(TKLIB) $(CAT32)

-	@set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/)

-	@set TK_LIBRARY=$(LIBDIR:\=/)

-	@set TCLLIBPATH=

-!if $(TCLINSTALL)

-	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH)

-!else

-	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH)

-!endif

-	$(TKTEST) $(ROOT:\=/)\library\demos\widget

-

-shell: setup $(WISH)

-	@set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/)

-	@set TK_LIBRARY=$(LIBDIR:\=/)

-	@set TCLLIBPATH=

-!if $(TCLINSTALL)

-	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH)

-!else

-	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH)

-!endif

-	$(DEBUGGER) $(WISH) <<

-	console show

-<<

-

-dbgshell: setup $(WISH)

-	@set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/)

-	@set TK_LIBRARY=$(LIBDIR:\=/)

-	@set TCLLIBPATH=

-!if $(TCLINSTALL)

-	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH)

-!else

-	@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH)

-!endif

-	windbg $(WISH)

-

-!if $(STATIC_BUILD)

-

-$(TKLIB): $(TKOBJS)

-	$(LIBCMD) @<<

-$**

-<<

-

-!else

-

-$(TKLIB): $(TKOBJS)

-	$(DLLCMD) @<<

-$**

-<<

-	$(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL)

-	@if exist $*.exp del $*.exp

-

-$(TKIMPLIB): $(TKLIB)

-

-!endif # $(STATIC_BUILD)

-

-$(TKSTUBLIB): $(TKSTUBOBJS)

-	$(LIBCMD) -nodefaultlib $**

-

-

-$(WISH): $(WISHOBJS) $(TKSTUBLIB) $(TKIMPLIB)

-	$(GUIEXECMD) -stack:2300000 $**

-	$(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)

-

-

-$(WISHC): $(WISHOBJS) $(TKSTUBLIB) $(TKIMPLIB)

-	$(CONEXECMD) -stack:2300000 $**

-	$(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)

-

-

-$(TKTEST): $(TKTESTOBJS) $(TKSTUBLIB) $(TKIMPLIB)

-	$(GUIEXECMD) -stack:2300000 $**

-	$(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)

-

-

-$(CAT32): $(_TCLDIR)\win\cat.c

-	$(cc32) $(cflags) $(crt) -D_CRT_NONSTDC_NO_DEPRECATE -DCONSOLE -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ $?

-	$(CONEXECMD) -DCONSOLE -stack:16384 $(TMP_DIR)\cat.obj

-	$(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Regenerate the stubs files.  [Development use only]

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-genstubs:

-!if !exist($(TCLSH))

-	@echo Build tclsh first!

-!else

-	set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY)

-	$(TCLSH) $(_TCLDIR)\tools\genStubs.tcl $(GENERICDIR) \

-		$(GENERICDIR)\$(PROJECT).decls $(GENERICDIR)\$(PROJECT)Int.decls

-!endif

-

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Build the Windows HTML help file.

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-!if defined(PROCESSOR_ARCHITECTURE) && "$(PROCESSOR_ARCHITECTURE)" == "AMD64"

-HHC="%ProgramFiles(x86)%\HTML Help Workshop\hhc.exe"

-!else

-HHC="%ProgramFiles%\HTML Help Workshop\hhc.exe"

-!endif

-HTMLDIR=$(ROOT)\html

-HTMLBASE=TclTk$(TCL_VERSION)

-HHPFILE=$(HTMLDIR)\$(HTMLBASE).hhp

-CHMFILE=$(HTMLDIR)\$(HTMLBASE).chm

-

-htmlhelp: chmsetup $(CHMFILE)

-

-$(CHMFILE): $(DOCDIR)\*

-	@$(TCLSH) $(TCLTOOLSDIR)\tcltk-man2html.tcl

-	@echo Compiling HTML help project

-	@"$(HHC)" <<$(HHPFILE) >NUL

-[OPTIONS]

-Compatibility=1.1 or later

-Compiled file=$(HTMLBASE).chm

-Display compile progress=no

-Error log file=$(HTMLBASE).log

-Language=0x409 English (United States)

-Title=Tcl/Tk $(TCL_DOTVERSION) Help

-[FILES]

-contents.htm

-docs.css

-Keywords

-TclCmd

-TclLib

-TkCmd

-TkLib

-UserCmd

-<<

-

-chmsetup:

-	@if not exist $(HTMLDIR)\nul mkdir $(HTMLDIR)

-

-install-docs:

-!if exist("$(CHMFILE)")

-	@echo Installing compiled HTML help

-	@$(CPY) "$(CHMFILE)" "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)\"

-!endif

-# "emacs font-lock highlighting fix

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Special case object file targets

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-$(TMP_DIR)\testMain.obj: $(WINDIR)\winMain.c

-	$(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) -DTK_TEST \

-	    -DTCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES=$(TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES) \

-	    -Fo$@ $?

-

-$(TMP_DIR)\tkTest.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkTest.c

-	$(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) -Fo$@ $?

-

-$(TMP_DIR)\tkOldTest.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkOldTest.c

-	$(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) -Fo$@ $?

-

-$(TMP_DIR)\tkWinTest.obj: $(WINDIR)\tkWinTest.c

-	$(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) -Fo$@ $?

-

-$(TMP_DIR)\tkSquare.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkSquare.c

-	$(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) -Fo$@ $?

-

-$(TMP_DIR)\winMain.obj: $(WINDIR)\winMain.c

-	$(cc32) $(appcflags_nostubs) \

-	    -DTCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES=$(TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES) \

-	    -Fo$@ $?

-

-$(TMP_DIR)\tkMain2.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkMain.c

-	$(cc32) $(pkgcflags) -DTK_ASCII_MAIN -Fo$@ $?

-

-# The following objects are part of the stub library and should not

-# be built as DLL objects but none of the symbols should be exported

-# and no reference made to a C runtime.

-

-$(TMP_DIR)\tkStubLib.obj : $(GENERICDIR)\tkStubLib.c

-	$(cc32) $(stubscflags) -Fo$@ $?

-

-

-$(TMP_DIR)\wish.exe.manifest: $(WINDIR)\wish.exe.manifest.in

-	@nmakehlp -s << $** >$@

-@MACHINE@	  $(MACHINE:IX86=X86)

-@TK_WIN_VERSION@  $(DOTVERSION).0.0

-<<

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Generate the source dependencies.  Having dependency rules will

-# improve incremental build accuracy without having to resort to a

-# full rebuild just because some non-global header file like

-# tclCompile.h was changed.  These rules aren't needed when building

-# from scratch.

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-depend:

-!if !exist($(TCLSH))

-	@echo Build tclsh first!

-!else

-	set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY)

-	$(TCLSH) $(TCLTOOLSDIR:\=/)/mkdepend.tcl -vc32 -out:"$(OUT_DIR)\depend.mk" \

-		-passthru:"-DBUILD_tk $(TK_INCLUDES)" $(GENERICDIR),$$(GENERICDIR) \

-		$(WINDIR),$$(WINDIR) $(TTKDIR),$$(TTKDIR) $(XLIBDIR),$$(XLIBDIR) \

-		$(BITMAPDIR),$$(BITMAPDIR) @<<

-$(TKOBJS)

-<<

-!endif

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Dependency rules

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-$(TMP_DIR)\tk.res: \

-    $(RCDIR)\buttons.bmp \

-    $(RCDIR)\cursor*.cur \

-    $(RCDIR)\tk.ico

-

-!if exist("$(OUT_DIR)\depend.mk")

-!include "$(OUT_DIR)\depend.mk"

-!message *** Dependency rules in use.

-!else

-!message *** Dependency rules are not being used.

-!endif

-

-### add a spacer in the output

-!message

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Implicit rules

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-{$(XLIBDIR)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::

-	$(CCPKGCMD) @<<

-$<

-<<

-

-{$(TTKDIR)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::

-	$(CCPKGCMD) @<<

-$<

-<<

-

-{$(ROOT)\unix}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::

-	$(CCPKGCMD) @<<

-$<

-<<

-

-$(TMP_DIR)\tk.res: $(TMP_DIR)\wish.exe.manifest

-$(TMP_DIR)\wish.res: $(TMP_DIR)\wish.exe.manifest

-

-.SUFFIXES:

-.SUFFIXES:.c .rc

-

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Installation.

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-install-binaries:

-	@echo installing binaries

-	@$(CPY) "$(WISH)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)\"

-!if "$(TKLIB)" != "$(TKIMPLIB)"

-	@$(CPY) "$(TKLIB)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)\"

-!endif

-	@$(CPY) "$(TKIMPLIB)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\"

-	@$(CPY) "$(TKSTUBLIB)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\"

-!if !$(STATIC_BUILD)

-	@echo creating package index

-	@type << > $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl

-if {[catch {package present Tcl 8.6.0}]} { return }

-if {($$::tcl_platform(platform) eq "unix") && ([info exists ::env(DISPLAY)]

-	|| ([info exists ::argv] && ("-display" in $$::argv)))} {

-    package ifneeded Tk $(TK_PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file join $$dir .. .. bin libtk$(DOTVERSION).dll] Tk]

-} else {

-    package ifneeded Tk $(TK_PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file join $$dir .. .. bin $(TKLIBNAME)] Tk]

-}

-<<

-	@$(CPY) $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\"

-!endif

-

-#"

-

-install-libraries:

-	@echo installing Tk headers

-	@$(CPY) "$(GENERICDIR)\tk.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\"

-	@$(CPY) "$(GENERICDIR)\tkDecls.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\"

-	@$(CPY) "$(GENERICDIR)\tkPlatDecls.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\"

-	@$(CPY) "$(GENERICDIR)\tkIntXlibDecls.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\"

-	@$(CPY) "$(XLIBDIR)\X11\*.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\X11\"

-	@echo installing script library

-	@$(CPY) "$(LIBDIR)\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\"

-	@echo installing theme library

-	@$(CPY) "$(LIBDIR)\ttk\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\ttk\"

-	@echo installing images

-	@$(CPY) "$(LIBDIR)\images\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\images\"

-	@echo installing language files

-	@$(CPY) "$(LIBDIR)\msgs\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\msgs\"

-	@echo installing demos

-	@$(CPY) "$(DEMODIR)\*" "$(DEMO_INSTALL_DIR)\"

-	@$(CPY) "$(DEMODIR)\images\*" "$(DEMO_INSTALL_DIR)\images\"

-

-#"

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Clean up

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-clean: default-clean

-realclean: hose

-hose: default-hose

-tidy:

-!if "$(TKLIB)" != "$(TKIMPLIB)"

-	@echo Removing $(TKLIB) ...

-	@if exist $(TKLIB) del $(TKLIB)

-!endif

-	@echo Removing $(TKIMPLIB) ...

-	@if exist $(TKIMPLIB) del $(TKIMPLIB)

-	@echo Removing $(WISH) ...

-	@if exist $(WISH) del $(WISH)

-	@echo Removing $(TKTEST) ...

-	@if exist $(TKTEST) del $(TKTEST)

-	@echo Removing $(TKSTUBLIB) ...

-	@if exist $(TKSTUBLIB) del $(TKSTUBLIB)

-

diff --git a/tk8.6/win/mkd.bat b/tk8.6/win/mkd.bat
deleted file mode 100644
index 1bd5ccb..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/mkd.bat
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-@echo off

-

-if exist %1\nul goto end

-

-md %1

-if errorlevel 1 goto end

-

-echo Created directory %1

-

-:end

-

-

diff --git a/tk8.6/win/nmakehlp.c b/tk8.6/win/nmakehlp.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e3d792..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/nmakehlp.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,814 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * nmakehlp.c --
- *
- *	This is used to fix limitations within nmake and the environment.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2002 by David Gravereaux.
- * Copyright (c) 2006 by Pat Thoyts
- *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
- * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE
-#include <windows.h>
-#define NO_SHLWAPI_GDI
-#define NO_SHLWAPI_STREAM
-#define NO_SHLWAPI_REG
-#include <shlwapi.h>
-#pragma comment (lib, "user32.lib")
-#pragma comment (lib, "kernel32.lib")
-#pragma comment (lib, "shlwapi.lib")
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <math.h>
-
-/*
- * This library is required for x64 builds with _some_ versions of MSVC
- */
-#if defined(_M_IA64) || defined(_M_AMD64)
-#if _MSC_VER >= 1400 && _MSC_VER < 1500
-#pragma comment(lib, "bufferoverflowU")
-#endif
-#endif
-
-/* ISO hack for dumb VC++ */
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#define   snprintf	_snprintf
-#endif
-
-
-/* protos */
-
-static int CheckForCompilerFeature(const char *option);
-static int CheckForLinkerFeature(const char **options, int count);
-static int IsIn(const char *string, const char *substring);
-static int SubstituteFile(const char *substs, const char *filename);
-static int QualifyPath(const char *path);
-static int LocateDependency(const char *keyfile);
-static const char *GetVersionFromFile(const char *filename, const char *match, int numdots);
-static DWORD WINAPI ReadFromPipe(LPVOID args);
-
-/* globals */
-
-#define CHUNK	25
-#define STATICBUFFERSIZE    1000
-typedef struct {
-    HANDLE pipe;
-    char buffer[STATICBUFFERSIZE];
-} pipeinfo;
-
-pipeinfo Out = {INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, '\0'};
-pipeinfo Err = {INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, '\0'};
-
-/*
- * exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error
- */
-
-int
-main(
-    int argc,
-    char *argv[])
-{
-    char msg[300];
-    DWORD dwWritten;
-    int chars;
-    char *s;
-
-    /*
-     * Make sure children (cl.exe and link.exe) are kept quiet.
-     */
-
-    SetErrorMode(SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS | SEM_NOOPENFILEERRORBOX);
-
-    /*
-     * Make sure the compiler and linker aren't effected by the outside world.
-     */
-
-    SetEnvironmentVariable("CL", "");
-    SetEnvironmentVariable("LINK", "");
-
-    if (argc > 1 && *argv[1] == '-') {
-	switch (*(argv[1]+1)) {
-	case 'c':
-	    if (argc != 3) {
-		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
-		        "usage: %s -c <compiler option>\n"
-			"Tests for whether cl.exe supports an option\n"
-			"exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
-		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
-			&dwWritten, NULL);
-		return 2;
-	    }
-	    return CheckForCompilerFeature(argv[2]);
-	case 'l':
-	    if (argc < 3) {
-		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
-	       		"usage: %s -l <linker option> ?<mandatory option> ...?\n"
-			"Tests for whether link.exe supports an option\n"
-			"exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
-		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
-			&dwWritten, NULL);
-		return 2;
-	    }
-	    return CheckForLinkerFeature(&argv[2], argc-2);
-	case 'f':
-	    if (argc == 2) {
-		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
-			"usage: %s -f <string> <substring>\n"
-			"Find a substring within another\n"
-			"exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
-		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
-			&dwWritten, NULL);
-		return 2;
-	    } else if (argc == 3) {
-		/*
-		 * If the string is blank, there is no match.
-		 */
-
-		return 0;
-	    } else {
-		return IsIn(argv[2], argv[3]);
-	    }
-	case 's':
-	    if (argc == 2) {
-		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
-			"usage: %s -s <substitutions file> <file>\n"
-			"Perform a set of string map type substutitions on a file\n"
-			"exitcodes: 0\n",
-			argv[0]);
-		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
-			&dwWritten, NULL);
-		return 2;
-	    }
-	    return SubstituteFile(argv[2], argv[3]);
-	case 'V':
-	    if (argc != 4) {
-		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
-		    "usage: %s -V filename matchstring\n"
-		    "Extract a version from a file:\n"
-		    "eg: pkgIndex.tcl \"package ifneeded http\"",
-		    argv[0]);
-		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
-		    &dwWritten, NULL);
-		return 0;
-	    }
-	    s = GetVersionFromFile(argv[2], argv[3], *(argv[1]+2) - '0');
-	    if (s && *s) {
-		printf("%s\n", s);
-		return 0;
-	    } else
-		return 1; /* Version not found. Return non-0 exit code */
-
-	case 'Q':
-	    if (argc != 3) {
-		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
-		    "usage: %s -Q path\n"
-		    "Emit the fully qualified path\n"
-		    "exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
-		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
-		    &dwWritten, NULL);
-		return 2;
-	    }
-	    return QualifyPath(argv[2]);
-
-	case 'L':
-	    if (argc != 3) {
-		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
-		    "usage: %s -L keypath\n"
-		    "Emit the fully qualified path of directory containing keypath\n"
-		    "exitcodes: 0 == success, 1 == not found, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
-		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
-		    &dwWritten, NULL);
-		return 2;
-	    }
-	    return LocateDependency(argv[2]);
-	}
-    }
-    chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
-	    "usage: %s -c|-f|-l|-Q|-s|-V ...\n"
-	    "This is a little helper app to equalize shell differences between WinNT and\n"
-	    "Win9x and get nmake.exe to accomplish its job.\n",
-	    argv[0]);
-    WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars, &dwWritten, NULL);
-    return 2;
-}
-
-static int
-CheckForCompilerFeature(
-    const char *option)
-{
-    STARTUPINFO si;
-    PROCESS_INFORMATION pi;
-    SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES sa;
-    DWORD threadID;
-    char msg[300];
-    BOOL ok;
-    HANDLE hProcess, h, pipeThreads[2];
-    char cmdline[100];
-
-    hProcess = GetCurrentProcess();
-
-    ZeroMemory(&pi, sizeof(PROCESS_INFORMATION));
-    ZeroMemory(&si, sizeof(STARTUPINFO));
-    si.cb = sizeof(STARTUPINFO);
-    si.dwFlags   = STARTF_USESTDHANDLES;
-    si.hStdInput = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
-
-    ZeroMemory(&sa, sizeof(SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES));
-    sa.nLength = sizeof(SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES);
-    sa.lpSecurityDescriptor = NULL;
-    sa.bInheritHandle = FALSE;
-
-    /*
-     * Create a non-inheritible pipe.
-     */
-
-    CreatePipe(&Out.pipe, &h, &sa, 0);
-
-    /*
-     * Dupe the write side, make it inheritible, and close the original.
-     */
-
-    DuplicateHandle(hProcess, h, hProcess, &si.hStdOutput, 0, TRUE,
-	    DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS | DUPLICATE_CLOSE_SOURCE);
-
-    /*
-     * Same as above, but for the error side.
-     */
-
-    CreatePipe(&Err.pipe, &h, &sa, 0);
-    DuplicateHandle(hProcess, h, hProcess, &si.hStdError, 0, TRUE,
-	    DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS | DUPLICATE_CLOSE_SOURCE);
-
-    /*
-     * Base command line.
-     */
-
-    lstrcpy(cmdline, "cl.exe -nologo -c -TC -Zs -X -Fp.\\_junk.pch ");
-
-    /*
-     * Append our option for testing
-     */
-
-    lstrcat(cmdline, option);
-
-    /*
-     * Filename to compile, which exists, but is nothing and empty.
-     */
-
-    lstrcat(cmdline, " .\\nul");
-
-    ok = CreateProcess(
-	    NULL,	    /* Module name. */
-	    cmdline,	    /* Command line. */
-	    NULL,	    /* Process handle not inheritable. */
-	    NULL,	    /* Thread handle not inheritable. */
-	    TRUE,	    /* yes, inherit handles. */
-	    DETACHED_PROCESS, /* No console for you. */
-	    NULL,	    /* Use parent's environment block. */
-	    NULL,	    /* Use parent's starting directory. */
-	    &si,	    /* Pointer to STARTUPINFO structure. */
-	    &pi);	    /* Pointer to PROCESS_INFORMATION structure. */
-
-    if (!ok) {
-	DWORD err = GetLastError();
-	int chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
-		"Tried to launch: \"%s\", but got error [%u]: ", cmdline, err);
-
-	FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM|FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS|
-		FORMAT_MESSAGE_MAX_WIDTH_MASK, 0L, err, 0, (LPVOID)&msg[chars],
-		(300-chars), 0);
-	WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, lstrlen(msg), &err,NULL);
-	return 2;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Close our references to the write handles that have now been inherited.
-     */
-
-    CloseHandle(si.hStdOutput);
-    CloseHandle(si.hStdError);
-
-    WaitForInputIdle(pi.hProcess, 5000);
-    CloseHandle(pi.hThread);
-
-    /*
-     * Start the pipe reader threads.
-     */
-
-    pipeThreads[0] = CreateThread(NULL, 0, ReadFromPipe, &Out, 0, &threadID);
-    pipeThreads[1] = CreateThread(NULL, 0, ReadFromPipe, &Err, 0, &threadID);
-
-    /*
-     * Block waiting for the process to end.
-     */
-
-    WaitForSingleObject(pi.hProcess, INFINITE);
-    CloseHandle(pi.hProcess);
-
-    /*
-     * Wait for our pipe to get done reading, should it be a little slow.
-     */
-
-    WaitForMultipleObjects(2, pipeThreads, TRUE, 500);
-    CloseHandle(pipeThreads[0]);
-    CloseHandle(pipeThreads[1]);
-
-    /*
-     * Look for the commandline warning code in both streams.
-     *  - in MSVC 6 & 7 we get D4002, in MSVC 8 we get D9002.
-     */
-
-    return !(strstr(Out.buffer, "D4002") != NULL
-             || strstr(Err.buffer, "D4002") != NULL
-             || strstr(Out.buffer, "D9002") != NULL
-             || strstr(Err.buffer, "D9002") != NULL
-             || strstr(Out.buffer, "D2021") != NULL
-             || strstr(Err.buffer, "D2021") != NULL);
-}
-
-static int
-CheckForLinkerFeature(
-    const char **options,
-    int count)
-{
-    STARTUPINFO si;
-    PROCESS_INFORMATION pi;
-    SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES sa;
-    DWORD threadID;
-    char msg[300];
-    BOOL ok;
-    HANDLE hProcess, h, pipeThreads[2];
-    int i;
-    char cmdline[255];
-
-    hProcess = GetCurrentProcess();
-
-    ZeroMemory(&pi, sizeof(PROCESS_INFORMATION));
-    ZeroMemory(&si, sizeof(STARTUPINFO));
-    si.cb = sizeof(STARTUPINFO);
-    si.dwFlags   = STARTF_USESTDHANDLES;
-    si.hStdInput = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
-
-    ZeroMemory(&sa, sizeof(SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES));
-    sa.nLength = sizeof(SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES);
-    sa.lpSecurityDescriptor = NULL;
-    sa.bInheritHandle = TRUE;
-
-    /*
-     * Create a non-inheritible pipe.
-     */
-
-    CreatePipe(&Out.pipe, &h, &sa, 0);
-
-    /*
-     * Dupe the write side, make it inheritible, and close the original.
-     */
-
-    DuplicateHandle(hProcess, h, hProcess, &si.hStdOutput, 0, TRUE,
-	    DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS | DUPLICATE_CLOSE_SOURCE);
-
-    /*
-     * Same as above, but for the error side.
-     */
-
-    CreatePipe(&Err.pipe, &h, &sa, 0);
-    DuplicateHandle(hProcess, h, hProcess, &si.hStdError, 0, TRUE,
-	    DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS | DUPLICATE_CLOSE_SOURCE);
-
-    /*
-     * Base command line.
-     */
-
-    lstrcpy(cmdline, "link.exe -nologo ");
-
-    /*
-     * Append our option for testing.
-     */
-
-    for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
-	lstrcat(cmdline, " \"");
-	lstrcat(cmdline, options[i]);
-	lstrcat(cmdline, "\"");
-    }
-
-    ok = CreateProcess(
-	    NULL,	    /* Module name. */
-	    cmdline,	    /* Command line. */
-	    NULL,	    /* Process handle not inheritable. */
-	    NULL,	    /* Thread handle not inheritable. */
-	    TRUE,	    /* yes, inherit handles. */
-	    DETACHED_PROCESS, /* No console for you. */
-	    NULL,	    /* Use parent's environment block. */
-	    NULL,	    /* Use parent's starting directory. */
-	    &si,	    /* Pointer to STARTUPINFO structure. */
-	    &pi);	    /* Pointer to PROCESS_INFORMATION structure. */
-
-    if (!ok) {
-	DWORD err = GetLastError();
-	int chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
-		"Tried to launch: \"%s\", but got error [%u]: ", cmdline, err);
-
-	FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM|FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS|
-		FORMAT_MESSAGE_MAX_WIDTH_MASK, 0L, err, 0, (LPVOID)&msg[chars],
-		(300-chars), 0);
-	WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, lstrlen(msg), &err,NULL);
-	return 2;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Close our references to the write handles that have now been inherited.
-     */
-
-    CloseHandle(si.hStdOutput);
-    CloseHandle(si.hStdError);
-
-    WaitForInputIdle(pi.hProcess, 5000);
-    CloseHandle(pi.hThread);
-
-    /*
-     * Start the pipe reader threads.
-     */
-
-    pipeThreads[0] = CreateThread(NULL, 0, ReadFromPipe, &Out, 0, &threadID);
-    pipeThreads[1] = CreateThread(NULL, 0, ReadFromPipe, &Err, 0, &threadID);
-
-    /*
-     * Block waiting for the process to end.
-     */
-
-    WaitForSingleObject(pi.hProcess, INFINITE);
-    CloseHandle(pi.hProcess);
-
-    /*
-     * Wait for our pipe to get done reading, should it be a little slow.
-     */
-
-    WaitForMultipleObjects(2, pipeThreads, TRUE, 500);
-    CloseHandle(pipeThreads[0]);
-    CloseHandle(pipeThreads[1]);
-
-    /*
-     * Look for the commandline warning code in the stderr stream.
-     */
-
-    return !(strstr(Out.buffer, "LNK1117") != NULL ||
-	    strstr(Err.buffer, "LNK1117") != NULL ||
-	    strstr(Out.buffer, "LNK4044") != NULL ||
-	    strstr(Err.buffer, "LNK4044") != NULL ||
-	    strstr(Out.buffer, "LNK4224") != NULL ||
-	    strstr(Err.buffer, "LNK4224") != NULL);
-}
-
-static DWORD WINAPI
-ReadFromPipe(
-    LPVOID args)
-{
-    pipeinfo *pi = (pipeinfo *) args;
-    char *lastBuf = pi->buffer;
-    DWORD dwRead;
-    BOOL ok;
-
-  again:
-    if (lastBuf - pi->buffer + CHUNK > STATICBUFFERSIZE) {
-	CloseHandle(pi->pipe);
-	return (DWORD)-1;
-    }
-    ok = ReadFile(pi->pipe, lastBuf, CHUNK, &dwRead, 0L);
-    if (!ok || dwRead == 0) {
-	CloseHandle(pi->pipe);
-	return 0;
-    }
-    lastBuf += dwRead;
-    goto again;
-
-    return 0;  /* makes the compiler happy */
-}
-
-static int
-IsIn(
-    const char *string,
-    const char *substring)
-{
-    return (strstr(string, substring) != NULL);
-}
-
-/*
- * GetVersionFromFile --
- * 	Looks for a match string in a file and then returns the version
- * 	following the match where a version is anything acceptable to
- * 	package provide or package ifneeded.
- */
-
-static const char *
-GetVersionFromFile(
-    const char *filename,
-    const char *match,
-    int numdots)
-{
-    size_t cbBuffer = 100;
-    static char szBuffer[100];
-    char *szResult = NULL;
-    FILE *fp = fopen(filename, "rt");
-
-    if (fp != NULL) {
-	/*
-	 * Read data until we see our match string.
-	 */
-
-	while (fgets(szBuffer, cbBuffer, fp) != NULL) {
-	    LPSTR p, q;
-
-	    p = strstr(szBuffer, match);
-	    if (p != NULL) {
-		/*
-		 * Skip to first digit after the match.
-		 */
-
-		p += strlen(match);
-		while (*p && !isdigit(*p)) {
-		    ++p;
-		}
-
-		/*
-		 * Find ending whitespace.
-		 */
-
-		q = p;
-		while (*q && (strchr("0123456789.ab", *q)) && ((!strchr(".ab", *q)
-			    && (!strchr("ab", q[-1])) || --numdots))) {
-		    ++q;
-		}
-
-		memcpy(szBuffer, p, q - p);
-		szBuffer[q-p] = 0;
-		szResult = szBuffer;
-		break;
-	    }
-	}
-	fclose(fp);
-    }
-    return szResult;
-}
-
-/*
- * List helpers for the SubstituteFile function
- */
-
-typedef struct list_item_t {
-    struct list_item_t *nextPtr;
-    char * key;
-    char * value;
-} list_item_t;
-
-/* insert a list item into the list (list may be null) */
-static list_item_t *
-list_insert(list_item_t **listPtrPtr, const char *key, const char *value)
-{
-    list_item_t *itemPtr = malloc(sizeof(list_item_t));
-    if (itemPtr) {
-	itemPtr->key = strdup(key);
-	itemPtr->value = strdup(value);
-	itemPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
-
-	while(*listPtrPtr) {
-	    listPtrPtr = &(*listPtrPtr)->nextPtr;
-	}
-	*listPtrPtr = itemPtr;
-    }
-    return itemPtr;
-}
-
-static void
-list_free(list_item_t **listPtrPtr)
-{
-    list_item_t *tmpPtr, *listPtr = *listPtrPtr;
-    while (listPtr) {
-	tmpPtr = listPtr;
-	listPtr = listPtr->nextPtr;
-	free(tmpPtr->key);
-	free(tmpPtr->value);
-	free(tmpPtr);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- * SubstituteFile --
- *	As windows doesn't provide anything useful like sed and it's unreliable
- *	to use the tclsh you are building against (consider x-platform builds -
- *	eg compiling AMD64 target from IX86) we provide a simple substitution
- *	option here to handle autoconf style substitutions.
- *	The substitution file is whitespace and line delimited. The file should
- *	consist of lines matching the regular expression:
- *	  \s*\S+\s+\S*$
- *
- *	Usage is something like:
- *	  nmakehlp -S << $** > $@
- *        @PACKAGE_NAME@ $(PACKAGE_NAME)
- *        @PACKAGE_VERSION@ $(PACKAGE_VERSION)
- *        <<
- */
-
-static int
-SubstituteFile(
-    const char *substitutions,
-    const char *filename)
-{
-    size_t cbBuffer = 1024;
-    static char szBuffer[1024], szCopy[1024];
-    char *szResult = NULL;
-    list_item_t *substPtr = NULL;
-    FILE *fp, *sp;
-
-    fp = fopen(filename, "rt");
-    if (fp != NULL) {
-
-	/*
-	 * Build a list of substutitions from the first filename
-	 */
-
-	sp = fopen(substitutions, "rt");
-	if (sp != NULL) {
-	    while (fgets(szBuffer, cbBuffer, sp) != NULL) {
-		unsigned char *ks, *ke, *vs, *ve;
-		ks = (unsigned char*)szBuffer;
-		while (ks && *ks && isspace(*ks)) ++ks;
-		ke = ks;
-		while (ke && *ke && !isspace(*ke)) ++ke;
-		vs = ke;
-		while (vs && *vs && isspace(*vs)) ++vs;
-		ve = vs;
-		while (ve && *ve && !(*ve == '\r' || *ve == '\n')) ++ve;
-		*ke = 0, *ve = 0;
-		list_insert(&substPtr, (char*)ks, (char*)vs);
-	    }
-	    fclose(sp);
-	}
-
-	/* debug: dump the list */
-#ifdef _DEBUG
-	{
-	    int n = 0;
-	    list_item_t *p = NULL;
-	    for (p = substPtr; p != NULL; p = p->nextPtr, ++n) {
-		fprintf(stderr, "% 3d '%s' => '%s'\n", n, p->key, p->value);
-	    }
-	}
-#endif
-
-	/*
-	 * Run the substitutions over each line of the input
-	 */
-
-	while (fgets(szBuffer, cbBuffer, fp) != NULL) {
-	    list_item_t *p = NULL;
-	    for (p = substPtr; p != NULL; p = p->nextPtr) {
-		char *m = strstr(szBuffer, p->key);
-		if (m) {
-		    char *cp, *op, *sp;
-		    cp = szCopy;
-		    op = szBuffer;
-		    while (op != m) *cp++ = *op++;
-		    sp = p->value;
-		    while (sp && *sp) *cp++ = *sp++;
-		    op += strlen(p->key);
-		    while (*op) *cp++ = *op++;
-		    *cp = 0;
-		    memcpy(szBuffer, szCopy, sizeof(szCopy));
-		}
-	    }
-	    printf(szBuffer);
-	}
-
-	list_free(&substPtr);
-    }
-    fclose(fp);
-    return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * QualifyPath --
- *
- *	This composes the current working directory with a provided path
- *	and returns the fully qualified and normalized path.
- *	Mostly needed to setup paths for testing.
- */
-
-static int
-QualifyPath(
-    const char *szPath)
-{
-    char szCwd[MAX_PATH + 1];
-    char szTmp[MAX_PATH + 1];
-    char *p;
-    GetCurrentDirectory(MAX_PATH, szCwd);
-    while ((p = strchr(szPath, '/')) && *p)
-	*p = '\\';
-    PathCombine(szTmp, szCwd, szPath);
-    PathCanonicalize(szCwd, szTmp);
-    printf("%s\n", szCwd);
-    return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * Implements LocateDependency for a single directory. See that command
- * for an explanation.
- * Returns 0 if found after printing the directory.
- * Returns 1 if not found but no errors.
- * Returns 2 on any kind of error
- * Basically, these are used as exit codes for the process.
- */
-static int LocateDependencyHelper(const char *dir, const char *keypath)
-{
-    HANDLE hSearch;
-    char path[MAX_PATH+1];
-    int dirlen, keylen, ret;
-    WIN32_FIND_DATA finfo;
-
-    if (dir == NULL || keypath == NULL)
-	return 2; /* Have no real error reporting mechanism into nmake */
-    dirlen = strlen(dir);
-    if ((dirlen + 3) > sizeof(path))
-	return 2;
-    strncpy(path, dir, dirlen);
-    strncpy(path+dirlen, "\\*", 3);	/* Including terminating \0 */
-    keylen = strlen(keypath);
-
-#if 0 /* This function is not available in Visual C++ 6 */
-    /*
-     * Use numerics 0 -> FindExInfoStandard,
-     * 1 -> FindExSearchLimitToDirectories,
-     * as these are not defined in Visual C++ 6
-     */
-    hSearch = FindFirstFileEx(path, 0, &finfo, 1, NULL, 0);
-#else
-    hSearch = FindFirstFile(path, &finfo);
-#endif
-    if (hSearch == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
-	return 1; /* Not found */
-
-    /* Loop through all subdirs checking if the keypath is under there */
-    ret = 1; /* Assume not found */
-    do {
-	int sublen;
-	/*
-	 * We need to check it is a directory despite the
-	 * FindExSearchLimitToDirectories in the above call. See SDK docs
-	 */
-	if ((finfo.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY) == 0)
-	    continue;
-	sublen = strlen(finfo.cFileName);
-	if ((dirlen+1+sublen+1+keylen+1) > sizeof(path))
-	    continue;		/* Path does not fit, assume not matched */
-	strncpy(path+dirlen+1, finfo.cFileName, sublen);
-	path[dirlen+1+sublen] = '\\';
-	strncpy(path+dirlen+1+sublen+1, keypath, keylen+1);
-	if (PathFileExists(path)) {
-	    /* Found a match, print to stdout */
-	    path[dirlen+1+sublen] = '\0';
-	    QualifyPath(path);
-	    ret = 0;
-	    break;
-	}
-    } while (FindNextFile(hSearch, &finfo));
-    FindClose(hSearch);
-    return ret;
-}
-
-/*
- * LocateDependency --
- *
- *	Locates a dependency for a package.
- *        keypath - a relative path within the package directory
- *          that is used to confirm it is the correct directory.
- *	The search path for the package directory is currently only
- *      the parent and grandparent of the current working directory.
- *      If found, the command prints
- *         name_DIRPATH=<full path of located directory>
- *      and returns 0. If not found, does not print anything and returns 1.
- */
-static int LocateDependency(const char *keypath)
-{
-    int i, ret;
-    static char *paths[] = {"..", "..\\..", "..\\..\\.."};
-
-    for (i = 0; i < (sizeof(paths)/sizeof(paths[0])); ++i) {
-	ret = LocateDependencyHelper(paths[i], keypath);
-	if (ret == 0)
-	    return ret;
-    }
-    return ret;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Local variables:
- *   mode: c
- *   c-basic-offset: 4
- *   fill-column: 78
- *   indent-tabs-mode: t
- *   tab-width: 8
- * End:
- */
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/buttons.bmp b/tk8.6/win/rc/buttons.bmp
deleted file mode 100644
index f37a4c9..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/buttons.bmp
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor00.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor00.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 0c58bfe..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor00.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor02.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor02.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 46f0f11..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor02.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor04.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor04.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b3028d..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor04.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor06.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor06.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index bb06edf..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor06.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor08.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor08.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index d9f15f7..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor08.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor0a.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor0a.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 6bffda5..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor0a.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor0c.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor0c.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index a991da6..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor0c.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor0e.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor0e.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e0434d..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor0e.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor10.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor10.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index c4f7809..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor10.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor12.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor12.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d0d667..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor12.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor14.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor14.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index c7de122..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor14.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor16.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor16.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index cfc08f2..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor16.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor18.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor18.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 95ed2ee..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor18.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor1a.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor1a.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index ea51361..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor1a.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor1c.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor1c.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f10bfb..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor1c.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor1e.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor1e.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 3272db1..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor1e.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor20.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor20.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 48080be..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor20.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor22.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor22.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f8e912..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor22.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor24.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor24.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 87ba5b4..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor24.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor26.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor26.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b2dbd2..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor26.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor28.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor28.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 30550f9..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor28.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor2a.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor2a.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 5e75f16..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor2a.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor2c.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor2c.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 7be3494..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor2c.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor2e.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor2e.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a0bc69..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor2e.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor30.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor30.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 70ef4fd..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor30.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor32.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor32.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 93b5c47..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor32.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor34.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor34.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 0fad3f1..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor34.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor36.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor36.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index fc8d4f6..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor36.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor38.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor38.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 4447d7d..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor38.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor3a.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor3a.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index e3eda81..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor3a.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor3c.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor3c.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 6a3111d..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor3c.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor3e.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor3e.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index fa6fe5b..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor3e.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor40.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor40.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index f07bf4f..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor40.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor42.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor42.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 387d5f0..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor42.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor44.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor44.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 190320c..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor44.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor46.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor46.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 4f969d1..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor46.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor48.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor48.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 97e499a..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor48.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor4a.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor4a.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 30febfa..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor4a.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor4c.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor4c.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 3512a51..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor4c.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor4e.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor4e.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 28992c4..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor4e.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor50.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor50.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 7352420..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor50.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor52.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor52.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 435f99f..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor52.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor54.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor54.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 54eb4f2..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor54.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor56.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor56.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index c808bd4..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor56.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor58.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor58.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 98b6a2f..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor58.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor5a.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor5a.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index b00070e..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor5a.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor5c.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor5c.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index a407b55..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor5c.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor5e.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor5e.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index ab3449f..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor5e.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor60.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor60.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index dc61469..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor60.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor62.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor62.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index ff7c009..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor62.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor64.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor64.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index a6bdd0e..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor64.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor66.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor66.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 269f772..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor66.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor68.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor68.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 27cfaf0..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor68.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor6a.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor6a.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 20f138e..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor6a.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor6c.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor6c.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index d8fb0f1..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor6c.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor6e.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor6e.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 3a9b6b0..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor6e.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor70.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor70.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index e2d7673..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor70.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor72.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor72.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 471bcf0..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor72.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor74.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor74.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 176d2b0..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor74.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor76.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor76.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 34f402a..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor76.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor78.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor78.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 70e25dd..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor78.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor7a.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor7a.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 5ea95c4..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor7a.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor7c.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor7c.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 38036ab..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor7c.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor7e.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor7e.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 4b24e50..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor7e.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor80.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor80.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index a3955a5..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor80.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor82.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor82.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 984cfba..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor82.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor84.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor84.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index cd6807e..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor84.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor86.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor86.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 52cb5c3..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor86.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor88.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor88.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index fdba0d6..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor88.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor8a.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor8a.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 369e71f..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor8a.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor8c.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor8c.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 811a0c3..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor8c.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor8e.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor8e.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index a500a38..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor8e.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor90.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor90.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 3c655d5..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor90.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor92.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor92.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 4364b5d..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor92.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor94.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor94.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 16e6b61..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor94.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor96.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor96.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index cecaea3..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor96.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor98.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor98.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 5cab68e..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor98.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor9a.cur b/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor9a.cur
deleted file mode 100644
index 048f06b..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/cursor9a.cur
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/lamp.bmp b/tk8.6/win/rc/lamp.bmp
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e2f9d4..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/lamp.bmp
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/tk.ico b/tk8.6/win/rc/tk.ico
deleted file mode 100644
index e254318..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/tk.ico
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/tk.rc b/tk8.6/win/rc/tk.rc
deleted file mode 100644
index 6a74be3..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/tk.rc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-//
-// Version Resource Script
-//
-
-#include <windows.h>
-#include <tk.h>
-
-//
-// build-up the name suffix that defines the type of build this is.
-//
-#if TCL_THREADS
-#define SUFFIX_THREADS	    "t"
-#else
-#define SUFFIX_THREADS	    ""
-#endif
-
-#if DEBUG && !UNCHECKED
-#define SUFFIX_DEBUG	    "g"
-#else
-#define SUFFIX_DEBUG	    ""
-#endif
-
-#define SUFFIX		    SUFFIX_THREADS SUFFIX_DEBUG
-
-
-VS_VERSION_INFO	VERSIONINFO
- FILEVERSION	TK_MAJOR_VERSION,TK_MINOR_VERSION,TK_RELEASE_LEVEL,TK_RELEASE_SERIAL
- PRODUCTVERSION	TK_MAJOR_VERSION,TK_MINOR_VERSION,TK_RELEASE_LEVEL,TK_RELEASE_SERIAL
- FILEFLAGSMASK	0x3fL
-#ifdef DEBUG
- FILEFLAGS	VS_FF_DEBUG
-#else
- FILEFLAGS	0x0L
-#endif
- FILEOS		VOS__WINDOWS32
- FILETYPE	VFT_DLL
- FILESUBTYPE	0x0L
-BEGIN
-    BLOCK "StringFileInfo"
-    BEGIN
-        BLOCK "040904b0"
-        BEGIN
-            VALUE "FileDescription", "Tk DLL\0"
-            VALUE "OriginalFilename", "tk" STRINGIFY(TK_MAJOR_VERSION) STRINGIFY(TK_MINOR_VERSION) SUFFIX ".dll\0"
-            VALUE "CompanyName", "ActiveState Corporation\0"
-            VALUE "FileVersion", TK_PATCH_LEVEL
-            VALUE "LegalCopyright", "Copyright \251 2001 by ActiveState Corporation, et al\0"
-            VALUE "ProductName", "Tk " TK_VERSION " for Windows\0"
-            VALUE "ProductVersion", TK_PATCH_LEVEL
-        END
-    END
-    BLOCK "VarFileInfo"
-    BEGIN
-        VALUE "Translation", 0x409, 1200
-    END
-END
-
-//
-//  Include the base resources.
-//
-
-#include "tk_base.rc"
-
-//
-// This enables themed scrollbars in XP by trying to use comctl32 v6.
-//
-
-#ifndef RT_MANIFEST
-#define RT_MANIFEST     24
-#endif
-#ifndef CREATEPROCESS_MANIFEST_RESOURCE_ID
-#define CREATEPROCESS_MANIFEST_RESOURCE_ID 1
-#endif
-CREATEPROCESS_MANIFEST_RESOURCE_ID RT_MANIFEST "wish.exe.manifest"
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/tk_base.rc b/tk8.6/win/rc/tk_base.rc
deleted file mode 100644
index e6ab016..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/tk_base.rc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,140 +0,0 @@
-//
-//  Base resources needed by Tk whether it's a DLL or a static library.
-//
-
-#include <windows.h>
-
-//
-//  Tk Icon
-//
-//  The BASE_NO_TK_ICON symbol can be defined to avoid
-//  creating an icon named "tk" in this resource file.
-//  The user can then create another icon named tk in
-//  another resource file and link both resource files.
-//  Tk will then use the custom icon instead of tk.ico.
-
-#ifndef BASE_NO_TK_ICON
-tk                      ICON    DISCARDABLE     "tk.ico"
-#endif
-
-#include <dlgs.h>
-
-FILEOPENORD DIALOG DISCARDABLE  36, 24, 218, 138
-STYLE DS_MODALFRAME | DS_3DLOOK | WS_POPUP | WS_CAPTION | WS_SYSMENU
-CAPTION "Choose Directory"
-FONT 8, "Helv"
-BEGIN
-    LTEXT           "Directory &name:",-1,8,6,118,9
-    EDITTEXT        edt10,8,26,144,12, WS_TABSTOP | ES_AUTOHSCROLL
-    LISTBOX         lst2,8,40,144,64,LBS_SORT | LBS_OWNERDRAWFIXED |
-                    LBS_HASSTRINGS | LBS_NOINTEGRALHEIGHT |
-                    LBS_DISABLENOSCROLL | WS_VSCROLL | WS_TABSTOP
-    LTEXT           "Dri&ves:",stc4,8,106,92,9
-    COMBOBOX        cmb2,8,115,144,68,CBS_DROPDOWNLIST | CBS_OWNERDRAWFIXED |
-                    CBS_AUTOHSCROLL | CBS_SORT | CBS_HASSTRINGS | WS_BORDER |
-                    WS_VSCROLL | WS_TABSTOP
-    DEFPUSHBUTTON   "OK",1,160,6,50,14,WS_GROUP
-    PUSHBUTTON      "Cancel",2,160,24,50,14,WS_GROUP
-    PUSHBUTTON      "&Help",psh15,160,42,50,14,WS_GROUP
-    CHECKBOX        "&Read only",chx1,160,66,50,12,WS_GROUP
-    PUSHBUTTON      "Net&work...",psh14,160,115,50,14,WS_GROUP
-
-    LTEXT           "a",stc3,9,143,114,15
-    EDITTEXT        edt1,7,158,135,20,NOT WS_TABSTOP
-    LISTBOX         lst1,8,205,134,42,LBS_NOINTEGRALHEIGHT
-    COMBOBOX        cmb1,8,253,135,21,CBS_DROPDOWNLIST | CBS_OWNERDRAWFIXED |
-                    CBS_AUTOHSCROLL | CBS_SORT | CBS_HASSTRINGS | WS_BORDER |
-                    WS_VSCROLL
-
-END
-
-
-//
-// Bitmaps
-//
-
-buttons			BITMAP  DISCARDABLE	"buttons.bmp"
-
-//
-// Cursors
-//
-
-X_cursor                CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor00.cur"
-arrow                   CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor02.cur"
-based_arrow_down        CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor04.cur"
-based_arrow_up          CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor06.cur"
-boat                    CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor08.cur"
-bogosity                CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor0a.cur"
-bottom_left_corner      CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor0c.cur"
-bottom_right_corner     CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor0e.cur"
-bottom_side             CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor10.cur"
-bottom_tee              CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor12.cur"
-box_spiral              CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor14.cur"
-center_ptr              CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor16.cur"
-circle                  CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor18.cur"
-clock                   CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor1a.cur"
-coffee_mug              CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor1c.cur"
-cross                   CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor1e.cur"
-cross_reverse           CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor20.cur"
-crosshair               CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor22.cur"
-diamond_cross           CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor24.cur"
-dot                     CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor26.cur"
-dotbox                  CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor28.cur"
-double_arrow            CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor2a.cur"
-draft_large             CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor2c.cur"
-draft_small             CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor2e.cur"
-draped_box              CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor30.cur"
-exchange                CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor32.cur"
-fleur                   CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor34.cur"
-gobbler                 CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor36.cur"
-gumby                   CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor38.cur"
-hand1                   CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor3a.cur"
-hand2                   CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor3c.cur"
-heart                   CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor3e.cur"
-icon                    CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor40.cur"
-iron_cross              CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor42.cur"
-left_ptr                CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor44.cur"
-left_side               CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor46.cur"
-left_tee                CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor48.cur"
-leftbutton              CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor4a.cur"
-ll_angle                CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor4c.cur"
-lr_angle                CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor4e.cur"
-man                     CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor50.cur"
-middlebutton            CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor52.cur"
-mouse                   CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor54.cur"
-pencil                  CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor56.cur"
-pirate                  CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor58.cur"
-plus                    CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor5a.cur"
-question_arrow          CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor5c.cur"
-right_ptr               CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor5e.cur"
-right_side              CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor60.cur"
-right_tee               CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor62.cur"
-rightbutton             CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor64.cur"
-rtl_logo                CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor66.cur"
-sailboat                CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor68.cur"
-sb_down_arrow           CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor6a.cur"
-sb_h_double_arrow       CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor6c.cur"
-sb_left_arrow           CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor6e.cur"
-sb_right_arrow          CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor70.cur"
-sb_up_arrow             CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor72.cur"
-sb_v_double_arrow       CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor74.cur"
-shuttle                 CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor76.cur"
-sizing                  CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor78.cur"
-spider                  CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor7a.cur"
-spraycan                CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor7c.cur"
-star                    CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor7e.cur"
-target                  CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor80.cur"
-tcross                  CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor82.cur"
-top_left_arrow          CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor84.cur"
-top_left_corner         CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor86.cur"
-top_right_corner        CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor88.cur"
-top_side                CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor8a.cur"
-top_tee                 CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor8c.cur"
-trek                    CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor8e.cur"
-ul_angle                CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor90.cur"
-umbrella                CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor92.cur"
-ur_angle                CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor94.cur"
-watch                   CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor96.cur"
-xterm                   CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor98.cur"
-none                    CURSOR  DISCARDABLE     "cursor9a.cur"
-
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/wish.ico b/tk8.6/win/rc/wish.ico
deleted file mode 100644
index 5801fb8..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/wish.ico
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rc/wish.rc b/tk8.6/win/rc/wish.rc
deleted file mode 100644
index 53e02fa..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rc/wish.rc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-//
-// Version Resource Script
-//
-
-#include <windows.h>
-#include <tk.h>
-
-//
-// build-up the name suffix that defines the type of build this is.
-//
-#if TCL_THREADS
-#define SUFFIX_THREADS	    "t"
-#else
-#define SUFFIX_THREADS	    ""
-#endif
-
-#if STATIC_BUILD
-#define SUFFIX_STATIC	    "s"
-#else
-#define SUFFIX_STATIC	    ""
-#endif
-
-#if DEBUG && !UNCHECKED
-#define SUFFIX_DEBUG	    "g"
-#else
-#define SUFFIX_DEBUG	    ""
-#endif
-
-#define SUFFIX		    SUFFIX_THREADS SUFFIX_STATIC SUFFIX_DEBUG
-
-
-VS_VERSION_INFO VERSIONINFO
- FILEVERSION    TK_MAJOR_VERSION,TK_MINOR_VERSION,TK_RELEASE_LEVEL,TK_RELEASE_SERIAL
- PRODUCTVERSION TK_MAJOR_VERSION,TK_MINOR_VERSION,TK_RELEASE_LEVEL,TK_RELEASE_SERIAL
- FILEFLAGSMASK	0x3fL
-#ifdef DEBUG
- FILEFLAGS	VS_FF_DEBUG
-#else
- FILEFLAGS	0x0L
-#endif
- FILEOS		VOS__WINDOWS32
- FILETYPE	VFT_APP
- FILESUBTYPE	0x0L
-BEGIN
-    BLOCK "StringFileInfo"
-    BEGIN
-        BLOCK "040904b0"
-        BEGIN
-            VALUE "FileDescription", "Wish Application\0"
-            VALUE "OriginalFilename", "wish" STRINGIFY(TK_MAJOR_VERSION) STRINGIFY(TK_MINOR_VERSION) SUFFIX ".exe\0"
-            VALUE "CompanyName", "ActiveState Corporation\0"
-            VALUE "FileVersion", TK_PATCH_LEVEL
-            VALUE "LegalCopyright", "Copyright \251 2000 by ActiveState Corporation, et al\0"
-            VALUE "ProductName", "Tk " TK_VERSION " for Windows\0"
-            VALUE "ProductVersion", TK_PATCH_LEVEL
-        END
-    END
-    BLOCK "VarFileInfo"
-    BEGIN
-        VALUE "Translation", 0x409, 1200
-    END
-END
-
-//
-// Icon
-//
-//   The icon whose name or resource ID is lexigraphically first, is used
-//   as the application's icon.
-//
-
-app                      ICON    DISCARDABLE     "wish.ico"
-
-#if STATIC_BUILD
-#include "tk_base.rc"
-#endif
-
-//
-// This enables themed scrollbars in XP by trying to use comctl32 v6.
-//
-
-#ifndef RT_MANIFEST
-#define RT_MANIFEST     24
-#endif
-#ifndef CREATEPROCESS_MANIFEST_RESOURCE_ID
-#define CREATEPROCESS_MANIFEST_RESOURCE_ID 1
-#endif
-CREATEPROCESS_MANIFEST_RESOURCE_ID RT_MANIFEST "wish.exe.manifest"
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rmd.bat b/tk8.6/win/rmd.bat
deleted file mode 100644
index 820b76f..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rmd.bat
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-@echo off

-

-if not exist %1\nul goto end

-

-echo Removing directory %1

-

-if "%OS%" == "Windows_NT" goto winnt

-

-deltree /y %1

-if errorlevel 1 goto end

-goto success

-

-:winnt

-rmdir /s /q %1

-if errorlevel 1 goto end

-

-:success

-echo Deleted directory %1

-

-:end

diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rules-ext.vc b/tk8.6/win/rules-ext.vc
deleted file mode 100644
index 58c70fa..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rules-ext.vc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
-# This file should only be included in makefiles for Tcl extensions,

-# NOT in the makefile for Tcl itself.

-

-!ifndef _RULES_EXT_VC

-

-# We need to run from the directory the parent makefile is located in.

-# nmake does not tell us what makefile was used to invoke it so parent

-# makefile has to set the MAKEFILEVC macro or we just make a guess and

-# warn if we think that is not the case.

-!if "$(MAKEFILEVC)" == ""

-

-!if exist("$(PROJECT).vc")

-MAKEFILEVC = $(PROJECT).vc

-!elseif exist("makefile.vc")

-MAKEFILEVC = makefile.vc

-!endif

-!endif # "$(MAKEFILEVC)" == ""

-

-!if !exist("$(MAKEFILEVC)")

-MSG = ^

-You must run nmake from the directory containing the project makefile.^

-If you are doing that and getting this message, set the MAKEFILEVC^

-macro to the name of the project makefile.

-!message WARNING: $(MSG)

-!endif

-

-!if "$(PROJECT)" == "tcl"

-!error The rules-ext.vc file is not intended for Tcl itself.

-!endif

-

-# We extract version numbers using the nmakehlp program. For now use

-# the local copy of nmakehlp. Once we locate Tcl, we will use that

-# one if it is newer.

-!if [$(CC) -nologo "nmakehlp.c" -link -subsystem:console > nul]

-!endif

-

-# First locate the Tcl directory that we are working with.

-!ifdef TCLDIR

-

-_RULESDIR = $(TCLDIR:/=\)

-

-!else

-

-# If an installation path is specified, that is also the Tcl directory.

-# Also Tk never builds against an installed Tcl, it needs Tcl sources

-!if defined(INSTALLDIR) && "$(PROJECT)" != "tk"

-_RULESDIR=$(INSTALLDIR:/=\)

-!else

-# Locate Tcl sources

-!if [echo _RULESDIR = \> nmakehlp.out] \

-   || [nmakehlp -L generic\tcl.h >> nmakehlp.out]

-_RULESDIR = ..\..\tcl

-!else

-!include nmakehlp.out

-!endif

-

-!endif # defined(INSTALLDIR)....

-

-!endif # ifndef TCLDIR

-

-# Now look for the targets.vc file under the Tcl root. Note we check this

-# file and not rules.vc because the latter also exists on older systems.

-!if exist("$(_RULESDIR)\lib\nmake\targets.vc") # Building against installed Tcl

-_RULESDIR = $(_RULESDIR)\lib\nmake

-!elseif exist("$(_RULESDIR)\win\targets.vc")   # Building against Tcl sources

-_RULESDIR = $(_RULESDIR)\win

-!else

-# If we have not located Tcl's targets file, most likely we are compiling

-# against an older version of Tcl and so must use our own support files.

-_RULESDIR = .

-!endif

-

-!if "$(_RULESDIR)" != "."

-# Potentially using Tcl's support files. If this extension has its own

-# nmake support files, need to compare the versions and pick newer.

-

-!if exist("rules.vc") # The extension has its own copy

-

-!if [echo TCL_RULES_MAJOR = \> versions.vc] \

-   && [nmakehlp -V "$(_RULESDIR)\rules.vc" RULES_VERSION_MAJOR >> versions.vc]

-!endif

-!if [echo TCL_RULES_MINOR = \>> versions.vc] \

-   && [nmakehlp -V "$(_RULESDIR)\rules.vc" RULES_VERSION_MINOR >> versions.vc]

-!endif

-

-!if [echo OUR_RULES_MAJOR = \>> versions.vc] \

-   && [nmakehlp -V "rules.vc" RULES_VERSION_MAJOR >> versions.vc]

-!endif

-!if [echo OUR_RULES_MINOR = \>> versions.vc] \

-   && [nmakehlp -V "rules.vc" RULES_VERSION_MINOR >> versions.vc]

-!endif

-!include versions.vc

-# We have a newer version of the support files, use them

-!if ($(TCL_RULES_MAJOR) != $(OUR_RULES_MAJOR)) || ($(TCL_RULES_MINOR) < $(OUR_RULES_MINOR))

-_RULESDIR = .

-!endif

-

-!endif # if exist("rules.vc")

-

-!endif # if $(_RULESDIR) != "."

-

-# Let rules.vc know what copy of nmakehlp.c to use.

-NMAKEHLPC = $(_RULESDIR)\nmakehlp.c

-

-# Get rid of our internal defines before calling rules.vc

-!undef TCL_RULES_MAJOR

-!undef TCL_RULES_MINOR

-!undef OUR_RULES_MAJOR

-!undef OUR_RULES_MINOR

-

-!if exist("$(_RULESDIR)\rules.vc")

-!message *** Using $(_RULESDIR)\rules.vc

-!include "$(_RULESDIR)\rules.vc"

-!else

-!error *** Could not locate rules.vc in $(_RULESDIR)

-!endif

-

-!endif # _RULES_EXT_VC
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/rules.vc b/tk8.6/win/rules.vc
deleted file mode 100644
index 543e959..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/rules.vc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1752 +0,0 @@
-#------------------------------------------------------------- -*- makefile -*-

-# rules.vc --

-#

-# Part of the nmake based build system for Tcl and its extensions.

-# This file does all the hard work in terms of parsing build options,

-# compiler switches, defining common targets and macros. The Tcl makefile

-# directly includes this. Extensions include it via "rules-ext.vc".

-#

-# See TIP 477 (https://core.tcl.tk/tips/doc/trunk/tip/477.md) for

-# detailed documentation.

-#

-# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution

-# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.

-#

-# Copyright (c) 2001-2003 David Gravereaux.

-# Copyright (c) 2003-2008 Patrick Thoyts

-# Copyright (c) 2017      Ashok P. Nadkarni

-#------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-!ifndef _RULES_VC

-_RULES_VC = 1

-

-# The following macros define the version of the rules.vc nmake build system

-# For modifications that are not backward-compatible, you *must* change

-# the major version.

-RULES_VERSION_MAJOR = 1

-RULES_VERSION_MINOR = 1

-

-# The PROJECT macro must be defined by parent makefile.

-!if "$(PROJECT)" == ""

-!error *** Error: Macro PROJECT not defined! Please define it before including rules.vc

-!endif

-

-!if "$(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME)" == ""

-PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME = $(PROJECT)

-!endif

-

-# Also special case Tcl and Tk to save some typing later

-DOING_TCL = 0

-DOING_TK  = 0

-!if "$(PROJECT)" == "tcl"

-DOING_TCL = 1

-!elseif "$(PROJECT)" == "tk"

-DOING_TK = 1

-!endif

-

-!ifndef NEED_TK

-# Backwards compatibility

-!ifdef PROJECT_REQUIRES_TK

-NEED_TK = $(PROJECT_REQUIRES_TK)

-!else

-NEED_TK = 0

-!endif

-!endif

-

-!ifndef NEED_TCL_SOURCE

-NEED_TCL_SOURCE = 0

-!endif

-

-!ifdef NEED_TK_SOURCE

-!if $(NEED_TK_SOURCE)

-NEED_TK = 1

-!endif

-!else

-NEED_TK_SOURCE = 0

-!endif

-

-################################################################

-# Nmake is a pretty weak environment in syntax and capabilities

-# so this file is necessarily verbose. It's broken down into

-# the following parts.

-#

-# 0. Sanity check that compiler environment is set up and initialize

-#    any built-in settings from the parent makefile

-# 1. First define the external tools used for compiling, copying etc.

-#    as this is independent of everything else.

-# 2. Figure out our build structure in terms of the directory, whether

-#    we are building Tcl or an extension, etc.

-# 3. Determine the compiler and linker versions

-# 4. Build the nmakehlp helper application

-# 5. Determine the supported compiler options and features

-# 6. Parse the OPTS macro value for user-specified build configuration

-# 7. Parse the STATS macro value for statistics instrumentation

-# 8. Parse the CHECKS macro for additional compilation checks

-# 9. Extract Tcl, and possibly Tk, version numbers from the headers

-# 10. Based on this selected configuration, construct the output

-#     directory and file paths

-# 11. Construct the paths where the package is to be installed

-# 12. Set up the actual options passed to compiler and linker based

-#     on the information gathered above.

-# 13. Define some standard build targets and implicit rules. These may

-#     be optionally disabled by the parent makefile.

-# 14. (For extensions only.) Compare the configuration of the target

-#     Tcl and the extensions and warn against discrepancies.

-#

-# One final note about the macro names used. They are as they are

-# for historical reasons. We would like legacy extensions to

-# continue to work with this make include file so be wary of

-# changing them for consistency or clarity.

-

-# 0. Sanity check compiler environment

-

-# Check to see we are configured to build with MSVC (MSDEVDIR, MSVCDIR or

-# VCINSTALLDIR) or with the MS Platform SDK (MSSDK or WindowsSDKDir)

-

-!if !defined(MSDEVDIR) && !defined(MSVCDIR) && !defined(VCINSTALLDIR) && !defined(MSSDK) && !defined(WINDOWSSDKDIR)

-MSG = ^

-Visual C++ compiler environment not initialized.

-!error $(MSG)

-!endif

-

-# We need to run from the directory the parent makefile is located in.

-# nmake does not tell us what makefile was used to invoke it so parent

-# makefile has to set the MAKEFILEVC macro or we just make a guess and

-# warn if we think that is not the case.

-!if "$(MAKEFILEVC)" == ""

-

-!if exist("$(PROJECT).vc")

-MAKEFILEVC = $(PROJECT).vc

-!elseif exist("makefile.vc")

-MAKEFILEVC = makefile.vc

-!endif

-!endif # "$(MAKEFILEVC)" == ""

-

-!if !exist("$(MAKEFILEVC)")

-MSG = ^

-You must run nmake from the directory containing the project makefile.^

-If you are doing that and getting this message, set the MAKEFILEVC^

-macro to the name of the project makefile.

-!message WARNING: $(MSG)

-!endif

-

-

-################################################################

-# 1. Define external programs being used

-

-#----------------------------------------------------------

-# Set the proper copy method to avoid overwrite questions

-# to the user when copying files and selecting the right

-# "delete all" method.

-#----------------------------------------------------------

-

-RMDIR	= rmdir /S /Q

-CPY	= xcopy /i /y >NUL

-CPYDIR  = xcopy /e /i /y >NUL

-COPY	= copy /y >NUL

-MKDIR   = mkdir

-

-######################################################################

-# 2. Figure out our build environment in terms of what we're building.

-#

-# (a) Tcl itself

-# (b) Tk

-# (c) a Tcl extension using libraries/includes from an *installed* Tcl

-# (d) a Tcl extension using libraries/includes from Tcl source directory

-#

-# This last is needed because some extensions still need

-# some Tcl interfaces that are not publicly exposed.

-#

-# The fragment will set the following macros:

-# ROOT - root of this module sources

-# COMPATDIR - source directory that holds compatibility sources

-# DOCDIR - source directory containing documentation files

-# GENERICDIR - platform-independent source directory

-# WINDIR - Windows-specific source directory

-# TESTDIR - directory containing test files

-# TOOLSDIR - directory containing build tools

-# _TCLDIR - root of the Tcl installation OR the Tcl sources. Not set

-#    when building Tcl itself.

-# _INSTALLDIR - native form of the installation path. For Tcl

-#    this will be the root of the Tcl installation. For extensions

-#    this will be the lib directory under the root.

-# TCLINSTALL  - set to 1 if _TCLDIR refers to

-#    headers and libraries from an installed Tcl, and 0 if built against

-#    Tcl sources. Not set when building Tcl itself. Yes, not very well

-#    named.

-# _TCL_H - native path to the tcl.h file

-#

-# If Tk is involved, also sets the following

-# _TKDIR - native form Tk installation OR Tk source. Not set if building

-#    Tk itself.

-# TKINSTALL - set 1 if _TKDIR refers to installed Tk and 0 if Tk sources

-# _TK_H - native path to the tk.h file

-

-# Root directory for sources and assumed subdirectories

-ROOT = $(MAKEDIR)\..

-# The following paths CANNOT have spaces in them as they appear on the

-# left side of implicit rules.

-!ifndef COMPATDIR

-COMPATDIR	= $(ROOT)\compat

-!endif

-!ifndef DOCDIR

-DOCDIR		= $(ROOT)\doc

-!endif

-!ifndef GENERICDIR

-GENERICDIR	= $(ROOT)\generic

-!endif

-!ifndef TOOLSDIR

-TOOLSDIR	= $(ROOT)\tools

-!endif

-!ifndef TESTDIR

-TESTDIR	= $(ROOT)\tests

-!endif

-!ifndef LIBDIR

-!if exist("$(ROOT)\library")

-LIBDIR          = $(ROOT)\library

-!else

-LIBDIR          = $(ROOT)\lib

-!endif

-!endif

-!ifndef DEMODIR

-!if exist("$(LIBDIR)\demos")

-DEMODIR		= $(LIBDIR)\demos

-!else

-DEMODIR		= $(ROOT)\demos

-!endif

-!endif # ifndef DEMODIR

-# Do NOT enclose WINDIR in a !ifndef because Windows always defines

-# WINDIR env var to point to c:\windows!

-# TBD - This is a potentially dangerous conflict, rename WINDIR to

-# something else

-WINDIR		= $(ROOT)\win

-

-!ifndef RCDIR

-!if exist("$(WINDIR)\rc")

-RCDIR           = $(WINDIR)\rc

-!else

-RCDIR           = $(WINDIR)

-!endif

-!endif

-RCDIR = $(RCDIR:/=\)

-

-# The target directory where the built packages and binaries will be installed.

-# INSTALLDIR is the (optional) path specified by the user.

-# _INSTALLDIR is INSTALLDIR using the backslash separator syntax

-!ifdef INSTALLDIR

-### Fix the path separators.

-_INSTALLDIR	= $(INSTALLDIR:/=\)

-!else

-### Assume the normal default.

-_INSTALLDIR	= $(HOMEDRIVE)\Tcl

-!endif

-

-!if $(DOING_TCL)

-

-# BEGIN Case 2(a) - Building Tcl itself

-

-# Only need to define _TCL_H

-_TCL_H = ..\generic\tcl.h

-

-# END Case 2(a) - Building Tcl itself

-

-!elseif $(DOING_TK)

-

-# BEGIN Case 2(b) - Building Tk

-

-TCLINSTALL = 0 # Tk always builds against Tcl source, not an installed Tcl

-!if "$(TCLDIR)" == ""

-!if [echo TCLDIR = \> nmakehlp.out] \

-   || [nmakehlp -L generic\tcl.h >> nmakehlp.out]

-!error *** Could not locate Tcl source directory.

-!endif

-!include nmakehlp.out

-!endif # TCLDIR == ""

-

-_TCLDIR	= $(TCLDIR:/=\)

-_TCL_H  = $(_TCLDIR)\generic\tcl.h

-!if !exist("$(_TCL_H)")

-!error Could not locate tcl.h. Please set the TCLDIR macro to point to the Tcl *source* directory.

-!endif

-

-_TK_H = ..\generic\tk.h

-

-# END Case 2(b) - Building Tk

-

-!else

-

-# BEGIN Case 2(c) or (d) - Building an extension other than Tk

-

-# If command line has specified Tcl location through TCLDIR, use it

-# else default to the INSTALLDIR setting

-!if "$(TCLDIR)" != ""

-

-_TCLDIR	= $(TCLDIR:/=\)

-!if exist("$(_TCLDIR)\include\tcl.h") # Case 2(c) with TCLDIR defined

-TCLINSTALL	= 1

-_TCL_H          = $(_TCLDIR)\include\tcl.h

-!elseif exist("$(_TCLDIR)\generic\tcl.h") # Case 2(d) with TCLDIR defined

-TCLINSTALL	= 0

-_TCL_H          = $(_TCLDIR)\generic\tcl.h

-!endif

-

-!else  #  # Case 2(c) for extensions with TCLDIR undefined

-

-# Need to locate Tcl depending on whether it needs Tcl source or not.

-# If we don't, check the INSTALLDIR for an installed Tcl first

-

-!if exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\include\tcl.h") && !$(NEED_TCL_SOURCE)

-

-TCLINSTALL	= 1

-TCLDIR          = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..

-# NOTE: we will be resetting _INSTALLDIR to _INSTALLDIR/lib for extensions

-# later so the \.. accounts for the /lib

-_TCLDIR		= $(_INSTALLDIR)\..

-_TCL_H          = $(_TCLDIR)\include\tcl.h

-

-!else # exist(...) && ! $(NEED_TCL_SOURCE)

-

-!if [echo _TCLDIR = \> nmakehlp.out] \

-   || [nmakehlp -L generic\tcl.h >> nmakehlp.out]

-!error *** Could not locate Tcl source directory.

-!endif

-!include nmakehlp.out

-TCLINSTALL      = 0

-TCLDIR         = $(_TCLDIR)

-_TCL_H          = $(_TCLDIR)\generic\tcl.h

-

-!endif # exist(...) && ! $(NEED_TCL_SOURCE)

-

-!endif # TCLDIR

-

-!ifndef _TCL_H

-MSG =^

-Failed to find tcl.h. The TCLDIR macro is set incorrectly or is not set and default path does not contain tcl.h.

-!error $(MSG)

-!endif

-

-# Now do the same to locate Tk headers and libs if project requires Tk

-!if $(NEED_TK)

-

-!if "$(TKDIR)" != ""

-

-_TKDIR = $(TKDIR:/=\)

-!if exist("$(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h")

-TKINSTALL      = 1

-_TK_H          = $(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h

-!elseif exist("$(_TKDIR)\generic\tk.h")

-TKINSTALL      = 0

-_TK_H          = $(_TKDIR)\generic\tk.h

-!endif

-

-!else # TKDIR not defined

-

-# Need to locate Tcl depending on whether it needs Tcl source or not.

-# If we don't, check the INSTALLDIR for an installed Tcl first

-

-!if exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\include\tk.h") && !$(NEED_TK_SOURCE)

-

-TKINSTALL      = 1

-# NOTE: we will be resetting _INSTALLDIR to _INSTALLDIR/lib for extensions

-# later so the \.. accounts for the /lib

-_TKDIR         = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..

-_TK_H          = $(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h

-TKDIR          = $(_TKDIR)

-

-!else # exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\include\tk.h") && !$(NEED_TK_SOURCE)

-

-!if [echo _TKDIR = \> nmakehlp.out] \

-   || [nmakehlp -L generic\tk.h >> nmakehlp.out]

-!error *** Could not locate Tk source directory.

-!endif

-!include nmakehlp.out

-TKINSTALL      = 0

-TKDIR          = $(_TKDIR)

-_TK_H          = $(_TKDIR)\generic\tk.h

-

-!endif # exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\include\tk.h") && !$(NEED_TK_SOURCE)

-

-!endif # TKDIR

-

-!ifndef _TK_H

-MSG =^

-Failed to find tk.h. The TKDIR macro is set incorrectly or is not set and default path does not contain tk.h.

-!error $(MSG)

-!endif

-

-!endif # NEED_TK

-

-!if $(NEED_TCL_SOURCE) && $(TCLINSTALL)

-MSG = ^

-*** Warning: This extension requires the source distribution of Tcl.^

-*** Please set the TCLDIR macro to point to the Tcl sources.

-!error $(MSG)

-!endif

-

-!if $(NEED_TK_SOURCE)

-!if $(TKINSTALL)

-MSG = ^

-*** Warning: This extension requires the source distribution of Tk.^

-*** Please set the TKDIR macro to point to the Tk sources.

-!error $(MSG)

-!endif

-!endif

-

-

-# If INSTALLDIR set to tcl installation root dir then reset to the

-# lib dir for installing extensions 

-!if exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\include\tcl.h")

-_INSTALLDIR=$(_INSTALLDIR)\lib

-!endif

-

-# END Case 2(c) or (d) - Building an extension

-!endif # if $(DOING_TCL)

-

-################################################################

-# 3. Determine compiler version and architecture

-# In this section, we figure out the compiler version and the

-# architecture for which we are building. This sets the

-# following macros:

-# VCVERSION - the internal compiler version as 1200, 1400, 1910 etc.

-#     This is also printed by the compiler in dotted form 19.10 etc.

-# VCVER - the "marketing version", for example Visual C++ 6 for internal

-#     compiler version 1200. This is kept only for legacy reasons as it

-#     does not make sense for recent Microsoft compilers. Only used for

-#     output directory names.

-# ARCH - set to IX86 or AMD64 depending on 32- or 64-bit target

-# NATIVE_ARCH - set to IX86 or AMD64 for the host machine

-# MACHINE - same as $(ARCH) - legacy

-# _VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_{DLL,EXE} - commands for embedding a manifest if needed

-# CFG_ENCODING - set to an character encoding.

-#   TBD - this is passed to compiler as TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING but can't

-#   see where it is used

-

-cc32		= $(CC)   # built-in default.

-link32		= link

-lib32		= lib

-rc32		= $(RC)   # built-in default.

-

-#----------------------------------------------------------------

-# Figure out the compiler architecture and version by writing

-# the C macros to a file, preprocessing them with the C

-# preprocessor and reading back the created file

-

-_HASH=^#

-_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE=

-_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL=

-VCVER=0

-!if ![echo VCVERSION=_MSC_VER > vercl.x] \

-    && ![echo $(_HASH)if defined(_M_IX86) >> vercl.x] \

-    && ![echo ARCH=IX86 >> vercl.x] \

-    && ![echo $(_HASH)elif defined(_M_AMD64) >> vercl.x] \

-    && ![echo ARCH=AMD64 >> vercl.x] \

-    && ![echo $(_HASH)endif >> vercl.x] \

-    && ![$(cc32) -nologo -TC -P vercl.x 2>NUL]

-!include vercl.i

-!if $(VCVERSION) < 1900

-!if ![echo VCVER= ^\> vercl.vc] \

-    && ![set /a $(VCVERSION) / 100 - 6 >> vercl.vc]

-!include vercl.vc

-!endif

-!else

-# The simple calculation above does not apply to new Visual Studio releases

-# Keep the compiler version in its native form.

-VCVER = $(VCVERSION)

-!endif

-!endif

-

-!if ![del 2>NUL /q/f vercl.x vercl.i vercl.vc]

-!endif

-

-#----------------------------------------------------------------

-# The MACHINE macro is used by legacy makefiles so set it as well

-!ifdef MACHINE

-!if "$(MACHINE)" == "x86"

-!undef MACHINE

-MACHINE = IX86

-!elseif "$(MACHINE)" == "x64"

-!undef MACHINE

-MACHINE = AMD64

-!endif

-!if "$(MACHINE)" != "$(ARCH)"

-!error Specified MACHINE macro $(MACHINE) does not match detected target architecture $(ARCH).

-!endif

-!else

-MACHINE=$(ARCH)

-!endif

-

-#------------------------------------------------------------

-# Figure out the *host* architecture by reading the registry

-

-!if ![reg query HKLM\Hardware\Description\System\CentralProcessor\0 /v Identifier | findstr /i x86]

-NATIVE_ARCH=IX86

-!else

-NATIVE_ARCH=AMD64

-!endif

-

-# Since MSVC8 we must deal with manifest resources.

-!if $(VCVERSION) >= 1400

-_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE=if exist $@.manifest mt -nologo -manifest $@.manifest -outputresource:$@;1

-_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL=if exist $@.manifest mt -nologo -manifest $@.manifest -outputresource:$@;2

-!endif

-

-!ifndef CFG_ENCODING

-CFG_ENCODING	= \"cp1252\"

-!endif

-

-################################################################

-# 4. Build the nmakehlp program

-# This is a helper app we need to overcome nmake's limiting

-# environment. We will call out to it to get various bits of

-# information about supported compiler options etc.

-#

-# Tcl itself will always use the nmakehlp.c program which is

-# in its own source. This is the "master" copy and kept updated.

-#

-# Extensions built against an installed Tcl will use the installed

-# copy of Tcl's nmakehlp.c if there is one and their own version

-# otherwise. In the latter case, they would also be using their own

-# rules.vc. Note that older versions of Tcl do not install nmakehlp.c

-# or rules.vc.

-#

-# Extensions built against Tcl sources will use the one from the Tcl source.

-#

-# When building an extension using a sufficiently new version of Tcl,

-# rules-ext.vc will define NMAKEHLPC appropriately to point to the

-# copy of nmakehlp.c to be used.

-

-!ifndef NMAKEHLPC

-# Default to the one in the current directory (the extension's own nmakehlp.c)

-NMAKEHLPC = nmakehlp.c

-

-!if !$(DOING_TCL)

-!if $(TCLINSTALL)

-!if exist("$(_TCLDIR)\lib\nmake\nmakehlp.c")

-NMAKEHLPC = $(_TCLDIR)\lib\nmake\nmakehlp.c

-!endif

-!else # ! $(TCLINSTALL)

-!if exist("$(_TCLDIR)\win\nmakehlp.c")

-NMAKEHLPC = $(_TCLDIR)\win\nmakehlp.c

-!endif

-!endif # $(TCLINSTALL)

-!endif # !$(DOING_TCL)

-

-!endif # NMAKEHLPC

-

-# We always build nmakehlp even if it exists since we do not know

-# what source it was built from.

-!if [$(cc32) -nologo "$(NMAKEHLPC)" -link -subsystem:console > nul]

-!endif

-

-################################################################

-# 5. Test for compiler features

-# Visual C++ compiler options have changed over the years. Check

-# which options are supported by the compiler in use.

-#

-# The following macros are set:

-# OPTIMIZATIONS - the compiler flags to be used for optimized builds

-# DEBUGFLAGS - the compiler flags to be used for debug builds

-# LINKERFLAGS - Flags passed to the linker 

-#

-# Note that these are the compiler settings *available*, not those

-# that will be *used*. The latter depends on the OPTS macro settings

-# which we have not yet parsed.

-#

-# Also note that some of the flags in OPTIMIZATIONS are not really

-# related to optimization. They are placed there only for legacy reasons

-# as some extensions expect them to be included in that macro.

-

-# -Op improves float consistency. Note only needed for older compilers

-# Newer compilers do not need or support this option.

-!if [nmakehlp -c -Op]

-FPOPTS  = -Op

-!endif

-

-# Strict floating point semantics - present in newer compilers in lieu of -Op

-!if [nmakehlp -c -fp:strict]

-FPOPTS  = $(FPOPTS) -fp:strict

-!endif

-

-!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IX86"

-### test for pentium errata

-!if [nmakehlp -c -QI0f]

-!message *** Compiler has 'Pentium 0x0f fix'

-FPOPTS  = $(FPOPTS) -QI0f

-!else

-!message *** Compiler does not have 'Pentium 0x0f fix'

-!endif

-!endif

-

-### test for optimizations

-# /O2 optimization includes /Og /Oi /Ot /Oy /Ob2 /Gs /GF /Gy as per

-# documentation. Note we do NOT want /Gs as that inserts a _chkstk

-# stack probe at *every* function entry, not just those with more than

-# a page of stack allocation resulting in a performance hit.  However,

-# /O2 documentation is misleading as its stack probes are simply the

-# default page size locals allocation probes and not what is implied

-# by an explicit /Gs option.

-

-OPTIMIZATIONS = $(FPOPTS)

-

-!if [nmakehlp -c -O2]

-OPTIMIZING = 1

-OPTIMIZATIONS   = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -O2

-!else

-# Legacy, really. All modern compilers support this

-!message *** Compiler does not have 'Optimizations'

-OPTIMIZING = 0

-!endif

-

-# Checks for buffer overflows in local arrays

-!if [nmakehlp -c -GS]

-OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -GS

-!endif

-

-# Link time optimization. Note that this option (potentially) makes

-# generated libraries only usable by the specific VC++ version that

-# created it. Requires /LTCG linker option

-!if [nmakehlp -c -GL]

-OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -GL

-CC_GL_OPT_ENABLED = 1

-!else

-# In newer compilers -GL and -YX are incompatible.

-!if [nmakehlp -c -YX]

-OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -YX

-!endif

-!endif # [nmakehlp -c -GL]

-

-DEBUGFLAGS     = $(FPOPTS)

-

-# Run time error checks. Not available or valid in a release, non-debug build

-# RTC is for modern compilers, -GZ is legacy

-!if [nmakehlp -c -RTC1]

-DEBUGFLAGS     = $(DEBUGFLAGS) -RTC1

-!elseif [nmakehlp -c -GZ]

-DEBUGFLAGS     = $(DEBUGFLAGS) -GZ

-!endif

-

-#----------------------------------------------------------------

-# Linker flags

-

-# LINKER_TESTFLAGS are for internal use when we call nmakehlp to test

-# if the linker supports a specific option. Without these flags link will

-# return "LNK1561: entry point must be defined" error compiling from VS-IDE:

-# They are not passed through to the actual application / extension

-# link rules.

-!ifndef LINKER_TESTFLAGS

-LINKER_TESTFLAGS = /DLL /NOENTRY /OUT:nmakehlp.out

-!endif

-

-LINKERFLAGS     =

-

-# If compiler has enabled link time optimization, linker must too with -ltcg

-!ifdef CC_GL_OPT_ENABLED

-!if [nmakehlp -l -ltcg $(LINKER_TESTFLAGS)]

-LINKERFLAGS     = $(LINKERFLAGS) -ltcg

-!endif

-!endif

-

-########################################################################

-# 6. Parse the OPTS macro to work out the requested build configuration.

-# Based on this, we will construct the actual switches to be passed to the

-# compiler and linker using the macros defined in the previous section.

-# The following macros are defined by this section based on OPTS

-# STATIC_BUILD - 0 -> Tcl is to be built as a shared library

-#                1 -> build as a static library and shell

-# TCL_THREADS - legacy but always 1 on Windows since winsock requires it.

-# DEBUG - 1 -> debug build, 0 -> release builds

-# SYMBOLS - 1 -> generate PDB's, 0 -> no PDB's

-# PROFILE - 1 -> generate profiling info, 0 -> no profiling

-# PGO     - 1 -> profile based optimization, 0 -> no

-# MSVCRT  - 1 -> link to dynamic C runtime even when building static Tcl build

-#           0 -> link to static C runtime for static Tcl build.

-#           Does not impact shared Tcl builds (STATIC_BUILD == 0)

-# TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES - 1 -> statically link the registry and dde extensions

-#           in the Tcl shell. 0 -> keep them as shared libraries

-#           Does not impact shared Tcl builds.

-# USE_THREAD_ALLOC - 1 -> Use a shared global free pool for allocation.

-#           0 -> Use the non-thread allocator.

-# UNCHECKED - 1 -> when doing a debug build with symbols, use the release

-#           C runtime, 0 -> use the debug C runtime.

-# USE_STUBS - 1 -> compile to use stubs interfaces, 0 -> direct linking

-# CONFIG_CHECK - 1 -> check current build configuration against Tcl

-#           configuration (ignored for Tcl itself)

-# Further, LINKERFLAGS are modified based on above.

-

-# Default values for all the above

-STATIC_BUILD	= 0

-TCL_THREADS	= 1

-DEBUG		= 0

-SYMBOLS		= 0

-PROFILE		= 0

-PGO		= 0

-MSVCRT		= 1

-TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES	= 0

-USE_THREAD_ALLOC = 1

-UNCHECKED	= 0

-CONFIG_CHECK    = 1

-!if $(DOING_TCL)

-USE_STUBS       = 0

-!else

-USE_STUBS       = 1

-!endif

-

-# If OPTS is not empty AND does not contain "none" which turns off all OPTS

-# set the above macros based on OPTS content

-!if "$(OPTS)" != "" && ![nmakehlp -f "$(OPTS)" "none"]

-

-# OPTS are specified, parse them

-

-!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "static"]

-!message *** Doing static

-STATIC_BUILD	= 1

-!endif

-

-!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "nostubs"]

-!message *** Not using stubs

-USE_STUBS	= 0

-!endif

-

-!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "nomsvcrt"]

-!message *** Doing nomsvcrt

-MSVCRT		= 0

-!else

-!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "msvcrt"]

-!message *** Doing msvcrt

-MSVCRT		= 1

-!else

-!if !$(STATIC_BUILD)

-MSVCRT		= 1

-!else

-MSVCRT		= 0

-!endif

-!endif

-!endif # [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "nomsvcrt"]

-

-!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "staticpkg"] && $(STATIC_BUILD)

-!message *** Doing staticpkg

-TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES	= 1

-!else

-TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES	= 0

-!endif

-

-!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "nothreads"]

-!message *** Compile explicitly for non-threaded tcl

-TCL_THREADS	= 0

-USE_THREAD_ALLOC= 0

-!else

-TCL_THREADS	= 1

-USE_THREAD_ALLOC= 1

-!endif

-

-!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "symbols"]

-!message *** Doing symbols

-DEBUG		= 1

-!else

-DEBUG		= 0

-!endif

-

-!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "pdbs"]

-!message *** Doing pdbs

-SYMBOLS		= 1

-!else

-SYMBOLS		= 0

-!endif

-

-!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "profile"]

-!message *** Doing profile

-PROFILE		= 1

-!else

-PROFILE		= 0

-!endif

-

-!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "pgi"]

-!message *** Doing profile guided optimization instrumentation

-PGO		= 1

-!elseif [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "pgo"]

-!message *** Doing profile guided optimization

-PGO		= 2

-!else

-PGO		= 0

-!endif

-

-!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "loimpact"]

-!message *** Warning: ignoring option "loimpact" - deprecated on modern Windows.

-!endif

-

-# TBD - should get rid of this option

-!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "thrdalloc"]

-!message *** Doing thrdalloc

-USE_THREAD_ALLOC = 1

-!endif

-

-!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "tclalloc"]

-USE_THREAD_ALLOC = 0

-!endif

-

-!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "unchecked"]

-!message *** Doing unchecked

-UNCHECKED = 1

-!else

-UNCHECKED = 0

-!endif

-

-!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "noconfigcheck"]

-CONFIG_CHECK = 1

-!else

-CONFIG_CHECK = 0

-!endif

-

-!endif # "$(OPTS)" != ""  && ... parsing of OPTS

-

-# Set linker flags based on above

-

-!if $(PGO) > 1

-!if [nmakehlp -l -ltcg:pgoptimize $(LINKER_TESTFLAGS)]

-LINKERFLAGS	= $(LINKERFLAGS:-ltcg=) -ltcg:pgoptimize

-!else

-MSG=^

-This compiler does not support profile guided optimization.

-!error $(MSG)

-!endif

-!elseif $(PGO) > 0

-!if [nmakehlp -l -ltcg:pginstrument $(LINKER_TESTFLAGS)]

-LINKERFLAGS	= $(LINKERFLAGS:-ltcg=) -ltcg:pginstrument

-!else

-MSG=^

-This compiler does not support profile guided optimization.

-!error $(MSG)

-!endif

-!endif

-

-################################################################

-# 7. Parse the STATS macro to configure code instrumentation

-# The following macros are set by this section:

-# TCL_MEM_DEBUG - 1 -> enables memory allocation instrumentation

-#                 0 -> disables

-# TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG - 1 -> enables byte compiler logging

-#                     0 -> disables

-

-# Default both are off

-TCL_MEM_DEBUG	    = 0

-TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG   = 0

-

-!if "$(STATS)" != "" && ![nmakehlp -f "$(STATS)" "none"]

-

-!if [nmakehlp -f $(STATS) "memdbg"]

-!message *** Doing memdbg

-TCL_MEM_DEBUG	    = 1

-!else

-TCL_MEM_DEBUG	    = 0

-!endif

-

-!if [nmakehlp -f $(STATS) "compdbg"]

-!message *** Doing compdbg

-TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG   = 1

-!else

-TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG   = 0

-!endif

-

-!endif

-

-####################################################################

-# 8. Parse the CHECKS macro to configure additional compiler checks

-# The following macros are set by this section:

-# WARNINGS - compiler switches that control the warnings level

-# TCL_NO_DEPRECATED - 1 -> disable support for deprecated functions

-#                     0 -> enable deprecated functions

-

-# Defaults - Permit deprecated functions and warning level 3

-TCL_NO_DEPRECATED	    = 0

-WARNINGS		    = -W3

-

-!if "$(CHECKS)" != "" && ![nmakehlp -f "$(CHECKS)" "none"]

-

-!if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "nodep"]

-!message *** Doing nodep check

-TCL_NO_DEPRECATED	    = 1

-!endif

-

-!if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "fullwarn"]

-!message *** Doing full warnings check

-WARNINGS		    = -W4

-!if [nmakehlp -l -warn:3 $(LINKER_TESTFLAGS)]

-LINKERFLAGS		    = $(LINKERFLAGS) -warn:3

-!endif

-!endif

-

-!if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "64bit"] && [nmakehlp -c -Wp64]

-!message *** Doing 64bit portability warnings

-WARNINGS		    = $(WARNINGS) -Wp64

-!endif

-

-!endif

-

-################################################################

-# 9. Extract various version numbers

-# For Tcl and Tk, version numbers are extracted from tcl.h and tk.h

-# respectively. For extensions, versions are extracted from the

-# configure.in or configure.ac from the TEA configuration if it

-# exists, and unset otherwise.

-# Sets the following macros:

-# TCL_MAJOR_VERSION

-# TCL_MINOR_VERSION

-# TCL_PATCH_LEVEL

-# TCL_VERSION

-# TK_MAJOR_VERSION

-# TK_MINOR_VERSION

-# TK_PATCH_LEVEL

-# TK_VERSION

-# DOTVERSION - set as (for example) 2.5

-# VERSION - set as (for example 25)

-#--------------------------------------------------------------

-

-!if [echo REM = This file is generated from rules.vc > versions.vc]

-!endif

-!if [echo TCL_MAJOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \

-   && [nmakehlp -V "$(_TCL_H)" TCL_MAJOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]

-!endif

-!if [echo TCL_MINOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \

-   && [nmakehlp -V "$(_TCL_H)" TCL_MINOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]

-!endif

-!if [echo TCL_PATCH_LEVEL = \>> versions.vc] \

-   && [nmakehlp -V "$(_TCL_H)" TCL_PATCH_LEVEL >> versions.vc]

-!endif

-

-!if defined(_TK_H)

-!if [echo TK_MAJOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \

-   && [nmakehlp -V $(_TK_H) TK_MAJOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]

-!endif

-!if [echo TK_MINOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \

-   && [nmakehlp -V $(_TK_H) TK_MINOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]

-!endif

-!if [echo TK_PATCH_LEVEL = \>> versions.vc] \

-   && [nmakehlp -V $(_TK_H) TK_PATCH_LEVEL >> versions.vc]

-!endif

-!endif # _TK_H

-

-!include versions.vc

-

-TCL_VERSION	= $(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION)$(TCL_MINOR_VERSION)

-TCL_DOTVERSION	= $(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION).$(TCL_MINOR_VERSION)

-!if defined(_TK_H)

-TK_VERSION	= $(TK_MAJOR_VERSION)$(TK_MINOR_VERSION)

-TK_DOTVERSION	= $(TK_MAJOR_VERSION).$(TK_MINOR_VERSION)

-!endif

-

-# Set DOTVERSION and VERSION

-!if $(DOING_TCL)

-

-DOTVERSION = $(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION).$(TCL_MINOR_VERSION)

-VERSION = $(TCL_VERSION)

-

-!elseif $(DOING_TK)

-

-DOTVERSION = $(TK_DOTVERSION)

-VERSION = $(TK_VERSION)

-

-!else # Doing a non-Tk extension

-

-# If parent makefile has not defined DOTVERSION, try to get it from TEA

-# first from a configure.in file, and then from configure.ac

-!ifndef DOTVERSION

-!if [echo DOTVERSION = \> versions.vc] \

-   || [nmakehlp -V $(ROOT)\configure.in ^[$(PROJECT)^] >> versions.vc]

-!if [echo DOTVERSION = \> versions.vc] \

-   || [nmakehlp -V $(ROOT)\configure.ac ^[$(PROJECT)^] >> versions.vc]

-!error *** Could not figure out extension version. Please define DOTVERSION in parent makefile before including rules.vc.

-!endif

-!endif

-!include versions.vc

-!endif # DOTVERSION

-VERSION         = $(DOTVERSION:.=)

-

-!endif # $(DOING_TCL) ... etc.

-

-################################################################

-# 10. Construct output directory and file paths

-# Figure-out how to name our intermediate and output directories.

-# In order to avoid inadvertent mixing of object files built using

-# different compilers, build configurations etc.,

-#

-# Naming convention (suffixes):

-#   t = full thread support.

-#   s = static library (as opposed to an import library)

-#   g = linked to the debug enabled C run-time.

-#   x = special static build when it links to the dynamic C run-time.

-#

-# The following macros are set in this section:

-# SUFX - the suffix to use for binaries based on above naming convention

-# BUILDDIRTOP - the toplevel default output directory

-#      is of the form {Release,Debug}[_AMD64][_COMPILERVERSION]

-# TMP_DIR - directory where object files are created

-# OUT_DIR - directory where output executables are created

-# Both TMP_DIR and OUT_DIR are defaulted only if not defined by the

-# parent makefile (or command line). The default values are

-# based on BUILDDIRTOP.

-# STUBPREFIX - name of the stubs library for this project

-# PRJIMPLIB - output path of the generated project import library

-# PRJLIBNAME - name of generated project library

-# PRJLIB     - output path of generated project library

-# PRJSTUBLIBNAME - name of the generated project stubs library

-# PRJSTUBLIB - output path of the generated project stubs library

-# RESFILE - output resource file (only if not static build)

-

-SUFX	    = tsgx

-

-!if $(DEBUG)

-BUILDDIRTOP = Debug

-!else

-BUILDDIRTOP = Release

-!endif

-

-!if "$(MACHINE)" != "IX86"

-BUILDDIRTOP =$(BUILDDIRTOP)_$(MACHINE)

-!endif

-!if $(VCVER) > 6

-BUILDDIRTOP =$(BUILDDIRTOP)_VC$(VCVER)

-!endif

-

-!if !$(DEBUG) || $(DEBUG) && $(UNCHECKED)

-SUFX	    = $(SUFX:g=)

-!endif

-

-TMP_DIRFULL = .\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\$(PROJECT)_ThreadedDynamicStaticX

-

-!if !$(STATIC_BUILD)

-TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:Static=)

-SUFX	    = $(SUFX:s=)

-EXT	    = dll

-TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:X=)

-SUFX	    = $(SUFX:x=)

-!else

-TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:Dynamic=)

-EXT	    = lib

-!if !$(MSVCRT)

-TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:X=)

-SUFX	    = $(SUFX:x=)

-!endif

-!endif

-

-!if !$(TCL_THREADS)

-TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:Threaded=)

-SUFX	    = $(SUFX:t=)

-!endif

-

-!ifndef TMP_DIR

-TMP_DIR	    = $(TMP_DIRFULL)

-!ifndef OUT_DIR

-OUT_DIR	    = .\$(BUILDDIRTOP)

-!endif

-!else

-!ifndef OUT_DIR

-OUT_DIR	    = $(TMP_DIR)

-!endif

-!endif

-

-# Relative paths -> absolute

-!if [echo OUT_DIR = \> nmakehlp.out] \

-   || [nmakehlp -Q "$(OUT_DIR)" >> nmakehlp.out]

-!error *** Could not fully qualify path OUT_DIR=$(OUT_DIR)

-!endif

-!if [echo TMP_DIR = \>> nmakehlp.out] \

-   || [nmakehlp -Q "$(TMP_DIR)" >> nmakehlp.out]

-!error *** Could not fully qualify path TMP_DIR=$(TMP_DIR)

-!endif

-!include nmakehlp.out

-

-# The name of the stubs library for the project being built

-STUBPREFIX      = $(PROJECT)stub

-

-# Set up paths to various Tcl executables and libraries needed by extensions

-!if $(DOING_TCL)

-

-TCLSHNAME       = $(PROJECT)sh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe

-TCLSH		= $(OUT_DIR)\$(TCLSHNAME)

-TCLIMPLIB	= $(OUT_DIR)\$(PROJECT)$(VERSION)$(SUFX).lib

-TCLLIBNAME	= $(PROJECT)$(VERSION)$(SUFX).$(EXT)

-TCLLIB		= $(OUT_DIR)\$(TCLLIBNAME)

-

-TCLSTUBLIBNAME	= $(STUBPREFIX)$(VERSION).lib

-TCLSTUBLIB	= $(OUT_DIR)\$(TCLSTUBLIBNAME)

-TCL_INCLUDES    = -I"$(WINDIR)" -I"$(GENERICDIR)"

-

-!else # ! $(DOING_TCL)

-

-!if $(TCLINSTALL) # Building against an installed Tcl

-

-# When building extensions, we need to locate tclsh. Depending on version

-# of Tcl we are building against, this may or may not have a "t" suffix.

-# Try various possibilities in turn.

-TCLSH		= $(_TCLDIR)\bin\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe

-!if !exist("$(TCLSH)") && $(TCL_THREADS)

-TCLSH           = $(_TCLDIR)\bin\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX).exe

-!endif

-!if !exist("$(TCLSH)")

-TCLSH           = $(_TCLDIR)\bin\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).exe

-!endif

-

-TCLSTUBLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\lib\tclstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib

-TCLIMPLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib

-# When building extensions, may be linking against Tcl that does not add

-# "t" suffix (e.g. 8.5 or 8.7). If lib not found check for that possibility.

-!if !exist("$(TCLIMPLIB)")

-TCLIMPLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).lib

-!endif

-TCL_LIBRARY	= $(_TCLDIR)\lib

-TCLREGLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\lib\tclreg13$(SUFX:t=).lib

-TCLDDELIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcldde14$(SUFX:t=).lib

-TCLTOOLSDIR	= \must\have\tcl\sources\to\build\this\target

-TCL_INCLUDES    = -I"$(_TCLDIR)\include"

-

-!else # Building against Tcl sources

-

-TCLSH		= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe

-!if !exist($(TCLSH)) && $(TCL_THREADS)

-TCLSH		= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX).exe

-!endif

-!if !exist($(TCLSH))

-TCLSH		= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).exe

-!endif

-TCLSTUBLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib

-TCLIMPLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib

-# When building extensions, may be linking against Tcl that does not add

-# "t" suffix (e.g. 8.5 or 8.7). If lib not found check for that possibility.

-!if !exist("$(TCLIMPLIB)")

-TCLIMPLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).lib

-!endif

-TCL_LIBRARY	= $(_TCLDIR)\library

-TCLREGLIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclreg13$(SUFX:t=).lib

-TCLDDELIB	= $(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcldde14$(SUFX:t=).lib

-TCLTOOLSDIR	= $(_TCLDIR)\tools

-TCL_INCLUDES	= -I"$(_TCLDIR)\generic" -I"$(_TCLDIR)\win"

-

-!endif # TCLINSTALL

-

-tcllibs = "$(TCLSTUBLIB)" "$(TCLIMPLIB)"

-

-!endif # $(DOING_TCL)

-

-# We need a tclsh that will run on the host machine as part of the build.

-# IX86 runs on all architectures.

-!ifndef TCLSH_NATIVE

-!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IX86" || "$(MACHINE)" == "$(NATIVE_ARCH)"

-TCLSH_NATIVE	= $(TCLSH)

-!else

-!error You must explicitly set TCLSH_NATIVE for cross-compilation

-!endif

-!endif

-

-# Do the same for Tk and Tk extensions that require the Tk libraries

-!if $(DOING_TK) || $(NEED_TK)

-WISHNAMEPREFIX = wish

-WISHNAME = $(WISHNAMEPREFIX)$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe

-TKLIBNAME	= $(PROJECT)$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).$(EXT)

-TKSTUBLIBNAME	= tkstub$(TK_VERSION).lib

-TKIMPLIBNAME	= tk$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib

-

-!if $(DOING_TK)

-WISH 		= $(OUT_DIR)\$(WISHNAME)

-TKSTUBLIB	= $(OUT_DIR)\$(TKSTUBLIBNAME)

-TKIMPLIB	= $(OUT_DIR)\$(TKIMPLIBNAME)

-TKLIB		= $(OUT_DIR)\$(TKLIBNAME)

-TK_INCLUDES    = -I"$(WINDIR)" -I"$(GENERICDIR)"

-

-!else # effectively NEED_TK

-

-!if $(TKINSTALL) # Building against installed Tk

-WISH		= $(_TKDIR)\bin\$(WISHNAME)

-TKSTUBLIB	= $(_TKDIR)\lib\$(TKSTUBLIBNAME)

-TKIMPLIB	= $(_TKDIR)\lib\$(TKIMPLIBNAME)

-# When building extensions, may be linking against Tk that does not add

-# "t" suffix (e.g. 8.5 or 8.7). If lib not found check for that possibility.

-!if !exist("$(TKIMPLIB)")

-TKIMPLIBNAME	= tk$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).lib

-TKIMPLIB	= $(_TKDIR)\lib\$(TKIMPLIBNAME)

-!endif

-TK_INCLUDES     = -I"$(_TKDIR)\include"

-!else # Building against Tk sources

-WISH		= $(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\$(WISHNAME)

-TKSTUBLIB	= $(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\$(TKSTUBLIBNAME)

-TKIMPLIB	= $(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\$(TKIMPLIBNAME)

-# When building extensions, may be linking against Tk that does not add

-# "t" suffix (e.g. 8.5 or 8.7). If lib not found check for that possibility.

-!if !exist("$(TKIMPLIB)")

-TKIMPLIBNAME	= tk$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX:t=).lib

-TKIMPLIB	= $(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\$(TKIMPLIBNAME)

-!endif

-TK_INCLUDES     = -I"$(_TKDIR)\generic" -I"$(_TKDIR)\win" -I"$(_TKDIR)\xlib"

-!endif # TKINSTALL

-tklibs = "$(TKSTUBLIB)" "$(TKIMPLIB)"

-

-!endif # $(DOING_TK)

-!endif # $(DOING_TK) || $(NEED_TK)

-

-# Various output paths

-PRJIMPLIB	= $(OUT_DIR)\$(PROJECT)$(VERSION)$(SUFX).lib

-PRJLIBNAME	= $(PROJECT)$(VERSION)$(SUFX).$(EXT)

-PRJLIB		= $(OUT_DIR)\$(PRJLIBNAME)

-

-PRJSTUBLIBNAME	= $(STUBPREFIX)$(VERSION).lib

-PRJSTUBLIB	= $(OUT_DIR)\$(PRJSTUBLIBNAME)

-

-# If extension parent makefile has not defined a resource definition file,

-# we will generate one from standard template.

-!if !$(DOING_TCL) && !$(DOING_TK) && !$(STATIC_BUILD)

-!ifdef RCFILE

-RESFILE = $(TMP_DIR)\$(RCFILE:.rc=.res)

-!else

-RESFILE = $(TMP_DIR)\$(PROJECT).res

-!endif

-!endif

-

-###################################################################

-# 11. Construct the paths for the installation directories

-# The following macros get defined in this section:

-# LIB_INSTALL_DIR - where libraries should be installed

-# BIN_INSTALL_DIR - where the executables should be installed

-# DOC_INSTALL_DIR - where documentation should be installed

-# SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR - where scripts should be installed

-# INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR - where C include files should be installed

-# DEMO_INSTALL_DIR - where demos should be installed

-# PRJ_INSTALL_DIR - where package will be installed (not set for tcl and tk)

-

-!if $(DOING_TCL) || $(DOING_TK)

-LIB_INSTALL_DIR		= $(_INSTALLDIR)\lib

-BIN_INSTALL_DIR		= $(_INSTALLDIR)\bin

-DOC_INSTALL_DIR		= $(_INSTALLDIR)\doc

-!if $(DOING_TCL)

-SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR	= $(_INSTALLDIR)\lib\$(PROJECT)$(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION).$(TCL_MINOR_VERSION)

-!else # DOING_TK

-SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR	= $(_INSTALLDIR)\lib\$(PROJECT)$(TK_MAJOR_VERSION).$(TK_MINOR_VERSION)

-!endif

-DEMO_INSTALL_DIR	= $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\demos

-INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR	= $(_INSTALLDIR)\include

-

-!else # extension other than Tk

-

-PRJ_INSTALL_DIR         = $(_INSTALLDIR)\$(PROJECT)$(DOTVERSION)

-LIB_INSTALL_DIR		= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)

-BIN_INSTALL_DIR		= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)

-DOC_INSTALL_DIR		= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)

-SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR	= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)

-DEMO_INSTALL_DIR	= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)\demos

-INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR	= $(_TCLDIR)\include

-

-!endif

-

-###################################################################

-# 12. Set up actual options to be passed to the compiler and linker

-# Now we have all the information we need, set up the actual flags and

-# options that we will pass to the compiler and linker. The main

-# makefile should use these in combination with whatever other flags

-# and switches are specific to it.

-# The following macros are defined, names are for historical compatibility:

-# OPTDEFINES - /Dxxx C macro flags based on user-specified OPTS

-# COMPILERFLAGS - /Dxxx C macro flags independent of any configuration opttions

-# crt - Compiler switch that selects the appropriate C runtime

-# cdebug - Compiler switches related to debug AND optimizations

-# cwarn - Compiler switches that set warning levels

-# cflags - complete compiler switches (subsumes cdebug and cwarn)

-# ldebug - Linker switches controlling debug information and optimization

-# lflags - complete linker switches (subsumes ldebug) except subsystem type

-# dlllflags - complete linker switches to build DLLs (subsumes lflags)

-# conlflags - complete linker switches for console program (subsumes lflags)

-# guilflags - complete linker switches for GUI program (subsumes lflags)

-# baselibs - minimum Windows libraries required. Parent makefile can

-#    define PRJ_LIBS before including rules.rc if additional libs are needed

-

-OPTDEFINES	= -DTCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING=$(CFG_ENCODING) -DSTDC_HEADERS

-

-!if $(TCL_MEM_DEBUG)

-OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_MEM_DEBUG

-!endif

-!if $(TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG)

-OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_COMPILE_DEBUG -DTCL_COMPILE_STATS

-!endif

-!if $(TCL_THREADS)

-OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_THREADS=1

-!if $(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)

-OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DUSE_THREAD_ALLOC=1

-!endif

-!endif

-!if $(STATIC_BUILD)

-OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DSTATIC_BUILD

-!endif

-!if $(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED)

-OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED

-!endif

-

-!if $(USE_STUBS)

-# Note we do not define USE_TCL_STUBS even when building tk since some

-# test targets in tk do not use stubs

-!if ! $(DOING_TCL)

-USE_STUBS_DEFS  = -DUSE_TCL_STUBS -DUSE_TCLOO_STUBS

-!if $(NEED_TK)

-USE_STUBS_DEFS  = $(USE_STUBS_DEFS) -DUSE_TK_STUBS

-!endif

-!endif

-!endif # USE_STUBS

-

-!if !$(DEBUG)

-OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DNDEBUG

-!if $(OPTIMIZING)

-OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED

-!endif

-!endif

-!if $(PROFILE)

-OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_CFG_PROFILED

-!endif

-!if "$(MACHINE)" == "AMD64"

-OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_CFG_DO64BIT

-!endif

-!if $(VCVERSION) < 1300

-OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DNO_STRTOI64

-!endif

-

-# _ATL_XP_TARGETING - Newer SDK's need this to build for XP

-COMPILERFLAGS  = /D_ATL_XP_TARGETING

-

-# Following is primarily for the benefit of extensions. Tcl 8.5 builds

-# Tcl without /DUNICODE, while 8.6 builds with it defined. When building

-# an extension, it is advisable (but not mandated) to use the same Windows

-# API as the Tcl build. This is accordingly defaulted below. A particular

-# extension can override this by pre-definining USE_WIDECHAR_API.

-!ifndef USE_WIDECHAR_API

-!if $(TCL_VERSION) > 85

-USE_WIDECHAR_API = 1

-!else

-USE_WIDECHAR_API = 0

-!endif

-!endif

-

-!if $(USE_WIDECHAR_API)

-COMPILERFLAGS = $(COMPILERFLAGS) /DUNICODE /D_UNICODE 

-!endif

-

-# Like the TEA system only set this non empty for non-Tk extensions

-# Note: some extensions use PACKAGE_NAME and others use PACKAGE_TCLNAME

-# so we pass both

-!if !$(DOING_TCL) && !$(DOING_TK)

-PKGNAMEFLAGS = -DPACKAGE_NAME="\"$(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME)\"" \

-               -DPACKAGE_TCLNAME="\"$(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME)\"" \

-               -DPACKAGE_VERSION="\"$(DOTVERSION)\"" \

-               -DMODULE_SCOPE=extern 

-!endif

-

-# crt picks the C run time based on selected OPTS

-!if $(MSVCRT)

-!if $(DEBUG) && !$(UNCHECKED)

-crt = -MDd

-!else

-crt = -MD

-!endif

-!else

-!if $(DEBUG) && !$(UNCHECKED)

-crt = -MTd

-!else

-crt = -MT

-!endif

-!endif

-

-# cdebug includes compiler options for debugging as well as optimization.

-!if $(DEBUG)

-

-# In debugging mode, optimizations need to be disabled

-cdebug = -Zi -Od $(DEBUGFLAGS)

-

-!else

-

-cdebug = $(OPTIMIZATIONS)

-!if $(SYMBOLS)

-cdebug = $(cdebug) -Zi

-!endif

-

-!endif # $(DEBUG)

-

-# cwarn includes default warning levels.

-cwarn = $(WARNINGS)

-

-!if "$(MACHINE)" == "AMD64"

-# Disable pointer<->int warnings related to cast between different sizes

-# There are a gadzillion of these due to use of ClientData and

-# clutter up compiler

-# output increasing chance of a real warning getting lost. So disable them.

-# Eventually some day, Tcl will be 64-bit clean.

-cwarn = $(cwarn) -wd4311 -wd4312

-!endif

-

-### Common compiler options that are architecture specific

-!if "$(MACHINE)" == "ARM"

-carch = -D_ARM_WINAPI_PARTITION_DESKTOP_SDK_AVAILABLE

-!else

-carch =

-!endif

-

-!if $(DEBUG)

-# Turn warnings into errors

-cwarn = $(cwarn) -WX

-!endif

-

-INCLUDES = $(TCL_INCLUDES) $(TK_INCLUDES) $(PRJ_INCLUDES)

-!if !$(DOING_TCL) && !$(DOING_TK)

-INCLUDES = $(INCLUDES) -I"$(GENERICDIR)" -I"$(WINDIR)" -I"$(COMPATDIR)"

-!endif

-

-# These flags are defined roughly in the order of the pre-reform

-# rules.vc/makefile.vc to help visually compare that the pre- and

-# post-reform build logs

-

-# cflags contains generic flags used for building practically all object files

-cflags = -nologo -c $(COMPILERFLAGS) $(carch) $(cwarn) -Fp$(TMP_DIR)^\ $(cdebug)

-

-# appcflags contains $(cflags) and flags for building the application

-# object files (e.g. tclsh, or wish) pkgcflags contains $(cflags) plus

-# flags used for building shared object files The two differ in the

-# BUILD_$(PROJECT) macro which should be defined only for the shared

-# library *implementation* and not for its caller interface

-

-appcflags = $(cflags) $(crt) $(INCLUDES) $(TCL_DEFINES) $(PRJ_DEFINES) $(OPTDEFINES) $(USE_STUBS_DEFS)

-appcflags_nostubs = $(cflags) $(crt) $(INCLUDES) $(TCL_DEFINES) $(PRJ_DEFINES) $(OPTDEFINES)

-pkgcflags = $(appcflags) $(PKGNAMEFLAGS) -DBUILD_$(PROJECT)

-pkgcflags_nostubs = $(appcflags_nostubs) $(PKGNAMEFLAGS) -DBUILD_$(PROJECT)

-

-# stubscflags contains $(cflags) plus flags used for building a stubs

-# library for the package.  Note: -DSTATIC_BUILD is defined in

-# $(OPTDEFINES) only if the OPTS configuration indicates a static

-# library. However the stubs library is ALWAYS static hence included

-# here irrespective of the OPTS setting.

-#

-# TBD - tclvfs has a comment that stubs libs should not be compiled with -GL

-# without stating why. Tcl itself compiled stubs libs with this flag.

-# so we do not remove it from cflags. -GL may prevent extensions

-# compiled with one VC version to fail to link against stubs library

-# compiled with another VC version. Check for this and fix accordingly.

-stubscflags = $(cflags) $(PKGNAMEFLAGS) $(PRJ_DEFINES) $(OPTDEFINES) -Zl -DSTATIC_BUILD $(INCLUDES)

-

-# Link flags 

-

-!if $(DEBUG)

-ldebug	= -debug -debugtype:cv

-!else

-ldebug	= -release -opt:ref -opt:icf,3

-!if $(SYMBOLS)

-ldebug	= $(ldebug) -debug -debugtype:cv

-!endif

-!endif

-

-# Note: Profiling is currently only possible with the Visual Studio Enterprise

-!if $(PROFILE)

-ldebug= $(ldebug) -profile

-!endif

-

-### Declarations common to all linker versions 

-lflags	= -nologo -machine:$(MACHINE) $(LINKERFLAGS) $(ldebug)

-

-!if $(MSVCRT) && !($(DEBUG) && !$(UNCHECKED)) && $(VCVERSION) >= 1900

-lflags	= $(lflags) -nodefaultlib:libucrt.lib

-!endif

-

-# Old linkers (Visual C++ 6 in particular) will link for fast loading

-# on Win98. Since we do not support Win98 any more, we specify nowin98

-# as recommended for NT and later. However, this is only required by

-# IX86 on older compilers and only needed if we are not doing a static build.

-

-!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IX86" && !$(STATIC_BUILD)

-!if [nmakehlp -l -opt:nowin98 $(LINKER_TESTFLAGS)]

-# Align sections for PE size savings.

-lflags	= $(lflags) -opt:nowin98

-!endif

-!endif

-

-dlllflags = $(lflags) -dll

-conlflags = $(lflags) -subsystem:console

-guilflags = $(lflags) -subsystem:windows

-

-# Libraries that are required for every image.

-# Extensions should define any additional libraries with $(PRJ_LIBS)

-winlibs   = kernel32.lib advapi32.lib

-

-!if $(NEED_TK)

-winlibs = $(winlibs) gdi32.lib user32.lib uxtheme.lib

-!endif

-

-# Avoid 'unresolved external symbol __security_cookie' errors.

-# c.f. http://support.microsoft.com/?id=894573

-!if "$(MACHINE)" == "AMD64"

-!if $(VCVERSION) > 1399 && $(VCVERSION) < 1500

-winlibs   = $(winlibs) bufferoverflowU.lib

-!endif

-!endif

-

-baselibs = $(winlibs) $(PRJ_LIBS)

-

-!if $(MSVCRT) && !($(DEBUG) && !$(UNCHECKED)) && $(VCVERSION) >= 1900

-baselibs   = $(baselibs) ucrt.lib

-!endif

-

-################################################################

-# 13. Define standard commands, common make targets and implicit rules

-

-CCPKGCMD = $(cc32) $(pkgcflags) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)^\

-CCAPPCMD = $(cc32) $(appcflags) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)^\

-CCSTUBSCMD = $(cc32) $(stubscflags) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)^\

-

-LIBCMD = $(lib32) -nologo $(LINKERFLAGS) -out:$@

-DLLCMD = $(link32) $(dlllflags) -out:$@ $(baselibs) $(tcllibs) $(tklibs)

-

-CONEXECMD = $(link32) $(conlflags) -out:$@ $(baselibs) $(tcllibs) $(tklibs)

-GUIEXECMD = $(link32) $(guilflags) -out:$@ $(baselibs) $(tcllibs) $(tklibs)

-RESCMD  = $(rc32) -fo $@ -r -i "$(GENERICDIR)" -i "$(TMP_DIR)" \

-	    $(TCL_INCLUDES) \

-	    -DDEBUG=$(DEBUG) -d UNCHECKED=$(UNCHECKED) \

-	    -DCOMMAVERSION=$(DOTVERSION:.=,),0 \

-	    -DDOTVERSION=\"$(DOTVERSION)\" \

-	    -DVERSION=\"$(VERSION)\" \

-	    -DSUFX=\"$(SUFX)\" \

-            -DPROJECT=\"$(PROJECT)\" \

-            -DPRJLIBNAME=\"$(PRJLIBNAME)\" 

-

-!ifndef DEFAULT_BUILD_TARGET

-DEFAULT_BUILD_TARGET = $(PROJECT)

-!endif

-

-default-target: $(DEFAULT_BUILD_TARGET)

-

-default-pkgindex:

-	@echo package ifneeded $(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME) $(DOTVERSION) \

-	    [list load [file join $$dir $(PRJLIBNAME)]] > $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl

-

-default-pkgindex-tea:

-	@if exist $(ROOT)\pkgIndex.tcl.in nmakehlp -s << $(ROOT)\pkgIndex.tcl.in > $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl

-@PACKAGE_VERSION@    $(DOTVERSION)

-@PACKAGE_NAME@       $(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME)

-@PACKAGE_TCLNAME@    $(PRJ_PACKAGE_TCLNAME)

-@PKG_LIB_FILE@       $(PRJLIBNAME)

-<<

-

-

-default-install: default-install-binaries default-install-libraries

-

-default-install-binaries: $(PRJLIB)

-	@echo Installing binaries to '$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)'

-	@if not exist "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" mkdir "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)"

-	@$(CPY) $(PRJLIB) "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" >NUL

-

-default-install-libraries: $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl

-	@echo Installing libraries to '$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)'

-	@if exist $(LIBDIR) $(CPY) $(LIBDIR)\*.tcl "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)"

-	@echo Installing package index in '$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)'

-	@$(CPY) $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)

-

-default-install-stubs:

-	@echo Installing stubs library to '$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)'

-	@if not exist "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" mkdir "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)"

-	@$(CPY) $(PRJSTUBLIB) "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" >NUL

-

-default-install-docs-html:

-	@echo Installing documentation files to '$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)'

-	@if not exist "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)" mkdir "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)"

-	@if exist $(DOCDIR) for %f in ("$(DOCDIR)\*.html" "$(DOCDIR)\*.css" "$(DOCDIR)\*.png") do @$(COPY) %f "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)"

-

-default-install-docs-n:

-	@echo Installing documentation files to '$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)'

-	@if not exist "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)" mkdir "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)"

-	@if exist $(DOCDIR) for %f in ("$(DOCDIR)\*.n") do @$(COPY) %f "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)"

-

-default-install-demos:

-	@echo Installing demos to '$(DEMO_INSTALL_DIR)'

-	@if not exist "$(DEMO_INSTALL_DIR)" mkdir "$(DEMO_INSTALL_DIR)"

-	@if exist $(DEMODIR) $(CPYDIR) "$(DEMODIR)" "$(DEMO_INSTALL_DIR)"

-

-default-clean:

-	@echo Cleaning $(TMP_DIR)\* ...

-	@if exist $(TMP_DIR)\nul $(RMDIR) $(TMP_DIR)

-	@echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.obj, nmakehlp.exe ...

-	@if exist $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.obj del $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.obj

-	@if exist $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.exe del $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.exe

-	@if exist $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.out del $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.out

-	@echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\nmhlp-out.txt ...

-	@if exist $(WINDIR)\nmhlp-out.txt del $(WINDIR)\nmhlp-out.txt

-	@echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\_junk.pch ...

-	@if exist $(WINDIR)\_junk.pch del $(WINDIR)\_junk.pch

-	@echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\vercl.x, vercl.i ...

-	@if exist $(WINDIR)\vercl.x del $(WINDIR)\vercl.x

-	@if exist $(WINDIR)\vercl.i del $(WINDIR)\vercl.i

-	@echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\versions.vc, version.vc ...

-	@if exist $(WINDIR)\versions.vc del $(WINDIR)\versions.vc

-	@if exist $(WINDIR)\version.vc del $(WINDIR)\version.vc

-

-default-hose: default-clean

-	@echo Hosing $(OUT_DIR)\* ...

-	@if exist $(OUT_DIR)\nul $(RMDIR) $(OUT_DIR)

-

-# Only for backward compatibility

-default-distclean: default-hose

-

-default-setup:

-	@if not exist $(OUT_DIR)\nul mkdir $(OUT_DIR)

-	@if not exist $(TMP_DIR)\nul mkdir $(TMP_DIR)

-

-!if "$(TESTPAT)" != ""

-TESTFLAGS = $(TESTFLAGS) -file $(TESTPAT)

-!endif

-

-default-test: default-setup $(PROJECT)

-	@set TCLLIBPATH=$(OUT_DIR:\=/)

-	@if exist $(LIBDIR) for %f in ("$(LIBDIR)\*.tcl") do @$(COPY) %f "$(OUT_DIR)"

-	cd "$(TESTDIR)" && $(DEBUGGER) $(TCLSH) all.tcl $(TESTFLAGS)

-

-default-shell: default-setup $(PROJECT)

-	@set TCLLIBPATH=$(OUT_DIR:\=/)

-	@if exist $(LIBDIR) for %f in ("$(LIBDIR)\*.tcl") do @$(COPY) %f "$(OUT_DIR)"

-	$(DEBUGGER) $(TCLSH)

-

-# Generation of Windows version resource 

-!ifdef RCFILE

-

-# Note: don't use $** in below rule because there may be other dependencies

-# and only the "master" rc must be passed to the resource compiler

-$(TMP_DIR)\$(PROJECT).res: $(RCDIR)\$(PROJECT).rc

-	$(RESCMD) $(RCDIR)\$(PROJECT).rc

-

-!else

-

-# If parent makefile has not defined a resource definition file,

-# we will generate one from standard template.

-$(TMP_DIR)\$(PROJECT).res: $(TMP_DIR)\$(PROJECT).rc

-

-$(TMP_DIR)\$(PROJECT).rc:

-	@$(COPY) << $(TMP_DIR)\$(PROJECT).rc

-#include <winver.h>

-

-VS_VERSION_INFO VERSIONINFO

- FILEVERSION	COMMAVERSION

- PRODUCTVERSION	COMMAVERSION

- FILEFLAGSMASK	0x3fL

-#ifdef DEBUG

- FILEFLAGS	VS_FF_DEBUG

-#else

- FILEFLAGS	0x0L

-#endif

- FILEOS		VOS_NT_WINDOWS32

- FILETYPE	VFT_DLL

- FILESUBTYPE	0x0L

-BEGIN

-    BLOCK "StringFileInfo"

-    BEGIN

-        BLOCK "040904b0"

-        BEGIN

-            VALUE "FileDescription",  "Tcl extension " PROJECT

-            VALUE "OriginalFilename", PRJLIBNAME

-            VALUE "FileVersion",      DOTVERSION

-            VALUE "ProductName",      "Package " PROJECT " for Tcl"

-            VALUE "ProductVersion",   DOTVERSION 

-        END

-    END

-    BLOCK "VarFileInfo"

-    BEGIN

-        VALUE "Translation", 0x409, 1200

-    END

-END

-

-<<

-

-!endif # ifdef RCFILE

-

-!ifndef DISABLE_IMPLICIT_RULES

-DISABLE_IMPLICIT_RULES = 0

-!endif

-

-!if !$(DISABLE_IMPLICIT_RULES)

-# Implicit rule definitions - only for building library objects. For stubs and

-# main application, the master makefile should define explicit rules.

-

-{$(ROOT)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::

-	$(CCPKGCMD) @<<

-$<

-<<

-

-{$(WINDIR)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::

-	$(CCPKGCMD) @<<

-$<

-<<

-

-{$(GENERICDIR)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::

-	$(CCPKGCMD) @<<

-$<

-<<

-

-{$(COMPATDIR)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::

-	$(CCPKGCMD) @<<

-$<

-<<

-

-{$(RCDIR)}.rc{$(TMP_DIR)}.res:

-	$(RESCMD) $<

-

-{$(WINDIR)}.rc{$(TMP_DIR)}.res:

-	$(RESCMD) $<

-

-{$(TMP_DIR)}.rc{$(TMP_DIR)}.res:

-	$(RESCMD) $<

-

-.SUFFIXES:

-.SUFFIXES:.c .rc

-

-!endif

-

-################################################################

-# 14. Sanity check selected options against Tcl build options

-# When building an extension, certain configuration options should

-# match the ones used when Tcl was built. Here we check and

-# warn on a mismatch.

-!if ! $(DOING_TCL)

-

-!if $(TCLINSTALL) # Building against an installed Tcl

-!if exist("$(_TCLDIR)\lib\nmake\tcl.nmake")

-TCLNMAKECONFIG = "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\nmake\tcl.nmake"

-!endif

-!else # ! $(TCLINSTALL) - building against Tcl source

-!if exist("$(OUT_DIR)\tcl.nmake")

-TCLNMAKECONFIG = "$(OUT_DIR)\tcl.nmake"

-!endif

-!endif # TCLINSTALL

-

-!if $(CONFIG_CHECK)

-!ifdef TCLNMAKECONFIG

-!include $(TCLNMAKECONFIG)

-

-!if defined(CORE_MACHINE) && "$(CORE_MACHINE)" != "$(MACHINE)"

-!error ERROR: Build target ($(MACHINE)) does not match the Tcl library architecture ($(CORE_MACHINE)).

-!endif

-!if defined(CORE_USE_THREAD_ALLOC) && $(CORE_USE_THREAD_ALLOC) != $(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)

-!message WARNING: Value of USE_THREAD_ALLOC ($(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)) does not match its Tcl core value ($(CORE_USE_THREAD_ALLOC)).

-!endif

-!if defined(CORE_DEBUG) && $(CORE_DEBUG) != $(DEBUG)

-!message WARNING: Value of DEBUG ($(DEBUG)) does not match its Tcl library configuration ($(DEBUG)).

-!endif

-!endif

-

-!endif # TCLNMAKECONFIG

-

-!endif # ! $(DOING_TCL)

-

-

-#----------------------------------------------------------

-# Display stats being used.

-#----------------------------------------------------------

-

-!if !$(DOING_TCL)

-!message *** Building against Tcl at '$(_TCLDIR)'

-!endif

-!if !$(DOING_TK) && $(NEED_TK)

-!message *** Building against Tk at '$(_TKDIR)'

-!endif

-!message *** Intermediate directory will be '$(TMP_DIR)'

-!message *** Output directory will be '$(OUT_DIR)'

-!message *** Installation, if selected, will be in '$(_INSTALLDIR)'

-!message *** Suffix for binaries will be '$(SUFX)'

-!message *** Compiler version $(VCVER). Target $(MACHINE), host $(NATIVE_ARCH).

-

-!endif # ifdef _RULES_VC

diff --git a/tk8.6/win/stubs.c b/tk8.6/win/stubs.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 1cf23ef..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/stubs.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,474 +0,0 @@
-#include "tk.h"
-
-/*
- * Undocumented Xlib internal function
- */
-
-int
-_XInitImageFuncPtrs(
-    XImage *image)
-{
-    return Success;
-}
-
-/*
- * From Xutil.h
- */
-
-void
-XSetWMClientMachine(
-    Display *display,
-    Window w,
-    XTextProperty *text_prop)
-{
-}
-
-Status
-XStringListToTextProperty(
-    char **list,
-    int count,
-    XTextProperty *text_prop_return)
-{
-    return (Status) 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * From Xlib.h
- */
-
-int
-XChangeProperty(
-    Display *display,
-    Window w,
-    Atom property,
-    Atom type,
-    int format,
-    int mode,
-    _Xconst unsigned char *data,
-    int nelements)
-{
-    return Success;
-}
-
-Cursor
-XCreateGlyphCursor(
-    Display *display,
-    Font source_font,
-    Font mask_font,
-    unsigned int source_char,
-    unsigned int mask_char,
-    XColor _Xconst *foreground_color,
-    XColor _Xconst *background_color)
-{
-    return 1;
-}
-
-XIC
-XCreateIC(XIM xim, ...)
-{
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-Cursor
-XCreatePixmapCursor(
-    Display *display,
-    Pixmap source,
-    Pixmap mask,
-    XColor *foreground_color,
-    XColor *background_color,
-    unsigned int x,
-    unsigned int y)
-{
-    return (Cursor) NULL;
-}
-
-int
-XDeleteProperty(
-    Display *display,
-    Window w,
-    Atom property)
-{
-    return Success;
-}
-
-void
-XDestroyIC(
-    XIC ic)
-{
-}
-
-Bool
-XFilterEvent(
-    XEvent *event,
-    Window window)
-{
-    return 0;
-}
-
-int
-XForceScreenSaver(
-    Display *display,
-    int mode)
-{
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int
-XFreeCursor(
-    Display *display,
-    Cursor cursor)
-{
-    return Success;
-}
-
-GContext
-XGContextFromGC(
-    GC gc)
-{
-    return (GContext) NULL;
-}
-
-char *
-XGetAtomName(
-    Display *display,
-    Atom atom)
-{
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-int
-XGetWindowAttributes(
-    Display *display,
-    Window w,
-    XWindowAttributes *window_attributes_return)
-{
-    return Success;
-}
-
-Status
-XGetWMColormapWindows(
-    Display *display,
-    Window w,
-    Window **windows_return,
-    int *count_return)
-{
-    return (Status) 0;
-}
-
-int
-XIconifyWindow(
-    Display *display,
-    Window w,
-    int screen_number)
-{
-    return Success;
-}
-
-XHostAddress *
-XListHosts(
-    Display *display,
-    int *nhosts_return,
-    Bool *state_return)
-{
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-int
-XLookupColor(
-    Display *display,
-    Colormap colormap,
-    _Xconst char *color_name,
-    XColor *exact_def_return,
-    XColor *screen_def_return)
-{
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int
-XNextEvent(
-    Display *display,
-    XEvent *event_return)
-{
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int
-XPutBackEvent(
-    Display *display,
-    XEvent *event)
-{
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int
-XQueryColors(
-    Display *display,
-    Colormap colormap,
-    XColor *defs_in_out,
-    int ncolors)
-{
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int
-XQueryTree(
-    Display *display,
-    Window w,
-    Window *root_return,
-    Window *parent_return,
-    Window **children_return,
-    unsigned int *nchildren_return)
-{
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int
-XRefreshKeyboardMapping(
-    XMappingEvent *event_map)
-{
-    return Success;
-}
-
-Window
-XRootWindow(
-    Display *display,
-    int screen_number)
-{
-    return (Window) NULL;
-}
-
-int
-XSelectInput(
-    Display *display,
-    Window w,
-    long event_mask)
-{
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int
-XSendEvent(
-    Display *display,
-    Window w,
-    Bool propagate,
-    long event_mask,
-    XEvent *event_send)
-{
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int
-XSetCommand(
-    Display *display,
-    Window w,
-    char **argv,
-    int argc)
-{
-    return Success;
-}
-
-XErrorHandler
-XSetErrorHandler(
-    XErrorHandler handler)
-{
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-int
-XSetIconName(
-    Display *display,
-    Window w,
-    _Xconst char *icon_name)
-{
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int
-XSetWindowBackground(
-    Display *display,
-    Window w,
-    unsigned long background_pixel)
-{
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int
-XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap(
-    Display *display,
-    Window w,
-    Pixmap background_pixmap)
-{
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int
-XSetWindowBorder(
-    Display *display,
-    Window w,
-    unsigned long border_pixel)
-{
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int
-XSetWindowBorderPixmap(
-    Display *display,
-    Window w,
-    Pixmap border_pixmap)
-{
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int
-XSetWindowBorderWidth(
-    Display *display,
-    Window w,
-    unsigned int width)
-{
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int
-XSetWindowColormap(
-    Display *display,
-    Window w,
-    Colormap colormap)
-{
-    return Success;
-}
-
-Bool
-XTranslateCoordinates(
-    Display *display,
-    Window src_w,
-    Window dest_w,
-    int src_x,
-    int src_y,
-    int *dest_x_return,
-    int *dest_y_return,
-    Window *child_return)
-{
-    return 0;
-}
-
-int
-XWindowEvent(
-    Display *display,
-    Window w,
-    long event_mask,
-    XEvent *event_return)
-{
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int
-XWithdrawWindow(
-    Display *display,
-    Window w,
-    int screen_number)
-{
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int
-XmbLookupString(
-    XIC ic,
-    XKeyPressedEvent *event,
-    char *buffer_return,
-    int bytes_buffer,
-    KeySym *keysym_return,
-    Status *status_return)
-{
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int
-XGetWindowProperty(
-    Display *display,
-    Window w,
-    Atom property,
-    long long_offset,
-    long long_length,
-    Bool delete,
-    Atom req_type,
-    Atom *actual_type_return,
-    int *actual_format_return,
-    unsigned long *nitems_return,
-    unsigned long *bytes_after_return,
-    unsigned char **prop_return)
-{
-    *actual_type_return = None;
-    *actual_format_return = 0;
-    *nitems_return = 0;
-    *bytes_after_return = 0;
-    *prop_return = NULL;
-    return BadValue;
-}
-
-/*
- * The following functions were implemented as macros under Windows.
- */
-
-int
-XFlush(
-    Display *display)
-{
-    return 0;
-}
-
-int
-XGrabServer(
-    Display *display)
-{
-    return 0;
-}
-
-int
-XUngrabServer(
-    Display *display)
-{
-    return 0;
-}
-
-int
-XFree(
-    void *data)
-{
-	if ((data) != NULL) {
-		ckfree(data);
-	}
-    return 0;
-}
-
-int
-XNoOp(
-    Display *display)
-{
-	display->request++;
-    return 0;
-}
-
-XAfterFunction
-XSynchronize(
-    Display *display,
-    Bool bool)
-{
-	display->request++;
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-int
-XSync(
-    Display *display,
-    Bool bool)
-{
-	display->request++;
-    return 0;
-}
-
-VisualID
-XVisualIDFromVisual(
-    Visual *visual)
-{
-    return visual->visualid;
-}
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/targets.vc b/tk8.6/win/targets.vc
deleted file mode 100644
index 7f1d388..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/targets.vc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-#------------------------------------------------------------- -*- makefile -*-

-# targets.vc --

-#

-# Part of the nmake based build system for Tcl and its extensions.

-# This file defines some standard targets for the convenience of extensions

-# and can be optionally included by the extension makefile.

-# See TIP 477 (https://core.tcl.tk/tips/doc/trunk/tip/477.md) for docs.

-

-$(PROJECT): setup pkgindex $(PRJLIB)

-

-!ifdef PRJ_STUBOBJS

-$(PROJECT): $(PRJSTUBLIB)

-$(PRJSTUBLIB): $(PRJ_STUBOBJS)

-	$(LIBCMD) $**

-

-$(PRJ_STUBOBJS):

-	$(CCSTUBSCMD) %s

-!endif # PRJ_STUBOBJS

-

-!ifdef PRJ_MANIFEST

-$(PROJECT): $(PRJLIB).manifest

-$(PRJLIB).manifest: $(PRJ_MANIFEST)

-	@nmakehlp -s << $** >$@

-@MACHINE@	  $(MACHINE:IX86=X86)

-<<

-!endif

-

-!if "$(PROJECT)" != "tcl" && "$(PROJECT)" != "tk"

-$(PRJLIB): $(PRJ_OBJS) $(RESFILE)

-!if $(STATIC_BUILD)

-       $(LIBCMD) $**

-!else

-       $(DLLCMD) $**

-       $(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL)

-!endif

-       -@del $*.exp

-!endif

-

-!if "$(PRJ_HEADERS)" != "" && "$(PRJ_OBJS)" != ""

-$(PRJ_OBJS): $(PRJ_HEADERS)

-!endif

-

-# If parent makefile has defined stub objects, add their installation

-# to the default install

-!if "$(PRJ_STUBOBJS)" != ""

-default-install: default-install-stubs

-!endif

-

-# Unlike the other default targets, these cannot be in rules.vc because

-# the executed command depends on existence of macro PRJ_HEADERS_PUBLIC

-# that the parent makefile will not define until after including rules-ext.vc

-!if "$(PRJ_HEADERS_PUBLIC)" != ""

-default-install: default-install-headers

-default-install-headers:

-	@echo Installing headers to '$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)'

-	@for %f in ($(PRJ_HEADERS_PUBLIC)) do @$(COPY) %f "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)"

-!endif

-

-!if "$(DISABLE_STANDARD_TARGETS)" == ""

-DISABLE_STANDARD_TARGETS = 0

-!endif

-

-!if "$(DISABLE_TARGET_setup)" == ""

-DISABLE_TARGET_setup = 0

-!endif

-!if "$(DISABLE_TARGET_install)" == ""

-DISABLE_TARGET_install = 0

-!endif

-!if "$(DISABLE_TARGET_clean)" == ""

-DISABLE_TARGET_clean = 0

-!endif

-!if "$(DISABLE_TARGET_test)" == ""

-DISABLE_TARGET_test = 0

-!endif

-!if "$(DISABLE_TARGET_shell)" == ""

-DISABLE_TARGET_shell = 0

-!endif

-

-!if !$(DISABLE_STANDARD_TARGETS)

-!if !$(DISABLE_TARGET_setup)

-setup: default-setup

-!endif

-!if !$(DISABLE_TARGET_install)

-install: default-install

-!endif

-!if !$(DISABLE_TARGET_clean)

-clean: default-clean

-realclean: hose

-hose: default-hose

-distclean: realclean default-distclean

-!endif

-!if !$(DISABLE_TARGET_test)

-test: default-test

-!endif

-!if !$(DISABLE_TARGET_shell)

-shell: default-shell

-!endif

-!endif # DISABLE_STANDARD_TARGETS

diff --git a/tk8.6/win/tcl.m4 b/tk8.6/win/tcl.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index 84f0dff..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/tcl.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1299 +0,0 @@
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# SC_PATH_TCLCONFIG --
-#
-#	Locate the tclConfig.sh file and perform a sanity check on
-#	the Tcl compile flags
-#
-# Arguments:
-#	none
-#
-# Results:
-#
-#	Adds the following arguments to configure:
-#		--with-tcl=...
-#
-#	Defines the following vars:
-#		TCL_BIN_DIR	Full path to the directory containing
-#				the tclConfig.sh file
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([SC_PATH_TCLCONFIG], [
-    #
-    # Ok, lets find the tcl configuration
-    # First, look for one uninstalled.
-    # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tcl
-    #
-
-    if test x"${no_tcl}" = x ; then
-	# we reset no_tcl in case something fails here
-	no_tcl=true
-	AC_ARG_WITH(tcl,
-	    AC_HELP_STRING([--with-tcl],
-		[directory containing tcl configuration (tclConfig.sh)]),
-	    with_tclconfig="${withval}")
-	AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tcl configuration])
-	AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_tclconfig,[
-
-	    # First check to see if --with-tcl was specified.
-	    if test x"${with_tclconfig}" != x ; then
-		case "${with_tclconfig}" in
-		    */tclConfig.sh )
-			if test -f "${with_tclconfig}"; then
-			    AC_MSG_WARN([--with-tcl argument should refer to directory containing tclConfig.sh, not to tclConfig.sh itself])
-			    with_tclconfig="`echo "${with_tclconfig}" | sed 's!/tclConfig\.sh$!!'`"
-			fi ;;
-		esac
-		if test -f "${with_tclconfig}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
-		    ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd "${with_tclconfig}"; pwd)`"
-		else
-		    AC_MSG_ERROR([${with_tclconfig} directory doesn't contain tclConfig.sh])
-		fi
-	    fi
-
-	    # then check for a private Tcl installation
-	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
-		for i in \
-			../tcl \
-			`ls -dr ../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -dr ../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -dr ../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
-			../../tcl \
-			`ls -dr ../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -dr ../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -dr ../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
-			../../../tcl \
-			`ls -dr ../../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -dr ../../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -dr ../../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
-		    if test -f "$i/win/tclConfig.sh" ; then
-			ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/win; pwd)`"
-			break
-		    fi
-		done
-	    fi
-
-	    # check in a few common install locations
-	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
-		for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -d /cygdrive/c/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -d /cygdrive/c/Progra~1/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -d /c/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -d /c/Progra~1/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -d C:/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -d C:/Progra~1/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
-			; do
-		    if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then
-			ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`"
-			break
-		    fi
-		done
-	    fi
-
-	    # check in a few other private locations
-	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
-		for i in \
-			${srcdir}/../tcl \
-			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
-		    if test -f "$i/win/tclConfig.sh" ; then
-		    ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/win; pwd)`"
-		    break
-		fi
-		done
-	    fi
-	])
-
-	if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
-	    TCL_BIN_DIR="# no Tcl configs found"
-	    AC_MSG_ERROR([Can't find Tcl configuration definitions. Use --with-tcl to specify a directory containing tclConfig.sh])
-	else
-	    no_tcl=
-	    TCL_BIN_DIR="${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}"
-	    AC_MSG_RESULT([found ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh])
-	fi
-    fi
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# SC_PATH_TKCONFIG --
-#
-#	Locate the tkConfig.sh file
-#
-# Arguments:
-#	none
-#
-# Results:
-#
-#	Adds the following arguments to configure:
-#		--with-tk=...
-#
-#	Defines the following vars:
-#		TK_BIN_DIR	Full path to the directory containing
-#				the tkConfig.sh file
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([SC_PATH_TKCONFIG], [
-    #
-    # Ok, lets find the tk configuration
-    # First, look for one uninstalled.
-    # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tk
-    #
-
-    if test x"${no_tk}" = x ; then
-	# we reset no_tk in case something fails here
-	no_tk=true
-	AC_ARG_WITH(tk,
-	    AC_HELP_STRING([--with-tk],
-		[directory containing tk configuration (tkConfig.sh)]),
-	    with_tkconfig="${withval}")
-	AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tk configuration])
-	AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_tkconfig,[
-
-	    # First check to see if --with-tkconfig was specified.
-	    if test x"${with_tkconfig}" != x ; then
-		case "${with_tkconfig}" in
-		    */tkConfig.sh )
-			if test -f "${with_tkconfig}"; then
-			    AC_MSG_WARN([--with-tk argument should refer to directory containing tkConfig.sh, not to tkConfig.sh itself])
-			    with_tkconfig="`echo "${with_tkconfig}" | sed 's!/tkConfig\.sh$!!'`"
-			fi ;;
-		esac
-		if test -f "${with_tkconfig}/tkConfig.sh" ; then
-		    ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd "${with_tkconfig}"; pwd)`"
-		else
-		    AC_MSG_ERROR([${with_tkconfig} directory doesn't contain tkConfig.sh])
-		fi
-	    fi
-
-	    # then check for a private Tk library
-	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
-		for i in \
-			../tk \
-			`ls -dr ../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -dr ../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -dr ../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
-			../../tk \
-			`ls -dr ../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -dr ../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -dr ../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
-			../../../tk \
-			`ls -dr ../../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -dr ../../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -dr ../../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
-		    if test -f "$i/win/tkConfig.sh" ; then
-			ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i/win; pwd)`"
-			break
-		    fi
-		done
-	    fi
-
-	    # check in a few common install locations
-	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
-		for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -d /cygdrive/c/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -d /cygdrive/c/Progra~1/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -d /c/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -d /c/Progra~1/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -d C:/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -d C:/Progra~1/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \
-			; do
-		    if test -f "$i/tkConfig.sh" ; then
-			ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`"
-			break
-		    fi
-		done
-	    fi
-
-	    # check in a few other private locations
-	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
-		for i in \
-			${srcdir}/../tk \
-			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
-			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
-		    if test -f "$i/win/tkConfig.sh" ; then
-			ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i/win; pwd)`"
-			break
-		    fi
-		done
-	    fi
-	])
-
-	if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
-	    TK_BIN_DIR="# no Tk configs found"
-	    AC_MSG_ERROR([Can't find Tk configuration definitions. Use --with-tk to specify a directory containing tkConfig.sh])
-	else
-	    no_tk=
-	    TK_BIN_DIR="${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}"
-	    AC_MSG_RESULT([found ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh])
-	fi
-    fi
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# SC_LOAD_TCLCONFIG --
-#
-#	Load the tclConfig.sh file.
-#
-# Arguments:
-#
-#	Requires the following vars to be set:
-#		TCL_BIN_DIR
-#
-# Results:
-#
-#	Substitutes the following vars:
-#		TCL_BIN_DIR
-#		TCL_SRC_DIR
-#		TCL_LIB_FILE
-#
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([SC_LOAD_TCLCONFIG], [
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh])
-
-    if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
-        AC_MSG_RESULT([loading])
-	. "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh"
-    else
-        AC_MSG_RESULT([could not find ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh])
-    fi
-
-    #
-    # If the TCL_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory),
-    # then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables.
-    # For example, the variable TCL_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value
-    # of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TCL_LIB_SPEC
-    # instead of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an
-    # installed and uninstalled version of Tcl.
-    #
-
-    if test -f $TCL_BIN_DIR/Makefile ; then
-        TCL_LIB_SPEC=${TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}
-        TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}
-        TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH=${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}
-    fi
-
-    #
-    # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution
-    #
-
-    eval "TCL_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_LIB_FILE}\""
-    eval "TCL_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_LIB_FLAG}\""
-    eval "TCL_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_LIB_SPEC}\""
-
-    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
-    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
-    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""
-
-    AC_SUBST(TCL_VERSION)
-    AC_SUBST(TCL_BIN_DIR)
-    AC_SUBST(TCL_SRC_DIR)
-
-    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FILE)
-    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FLAG)
-    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_SPEC)
-
-    AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE)
-    AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG)
-    AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
-
-    AC_SUBST(TCL_DEFS)
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# SC_LOAD_TKCONFIG --
-#
-#	Load the tkConfig.sh file
-#
-# Arguments:
-#
-#	Requires the following vars to be set:
-#		TK_BIN_DIR
-#
-# Results:
-#
-#	Sets the following vars that should be in tkConfig.sh:
-#		TK_BIN_DIR
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([SC_LOAD_TKCONFIG], [
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for existence of ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh])
-
-    if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh" ; then
-        AC_MSG_RESULT([loading])
-	. "${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh"
-    else
-        AC_MSG_RESULT([could not find ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh])
-    fi
-
-
-    AC_SUBST(TK_BIN_DIR)
-    AC_SUBST(TK_SRC_DIR)
-    AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FILE)
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# SC_ENABLE_SHARED --
-#
-#	Allows the building of shared libraries
-#
-# Arguments:
-#	none
-#
-# Results:
-#
-#	Adds the following arguments to configure:
-#		--enable-shared=yes|no
-#
-#	Defines the following vars:
-#		STATIC_BUILD	Used for building import/export libraries
-#				on Windows.
-#
-#	Sets the following vars:
-#		SHARED_BUILD	Value of 1 or 0
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_SHARED], [
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to build libraries])
-    AC_ARG_ENABLE(shared,
-	[  --enable-shared         build and link with shared libraries (default: on)],
-	[tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=yes])
-
-    if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then
-	enableval="$enable_shared"
-	tcl_ok=$enableval
-    else
-	tcl_ok=yes
-    fi
-
-    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" ; then
-	AC_MSG_RESULT([shared])
-	SHARED_BUILD=1
-    else
-	AC_MSG_RESULT([static])
-	SHARED_BUILD=0
-	AC_DEFINE(STATIC_BUILD, 1, [Is this a static build?])
-    fi
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# SC_ENABLE_THREADS --
-#
-#	Specify if thread support should be enabled
-#
-# Arguments:
-#	none
-#
-# Results:
-#
-#	Adds the following arguments to configure:
-#		--enable-threads=yes|no
-#
-#	Defines the following vars:
-#		TCL_THREADS
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_THREADS], [
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING(for building with threads)
-    AC_ARG_ENABLE(threads, [  --enable-threads        build with threads (default: on)],
-	[tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=yes])
-
-    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
-	AC_MSG_RESULT([yes (default)])
-	TCL_THREADS=1
-	AC_DEFINE(TCL_THREADS)
-	# USE_THREAD_ALLOC tells us to try the special thread-based
-	# allocator that significantly reduces lock contention
-	AC_DEFINE(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
-    else
-	TCL_THREADS=0
-	AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-    fi
-    AC_SUBST(TCL_THREADS)
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS --
-#
-#	Specify if debugging symbols should be used.
-#	Memory (TCL_MEM_DEBUG) and compile (TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG) debugging
-#	can also be enabled.
-#
-# Arguments:
-#	none
-#
-#	Requires the following vars to be set in the Makefile:
-#		CFLAGS_DEBUG
-#		CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE
-#
-# Results:
-#
-#	Adds the following arguments to configure:
-#		--enable-symbols
-#
-#	Defines the following vars:
-#		CFLAGS_DEFAULT	Sets to $(CFLAGS_DEBUG) if true
-#				Sets to $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) if false
-#		LDFLAGS_DEFAULT	Sets to $(LDFLAGS_DEBUG) if true
-#				Sets to $(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) if false
-#		DBGX		Debug library extension
-#
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS], [
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for build with symbols])
-    AC_ARG_ENABLE(symbols, [  --enable-symbols        build with debugging symbols (default: off)],    [tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=no])
-# FIXME: Currently, LDFLAGS_DEFAULT is not used, it should work like CFLAGS_DEFAULT.
-    if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
-	CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)'
-	LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)'
-	DBGX=""
-	AC_DEFINE(NDEBUG, 1, [Is no debugging enabled?])
-	AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
-
-	AC_DEFINE(TCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED)
-    else
-	CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_DEBUG)'
-	LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_DEBUG)'
-	DBGX=g
-	if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
-	    AC_MSG_RESULT([yes (standard debugging)])
-	fi
-    fi
-    AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_DEFAULT)
-    AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT)
-
-    if test "$tcl_ok" = "mem" -o "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then
-	AC_DEFINE(TCL_MEM_DEBUG, 1, [Is memory debugging enabled?])
-    fi
-
-    if test "$tcl_ok" = "compile" -o "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then
-	AC_DEFINE(TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG, 1, [Is bytecode debugging enabled?])
-	AC_DEFINE(TCL_COMPILE_STATS, 1, [Are bytecode statistics enabled?])
-    fi
-
-    if test "$tcl_ok" != "yes" -a "$tcl_ok" != "no"; then
-	if test "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then
-	    AC_MSG_RESULT([enabled symbols mem compile debugging])
-	else
-	    AC_MSG_RESULT([enabled $tcl_ok debugging])
-	fi
-    fi
-])
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS
-#
-#	Try to determine the proper flags to pass to the compiler
-#	for building shared libraries and other such nonsense.
-#
-#	NOTE: The backslashes in quotes below are substituted twice
-#	due to the fact that they are in a macro and then inlined
-#	in the final configure script.
-#
-# Arguments:
-#	none
-#
-# Results:
-#
-#	Can the following vars:
-#		EXTRA_CFLAGS
-#		CFLAGS_DEBUG
-#		CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE
-#		CFLAGS_WARNING
-#		LDFLAGS_DEBUG
-#		LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE
-#		LDFLAGS_CONSOLE
-#		LDFLAGS_WINDOW
-#		CC_OBJNAME
-#		CC_EXENAME
-#		CYGPATH
-#		STLIB_LD
-#		SHLIB_LD
-#		SHLIB_LD_LIBS
-#		LIBS
-#		AR
-#		RC
-#		RES
-#
-#		MAKE_LIB
-#		MAKE_STUB_LIB
-#		MAKE_EXE
-#		MAKE_DLL
-#
-#		LIBSUFFIX
-#		LIBFLAGSUFFIX
-#		LIBPREFIX
-#		LIBRARIES
-#		EXESUFFIX
-#		DLLSUFFIX
-#
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS], [
-
-    # Step 0: Enable 64 bit support?
-
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([if 64bit support is requested])
-    AC_ARG_ENABLE(64bit,[  --enable-64bit          enable 64bit support (where applicable)], [do64bit=$enableval], [do64bit=no])
-    AC_MSG_RESULT($do64bit)
-
-    # Cross-compiling options for Windows/CE builds
-
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([if Windows/CE build is requested])
-    AC_ARG_ENABLE(wince,[  --enable-wince          enable Win/CE support (where applicable)], [doWince=$enableval], [doWince=no])
-    AC_MSG_RESULT($doWince)
-
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Windows/CE celib directory])
-    AC_ARG_WITH(celib,[  --with-celib=DIR        use Windows/CE support library from DIR],
-	    CELIB_DIR=$withval, CELIB_DIR=NO_CELIB)
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([$CELIB_DIR])
-
-    # Set some defaults (may get changed below)
-    EXTRA_CFLAGS=""
-	AC_DEFINE(MODULE_SCOPE, [extern], [No need to mark inidividual symbols as hidden])
-
-    AC_CHECK_PROG(CYGPATH, cygpath, cygpath -m, echo)
-
-    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll"
-
-    # MACHINE is IX86 for LINK, but this is used by the manifest,
-    # which requires x86|amd64|ia64.
-    MACHINE="X86"
-
-    if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then
-
-      AC_CACHE_CHECK(for cross-compile version of gcc,
-	ac_cv_cross,
-	AC_TRY_COMPILE([
-	    #ifndef _WIN32
-		#error cross-compiler
-	    #endif
-	], [],
-	ac_cv_cross=no,
-	ac_cv_cross=yes)
-      )
-
-      if test "$ac_cv_cross" = "yes"; then
-	case "$do64bit" in
-	    amd64|x64|yes)
-		CC="x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc"
-		LD="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ld"
-		AR="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ar"
-		RANLIB="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ranlib"
-		RC="x86_64-w64-mingw32-windres"
-	    ;;
-	    *)
-		CC="i686-w64-mingw32-gcc"
-		LD="i686-w64-mingw32-ld"
-		AR="i686-w64-mingw32-ar"
-		RANLIB="i686-w64-mingw32-ranlib"
-		RC="i686-w64-mingw32-windres"
-	    ;;
-	esac
-      fi
-    fi
-
-    # Check for a bug in gcc's windres that causes the
-    # compile to fail when a Windows native path is
-    # passed into windres. The mingw toolchain requires
-    # Windows native paths while Cygwin should work
-    # with both. Avoid the bug by passing a POSIX
-    # path when using the Cygwin toolchain.
-
-    if test "$GCC" = "yes" && test "$CYGPATH" != "echo" ; then
-	conftest=/tmp/conftest.rc
-	echo "STRINGTABLE BEGIN" > $conftest
-	echo "101 \"name\"" >> $conftest
-	echo "END" >> $conftest
-
-	AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Windows native path bug in windres])
-	cyg_conftest=`$CYGPATH $conftest`
-	if AC_TRY_COMMAND($RC -o conftest.res.o $cyg_conftest) ; then
-	    AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
-	else
-	    AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
-	    CYGPATH=echo
-	fi
-	conftest=
-	cyg_conftest=
-    fi
-
-    if test "$CYGPATH" = "echo"; then
-        DEPARG='"$<"'
-    else
-        DEPARG='"$(shell $(CYGPATH) $<)"'
-    fi
-
-    # set various compiler flags depending on whether we are using gcc or cl
-
-    if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then
-	extra_cflags="-pipe"
-	extra_ldflags="-pipe -static-libgcc"
-	AC_CACHE_CHECK(for mingw32 version of gcc,
-	    ac_cv_win32,
-	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([
-		#ifdef _WIN32
-		    #error win32
-		#endif
-	    ], [],
-	    ac_cv_win32=no,
-	    ac_cv_win32=yes)
-	)
-	if test "$ac_cv_win32" != "yes"; then
-	    AC_MSG_ERROR([${CC} cannot produce win32 executables.])
-	fi
-
-	hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mwindows -municode -Dmain=xxmain"
-	AC_CACHE_CHECK(for working -municode linker flag,
-	    ac_cv_municode,
-	AC_TRY_LINK([
-	#include <windows.h>
-	int APIENTRY wWinMain(HINSTANCE a, HINSTANCE b, LPWSTR c, int d) {return 0;}
-	],
-	[],
-	    ac_cv_municode=yes,
-	    ac_cv_municode=no)
-	)
-	CFLAGS=$hold_cflags
-	if test "$ac_cv_municode" = "yes" ; then
-	    extra_ldflags="$extra_ldflags -municode"
-	else
-	    extra_cflags="$extra_cflags -DTCL_BROKEN_MAINARGS"
-	fi
-    fi
-
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([compiler flags])
-    if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then
-	SHLIB_LD=""
-	SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
-	LIBS="-lnetapi32 -lkernel32 -luser32 -ladvapi32 -luserenv -lws2_32"
-	# mingw needs to link ole32 and oleaut32 for [send], but MSVC doesn't
-	LIBS_GUI="-lgdi32 -lcomdlg32 -limm32 -lcomctl32 -lshell32 -luuid -lole32 -loleaut32"
-	STLIB_LD='${AR} cr'
-	RC_OUT=-o
-	RC_TYPE=
-	RC_INCLUDE=--include
-	RC_DEFINE=--define
-	RES=res.o
-	MAKE_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \[$]@"
-	MAKE_STUB_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \[$]@"
-	POST_MAKE_LIB="\${RANLIB} \[$]@"
-	MAKE_EXE="\${CC} -o \[$]@"
-	LIBPREFIX="lib"
-
-	if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "0" ; then
-	    # static
-            AC_MSG_RESULT([using static flags])
-	    runtime=
-	    LIBRARIES="\${STATIC_LIBRARIES}"
-	    EXESUFFIX="s\${DBGX}.exe"
-	else
-	    # dynamic
-            AC_MSG_RESULT([using shared flags])
-
-	    # ad-hoc check to see if CC supports -shared.
-	    if "${CC}" -shared 2>&1 | egrep ': -shared not supported' >/dev/null; then
-		AC_MSG_ERROR([${CC} does not support the -shared option.
-                You will need to upgrade to a newer version of the toolchain.])
-	    fi
-
-	    runtime=
-	    # Add SHLIB_LD_LIBS to the Make rule, not here.
-
-	    EXESUFFIX="\${DBGX}.exe"
-	    LIBRARIES="\${SHARED_LIBRARIES}"
-	fi
-	# Link with gcc since ld does not link to default libs like
-	# -luser32 and -lmsvcrt by default.
-	SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
-	SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
-	MAKE_DLL="\${SHLIB_LD} \$(LDFLAGS) -o \[$]@ ${extra_ldflags} \
-	    -Wl,--out-implib,\$(patsubst %.dll,lib%.a,\[$]@)"
-	# DLLSUFFIX is separate because it is the building block for
-	# users of tclConfig.sh that may build shared or static.
-	DLLSUFFIX="\${DBGX}.dll"
-	LIBSUFFIX="\${DBGX}.a"
-	LIBFLAGSUFFIX="\${DBGX}"
-	SHLIB_SUFFIX=.dll
-
-	EXTRA_CFLAGS="${extra_cflags}"
-
-	CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
-	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer"
-	CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall -Wdeclaration-after-statement"
-	LDFLAGS_DEBUG=
-	LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=
-
-	# Specify the CC output file names based on the target name
-	CC_OBJNAME="-o \[$]@"
-	CC_EXENAME="-o \[$]@"
-
-	# Specify linker flags depending on the type of app being
-	# built -- Console vs. Window.
-	#
-	# ORIGINAL COMMENT:
-	# We need to pass -e _WinMain@16 so that ld will use
-	# WinMain() instead of main() as the entry point. We can't
-	# use autoconf to check for this case since it would need
-	# to run an executable and that does not work when
-	# cross compiling. Remove this -e workaround once we
-	# require a gcc that does not have this bug.
-	#
-	# MK NOTE: Tk should use a different mechanism. This causes
-	# interesting problems, such as wish dying at startup.
-	#LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-mwindows -e _WinMain@16 ${extra_ldflags}"
-	LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-mconsole ${extra_ldflags}"
-	LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-mwindows ${extra_ldflags}"
-
-	case "$do64bit" in
-	    amd64|x64|yes)
-		MACHINE="AMD64" ; # assume AMD64 as default 64-bit build
-		AC_MSG_RESULT([   Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode])
-		;;
-	    ia64)
-		MACHINE="IA64"
-		AC_MSG_RESULT([   Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode])
-		;;
-	    *)
-		AC_TRY_COMPILE([
-		    #ifndef _WIN64
-			#error 32-bit
-		    #endif
-		], [],
-			tcl_win_64bit=yes,
-			tcl_win_64bit=no
-		)
-		if test "$tcl_win_64bit" = "yes" ; then
-			do64bit=amd64
-			MACHINE="AMD64"
-			AC_MSG_RESULT([   Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode])
-		fi
-		;;
-	esac
-    else
-	if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "0" ; then
-	    # static
-            AC_MSG_RESULT([using static flags])
-	    runtime=-MT
-	    LIBRARIES="\${STATIC_LIBRARIES}"
-	    EXESUFFIX="s\${DBGX}.exe"
-	else
-	    # dynamic
-            AC_MSG_RESULT([using shared flags])
-	    runtime=-MD
-	    # Add SHLIB_LD_LIBS to the Make rule, not here.
-	    LIBRARIES="\${SHARED_LIBRARIES}"
-	    EXESUFFIX="\${DBGX}.exe"
-	    case "x`echo \${VisualStudioVersion}`" in
-		x1[[4-9]]*)
-		    lflags="${lflags} -nodefaultlib:libucrt.lib"
-		    ;;
-		*)
-		    ;;
-	    esac
-	fi
-	MAKE_DLL="\${SHLIB_LD} \$(LDFLAGS) -out:\[$]@"
-	# DLLSUFFIX is separate because it is the building block for
-	# users of tclConfig.sh that may build shared or static.
-	DLLSUFFIX="\${DBGX}.dll"
-	LIBSUFFIX="\${DBGX}.lib"
-	LIBFLAGSUFFIX="\${DBGX}"
-
-	# This is a 2-stage check to make sure we have the 64-bit SDK
-	# We have to know where the SDK is installed.
-	# This magic is based on MS Platform SDK for Win2003 SP1 - hobbs
-	if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
-	    if test "x${MSSDK}x" = "xx" ; then
-		MSSDK="C:/Progra~1/Microsoft Platform SDK"
-	    fi
-	    MSSDK=`echo "$MSSDK" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
-	    PATH64=""
-	    case "$do64bit" in
-		amd64|x64|yes)
-		    MACHINE="AMD64" ; # assume AMD64 as default 64-bit build
-		    PATH64="${MSSDK}/Bin/Win64/x86/AMD64"
-		    ;;
-		ia64)
-		    MACHINE="IA64"
-		    PATH64="${MSSDK}/Bin/Win64"
-		    ;;
-	    esac
-	    if test ! -d "${PATH64}" ; then
-		AC_MSG_WARN([Could not find 64-bit $MACHINE SDK])
-	    fi
-	    AC_MSG_RESULT([   Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode])
-	fi
-
-	LIBS="netapi32.lib kernel32.lib user32.lib advapi32.lib userenv.lib ws2_32.lib"
-
-	case "x`echo \${VisualStudioVersion}`" in
-		x1[[4-9]]*)
-		    LIBS="$LIBS ucrt.lib"
-		    ;;
-		*)
-		    ;;
-	esac
-
-	if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
-	    # The space-based-path will work for the Makefile, but will
-	    # not work if AC_TRY_COMPILE is called.  TEA has the
-	    # TEA_PATH_NOSPACE to avoid this issue.
-	    # Check if _WIN64 is already recognized, and if so we don't
-	    # need to modify CC.
-	    AC_CHECK_DECL([_WIN64], [],
-			  [CC="\"${PATH64}/cl.exe\" -I\"${MSSDK}/Include\" \
-			 -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt\" \
-			 -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt/sys\""])
-	    RC="\"${MSSDK}/bin/rc.exe\""
-	    CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od ${runtime}d"
-	    # Do not use -O2 for Win64 - this has proved buggy in code gen.
-	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O1 ${runtime}"
-	    lflags="${lflags} -nologo -MACHINE:${MACHINE} -LIBPATH:\"${MSSDK}/Lib/${MACHINE}\""
-	    LINKBIN="\"${PATH64}/link.exe\""
-	    # Avoid 'unresolved external symbol __security_cookie' errors.
-	    # c.f. http://support.microsoft.com/?id=894573
-	    LIBS="$LIBS bufferoverflowU.lib"
-	else
-	    RC="rc"
-	    # -Od - no optimization
-	    # -WX - warnings as errors
-	    CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Z7 -Od -WX ${runtime}d"
-	    # -O2 - create fast code (/Og /Oi /Ot /Oy /Ob2 /Gs /GF /Gy)
-	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 ${runtime}"
-	    lflags="${lflags} -nologo"
-	    LINKBIN="link"
-	fi
-
-	if test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
-	    # Set defaults for common evc4/PPC2003 setup
-	    # Currently Tcl requires 300+, possibly 420+ for sockets
-	    CEVERSION=420; 		# could be 211 300 301 400 420 ...
-	    TARGETCPU=ARMV4;	# could be ARMV4 ARM MIPS SH3 X86 ...
-	    ARCH=ARM;		# could be ARM MIPS X86EM ...
-	    PLATFORM="Pocket PC 2003"; # or "Pocket PC 2002"
-	    if test "$doWince" != "yes"; then
-		# If !yes then the user specified something
-		# Reset ARCH to allow user to skip specifying it
-		ARCH=
-		eval `echo $doWince | awk -F "," '{ \
-	if (length([$]1)) { printf "CEVERSION=\"%s\"\n", [$]1; \
-	if ([$]1 < 400)	  { printf "PLATFORM=\"Pocket PC 2002\"\n" } }; \
-	if (length([$]2)) { printf "TARGETCPU=\"%s\"\n", toupper([$]2) }; \
-	if (length([$]3)) { printf "ARCH=\"%s\"\n", toupper([$]3) }; \
-	if (length([$]4)) { printf "PLATFORM=\"%s\"\n", [$]4 }; \
-		}'`
-		if test "x${ARCH}" = "x" ; then
-		    ARCH=$TARGETCPU;
-		fi
-	    fi
-	    OSVERSION=WCE$CEVERSION;
-	    if test "x${WCEROOT}" = "x" ; then
-		WCEROOT="C:/Program Files/Microsoft eMbedded C++ 4.0"
-		if test ! -d "${WCEROOT}" ; then
-		    WCEROOT="C:/Program Files/Microsoft eMbedded Tools"
-		fi
-	    fi
-	    if test "x${SDKROOT}" = "x" ; then
-		SDKROOT="C:/Program Files/Windows CE Tools"
-		if test ! -d "${SDKROOT}" ; then
-		    SDKROOT="C:/Windows CE Tools"
-		fi
-	    fi
-	    # The space-based-path will work for the Makefile, but will
-	    # not work if AC_TRY_COMPILE is called.
-	    WCEROOT=`echo "$WCEROOT" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
-	    SDKROOT=`echo "$SDKROOT" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
-	    CELIB_DIR=`echo "$CELIB_DIR" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
-	    if test ! -d "${CELIB_DIR}/inc"; then
-		AC_MSG_ERROR([Invalid celib directory "${CELIB_DIR}"])
-	    fi
-	    if test ! -d "${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/Lib/${TARGETCPU}"\
-		-o ! -d "${WCEROOT}/EVC/${OSVERSION}/bin"; then
-		AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find PocketPC SDK or target compiler to enable WinCE mode [$CEVERSION,$TARGETCPU,$ARCH,$PLATFORM]])
-	    else
-		CEINCLUDE="${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/include"
-		if test -d "${CEINCLUDE}/${TARGETCPU}" ; then
-		    CEINCLUDE="${CEINCLUDE}/${TARGETCPU}"
-		fi
-		CELIBPATH="${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/Lib/${TARGETCPU}"
-	    fi
-	fi
-
-	if test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
-	    CEBINROOT="${WCEROOT}/EVC/${OSVERSION}/bin"
-	    if test "${TARGETCPU}" = "X86"; then
-		CC="${CEBINROOT}/cl.exe"
-	    else
-		CC="${CEBINROOT}/cl${ARCH}.exe"
-	    fi
-	    CC="\"${CC}\" -I\"${CELIB_DIR}/inc\" -I\"${CEINCLUDE}\""
-	    RC="\"${WCEROOT}/Common/EVC/bin/rc.exe\""
-	    arch=`echo ${ARCH} | awk '{print tolower([$]0)}'`
-	    defs="${ARCH} _${ARCH}_ ${arch} PALM_SIZE _MT _DLL _WINDOWS"
-	    for i in $defs ; do
-		AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($i)
-	    done
-#	    if test "${ARCH}" = "X86EM"; then
-#		AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(_WIN32_WCE_EMULATION)
-#	    fi
-	    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(_WIN32_WCE, $CEVERSION)
-	    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(UNDER_CE, $CEVERSION)
-	    CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od"
-	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2"
-	    lversion=`echo ${CEVERSION} | sed -e 's/\(.\)\(..\)/\1\.\2/'`
-	    lflags="-nodefaultlib -MACHINE:${ARCH} -LIBPATH:\"${CELIBPATH}\" -subsystem:windowsce,${lversion} -nologo"
-	    LINKBIN="\"${CEBINROOT}/link.exe\""
-	    AC_SUBST(CELIB_DIR)
-	    if test "${CEVERSION}" -lt 400 ; then
-		LIBS="coredll.lib corelibc.lib winsock.lib"
-	    else
-		LIBS="coredll.lib corelibc.lib ws2.lib"
-	    fi
-	    # celib currently stuck at wce300 status
-	    #LIBS="$LIBS \${CELIB_DIR}/wince-${ARCH}-pocket-${OSVERSION}-release/celib.lib"
-	    LIBS="$LIBS \"\${CELIB_DIR}/wince-${ARCH}-pocket-wce300-release/celib.lib\""
-	    LIBS_GUI="commctrl.lib commdlg.lib"
-	else
-	    LIBS_GUI="gdi32.lib comdlg32.lib imm32.lib comctl32.lib shell32.lib uuid.lib"
-	fi
-
-	SHLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -dll -incremental:no ${lflags}"
-	SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
-	# link -lib only works when -lib is the first arg
-	STLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -lib ${lflags}"
-	RC_OUT=-fo
-	RC_TYPE=-r
-	RC_INCLUDE=-i
-	RC_DEFINE=-d
-	RES=res
-	MAKE_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} -out:\[$]@"
-	MAKE_STUB_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} -nodefaultlib -out:\[$]@"
-	POST_MAKE_LIB=
-	MAKE_EXE="\${CC} -Fe\[$]@"
-	LIBPREFIX=""
-
-	CFLAGS_DEBUG="${CFLAGS_DEBUG} -D_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE -D_CRT_NONSTDC_NO_DEPRECATE"
-	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="${CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE} -D_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE -D_CRT_NONSTDC_NO_DEPRECATE"
-
-	EXTRA_CFLAGS=""
-	CFLAGS_WARNING="-W3"
-	LDFLAGS_DEBUG="-debug"
-	LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-release"
-
-	# Specify the CC output file names based on the target name
-	CC_OBJNAME="-Fo\[$]@"
-	CC_EXENAME="-Fe\"\$(shell \$(CYGPATH) '\[$]@')\""
-
-	# Specify linker flags depending on the type of app being
-	# built -- Console vs. Window.
-	if test "$doWince" != "no" -a "${TARGETCPU}" != "X86"; then
-	    LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link ${lflags}"
-	    LDFLAGS_WINDOW=${LDFLAGS_CONSOLE}
-	else
-	    LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link -subsystem:console ${lflags}"
-	    LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-link -subsystem:windows ${lflags}"
-	fi
-    fi
-
-    if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
-	AC_DEFINE(TCL_CFG_DO64BIT)
-    fi
-
-    if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then
-	AC_CACHE_CHECK(for SEH support in compiler,
-	    tcl_cv_seh,
-	AC_TRY_RUN([
-	    #define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-	    #include <windows.h>
-	    #undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-
-	    int main(int argc, char** argv) {
-		int a, b = 0;
-		__try {
-		    a = 666 / b;
-		}
-		__except (EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER) {
-		    return 0;
-		}
-		return 1;
-	    }
-	],
-	    tcl_cv_seh=yes,
-	    tcl_cv_seh=no,
-	    tcl_cv_seh=no)
-	)
-	if test "$tcl_cv_seh" = "no" ; then
-	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_NO_SEH, 1,
-		    [Defined when mingw does not support SEH])
-	fi
-
-	#
-	# Check to see if the excpt.h include file provided contains the
-	# definition for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION; if not, which is the case
-	# with Cygwin's version as of 2002-04-10, define it to be int,
-	# sufficient for getting the current code to work.
-	#
-	AC_CACHE_CHECK(for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION support in include files,
-	    tcl_cv_eh_disposition,
-	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([
-#	    define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-#	    include <windows.h>
-#	    undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-	    ],[
-		EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION x;
-	    ],
-		tcl_cv_eh_disposition=yes,
-		tcl_cv_eh_disposition=no)
-	)
-	if test "$tcl_cv_eh_disposition" = "no" ; then
-	AC_DEFINE(EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION, int,
-		[Defined when cygwin/mingw does not support EXCEPTION DISPOSITION])
-	fi
-
-	# Check to see if winnt.h defines CHAR, SHORT, and LONG
-	# even if VOID has already been #defined. The win32api
-	# used by mingw and cygwin is known to do this.
-
-	AC_CACHE_CHECK(for winnt.h that ignores VOID define,
-	    tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void,
-	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([
-		#define VOID void
-		#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-		#include <windows.h>
-		#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-	    ], [
-		CHAR c;
-		SHORT s;
-		LONG l;
-	    ],
-        tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void=yes,
-        tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void=no)
-	)
-	if test "$tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" = "yes" ; then
-	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_WINNT_IGNORE_VOID, 1,
-		    [Defined when cygwin/mingw ignores VOID define in winnt.h])
-	fi
-
-	# See if the compiler supports casting to a union type.
-	# This is used to stop gcc from printing a compiler
-	# warning when initializing a union member.
-
-	AC_CACHE_CHECK(for cast to union support,
-	    tcl_cv_cast_to_union,
-	    AC_TRY_COMPILE([],
-	    [
-		  union foo { int i; double d; };
-		  union foo f = (union foo) (int) 0;
-	    ],
-	    tcl_cv_cast_to_union=yes,
-	    tcl_cv_cast_to_union=no)
-	)
-	if test "$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" = "yes"; then
-	    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CAST_TO_UNION, 1,
-		    [Defined when compiler supports casting to union type.])
-	fi
-    fi
-
-    # DL_LIBS is empty, but then we match the Unix version
-    AC_SUBST(DL_LIBS)
-    AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_DEBUG)
-    AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)
-    AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_WARNING)
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# SC_WITH_TCL --
-#
-#	Location of the Tcl build directory.
-#
-# Arguments:
-#	none
-#
-# Results:
-#
-#	Adds the following arguments to configure:
-#		--with-tcl=...
-#
-#	Defines the following vars:
-#		TCL_BIN_DIR	Full path to the tcl build dir.
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([SC_WITH_TCL], [
-    if test -d ../../tcl8.6$1/win;  then
-	TCL_BIN_DEFAULT=../../tcl8.6$1/win
-    else
-	TCL_BIN_DEFAULT=../../tcl8.6/win
-    fi
-
-    AC_ARG_WITH(tcl, [  --with-tcl=DIR          use Tcl 8.6 binaries from DIR],
-	    TCL_BIN_DIR=$withval, TCL_BIN_DIR=`cd $TCL_BIN_DEFAULT; pwd`)
-    if test ! -d $TCL_BIN_DIR; then
-	AC_MSG_ERROR(Tcl directory $TCL_BIN_DIR does not exist)
-    fi
-    if test ! -f $TCL_BIN_DIR/Makefile; then
-	AC_MSG_ERROR(There is no Makefile in $TCL_BIN_DIR:  perhaps you did not specify the Tcl *build* directory (not the toplevel Tcl directory) or you forgot to configure Tcl?)
-    else
-	echo "building against Tcl binaries in: $TCL_BIN_DIR"
-    fi
-    AC_SUBST(TCL_BIN_DIR)
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# SC_PROG_TCLSH
-#	Locate a tclsh shell installed on the system path. This macro
-#	will only find a Tcl shell that already exists on the system.
-#	It will not find a Tcl shell in the Tcl build directory or
-#	a Tcl shell that has been installed from the Tcl build directory.
-#	If a Tcl shell can't be located on the PATH, then TCLSH_PROG will
-#	be set to "". Extensions should take care not to create Makefile
-#	rules that are run by default and depend on TCLSH_PROG. An
-#	extension can't assume that an executable Tcl shell exists at
-#	build time.
-#
-# Arguments
-#	none
-#
-# Results
-#	Subst's the following values:
-#		TCLSH_PROG
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([SC_PROG_TCLSH], [
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for tclsh])
-
-    AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_tclsh, [
-	search_path=`echo ${PATH} | sed -e 's/:/ /g'`
-	for dir in $search_path ; do
-	    for j in `ls -r $dir/tclsh[[8-9]]*.exe 2> /dev/null` \
-		    `ls -r $dir/tclsh* 2> /dev/null` ; do
-		if test x"$ac_cv_path_tclsh" = x ; then
-		    if test -f "$j" ; then
-			ac_cv_path_tclsh=$j
-			break
-		    fi
-		fi
-	    done
-	done
-    ])
-
-    if test -f "$ac_cv_path_tclsh" ; then
-	TCLSH_PROG="$ac_cv_path_tclsh"
-	AC_MSG_RESULT($TCLSH_PROG)
-    else
-	# It is not an error if an installed version of Tcl can't be located.
-	TCLSH_PROG=""
-	AC_MSG_RESULT([No tclsh found on PATH])
-    fi
-    AC_SUBST(TCLSH_PROG)
-])
-
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# SC_BUILD_TCLSH
-#	Determine the fully qualified path name of the tclsh executable
-#	in the Tcl build directory. This macro will correctly determine
-#	the name of the tclsh executable even if tclsh has not yet
-#	been built in the build directory. The build tclsh must be used
-#	when running tests from an extension build directory. It is not
-#	correct to use the TCLSH_PROG in cases like this.
-#
-# Arguments
-#	none
-#
-# Results
-#	Subst's the following values:
-#		BUILD_TCLSH
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([SC_BUILD_TCLSH], [
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for tclsh in Tcl build directory])
-    BUILD_TCLSH=${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}${EXEEXT}
-    AC_MSG_RESULT($BUILD_TCLSH)
-    AC_SUBST(BUILD_TCLSH)
-])
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# SC_TCL_CFG_ENCODING	TIP #59
-#
-#	Declare the encoding to use for embedded configuration information.
-#
-# Arguments:
-#	None.
-#
-# Results:
-#	Might append to the following vars:
-#		DEFS	(implicit)
-#
-#	Will define the following vars:
-#		TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING
-#
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_CFG_ENCODING], [
-    AC_ARG_WITH(encoding, [  --with-encoding         encoding for configuration values], with_tcencoding=${withval})
-
-    if test x"${with_tcencoding}" != x ; then
-	AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING,"${with_tcencoding}")
-    else
-	# Default encoding on windows is not "iso8859-1"
-	AC_DEFINE(TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING,"cp1252")
-    fi
-])
-
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-# SC_EMBED_MANIFEST
-#
-#	Figure out if we can embed the manifest where necessary
-#
-# Arguments:
-#	An optional manifest to merge into DLL/EXE.
-#
-# Results:
-#	Will define the following vars:
-#		VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL
-#		VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE
-#
-#--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-AC_DEFUN([SC_EMBED_MANIFEST], [
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to embed manifest)
-    AC_ARG_ENABLE(embedded-manifest,
-	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-embedded-manifest],
-		[embed manifest if possible (default: yes)]),
-	[embed_ok=$enableval], [embed_ok=yes])
-
-    VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL=
-    VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE=
-    result=no
-    if test "$embed_ok" = "yes" -a "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" \
-       -a "$GCC" != "yes" ; then
-	# Add the magic to embed the manifest into the dll/exe
-	AC_EGREP_CPP([manifest needed], [
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1400
-print("manifest needed")
-#endif
-	], [
-	# Could do a CHECK_PROG for mt, but should always be with MSVC8+
-	# Could add 'if test -f' check, but manifest should be created
-	# in this compiler case
-	# Add in a manifest argument that may be specified
-	# XXX Needs improvement so that the test for existence accounts
-	# XXX for a provided (known) manifest
-	VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL="if test -f \[$]@.manifest ; then mt.exe -nologo -manifest \[$]@.manifest $1 -outputresource:\[$]@\;2 ; fi"
-	VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE="if test -f \[$]@.manifest ; then mt.exe -nologo -manifest \[$]@.manifest $1 -outputresource:\[$]@\;1 ; fi"
-	result=yes
-	if test "x$1" != x ; then
-	    result="yes ($1)"
-	fi
-	])
-    fi
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([$result])
-    AC_SUBST(VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL)
-    AC_SUBST(VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)
-])
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/tkConfig.sh.in b/tk8.6/win/tkConfig.sh.in
deleted file mode 100644
index c511312..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/tkConfig.sh.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-# tkConfig.sh --
-#
-# This shell script (for sh) is generated automatically by Tk's
-# configure script.  It will create shell variables for most of
-# the configuration options discovered by the configure script.
-# This script is intended to be included by the configure scripts
-# for Tk extensions so that they don't have to figure this all
-# out for themselves.  This file does not duplicate information
-# already provided by tclConfig.sh, so you may need to use that
-# file in addition to this one.
-#
-# The information in this file is specific to a single platform.
-
-TK_DLL_FILE="@TK_DLL_FILE@"
-
-# Tk's version number.
-TK_VERSION='@TK_VERSION@'
-TK_MAJOR_VERSION='@TK_MAJOR_VERSION@'
-TK_MINOR_VERSION='@TK_MINOR_VERSION@'
-TK_PATCH_LEVEL='@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@'
-
-# -D flags for use with the C compiler.
-TK_DEFS='@DEFS@'
-
-# Flag, 1: we built a shared lib, 0 we didn't
-TK_SHARED_BUILD=@TK_SHARED_BUILD@
-
-# This indicates if Tk was build with debugging symbols
-TK_DBGX=@TK_DBGX@
-
-# The name of the Tk library (may be either a .a file or a shared library):
-TK_LIB_FILE='@TK_LIB_FILE@'
-
-# Additional libraries to use when linking Tk.
-TK_LIBS='@LIBS@ @LIBS_GUI@'
-
-# Top-level directory in which Tcl's platform-independent files are
-# installed.
-TK_PREFIX='@prefix@'
-
-# Top-level directory in which Tcl's platform-specific files (e.g.
-# executables) are installed.
-TK_EXEC_PREFIX='@exec_prefix@'
-
-# -l flag to pass to the linker to pick up the Tcl library
-TK_LIB_FLAG='@TK_LIB_FLAG@'
-
-# String to pass to linker to pick up the Tk library from its
-# build directory.
-TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC='@TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC@'
-
-# String to pass to linker to pick up the Tk library from its
-# installed directory.
-TK_LIB_SPEC='@TK_LIB_SPEC@'
-
-# Location of the top-level source directory from which Tk was built.
-# This is the directory that contains a README file as well as
-# subdirectories such as generic, unix, etc.  If Tk was compiled in a
-# different place than the directory containing the source files, this
-# points to the location of the sources, not the location where Tk was
-# compiled.
-TK_SRC_DIR='@TK_SRC_DIR@'
-
-# Needed if you want to make a 'fat' shared library library
-# containing tk objects or link a different wish.
-TK_CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='@TK_CC_SEARCH_FLAGS@'
-TK_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='@TK_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS@'
-
-# The name of the Tk stub library (.a):
-TK_STUB_LIB_FILE='@TK_STUB_LIB_FILE@'
-
-# -l flag to pass to the linker to pick up the Tk stub library
-TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG='@TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG@'
-
-# String to pass to linker to pick up the Tk stub library from its
-# build directory.
-TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC='@TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC@'
-
-# String to pass to linker to pick up the Tk stub library from its
-# installed directory.
-TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC='@TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC@'
-
-# Path to the Tk stub library in the build directory.
-TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH='@TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH@'
-
-# Path to the Tk stub library in the install directory.
-TK_STUB_LIB_PATH='@TK_STUB_LIB_PATH@'
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/tkWin.h b/tk8.6/win/tkWin.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4d278d7..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/tkWin.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * tkWin.h --
- *
- *	Declarations of public types and interfaces that are only
- *	available under Windows.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
- * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
- */
-
-#ifndef _TKWIN
-#define _TKWIN
-
-/*
- * We must specify the lower version we intend to support. In particular
- * the SystemParametersInfo API doesn't like to receive structures that
- * are larger than it expects which affects the font assignments.
- *
- * WINVER = 0x0500 means Windows 2000 and above
- */
-
-#ifndef WINVER
-#define WINVER 0x0500
-#endif
-#ifndef _WIN32_WINNT
-#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0500
-#endif
-
-#ifndef _TK
-#include <tk.h>
-#endif
-
-#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-#include <windows.h>
-#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-
-/*
- * The following messages are used to communicate between a Tk toplevel
- * and its container window. A Tk container may not be able to provide
- * service to all of the following requests at the moment. But an embedded
- * Tk window will send out these requests to support external Tk container
- * application.
- */
-
-#define TK_CLAIMFOCUS	    (WM_USER)	    /* an embedded window requests to focus */
-#define TK_GEOMETRYREQ	    (WM_USER+1)	    /* an embedded window requests to change size */
-#define TK_ATTACHWINDOW	    (WM_USER+2)	    /* an embedded window requests to attach */
-#define TK_DETACHWINDOW	    (WM_USER+3)	    /* an embedded window requests to detach */
-#define TK_MOVEWINDOW	    (WM_USER+4)	    /* an embedded window requests to move */
-#define TK_RAISEWINDOW	    (WM_USER+5)	    /* an embedded window requests to raise */
-#define TK_ICONIFY	    (WM_USER+6)	    /* an embedded window requests to iconify */
-#define TK_DEICONIFY	    (WM_USER+7)	    /* an embedded window requests to deiconify */
-#define TK_WITHDRAW	    (WM_USER+8)	    /* an embedded window requests to withdraw */
-#define TK_GETFRAMEWID	    (WM_USER+9)	    /* an embedded window requests a frame window id */
-#define TK_OVERRIDEREDIRECT (WM_USER+10)    /* an embedded window requests to overrideredirect */
-#define TK_SETMENU	    (WM_USER+11)    /* an embedded window requests to setup menu */
-#define TK_STATE	    (WM_USER+12)    /* an embedded window sets/gets state */
-#define TK_INFO		    (WM_USER+13)    /* an embedded window requests a container's info */
-
-/*
- * The following are sub-messages (wParam) for TK_INFO.  An embedded window may
- * send a TK_INFO message with one of the sub-messages to query a container
- * for verification and availability
- */
-#define TK_CONTAINER_VERIFY	    0x01
-#define TK_CONTAINER_ISAVAILABLE    0x02
-
-
-/*
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Exported procedures defined for the Windows platform only.
- *
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-#include "tkPlatDecls.h"
-
-#endif /* _TKWIN */
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/tkWin32Dll.c b/tk8.6/win/tkWin32Dll.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 3c3d83a..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/tkWin32Dll.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,296 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * tkWin32Dll.c --
- *
- *	This file contains a stub dll entry point.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
- * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
- */
-
-#include "tkWinInt.h"
-#ifndef STATIC_BUILD
-
-#ifdef HAVE_NO_SEH
-
-/*
- * Unlike Borland and Microsoft, we don't register exception handlers by
- * pushing registration records onto the runtime stack. Instead, we register
- * them by creating an TCLEXCEPTION_REGISTRATION within the activation record.
- */
-
-typedef struct TCLEXCEPTION_REGISTRATION {
-    struct TCLEXCEPTION_REGISTRATION *link;
-    EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION (*handler)(
-	    struct _EXCEPTION_RECORD*, void*, struct _CONTEXT*, void*);
-    void *ebp;
-    void *esp;
-    int status;
-} TCLEXCEPTION_REGISTRATION;
-
-/*
- * Need to add noinline flag to DllMain declaration so that gcc -O3 does not
- * inline asm code into DllEntryPoint and cause a compile time error because
- * of redefined local labels.
- */
-
-BOOL APIENTRY		DllMain(HINSTANCE hInst, DWORD reason,
-			    LPVOID reserved) __attribute__ ((noinline));
-
-#else /* !HAVE_NO_SEH */
-
-/*
- * The following declaration is for the VC++ DLL entry point.
- */
-
-BOOL APIENTRY		DllMain(HINSTANCE hInst, DWORD reason,
-			    LPVOID reserved);
-#endif /* HAVE_NO_SEH */
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * DllEntryPoint --
- *
- *	This wrapper function is used by Borland to invoke the initialization
- *	code for Tk. It simply calls the DllMain routine.
- *
- * Results:
- *	See DllMain.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See DllMain.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-BOOL APIENTRY
-DllEntryPoint(
-    HINSTANCE hInst,		/* Library instance handle. */
-    DWORD reason,		/* Reason this function is being called. */
-    LPVOID reserved)		/* Not used. */
-{
-    return DllMain(hInst, reason, reserved);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * DllMain --
- *
- *	DLL entry point. It is only necessary to specify our dll here so that
- *	resources are found correctly. Otherwise Tk will initialize and clean
- *	up after itself through other methods, in order to be consistent
- *	whether the build is static or dynamic.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Always TRUE.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	This might call some synchronization functions, but MSDN documentation
- *	states: "Waiting on synchronization objects in DllMain can cause a
- *	deadlock."
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-BOOL APIENTRY
-DllMain(
-    HINSTANCE hInstance,
-    DWORD reason,
-    LPVOID reserved)
-{
-#ifdef HAVE_NO_SEH
-    TCLEXCEPTION_REGISTRATION registration;
-#endif
-
-    /*
-     * If we are attaching to the DLL from a new process, tell Tk about the
-     * hInstance to use.
-     */
-
-    switch (reason) {
-    case DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH:
-	DisableThreadLibraryCalls(hInstance);
-	TkWinSetHINSTANCE(hInstance);
-	break;
-
-    case DLL_PROCESS_DETACH:
-	/*
-	 * Protect the call to TkFinalize in an SEH block. We can't be
-	 * guarenteed Tk is always being unloaded from a stable condition.
-	 */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_NO_SEH
-#   ifdef __WIN64
-	__asm__ __volatile__ (
-
-	    /*
-	     * Construct an TCLEXCEPTION_REGISTRATION to protect the call to
-	     * TkFinalize
-	     */
-
-	    "leaq	%[registration], %%rdx"		"\n\t"
-	    "movq	%%gs:0,		%%rax"		"\n\t"
-	    "movq	%%rax,		0x0(%%rdx)"	"\n\t" /* link */
-	    "leaq	1f,		%%rax"		"\n\t"
-	    "movq	%%rax,		0x8(%%rdx)"	"\n\t" /* handler */
-	    "movq	%%rbp,		0x10(%%rdx)"	"\n\t" /* rbp */
-	    "movq	%%rsp,		0x18(%%rdx)"	"\n\t" /* rsp */
-	    "movl	%[error],	0x20(%%rdx)"	"\n\t" /* status */
-
-	    /*
-	     * Link the TCLEXCEPTION_REGISTRATION on the chain
-	     */
-
-	    "movq	%%rdx,		%%gs:0"		"\n\t"
-
-	    /*
-	     * Call TkFinalize
-	     */
-
-	    "movq	$0x0,		0x0(%%esp)"		"\n\t"
-	    "call	TkFinalize"			"\n\t"
-
-	    /*
-	     * Come here on a normal exit. Recover the TCLEXCEPTION_REGISTRATION
-	     * and store a TCL_OK status
-	     */
-
-	    "movq	%%gs:0,		%%rdx"		"\n\t"
-	    "movl	%[ok],		%%eax"		"\n\t"
-	    "movl	%%eax,		0x20(%%rdx)"	"\n\t"
-	    "jmp	2f"				"\n"
-
-	    /*
-	     * Come here on an exception. Get the TCLEXCEPTION_REGISTRATION that
-	     * we previously put on the chain.
-	     */
-
-	    "1:"					"\t"
-	    "movq	%%gs:0,		%%rdx"		"\n\t"
-	    "movq	0x10(%%rdx),	%%rdx"		"\n\t"
-
-	    /*
-	     * Come here however we exited. Restore context from the
-	     * TCLEXCEPTION_REGISTRATION in case the stack is unbalanced.
-	     */
-
-	    "2:"					"\t"
-	    "movq	0x18(%%rdx),	%%rsp"		"\n\t"
-	    "movq	0x10(%%rdx),	%%rbp"		"\n\t"
-	    "movq	0x0(%%rdx),	%%rax"		"\n\t"
-	    "movq	%%rax,		%%gs:0"		"\n\t"
-
-	    :
-	    /* No outputs */
-	    :
-	    [registration]	"m"	(registration),
-	    [ok]		"i"	(TCL_OK),
-	    [error]		"i"	(TCL_ERROR)
-	    :
-	    "%rax", "%rbx", "%rcx", "%rdx", "%rsi", "%rdi", "memory"
-	);
-
-#   else
-	__asm__ __volatile__ (
-
-	    /*
-	     * Construct an TCLEXCEPTION_REGISTRATION to protect the call to
-	     * TkFinalize
-	     */
-
-	    "leal	%[registration], %%edx"		"\n\t"
-	    "movl	%%fs:0,		%%eax"		"\n\t"
-	    "movl	%%eax,		0x0(%%edx)"	"\n\t" /* link */
-	    "leal	1f,		%%eax"		"\n\t"
-	    "movl	%%eax,		0x4(%%edx)"	"\n\t" /* handler */
-	    "movl	%%ebp,		0x8(%%edx)"	"\n\t" /* ebp */
-	    "movl	%%esp,		0xc(%%edx)"	"\n\t" /* esp */
-	    "movl	%[error],	0x10(%%edx)"	"\n\t" /* status */
-
-	    /*
-	     * Link the TCLEXCEPTION_REGISTRATION on the chain
-	     */
-
-	    "movl	%%edx,		%%fs:0"		"\n\t"
-
-	    /*
-	     * Call TkFinalize
-	     */
-
-	    "movl	$0x0,		0x0(%%esp)"		"\n\t"
-	    "call	_TkFinalize"			"\n\t"
-
-	    /*
-	     * Come here on a normal exit. Recover the TCLEXCEPTION_REGISTRATION
-	     * and store a TCL_OK status
-	     */
-
-	    "movl	%%fs:0,		%%edx"		"\n\t"
-	    "movl	%[ok],		%%eax"		"\n\t"
-	    "movl	%%eax,		0x10(%%edx)"	"\n\t"
-	    "jmp	2f"				"\n"
-
-	    /*
-	     * Come here on an exception. Get the TCLEXCEPTION_REGISTRATION that
-	     * we previously put on the chain.
-	     */
-
-	    "1:"					"\t"
-	    "movl	%%fs:0,		%%edx"		"\n\t"
-	    "movl	0x8(%%edx),	%%edx"		"\n"
-
-
-	    /*
-	     * Come here however we exited. Restore context from the
-	     * TCLEXCEPTION_REGISTRATION in case the stack is unbalanced.
-	     */
-
-	    "2:"					"\t"
-	    "movl	0xc(%%edx),	%%esp"		"\n\t"
-	    "movl	0x8(%%edx),	%%ebp"		"\n\t"
-	    "movl	0x0(%%edx),	%%eax"		"\n\t"
-	    "movl	%%eax,		%%fs:0"		"\n\t"
-
-	    :
-	    /* No outputs */
-	    :
-	    [registration]	"m"	(registration),
-	    [ok]		"i"	(TCL_OK),
-	    [error]		"i"	(TCL_ERROR)
-	    :
-	    "%eax", "%ebx", "%ecx", "%edx", "%esi", "%edi", "memory"
-	);
-
-#   endif
-#else /* HAVE_NO_SEH */
-	__try {
-	    /*
-	     * Run and remove our exit handlers, if they haven't already been
-	     * run. Just in case we are being unloaded prior to Tcl (it can
-	     * happen), we won't leave any dangling pointers hanging around
-	     * for when Tcl gets unloaded later.
-	     */
-
-	    TkFinalize(NULL);
-	} __except (EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER) {
-	    /* empty handler body. */
-	}
-#endif
-
-	break;
-    }
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-#endif /* !STATIC_BUILD */
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: c
- * c-basic-offset: 4
- * fill-column: 78
- * End:
- */
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/tkWin3d.c b/tk8.6/win/tkWin3d.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d3c443d..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/tkWin3d.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,573 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * tkWin3d.c --
- *
- *	This file contains the platform specific routines for drawing 3D
- *	borders in the Windows 95 style.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1996 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
- * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
- */
-
-#include "tkWinInt.h"
-#include "tk3d.h"
-
-/*
- * This structure is used to keep track of the extra colors used by Windows 3D
- * borders.
- */
-
-typedef struct {
-    TkBorder info;
-    XColor *light2ColorPtr;	/* System3dLight */
-    XColor *dark2ColorPtr;	/* System3dDarkShadow */
-} WinBorder;
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpGetBorder --
- *
- *	This function allocates a new TkBorder structure.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns a newly allocated TkBorder.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-TkBorder *
-TkpGetBorder(void)
-{
-    WinBorder *borderPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(WinBorder));
-
-    borderPtr->light2ColorPtr = NULL;
-    borderPtr->dark2ColorPtr = NULL;
-    return (TkBorder *) borderPtr;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpFreeBorder --
- *
- *	This function frees any colors allocated by the platform specific part
- *	of this module.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	May deallocate some colors.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpFreeBorder(
-    TkBorder *borderPtr)
-{
-    WinBorder *winBorderPtr = (WinBorder *) borderPtr;
-    if (winBorderPtr->light2ColorPtr) {
-	Tk_FreeColor(winBorderPtr->light2ColorPtr);
-    }
-    if (winBorderPtr->dark2ColorPtr) {
-	Tk_FreeColor(winBorderPtr->dark2ColorPtr);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tk_3DVerticalBevel --
- *
- *	This procedure draws a vertical bevel along one side of an object. The
- *	bevel is always rectangular in shape:
- *			|||
- *			|||
- *			|||
- *			|||
- *			|||
- *			|||
- *	An appropriate shadow color is chosen for the bevel based on the
- *	leftBevel and relief arguments. Normally this procedure is called
- *	first, then Tk_3DHorizontalBevel is called next to draw neat corners.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Graphics are drawn in drawable.
- *
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-Tk_3DVerticalBevel(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window for which border was allocated. */
-    Drawable drawable,		/* X window or pixmap in which to draw. */
-    Tk_3DBorder border,		/* Token for border to draw. */
-    int x, int y, int width, int height,
-				/* Area of vertical bevel. */
-    int leftBevel,		/* Non-zero means this bevel forms the left
-				 * side of the object; 0 means it forms the
-				 * right side. */
-    int relief)			/* Kind of bevel to draw. For example,
-				 * TK_RELIEF_RAISED means interior of object
-				 * should appear higher than exterior. */
-{
-    TkBorder *borderPtr = (TkBorder *) border;
-    int left, right;
-    Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
-    TkWinDCState state;
-    HDC dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, drawable, &state);
-    int half;
-
-    if ((borderPtr->lightGC == None) && (relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT)) {
-	TkpGetShadows(borderPtr, tkwin);
-    }
-
-    switch (relief) {
-    case TK_RELIEF_RAISED:
-	left = (leftBevel)
-		? borderPtr->lightGC->foreground
-		: borderPtr->darkGC->foreground;
-	right = (leftBevel)
-		? ((WinBorder *)borderPtr)->light2ColorPtr->pixel
-		: ((WinBorder *)borderPtr)->dark2ColorPtr->pixel;
-	break;
-    case TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN:
-	left = (leftBevel)
-		? borderPtr->darkGC->foreground
-		: ((WinBorder *)borderPtr)->light2ColorPtr->pixel;
-	right = (leftBevel)
-		? ((WinBorder *)borderPtr)->dark2ColorPtr->pixel
-		: borderPtr->lightGC->foreground;
-	break;
-    case TK_RELIEF_RIDGE:
-	left = borderPtr->lightGC->foreground;
-	right = borderPtr->darkGC->foreground;
-	break;
-    case TK_RELIEF_GROOVE:
-	left = borderPtr->darkGC->foreground;
-	right = borderPtr->lightGC->foreground;
-	break;
-    case TK_RELIEF_FLAT:
-	left = right = borderPtr->bgGC->foreground;
-	break;
-    case TK_RELIEF_SOLID:
-    default:
-	left = right = RGB(0,0,0);
-	break;
-    }
-    half = width/2;
-    if (leftBevel && (width & 1)) {
-	half++;
-    }
-    TkWinFillRect(dc, x, y, half, height, left);
-    TkWinFillRect(dc, x+half, y, width-half, height, right);
-    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(drawable, dc, &state);
-}
-
-/*
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tk_3DHorizontalBevel --
- *
- *	This procedure draws a horizontal bevel along one side of an object.
- *	The bevel has mitered corners (depending on leftIn and rightIn
- *	arguments).
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-Tk_3DHorizontalBevel(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window for which border was allocated. */
-    Drawable drawable,		/* X window or pixmap in which to draw. */
-    Tk_3DBorder border,		/* Token for border to draw. */
-    int x, int y, int width, int height,
-				/* Bounding box of area of bevel. Height gives
-				 * width of border. */
-    int leftIn, int rightIn,	/* Describes whether the left and right edges
-				 * of the bevel angle in or out as they go
-				 * down. For example, if "leftIn" is true, the
-				 * left side of the bevel looks like this:
-				 *	___________
-				 *	 __________
-				 *	  _________
-				 *	   ________
-				 */
-    int topBevel,		/* Non-zero means this bevel forms the top
-				 * side of the object; 0 means it forms the
-				 * bottom side. */
-    int relief)			/* Kind of bevel to draw. For example,
-				 * TK_RELIEF_RAISED means interior of object
-				 * should appear higher than exterior. */
-{
-    TkBorder *borderPtr = (TkBorder *) border;
-    Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
-    int bottom, halfway, x1, x2, x1Delta, x2Delta;
-    TkWinDCState state;
-    HDC dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, drawable, &state);
-    int topColor, bottomColor;
-
-    if ((borderPtr->lightGC == None) && (relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT)) {
-	TkpGetShadows(borderPtr, tkwin);
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Compute a GC for the top half of the bevel and a GC for the bottom half
-     * (they're the same in many cases).
-     */
-
-    switch (relief) {
-    case TK_RELIEF_RAISED:
-	topColor = (topBevel)
-		? borderPtr->lightGC->foreground
-		: borderPtr->darkGC->foreground;
-	bottomColor = (topBevel)
-		? ((WinBorder *)borderPtr)->light2ColorPtr->pixel
-		: ((WinBorder *)borderPtr)->dark2ColorPtr->pixel;
-	break;
-    case TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN:
-	topColor = (topBevel)
-		? borderPtr->darkGC->foreground
-		: ((WinBorder *)borderPtr)->light2ColorPtr->pixel;
-	bottomColor = (topBevel)
-		? ((WinBorder *)borderPtr)->dark2ColorPtr->pixel
-		: borderPtr->lightGC->foreground;
-	break;
-    case TK_RELIEF_RIDGE:
-	topColor = borderPtr->lightGC->foreground;
-	bottomColor = borderPtr->darkGC->foreground;
-	break;
-    case TK_RELIEF_GROOVE:
-	topColor = borderPtr->darkGC->foreground;
-	bottomColor = borderPtr->lightGC->foreground;
-	break;
-    case TK_RELIEF_FLAT:
-	topColor = bottomColor = borderPtr->bgGC->foreground;
-	break;
-    case TK_RELIEF_SOLID:
-    default:
-	topColor = bottomColor = RGB(0,0,0);
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Compute various other geometry-related stuff.
-     */
-
-    if (leftIn) {
-	x1 = x+1;
-    } else {
-	x1 = x+height-1;
-    }
-    x2 = x+width;
-    if (rightIn) {
-	x2--;
-    } else {
-	x2 -= height;
-    }
-    x1Delta = (leftIn) ? 1 : -1;
-    x2Delta = (rightIn) ? -1 : 1;
-    halfway = y + height/2;
-    if (topBevel && (height & 1)) {
-	halfway++;
-    }
-    bottom = y + height;
-
-    /*
-     * Draw one line for each y-coordinate covered by the bevel.
-     */
-
-    for ( ; y < bottom; y++) {
-	/*
-	 * In some weird cases (such as large border widths for skinny
-	 * rectangles) x1 can be >= x2. Don't draw the lines in these cases.
-	 */
-
-	if (x1 < x2) {
-	    TkWinFillRect(dc, x1, y, x2-x1, 1,
-		(y < halfway) ? topColor : bottomColor);
-	}
-	x1 += x1Delta;
-	x2 += x2Delta;
-    }
-    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(drawable, dc, &state);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpGetShadows --
- *
- *	This procedure computes the shadow colors for a 3-D border and fills
- *	in the corresponding fields of the Border structure. It's called
- *	lazily, so that the colors aren't allocated until something is
- *	actually drawn with them. That way, if a border is only used for flat
- *	backgrounds the shadow colors will never be allocated.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	The lightGC and darkGC fields in borderPtr get filled in, if they
- *	weren't already.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpGetShadows(
-    TkBorder *borderPtr,	/* Information about border. */
-    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window where border will be used for
-				 * drawing. */
-{
-    XColor lightColor, darkColor;
-    int tmp1, tmp2;
-    int r, g, b;
-    XGCValues gcValues;
-
-    if (borderPtr->lightGC != None) {
-	return;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Handle the special case of the default system colors.
-     */
-
-    if ((TkWinIndexOfColor(borderPtr->bgColorPtr) == COLOR_3DFACE)
-	    || (TkWinIndexOfColor(borderPtr->bgColorPtr) == COLOR_WINDOW)) {
-	borderPtr->darkColorPtr = Tk_GetColor(NULL, tkwin,
-		Tk_GetUid("SystemButtonShadow"));
-	gcValues.foreground = borderPtr->darkColorPtr->pixel;
-	borderPtr->darkGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues);
-	borderPtr->lightColorPtr = Tk_GetColor(NULL, tkwin,
-		Tk_GetUid("SystemButtonHighlight"));
-	gcValues.foreground = borderPtr->lightColorPtr->pixel;
-	borderPtr->lightGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues);
-	((WinBorder*)borderPtr)->dark2ColorPtr = Tk_GetColor(NULL, tkwin,
-		Tk_GetUid("System3dDarkShadow"));
-	((WinBorder*)borderPtr)->light2ColorPtr = Tk_GetColor(NULL, tkwin,
-		Tk_GetUid("System3dLight"));
-	return;
-    }
-    darkColor.red = 0;
-    darkColor.green = 0;
-    darkColor.blue = 0;
-    ((WinBorder*)borderPtr)->dark2ColorPtr = Tk_GetColorByValue(tkwin,
-	    &darkColor);
-    lightColor = *(borderPtr->bgColorPtr);
-    ((WinBorder*)borderPtr)->light2ColorPtr = Tk_GetColorByValue(tkwin,
-	    &lightColor);
-
-    /*
-     * First, handle the case of a color display with lots of colors. The
-     * shadow colors get computed using whichever formula results in the
-     * greatest change in color:
-     * 1. Lighter shadow is half-way to white, darker shadow is half way to
-     *    dark.
-     * 2. Lighter shadow is 40% brighter than background, darker shadow is 40%
-     *    darker than background.
-     */
-
-    if (Tk_Depth(tkwin) >= 6) {
-	/*
-	 * This is a color display with lots of colors. For the dark shadow,
-	 * cut 40% from each of the background color components. But if the
-	 * background is already very dark, make the dark color a little
-	 * lighter than the background by increasing each color component
-	 * 1/4th of the way to MAX_INTENSITY.
-	 *
-	 * For the light shadow, boost each component by 40% or half-way to
-	 * white, whichever is greater (the first approach works better for
-	 * unsaturated colors, the second for saturated ones). But if the
-	 * background is already very bright, instead choose a slightly darker
-	 * color for the light shadow by reducing each color component by 10%.
-	 *
-	 * Compute the colors using integers, not using lightColor.red etc.:
-	 * these are shorts and may have problems with integer overflow.
-	 */
-
-	/*
-	 * Compute the dark shadow color
-	 */
-
-	r = (int) borderPtr->bgColorPtr->red;
-	g = (int) borderPtr->bgColorPtr->green;
-	b = (int) borderPtr->bgColorPtr->blue;
-
-	if (r*0.5*r + g*1.0*g + b*0.28*b < MAX_INTENSITY*0.05*MAX_INTENSITY) {
-	    darkColor.red = (MAX_INTENSITY + 3*r)/4;
-	    darkColor.green = (MAX_INTENSITY + 3*g)/4;
-	    darkColor.blue = (MAX_INTENSITY + 3*b)/4;
-	} else {
-	    darkColor.red = (60 * r)/100;
-	    darkColor.green = (60 * g)/100;
-	    darkColor.blue = (60 * b)/100;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Allocate the dark shadow color and its GC
-	 */
-
-	borderPtr->darkColorPtr = Tk_GetColorByValue(tkwin, &darkColor);
-	gcValues.foreground = borderPtr->darkColorPtr->pixel;
-	borderPtr->darkGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues);
-
-	/*
-	 * Compute the light shadow color
-	 */
-
-	if (g > MAX_INTENSITY*0.95) {
-	    lightColor.red = (90 * r)/100;
-	    lightColor.green = (90 * g)/100;
-	    lightColor.blue = (90 * b)/100;
-	} else {
-	    tmp1 = (14 * r)/10;
-	    if (tmp1 > MAX_INTENSITY) {
-		tmp1 = MAX_INTENSITY;
-	    }
-	    tmp2 = (MAX_INTENSITY + r)/2;
-	    lightColor.red = (tmp1 > tmp2) ? tmp1 : tmp2;
-	    tmp1 = (14 * g)/10;
-	    if (tmp1 > MAX_INTENSITY) {
-		tmp1 = MAX_INTENSITY;
-	    }
-	    tmp2 = (MAX_INTENSITY + g)/2;
-	    lightColor.green = (tmp1 > tmp2) ? tmp1 : tmp2;
-	    tmp1 = (14 * b)/10;
-	    if (tmp1 > MAX_INTENSITY) {
-		tmp1 = MAX_INTENSITY;
-	    }
-	    tmp2 = (MAX_INTENSITY + b)/2;
-	    lightColor.blue = (tmp1 > tmp2) ? tmp1 : tmp2;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Allocate the light shadow color and its GC
-	 */
-
-	borderPtr->lightColorPtr = Tk_GetColorByValue(tkwin, &lightColor);
-	gcValues.foreground = borderPtr->lightColorPtr->pixel;
-	borderPtr->lightGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues);
-	return;
-    }
-
-    if (borderPtr->shadow == None) {
-	borderPtr->shadow = Tk_GetBitmap((Tcl_Interp *) NULL, tkwin,
-		Tk_GetUid("gray50"));
-	if (borderPtr->shadow == None) {
-	    Tcl_Panic("TkpGetShadows couldn't allocate bitmap for border");
-	}
-    }
-    if (borderPtr->visual->map_entries > 2) {
-	/*
-	 * This isn't a monochrome display, but the colormap either ran out of
-	 * entries or didn't have very many to begin with. Generate the light
-	 * shadows with a white stipple and the dark shadows with a black
-	 * stipple.
-	 */
-
-	gcValues.foreground = borderPtr->bgColorPtr->pixel;
-	gcValues.background = BlackPixelOfScreen(borderPtr->screen);
-	gcValues.stipple = borderPtr->shadow;
-	gcValues.fill_style = FillOpaqueStippled;
-	borderPtr->darkGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin,
-		GCForeground|GCBackground|GCStipple|GCFillStyle, &gcValues);
-	gcValues.foreground = WhitePixelOfScreen(borderPtr->screen);
-	gcValues.background = borderPtr->bgColorPtr->pixel;
-	borderPtr->lightGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin,
-		GCForeground|GCBackground|GCStipple|GCFillStyle, &gcValues);
-	return;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * This is just a measly monochrome display, hardly even worth its
-     * existence on this earth. Make one shadow a 50% stipple and the other
-     * the opposite of the background.
-     */
-
-    gcValues.foreground = WhitePixelOfScreen(borderPtr->screen);
-    gcValues.background = BlackPixelOfScreen(borderPtr->screen);
-    gcValues.stipple = borderPtr->shadow;
-    gcValues.fill_style = FillOpaqueStippled;
-    borderPtr->lightGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin,
-	    GCForeground|GCBackground|GCStipple|GCFillStyle, &gcValues);
-    if (borderPtr->bgColorPtr->pixel
-	    == WhitePixelOfScreen(borderPtr->screen)) {
-	gcValues.foreground = BlackPixelOfScreen(borderPtr->screen);
-	borderPtr->darkGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues);
-    } else {
-	borderPtr->darkGC = borderPtr->lightGC;
-	borderPtr->lightGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinGetBorderPixels --
- *
- *	This routine returns the 5 COLORREFs used to draw a given 3d border.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns the colors in the specified array.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	May cause the remaining colors to be allocated.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-COLORREF
-TkWinGetBorderPixels(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,
-    Tk_3DBorder border,
-    int which)			/* One of TK_3D_FLAT_GC, TK_3D_LIGHT_GC,
-				 * TK_3D_DARK_GC, TK_3D_LIGHT2, TK_3D_DARK2 */
-{
-    WinBorder *borderPtr = (WinBorder *) border;
-
-    if (borderPtr->info.lightGC == None) {
-	TkpGetShadows(&borderPtr->info, tkwin);
-    }
-    switch (which) {
-    case TK_3D_FLAT_GC:
-	return borderPtr->info.bgColorPtr->pixel;
-    case TK_3D_LIGHT_GC:
-	if (borderPtr->info.lightColorPtr == NULL) {
-	    return WhitePixelOfScreen(borderPtr->info.screen);
-	}
-	return borderPtr->info.lightColorPtr->pixel;
-    case TK_3D_DARK_GC:
-	if (borderPtr->info.darkColorPtr == NULL) {
-	    return BlackPixelOfScreen(borderPtr->info.screen);
-	}
-	return borderPtr->info.darkColorPtr->pixel;
-    case TK_3D_LIGHT2:
-	return borderPtr->light2ColorPtr->pixel;
-    case TK_3D_DARK2:
-	return borderPtr->dark2ColorPtr->pixel;
-    }
-    return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: c
- * c-basic-offset: 4
- * fill-column: 78
- * End:
- */
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/tkWinButton.c b/tk8.6/win/tkWinButton.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e46bcb3..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/tkWinButton.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1307 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * tkWinButton.c --
- *
- *	This file implements the Windows specific portion of the button
- *	widgets.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1996-1998 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
- * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
- */
-
-#define OEMRESOURCE
-#include "tkWinInt.h"
-#include "tkButton.h"
-
-/*
- * These macros define the base style flags for the different button types.
- */
-
-#define LABEL_STYLE (BS_OWNERDRAW | WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS)
-#define PUSH_STYLE  (LABEL_STYLE | BS_PUSHBUTTON)
-#define CHECK_STYLE (LABEL_STYLE | BS_CHECKBOX)
-#define RADIO_STYLE (LABEL_STYLE | BS_RADIOBUTTON)
-
-/*
- * Declaration of Windows specific button structure.
- */
-
-typedef struct WinButton {
-    TkButton info;		/* Generic button info. */
-    WNDPROC oldProc;		/* Old window procedure. */
-    HWND hwnd;			/* Current window handle. */
-    Pixmap pixmap;		/* Bitmap for rendering the button. */
-    DWORD style;		/* Window style flags. */
-} WinButton;
-
-/*
- * The following macro reverses the order of RGB bytes to convert between
- * RGBQUAD and COLORREF values.
- */
-
-#define FlipColor(rgb) (RGB(GetBValue(rgb),GetGValue(rgb),GetRValue(rgb)))
-
-/*
- * The following enumeration defines the meaning of the palette entries in the
- * "buttons" image used to draw checkbox and radiobutton indicators.
- */
-
-enum {
-    PAL_CHECK = 0,
-    PAL_TOP_OUTER = 1,
-    PAL_BOTTOM_OUTER = 2,
-    PAL_BOTTOM_INNER = 3,
-    PAL_INTERIOR = 4,
-    PAL_TOP_INNER = 5,
-    PAL_BACKGROUND = 6
-};
-
-/*
- * Cached information about the boxes bitmap, and the default border width for
- * a button in string form for use in Tk_OptionSpec for the various button
- * widget classes.
- */
-
-typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
-    BITMAPINFOHEADER *boxesPtr;	/* Information about the bitmap. */
-    DWORD *boxesPalette;	/* Pointer to color palette. */
-    LPSTR boxesBits;		/* Pointer to bitmap data. */
-    DWORD boxHeight;		/* Height of each sub-image. */
-    DWORD boxWidth;		/* Width of each sub-image. */
-} ThreadSpecificData;
-static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
-
-/*
- * Declarations for functions defined in this file.
- */
-
-static LRESULT CALLBACK	ButtonProc(HWND hwnd, UINT message,
-			    WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
-static Window		CreateProc(Tk_Window tkwin, Window parent,
-			    ClientData instanceData);
-static void		InitBoxes(void);
-
-/*
- * The class procedure table for the button widgets.
- */
-
-const Tk_ClassProcs tkpButtonProcs = {
-    sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs),	/* size */
-    TkButtonWorldChanged,	/* worldChangedProc */
-    CreateProc,			/* createProc */
-    NULL					/* modalProc */
-};
-
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * InitBoxes --
- *
- *	This function load the Tk 3d button bitmap. "buttons" is a 16 color
- *	bitmap that is laid out such that the top row contains the 4 checkbox
- *	images, and the bottom row contains the radio button images. Note that
- *	the bitmap is stored in bottom-up format. Also, the first seven
- *	palette entries are used to identify the different parts of the
- *	bitmaps so we can do the appropriate color mappings based on the
- *	current button colors.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Loads the "buttons" resource.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-InitBoxes(void)
-{
-    /*
-     * For DLLs like Tk, the HINSTANCE is the same as the HMODULE.
-     */
-
-    HMODULE module = (HINSTANCE) Tk_GetHINSTANCE();
-    HRSRC hrsrc;
-    HGLOBAL hblk;
-    LPBITMAPINFOHEADER newBitmap;
-    DWORD size;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    hrsrc = FindResource(module, TEXT("buttons"), RT_BITMAP);
-    if (hrsrc == NULL) {
-	Tcl_Panic("FindResource() failed for buttons bitmap resource, "
-            "resources in tk_base.rc must be linked into Tk dll or static executable");
-    } else {
-	hblk = LoadResource(module, hrsrc);
-	tsdPtr->boxesPtr = (LPBITMAPINFOHEADER)LockResource(hblk);
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Copy the DIBitmap into writable memory.
-     */
-
-    if (tsdPtr->boxesPtr != NULL && !(tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biWidth % 4)
-	    && !(tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biHeight % 2)) {
-	size = tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biSize + (1 << tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biBitCount)
-		* sizeof(RGBQUAD) + tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biSizeImage;
-	newBitmap = ckalloc(size);
-	memcpy(newBitmap, tsdPtr->boxesPtr, size);
-	tsdPtr->boxesPtr = newBitmap;
-	tsdPtr->boxWidth = tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biWidth / 4;
-	tsdPtr->boxHeight = tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biHeight / 2;
-	tsdPtr->boxesPalette = (DWORD*) (((LPSTR) tsdPtr->boxesPtr)
-		+ tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biSize);
-	tsdPtr->boxesBits = ((LPSTR) tsdPtr->boxesPalette)
-	    + ((1 << tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biBitCount) * sizeof(RGBQUAD));
-    } else {
-	tsdPtr->boxesPtr = NULL;
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpButtonSetDefaults --
- *
- *	This procedure is invoked before option tables are created for
- *	buttons. It modifies some of the default values to match the current
- *	values defined for this platform.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Some of the default values in *specPtr are modified.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Updates some of.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpButtonSetDefaults()
-{
-    int width = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXEDGE);
-	if (width > 0) {
-	    sprintf(tkDefButtonBorderWidth, "%d", width);
-	}
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpCreateButton --
- *
- *	Allocate a new TkButton structure.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns a newly allocated TkButton structure.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Registers an event handler for the widget.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-TkButton *
-TkpCreateButton(
-    Tk_Window tkwin)
-{
-    WinButton *butPtr;
-
-    butPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(WinButton));
-    butPtr->hwnd = NULL;
-    return (TkButton *) butPtr;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * CreateProc --
- *
- *	This function creates a new Button control, subclasses the instance,
- *	and generates a new Window object.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns the newly allocated Window object, or None on failure.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Causes a new Button control to come into existence.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static Window
-CreateProc(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Token for window. */
-    Window parentWin,		/* Parent of new window. */
-    ClientData instanceData)	/* Button instance data. */
-{
-    Window window;
-    HWND parent;
-    const TCHAR *class;
-    WinButton *butPtr = (WinButton *)instanceData;
-
-    parent = Tk_GetHWND(parentWin);
-    if (butPtr->info.type == TYPE_LABEL) {
-	class = TEXT("STATIC");
-	butPtr->style = SS_OWNERDRAW | WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS;
-    } else {
-	class = TEXT("BUTTON");
-	butPtr->style = BS_OWNERDRAW | WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS;
-    }
-    butPtr->hwnd = CreateWindow(class, NULL, butPtr->style,
-	    Tk_X(tkwin), Tk_Y(tkwin), Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin),
-	    parent, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL);
-    SetWindowPos(butPtr->hwnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-		    SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE);
-    butPtr->oldProc = (WNDPROC)SetWindowLongPtr(butPtr->hwnd, GWLP_WNDPROC,
-	    (LONG_PTR) ButtonProc);
-
-    window = Tk_AttachHWND(tkwin, butPtr->hwnd);
-    return window;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpDestroyButton --
- *
- *	Free data structures associated with the button control.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Restores the default control state.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpDestroyButton(
-    TkButton *butPtr)
-{
-    WinButton *winButPtr = (WinButton *)butPtr;
-    HWND hwnd = winButPtr->hwnd;
-
-    if (hwnd) {
-	SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR) winButPtr->oldProc);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpDisplayButton --
- *
- *	This procedure is invoked to display a button widget. It is normally
- *	invoked as an idle handler.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Information appears on the screen. The REDRAW_PENDING flag is cleared.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpDisplayButton(
-    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about widget. */
-{
-    TkWinDCState state;
-    HDC dc;
-    register TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *) clientData;
-    GC gc;
-    Tk_3DBorder border;
-    Pixmap pixmap;
-    int x = 0;			/* Initialization only needed to stop compiler
-				 * warning. */
-    int y, relief;
-    register Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
-    int width = 0, height = 0, haveImage = 0, haveText = 0, drawRing = 0;
-    RECT rect;
-    int defaultWidth;		/* Width of default ring. */
-    int offset;			/* 0 means this is a label widget. 1 means it
-				 * is a flavor of button, so we offset the
-				 * text to make the button appear to move up
-				 * and down as the relief changes. */
-    int textXOffset = 0, textYOffset = 0;
-				/* Text offsets for use with compound buttons
-				 * and focus ring. */
-    int imageWidth, imageHeight;
-    int imageXOffset = 0, imageYOffset = 0;
-				/* Image information that will be used to
-				 * restrict disabled pixmap as well. */
-    DWORD *boxesPalette;
-
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    boxesPalette= tsdPtr->boxesPalette;
-    butPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
-    if ((butPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
-	return;
-    }
-
-    border = butPtr->normalBorder;
-    if ((butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED) && (butPtr->disabledFg != NULL)) {
-	gc = butPtr->disabledGC;
-    } else if ((butPtr->state == STATE_ACTIVE)
-	    && !Tk_StrictMotif(butPtr->tkwin)) {
-	gc = butPtr->activeTextGC;
-	border = butPtr->activeBorder;
-    } else {
-	gc = butPtr->normalTextGC;
-    }
-    if ((butPtr->flags & SELECTED) && (butPtr->state != STATE_ACTIVE)
-	    && (butPtr->selectBorder != NULL) && !butPtr->indicatorOn) {
-	border = butPtr->selectBorder;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Override the relief specified for the button if this is a checkbutton
-     * or radiobutton and there's no indicator. The new relief is as follows:
-     *      If the button is select  --> "sunken"
-     *      If relief==overrelief    --> relief
-     *      Otherwise                --> overrelief
-     *
-     * The effect we are trying to achieve is as follows:
-     *
-     *      value    mouse-over?   -->   relief
-     *     -------  ------------        --------
-     *       off        no               flat
-     *       off        yes              raised
-     *       on         no               sunken
-     *       on         yes              sunken
-     *
-     * This is accomplished by configuring the checkbutton or radiobutton like
-     * this:
-     *
-     *     -indicatoron 0 -overrelief raised -offrelief flat
-     *
-     * Bindings (see library/button.tcl) will copy the -overrelief into
-     * -relief on mouseover. Hence, we can tell if we are in mouse-over by
-     * comparing relief against overRelief. This is an aweful kludge, but it
-     * gives use the desired behavior while keeping the code backwards
-     * compatible.
-     */
-
-    relief = butPtr->relief;
-    if ((butPtr->type >= TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) && !butPtr->indicatorOn) {
-	if (butPtr->flags & SELECTED) {
-	    relief = TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN;
-	} else if (butPtr->overRelief != relief) {
-	    relief = butPtr->offRelief;
-	}
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Compute width of default ring and offset for pushed buttons.
-     */
-
-    if (butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON) {
-	defaultWidth = ((butPtr->defaultState == DEFAULT_ACTIVE)
-		? butPtr->highlightWidth : 0);
-	offset = 1;
-    } else {
-	defaultWidth = 0;
-	if ((butPtr->type >= TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) && !butPtr->indicatorOn) {
-	    offset = 1;
-	} else {
-	    offset = 0;
-	}
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * In order to avoid screen flashes, this procedure redraws the button in
-     * a pixmap, then copies the pixmap to the screen in a single operation.
-     * This means that there's no point in time where the on-sreen image has
-     * been cleared.
-     */
-
-    pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(butPtr->display, Tk_WindowId(tkwin),
-	    Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), Tk_Depth(tkwin));
-    Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, border, 0, 0, Tk_Width(tkwin),
-	    Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
-
-    /*
-     * Display image or bitmap or text for button.
-     */
-
-    if (butPtr->image != None) {
-	Tk_SizeOfImage(butPtr->image, &width, &height);
-	haveImage = 1;
-    } else if (butPtr->bitmap != None) {
-	Tk_SizeOfBitmap(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, &width, &height);
-	haveImage = 1;
-    }
-    imageWidth = width;
-    imageHeight = height;
-
-    haveText = (butPtr->textWidth != 0 && butPtr->textHeight != 0);
-
-    if (butPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE && haveImage && haveText) {
-	int fullWidth = 0, fullHeight = 0;
-
-	switch ((enum compound) butPtr->compound) {
-	case COMPOUND_TOP:
-	case COMPOUND_BOTTOM:
-	    /*
-	     * Image is above or below text.
-	     */
-
-	    if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_TOP) {
-		textYOffset = height + butPtr->padY;
-	    } else {
-		imageYOffset = butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY;
-	    }
-	    fullHeight = height + butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY;
-	    fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ? width :
-		    butPtr->textWidth);
-	    textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth)/2;
-	    imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2;
-	    break;
-
-	case COMPOUND_LEFT:
-	case COMPOUND_RIGHT:
-	    /*
-	     * Image is left or right of text.
-	     */
-
-	    if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_LEFT) {
-		textXOffset = width + butPtr->padX;
-	    } else {
-		imageXOffset = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX;
-	    }
-	    fullWidth = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX + width;
-	    fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height :
-		    butPtr->textHeight);
-	    textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight)/2;
-	    imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2;
-	    break;
-
-	case COMPOUND_CENTER:
-	    /*
-	     * Image and text are superimposed.
-	     */
-
-	    fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ? width :
-		    butPtr->textWidth);
-	    fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height :
-		    butPtr->textHeight);
-	    textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth)/2;
-	    imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2;
-	    textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight)/2;
-	    imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2;
-	    break;
-	case COMPOUND_NONE:
-	    break;
-	}
-	TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, butPtr->padX, butPtr->padY,
-		butPtr->indicatorSpace + fullWidth, fullHeight, &x, &y);
-	x += butPtr->indicatorSpace;
-
-	if (relief == TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN) {
-	    x += offset;
-	    y += offset;
-	}
-	imageXOffset += x;
-	imageYOffset += y;
-	if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
-	    if ((butPtr->selectImage != NULL) && (butPtr->flags & SELECTED)) {
-		Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->selectImage, 0, 0,
-			width, height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
-	    } else if ((butPtr->tristateImage != NULL)
-		    && (butPtr->flags & TRISTATED)) {
-		Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->tristateImage, 0, 0,
-			width, height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
-	    } else {
-		Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->image, 0, 0, width, height, pixmap,
-			imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, gc, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
-	    XCopyPlane(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, pixmap, gc,
-		    0, 0, (unsigned int) width, (unsigned int) height,
-		    imageXOffset, imageYOffset, 1);
-	    XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, gc, 0, 0);
-	}
-	if ((butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED) &&
-	       	(butPtr->disabledFg != NULL)) {
-	    COLORREF oldFgColor = gc->foreground;
-
-	    if (gc->background == GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNFACE)) {
-		gc->foreground = GetSysColor(COLOR_3DHILIGHT);
-		Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, gc,
-		    butPtr->textLayout, x + textXOffset + 1,
-		    y + textYOffset + 1, 0, -1);
-		Tk_UnderlineTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, gc,
-		    butPtr->textLayout, x + textXOffset + 1,
-		    y + textYOffset + 1,
-		    butPtr->underline);
-		gc->foreground = oldFgColor;
-	    }
-	}
-
-	Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, gc,
-		butPtr->textLayout, x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset, 0, -1);
-	Tk_UnderlineTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, gc,
-		butPtr->textLayout, x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset,
-		butPtr->underline);
-	height = fullHeight;
-	drawRing = 1;
-    } else {
-	if (haveImage) {
-	    TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, 0, 0,
-		    butPtr->indicatorSpace + width, height, &x, &y);
-	    x += butPtr->indicatorSpace;
-
-	    if (relief == TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN) {
-		x += offset;
-		y += offset;
-	    }
-	    imageXOffset += x;
-	    imageYOffset += y;
-	    if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
-		if ((butPtr->selectImage != NULL) &&
-			(butPtr->flags & SELECTED)) {
-		    Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->selectImage, 0, 0, width, height,
-			    pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
-		} else if ((butPtr->tristateImage != NULL) &&
-			(butPtr->flags & TRISTATED)) {
-		    Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->tristateImage, 0, 0, width, height,
-			    pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
-		} else {
-		    Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->image, 0, 0, width, height, pixmap,
-			    imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
-		}
-	    } else {
-		XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, gc, x, y);
-		XCopyPlane(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, pixmap, gc, 0, 0,
-			(unsigned int) width, (unsigned int) height, x, y, 1);
-		XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, gc, 0, 0);
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, butPtr->padX, butPtr->padY,
-		    butPtr->indicatorSpace + butPtr->textWidth,
-		    butPtr->textHeight,	&x, &y);
-
-	    x += butPtr->indicatorSpace;
-
-	    if (relief == TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN) {
-		x += offset;
-		y += offset;
-	    }
-	    if ((butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED) &&
-		    (butPtr->disabledFg != NULL)) {
-		COLORREF oldFgColor = gc->foreground;
-		if (gc->background == GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNFACE)) {
-		    gc->foreground = GetSysColor(COLOR_3DHILIGHT);
-		    Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, gc,
-		       	butPtr->textLayout,
-			x + 1, y + 1, 0, -1);
-		    Tk_UnderlineTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, gc,
-			butPtr->textLayout, x + 1, y + 1, butPtr->underline);
-		    gc->foreground = oldFgColor;
-		}
-	    }
-	    Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, gc, butPtr->textLayout,
-		    x, y, 0, -1);
-	    Tk_UnderlineTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, gc,
-		    butPtr->textLayout, x, y, butPtr->underline);
-
-	    height = butPtr->textHeight;
-	    drawRing = 1;
-	}
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Draw the focus ring. If this is a push button then we need to put it
-     * around the inner edge of the border, otherwise we put it around the
-     * text. The text offsets are only non-zero when this is a compound
-     * button.
-     */
-
-    if (drawRing && butPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS && butPtr->type != TYPE_LABEL) {
-	dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(butPtr->display, pixmap, &state);
-	if (butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON || !butPtr->indicatorOn) {
-	    rect.top = butPtr->borderWidth + 1 + defaultWidth;
-	    rect.left = rect.top;
-	    rect.right = Tk_Width(tkwin) - rect.left;
-	    rect.bottom = Tk_Height(tkwin) - rect.top;
-	} else {
-	    rect.top = y-1 + textYOffset;
-	    rect.left = x-1 + textXOffset;
-	    rect.right = x+butPtr->textWidth + 1 + textXOffset;
-	    rect.bottom = y+butPtr->textHeight + 2 + textYOffset;
-	}
-	SetTextColor(dc, gc->foreground);
-	SetBkColor(dc, gc->background);
-	DrawFocusRect(dc, &rect);
-	TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(pixmap, dc, &state);
-    }
-
-    y += height/2;
-
-    /*
-     * Draw the indicator for check buttons and radio buttons. At this point x
-     * and y refer to the top-left corner of the text or image or bitmap.
-     */
-
-    if ((butPtr->type >= TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) && butPtr->indicatorOn
-	    && tsdPtr->boxesPtr) {
-	int xSrc, ySrc;
-
-	x -= butPtr->indicatorSpace;
-	y -= butPtr->indicatorDiameter / 2;
-
-	xSrc = (butPtr->flags & (SELECTED|TRISTATED)) ? tsdPtr->boxWidth : 0;
-	if (butPtr->state == STATE_ACTIVE) {
-	    xSrc += tsdPtr->boxWidth*2;
-	}
-	ySrc = (butPtr->type == TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON) ? 0 : tsdPtr->boxHeight;
-
-	/*
-	 * Update the palette in the boxes bitmap to reflect the current
-	 * button colors. Note that this code relies on the layout of the
-	 * bitmap's palette. Also, all of the colors used to draw the bitmap
-	 * must be in the palette that is selected into the DC of the
-	 * offscreen pixmap. This requires that the static colors be placed
-	 * into the palette.
-	 */
-
-	if ((butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED)
-		&& (butPtr->disabledFg == NULL)) {
-	    boxesPalette[PAL_CHECK] = FlipColor(TkWinGetBorderPixels(tkwin,
-		    border, TK_3D_DARK_GC));
-	} else {
-	    boxesPalette[PAL_CHECK] = FlipColor(gc->foreground);
-	}
-	boxesPalette[PAL_TOP_OUTER] = FlipColor(TkWinGetBorderPixels(tkwin,
-		border, TK_3D_DARK_GC));
-	boxesPalette[PAL_TOP_INNER] = FlipColor(TkWinGetBorderPixels(tkwin,
-		border, TK_3D_DARK2));
-	boxesPalette[PAL_BOTTOM_INNER] = FlipColor(TkWinGetBorderPixels(tkwin,
-		border, TK_3D_LIGHT2));
-	boxesPalette[PAL_BOTTOM_OUTER] = FlipColor(TkWinGetBorderPixels(tkwin,
-		border, TK_3D_LIGHT_GC));
-	if ((butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED) || (butPtr->flags & TRISTATED)) {
-	    boxesPalette[PAL_INTERIOR] = FlipColor(TkWinGetBorderPixels(tkwin,
-		border, TK_3D_LIGHT2));
-	} else if (butPtr->selectBorder != NULL) {
-	    boxesPalette[PAL_INTERIOR] = FlipColor(TkWinGetBorderPixels(tkwin,
-		    butPtr->selectBorder, TK_3D_FLAT_GC));
-	} else {
-	    boxesPalette[PAL_INTERIOR] = FlipColor(GetSysColor(COLOR_WINDOW));
-	}
-	boxesPalette[PAL_BACKGROUND] = FlipColor(TkWinGetBorderPixels(tkwin,
-		border, TK_3D_FLAT_GC));
-
-	dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(butPtr->display, pixmap, &state);
-	StretchDIBits(dc, x, y, (int)tsdPtr->boxWidth, (int)tsdPtr->boxHeight,
-		xSrc, ySrc, (int)tsdPtr->boxWidth, (int)tsdPtr->boxHeight,
-		tsdPtr->boxesBits, (LPBITMAPINFO) tsdPtr->boxesPtr,
-		DIB_RGB_COLORS, SRCCOPY);
-	TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(pixmap, dc, &state);
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * If the button is disabled with a stipple rather than a special
-     * foreground color, generate the stippled effect. If the widget is
-     * selected and we use a different background color when selected, must
-     * temporarily modify the GC so the stippling is the right color.
-     */
-
-    if ((butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED)
-	    && ((butPtr->disabledFg == NULL) || (butPtr->image != NULL))) {
-	if ((butPtr->flags & SELECTED) && !butPtr->indicatorOn
-		&& (butPtr->selectBorder != NULL)) {
-	    XSetForeground(butPtr->display, butPtr->stippleGC,
-		    Tk_3DBorderColor(butPtr->selectBorder)->pixel);
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Stipple the whole button if no disabledFg was specified, otherwise
-	 * restrict stippling only to displayed image
-	 */
-
-	if (butPtr->disabledFg == NULL) {
-	    XFillRectangle(butPtr->display, pixmap, butPtr->stippleGC, 0, 0,
-		    (unsigned) Tk_Width(tkwin), (unsigned) Tk_Height(tkwin));
-	} else {
-	    XFillRectangle(butPtr->display, pixmap, butPtr->stippleGC,
-		    imageXOffset, imageYOffset,
-		    (unsigned) imageWidth, (unsigned) imageHeight);
-	}
-	if ((butPtr->flags & SELECTED) && !butPtr->indicatorOn
-		&& (butPtr->selectBorder != NULL)) {
-	    XSetForeground(butPtr->display, butPtr->stippleGC,
-		    Tk_3DBorderColor(butPtr->normalBorder)->pixel);
-	}
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Draw the border and traversal highlight last. This way, if the button's
-     * contents overflow they'll be covered up by the border.
-     */
-
-    if (relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) {
-	Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, border,
-		defaultWidth, defaultWidth,
-		Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*defaultWidth,
-		Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*defaultWidth,
-		butPtr->borderWidth, relief);
-    }
-    if (defaultWidth != 0) {
-	dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(butPtr->display, pixmap, &state);
-	TkWinFillRect(dc, 0, 0, Tk_Width(tkwin), defaultWidth,
-		(int) butPtr->highlightColorPtr->pixel);
-	TkWinFillRect(dc, 0, 0, defaultWidth, Tk_Height(tkwin),
-		(int) butPtr->highlightColorPtr->pixel);
-	TkWinFillRect(dc, 0, Tk_Height(tkwin) - defaultWidth,
-		Tk_Width(tkwin), defaultWidth,
-		(int) butPtr->highlightColorPtr->pixel);
-	TkWinFillRect(dc, Tk_Width(tkwin) - defaultWidth, 0,
-		defaultWidth, Tk_Height(tkwin),
-		(int) butPtr->highlightColorPtr->pixel);
-	TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(pixmap, dc, &state);
-    }
-
-    if (butPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) {
-	Tk_SetCaretPos(tkwin, x, y, 0 /* not used */);
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Copy the information from the off-screen pixmap onto the screen, then
-     * delete the pixmap.
-     */
-
-    XCopyArea(butPtr->display, pixmap, Tk_WindowId(tkwin),
-	    butPtr->copyGC, 0, 0, (unsigned) Tk_Width(tkwin),
-	    (unsigned) Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, 0);
-    Tk_FreePixmap(butPtr->display, pixmap);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpComputeButtonGeometry --
- *
- *	After changes in a button's text or bitmap, this procedure recomputes
- *	the button's geometry and passes this information along to the
- *	geometry manager for the window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	The button's window may change size.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpComputeButtonGeometry(
-    register TkButton *butPtr)	/* Button whose geometry may have changed. */
-{
-    int txtWidth, txtHeight;	/* Width and height of text */
-    int imgWidth, imgHeight;	/* Width and height of image */
-    int width = 0, height = 0;	/* Width and height of button */
-    int haveImage, haveText;
-    int avgWidth;
-    int minWidth;
-    /* Vertical and horizontal dialog units size in pixels. */
-    double vDLU, hDLU;
-    Tk_FontMetrics fm;
-
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    if (butPtr->highlightWidth < 0) {
-	butPtr->highlightWidth = 0;
-    }
-    butPtr->inset = butPtr->highlightWidth + butPtr->borderWidth;
-    butPtr->indicatorSpace = 0;
-
-    if (!tsdPtr->boxesPtr) {
-	InitBoxes();
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Figure out image metrics.
-     */
-
-    if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
-	Tk_SizeOfImage(butPtr->image, &imgWidth, &imgHeight);
-	haveImage = 1;
-    } else if (butPtr->bitmap != None) {
-	Tk_SizeOfBitmap(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap,
-		&imgWidth, &imgHeight);
-	haveImage = 1;
-    } else {
-	imgWidth = 0;
-	imgHeight = 0;
-	haveImage = 0;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Figure out font metrics (even if we don't have text because we need
-     * DLUs (based on font, not text) for some spacing calculations below).
-     */
-
-    Tk_FreeTextLayout(butPtr->textLayout);
-    butPtr->textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(butPtr->tkfont,
-	    Tcl_GetString(butPtr->textPtr), -1, butPtr->wrapLength,
-	    butPtr->justify, 0, &butPtr->textWidth, &butPtr->textHeight);
-
-    txtWidth = butPtr->textWidth;
-    txtHeight = butPtr->textHeight;
-    haveText = (*(Tcl_GetString(butPtr->textPtr)) != '\0');
-    avgWidth = (Tk_TextWidth(butPtr->tkfont,
-	    "abcdefghijklmnopqurstuvwzyABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQURSTUVWZY",
-	    52) + 26) / 52;
-    Tk_GetFontMetrics(butPtr->tkfont, &fm);
-
-    /*
-     * Compute dialog units for layout calculations.
-     */
-
-    hDLU = avgWidth / 4.0;
-    vDLU = fm.linespace / 8.0;
-
-    /*
-     * First, let's try to compute button size "by the book" (See "Microsoft
-     * Windows User Experience" (ISBN 0-7356-0566-1), Chapter 14 - Visual
-     * Design, Section 4 - Layout (page 448)).
-     *
-     * Note, that Tk "buttons" are Microsoft "Command buttons", Tk
-     * "checkbuttons" are Microsoft "check boxes", Tk "radiobuttons" are
-     * Microsoft "option buttons", and Tk "labels" are Microsoft "text
-     * labels".
-     */
-
-    /*
-     * Set width and height by button type; See User Experience table, p449.
-     * These are text-based measurements, even if the text is "". If there is
-     * an image, height will get set again later.
-     */
-
-    switch (butPtr->type) {
-    case TYPE_BUTTON:
-	/*
-	 * First compute the minimum width of the button in characters. MWUE
-	 * says that the button should be 50 DLUs. We allow 6 DLUs padding
-	 * left and right. (There is no rule but this is consistent with the
-	 * fact that button text is 8 DLUs high and buttons are 14 DLUs high.)
-	 *
-	 * The width is specified in characters. A character is, by
-	 * definition, 4 DLUs wide. 11 char * 4 DLU is 44 DLU + 6 DLU padding
-	 * = 50 DLU. Therefore, width = -11 -> MWUE compliant buttons.
-	 */
-
-	if (butPtr->width < 0) {
-	    minWidth = -(butPtr->width);	    /* Min width in chars */
-	    width = avgWidth * minWidth;	    /* Allow for characters */
-	    width += (int)(0.5 + (6 * hDLU));	    /* Add for padding */
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * If shrink-wrapping was requested (width = 0) or if the text is
-	 * wider than the default button width, adjust the button width up to
-	 * suit.
-	 */
-
-	if (butPtr->width == 0
-		|| (txtWidth + (int)(0.5 + (6 * hDLU)) > width)) {
-	    width = txtWidth + (int)(0.5 + (6 * hDLU));
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * The User Experience says 14 DLUs. Since text is, by definition, 8
-	 * DLU/line, this allows for multi-line text while working perfectly
-	 * for single-line text.
-	 */
-
-	height = txtHeight + (int)(0.5 + (6 * vDLU));
-
-	/*
-	 * The above includes 6 DLUs of padding which should include defaults
-	 * of 1 pixel of highlightwidth, 2 pixels of borderwidth, 1 pixel of
-	 * padding and 1 pixel of extra inset on each side. Those will be
-	 * added later so reduce width and height now to compensate.
-	 */
-
-	width -= 10;
-	height -= 10;
-
-	if (!haveImage) {
-	    /*
-	     * Extra inset for the focus ring.
-	     */
-
-	    butPtr->inset += 1;
-	}
-	break;
-
-    case TYPE_LABEL:
-	/*
-	 * The User Experience says, "as wide as needed".
-	 */
-
-	width = txtWidth;
-
-	/*
-	 * The User Experience says, "8 (DLUs) per line of text". Since text
-	 * is, by definition, 8 DLU/line, this allows for multi-line text
-	 * while working perfectly for single-line text.
-	 */
-
-	if (txtHeight) {
-	    height = txtHeight;
-	} else {
-	    /*
-	     * If there's no text, we want the height to be one linespace.
-	     */
-	    height = fm.linespace;
-	}
-	break;
-
-    case TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON:
-    case TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON: {
-	/*
-	 * See note for TYPE_LABEL.
-	 */
-
-	width = txtWidth;
-
-	/*
-	 * The User Experience says 10 DLUs. (Is that one DLU above and below
-	 * for the focus ring?) See note above about multi-line text and 8
-	 * DLU/line.
-	 */
-
-	height = txtHeight + (int)(0.5 + (2.0 * vDLU));
-
-	/*
-	 * The above includes 2 DLUs of padding which should include defaults
-	 * of 1 pixel of highlightwidth, 0 pixels of borderwidth, and 1 pixel
-	 * of padding on each side. Those will be added later so reduce height
-	 * now to compensate.
-	 */
-
-	height -= 4;
-
-	/*
-	 * Extra inset for the focus ring.
-	 */
-	butPtr->inset += 1;
-	break;
-    }
-    }/* switch */
-
-    /*
-     * At this point, the width and height are correct for a Tk text button,
-     * excluding padding and inset, but we have to allow for compound buttons.
-     * The image may be above, below, left, or right of the text.
-     */
-
-    /*
-     * If the button is compound (i.e., it shows both an image and text), the
-     * new geometry is a combination of the image and text geometry. We only
-     * honor the compound bit if the button has both text and an image,
-     * because otherwise it is not really a compound button.
-     */
-
-    if (butPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE && haveImage && haveText) {
-	switch ((enum compound) butPtr->compound) {
-	case COMPOUND_TOP:
-	case COMPOUND_BOTTOM:
-	    /*
-	     * Image is above or below text.
-	     */
-
-	    if (imgWidth > width) {
-		width = imgWidth;
-	    }
-	    height += imgHeight + butPtr->padY;
-	    break;
-
-	case COMPOUND_LEFT:
-	case COMPOUND_RIGHT:
-
-	    /*
-	     * Image is left or right of text.
-	     *
-	     * Only increase width of button if image doesn't fit in slack
-	     * space of default button width
-	     */
-
-	    if ((imgWidth + txtWidth + butPtr->padX) > width) {
-		width = imgWidth + txtWidth + butPtr->padX;
-	    }
-
-	    if (imgHeight > height) {
-		height = imgHeight;
-	    }
-	    break;
-
-	case COMPOUND_CENTER:
-	    /*
-	     * Image and text are superimposed.
-	     */
-
-	    if (imgWidth > width) {
-		width = imgWidth;
-	    }
-	    if (imgHeight > height) {
-		height = imgHeight;
-	    }
-	    break;
-	case COMPOUND_NONE:
-	    break;
-	} /* switch */
-
-	/*
-	 * Fix up for minimum width.
-	 */
-
-	if (butPtr->width < 0) {
-	    /*
-	     * minWidth in pixels (because there's an image.
-	     */
-
-	    minWidth = -(butPtr->width);
-	    if (width < minWidth) {
-		width = minWidth;
-	    }
-	} else if (butPtr->width > 0) {
-	    width = butPtr->width;
-	}
-
-	if (butPtr->height > 0) {
-	    height = butPtr->height;
-	}
-
-	width += 2*butPtr->padX;
-	height += 2*butPtr->padY;
-    } else if (haveImage) {
-	if (butPtr->width > 0) {
-	    width = butPtr->width;
-	} else {
-	    width = imgWidth;
-	}
-	if (butPtr->height > 0) {
-	    height = butPtr->height;
-	} else {
-	    height = imgHeight;
-	}
-    } else {
-	/*
-	 * No image. May or may not be text. May or may not be compound.
-	 */
-
-	/*
-	 * butPtr->width is in characters. We need to allow for that many
-	 * characters on the face, not in the over-all button width
-	 */
-
-	if (butPtr->width > 0) {
-	    width = butPtr->width * avgWidth;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * butPtr->height is in lines of text. We need to allow for that many
-	 * lines on the face, not in the over-all button height.
-	 */
-
-	if (butPtr->height > 0) {
-	    height = butPtr->height * fm.linespace;
-
-	    /*
-	     * Make the same adjustments as above to get same height for e.g.
-	     * a one line text with -height 0 or 1. [Bug #565485]
-	     */
-
-	    switch (butPtr->type) {
-	    case TYPE_BUTTON: {
-		height += (int)(0.5 + (6 * vDLU)) - 10;
-		break;
-	    }
-	    case TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON:
-	    case TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON: {
-		height += (int)(0.5 + (2.0 * vDLU)) - 4;
-		break;
-	    }
-	    }
-	}
-
-	width += 2 * butPtr->padX;
-	height += 2 * butPtr->padY;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Fix up width and height for indicator sizing and spacing.
-     */
-
-    if (butPtr->type == TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON
-	    || butPtr->type == TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) {
-	if (butPtr->indicatorOn) {
-	    butPtr->indicatorDiameter = tsdPtr->boxHeight;
-
-	    /*
-	     * Make sure we can see the whole indicator, even if the text or
-	     * image is very small.
-	     */
-
-	    if (height < butPtr->indicatorDiameter) {
-		height = butPtr->indicatorDiameter;
-	    }
-
-	    /*
-	     * There is no rule for space between the indicator and the text
-	     * (the two are atomic on 'Windows) but the User Experience page
-	     * 451 says leave 3 hDLUs between "text labels and their
-	     * associated controls".
-	     */
-
-	    butPtr->indicatorSpace = butPtr->indicatorDiameter +
-		    (int)(0.5 + (3.0 * hDLU));
-	    width += butPtr->indicatorSpace;
-	}
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Inset is always added to the size.
-     */
-
-    width += 2 * butPtr->inset;
-    height += 2 * butPtr->inset;
-
-    Tk_GeometryRequest(butPtr->tkwin, width, height);
-    Tk_SetInternalBorder(butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->inset);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * ButtonProc --
- *
- *	This function is call by Windows whenever an event occurs on a button
- *	control created by Tk.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Standard Windows return value.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	May generate events.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static LRESULT CALLBACK
-ButtonProc(
-    HWND hwnd,
-    UINT message,
-    WPARAM wParam,
-    LPARAM lParam)
-{
-    LRESULT result;
-    WinButton *butPtr;
-    Tk_Window tkwin = Tk_HWNDToWindow(hwnd);
-
-    if (tkwin == NULL) {
-	Tcl_Panic("ButtonProc called on an invalid HWND");
-    }
-    butPtr = (WinButton *)((TkWindow*)tkwin)->instanceData;
-
-    switch(message) {
-    case WM_ERASEBKGND:
-	return 0;
-
-    case BM_GETCHECK:
-	if (((butPtr->info.type == TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON)
-		|| (butPtr->info.type == TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON))
-		&& butPtr->info.indicatorOn) {
-	    return (butPtr->info.flags & SELECTED)
-		    ? BST_CHECKED : BST_UNCHECKED;
-	}
-	return 0;
-
-    case BM_GETSTATE: {
-	DWORD state = 0;
-
-	if (((butPtr->info.type == TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON)
-		|| (butPtr->info.type == TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON))
-		&& butPtr->info.indicatorOn) {
-	    state = (butPtr->info.flags & SELECTED)
-		    ? BST_CHECKED : BST_UNCHECKED;
-	}
-	if (butPtr->info.flags & GOT_FOCUS) {
-	    state |= BST_FOCUS;
-	}
-	return state;
-    }
-    case WM_ENABLE:
-	break;
-
-    case WM_PAINT: {
-	PAINTSTRUCT ps;
-	BeginPaint(hwnd, &ps);
-	EndPaint(hwnd, &ps);
-	TkpDisplayButton((ClientData)butPtr);
-
-	/*
-	 * Special note: must cancel any existing idle handler for
-	 * TkpDisplayButton; it's no longer needed, and TkpDisplayButton
-	 * cleared the REDRAW_PENDING flag.
-	 */
-
-	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(TkpDisplayButton, (ClientData)butPtr);
-	return 0;
-    }
-    case BN_CLICKED: {
-	/*
-	 * OOPS: chromium fires WM_NULL regularly to ping if plugin is still
-	 * alive. When using an external window (i.e. via the tcl plugin), this
-	 * causes all buttons to fire once a second, so we need to make sure
-	 * that we are not dealing with the chromium life check.
-	*/
-        if (wParam != 0 || lParam != 0) {
-	    int code;
-	    Tcl_Interp *interp = butPtr->info.interp;
-
-	    if (butPtr->info.state != STATE_DISABLED) {
-		Tcl_Preserve((ClientData)interp);
-		code = TkInvokeButton((TkButton*)butPtr);
-		if (code != TCL_OK && code != TCL_CONTINUE
-			&& code != TCL_BREAK) {
-		    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n    (button invoke)");
-		    Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, code);
-		}
-		Tcl_Release((ClientData)interp);
-	    }
-	    Tcl_ServiceAll();
-	    return 0;
-	}
-    }
-
-    default:
-	if (Tk_TranslateWinEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam, &result)) {
-	    return result;
-	}
-    }
-    return DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
-}
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: c
- * c-basic-offset: 4
- * fill-column: 78
- * End:
- */
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/tkWinClipboard.c b/tk8.6/win/tkWinClipboard.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 03c0cde..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/tkWinClipboard.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,478 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * tkWinClipboard.c --
- *
- *	This file contains functions for managing the clipboard.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
- *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
- * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
- */
-
-#include "tkWinInt.h"
-#include "tkSelect.h"
-#include <shlobj.h>    /* for DROPFILES */
-
-static void		UpdateClipboard(HWND hwnd);
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkSelGetSelection --
- *
- *	Retrieve the specified selection from another process. For now, only
- *	fetching XA_STRING from CLIPBOARD is supported. Eventually other types
- *	should be allowed.
- *
- * Results:
- *	The return value is a standard Tcl return value. If an error occurs
- *	(such as no selection exists) then an error message is left in the
- *	interp's result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-TkSelGetSelection(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter to use for reporting errors. */
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window on whose behalf to retrieve the
-				 * selection (determines display from which to
-				 * retrieve). */
-    Atom selection,		/* Selection to retrieve. */
-    Atom target,		/* Desired form in which selection is to be
-				 * returned. */
-    Tk_GetSelProc *proc,	/* Procedure to call to process the selection,
-				 * once it has been retrieved. */
-    ClientData clientData)	/* Arbitrary value to pass to proc. */
-{
-    char *data, *destPtr;
-    Tcl_DString ds;
-    HGLOBAL handle;
-    Tcl_Encoding encoding;
-    int result, locale, noBackslash = 0;
-
-    if ((selection != Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "CLIPBOARD"))
-	    || (target != XA_STRING)
-	    || !OpenClipboard(NULL)) {
-	goto error;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Attempt to get the data in Unicode form if available as this is less
-     * work that CF_TEXT.
-     */
-
-    result = TCL_ERROR;
-    if (IsClipboardFormatAvailable(CF_UNICODETEXT)) {
-	handle = GetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT);
-	if (!handle) {
-	    CloseClipboard();
-	    goto error;
-	}
-	data = GlobalLock(handle);
-	Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
-	Tcl_UniCharToUtfDString((Tcl_UniChar *)data,
-		Tcl_UniCharLen((Tcl_UniChar *)data), &ds);
-	GlobalUnlock(handle);
-    } else if (IsClipboardFormatAvailable(CF_TEXT)) {
-	/*
-	 * Determine the encoding to use to convert this text.
-	 */
-
-	if (IsClipboardFormatAvailable(CF_LOCALE)) {
-	    handle = GetClipboardData(CF_LOCALE);
-	    if (!handle) {
-		CloseClipboard();
-		goto error;
-	    }
-
-	    /*
-	     * Get the locale identifier, determine the proper code page to
-	     * use, and find the corresponding encoding.
-	     */
-
-	    Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
-	    Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, "cp######", -1);
-	    data = GlobalLock(handle);
-
-	    /*
-	     * Even though the documentation claims that GetLocaleInfo expects
-	     * an LCID, on Windows 9x it really seems to expect a LanguageID.
-	     */
-
-	    locale = LANGIDFROMLCID(*((int*)data));
-	    GetLocaleInfoA(locale, LOCALE_IDEFAULTANSICODEPAGE,
-		    Tcl_DStringValue(&ds)+2, Tcl_DStringLength(&ds)-2);
-	    GlobalUnlock(handle);
-
-	    encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
-	    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
-	} else {
-	    encoding = NULL;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Fetch the text and convert it to UTF.
-	 */
-
-	handle = GetClipboardData(CF_TEXT);
-	if (!handle) {
-	    if (encoding) {
-		Tcl_FreeEncoding(encoding);
-	    }
-	    CloseClipboard();
-	    goto error;
-	}
-	data = GlobalLock(handle);
-	Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(encoding, data, -1, &ds);
-	GlobalUnlock(handle);
-	if (encoding) {
-	    Tcl_FreeEncoding(encoding);
-	}
-    } else if (IsClipboardFormatAvailable(CF_HDROP)) {
-	DROPFILES *drop;
-
-	handle = GetClipboardData(CF_HDROP);
-	if (!handle) {
-	    CloseClipboard();
-	    goto error;
-	}
-	Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
-	drop = (DROPFILES *) GlobalLock(handle);
-	if (drop->fWide) {
-	    WCHAR *fname = (WCHAR *) ((char *) drop + drop->pFiles);
-	    Tcl_DString dsTmp;
-	    int count = 0, len;
-
-	    while (*fname != 0) {
-		if (count) {
-		    Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, "\n", 1);
-		}
-		len = Tcl_UniCharLen((Tcl_UniChar *) fname);
-		Tcl_DStringInit(&dsTmp);
-		Tcl_UniCharToUtfDString((Tcl_UniChar *) fname, len, &dsTmp);
-		Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, Tcl_DStringValue(&dsTmp),
-			Tcl_DStringLength(&dsTmp));
-		Tcl_DStringFree(&dsTmp);
-		fname += len + 1;
-		count++;
-	    }
-	    noBackslash = (count > 0);
-	}
-	GlobalUnlock(handle);
-    } else {
-	CloseClipboard();
-	goto error;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Translate CR/LF to LF.
-     */
-
-    data = destPtr = Tcl_DStringValue(&ds);
-    while (*data) {
-	if (data[0] == '\r' && data[1] == '\n') {
-	    data++;
-	} else if (noBackslash && data[0] == '\\') {
-	    data++;
-	    *destPtr++ = '/';
-	} else {
-	    *destPtr++ = *data++;
-	}
-    }
-    *destPtr = '\0';
-
-    /*
-     * Pass the data off to the selection procedure.
-     */
-
-    result = proc(clientData, interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
-    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
-    CloseClipboard();
-    return result;
-
-  error:
-    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-	    "%s selection doesn't exist or form \"%s\" not defined",
-	    Tk_GetAtomName(tkwin, selection), Tk_GetAtomName(tkwin, target)));
-    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "SELECTION", "EXISTS", NULL);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkSetSelectionOwner --
- *
- *	This function claims ownership of the specified selection. If the
- *	selection is CLIPBOARD, then we empty the system clipboard.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Empties the system clipboard, and claims ownership.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-XSetSelectionOwner(
-    Display *display,
-    Atom selection,
-    Window owner,
-    Time time)
-{
-    HWND hwnd = owner ? TkWinGetHWND(owner) : NULL;
-    Tk_Window tkwin;
-
-    /*
-     * This is a gross hack because the Tk_InternAtom interface is broken. It
-     * expects a Tk_Window, even though it only needs a Tk_Display.
-     */
-
-    tkwin = (Tk_Window) TkGetMainInfoList()->winPtr;
-
-    if (selection == Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "CLIPBOARD")) {
-	/*
-	 * Only claim and empty the clipboard if we aren't already the owner
-	 * of the clipboard.
-	 */
-
-	if (GetClipboardOwner() != hwnd) {
-	    UpdateClipboard(hwnd);
-	}
-    }
-    return Success;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinClipboardRender --
- *
- *	This function supplies the contents of the clipboard in response to a
- *	WM_RENDERFORMAT message.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Sets the contents of the clipboard.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkWinClipboardRender(
-    TkDisplay *dispPtr,
-    UINT format)
-{
-    TkClipboardTarget *targetPtr;
-    TkClipboardBuffer *cbPtr;
-    HGLOBAL handle;
-    char *buffer, *p, *rawText, *endPtr;
-    int length;
-    Tcl_DString ds;
-
-    for (targetPtr = dispPtr->clipTargetPtr; targetPtr != NULL;
-	    targetPtr = targetPtr->nextPtr) {
-	if (targetPtr->type == XA_STRING) {
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Count the number of newlines so we can add space for them in the
-     * resulting string.
-     */
-
-    length = 0;
-    if (targetPtr != NULL) {
-	for (cbPtr = targetPtr->firstBufferPtr; cbPtr != NULL;
-		cbPtr = cbPtr->nextPtr) {
-	    length += cbPtr->length;
-	    for (p = cbPtr->buffer, endPtr = p + cbPtr->length;
-		    p < endPtr; p++) {
-		if (*p == '\n') {
-		    length++;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Copy the data and change EOL characters.
-     */
-
-    buffer = rawText = ckalloc(length + 1);
-    if (targetPtr != NULL) {
-	for (cbPtr = targetPtr->firstBufferPtr; cbPtr != NULL;
-		cbPtr = cbPtr->nextPtr) {
-	    for (p = cbPtr->buffer, endPtr = p + cbPtr->length;
-		    p < endPtr; p++) {
-		if (*p == '\n') {
-		    *buffer++ = '\r';
-		}
-		*buffer++ = *p;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    *buffer = '\0';
-
-    /*
-     * Depending on the platform, turn the data into Unicode or the system
-     * encoding before placing it on the clipboard.
-     */
-
-#ifdef UNICODE
-	Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
-	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(rawText, -1, &ds);
-	ckfree(rawText);
-	handle = GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE|GMEM_DDESHARE,
-		(unsigned) Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) + 2);
-	if (!handle) {
-	    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
-	    return;
-	}
-	buffer = GlobalLock(handle);
-	memcpy(buffer, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
-		(unsigned) Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) + 2);
-	GlobalUnlock(handle);
-	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
-	SetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT, handle);
-#else
-	Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, rawText, -1, &ds);
-	ckfree(rawText);
-	handle = GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE|GMEM_DDESHARE,
-		(unsigned) Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) + 1);
-	if (!handle) {
-	    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
-	    return;
-	}
-	buffer = GlobalLock(handle);
-	memcpy(buffer, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
-		(unsigned) Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) + 1);
-	GlobalUnlock(handle);
-	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
-	SetClipboardData(CF_TEXT, handle);
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkSelUpdateClipboard --
- *
- *	This function is called to force the clipboard to be updated after new
- *	data is added.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Clears the current contents of the clipboard.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkSelUpdateClipboard(
-    TkWindow *winPtr,
-    TkClipboardTarget *targetPtr)
-{
-    HWND hwnd = TkWinGetHWND(winPtr->window);
-    UpdateClipboard(hwnd);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * UpdateClipboard --
- *
- *	Take ownership of the clipboard, clear it, and indicate to the system
- *	the supported formats.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-UpdateClipboard(
-    HWND hwnd)
-{
-    TkWinUpdatingClipboard(TRUE);
-    OpenClipboard(hwnd);
-    EmptyClipboard();
-
-    SetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT, NULL);
-    CloseClipboard();
-    TkWinUpdatingClipboard(FALSE);
-}
-
-/*
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkSelEventProc --
- *
- *	This procedure is invoked whenever a selection-related event occurs.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Lots: depends on the type of event.
- *
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkSelEventProc(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window for which event was targeted. */
-    register XEvent *eventPtr)	/* X event: either SelectionClear,
-				 * SelectionRequest, or SelectionNotify. */
-{
-    if (eventPtr->type == SelectionClear) {
-	TkSelClearSelection(tkwin, eventPtr);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkSelPropProc --
- *
- *	This procedure is invoked when property-change events occur on windows
- *	not known to the toolkit. This is a stub function under Windows.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkSelPropProc(
-    register XEvent *eventPtr)	/* X PropertyChange event. */
-{
-}
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: c
- * c-basic-offset: 4
- * fill-column: 78
- * End:
- */
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/tkWinColor.c b/tk8.6/win/tkWinColor.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ba9815c..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/tkWinColor.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,589 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * tkWinColor.c --
- *
- *	Functions to map color names to system color values.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- * Copyright (c) 1994 Software Research Associates, Inc.
- *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
- * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
- */
-
-#include "tkWinInt.h"
-#include "tkColor.h"
-
-/*
- * The following structure is used to keep track of each color that is
- * allocated by this module.
- */
-
-typedef struct WinColor {
-    TkColor info;		/* Generic color information. */
-    int index;			/* Index for GetSysColor(), -1 if color is not
-				 * a "live" system color. */
-} WinColor;
-
-/*
- * The sysColors array contains the names and index values for the Windows
- * indirect system color names. In use, all of the names will have the string
- * "System" prepended, but we omit it in the table to save space.
- */
-
-typedef struct {
-    const char *name;
-    int index;
-} SystemColorEntry;
-
-static const SystemColorEntry sysColors[] = {
-    {"3dDarkShadow",		COLOR_3DDKSHADOW},
-    {"3dLight",			COLOR_3DLIGHT},
-    {"ActiveBorder",		COLOR_ACTIVEBORDER},
-    {"ActiveCaption",		COLOR_ACTIVECAPTION},
-    {"AppWorkspace",		COLOR_APPWORKSPACE},
-    {"Background",		COLOR_BACKGROUND},
-    {"ButtonFace",		COLOR_BTNFACE},
-    {"ButtonHighlight",		COLOR_BTNHIGHLIGHT},
-    {"ButtonShadow",		COLOR_BTNSHADOW},
-    {"ButtonText",		COLOR_BTNTEXT},
-    {"CaptionText",		COLOR_CAPTIONTEXT},
-    {"DisabledText",		COLOR_GRAYTEXT},
-    {"GrayText",		COLOR_GRAYTEXT},
-    {"Highlight",		COLOR_HIGHLIGHT},
-    {"HighlightText",		COLOR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT},
-    {"InactiveBorder",		COLOR_INACTIVEBORDER},
-    {"InactiveCaption",		COLOR_INACTIVECAPTION},
-    {"InactiveCaptionText",	COLOR_INACTIVECAPTIONTEXT},
-    {"InfoBackground",		COLOR_INFOBK},
-    {"InfoText",		COLOR_INFOTEXT},
-    {"Menu",			COLOR_MENU},
-    {"MenuText",		COLOR_MENUTEXT},
-    {"Scrollbar",		COLOR_SCROLLBAR},
-    {"Window",			COLOR_WINDOW},
-    {"WindowFrame",		COLOR_WINDOWFRAME},
-    {"WindowText",		COLOR_WINDOWTEXT}
-};
-
-/*
- * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file.
- */
-
-static int		FindSystemColor(const char *name, XColor *colorPtr,
-			    int *indexPtr);
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * FindSystemColor --
- *
- *	This routine finds the color entry that corresponds to the specified
- *	color.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns non-zero on success. The RGB values of the XColor will be
- *	initialized to the proper values on success.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-FindSystemColor(
-    const char *name,		/* Color name. */
-    XColor *colorPtr,		/* Where to store results. */
-    int *indexPtr)		/* Out parameter to store color index. */
-{
-    int l, u, r, i;
-    int index;
-
-    /*
-     * Perform a binary search on the sorted array of colors.
-     */
-
-    l = 0;
-    u = (sizeof(sysColors) / sizeof(sysColors[0])) - 1;
-    while (l <= u) {
-	i = (l + u) / 2;
-	r = strcasecmp(name, sysColors[i].name);
-	if (r == 0) {
-	    break;
-	} else if (r < 0) {
-	    u = i-1;
-	} else {
-	    l = i+1;
-	}
-    }
-    if (l > u) {
-	return 0;
-    }
-
-    *indexPtr = index = sysColors[i].index;
-    colorPtr->pixel = GetSysColor(index);
-
-    /*
-     * x257 is (value<<8 + value) to get the properly bit shifted and padded
-     * value. [Bug: 4919]
-     */
-
-    colorPtr->red = GetRValue(colorPtr->pixel) * 257;
-    colorPtr->green = GetGValue(colorPtr->pixel) * 257;
-    colorPtr->blue = GetBValue(colorPtr->pixel) * 257;
-    colorPtr->flags = DoRed|DoGreen|DoBlue;
-    colorPtr->pad = 0;
-    return 1;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpGetColor --
- *
- *	Allocate a new TkColor for the color with the given name.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns a newly allocated TkColor, or NULL on failure.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	May invalidate the colormap cache associated with tkwin upon
- *	allocating a new colormap entry. Allocates a new TkColor structure.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-TkColor *
-TkpGetColor(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window in which color will be used. */
-    Tk_Uid name)		/* Name of color to allocated (in form
-				 * suitable for passing to XParseColor). */
-{
-    WinColor *winColPtr;
-    XColor color;
-    int index = -1;		/* -1 indicates that this is not an indirect
-				 * system color. */
-
-    /*
-     * Check to see if it is a system color or an X color string. If the color
-     * is found, allocate a new WinColor and store the XColor and the system
-     * color index.
-     */
-
-    if (((strncasecmp(name, "system", 6) == 0)
-	    && FindSystemColor(name+6, &color, &index))
-	    || TkParseColor(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_Colormap(tkwin), name,
-		    &color)) {
-	winColPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(WinColor));
-	winColPtr->info.color = color;
-	winColPtr->index = index;
-
-	XAllocColor(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_Colormap(tkwin),
-		&winColPtr->info.color);
- 	return (TkColor *) winColPtr;
-    }
-    return (TkColor *) NULL;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpGetColorByValue --
- *
- *	Given a desired set of red-green-blue intensities for a color, locate
- *	a pixel value to use to draw that color in a given window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	The return value is a pointer to an TkColor structure that indicates
- *	the closest red, blue, and green intensities available to those
- *	specified in colorPtr, and also specifies a pixel value to use to draw
- *	in that color.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	May invalidate the colormap cache for the specified window. Allocates
- *	a new TkColor structure.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-TkColor *
-TkpGetColorByValue(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window in which color will be used. */
-    XColor *colorPtr)		/* Red, green, and blue fields indicate
-				 * desired color. */
-{
-    WinColor *tkColPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(WinColor));
-
-    tkColPtr->info.color.red = colorPtr->red;
-    tkColPtr->info.color.green = colorPtr->green;
-    tkColPtr->info.color.blue = colorPtr->blue;
-    tkColPtr->info.color.pixel = 0;
-    tkColPtr->index = -1;
-    XAllocColor(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_Colormap(tkwin), &tkColPtr->info.color);
-    return (TkColor *) tkColPtr;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpFreeColor --
- *
- *	Release the specified color back to the system.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Invalidates the colormap cache for the colormap associated with the
- *	given color.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpFreeColor(
-    TkColor *tkColPtr)		/* Color to be released. Must have been
-				 * allocated by TkpGetColor or
-				 * TkpGetColorByValue. */
-{
-    Screen *screen = tkColPtr->screen;
-
-    XFreeColors(DisplayOfScreen(screen), tkColPtr->colormap,
-	    &tkColPtr->color.pixel, 1, 0L);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinIndexOfColor --
- *
- *	Given a color, return the system color index that was used to create
- *	the color.
- *
- * Results:
- *	If the color was allocated using a system indirect color name, then
- *	the corresponding GetSysColor() index is returned. Otherwise, -1 is
- *	returned.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-TkWinIndexOfColor(
-    XColor *colorPtr)
-{
-    register WinColor *winColPtr = (WinColor *) colorPtr;
-    if (winColPtr->info.magic == COLOR_MAGIC) {
-	return winColPtr->index;
-    }
-    return -1;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XAllocColor --
- *
- *	Find the closest available color to the specified XColor.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Updates the color argument and returns 1 on success. Otherwise returns
- *	0.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Allocates a new color in the palette.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-XAllocColor(
-    Display *display,
-    Colormap colormap,
-    XColor *color)
-{
-    TkWinColormap *cmap = (TkWinColormap *) colormap;
-    PALETTEENTRY entry, closeEntry;
-    HDC dc = GetDC(NULL);
-
-    entry.peRed = (color->red) >> 8;
-    entry.peGreen = (color->green) >> 8;
-    entry.peBlue = (color->blue) >> 8;
-    entry.peFlags = 0;
-
-    if (GetDeviceCaps(dc, RASTERCAPS) & RC_PALETTE) {
-	unsigned long sizePalette = GetDeviceCaps(dc, SIZEPALETTE);
-	UINT newPixel, closePixel;
-	int new;
-	size_t refCount;
-	Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
-	UINT index;
-
-	/*
-	 * Find the nearest existing palette entry.
-	 */
-
-	newPixel = RGB(entry.peRed, entry.peGreen, entry.peBlue);
-	index = GetNearestPaletteIndex(cmap->palette, newPixel);
-	GetPaletteEntries(cmap->palette, index, 1, &closeEntry);
-	closePixel = RGB(closeEntry.peRed, closeEntry.peGreen,
-		closeEntry.peBlue);
-
-	/*
-	 * If this is not a duplicate, allocate a new entry. Note that we may
-	 * get values for index that are above the current size of the
-	 * palette. This happens because we don't shrink the size of the
-	 * palette object when we deallocate colors so there may be stale
-	 * values that match in the upper slots. We should ignore those values
-	 * and just put the new color in as if the colors had not matched.
-	 */
-
-	if ((index >= cmap->size) || (newPixel != closePixel)) {
-	    if (cmap->size == sizePalette) {
-		color->red   = closeEntry.peRed * 257;
-		color->green = closeEntry.peGreen * 257;
-		color->blue  = closeEntry.peBlue * 257;
-		entry = closeEntry;
-		if (index >= cmap->size) {
-		    OutputDebugStringA("XAllocColor: Colormap is bigger than we thought");
-		}
-	    } else {
-		cmap->size++;
-		ResizePalette(cmap->palette, cmap->size);
-		SetPaletteEntries(cmap->palette, cmap->size - 1, 1, &entry);
-	    }
-	}
-
-	color->pixel = PALETTERGB(entry.peRed, entry.peGreen, entry.peBlue);
-	entryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&cmap->refCounts,
-		INT2PTR(color->pixel), &new);
-	if (new) {
-	    refCount = 1;
-	} else {
-	    refCount = (size_t)Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr) + 1;
-	}
-	Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, (void *)refCount);
-    } else {
-	/*
-	 * Determine what color will actually be used on non-colormap systems.
-	 */
-
-	color->pixel = GetNearestColor(dc,
-		RGB(entry.peRed, entry.peGreen, entry.peBlue));
-	color->red    = GetRValue(color->pixel) * 257;
-	color->green  = GetGValue(color->pixel) * 257;
-	color->blue   = GetBValue(color->pixel) * 257;
-    }
-
-    ReleaseDC(NULL, dc);
-    return 1;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XFreeColors --
- *
- *	Deallocate a block of colors.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Removes entries for the current palette and compacts the remaining
- *	set.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-XFreeColors(
-    Display *display,
-    Colormap colormap,
-    unsigned long *pixels,
-    int npixels,
-    unsigned long planes)
-{
-    TkWinColormap *cmap = (TkWinColormap *) colormap;
-    COLORREF cref;
-    UINT count, index;
-    size_t refCount;
-    int i;
-    PALETTEENTRY entry, *entries;
-    Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
-    HDC dc = GetDC(NULL);
-
-    /*
-     * We don't have to do anything for non-palette devices.
-     */
-
-    if (GetDeviceCaps(dc, RASTERCAPS) & RC_PALETTE) {
-	/*
-	 * This is really slow for large values of npixels.
-	 */
-
-	for (i = 0; i < npixels; i++) {
-	    entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&cmap->refCounts, INT2PTR(pixels[i]));
-	    if (!entryPtr) {
-		Tcl_Panic("Tried to free a color that isn't allocated");
-	    }
-	    refCount = (size_t)Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr) - 1;
-	    if (refCount == 0) {
-		cref = pixels[i] & 0x00ffffff;
-		index = GetNearestPaletteIndex(cmap->palette, cref);
-		GetPaletteEntries(cmap->palette, index, 1, &entry);
-		if (cref == RGB(entry.peRed, entry.peGreen, entry.peBlue)) {
-		    count = cmap->size - index;
-		    entries = ckalloc(sizeof(PALETTEENTRY) * count);
-		    GetPaletteEntries(cmap->palette, index+1, count, entries);
-		    SetPaletteEntries(cmap->palette, index, count, entries);
-		    ckfree(entries);
-		    cmap->size--;
-		} else {
-		    Tcl_Panic("Tried to free a color that isn't allocated");
-		}
-		Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entryPtr);
-	    } else {
-		Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, (size_t)refCount);
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    ReleaseDC(NULL, dc);
-    return Success;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XCreateColormap --
- *
- *	Allocate a new colormap.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns a newly allocated colormap.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Allocates an empty palette and color list.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-Colormap
-XCreateColormap(
-    Display *display,
-    Window w,
-    Visual *visual,
-    int alloc)
-{
-    char logPalBuf[sizeof(LOGPALETTE) + 256 * sizeof(PALETTEENTRY)];
-    LOGPALETTE *logPalettePtr;
-    PALETTEENTRY *entryPtr;
-    TkWinColormap *cmap;
-    Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
-    int new;
-    UINT i;
-    HPALETTE sysPal;
-
-    /*
-     * Allocate a starting palette with all of the reserved colors.
-     */
-
-    logPalettePtr = (LOGPALETTE *) logPalBuf;
-    logPalettePtr->palVersion = 0x300;
-    sysPal = (HPALETTE) GetStockObject(DEFAULT_PALETTE);
-    logPalettePtr->palNumEntries = GetPaletteEntries(sysPal, 0, 256,
-	    logPalettePtr->palPalEntry);
-
-    cmap = ckalloc(sizeof(TkWinColormap));
-    cmap->size = logPalettePtr->palNumEntries;
-    cmap->stale = 0;
-    cmap->palette = CreatePalette(logPalettePtr);
-
-    /*
-     * Add hash entries for each of the static colors.
-     */
-
-    Tcl_InitHashTable(&cmap->refCounts, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
-    for (i = 0; i < logPalettePtr->palNumEntries; i++) {
-	entryPtr = logPalettePtr->palPalEntry + i;
-	hashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&cmap->refCounts, INT2PTR(PALETTERGB(
-		entryPtr->peRed, entryPtr->peGreen, entryPtr->peBlue)), &new);
-	Tcl_SetHashValue(hashPtr, INT2PTR(1));
-    }
-
-    return (Colormap)cmap;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XFreeColormap --
- *
- *	Frees the resources associated with the given colormap.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Deletes the palette associated with the colormap. Note that the
- *	palette must not be selected into a device context when this occurs.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-XFreeColormap(
-    Display *display,
-    Colormap colormap)
-{
-    TkWinColormap *cmap = (TkWinColormap *) colormap;
-
-    if (!DeleteObject(cmap->palette)) {
-	Tcl_Panic("Unable to free colormap, palette is still selected");
-    }
-    Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&cmap->refCounts);
-    ckfree(cmap);
-    return Success;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinSelectPalette --
- *
- *	This function sets up the specified device context with a given
- *	palette. If the palette is stale, it realizes it in the background
- *	unless the palette is the current global palette.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns the previous palette selected into the device context.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	May change the system palette.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-HPALETTE
-TkWinSelectPalette(
-    HDC dc,
-    Colormap colormap)
-{
-    TkWinColormap *cmap = (TkWinColormap *) colormap;
-    HPALETTE oldPalette;
-
-    oldPalette = SelectPalette(dc, cmap->palette,
-	    (cmap->palette == TkWinGetSystemPalette()) ? FALSE : TRUE);
-    RealizePalette(dc);
-    return oldPalette;
-}
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: c
- * c-basic-offset: 4
- * fill-column: 78
- * End:
- */
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/tkWinConfig.c b/tk8.6/win/tkWinConfig.c
deleted file mode 100644
index aeb9405..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/tkWinConfig.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * tkWinConfig.c --
- *
- *	This module implements the Windows system defaults for the
- *	configuration package.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1997 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
- * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
- */
-
-#include "tkWinInt.h"
-
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpGetSystemDefault --
- *
- *	Given a dbName and className for a configuration option, return a
- *	string representation of the option.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns a Tk_Uid that is the string identifier that identifies this
- *	option. Returns NULL if there are no system defaults that match this
- *	pair.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None, once the package is initialized.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-Tcl_Obj *
-TkpGetSystemDefault(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* A window to use. */
-    const char *dbName,		/* The option database name. */
-    const char *className)	/* The name of the option class. */
-{
-    Tcl_Obj *valueObjPtr;
-    Tk_Uid classUid;
-
-    if (tkwin == NULL) {
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-    valueObjPtr = NULL;
-    classUid = Tk_Class(tkwin);
-
-    if (strcmp(classUid, "Menu") == 0) {
-	valueObjPtr = TkWinGetMenuSystemDefault(tkwin, dbName, className);
-    }
-
-    return valueObjPtr;
-}
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: c
- * c-basic-offset: 4
- * fill-column: 78
- * End:
- */
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/tkWinCursor.c b/tk8.6/win/tkWinCursor.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 622ba4d..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/tkWinCursor.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,272 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * tkWinCursor.c --
- *
- *	This file contains Win32 specific cursor related routines.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
- * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
- */
-
-#include "tkWinInt.h"
-
-/*
- * The following data structure contains the system specific data necessary to
- * control Windows cursors.
- */
-
-typedef struct {
-    TkCursor info;		/* Generic cursor info used by tkCursor.c */
-    HCURSOR winCursor;		/* Win32 cursor handle. */
-    int system;			/* 1 if cursor is a system cursor, else 0. */
-} TkWinCursor;
-
-/*
- * The HAND cursor is only present when WINVER >= 0x0500. If this is not
- * available at runtime, it will default to the unix-style cursor.
- */
-
-#ifndef IDC_HAND
-#define IDC_HAND MAKEINTRESOURCE(32649)
-#endif
-#ifndef IDC_HELP
-#define IDC_HELP MAKEINTRESOURCE(32651)
-#endif
-
-/*
- * The table below is used to map from the name of a predefined cursor to its
- * resource identifier.
- */
-
-static struct CursorName {
-    const char *name;
-    LPCTSTR id;
-} cursorNames[] = {
-    {"starting",		IDC_APPSTARTING},
-    {"arrow",			IDC_ARROW},
-    {"ibeam",			IDC_IBEAM},
-    {"icon",			IDC_ICON},
-    {"no",			IDC_NO},
-    {"size",			IDC_SIZEALL},
-    {"size_ne_sw",		IDC_SIZENESW},
-    {"size_ns",			IDC_SIZENS},
-    {"size_nw_se",		IDC_SIZENWSE},
-    {"size_we",			IDC_SIZEWE},
-    {"uparrow",			IDC_UPARROW},
-    {"wait",			IDC_WAIT},
-    {"crosshair",		IDC_CROSS},
-    {"fleur",			IDC_SIZEALL},
-    {"sb_v_double_arrow",	IDC_SIZENS},
-    {"sb_h_double_arrow",	IDC_SIZEWE},
-    {"center_ptr",		IDC_UPARROW},
-    {"watch",			IDC_WAIT},
-    {"xterm",			IDC_IBEAM},
-    {"hand2",			IDC_HAND},
-    {"question_arrow",		IDC_HELP},
-    {NULL,			0}
-};
-
-/*
- * The default cursor is used whenever no other cursor has been specified.
- */
-
-#define TK_DEFAULT_CURSOR	IDC_ARROW
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkGetCursorByName --
- *
- *	Retrieve a system cursor by name.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns a new cursor, or NULL on errors.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Allocates a new cursor.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-TkCursor *
-TkGetCursorByName(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window in which cursor will be used. */
-    Tk_Uid string)		/* Description of cursor. See manual entry for
-				 * details on legal syntax. */
-{
-    struct CursorName *namePtr;
-    TkWinCursor *cursorPtr;
-    int argc;
-    const char **argv = NULL;
-
-    /*
-     * All cursor names are valid lists of one element (for
-     * Unix-compatability), even unadorned system cursor names.
-     */
-
-    if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, string, &argc, &argv) != TCL_OK) {
-	return NULL;
-    }
-    if (argc == 0) {
-	goto badCursorSpec;
-    }
-
-    cursorPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkWinCursor));
-    cursorPtr->info.cursor = (Tk_Cursor) cursorPtr;
-    cursorPtr->winCursor = NULL;
-    cursorPtr->system = 0;
-
-    if (argv[0][0] == '@') {
-	/*
-	 * Check for system cursor of type @<filename>, where only the name is
-	 * allowed. This accepts any of:
-	 *	-cursor @/winnt/cursors/globe.ani
-	 *	-cursor @C:/Winnt/cursors/E_arrow.cur
-	 *	-cursor {@C:/Program\ Files/Cursors/bart.ani}
-	 *      -cursor {{@C:/Program Files/Cursors/bart.ani}}
-	 *	-cursor [list @[file join "C:/Program Files" Cursors bart.ani]]
-	 */
-
-	if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-		    "can't get cursor from a file in a safe interpreter",-1));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "SAFE", "CURSOR_FILE", NULL);
-	    ckfree(argv);
-	    ckfree(cursorPtr);
-	    return NULL;
-	}
-	cursorPtr->winCursor = LoadCursorFromFileA(&(argv[0][1]));
-    } else {
-	/*
-	 * Check for the cursor in the system cursor set.
-	 */
-
-	for (namePtr = cursorNames; namePtr->name != NULL; namePtr++) {
-	    if (strcmp(namePtr->name, argv[0]) == 0) {
-		cursorPtr->winCursor = LoadCursor(NULL, namePtr->id);
-		break;
-	    }
-	}
-
-	if (cursorPtr->winCursor == NULL) {
-	    /*
-	     * Hmm, it is not in the system cursor set. Check to see if it is
-	     * one of our application resources.
-	     */
-
-	    cursorPtr->winCursor = LoadCursorA(Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), argv[0]);
-	} else {
-	    cursorPtr->system = 1;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (cursorPtr->winCursor == NULL) {
-	ckfree(cursorPtr);
-    badCursorSpec:
-	ckfree(argv);
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		"bad cursor spec \"%s\"", string));
-	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "CURSOR", NULL);
-	return NULL;
-    }
-    ckfree(argv);
-    return (TkCursor *) cursorPtr;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkCreateCursorFromData --
- *
- *	Creates a cursor from the source and mask bits.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns a new cursor, or NULL on errors.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Allocates a new cursor.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-TkCursor *
-TkCreateCursorFromData(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window in which cursor will be used. */
-    const char *source,		/* Bitmap data for cursor shape. */
-    const char *mask,		/* Bitmap data for cursor mask. */
-    int width, int height,	/* Dimensions of cursor. */
-    int xHot, int yHot,		/* Location of hot-spot in cursor. */
-    XColor fgColor,		/* Foreground color for cursor. */
-    XColor bgColor)		/* Background color for cursor. */
-{
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpFreeCursor --
- *
- *	This procedure is called to release a cursor allocated by
- *	TkGetCursorByName.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	The cursor data structure is deallocated.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpFreeCursor(
-    TkCursor *cursorPtr)
-{
-    /* TkWinCursor *winCursorPtr = (TkWinCursor *) cursorPtr; */
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpSetCursor --
- *
- *	Set the global cursor. If the cursor is None, then use the default Tk
- *	cursor.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Changes the mouse cursor.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpSetCursor(
-    TkpCursor cursor)
-{
-    HCURSOR hcursor;
-    TkWinCursor *winCursor = (TkWinCursor *) cursor;
-
-    if (winCursor == NULL || winCursor->winCursor == NULL) {
-	hcursor = LoadCursor(NULL, TK_DEFAULT_CURSOR);
-    } else {
-	hcursor = winCursor->winCursor;
-    }
-
-    if (hcursor != NULL) {
-	SetCursor(hcursor);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: c
- * c-basic-offset: 4
- * fill-column: 78
- * End:
- */
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/tkWinDefault.h b/tk8.6/win/tkWinDefault.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f389075..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/tkWinDefault.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,536 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * tkWinDefault.h --
- *
- *	This file defines the defaults for all options for all of
- *	the Tk widgets.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
- * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
- */
-
-#ifndef _TKWINDEFAULT
-#define _TKWINDEFAULT
-
-/*
- * The definitions below provide symbolic names for the default colors.
- * NORMAL_BG -		Normal background color.
- * ACTIVE_BG -		Background color when widget is active.
- * SELECT_BG -		Background color for selected text.
- * TROUGH -		Background color for troughs in scales and scrollbars.
- * INDICATOR -		Color for indicator when button is selected.
- * DISABLED -		Foreground color when widget is disabled.
- */
-
-#define BLACK		"Black"
-#define WHITE		"White"
-
-#define NORMAL_BG	"SystemButtonFace"
-#define NORMAL_FG	"SystemButtonText"
-#define ACTIVE_BG	NORMAL_BG
-#define TEXT_FG		"SystemWindowText"
-#define SELECT_BG	"SystemHighlight"
-#define SELECT_FG	"SystemHighlightText"
-#define TROUGH		"SystemScrollbar"
-#define INDICATOR	"SystemWindow"
-#define DISABLED	"SystemDisabledText"
-#define MENU_BG		"SystemMenu"
-#define MENU_FG		"SystemMenuText"
-#define HIGHLIGHT	"SystemWindowFrame"
-
-/*
- * Defaults for labels, buttons, checkbuttons, and radiobuttons:
- */
-
-#define DEF_BUTTON_ANCHOR		"center"
-#define DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR	NORMAL_BG
-#define DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO	BLACK
-#define DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR	NORMAL_FG
-#define DEF_CHKRAD_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR	TEXT_FG
-#define DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_MONO	WHITE
-#define DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG
-#define DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO		WHITE
-#define DEF_BUTTON_BITMAP		""
-#define DEF_BUTTON_BORDER_WIDTH	"2"
-#define DEF_BUTTON_CURSOR		""
-#define DEF_BUTTON_COMMAND		""
-#define DEF_BUTTON_COMPOUND		"none"
-#define DEF_BUTTON_DEFAULT		"disabled"
-#define DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR	DISABLED
-#define DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO	""
-#define DEF_BUTTON_FG			NORMAL_FG
-#define DEF_CHKRAD_FG			TEXT_FG
-#define DEF_BUTTON_FONT			"TkDefaultFont"
-#define DEF_BUTTON_HEIGHT		"0"
-#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR	DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR
-#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO	DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO
-#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT		HIGHLIGHT
-#define DEF_LABEL_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"0"
-#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"1"
-#define DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE		((char *) NULL)
-#define DEF_BUTTON_INDICATOR		"1"
-#define DEF_BUTTON_JUSTIFY		"center"
-#define DEF_BUTTON_OFF_VALUE		"0"
-#define DEF_BUTTON_ON_VALUE		"1"
-#define DEF_BUTTON_OVER_RELIEF		""
-#define DEF_BUTTON_PADX			"1"
-#define DEF_LABCHKRAD_PADX		"1"
-#define DEF_BUTTON_PADY			"1"
-#define DEF_LABCHKRAD_PADY		"1"
-#define DEF_BUTTON_RELIEF		"raised"
-#define DEF_LABCHKRAD_RELIEF		"flat"
-#define DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_DELAY		"0"
-#define DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_INTERVAL	"0"
-#define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_COLOR		INDICATOR
-#define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
-#define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_IMAGE		((char *) NULL)
-#define DEF_BUTTON_STATE		"normal"
-#define DEF_LABEL_TAKE_FOCUS		"0"
-#define DEF_BUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS		((char *) NULL)
-#define DEF_BUTTON_TEXT			""
-#define DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE	""
-#define DEF_BUTTON_TRISTATE_VALUE	""
-#define DEF_BUTTON_UNDERLINE		"-1"
-#define DEF_BUTTON_VALUE		""
-#define DEF_BUTTON_WIDTH		"0"
-#define DEF_BUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH		"0"
-#define DEF_RADIOBUTTON_VARIABLE	"selectedButton"
-#define DEF_CHECKBUTTON_VARIABLE	""
-
-/*
- * Defaults for canvases:
- */
-
-#define DEF_CANVAS_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG
-#define DEF_CANVAS_BG_MONO		WHITE
-#define DEF_CANVAS_BORDER_WIDTH		"0"
-#define DEF_CANVAS_CLOSE_ENOUGH		"1"
-#define DEF_CANVAS_CONFINE		"1"
-#define DEF_CANVAS_CURSOR		""
-#define DEF_CANVAS_HEIGHT		"7c"
-#define DEF_CANVAS_HIGHLIGHT_BG		NORMAL_BG
-#define DEF_CANVAS_HIGHLIGHT		HIGHLIGHT
-#define DEF_CANVAS_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"2"
-#define DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_BG		NORMAL_FG
-#define DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_BD_COLOR	"0"
-#define DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_BD_MONO	"0"
-#define DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_OFF_TIME	"300"
-#define DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_ON_TIME	"600"
-#define DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_WIDTH		"2"
-#define DEF_CANVAS_RELIEF		"flat"
-#define DEF_CANVAS_SCROLL_REGION	""
-#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_COLOR		SELECT_BG
-#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
-#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_COLOR	"1"
-#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_MONO	"0"
-#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_COLOR	SELECT_FG
-#define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_MONO	WHITE
-#define DEF_CANVAS_TAKE_FOCUS		((char *) NULL)
-#define DEF_CANVAS_WIDTH		"10c"
-#define DEF_CANVAS_X_SCROLL_CMD		""
-#define DEF_CANVAS_X_SCROLL_INCREMENT	"0"
-#define DEF_CANVAS_Y_SCROLL_CMD		""
-#define DEF_CANVAS_Y_SCROLL_INCREMENT	"0"
-
-/*
- * Defaults for entries:
- */
-
-#define DEF_ENTRY_BG_COLOR		"SystemWindow"
-#define DEF_ENTRY_BG_MONO		WHITE
-#define DEF_ENTRY_BORDER_WIDTH		"1"
-#define DEF_ENTRY_CURSOR		"xterm"
-#define DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_BG_COLOR	"SystemButtonFace"
-#define DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_BG_MONO	WHITE
-#define DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_FG		DISABLED
-#define DEF_ENTRY_EXPORT_SELECTION	"1"
-#define DEF_ENTRY_FONT			"TkTextFont"
-#define DEF_ENTRY_FG			TEXT_FG
-#define DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_BG		NORMAL_BG
-#define DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT		HIGHLIGHT
-#define DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"0"
-#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BG		TEXT_FG
-#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR	"0"
-#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO	"0"
-#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME	"300"
-#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME	"600"
-#define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH		"2"
-#define DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY		"left"
-#define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR	"SystemButtonFace"
-#define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO	WHITE
-#define DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF		"sunken"
-#define DEF_ENTRY_SCROLL_COMMAND	""
-#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_COLOR		SELECT_BG
-#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
-#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_COLOR	"0"
-#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_MONO	"0"
-#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_COLOR	SELECT_FG
-#define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_MONO	WHITE
-#define DEF_ENTRY_SHOW			((char *) NULL)
-#define DEF_ENTRY_STATE			"normal"
-#define DEF_ENTRY_TAKE_FOCUS		((char *) NULL)
-#define DEF_ENTRY_TEXT_VARIABLE		""
-#define DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH			"20"
-
-/*
- * Defaults for frames:
- */
-
-#define DEF_FRAME_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG
-#define DEF_FRAME_BG_MONO		WHITE
-#define DEF_FRAME_BORDER_WIDTH		"0"
-#define DEF_FRAME_CLASS			"Frame"
-#define DEF_FRAME_COLORMAP		""
-#define DEF_FRAME_CONTAINER		"0"
-#define DEF_FRAME_CURSOR		""
-#define DEF_FRAME_HEIGHT		"0"
-#define DEF_FRAME_HIGHLIGHT_BG		NORMAL_BG
-#define DEF_FRAME_HIGHLIGHT		HIGHLIGHT
-#define DEF_FRAME_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"0"
-#define DEF_FRAME_PADX			"0"
-#define DEF_FRAME_PADY			"0"
-#define DEF_FRAME_RELIEF		"flat"
-#define DEF_FRAME_TAKE_FOCUS		"0"
-#define DEF_FRAME_VISUAL		""
-#define DEF_FRAME_WIDTH			"0"
-
-/*
- * Defaults for labelframes:
- */
-
-#define DEF_LABELFRAME_BORDER_WIDTH	"2"
-#define DEF_LABELFRAME_CLASS		"Labelframe"
-#define DEF_LABELFRAME_RELIEF		"groove"
-#define DEF_LABELFRAME_FG		NORMAL_FG
-#define DEF_LABELFRAME_FONT		"TkDefaultFont"
-#define DEF_LABELFRAME_TEXT		""
-#define DEF_LABELFRAME_LABELANCHOR	"nw"
-
-/*
- * Defaults for listboxes:
- */
-
-#define DEF_LISTBOX_ACTIVE_STYLE	"underline"
-#define DEF_LISTBOX_BG_COLOR		"SystemWindow"
-#define DEF_LISTBOX_BG_MONO		WHITE
-#define DEF_LISTBOX_BORDER_WIDTH	"1"
-#define DEF_LISTBOX_CURSOR		""
-#define DEF_LISTBOX_DISABLED_FG		DISABLED
-#define DEF_LISTBOX_EXPORT_SELECTION	"1"
-#define DEF_LISTBOX_FONT		"TkDefaultFont"
-#define DEF_LISTBOX_FG			NORMAL_FG
-#define DEF_LISTBOX_HEIGHT		"10"
-#define DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT_BG	NORMAL_BG
-#define DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT		HIGHLIGHT
-#define DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"1"
-#define DEF_LISTBOX_JUSTIFY		"left"
-#define DEF_LISTBOX_RELIEF		"sunken"
-#define DEF_LISTBOX_SCROLL_COMMAND	""
-#define DEF_LISTBOX_LIST_VARIABLE	""
-#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_COLOR	SELECT_BG
-#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
-#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_BD		"0"
-#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_COLOR	SELECT_FG
-#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_MONO	WHITE
-#define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MODE		"browse"
-#define DEF_LISTBOX_SET_GRID		"0"
-#define DEF_LISTBOX_STATE		"normal"
-#define DEF_LISTBOX_TAKE_FOCUS		((char *) NULL)
-#define DEF_LISTBOX_WIDTH		"20"
-
-/*
- * Defaults for individual entries of menus:
- */
-
-#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_BG	((char *) NULL)
-#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_FG	((char *) NULL)
-#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACCELERATOR	((char *) NULL)
-#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BG		((char *) NULL)
-#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BITMAP		None
-#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COLUMN_BREAK	"0"
-#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMMAND		((char *) NULL)
-#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMPOUND 	"none"
-#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FG		((char *) NULL)
-#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FONT		((char *) NULL)
-#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_HIDE_MARGIN	"0"
-#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_IMAGE		((char *) NULL)
-#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_INDICATOR	"1"
-#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL		((char *) NULL)
-#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_MENU		((char *) NULL)
-#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_OFF_VALUE	"0"
-#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ON_VALUE		"1"
-#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT_IMAGE	((char *) NULL)
-#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_STATE		"normal"
-#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_VALUE		((char *) NULL)
-#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_CHECK_VARIABLE	((char *) NULL)
-#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_RADIO_VARIABLE	"selectedButton"
-#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT		((char *) NULL)
-#define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_UNDERLINE	"-1"
-
-/*
- * Defaults for menus overall:
- */
-
-#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR	SELECT_BG
-#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_MONO		BLACK
-#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BORDER_WIDTH	"0"
-#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR	SELECT_FG
-#define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_MONO		WHITE
-#define DEF_MENU_BG_COLOR		MENU_BG
-#define DEF_MENU_BG_MONO		WHITE
-#define DEF_MENU_BORDER_WIDTH		"0"
-#define DEF_MENU_CURSOR			"arrow"
-#define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_COLOR	DISABLED
-#define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_MONO	""
-#define DEF_MENU_FONT			"TkMenuFont"
-#define DEF_MENU_FG			MENU_FG
-#define DEF_MENU_POST_COMMAND		""
-#define DEF_MENU_RELIEF			"flat"
-#define DEF_MENU_SELECT_COLOR		MENU_FG
-#define DEF_MENU_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
-#define DEF_MENU_TAKE_FOCUS		"0"
-#define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF		"1"
-#define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF_CMD		((char *) NULL)
-#define DEF_MENU_TITLE			""
-#define DEF_MENU_TYPE			"normal"
-
-/*
- * Defaults for menubuttons:
- */
-
-#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ANCHOR		"center"
-#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR	ACTIVE_BG
-#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO	BLACK
-#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR	NORMAL_FG
-#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_MONO	WHITE
-#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG
-#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_MONO		WHITE
-#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BITMAP		""
-#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BORDER_WIDTH	"1"
-#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_CURSOR		""
-#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_DIRECTION	"below"
-#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR DISABLED
-#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO	""
-#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FONT		"TkDefaultFont"
-#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FG		NORMAL_FG
-#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HEIGHT		"0"
-#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_COLOR
-#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO  DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_MONO
-#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT	HIGHLIGHT
-#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"0"
-#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_IMAGE		((char *) NULL)
-#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_INDICATOR	"0"
-#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_JUSTIFY		"center"
-#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_MENU		""
-#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADX		"4p"
-#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADY		"3p"
-#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_RELIEF		"flat"
-#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_STATE		"normal"
-#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS	"0"
-#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_TEXT		""
-#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE	""
-#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_UNDERLINE	"-1"
-#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_WIDTH		"0"
-#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH	"0"
-
-/*
- * Defaults for messages:
- */
-
-#define DEF_MESSAGE_ANCHOR		"center"
-#define DEF_MESSAGE_ASPECT		"150"
-#define DEF_MESSAGE_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG
-#define DEF_MESSAGE_BG_MONO		WHITE
-#define DEF_MESSAGE_BORDER_WIDTH	"1"
-#define DEF_MESSAGE_CURSOR		""
-#define DEF_MESSAGE_FG			NORMAL_FG
-#define DEF_MESSAGE_FONT		"TkDefaultFont"
-#define DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT_BG	NORMAL_BG
-#define DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT		HIGHLIGHT
-#define DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"0"
-#define DEF_MESSAGE_JUSTIFY		"left"
-#define DEF_MESSAGE_PADX		"-1"
-#define DEF_MESSAGE_PADY		"-1"
-#define DEF_MESSAGE_RELIEF		"flat"
-#define DEF_MESSAGE_TAKE_FOCUS		"0"
-#define DEF_MESSAGE_TEXT		""
-#define DEF_MESSAGE_TEXT_VARIABLE	""
-#define DEF_MESSAGE_WIDTH		"0"
-
-/*
- * Defaults for panedwindows
- */
-
-#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_BG_COLOR	NORMAL_BG
-#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_BG_MONO		WHITE
-#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_BORDERWIDTH	"1"
-#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_CURSOR		""
-#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_HANDLEPAD	"8"
-#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_HANDLESIZE	"8"
-#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_HEIGHT		""
-#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_OPAQUERESIZE	"1"
-#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_ORIENT		"horizontal"
-#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PROXYBORDER	"2"
-#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_RELIEF		"flat"
-#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SASHCURSOR	""
-#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SASHPAD		"0"
-#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SASHRELIEF	"flat"
-#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SASHWIDTH	"3"
-#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SHOWHANDLE	"0"
-#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_WIDTH		""
-
-/*
- * Defaults for panedwindow panes
- */
-
-#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_AFTER	""
-#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_BEFORE	""
-#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_HEIGHT	""
-#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_MINSIZE	"0"
-#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_PADX	"0"
-#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_PADY	"0"
-#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_STICKY	"nsew"
-#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_WIDTH	""
-#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_HIDE	"0"
-#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_STRETCH	"last"
-
-/*
- * Defaults for scales:
- */
-
-#define DEF_SCALE_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR	ACTIVE_BG
-#define DEF_SCALE_ACTIVE_BG_MONO	BLACK
-#define DEF_SCALE_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG
-#define DEF_SCALE_BG_MONO		WHITE
-#define DEF_SCALE_BIG_INCREMENT		"0"
-#define DEF_SCALE_BORDER_WIDTH		"1"
-#define DEF_SCALE_COMMAND		""
-#define DEF_SCALE_CURSOR		""
-#define DEF_SCALE_DIGITS		"0"
-#define DEF_SCALE_FONT			"TkDefaultFont"
-#define DEF_SCALE_FG_COLOR		NORMAL_FG
-#define DEF_SCALE_FG_MONO		BLACK
-#define DEF_SCALE_FROM			"0"
-#define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR	DEF_SCALE_BG_COLOR
-#define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO	DEF_SCALE_BG_MONO
-#define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT		HIGHLIGHT
-#define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"2"
-#define DEF_SCALE_LABEL			""
-#define DEF_SCALE_LENGTH		"100"
-#define DEF_SCALE_ORIENT		"vertical"
-#define DEF_SCALE_RELIEF		"flat"
-#define DEF_SCALE_REPEAT_DELAY		"300"
-#define DEF_SCALE_REPEAT_INTERVAL	"100"
-#define DEF_SCALE_RESOLUTION		"1"
-#define DEF_SCALE_TROUGH_COLOR		TROUGH
-#define DEF_SCALE_TROUGH_MONO		WHITE
-#define DEF_SCALE_SHOW_VALUE		"1"
-#define DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_LENGTH		"30"
-#define DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_RELIEF		"raised"
-#define DEF_SCALE_STATE			"normal"
-#define DEF_SCALE_TAKE_FOCUS		((char *) NULL)
-#define DEF_SCALE_TICK_INTERVAL		"0"
-#define DEF_SCALE_TO			"100"
-#define DEF_SCALE_VARIABLE		""
-#define DEF_SCALE_WIDTH			"15"
-
-/*
- * Defaults for scrollbars:
- */
-
-#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR	ACTIVE_BG
-#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ACTIVE_BG_MONO	BLACK
-#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ACTIVE_RELIEF	"raised"
-#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_BG_COLOR		NORMAL_BG
-#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_BG_MONO		WHITE
-#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_BORDER_WIDTH	"0"
-#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_COMMAND		""
-#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_CURSOR		""
-#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_EL_BORDER_WIDTH	"-1"
-#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_BG	NORMAL_BG
-#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT	HIGHLIGHT
-#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"0"
-#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_JUMP		"0"
-#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ORIENT		"vertical"
-#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_RELIEF		"sunken"
-#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_DELAY	"300"
-#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_INTERVAL	"100"
-#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TAKE_FOCUS	((char *) NULL)
-#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TROUGH_COLOR	TROUGH
-#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TROUGH_MONO	WHITE
-#define DEF_SCROLLBAR_WIDTH		"10"
-
-/*
- * Defaults for texts:
- */
-
-#define DEF_TEXT_AUTO_SEPARATORS	"1"
-#define DEF_TEXT_BG_COLOR		"SystemWindow"
-#define DEF_TEXT_BG_MONO		WHITE
-#define DEF_TEXT_BLOCK_CURSOR		"0"
-#define DEF_TEXT_BORDER_WIDTH		"1"
-#define DEF_TEXT_CURSOR			"xterm"
-#define DEF_TEXT_FG			TEXT_FG
-#define DEF_TEXT_EXPORT_SELECTION	"1"
-#define DEF_TEXT_FONT			"TkFixedFont"
-#define DEF_TEXT_HEIGHT			"24"
-#define DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT_BG		NORMAL_BG
-#define DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT		HIGHLIGHT
-#define DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH	"0"
-#define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BG		TEXT_FG
-#define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BD_COLOR	"0"
-#define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BD_MONO		"0"
-#define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_OFF_TIME	"300"
-#define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_ON_TIME		"600"
-#define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_UNFOCUSSED	"none"
-#define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_WIDTH		"2"
-#define DEF_TEXT_MAX_UNDO		"0"
-#define DEF_TEXT_PADX			"1"
-#define DEF_TEXT_PADY			"1"
-#define DEF_TEXT_RELIEF			"sunken"
-#define DEF_TEXT_INACTIVE_SELECT_COLOR	NULL
-#define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_COLOR		SELECT_BG
-#define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_MONO		BLACK
-#define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_BD_COLOR	"0"
-#define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_BD_MONO		"0"
-#define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_FG_COLOR	SELECT_FG
-#define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_FG_MONO		WHITE
-#define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_RELIEF		"flat"
-#define DEF_TEXT_SET_GRID		"0"
-#define DEF_TEXT_SPACING1		"0"
-#define DEF_TEXT_SPACING2		"0"
-#define DEF_TEXT_SPACING3		"0"
-#define DEF_TEXT_STATE			"normal"
-#define DEF_TEXT_TABS			""
-#define DEF_TEXT_TABSTYLE		"tabular"
-#define DEF_TEXT_TAKE_FOCUS		((char *) NULL)
-#define DEF_TEXT_UNDO			"0"
-#define DEF_TEXT_WIDTH			"80"
-#define DEF_TEXT_WRAP			"char"
-#define DEF_TEXT_XSCROLL_COMMAND	""
-#define DEF_TEXT_YSCROLL_COMMAND	""
-
-/*
- * Defaults for canvas text:
- */
-
-#define DEF_CANVTEXT_FONT		"TkDefaultFont"
-
-/*
- * Defaults for toplevels (most of the defaults for frames also apply
- * to toplevels):
- */
-
-#define DEF_TOPLEVEL_CLASS		"Toplevel"
-#define DEF_TOPLEVEL_MENU		""
-#define DEF_TOPLEVEL_SCREEN		""
-#define DEF_TOPLEVEL_USE		""
-
-/*
- * Defaults for busy windows:
- */
-
-#define DEF_BUSY_CURSOR			"wait"
-
-#endif /* _TKWINDEFAULT */
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/tkWinDialog.c b/tk8.6/win/tkWinDialog.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d6d2c7d..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/tkWinDialog.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3623 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * tkWinDialog.c --
- *
- *	Contains the Windows implementation of the common dialog boxes.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
- * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
- */
-
-#include "tkWinInt.h"
-#include "tkFileFilter.h"
-#include "tkFont.h"
-
-#include <commdlg.h>		/* includes common dialog functionality */
-#include <dlgs.h>		/* includes common dialog template defines */
-#include <cderr.h>		/* includes the common dialog error codes */
-
-#include <shlobj.h>		/* includes SHBrowseForFolder */
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#   pragma comment (lib, "shell32.lib")
-#   pragma comment (lib, "comdlg32.lib")
-#   pragma comment (lib, "uuid.lib")
-#endif
-
-/* These needed for compilation with VC++ 5.2 */
-/* XXX - remove these since need at least VC 6 */
-#ifndef BIF_EDITBOX
-#define BIF_EDITBOX 0x10
-#endif
-
-#ifndef BIF_VALIDATE
-#define BIF_VALIDATE 0x0020
-#endif
-
-/* This "new" dialog style is now actually the "old" dialog style post-Vista */
-#ifndef BIF_NEWDIALOGSTYLE
-#define BIF_NEWDIALOGSTYLE 0x0040
-#endif
-
-#ifndef BFFM_VALIDATEFAILED
-#ifdef UNICODE
-#define BFFM_VALIDATEFAILED 4
-#else
-#define BFFM_VALIDATEFAILED 3
-#endif
-#endif /* BFFM_VALIDATEFAILED */
-
-typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
-    int debugFlag;		/* Flags whether we should output debugging
-				 * information while displaying a builtin
-				 * dialog. */
-    Tcl_Interp *debugInterp;	/* Interpreter to used for debugging. */
-    UINT WM_LBSELCHANGED;	/* Holds a registered windows event used for
-				 * communicating between the Directory Chooser
-				 * dialog and its hook proc. */
-    HHOOK hMsgBoxHook;		/* Hook proc for tk_messageBox and the */
-    HICON hSmallIcon;		/* icons used by a parent to be used in */
-    HICON hBigIcon;		/* the message box */
-    int   newFileDialogsState;
-#define FDLG_STATE_INIT 0       /* Uninitialized */
-#define FDLG_STATE_USE_NEW 1    /* Use the new dialogs */
-#define FDLG_STATE_USE_OLD 2    /* Use the old dialogs */
-} ThreadSpecificData;
-static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
-
-/*
- * The following structures are used by Tk_MessageBoxCmd() to parse arguments
- * and return results.
- */
-
-static const TkStateMap iconMap[] = {
-    {MB_ICONERROR,		"error"},
-    {MB_ICONINFORMATION,	"info"},
-    {MB_ICONQUESTION,		"question"},
-    {MB_ICONWARNING,		"warning"},
-    {-1,			NULL}
-};
-
-static const TkStateMap typeMap[] = {
-    {MB_ABORTRETRYIGNORE,	"abortretryignore"},
-    {MB_OK,			"ok"},
-    {MB_OKCANCEL,		"okcancel"},
-    {MB_RETRYCANCEL,		"retrycancel"},
-    {MB_YESNO,			"yesno"},
-    {MB_YESNOCANCEL,		"yesnocancel"},
-    {-1,			NULL}
-};
-
-static const TkStateMap buttonMap[] = {
-    {IDABORT,			"abort"},
-    {IDRETRY,			"retry"},
-    {IDIGNORE,			"ignore"},
-    {IDOK,			"ok"},
-    {IDCANCEL,			"cancel"},
-    {IDNO,			"no"},
-    {IDYES,			"yes"},
-    {-1,			NULL}
-};
-
-static const int buttonFlagMap[] = {
-    MB_DEFBUTTON1, MB_DEFBUTTON2, MB_DEFBUTTON3, MB_DEFBUTTON4
-};
-
-static const struct {int type; int btnIds[3];} allowedTypes[] = {
-    {MB_ABORTRETRYIGNORE,	{IDABORT, IDRETRY,  IDIGNORE}},
-    {MB_OK,			{IDOK,	  -1,	    -1	    }},
-    {MB_OKCANCEL,		{IDOK,	  IDCANCEL, -1	    }},
-    {MB_RETRYCANCEL,		{IDRETRY, IDCANCEL, -1	    }},
-    {MB_YESNO,			{IDYES,	  IDNO,	    -1	    }},
-    {MB_YESNOCANCEL,		{IDYES,	  IDNO,	    IDCANCEL}}
-};
-
-#define NUM_TYPES (sizeof(allowedTypes) / sizeof(allowedTypes[0]))
-
-/*
- * Abstract trivial differences between Win32 and Win64.
- */
-
-#define TkWinGetHInstance(from) \
-	((HINSTANCE) GetWindowLongPtr((from), GWLP_HINSTANCE))
-#define TkWinGetUserData(from) \
-	GetWindowLongPtr((from), GWLP_USERDATA)
-#define TkWinSetUserData(to,what) \
-	SetWindowLongPtr((to), GWLP_USERDATA, (LPARAM)(what))
-
-/*
- * The value of TK_MULTI_MAX_PATH dictates how many files can be retrieved
- * with tk_get*File -multiple 1. It must be allocated on the stack, so make it
- * large enough but not too large. - hobbs
- *
- * The data is stored as <dir>\0<file1>\0<file2>\0...<fileN>\0\0. Since
- * MAX_PATH == 260 on Win2K/NT, *40 is ~10Kbytes.
- */
-
-#define TK_MULTI_MAX_PATH	(MAX_PATH*40)
-
-/*
- * The following structure is used to pass information between the directory
- * chooser function, Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd(), and its dialog hook proc.
- */
-
-typedef struct {
-   TCHAR initDir[MAX_PATH];	/* Initial folder to use */
-   TCHAR retDir[MAX_PATH];	/* Returned folder to use */
-   Tcl_Interp *interp;
-   int mustExist;		/* True if file must exist to return from
-				 * callback */
-} ChooseDir;
-
-/*
- * The following structure is used to pass information between GetFileName
- * function and OFN dialog hook procedures. [Bug 2896501, Patch 2898255]
- */
-
-typedef struct OFNData {
-    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interp, used only if debug is turned on,
-				 * for setting the "tk_dialog" variable. */
-    int dynFileBufferSize;	/* Dynamic filename buffer size, stored to
-				 * avoid shrinking and expanding the buffer
-				 * when selection changes */
-    TCHAR *dynFileBuffer;	/* Dynamic filename buffer */
-} OFNData;
-
-/*
- * The following structure is used to gather options used by various
- * file dialogs
- */
-typedef struct OFNOpts {
-    Tk_Window tkwin;            /* Owner window for dialog */
-    Tcl_Obj *extObj;            /* Default extension */
-    Tcl_Obj *titleObj;          /* Title for dialog */
-    Tcl_Obj *filterObj;         /* File type filter list */
-    Tcl_Obj *typeVariableObj;   /* Variable in which to store type selected */
-    Tcl_Obj *initialTypeObj;    /* Initial value of above, or NULL */
-    Tcl_DString utfDirString;   /* Initial dir */
-    int multi;                  /* Multiple selection enabled */
-    int confirmOverwrite;       /* Confirm before overwriting */
-    int mustExist;              /* Used only for  */
-    int forceXPStyle;          /* XXX - Force XP style even on newer systems */
-    TCHAR file[TK_MULTI_MAX_PATH]; /* File name
-                                      XXX - fixed size because it was so
-                                      historically. Why not malloc'ed ?
-                                      XXX - also, TCHAR should really be WCHAR
-                                      because TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding is always
-                                      UCS2.
-                                   */
-} OFNOpts;
-
-/* Define the operation for which option parsing is to be done. */
-enum OFNOper {
-    OFN_FILE_SAVE,              /* tk_getOpenFile */
-    OFN_FILE_OPEN,              /* tk_getSaveFile */
-    OFN_DIR_CHOOSE              /* tk_chooseDirectory */
-};
-
-
-/*
- * The following definitions are required when using older versions of
- * Visual C++ (like 6.0) and possibly MingW. Those headers do not contain
- * required definitions for interfaces new to Vista that we need for
- * the new file dialogs. Duplicating definitions is OK because they
- * should forever remain unchanged.
- *
- * XXX - is there a better/easier way to use new data definitions with
- * older compilers? Should we prefix definitions with Tcl_ instead
- * of using the same names as in the SDK?
- */
-#ifndef __IShellItem_INTERFACE_DEFINED__
-#  define __IShellItem_INTERFACE_DEFINED__
-#ifdef __MSVCRT__
-typedef struct IShellItem IShellItem;
-
-typedef enum __MIDL_IShellItem_0001 {
-    SIGDN_NORMALDISPLAY = 0,SIGDN_PARENTRELATIVEPARSING = 0x80018001,SIGDN_PARENTRELATIVEFORADDRESSBAR = 0x8001c001,
-    SIGDN_DESKTOPABSOLUTEPARSING = 0x80028000,SIGDN_PARENTRELATIVEEDITING = 0x80031001,SIGDN_DESKTOPABSOLUTEEDITING = 0x8004c000,
-    SIGDN_FILESYSPATH = 0x80058000,SIGDN_URL = 0x80068000
-} SIGDN;
-
-typedef DWORD SICHINTF;
-
-typedef struct IShellItemVtbl
-{
-    BEGIN_INTERFACE
-
-    HRESULT (STDMETHODCALLTYPE *QueryInterface)(IShellItem *, REFIID, void **);
-    ULONG (STDMETHODCALLTYPE *AddRef)(IShellItem *);
-    ULONG (STDMETHODCALLTYPE *Release)(IShellItem *);
-    HRESULT (STDMETHODCALLTYPE *BindToHandler)(IShellItem *, IBindCtx *, REFGUID, REFIID, void **);
-    HRESULT (STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetParent)(IShellItem *, IShellItem **);
-    HRESULT (STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetDisplayName)(IShellItem *, SIGDN, LPOLESTR *);
-    HRESULT (STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetAttributes)(IShellItem *, SFGAOF, SFGAOF *);
-    HRESULT (STDMETHODCALLTYPE *Compare)(IShellItem *, IShellItem *, SICHINTF, int *);
-
-    END_INTERFACE
-} IShellItemVtbl;
-struct IShellItem {
-    CONST_VTBL struct IShellItemVtbl *lpVtbl;
-};
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef __IShellItemArray_INTERFACE_DEFINED__
-#define __IShellItemArray_INTERFACE_DEFINED__
-
-typedef enum SIATTRIBFLAGS {
-    SIATTRIBFLAGS_AND	= 0x1,
-    SIATTRIBFLAGS_OR	= 0x2,
-    SIATTRIBFLAGS_APPCOMPAT	= 0x3,
-    SIATTRIBFLAGS_MASK	= 0x3,
-    SIATTRIBFLAGS_ALLITEMS	= 0x4000
-} SIATTRIBFLAGS;
-#ifdef __MSVCRT__
-typedef ULONG SFGAOF;
-#endif /* __MSVCRT__ */
-typedef struct IShellItemArray IShellItemArray;
-typedef struct IShellItemArrayVtbl
-{
-    BEGIN_INTERFACE
-
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *QueryInterface )(
-        IShellItemArray *, REFIID riid,void **ppvObject);
-    ULONG ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *AddRef )(IShellItemArray *);
-    ULONG ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *Release )(IShellItemArray *);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *BindToHandler )(IShellItemArray *,
-        IBindCtx *, REFGUID, REFIID, void **);
-    /* flags is actually is enum GETPROPERTYSTOREFLAGS */
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetPropertyStore )(
-        IShellItemArray *, int,  REFIID, void **);
-    /* keyType actually REFPROPERTYKEY */
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetPropertyDescriptionList )(
-         IShellItemArray *, void *, REFIID, void **);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetAttributes )(IShellItemArray *,
-        SIATTRIBFLAGS, SFGAOF, SFGAOF *);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetCount )(
-        IShellItemArray *, DWORD *);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetItemAt )(
-        IShellItemArray *, DWORD, IShellItem **);
-    /* ppenumShellItems actually (IEnumShellItems **) */
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *EnumItems )(
-        IShellItemArray *, void **);
-
-    END_INTERFACE
-} IShellItemArrayVtbl;
-
-struct IShellItemArray {
-    CONST_VTBL struct IShellItemArrayVtbl *lpVtbl;
-};
-
-#endif /* __IShellItemArray_INTERFACE_DEFINED__ */
-
-/*
- * Older compilers do not define these CLSIDs so we do so here under
- * a slightly different name so as to not clash with the definitions
- * in new compilers
- */
-static const CLSID ClsidFileOpenDialog = {
-    0xDC1C5A9C, 0xE88A, 0X4DDE, {0xA5, 0xA1, 0x60, 0xF8, 0x2A, 0x20, 0xAE, 0xF7}
-};
-static const CLSID ClsidFileSaveDialog = {
-    0xC0B4E2F3, 0xBA21, 0x4773, {0x8D, 0xBA, 0x33, 0x5E, 0xC9, 0x46, 0xEB, 0x8B}
-};
-static const IID IIDIFileOpenDialog = {
-    0xD57C7288, 0xD4AD, 0x4768, {0xBE, 0x02, 0x9D, 0x96, 0x95, 0x32, 0xD9, 0x60}
-};
-static const IID IIDIFileSaveDialog = {
-    0x84BCCD23, 0x5FDE, 0x4CDB, {0xAE, 0xA4, 0xAF, 0x64, 0xB8, 0x3D, 0x78, 0xAB}
-};
-static const IID IIDIShellItem = {
-	0x43826D1E, 0xE718, 0x42EE, {0xBC, 0x55, 0xA1, 0xE2, 0x61, 0xC3, 0x7B, 0xFE}
-};
-
-#ifdef __IFileDialog_INTERFACE_DEFINED__
-# define TCLCOMDLG_FILTERSPEC COMDLG_FILTERSPEC
-#else
-
-/* Forward declarations for structs that are referenced but not used */
-typedef struct IPropertyStore IPropertyStore;
-typedef struct IPropertyDescriptionList IPropertyDescriptionList;
-typedef struct IFileOperationProgressSink IFileOperationProgressSink;
-typedef enum FDAP {
-    FDAP_BOTTOM	= 0,
-    FDAP_TOP	= 1
-} FDAP;
-
-typedef struct {
-    LPCWSTR pszName;
-    LPCWSTR pszSpec;
-} TCLCOMDLG_FILTERSPEC;
-
-enum _FILEOPENDIALOGOPTIONS {
-    FOS_OVERWRITEPROMPT	= 0x2,
-    FOS_STRICTFILETYPES	= 0x4,
-    FOS_NOCHANGEDIR	= 0x8,
-    FOS_PICKFOLDERS	= 0x20,
-    FOS_FORCEFILESYSTEM	= 0x40,
-    FOS_ALLNONSTORAGEITEMS	= 0x80,
-    FOS_NOVALIDATE	= 0x100,
-    FOS_ALLOWMULTISELECT	= 0x200,
-    FOS_PATHMUSTEXIST	= 0x800,
-    FOS_FILEMUSTEXIST	= 0x1000,
-    FOS_CREATEPROMPT	= 0x2000,
-    FOS_SHAREAWARE	= 0x4000,
-    FOS_NOREADONLYRETURN	= 0x8000,
-    FOS_NOTESTFILECREATE	= 0x10000,
-    FOS_HIDEMRUPLACES	= 0x20000,
-    FOS_HIDEPINNEDPLACES	= 0x40000,
-    FOS_NODEREFERENCELINKS	= 0x100000,
-    FOS_DONTADDTORECENT	= 0x2000000,
-    FOS_FORCESHOWHIDDEN	= 0x10000000,
-    FOS_DEFAULTNOMINIMODE	= 0x20000000,
-    FOS_FORCEPREVIEWPANEON	= 0x40000000
-} ;
-typedef DWORD FILEOPENDIALOGOPTIONS;
-
-typedef struct IFileDialog IFileDialog;
-typedef struct IFileDialogVtbl
-{
-    BEGIN_INTERFACE
-
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *QueryInterface )(
-         IFileDialog *, REFIID, void **);
-    ULONG ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *AddRef )( IFileDialog *);
-    ULONG ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *Release )( IFileDialog *);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *Show )( IFileDialog *, HWND);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetFileTypes )( IFileDialog *,
-        UINT, const TCLCOMDLG_FILTERSPEC *);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetFileTypeIndex )(IFileDialog *, UINT);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetFileTypeIndex )(IFileDialog *, UINT *);
-    /* XXX - Actually pfde is IFileDialogEvents* but we do not use
-       this call and do not want to define IFileDialogEvents as that
-       pulls in a whole bunch of other stuff. */
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *Advise )(
-        IFileDialog *, void *, DWORD *);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *Unadvise )(IFileDialog *, DWORD);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetOptions )(
-        IFileDialog *, FILEOPENDIALOGOPTIONS);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetOptions )(
-        IFileDialog *, FILEOPENDIALOGOPTIONS *);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetDefaultFolder )(
-        IFileDialog *, IShellItem *);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetFolder )(
-        IFileDialog *, IShellItem *);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetFolder )(
-        IFileDialog *, IShellItem **);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetCurrentSelection )(
-        IFileDialog *, IShellItem **);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetFileName )(
-        IFileDialog *,  LPCWSTR);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetFileName )(
-        IFileDialog *,  LPWSTR *);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetTitle )(
-        IFileDialog *, LPCWSTR);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetOkButtonLabel )(
-        IFileDialog *, LPCWSTR);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetFileNameLabel )(
-        IFileDialog *,  LPCWSTR);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetResult )(
-        IFileDialog *, IShellItem **);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *AddPlace )(
-        IFileDialog *, IShellItem *, FDAP);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetDefaultExtension )(
-         IFileDialog *, LPCWSTR);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *Close )( IFileDialog *, HRESULT);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetClientGuid )(
-        IFileDialog *, REFGUID);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *ClearClientData )( IFileDialog *);
-    /* pFilter actually IShellItemFilter. But deprecated in Win7 AND we do
-       not use it anyways. So define as void* */
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetFilter )(
-         IFileDialog *, void *);
-
-    END_INTERFACE
-} IFileDialogVtbl;
-
-struct IFileDialog {
-    CONST_VTBL struct IFileDialogVtbl *lpVtbl;
-};
-
-
-typedef struct IFileSaveDialog IFileSaveDialog;
-typedef struct IFileSaveDialogVtbl {
-    BEGIN_INTERFACE
-
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *QueryInterface )(
-        IFileSaveDialog *, REFIID, void **);
-    ULONG ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *AddRef )( IFileSaveDialog *);
-    ULONG ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *Release )( IFileSaveDialog *);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *Show )(
-        IFileSaveDialog *, HWND);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetFileTypes )( IFileSaveDialog * this,
-        UINT, const TCLCOMDLG_FILTERSPEC *);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetFileTypeIndex )(
-        IFileSaveDialog *, UINT);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetFileTypeIndex )(
-         IFileSaveDialog *, UINT *);
-    /* Actually pfde is IFileSaveDialogEvents* */
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *Advise )(
-         IFileSaveDialog *, void *, DWORD *);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *Unadvise )( IFileSaveDialog *, DWORD);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetOptions )(
-         IFileSaveDialog *, FILEOPENDIALOGOPTIONS);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetOptions )(
-         IFileSaveDialog *, FILEOPENDIALOGOPTIONS *);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetDefaultFolder )(
-         IFileSaveDialog *, IShellItem *);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetFolder )(
-        IFileSaveDialog *, IShellItem *);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetFolder )(
-         IFileSaveDialog *, IShellItem **);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetCurrentSelection )(
-         IFileSaveDialog *, IShellItem **);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetFileName )(
-         IFileSaveDialog *,  LPCWSTR);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetFileName )(
-         IFileSaveDialog *,  LPWSTR *);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetTitle )(
-         IFileSaveDialog *, LPCWSTR);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetOkButtonLabel )(
-         IFileSaveDialog *,  LPCWSTR);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetFileNameLabel )(
-         IFileSaveDialog *,  LPCWSTR);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetResult )(
-         IFileSaveDialog *, IShellItem **);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *AddPlace )(
-         IFileSaveDialog *, IShellItem *, FDAP);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetDefaultExtension )(
-         IFileSaveDialog *, LPCWSTR);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *Close )( IFileSaveDialog *, HRESULT);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetClientGuid )(
-        IFileSaveDialog *, REFGUID);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *ClearClientData )( IFileSaveDialog *);
-    /* pFilter Actually IShellItemFilter* */
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetFilter )(
-        IFileSaveDialog *, void *);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetSaveAsItem )(
-        IFileSaveDialog *, IShellItem *);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetProperties )(
-        IFileSaveDialog *, IPropertyStore *);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetCollectedProperties )(
-        IFileSaveDialog *, IPropertyDescriptionList *, BOOL);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetProperties )(
-        IFileSaveDialog *, IPropertyStore **);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *ApplyProperties )(
-        IFileSaveDialog *, IShellItem *, IPropertyStore *,
-        HWND, IFileOperationProgressSink *);
-
-    END_INTERFACE
-
-} IFileSaveDialogVtbl;
-
-struct IFileSaveDialog {
-    CONST_VTBL struct IFileSaveDialogVtbl *lpVtbl;
-};
-
-typedef struct IFileOpenDialog IFileOpenDialog;
-typedef struct IFileOpenDialogVtbl {
-    BEGIN_INTERFACE
-
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *QueryInterface )(
-        IFileOpenDialog *, REFIID, void **);
-    ULONG ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *AddRef )( IFileOpenDialog *);
-    ULONG ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *Release )( IFileOpenDialog *);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *Show )( IFileOpenDialog *, HWND);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetFileTypes )( IFileOpenDialog *,
-        UINT, const TCLCOMDLG_FILTERSPEC *);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetFileTypeIndex )(
-        IFileOpenDialog *, UINT);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetFileTypeIndex )(
-        IFileOpenDialog *, UINT *);
-    /* Actually pfde is IFileDialogEvents* */
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *Advise )(
-        IFileOpenDialog *, void *, DWORD *);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *Unadvise )( IFileOpenDialog *, DWORD);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetOptions )(
-        IFileOpenDialog *, FILEOPENDIALOGOPTIONS);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetOptions )(
-        IFileOpenDialog *, FILEOPENDIALOGOPTIONS *);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetDefaultFolder )(
-        IFileOpenDialog *, IShellItem *);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetFolder )(
-        IFileOpenDialog *, IShellItem *);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetFolder )(
-        IFileOpenDialog *, IShellItem **);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetCurrentSelection )(
-        IFileOpenDialog *, IShellItem **);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetFileName )(
-        IFileOpenDialog *,  LPCWSTR);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetFileName )(
-        IFileOpenDialog *, LPWSTR *);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetTitle )(
-        IFileOpenDialog *, LPCWSTR);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetOkButtonLabel )(
-        IFileOpenDialog *, LPCWSTR);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetFileNameLabel )(
-        IFileOpenDialog *, LPCWSTR);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetResult )(
-        IFileOpenDialog *, IShellItem **);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *AddPlace )(
-        IFileOpenDialog *, IShellItem *, FDAP);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetDefaultExtension )(
-        IFileOpenDialog *, LPCWSTR);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *Close )( IFileOpenDialog *, HRESULT);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetClientGuid )(
-        IFileOpenDialog *, REFGUID);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *ClearClientData )(
-        IFileOpenDialog *);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *SetFilter )(
-        IFileOpenDialog *,
-        /* pFilter is actually IShellItemFilter */
-        void *);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetResults )(
-        IFileOpenDialog *, IShellItemArray **);
-    HRESULT ( STDMETHODCALLTYPE *GetSelectedItems )(
-        IFileOpenDialog *, IShellItemArray **);
-
-    END_INTERFACE
-} IFileOpenDialogVtbl;
-
-struct IFileOpenDialog
-{
-    CONST_VTBL struct IFileOpenDialogVtbl *lpVtbl;
-};
-
-#endif /* __IFileDialog_INTERFACE_DEFINED__ */
-
-/*
- * Definitions of functions used only in this file.
- */
-
-static UINT APIENTRY	ChooseDirectoryValidateProc(HWND hdlg, UINT uMsg,
-			    LPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
-static UINT CALLBACK	ColorDlgHookProc(HWND hDlg, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam,
-			    LPARAM lParam);
-static void             CleanupOFNOptions(OFNOpts *optsPtr);
-static int              ParseOFNOptions(ClientData clientData,
-                            Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-                            Tcl_Obj *const objv[], enum OFNOper oper, OFNOpts *optsPtr);
-static int GetFileNameXP(Tcl_Interp *interp, OFNOpts *optsPtr,
-                         enum OFNOper oper);
-static int GetFileNameVista(Tcl_Interp *interp, OFNOpts *optsPtr,
-                            enum OFNOper oper);
-static int 		GetFileName(ClientData clientData,
-                                    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-                                    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], enum OFNOper oper);
-static int MakeFilterVista(Tcl_Interp *interp, OFNOpts *optsPtr,
-               DWORD *countPtr, TCLCOMDLG_FILTERSPEC **dlgFilterPtrPtr,
-               DWORD *defaultFilterIndexPtr);
-static void FreeFilterVista(DWORD count, TCLCOMDLG_FILTERSPEC *dlgFilterPtr);
-static int 		MakeFilter(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *valuePtr,
-			    Tcl_DString *dsPtr, Tcl_Obj *initialPtr,
-			    int *indexPtr);
-static UINT APIENTRY	OFNHookProc(HWND hdlg, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam,
-			    LPARAM lParam);
-static LRESULT CALLBACK MsgBoxCBTProc(int nCode, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
-static void		SetTkDialog(ClientData clientData);
-static const char *ConvertExternalFilename(TCHAR *filename,
-			    Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
-static void             LoadShellProcs(void);
-
-
-/* Definitions of dynamically loaded Win32 calls */
-typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE SHCreateItemFromParsingNameProc)(
-    PCWSTR pszPath, IBindCtx *pbc, REFIID riid, void **ppv);
-struct ShellProcPointers {
-    SHCreateItemFromParsingNameProc *SHCreateItemFromParsingName;
-} ShellProcs;
-
-
-/*
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * LoadShellProcs --
- *
- *     Some shell functions are not available on older versions of
- *     Windows. This function dynamically loads them and stores pointers
- *     to them in ShellProcs. Any function that is not available has
- *     the corresponding pointer set to NULL.
- *
- *     Note this call never fails. Unavailability of a function is not
- *     a reason for failure. Caller should check whether a particular
- *     function pointer is NULL or not. Once loaded a function stays
- *     forever loaded.
- *
- *     XXX - we load the function pointers into global memory. This implies
- *     there is a potential (however small) for race conditions between
- *     threads. However, Tk is in any case meant to be loaded in exactly
- *     one thread so this should not be an issue and saves us from
- *     unnecessary bookkeeping.
- *
- * Return value:
- *     None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *     ShellProcs is populated.
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-static void LoadShellProcs()
-{
-    static HMODULE shell32_handle = NULL;
-
-    if (shell32_handle != NULL)
-        return; /* We have already been through here. */
-
-    shell32_handle = GetModuleHandle(TEXT("shell32.dll"));
-    if (shell32_handle == NULL) /* Should never happen but check anyways. */
-        return;
-
-    ShellProcs.SHCreateItemFromParsingName =
-        (SHCreateItemFromParsingNameProc*) GetProcAddress(shell32_handle,
-                                                         "SHCreateItemFromParsingName");
-}
-
-
-/*
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * EatSpuriousMessageBugFix --
- *
- *	In the file open/save dialog, double clicking on a list item causes
- *	the dialog box to close, but an unwanted WM_LBUTTONUP message is sent
- *	to the window underneath. If the window underneath happens to be a
- *	windows control (eg a button) then it will be activated by accident.
- *
- * 	This problem does not occur in dialog boxes, because windows must do
- * 	some special processing to solve the problem. (separate message
- * 	processing functions are used to cope with keyboard navigation of
- * 	controls.)
- *
- * 	Here is one solution. After returning, we flush all mouse events
- *      for 1/4 second. In 8.6.5 and earlier, the code used to
- *      poll the message queue consuming WM_LBUTTONUP messages.
- * 	On seeing a WM_LBUTTONDOWN message, it would exit early, since the user
- * 	must be doing something new. However this early exit does not work
- *      on Vista and later because the Windows sends both BUTTONDOWN and
- *      BUTTONUP after the DBLCLICK instead of just BUTTONUP as on XP.
- *      Rather than try and figure out version specific sequences, we
- *      ignore all mouse events in that interval.
- *
- *      This fix only works for the current application, so the problem will
- * 	still occur if the open dialog happens to be over another applications
- * 	button. However this is a fairly rare occurrance.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Consumes unwanted mouse related messages.
- *
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-EatSpuriousMessageBugFix(void)
-{
-    MSG msg;
-    DWORD nTime = GetTickCount() + 250;
-
-    while (GetTickCount() < nTime) {
-	PeekMessage(&msg, 0, WM_MOUSEFIRST, WM_MOUSELAST, PM_REMOVE);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinDialogDebug --
- *
- *	Function to turn on/off debugging support for common dialogs under
- *	windows. The variable "tk_debug" is set to the identifier of the
- *	dialog window when the modal dialog window pops up and it is safe to
- *	send messages to the dialog.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	This variable only makes sense if just one dialog is up at a time.
- *
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkWinDialogDebug(
-    int debug)
-{
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    tsdPtr->debugFlag = debug;
-}
-
-/*
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd --
- *
- *	This function implements the color dialog box for the Windows
- *	platform. See the user documentation for details on what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	See user documentation.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	A dialog window is created the first time this function is called.
- *	This window is not destroyed and will be reused the next time the
- *	application invokes the "tk_chooseColor" command.
- *
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd(
-    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData, parent;
-    HWND hWnd;
-    int i, oldMode, winCode, result;
-    CHOOSECOLOR chooseColor;
-    static int inited = 0;
-    static COLORREF dwCustColors[16];
-    static long oldColor;		/* the color selected last time */
-    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
-	"-initialcolor", "-parent", "-title", NULL
-    };
-    enum options {
-	COLOR_INITIAL, COLOR_PARENT, COLOR_TITLE
-    };
-
-    result = TCL_OK;
-    if (inited == 0) {
-	/*
-	 * dwCustColors stores the custom color which the user can modify. We
-	 * store these colors in a static array so that the next time the
-	 * color dialog pops up, the same set of custom colors remain in the
-	 * dialog.
-	 */
-
-	for (i = 0; i < 16; i++) {
-	    dwCustColors[i] = RGB(255-i * 10, i, i * 10);
-	}
-	oldColor = RGB(0xa0, 0xa0, 0xa0);
-	inited = 1;
-    }
-
-    parent			= tkwin;
-    chooseColor.lStructSize	= sizeof(CHOOSECOLOR);
-    chooseColor.hwndOwner	= NULL;
-    chooseColor.hInstance	= NULL;
-    chooseColor.rgbResult	= oldColor;
-    chooseColor.lpCustColors	= dwCustColors;
-    chooseColor.Flags		= CC_RGBINIT | CC_FULLOPEN | CC_ENABLEHOOK;
-    chooseColor.lCustData	= (LPARAM) NULL;
-    chooseColor.lpfnHook	= (LPOFNHOOKPROC) ColorDlgHookProc;
-    chooseColor.lpTemplateName	= (LPTSTR) interp;
-
-    for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) {
-	int index;
-	const char *string;
-	Tcl_Obj *optionPtr, *valuePtr;
-
-	optionPtr = objv[i];
-	valuePtr = objv[i + 1];
-
-	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, optionPtr, optionStrings,
-		sizeof(char *), "option", TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-	if (i + 1 == objc) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		    "value for \"%s\" missing", Tcl_GetString(optionPtr)));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "COLORDIALOG", "VALUE", NULL);
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	string = Tcl_GetString(valuePtr);
-	switch ((enum options) index) {
-	case COLOR_INITIAL: {
-	    XColor *colorPtr;
-
-	    colorPtr = Tk_GetColor(interp, tkwin, string);
-	    if (colorPtr == NULL) {
-		return TCL_ERROR;
-	    }
-	    chooseColor.rgbResult = RGB(colorPtr->red / 0x100,
-		    colorPtr->green / 0x100, colorPtr->blue / 0x100);
-	    break;
-	}
-	case COLOR_PARENT:
-	    parent = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, string, tkwin);
-	    if (parent == NULL) {
-		return TCL_ERROR;
-	    }
-	    break;
-	case COLOR_TITLE:
-	    chooseColor.lCustData = (LPARAM) string;
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-
-    Tk_MakeWindowExist(parent);
-    chooseColor.hwndOwner = NULL;
-    hWnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(parent));
-    chooseColor.hwndOwner = hWnd;
-
-    oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
-    winCode = ChooseColor(&chooseColor);
-    (void) Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldMode);
-
-    /*
-     * Ensure that hWnd is enabled, because it can happen that we have updated
-     * the wrapper of the parent, which causes us to leave this child disabled
-     * (Windows loses sync).
-     */
-
-    EnableWindow(hWnd, 1);
-
-    /*
-     * Clear the interp result since anything may have happened during the
-     * modal loop.
-     */
-
-    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-
-    /*
-     * 3. Process the result of the dialog
-     */
-
-    if (winCode) {
-	/*
-	 * User has selected a color
-	 */
-
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("#%02x%02x%02x",
-		GetRValue(chooseColor.rgbResult),
-		GetGValue(chooseColor.rgbResult),
-		GetBValue(chooseColor.rgbResult)));
-	oldColor = chooseColor.rgbResult;
-	result = TCL_OK;
-    }
-
-    return result;
-}
-
-/*
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * ColorDlgHookProc --
- *
- *	Provides special handling of messages for the Color common dialog box.
- *	Used to set the title when the dialog first appears.
- *
- * Results:
- *	The return value is 0 if the default dialog box function should handle
- *	the message, non-zero otherwise.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Changes the title of the dialog window.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static UINT CALLBACK
-ColorDlgHookProc(
-    HWND hDlg,			/* Handle to the color dialog. */
-    UINT uMsg,			/* Type of message. */
-    WPARAM wParam,		/* First message parameter. */
-    LPARAM lParam)		/* Second message parameter. */
-{
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-    const char *title;
-    CHOOSECOLOR *ccPtr;
-
-    if (WM_INITDIALOG == uMsg) {
-
-	/*
-	 * Set the title string of the dialog.
-	 */
-
-	ccPtr = (CHOOSECOLOR *) lParam;
-	title = (const char *) ccPtr->lCustData;
-
-	if ((title != NULL) && (title[0] != '\0')) {
-	    Tcl_DString ds;
-
-	    SetWindowText(hDlg, Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(title,-1,&ds));
-	    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
-	}
-	if (tsdPtr->debugFlag) {
-	    tsdPtr->debugInterp = (Tcl_Interp *) ccPtr->lpTemplateName;
-	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SetTkDialog, hDlg);
-	}
-	return TRUE;
-    }
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tk_GetOpenFileCmd --
- *
- *	This function implements the "open file" dialog box for the Windows
- *	platform. See the user documentation for details on what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	See user documentation.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	A dialog window is created the first this function is called.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd(
-    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    return GetFileName(clientData, interp, objc, objv, OFN_FILE_OPEN);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tk_GetSaveFileCmd --
- *
- *	Same as Tk_GetOpenFileCmd but opens a "save file" dialog box
- *	instead
- *
- * Results:
- *	Same as Tk_GetOpenFileCmd.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Same as Tk_GetOpenFileCmd.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd(
-    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    return GetFileName(clientData, interp, objc, objv, OFN_FILE_SAVE);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * CleanupOFNOptions --
- *
- *	Cleans up any storage allocated by ParseOFNOptions
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Releases resources held by *optsPtr
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-static void CleanupOFNOptions(OFNOpts *optsPtr)
-{
-    Tcl_DStringFree(&optsPtr->utfDirString);
-}
-
-
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * ParseOFNOptions --
- *
- *	Option parsing for tk_get{Open,Save}File
- *
- * Results:
- *	TCL_OK on success, TCL_ERROR otherwise
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Returns option values in *optsPtr. Note these may include string
- *      pointers into objv[]
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-ParseOFNOptions(
-    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Argument objects. */
-    enum OFNOper oper,			/* 1 for Open, 0 for Save */
-    OFNOpts *optsPtr)           /* Output, uninitialized on entry */
-{
-    int i;
-    Tcl_DString ds;
-    enum options {
-	FILE_DEFAULT, FILE_TYPES, FILE_INITDIR, FILE_INITFILE, FILE_PARENT,
-	FILE_TITLE, FILE_TYPEVARIABLE, FILE_MULTIPLE, FILE_CONFIRMOW,
-        FILE_MUSTEXIST,
-    };
-    struct Options {
-	const char *name;
-	enum options value;
-    };
-    static const struct Options saveOptions[] = {
-	{"-confirmoverwrite",	FILE_CONFIRMOW},
-	{"-defaultextension",	FILE_DEFAULT},
-	{"-filetypes",		FILE_TYPES},
-	{"-initialdir",		FILE_INITDIR},
-	{"-initialfile",	FILE_INITFILE},
-	{"-parent",		FILE_PARENT},
-	{"-title",		FILE_TITLE},
-	{"-typevariable",	FILE_TYPEVARIABLE},
-	{NULL,			FILE_DEFAULT/*ignored*/ }
-    };
-    static const struct Options openOptions[] = {
-	{"-defaultextension",	FILE_DEFAULT},
-	{"-filetypes",		FILE_TYPES},
-	{"-initialdir",		FILE_INITDIR},
-	{"-initialfile",	FILE_INITFILE},
-	{"-multiple",		FILE_MULTIPLE},
-	{"-parent",		FILE_PARENT},
-	{"-title",		FILE_TITLE},
-	{"-typevariable",	FILE_TYPEVARIABLE},
-	{NULL,			FILE_DEFAULT/*ignored*/ }
-    };
-    static const struct Options dirOptions[] = {
-	{"-initialdir", FILE_INITDIR},
-        {"-mustexist",  FILE_MUSTEXIST},
-	{"-parent",	FILE_PARENT},
-	{"-title",	FILE_TITLE},
-	{NULL,		FILE_DEFAULT/*ignored*/ }
-    };
-
-    const struct Options *options = NULL;
-
-    switch (oper) {
-    case OFN_FILE_SAVE: options = saveOptions; break;
-    case OFN_DIR_CHOOSE: options = dirOptions; break;
-    case OFN_FILE_OPEN: options = openOptions; break;
-    }
-
-    ZeroMemory(optsPtr, sizeof(*optsPtr));
-    // optsPtr->forceXPStyle = 1;
-    optsPtr->tkwin = clientData;
-    optsPtr->confirmOverwrite = 1; /* By default we ask for confirmation */
-    Tcl_DStringInit(&optsPtr->utfDirString);
-    optsPtr->file[0] = 0;
-
-    for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) {
-	int index;
-	const char *string;
-	Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;
-
-	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], options,
-		sizeof(struct Options), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
-            /*
-             * XXX -xpstyle is explicitly checked for as it is undocumented
-             * and we do not want it to show in option error messages.
-             */
-            if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "-xpstyle"))
-                goto error_return;
-            if (i + 1 == objc) {
-                Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("value for \"-xpstyle\" missing", -1));
-                Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "FILEDIALOG", "VALUE", NULL);
-                goto error_return;
-            }
-	    if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1],
-                                      &optsPtr->forceXPStyle) != TCL_OK)
-                goto error_return;
-
-            continue;
-
-	} else if (i + 1 == objc) {
-            Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-                                 "value for \"%s\" missing", options[index].name));
-            Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "FILEDIALOG", "VALUE", NULL);
-            goto error_return;
-	}
-
-        valuePtr = objv[i + 1];
-	string = Tcl_GetString(valuePtr);
-	switch (options[index].value) {
-	case FILE_DEFAULT:
-	    optsPtr->extObj = valuePtr;
-	    break;
-	case FILE_TYPES:
-	    optsPtr->filterObj = valuePtr;
-	    break;
-	case FILE_INITDIR:
-	    Tcl_DStringFree(&optsPtr->utfDirString);
-	    if (Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, string,
-                                      &optsPtr->utfDirString) == NULL)
-		goto error_return;
-	    break;
-	case FILE_INITFILE:
-	    if (Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, string, &ds) == NULL)
-		goto error_return;
-	    Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding(),
-                              Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds), 0, NULL,
-                              (char *) &optsPtr->file[0], sizeof(optsPtr->file),
-                              NULL, NULL, NULL);
-	    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
-	    break;
-	case FILE_PARENT:
-	    optsPtr->tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, string, clientData);
-	    if (optsPtr->tkwin == NULL)
-		goto error_return;
-	    break;
-	case FILE_TITLE:
-	    optsPtr->titleObj = valuePtr;
-	    break;
-	case FILE_TYPEVARIABLE:
-	    optsPtr->typeVariableObj = valuePtr;
-	    optsPtr->initialTypeObj = Tcl_ObjGetVar2(interp, valuePtr,
-                                                     NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-	    break;
-	case FILE_MULTIPLE:
-	    if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, valuePtr,
-                                      &optsPtr->multi) != TCL_OK)
-                goto error_return;
-	    break;
-	case FILE_CONFIRMOW:
-	    if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, valuePtr,
-                                      &optsPtr->confirmOverwrite) != TCL_OK)
-                goto error_return;
-	    break;
-        case FILE_MUSTEXIST:
-	    if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, valuePtr,
-                                      &optsPtr->mustExist) != TCL_OK)
-                goto error_return;
-            break;
-	}
-    }
-
-    return TCL_OK;
-
-error_return:                   /* interp should already hold error */
-    /* On error, we need to clean up anything we might have allocated */
-    CleanupOFNOptions(optsPtr);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-
-}
-
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * VistaFileDialogsAvailable
- *
- *      Checks whether the new (Vista) file dialogs can be used on
- *      the system.
- *
- * Returns:
- *      1 if new dialogs are available, 0 otherwise
- *
- * Side effects:
- *      Loads required procedures dynamically if available.
- *      If new dialogs are available, COM is also initialized.
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-static int VistaFileDialogsAvailable()
-{
-    HRESULT hr;
-    IFileDialog *fdlgPtr = NULL;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
-        Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    if (tsdPtr->newFileDialogsState == FDLG_STATE_INIT) {
-        tsdPtr->newFileDialogsState = FDLG_STATE_USE_OLD;
-        LoadShellProcs();
-        if (ShellProcs.SHCreateItemFromParsingName != NULL) {
-            hr = CoInitialize(0);
-            /* XXX - need we schedule CoUninitialize at thread shutdown ? */
-
-            /* Ensure all COM interfaces we use are available */
-            if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
-                hr = CoCreateInstance(&ClsidFileOpenDialog, NULL,
-                                      CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER, &IIDIFileOpenDialog, (void **) &fdlgPtr);
-                if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
-                    fdlgPtr->lpVtbl->Release(fdlgPtr);
-                    hr = CoCreateInstance(&ClsidFileSaveDialog, NULL,
-                             CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER, &IIDIFileSaveDialog,
-                                          (void **) &fdlgPtr);
-                    if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
-                        fdlgPtr->lpVtbl->Release(fdlgPtr);
-
-                        /* Looks like we have all we need */
-                        tsdPtr->newFileDialogsState = FDLG_STATE_USE_NEW;
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    return (tsdPtr->newFileDialogsState == FDLG_STATE_USE_NEW);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * GetFileNameVista --
- *
- *	Displays the new file dialogs on Vista and later.
- *      This function must generally not be called unless the
- *      tsdPtr->newFileDialogsState is FDLG_STATE_USE_NEW but if
- *      it is, it will just pass the call to the older GetFileNameXP
- *
- * Results:
- *	TCL_OK - dialog was successfully displayed, results returned in interp
- *      TCL_ERROR - error return
- *
- * Side effects:
- *      Dialogs is displayed
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-static int GetFileNameVista(Tcl_Interp *interp, OFNOpts *optsPtr,
-                            enum OFNOper oper)
-{
-    HRESULT hr;
-    HWND hWnd;
-    DWORD flags, nfilters, defaultFilterIndex;
-    TCLCOMDLG_FILTERSPEC *filterPtr = NULL;
-    IFileDialog *fdlgIf = NULL;
-    IShellItem *dirIf = NULL;
-    LPWSTR wstr;
-    Tcl_Obj *resultObj = NULL;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-    int oldMode;
-
-    if (tsdPtr->newFileDialogsState != FDLG_STATE_USE_NEW) {
-	Tcl_Panic("Internal error: GetFileNameVista: IFileDialog API not available");
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * At this point new interfaces are supposed to be available.
-     * fdlgIf is actually a IFileOpenDialog or IFileSaveDialog
-     * both of which inherit from IFileDialog. We use the common
-     * IFileDialog interface for the most part, casting only for
-     * type-specific calls.
-     */
-    Tk_MakeWindowExist(optsPtr->tkwin);
-    hWnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(optsPtr->tkwin));
-
-    /*
-     * The only validation we need to do w.r.t caller supplied data
-     * is the filter specification so do that before creating
-     */
-    if (MakeFilterVista(interp, optsPtr, &nfilters, &filterPtr,
-                        &defaultFilterIndex) != TCL_OK)
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-
-    /*
-     * Beyond this point, do not just return on error as there will be
-     * resources that need to be released/freed.
-     */
-
-    if (oper == OFN_FILE_OPEN || oper == OFN_DIR_CHOOSE)
-        hr = CoCreateInstance(&ClsidFileOpenDialog, NULL,
-                              CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER, &IIDIFileOpenDialog, (void **) &fdlgIf);
-    else
-        hr = CoCreateInstance(&ClsidFileSaveDialog, NULL,
-                              CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER, &IIDIFileSaveDialog, (void **) &fdlgIf);
-
-    if (FAILED(hr))
-        goto vamoose;
-
-    /*
-     * Get current settings first because we want to preserve existing
-     * settings like whether to show hidden files etc. based on the
-     * user's existing preference
-     */
-    hr = fdlgIf->lpVtbl->GetOptions(fdlgIf, &flags);
-    if (FAILED(hr))
-        goto vamoose;
-
-    if (filterPtr) {
-        /*
-         * Causes -filetypes {{All *}} -defaultextension ext to return
-         * foo.ext.ext when foo is typed into the entry box
-         *     flags |= FOS_STRICTFILETYPES;
-         */
-        hr = fdlgIf->lpVtbl->SetFileTypes(fdlgIf, nfilters, filterPtr);
-        if (FAILED(hr))
-            goto vamoose;
-        hr = fdlgIf->lpVtbl->SetFileTypeIndex(fdlgIf, defaultFilterIndex);
-        if (FAILED(hr))
-            goto vamoose;
-    }
-
-    /* Flags are equivalent to those we used in the older API */
-
-    /*
-     * Following flags must be set irrespective of original setting
-     * XXX - should FOS_NOVALIDATE be there ? Note FOS_NOVALIDATE has different
-     * semantics than OFN_NOVALIDATE in the old API.
-     */
-    flags |=
-        FOS_FORCEFILESYSTEM | /* Only want files, not other shell items */
-        FOS_NOVALIDATE |           /* Don't check for access denied etc. */
-        FOS_PATHMUSTEXIST;           /* The *directory* path must exist */
-
-
-    if (oper == OFN_DIR_CHOOSE) {
-        flags |= FOS_PICKFOLDERS;
-        if (optsPtr->mustExist)
-            flags |= FOS_FILEMUSTEXIST; /* XXX - check working */
-    } else
-        flags &= ~ FOS_PICKFOLDERS;
-
-    if (optsPtr->multi)
-        flags |= FOS_ALLOWMULTISELECT;
-    else
-        flags &= ~FOS_ALLOWMULTISELECT;
-
-    if (optsPtr->confirmOverwrite)
-        flags |= FOS_OVERWRITEPROMPT;
-    else
-        flags &= ~FOS_OVERWRITEPROMPT;
-
-    hr = fdlgIf->lpVtbl->SetOptions(fdlgIf, flags);
-    if (FAILED(hr))
-        goto vamoose;
-
-    if (optsPtr->extObj != NULL) {
-        Tcl_DString ds;
-        const char *src;
-
-        src = Tcl_GetString(optsPtr->extObj);
-        wstr = (LPWSTR) Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(src, optsPtr->extObj->length, &ds);
-        if (wstr[0] == L'.')
-            ++wstr;
-        hr = fdlgIf->lpVtbl->SetDefaultExtension(fdlgIf, wstr);
-        Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
-        if (FAILED(hr))
-            goto vamoose;
-    }
-
-    if (optsPtr->titleObj != NULL) {
-        Tcl_DString ds;
-        const char *src;
-
-        src = Tcl_GetString(optsPtr->titleObj);
-        wstr = (LPWSTR) Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(src, optsPtr->titleObj->length, &ds);
-        hr = fdlgIf->lpVtbl->SetTitle(fdlgIf, wstr);
-        Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
-        if (FAILED(hr))
-            goto vamoose;
-    }
-
-    if (optsPtr->file[0]) {
-        hr = fdlgIf->lpVtbl->SetFileName(fdlgIf, optsPtr->file);
-        if (FAILED(hr))
-            goto vamoose;
-    }
-
-    if (Tcl_DStringValue(&optsPtr->utfDirString)[0] != '\0') {
-        Tcl_Obj *normPath, *iniDirPath;
-        iniDirPath = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&optsPtr->utfDirString), -1);
-        Tcl_IncrRefCount(iniDirPath);
-        normPath = Tcl_FSGetNormalizedPath(interp, iniDirPath);
-        /* XXX - Note on failures do not raise error, simply ignore ini dir */
-        if (normPath) {
-            const WCHAR *nativePath;
-            Tcl_IncrRefCount(normPath);
-            nativePath = Tcl_FSGetNativePath(normPath); /* Points INTO normPath*/
-            if (nativePath) {
-                hr = ShellProcs.SHCreateItemFromParsingName(
-                    nativePath, NULL,
-                    &IIDIShellItem, (void **) &dirIf);
-                if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
-                    /* Note we use SetFolder, not SetDefaultFolder - see MSDN */
-                    fdlgIf->lpVtbl->SetFolder(fdlgIf, dirIf); /* Ignore errors */
-                }
-            }
-            Tcl_DecrRefCount(normPath); /* ALSO INVALIDATES nativePath !! */
-        }
-        Tcl_DecrRefCount(iniDirPath);
-    }
-
-    oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
-    hr = fdlgIf->lpVtbl->Show(fdlgIf, hWnd);
-    Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldMode);
-    EatSpuriousMessageBugFix();
-
-    /*
-     * Ensure that hWnd is enabled, because it can happen that we have updated
-     * the wrapper of the parent, which causes us to leave this child disabled
-     * (Windows loses sync).
-     */
-
-    if (hWnd)
-        EnableWindow(hWnd, 1);
-
-    /*
-     * Clear interp result since it might have been set during the modal loop.
-     * http://core.tcl.tk/tk/tktview/4a0451f5291b3c9168cc560747dae9264e1d2ef6
-     */
-    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-
-    if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
-        if ((oper == OFN_FILE_OPEN) && optsPtr->multi) {
-            IShellItemArray *multiIf;
-            DWORD dw, count;
-            IFileOpenDialog *fodIf = (IFileOpenDialog *) fdlgIf;
-            hr = fodIf->lpVtbl->GetResults(fodIf, &multiIf);
-            if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
-                Tcl_Obj *multiObj;
-                hr = multiIf->lpVtbl->GetCount(multiIf, &count);
-                multiObj = Tcl_NewListObj(count, NULL);
-                if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
-                    IShellItem *itemIf;
-                    for (dw = 0; dw < count; ++dw) {
-                        hr = multiIf->lpVtbl->GetItemAt(multiIf, dw, &itemIf);
-                        if (FAILED(hr))
-                            break;
-                        hr = itemIf->lpVtbl->GetDisplayName(itemIf,
-                                        SIGDN_FILESYSPATH, &wstr);
-                        if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
-                            Tcl_DString fnds;
-
-                            ConvertExternalFilename(wstr, &fnds);
-                            CoTaskMemFree(wstr);
-                            Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(
-                                interp, multiObj,
-                                Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&fnds),
-                                                 Tcl_DStringLength(&fnds)));
-                            Tcl_DStringFree(&fnds);
-                        }
-                        itemIf->lpVtbl->Release(itemIf);
-                        if (FAILED(hr))
-                            break;
-                    }
-                }
-                multiIf->lpVtbl->Release(multiIf);
-                if (SUCCEEDED(hr))
-                    resultObj = multiObj;
-                else
-                    Tcl_DecrRefCount(multiObj);
-            }
-        } else {
-            IShellItem *resultIf;
-            hr = fdlgIf->lpVtbl->GetResult(fdlgIf, &resultIf);
-            if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
-                hr = resultIf->lpVtbl->GetDisplayName(resultIf, SIGDN_FILESYSPATH,
-                                                      &wstr);
-                if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
-                    Tcl_DString fnds;
-
-                    ConvertExternalFilename(wstr, &fnds);
-                    resultObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&fnds),
-                                                 Tcl_DStringLength(&fnds));
-                    CoTaskMemFree(wstr);
-                    Tcl_DStringFree(&fnds);
-                }
-                resultIf->lpVtbl->Release(resultIf);
-            }
-        }
-        if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
-            if (filterPtr && optsPtr->typeVariableObj) {
-                UINT ftix;
-
-                hr = fdlgIf->lpVtbl->GetFileTypeIndex(fdlgIf, &ftix);
-                if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
-                    /* Note ftix is a 1-based index */
-                    if (ftix > 0 && ftix <= nfilters) {
-                        Tcl_DString ftds;
-                        Tcl_Obj *ftobj;
-
-                        Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(filterPtr[ftix-1].pszName, -1, &ftds);
-                        ftobj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ftds),
-                                Tcl_DStringLength(&ftds));
-                        Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, optsPtr->typeVariableObj, NULL,
-                                ftobj, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG);
-                        Tcl_DStringFree(&ftds);
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-        }
-    } else {
-        if (hr == HRESULT_FROM_WIN32(ERROR_CANCELLED))
-            hr = 0;             /* User cancelled, return empty string */
-    }
-
-vamoose: /* (hr != 0) => error */
-    if (dirIf)
-        dirIf->lpVtbl->Release(dirIf);
-    if (fdlgIf)
-        fdlgIf->lpVtbl->Release(fdlgIf);
-
-    if (filterPtr)
-        FreeFilterVista(nfilters, filterPtr);
-
-    if (hr == 0) {
-        if (resultObj)          /* May be NULL if user cancelled */
-            Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
-        return TCL_OK;
-    } else {
-        if (resultObj)
-            Tcl_DecrRefCount(resultObj);
-        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkWin32ErrorObj(hr));
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-}
-
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * GetFileNameXP --
- *
- *	Displays the old pre-Vista file dialogs.
- *
- * Results:
- *	TCL_OK - if dialog was successfully displayed
- *      TCL_ERROR - error return
- *
- * Side effects:
- *      See user documentation.
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-static int GetFileNameXP(Tcl_Interp *interp, OFNOpts *optsPtr, enum OFNOper oper)
-{
-    OPENFILENAME ofn;
-    OFNData ofnData;
-    int cdlgerr;
-    int filterIndex = 0, result = TCL_ERROR, winCode, oldMode;
-    HWND hWnd;
-    Tcl_DString utfFilterString, ds;
-    Tcl_DString extString, filterString, dirString, titleString;
-    const char *str;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
-        Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    ZeroMemory(&ofnData, sizeof(OFNData));
-    Tcl_DStringInit(&utfFilterString);
-    Tcl_DStringInit(&dirString); /* XXX - original code was missing this
-                                    leaving dirString uninitialized for
-                                    the unlikely code path where cwd failed */
-
-    if (MakeFilter(interp, optsPtr->filterObj, &utfFilterString,
-                   optsPtr->initialTypeObj, &filterIndex) != TCL_OK) {
-	goto end;
-    }
-
-    Tk_MakeWindowExist(optsPtr->tkwin);
-    hWnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(optsPtr->tkwin));
-
-    ZeroMemory(&ofn, sizeof(OPENFILENAME));
-    ofn.lStructSize = sizeof(OPENFILENAME);
-    ofn.hwndOwner = hWnd;
-    ofn.hInstance = TkWinGetHInstance(ofn.hwndOwner);
-    ofn.lpstrFile = optsPtr->file;
-    ofn.nMaxFile = TK_MULTI_MAX_PATH;
-    ofn.Flags = OFN_HIDEREADONLY | OFN_PATHMUSTEXIST | OFN_NOCHANGEDIR
-	    | OFN_EXPLORER| OFN_ENABLEHOOK| OFN_ENABLESIZING;
-    ofn.lpfnHook = (LPOFNHOOKPROC) OFNHookProc;
-    ofn.lCustData = (LPARAM) &ofnData;
-
-    if (oper != OFN_FILE_SAVE) {
-	ofn.Flags |= OFN_FILEMUSTEXIST;
-    } else if (optsPtr->confirmOverwrite) {
-	ofn.Flags |= OFN_OVERWRITEPROMPT;
-    }
-    if (tsdPtr->debugFlag != 0) {
-	ofnData.interp = interp;
-    }
-    if (optsPtr->multi != 0) {
-	ofn.Flags |= OFN_ALLOWMULTISELECT;
-
-	/*
-	 * Starting buffer size. The buffer will be expanded by the OFN dialog
-	 * procedure when necessary
-	 */
-
-	ofnData.dynFileBufferSize = 512;
-	ofnData.dynFileBuffer = ckalloc(512 * sizeof(TCHAR));
-    }
-
-    if (optsPtr->extObj != NULL) {
-        str = Tcl_GetString(optsPtr->extObj);
-        if (str[0] == '.')
-            ++str;
-	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(str, -1, &extString);
-	ofn.lpstrDefExt = (TCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&extString);
-    }
-
-    Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_DStringValue(&utfFilterString),
-	    Tcl_DStringLength(&utfFilterString), &filterString);
-    ofn.lpstrFilter = (TCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&filterString);
-    ofn.nFilterIndex = filterIndex;
-
-    if (Tcl_DStringValue(&optsPtr->utfDirString)[0] != '\0') {
-	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_DStringValue(&optsPtr->utfDirString),
-		Tcl_DStringLength(&optsPtr->utfDirString), &dirString);
-    } else {
-	/*
-	 * NT 5.0 changed the meaning of lpstrInitialDir, so we have to ensure
-	 * that we set the [pwd] if the user didn't specify anything else.
-	 */
-
-	Tcl_DString cwd;
-
-	Tcl_DStringFree(&optsPtr->utfDirString);
-	if ((Tcl_GetCwd(interp, &optsPtr->utfDirString) == NULL) ||
-		(Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp,
-                     Tcl_DStringValue(&optsPtr->utfDirString), &cwd) == NULL)) {
-	    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-	} else {
-	    Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_DStringValue(&cwd),
-		    Tcl_DStringLength(&cwd), &dirString);
-	}
-	Tcl_DStringFree(&cwd);
-    }
-    ofn.lpstrInitialDir = (TCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&dirString);
-
-    if (optsPtr->titleObj != NULL) {
-	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_GetString(optsPtr->titleObj), -1, &titleString);
-	ofn.lpstrTitle = (TCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString);
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Popup the dialog.
-     */
-
-    oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
-    if (oper != OFN_FILE_SAVE) {
-	winCode = GetOpenFileName(&ofn);
-    } else {
-	winCode = GetSaveFileName(&ofn);
-    }
-    Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldMode);
-    EatSpuriousMessageBugFix();
-
-    /*
-     * Ensure that hWnd is enabled, because it can happen that we have updated
-     * the wrapper of the parent, which causes us to leave this child disabled
-     * (Windows loses sync).
-     */
-
-    EnableWindow(hWnd, 1);
-
-    /*
-     * Clear the interp result since anything may have happened during the
-     * modal loop.
-     */
-
-    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-
-    /*
-     * Process the results.
-     *
-     * Use the CommDlgExtendedError() function to retrieve the error code.
-     * This function can return one of about two dozen codes; most of these
-     * indicate some sort of gross system failure (insufficient memory, bad
-     * window handles, etc.). Most of the error codes will be ignored; as we
-     * find we want more specific error messages for particular errors, we can
-     * extend the code as needed.
-     */
-
-    cdlgerr = CommDlgExtendedError();
-
-    /*
-     * We now allow FNERR_BUFFERTOOSMALL when multiselection is enabled. The
-     * filename buffer has been dynamically allocated by the OFN dialog
-     * procedure to accomodate all selected files.
-     */
-
-    if ((winCode != 0)
-	    || ((cdlgerr == FNERR_BUFFERTOOSMALL)
-		    && (ofn.Flags & OFN_ALLOWMULTISELECT))) {
-	int gotFilename = 0;	/* Flag for tracking whether we have any
-				 * filename at all. For details, see
-				 * http://stackoverflow.com/q/9227859/301832
-				 */
-
-	if (ofn.Flags & OFN_ALLOWMULTISELECT) {
-	    /*
-	     * The result in dynFileBuffer contains many items, separated by
-	     * NUL characters. It is terminated with two nulls in a row. The
-	     * first element is the directory path.
-	     */
-
-	    TCHAR *files = ofnData.dynFileBuffer;
-	    Tcl_Obj *returnList = Tcl_NewObj();
-	    int count = 0;
-
-	    /*
-	     * Get directory.
-	     */
-
-	    ConvertExternalFilename(files, &ds);
-
-	    while (*files != '\0') {
-		while (*files != '\0') {
-		    files++;
-		}
-		files++;
-		if (*files != '\0') {
-		    Tcl_Obj *fullnameObj;
-		    Tcl_DString filenameBuf;
-
-		    count++;
-		    ConvertExternalFilename(files, &filenameBuf);
-
-		    fullnameObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
-			    Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
-		    Tcl_AppendToObj(fullnameObj, "/", -1);
-		    Tcl_AppendToObj(fullnameObj, Tcl_DStringValue(&filenameBuf),
-			    Tcl_DStringLength(&filenameBuf));
-		    gotFilename = 1;
-		    Tcl_DStringFree(&filenameBuf);
-		    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, returnList, fullnameObj);
-		}
-	    }
-
-	    if (count == 0) {
-		/*
-		 * Only one file was returned.
-		 */
-
-		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, returnList,
-			Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
-				Tcl_DStringLength(&ds)));
-		gotFilename |= (Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) > 0);
-	    }
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, returnList);
-	    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
-	} else {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-		    ConvertExternalFilename(ofn.lpstrFile, &ds), -1));
-	    gotFilename = (Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) > 0);
-	    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
-	}
-	result = TCL_OK;
-	if ((ofn.nFilterIndex > 0) && gotFilename && optsPtr->typeVariableObj
-		&& optsPtr->filterObj) {
-	    int listObjc, count;
-	    Tcl_Obj **listObjv = NULL;
-	    Tcl_Obj **typeInfo = NULL;
-
-	    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, optsPtr->filterObj,
-		    &listObjc, &listObjv) != TCL_OK) {
-		result = TCL_ERROR;
-	    } else if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp,
-		    listObjv[ofn.nFilterIndex - 1], &count,
-		    &typeInfo) != TCL_OK) {
-		result = TCL_ERROR;
-	    } else {
-                /*
-                 * BUGFIX for d43a10ce2fed950e00890049f3c273f2cdd12583
-                 * The original code was broken because it passed typeinfo[0]
-                 * directly into Tcl_ObjSetVar2. In the case of typeInfo[0]
-                 * pointing into a list which is also referenced by
-                 * typeVariableObj, TOSV2 shimmers the object into
-                 * variable intrep which loses the list representation.
-                 * This invalidates typeInfo[0] which is freed but
-                 * nevertheless stored as the value of the variable.
-                 */
-                Tcl_Obj *selFilterObj = typeInfo[0];
-                Tcl_IncrRefCount(selFilterObj);
-                if (Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, optsPtr->typeVariableObj, NULL,
-                                   selFilterObj, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG) == NULL) {
-                    result = TCL_ERROR;
-                }
-                Tcl_DecrRefCount(selFilterObj);
-	    }
-	}
-    } else if (cdlgerr == FNERR_INVALIDFILENAME) {
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		"invalid filename \"%s\"",
-		ConvertExternalFilename(ofn.lpstrFile, &ds)));
-	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "FILEDIALOG", "INVALID_FILENAME",
-		NULL);
-	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
-    } else {
-	result = TCL_OK;
-    }
-
-    if (ofn.lpstrTitle != NULL) {
-	Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString);
-    }
-    if (ofn.lpstrInitialDir != NULL) {
-        /* XXX - huh? lpstrInitialDir is set from Tcl_DStringValue which
-           can never return NULL */
-	Tcl_DStringFree(&dirString);
-    }
-    Tcl_DStringFree(&filterString);
-    if (ofn.lpstrDefExt != NULL) {
-	Tcl_DStringFree(&extString);
-    }
-
-end:
-    Tcl_DStringFree(&utfFilterString);
-    if (ofnData.dynFileBuffer != NULL) {
-	ckfree(ofnData.dynFileBuffer);
-	ofnData.dynFileBuffer = NULL;
-    }
-
-    return result;
-}
-
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * GetFileName --
- *
- *	Calls GetOpenFileName() or GetSaveFileName().
- *
- * Results:
- *	See user documentation.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See user documentation.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-GetFileName(
-    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Argument objects. */
-    enum OFNOper oper)  	/* 1 to call GetOpenFileName(), 0 to call
-				 * GetSaveFileName(). */
-{
-    OFNOpts ofnOpts;
-    int result;
-
-    result = ParseOFNOptions(clientData, interp, objc, objv, oper, &ofnOpts);
-    if (result != TCL_OK)
-        return result;
-
-    if (VistaFileDialogsAvailable() && ! ofnOpts.forceXPStyle)
-        result = GetFileNameVista(interp, &ofnOpts, oper);
-    else
-        result = GetFileNameXP(interp, &ofnOpts, oper);
-
-    CleanupOFNOptions(&ofnOpts);
-    return result;
-}
-
-
-/*
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * OFNHookProc --
- *
- *	Dialog box hook function. This is used to sets the "tk_dialog"
- *	variable for test/debugging when the dialog is ready to receive
- *	messages. When multiple file selection is enabled this function
- *	is used to process the list of names.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns 0 to allow default processing of messages to occur.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static UINT APIENTRY
-OFNHookProc(
-    HWND hdlg,			/* Handle to child dialog window. */
-    UINT uMsg,			/* Message identifier */
-    WPARAM wParam,		/* Message parameter */
-    LPARAM lParam)		/* Message parameter */
-{
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-    OPENFILENAME *ofnPtr;
-    OFNData *ofnData;
-
-    if (uMsg == WM_INITDIALOG) {
-	TkWinSetUserData(hdlg, lParam);
-    } else if (uMsg == WM_NOTIFY) {
-	OFNOTIFY *notifyPtr = (OFNOTIFY *) lParam;
-
-	/*
-	 * This is weird... or not. The CDN_FILEOK is NOT sent when the
-	 * selection exceeds declared buffer size (the nMaxFile member of the
-	 * OPENFILENAME struct passed to GetOpenFileName function). So, we
-	 * have to rely on the most recent CDN_SELCHANGE then. Unfortunately
-	 * this means, that gathering the selected filenames happens twice
-	 * when they fit into the declared buffer. Luckily, it's not frequent
-	 * operation so it should not incur any noticeable delay. See [Bug
-	 * 2987995]
-	 */
-
-	if (notifyPtr->hdr.code == CDN_FILEOK ||
-		notifyPtr->hdr.code == CDN_SELCHANGE) {
-	    int dirsize, selsize;
-	    TCHAR *buffer;
-	    int buffersize;
-
-	    /*
-	     * Change of selection. Unscramble the unholy mess that's in the
-	     * selection buffer, resizing it if necessary.
-	     */
-
-	    ofnPtr = notifyPtr->lpOFN;
-	    ofnData = (OFNData *) ofnPtr->lCustData;
-	    buffer = ofnData->dynFileBuffer;
-	    hdlg = GetParent(hdlg);
-
-	    selsize = (int) SendMessage(hdlg, CDM_GETSPEC, 0, 0);
-	    dirsize = (int) SendMessage(hdlg, CDM_GETFOLDERPATH, 0, 0);
-	    buffersize = (selsize + dirsize + 1);
-
-	    /*
-	     * Just empty the buffer if dirsize indicates an error. [Bug
-	     * 3071836]
-	     */
-
-	    if ((selsize > 1) && (dirsize > 0)) {
-		if (ofnData->dynFileBufferSize < buffersize) {
-		    buffer = ckrealloc(buffer, buffersize * sizeof(TCHAR));
-		    ofnData->dynFileBufferSize = buffersize;
-		    ofnData->dynFileBuffer = buffer;
-		}
-
-		SendMessage(hdlg, CDM_GETFOLDERPATH, dirsize, (LPARAM) buffer);
-		buffer += dirsize;
-
-		SendMessage(hdlg, CDM_GETSPEC, selsize, (LPARAM) buffer);
-
-		/*
-		 * If there are multiple files, delete the quotes and change
-		 * every second quote to NULL terminator
-		 */
-
-		if (buffer[0] == '"') {
-		    BOOL findquote = TRUE;
-		    TCHAR *tmp = buffer;
-
-		    while (*buffer != '\0') {
-			if (findquote) {
-			    if (*buffer == '"') {
-				findquote = FALSE;
-			    }
-			    buffer++;
-			} else {
-			    if (*buffer == '"') {
-				findquote = TRUE;
-				*buffer = '\0';
-			    }
-			    *tmp++ = *buffer++;
-			}
-		    }
-		    *tmp = '\0';		/* Second NULL terminator. */
-		} else {
-
-			/*
-		     * Replace directory terminating NULL with a with a backslash,
-		     * but only if not an absolute path.
-		     */
-
-		    Tcl_DString tmpfile;
-		    ConvertExternalFilename(buffer, &tmpfile);
-		    if (TCL_PATH_ABSOLUTE ==
-			    Tcl_GetPathType(Tcl_DStringValue(&tmpfile))) {
-			/* re-get the full path to the start of the buffer */
-			buffer = (TCHAR *) ofnData->dynFileBuffer;
-			SendMessage(hdlg, CDM_GETSPEC, selsize, (LPARAM) buffer);
-		    } else {
-			*(buffer-1) = '\\';
-		    }
-		    buffer[selsize] = '\0'; /* Second NULL terminator. */
-		    Tcl_DStringFree(&tmpfile);
-		}
-	    } else {
-		/*
-		 * Nothing is selected, so just empty the string.
-		 */
-
-		if (buffer != NULL) {
-		    *buffer = '\0';
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-    } else if (uMsg == WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED) {
-	/*
-	 * This message is delivered at the right time to enable Tk to set the
-	 * debug information. Unhooks itself so it won't set the debug
-	 * information every time it gets a WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED message.
-	 */
-
-	ofnPtr = (OPENFILENAME *) TkWinGetUserData(hdlg);
-	if (ofnPtr != NULL) {
-	    ofnData = (OFNData *) ofnPtr->lCustData;
-	    if (ofnData->interp != NULL) {
-		hdlg = GetParent(hdlg);
-		tsdPtr->debugInterp = ofnData->interp;
-		Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SetTkDialog, hdlg);
-	    }
-	    TkWinSetUserData(hdlg, NULL);
-	}
-    }
-    return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * MakeFilter --
- *
- *	Allocate a buffer to store the filters in a format understood by
- *	Windows.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard TCL return value.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	ofnPtr->lpstrFilter is modified.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-MakeFilter(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr,		/* Value of the -filetypes option */
-    Tcl_DString *dsPtr,		/* Filled with windows filter string. */
-    Tcl_Obj *initialPtr,	/* Initial type name  */
-    int *indexPtr)		/* Index of initial type in filter string */
-{
-    char *filterStr;
-    char *p;
-    const char *initial = NULL;
-    int pass;
-    int ix = 0; /* index counter */
-    FileFilterList flist;
-    FileFilter *filterPtr;
-
-    if (initialPtr) {
-	initial = Tcl_GetString(initialPtr);
-    }
-    TkInitFileFilters(&flist);
-    if (TkGetFileFilters(interp, &flist, valuePtr, 1) != TCL_OK) {
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    if (flist.filters == NULL) {
-	/*
-	 * Use "All Files (*.*) as the default filter if none is specified
-	 */
-	const char *defaultFilter = "All Files (*.*)";
-
-	p = filterStr = ckalloc(30);
-
-	strcpy(p, defaultFilter);
-	p+= strlen(defaultFilter);
-
-	*p++ = '\0';
-	*p++ = '*';
-	*p++ = '.';
-	*p++ = '*';
-	*p++ = '\0';
-	*p++ = '\0';
-	*p = '\0';
-
-    } else {
-	size_t len;
-
-	if (valuePtr == NULL) {
-	    len = 0;
-	} else {
-	    (void) Tcl_GetString(valuePtr);
-	    len = valuePtr->length;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * We format the filetype into a string understood by Windows: {"Text
-	 * Documents" {.doc .txt} {TEXT}} becomes "Text Documents
-	 * (*.doc,*.txt)\0*.doc;*.txt\0"
-	 *
-	 * See the Windows OPENFILENAME manual page for details on the filter
-	 * string format.
-	 */
-
-	/*
-	 * Since we may only add asterisks (*) to the filter, we need at most
-	 * twice the size of the string to format the filter
-	 */
-
-	filterStr = ckalloc(len * 3);
-
-	for (filterPtr = flist.filters, p = filterStr; filterPtr;
-		filterPtr = filterPtr->next) {
-	    const char *sep;
-	    FileFilterClause *clausePtr;
-
-	    /*
-	     * Check initial index for match, set *indexPtr. Filter index is 1
-	     * based so increment first
-	     */
-
-	    ix++;
-	    if (indexPtr && initial
-		    && (strcmp(initial, filterPtr->name) == 0)) {
-		*indexPtr = ix;
-	    }
-
-	    /*
-	     * First, put in the name of the file type.
-	     */
-
-	    strcpy(p, filterPtr->name);
-	    p+= strlen(filterPtr->name);
-	    *p++ = ' ';
-	    *p++ = '(';
-
-	    for (pass = 1; pass <= 2; pass++) {
-		/*
-		 * In the first pass, we format the extensions in the name
-		 * field. In the second pass, we format the extensions in the
-		 * filter pattern field
-		 */
-
-		sep = "";
-		for (clausePtr=filterPtr->clauses;clausePtr;
-			clausePtr=clausePtr->next) {
-		    GlobPattern *globPtr;
-
-		    for (globPtr = clausePtr->patterns; globPtr;
-			    globPtr = globPtr->next) {
-			strcpy(p, sep);
-			p += strlen(sep);
-			strcpy(p, globPtr->pattern);
-			p += strlen(globPtr->pattern);
-
-			if (pass == 1) {
-			    sep = ",";
-			} else {
-			    sep = ";";
-			}
-		    }
-		}
-		if (pass == 1) {
-		    *p ++ = ')';
-		}
-		*p++ = '\0';
-	    }
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Windows requires the filter string to be ended by two NULL
-	 * characters.
-	 */
-
-	*p++ = '\0';
-	*p = '\0';
-    }
-
-    Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, filterStr, (int) (p - filterStr));
-    ckfree(filterStr);
-
-    TkFreeFileFilters(&flist);
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * FreeFilterVista
- *
- *      Frees storage previously allocated by MakeFilterVista.
- *      count is the number of elements in dlgFilterPtr[]
- */
-static void FreeFilterVista(DWORD count, TCLCOMDLG_FILTERSPEC *dlgFilterPtr)
-{
-    if (dlgFilterPtr != NULL) {
-        DWORD dw;
-        for (dw = 0; dw < count; ++dw) {
-            if (dlgFilterPtr[dw].pszName != NULL)
-                ckfree(dlgFilterPtr[dw].pszName);
-            if (dlgFilterPtr[dw].pszSpec != NULL)
-                ckfree(dlgFilterPtr[dw].pszSpec);
-        }
-        ckfree(dlgFilterPtr);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * MakeFilterVista --
- *
- *	Returns file type filters in a format required
- *	by the Vista file dialogs.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard TCL return value.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *      Various values are returned through the parameters as
- *      described in the comments below.
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-static int MakeFilterVista(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    OFNOpts *optsPtr,           /* Caller specified options */
-    DWORD *countPtr,            /* Will hold number of filters */
-    TCLCOMDLG_FILTERSPEC **dlgFilterPtrPtr, /* Will hold pointer to filter array.
-                                         Set to NULL if no filters specified.
-                                         Must be freed by calling
-                                         FreeFilterVista */
-    DWORD *initialIndexPtr)     /* Will hold index of default type */
-{
-    TCLCOMDLG_FILTERSPEC *dlgFilterPtr;
-    const char *initial = NULL;
-    FileFilterList flist;
-    FileFilter *filterPtr;
-    DWORD initialIndex = 0;
-    Tcl_DString ds, patterns;
-    int       i;
-
-    if (optsPtr->filterObj == NULL) {
-        *dlgFilterPtrPtr = NULL;
-        *countPtr = 0;
-        return TCL_OK;
-    }
-
-    if (optsPtr->initialTypeObj)
-	initial = Tcl_GetString(optsPtr->initialTypeObj);
-
-    TkInitFileFilters(&flist);
-    if (TkGetFileFilters(interp, &flist, optsPtr->filterObj, 1) != TCL_OK)
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-
-    if (flist.filters == NULL) {
-        *dlgFilterPtrPtr = NULL;
-        *countPtr = 0;
-        return TCL_OK;
-    }
-
-    Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
-    Tcl_DStringInit(&patterns);
-    dlgFilterPtr = ckalloc(flist.numFilters * sizeof(*dlgFilterPtr));
-
-    for (i = 0, filterPtr = flist.filters;
-         filterPtr;
-         filterPtr = filterPtr->next, ++i) {
-        const char *sep;
-        FileFilterClause *clausePtr;
-        int nbytes;
-
-        /* Check if this entry should be shown as the default */
-        if (initial && strcmp(initial, filterPtr->name) == 0)
-            initialIndex = i+1; /* Windows filter indices are 1-based */
-
-        /* First stash away the text description of the pattern */
-	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(filterPtr->name, -1, &ds);
-        nbytes = Tcl_DStringLength(&ds); /* # bytes, not Unicode chars */
-        nbytes += sizeof(WCHAR);         /* Terminating \0 */
-        dlgFilterPtr[i].pszName = ckalloc(nbytes);
-        memmove((void *) dlgFilterPtr[i].pszName, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), nbytes);
-        Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
-
-        /*
-         * Loop through and join patterns with a ";" Each "clause"
-         * corresponds to a single textual description (called typename)
-         * in the tk_getOpenFile docs. Each such typename may occur
-         * multiple times and all these form a single filter entry
-         * with one clause per occurence. Further each clause may specify
-         * multiple patterns. Hence the nested loop here.
-         */
-        sep = "";
-        for (clausePtr=filterPtr->clauses ; clausePtr;
-             clausePtr=clausePtr->next) {
-            GlobPattern *globPtr;
-            for (globPtr = clausePtr->patterns; globPtr;
-                 globPtr = globPtr->next) {
-                Tcl_DStringAppend(&patterns, sep, -1);
-                Tcl_DStringAppend(&patterns, globPtr->pattern, -1);
-                sep = ";";
-            }
-        }
-
-        /* Again we need a Unicode form of the string */
-	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_DStringValue(&patterns), -1, &ds);
-        nbytes = Tcl_DStringLength(&ds); /* # bytes, not Unicode chars */
-        nbytes += sizeof(WCHAR);         /* Terminating \0 */
-        dlgFilterPtr[i].pszSpec = ckalloc(nbytes);
-        memmove((void *)dlgFilterPtr[i].pszSpec, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), nbytes);
-        Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
-        Tcl_DStringFree(&patterns);
-    }
-
-    if (initialIndex == 0)
-        initialIndex = 1;       /* If no default, show first entry */
-    *initialIndexPtr = initialIndex;
-    *dlgFilterPtrPtr = dlgFilterPtr;
-    *countPtr = flist.numFilters;
-
-    TkFreeFileFilters(&flist);
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd --
- *
- *	This function implements the "tk_chooseDirectory" dialog box for the
- *	Windows platform. See the user documentation for details on what it
- *	does. Uses the newer SHBrowseForFolder explorer type interface.
- *
- * Results:
- *	See user documentation.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	A modal dialog window is created. Tcl_SetServiceMode() is called to
- *	allow background events to be processed
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * The function tk_chooseDirectory pops up a dialog box for the user to select
- * a directory. The following option-value pairs are possible as command line
- * arguments:
- *
- * -initialdir dirname
- *
- * Specifies that the directories in directory should be displayed when the
- * dialog pops up. If this parameter is not specified, then the directories in
- * the current working directory are displayed. If the parameter specifies a
- * relative path, the return value will convert the relative path to an
- * absolute path. This option may not always work on the Macintosh. This is
- * not a bug. Rather, the General Controls control panel on the Mac allows the
- * end user to override the application default directory.
- *
- * -parent window
- *
- * Makes window the logical parent of the dialog. The dialog is displayed on
- * top of its parent window.
- *
- * -title titleString
- *
- * Specifies a string to display as the title of the dialog box. If this
- * option is not specified, then a default title will be displayed.
- *
- * -mustexist boolean
- *
- * Specifies whether the user may specify non-existant directories. If this
- * parameter is true, then the user may only select directories that already
- * exist. The default value is false.
- *
- * New Behaviour:
- *
- * - If mustexist = 0 and a user entered folder does not exist, a prompt will
- *   pop-up asking if the user wants another chance to change it. The old
- *   dialog just returned the bogus entry. On mustexist = 1, the entries MUST
- *   exist before exiting the box with OK.
- *
- *   Bugs:
- *
- * - If valid abs directory name is entered into the entry box and Enter
- *   pressed, the box will close returning the name. This is inconsistent when
- *   entering relative names or names with forward slashes, which are
- *   invalidated then corrected in the callback. After correction, the box is
- *   held open to allow further modification by the user.
- *
- * - Not sure how to implement localization of message prompts.
- *
- * - -title is really -message.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd(
-    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    TCHAR path[MAX_PATH];
-    int oldMode, result;
-    LPCITEMIDLIST pidl;		/* Returned by browser */
-    BROWSEINFO bInfo;		/* Used by browser */
-    ChooseDir cdCBData;	    /* Structure to pass back and forth */
-    LPMALLOC pMalloc;		/* Used by shell */
-    HWND hWnd;
-    TCHAR saveDir[MAX_PATH];
-    Tcl_DString titleString;	/* Title */
-    Tcl_DString tempString;	/* temporary */
-    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
-    OFNOpts ofnOpts;
-    const char *utfDir;
-
-    result = ParseOFNOptions(clientData, interp, objc, objv,
-                 OFN_DIR_CHOOSE, &ofnOpts);
-    if (result != TCL_OK)
-        return result;
-
-    /* Use new dialogs if available */
-    if (VistaFileDialogsAvailable() && ! ofnOpts.forceXPStyle) {
-        result = GetFileNameVista(interp, &ofnOpts, OFN_DIR_CHOOSE);
-        CleanupOFNOptions(&ofnOpts);
-        return result;
-    }
-
-    /* Older dialogs */
-
-    path[0] = '\0';
-    ZeroMemory(&cdCBData, sizeof(ChooseDir));
-    cdCBData.interp = interp;
-    cdCBData.mustExist = ofnOpts.mustExist;
-
-    utfDir = Tcl_DStringValue(&ofnOpts.utfDirString);
-    if (utfDir[0] != '\0') {
-	const TCHAR *uniStr;
-
-        Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_DStringValue(&ofnOpts.utfDirString), -1,
-                          &tempString);
-        uniStr = (TCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&tempString);
-
-        /* Convert possible relative path to full path to keep dialog happy. */
-
-        GetFullPathName(uniStr, MAX_PATH, saveDir, NULL);
-        _tcsncpy(cdCBData.initDir, saveDir, MAX_PATH);
-    }
-
-    /* XXX - rest of this (original) code has no error checks at all. */
-
-    /*
-     * Get ready to call the browser
-     */
-
-    Tk_MakeWindowExist(ofnOpts.tkwin);
-    hWnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(ofnOpts.tkwin));
-
-    /*
-     * Setup the parameters used by SHBrowseForFolder
-     */
-
-    bInfo.hwndOwner = hWnd;
-    bInfo.pszDisplayName = path;
-    bInfo.pidlRoot = NULL;
-    if (_tcslen(cdCBData.initDir) == 0) {
-	GetCurrentDirectory(MAX_PATH, cdCBData.initDir);
-    }
-    bInfo.lParam = (LPARAM) &cdCBData;
-
-    if (ofnOpts.titleObj != NULL) {
-	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_GetString(ofnOpts.titleObj), -1, &titleString);
-	bInfo.lpszTitle = (LPTSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString);
-    } else {
-	bInfo.lpszTitle = TEXT("Please choose a directory, then select OK.");
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Set flags to add edit box, status text line and use the new ui. Allow
-     * override with magic variable (ignore errors in retrieval). See
-     * http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb773205(VS.85).aspx for
-     * possible flag values.
-     */
-
-    bInfo.ulFlags = BIF_EDITBOX | BIF_STATUSTEXT | BIF_RETURNFSANCESTORS
-	| BIF_VALIDATE | BIF_NEWDIALOGSTYLE;
-    objPtr = Tcl_GetVar2Ex(interp, "::tk::winChooseDirFlags", NULL,
-	    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-    if (objPtr != NULL) {
-	int flags;
-	Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &flags);
-	bInfo.ulFlags = flags;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Callback to handle events
-     */
-
-    bInfo.lpfn = (BFFCALLBACK) ChooseDirectoryValidateProc;
-
-    /*
-     * Display dialog in background and process result. We look to give the
-     * user a chance to change their mind on an invalid folder if mustexist is
-     * 0.
-     */
-
-    oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
-    GetCurrentDirectory(MAX_PATH, saveDir);
-    if (SHGetMalloc(&pMalloc) == NOERROR) {
-        /*
-         * XXX - MSDN says CoInitialize must have been called before
-         * SHBrowseForFolder can be used but don't see that called anywhere.
-         */
-	pidl = SHBrowseForFolder(&bInfo);
-
-	/*
-	 * This is a fix for Windows 2000, which seems to modify the folder
-	 * name buffer even when the dialog is canceled (in this case the
-	 * buffer contains garbage). See [Bug #3002230]
-	 */
-
-	path[0] = '\0';
-
-	/*
-	 * Null for cancel button or invalid dir, otherwise valid.
-	 */
-
-	if (pidl != NULL) {
-	    if (!SHGetPathFromIDList(pidl, path)) {
-		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-			"error: not a file system folder", -1));
-		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "DIRDIALOG", "PSEUDO", NULL);
-	    }
-	    pMalloc->lpVtbl->Free(pMalloc, (void *) pidl);
-	} else if (_tcslen(cdCBData.retDir) > 0) {
-	    _tcscpy(path, cdCBData.retDir);
-	}
-	pMalloc->lpVtbl->Release(pMalloc);
-    }
-    SetCurrentDirectory(saveDir);
-    Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldMode);
-
-    /*
-     * Ensure that hWnd is enabled, because it can happen that we have updated
-     * the wrapper of the parent, which causes us to leave this child disabled
-     * (Windows loses sync).
-     */
-
-    EnableWindow(hWnd, 1);
-
-    /*
-     * Change the pathname to the Tcl "normalized" pathname, where back
-     * slashes are used instead of forward slashes
-     */
-
-    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-    if (*path) {
-	Tcl_DString ds;
-
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-		ConvertExternalFilename(path, &ds), -1));
-	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
-    }
-
-    CleanupOFNOptions(&ofnOpts);
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * ChooseDirectoryValidateProc --
- *
- *	Hook function called by the explorer ChooseDirectory dialog when
- *	events occur. It is used to validate the text entry the user may have
- *	entered.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns 0 to allow default processing of message, or 1 to tell default
- *	dialog function not to close.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static UINT APIENTRY
-ChooseDirectoryValidateProc(
-    HWND hwnd,
-    UINT message,
-    LPARAM lParam,
-    LPARAM lpData)
-{
-    TCHAR selDir[MAX_PATH];
-    ChooseDir *chooseDirSharedData = (ChooseDir *) lpData;
-    Tcl_DString tempString;
-    Tcl_DString initDirString;
-    TCHAR string[MAX_PATH];
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    if (tsdPtr->debugFlag) {
-	tsdPtr->debugInterp = (Tcl_Interp *) chooseDirSharedData->interp;
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SetTkDialog, hwnd);
-    }
-    chooseDirSharedData->retDir[0] = '\0';
-    switch (message) {
-    case BFFM_VALIDATEFAILED:
-	/*
-	 * First save and check to see if it is a valid path name, if so then
-	 * make that path the one shown in the window. Otherwise, it failed
-	 * the check and should be treated as such. Use
-	 * Set/GetCurrentDirectory which allows relative path names and names
-	 * with forward slashes. Use Tcl_TranslateFileName to make sure names
-	 * like ~ are converted correctly.
-	 */
-
-	Tcl_WinTCharToUtf((TCHAR *) lParam, -1, &initDirString);
-	if (Tcl_TranslateFileName(chooseDirSharedData->interp,
-		Tcl_DStringValue(&initDirString), &tempString) == NULL) {
-	    /*
-	     * Should we expose the error (in the interp result) to the user
-	     * at this point?
-	     */
-
-	    chooseDirSharedData->retDir[0] = '\0';
-	    return 1;
-	}
-	Tcl_DStringFree(&initDirString);
-	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_DStringValue(&tempString), -1, &initDirString);
-	Tcl_DStringFree(&tempString);
-	_tcsncpy(string, (TCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&initDirString),
-		MAX_PATH);
-	Tcl_DStringFree(&initDirString);
-
-	if (SetCurrentDirectory(string) == 0) {
-
-	    /*
-	     * Get the full path name to the user entry, at this point it does
-	     * not exist so see if it is supposed to. Otherwise just return
-	     * it.
-	     */
-
-	    GetFullPathName(string, MAX_PATH,
-		    chooseDirSharedData->retDir, NULL);
-	    if (chooseDirSharedData->mustExist) {
-		/*
-		 * User HAS to select a valid directory.
-		 */
-
-		wsprintf(selDir, TEXT("Directory '%s' does not exist,\n")
-		        TEXT("please select or enter an existing directory."),
-			chooseDirSharedData->retDir);
-		MessageBox(NULL, selDir, NULL, MB_ICONEXCLAMATION|MB_OK);
-		chooseDirSharedData->retDir[0] = '\0';
-		return 1;
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    /*
-	     * Changed to new folder OK, return immediatly with the current
-	     * directory in utfRetDir.
-	     */
-
-	    GetCurrentDirectory(MAX_PATH, chooseDirSharedData->retDir);
-	    return 0;
-	}
-	return 0;
-
-    case BFFM_SELCHANGED:
-	/*
-	 * Set the status window to the currently selected path and enable the
-	 * OK button if a file system folder, otherwise disable the OK button
-	 * for things like server names. Perhaps a new switch
-	 * -enablenonfolders can be used to allow non folders to be selected.
-	 *
-	 * Not called when user changes edit box directly.
-	 */
-
-	if (SHGetPathFromIDList((LPITEMIDLIST) lParam, selDir)) {
-	    SendMessage(hwnd, BFFM_SETSTATUSTEXT, 0, (LPARAM) selDir);
-	    // enable the OK button
-	    SendMessage(hwnd, BFFM_ENABLEOK, 0, (LPARAM) 1);
-	} else {
-	    // disable the OK button
-	    SendMessage(hwnd, BFFM_ENABLEOK, 0, (LPARAM) 0);
-	}
-	UpdateWindow(hwnd);
-	return 1;
-
-    case BFFM_INITIALIZED: {
-	/*
-	 * Directory browser intializing - tell it where to start from, user
-	 * specified parameter.
-	 */
-
-	TCHAR *initDir = chooseDirSharedData->initDir;
-
-	SetCurrentDirectory(initDir);
-
-	if (*initDir == '\\') {
-	    /*
-	     * BFFM_SETSELECTION only understands UNC paths as pidls, so
-	     * convert path to pidl using IShellFolder interface.
-	     */
-
-	    LPMALLOC pMalloc;
-	    LPSHELLFOLDER psfFolder;
-
-	    if (SUCCEEDED(SHGetMalloc(&pMalloc))) {
-		if (SUCCEEDED(SHGetDesktopFolder(&psfFolder))) {
-		    LPITEMIDLIST pidlMain;
-		    ULONG ulCount, ulAttr;
-
-		    if (SUCCEEDED(psfFolder->lpVtbl->ParseDisplayName(
-			    psfFolder, hwnd, NULL, (TCHAR *)
-			    initDir, &ulCount,&pidlMain,&ulAttr))
-			    && (pidlMain != NULL)) {
-			SendMessage(hwnd, BFFM_SETSELECTION, FALSE,
-				(LPARAM) pidlMain);
-			pMalloc->lpVtbl->Free(pMalloc, pidlMain);
-		    }
-		    psfFolder->lpVtbl->Release(psfFolder);
-		}
-		pMalloc->lpVtbl->Release(pMalloc);
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    SendMessage(hwnd, BFFM_SETSELECTION, TRUE, (LPARAM) initDir);
-	}
-	SendMessage(hwnd, BFFM_ENABLEOK, 0, (LPARAM) 1);
-	break;
-    }
-
-    }
-    return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tk_MessageBoxObjCmd --
- *
- *	This function implements the MessageBox window for the Windows
- *	platform. See the user documentation for details on what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	See user documentation.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None. The MessageBox window will be destroy before this function
- *	returns.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-Tk_MessageBoxObjCmd(
-    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData, parent;
-    HWND hWnd;
-    Tcl_Obj *messageObj, *titleObj, *detailObj, *tmpObj;
-    int defaultBtn, icon, type;
-    int i, oldMode, winCode;
-    UINT flags;
-    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
-	"-default",	"-detail",	"-icon",	"-message",
-	"-parent",	"-title",	"-type",	NULL
-    };
-    enum options {
-	MSG_DEFAULT,	MSG_DETAIL,	MSG_ICON,	MSG_MESSAGE,
-	MSG_PARENT,	MSG_TITLE,	MSG_TYPE
-    };
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-    Tcl_DString titleBuf, tmpBuf;
-    const WCHAR *titlePtr, *tmpPtr;
-    const char *src;
-
-    defaultBtn = -1;
-    detailObj = NULL;
-    icon = MB_ICONINFORMATION;
-    messageObj = NULL;
-    parent = tkwin;
-    titleObj = NULL;
-    type = MB_OK;
-
-    for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) {
-	int index;
-	Tcl_Obj *optionPtr, *valuePtr;
-
-	optionPtr = objv[i];
-	valuePtr = objv[i + 1];
-
-	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, optionPtr, optionStrings,
-		sizeof(char *), "option", TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-	if (i + 1 == objc) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		    "value for \"%s\" missing", Tcl_GetString(optionPtr)));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MSGBOX", "VALUE", NULL);
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	switch ((enum options) index) {
-	case MSG_DEFAULT:
-	    defaultBtn = TkFindStateNumObj(interp, optionPtr, buttonMap,
-		    valuePtr);
-	    if (defaultBtn < 0) {
-		return TCL_ERROR;
-	    }
-	    break;
-
-	case MSG_DETAIL:
-	    detailObj = valuePtr;
-	    break;
-
-	case MSG_ICON:
-	    icon = TkFindStateNumObj(interp, optionPtr, iconMap, valuePtr);
-	    if (icon < 0) {
-		return TCL_ERROR;
-	    }
-	    break;
-
-	case MSG_MESSAGE:
-	    messageObj = valuePtr;
-	    break;
-
-	case MSG_PARENT:
-	    parent = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(valuePtr), tkwin);
-	    if (parent == NULL) {
-		return TCL_ERROR;
-	    }
-	    break;
-
-	case MSG_TITLE:
-	    titleObj = valuePtr;
-	    break;
-
-	case MSG_TYPE:
-	    type = TkFindStateNumObj(interp, optionPtr, typeMap, valuePtr);
-	    if (type < 0) {
-		return TCL_ERROR;
-	    }
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-
-    while (!Tk_IsTopLevel(parent)) {
-	parent = Tk_Parent(parent);
-    }
-    Tk_MakeWindowExist(parent);
-    hWnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(parent));
-
-    flags = 0;
-    if (defaultBtn >= 0) {
-	int defaultBtnIdx = -1;
-
-	for (i = 0; i < (int) NUM_TYPES; i++) {
-	    if (type == allowedTypes[i].type) {
-		int j;
-
-		for (j = 0; j < 3; j++) {
-		    if (allowedTypes[i].btnIds[j] == defaultBtn) {
-			defaultBtnIdx = j;
-			break;
-		    }
-		}
-		if (defaultBtnIdx < 0) {
-		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-			    "invalid default button \"%s\"",
-			    TkFindStateString(buttonMap, defaultBtn)));
-		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MSGBOX", "DEFAULT", NULL);
-		    return TCL_ERROR;
-		}
-		break;
-	    }
-	}
-	flags = buttonFlagMap[defaultBtnIdx];
-    }
-
-    flags |= icon | type | MB_TASKMODAL | MB_SETFOREGROUND;
-
-    tmpObj = messageObj ? Tcl_DuplicateObj(messageObj)
-	    : Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(NULL, 0);
-    Tcl_IncrRefCount(tmpObj);
-    if (detailObj) {
-	const Tcl_UniChar twoNL[] = { '\n', '\n' };
-
-	Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj(tmpObj, twoNL, 2);
-	Tcl_AppendObjToObj(tmpObj, detailObj);
-    }
-
-    oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
-
-    /*
-     * MessageBoxW exists for all platforms. Use it to allow unicode error
-     * message to be displayed correctly where possible by the OS.
-     *
-     * In order to have the parent window icon reflected in a MessageBox, we
-     * have to create a hook that will trigger when the MessageBox is being
-     * created.
-     */
-
-    tsdPtr->hSmallIcon = TkWinGetIcon(parent, ICON_SMALL);
-    tsdPtr->hBigIcon   = TkWinGetIcon(parent, ICON_BIG);
-    tsdPtr->hMsgBoxHook = SetWindowsHookEx(WH_CBT, MsgBoxCBTProc, NULL,
-	    GetCurrentThreadId());
-    src = Tcl_GetString(tmpObj);
-    tmpPtr = Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(src, tmpObj->length, &tmpBuf);
-    if (titleObj != NULL) {
-	src = Tcl_GetString(titleObj);
-	titlePtr = Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(src, titleObj->length, &titleBuf);
-    } else {
-	titlePtr = L"";
-	Tcl_DStringInit(&titleBuf);
-    }
-    winCode = MessageBox(hWnd, tmpPtr, titlePtr, flags);
-    Tcl_DStringFree(&titleBuf);
-    Tcl_DStringFree(&tmpBuf);
-    UnhookWindowsHookEx(tsdPtr->hMsgBoxHook);
-    (void) Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldMode);
-
-    /*
-     * Ensure that hWnd is enabled, because it can happen that we have updated
-     * the wrapper of the parent, which causes us to leave this child disabled
-     * (Windows loses sync).
-     */
-
-    EnableWindow(hWnd, 1);
-
-    Tcl_DecrRefCount(tmpObj);
-    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-	    TkFindStateString(buttonMap, winCode), -1));
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static LRESULT CALLBACK
-MsgBoxCBTProc(
-    int nCode,
-    WPARAM wParam,
-    LPARAM lParam)
-{
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    if (nCode == HCBT_CREATEWND) {
-	/*
-	 * Window owned by our task is being created. Since the hook is
-	 * installed just before the MessageBox call and removed after the
-	 * MessageBox call, the window being created is either the message box
-	 * or one of its controls. Check that the class is WC_DIALOG to ensure
-	 * that it's the one we want.
-	 */
-
-	LPCBT_CREATEWND lpcbtcreate = (LPCBT_CREATEWND) lParam;
-
-	if (WC_DIALOG == lpcbtcreate->lpcs->lpszClass) {
-	    HWND hwnd = (HWND) wParam;
-
-	    SendMessage(hwnd, WM_SETICON, ICON_SMALL,
-		    (LPARAM) tsdPtr->hSmallIcon);
-	    SendMessage(hwnd, WM_SETICON, ICON_BIG, (LPARAM) tsdPtr->hBigIcon);
-	}
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Call the next hook proc, if there is one
-     */
-
-    return CallNextHookEx(tsdPtr->hMsgBoxHook, nCode, wParam, lParam);
-}
-
-/*
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * SetTkDialog --
- *
- *	Records the HWND for a native dialog in the 'tk_dialog' variable so
- *	that the test-suite can operate on the correct dialog window. Use of
- *	this is enabled when a test program calls TkWinDialogDebug by calling
- *	the test command 'tkwinevent debug 1'.
- *
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-SetTkDialog(
-    ClientData clientData)
-{
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-    char buf[32];
-
-    sprintf(buf, "0x%p", (HWND) clientData);
-    Tcl_SetVar2(tsdPtr->debugInterp, "tk_dialog", NULL, buf, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-}
-
-/*
- * Factored out a common pattern in use in this file.
- */
-
-static const char *
-ConvertExternalFilename(
-    TCHAR *filename,
-    Tcl_DString *dsPtr)
-{
-    char *p;
-
-    Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(filename, -1, dsPtr);
-    for (p = Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr); *p != '\0'; p++) {
-	/*
-	 * Change the pathname to the Tcl "normalized" pathname, where back
-	 * slashes are used instead of forward slashes
-	 */
-
-	if (*p == '\\') {
-	    *p = '/';
-	}
-    }
-    return Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
-}
-
-/*
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * GetFontObj --
- *
- *	Convert a windows LOGFONT into a Tk font description.
- *
- * Result:
- *	A list containing a Tk font description.
- *
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static Tcl_Obj *
-GetFontObj(
-    HDC hdc,
-    LOGFONT *plf)
-{
-    Tcl_DString ds;
-    Tcl_Obj *resObj;
-    int pt = 0;
-
-    resObj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
-    Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(plf->lfFaceName, -1, &ds);
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resObj,
-	    Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), -1));
-    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
-    pt = -MulDiv(plf->lfHeight, 72, GetDeviceCaps(hdc, LOGPIXELSY));
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resObj, Tcl_NewIntObj(pt));
-    if (plf->lfWeight >= 700) {
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("bold", -1));
-    }
-    if (plf->lfItalic) {
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resObj,
-		Tcl_NewStringObj("italic", -1));
-    }
-    if (plf->lfUnderline) {
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resObj,
-		Tcl_NewStringObj("underline", -1));
-    }
-    if (plf->lfStrikeOut) {
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resObj,
-		Tcl_NewStringObj("overstrike", -1));
-    }
-    return resObj;
-}
-
-static void
-ApplyLogfont(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,
-    Tcl_Obj *cmdObj,
-    HDC hdc,
-    LOGFONT *logfontPtr)
-{
-    int objc;
-    Tcl_Obj **objv, **tmpv;
-
-    Tcl_ListObjGetElements(NULL, cmdObj, &objc, &objv);
-    tmpv = ckalloc(sizeof(Tcl_Obj *) * (objc + 2));
-    memcpy(tmpv, objv, sizeof(Tcl_Obj *) * objc);
-    tmpv[objc] = GetFontObj(hdc, logfontPtr);
-    TkBackgroundEvalObjv(interp, objc+1, tmpv, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
-    ckfree(tmpv);
-}
-
-/*
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * HookProc --
- *
- *	Font selection hook. If the user selects Apply on the dialog, we call
- *	the applyProc script with the currently selected font as arguments.
- *
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-typedef struct HookData {
-    Tcl_Interp *interp;
-    Tcl_Obj *titleObj;
-    Tcl_Obj *cmdObj;
-    Tcl_Obj *parentObj;
-    Tcl_Obj *fontObj;
-    HWND hwnd;
-    Tk_Window parent;
-} HookData;
-
-static UINT_PTR CALLBACK
-HookProc(
-    HWND hwndDlg,
-    UINT msg,
-    WPARAM wParam,
-    LPARAM lParam)
-{
-    CHOOSEFONT *pcf = (CHOOSEFONT *) lParam;
-    HWND hwndCtrl;
-    static HookData *phd = NULL;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    if (WM_INITDIALOG == msg && lParam != 0) {
-	phd = (HookData *) pcf->lCustData;
-	phd->hwnd = hwndDlg;
-	if (tsdPtr->debugFlag) {
-	    tsdPtr->debugInterp = phd->interp;
-	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SetTkDialog, hwndDlg);
-	}
-	if (phd->titleObj != NULL) {
-	    Tcl_DString title;
-
-	    Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_GetString(phd->titleObj), -1, &title);
-	    if (Tcl_DStringLength(&title) > 0) {
-		SetWindowText(hwndDlg, (LPCTSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&title));
-	    }
-	    Tcl_DStringFree(&title);
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Disable the colour combobox (0x473) and its label (0x443).
-	 */
-
-	hwndCtrl = GetDlgItem(hwndDlg, 0x443);
-	if (IsWindow(hwndCtrl)) {
-	    EnableWindow(hwndCtrl, FALSE);
-	}
-	hwndCtrl = GetDlgItem(hwndDlg, 0x473);
-	if (IsWindow(hwndCtrl)) {
-	    EnableWindow(hwndCtrl, FALSE);
-	}
-	TkSendVirtualEvent(phd->parent, "TkFontchooserVisibility", NULL);
-	return 1; /* we handled the message */
-    }
-
-    if (WM_DESTROY == msg) {
-	phd->hwnd = NULL;
-	TkSendVirtualEvent(phd->parent, "TkFontchooserVisibility", NULL);
-	return 0;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Handle apply button by calling the provided command script as a
-     * background evaluation (ie: errors dont come back here).
-     */
-
-    if (WM_COMMAND == msg && LOWORD(wParam) == 1026) {
-	LOGFONT lf = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, {0, 0}};
-	HDC hdc = GetDC(hwndDlg);
-
-	SendMessage(hwndDlg, WM_CHOOSEFONT_GETLOGFONT, 0, (LPARAM) &lf);
-	if (phd && phd->cmdObj) {
-	    ApplyLogfont(phd->interp, phd->cmdObj, hdc, &lf);
-	}
-	if (phd && phd->parent) {
-	    TkSendVirtualEvent(phd->parent, "TkFontchooserFontChanged", NULL);
-	}
-	return 1;
-    }
-    return 0; /* pass on for default processing */
-}
-
-/*
- * Helper for the FontchooserConfigure command to return the current value of
- * any of the options (which may be NULL in the structure)
- */
-
-enum FontchooserOption {
-    FontchooserParent, FontchooserTitle, FontchooserFont, FontchooserCmd,
-    FontchooserVisible
-};
-
-static Tcl_Obj *
-FontchooserCget(
-    HookData *hdPtr,
-    int optionIndex)
-{
-    Tcl_Obj *resObj = NULL;
-
-    switch(optionIndex) {
-    case FontchooserParent:
-	if (hdPtr->parentObj) {
-	    resObj = hdPtr->parentObj;
-	} else {
-	    resObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(".", 1);
-	}
-	break;
-    case FontchooserTitle:
-	if (hdPtr->titleObj) {
-	    resObj = hdPtr->titleObj;
-	} else {
-	    resObj =  Tcl_NewStringObj("", 0);
-	}
-	break;
-    case FontchooserFont:
-	if (hdPtr->fontObj) {
-	    resObj = hdPtr->fontObj;
-	} else {
-	    resObj = Tcl_NewStringObj("", 0);
-	}
-	break;
-    case FontchooserCmd:
-	if (hdPtr->cmdObj) {
-	    resObj = hdPtr->cmdObj;
-	} else {
-	    resObj = Tcl_NewStringObj("", 0);
-	}
-	break;
-    case FontchooserVisible:
-	resObj = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(hdPtr->hwnd && IsWindow(hdPtr->hwnd));
-	break;
-    default:
-	resObj = Tcl_NewStringObj("", 0);
-    }
-    return resObj;
-}
-
-/*
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * FontchooserConfigureCmd --
- *
- *	Implementation of the 'tk fontchooser configure' ensemble command. See
- *	the user documentation for what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	See the user documentation.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Per-interp data structure may be modified
- *
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-FontchooserConfigureCmd(
-    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,
-    int objc,
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
-{
-    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
-    HookData *hdPtr = NULL;
-    int i, r = TCL_OK;
-    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
-	"-parent", "-title", "-font", "-command", "-visible", NULL
-    };
-
-    hdPtr = Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "::tk::fontchooser", NULL);
-
-    /*
-     * With no arguments we return all the options in a dict.
-     */
-
-    if (objc == 1) {
-	Tcl_Obj *keyObj, *valueObj;
-	Tcl_Obj *dictObj = Tcl_NewDictObj();
-
-	for (i = 0; r == TCL_OK && optionStrings[i] != NULL; ++i) {
-	    keyObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(optionStrings[i], -1);
-	    valueObj = FontchooserCget(hdPtr, i);
-	    r = Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, keyObj, valueObj);
-	}
-	if (r == TCL_OK) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, dictObj);
-	}
-	return r;
-    }
-
-    for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) {
-	int optionIndex;
-
-	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], optionStrings,
-		sizeof(char *),  "option", 0, &optionIndex) != TCL_OK) {
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-	if (objc == 2) {
-	    /*
-	     * If one option and no arg - return the current value.
-	     */
-
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, FontchooserCget(hdPtr, optionIndex));
-	    return TCL_OK;
-	}
-	if (i + 1 == objc) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		    "value for \"%s\" missing", Tcl_GetString(objv[i])));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "FONTDIALOG", "VALUE", NULL);
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-	switch (optionIndex) {
-	case FontchooserVisible: {
-	    static const char *msg = "cannot change read-only option "
-		    "\"-visible\": use the show or hide command";
-
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(msg, -1));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "FONTDIALOG", "READONLY", NULL);
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-	case FontchooserParent: {
-	    Tk_Window parent = Tk_NameToWindow(interp,
-		    Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]), tkwin);
-
-	    if (parent == None) {
-		return TCL_ERROR;
-	    }
-	    if (hdPtr->parentObj) {
-		Tcl_DecrRefCount(hdPtr->parentObj);
-	    }
-	    hdPtr->parentObj = objv[i+1];
-	    if (Tcl_IsShared(hdPtr->parentObj)) {
-		hdPtr->parentObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(hdPtr->parentObj);
-	    }
-	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(hdPtr->parentObj);
-	    break;
-	}
-	case FontchooserTitle:
-	    if (hdPtr->titleObj) {
-		Tcl_DecrRefCount(hdPtr->titleObj);
-	    }
-	    hdPtr->titleObj = objv[i+1];
-	    if (Tcl_IsShared(hdPtr->titleObj)) {
-		hdPtr->titleObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(hdPtr->titleObj);
-	    }
-	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(hdPtr->titleObj);
-	    break;
-	case FontchooserFont:
-	    if (hdPtr->fontObj) {
-		Tcl_DecrRefCount(hdPtr->fontObj);
-	    }
-	    Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
-	    if (objv[i+1]->length) {
-		hdPtr->fontObj = objv[i+1];
-		if (Tcl_IsShared(hdPtr->fontObj)) {
-		    hdPtr->fontObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(hdPtr->fontObj);
-		}
-		Tcl_IncrRefCount(hdPtr->fontObj);
-	    } else {
-		hdPtr->fontObj = NULL;
-	    }
-	    break;
-	case FontchooserCmd:
-	    if (hdPtr->cmdObj) {
-		Tcl_DecrRefCount(hdPtr->cmdObj);
-	    }
-	    Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
-	    if (objv[i+1]->length) {
-		hdPtr->cmdObj = objv[i+1];
-		if (Tcl_IsShared(hdPtr->cmdObj)) {
-		    hdPtr->cmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(hdPtr->cmdObj);
-		}
-		Tcl_IncrRefCount(hdPtr->cmdObj);
-	    } else {
-		hdPtr->cmdObj = NULL;
-	    }
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * FontchooserShowCmd --
- *
- *	Implements the 'tk fontchooser show' ensemble command. The per-interp
- *	configuration data for the dialog is held in an interp associated
- *	structure.
- *
- *	Calls the Win32 FontChooser API which provides a modal dialog. See
- *	HookProc where we make a few changes to the dialog and set some
- *	additional state.
- *
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-FontchooserShowCmd(
-    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,
-    int objc,
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
-{
-    Tcl_DString ds;
-    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData, parent;
-    CHOOSEFONT cf;
-    LOGFONT lf;
-    HDC hdc;
-    HookData *hdPtr;
-    int r = TCL_OK, oldMode = 0;
-
-    hdPtr = Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "::tk::fontchooser", NULL);
-
-    parent = tkwin;
-    if (hdPtr->parentObj) {
-	parent = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(hdPtr->parentObj),
-		tkwin);
-	if (parent == None) {
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-    }
-
-    Tk_MakeWindowExist(parent);
-
-    ZeroMemory(&cf, sizeof(CHOOSEFONT));
-    ZeroMemory(&lf, sizeof(LOGFONT));
-    lf.lfCharSet = DEFAULT_CHARSET;
-    cf.lStructSize = sizeof(CHOOSEFONT);
-    cf.hwndOwner = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(parent));
-    cf.lpLogFont = &lf;
-    cf.nFontType = SCREEN_FONTTYPE;
-    cf.Flags = CF_SCREENFONTS | CF_EFFECTS | CF_ENABLEHOOK;
-    cf.rgbColors = RGB(0,0,0);
-    cf.lpfnHook = HookProc;
-    cf.lCustData = (INT_PTR) hdPtr;
-    hdPtr->interp = interp;
-    hdPtr->parent = parent;
-    hdc = GetDC(cf.hwndOwner);
-
-    if (hdPtr->fontObj != NULL) {
-	TkFont *fontPtr;
-	Tk_Font f = Tk_AllocFontFromObj(interp, tkwin, hdPtr->fontObj);
-
-	if (f == NULL) {
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-	fontPtr = (TkFont *) f;
-	cf.Flags |= CF_INITTOLOGFONTSTRUCT;
-	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(fontPtr->fa.family, -1, &ds);
-	_tcsncpy(lf.lfFaceName, (TCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
-		LF_FACESIZE-1);
-	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
-	lf.lfFaceName[LF_FACESIZE-1] = 0;
-	lf.lfHeight = -MulDiv((int)(TkFontGetPoints(tkwin, fontPtr->fa.size) + 0.5),
-	    GetDeviceCaps(hdc, LOGPIXELSY), 72);
-	if (fontPtr->fa.weight == TK_FW_BOLD) {
-	    lf.lfWeight = FW_BOLD;
-	}
-	if (fontPtr->fa.slant != TK_FS_ROMAN) {
-	    lf.lfItalic = TRUE;
-	}
-	if (fontPtr->fa.underline) {
-	    lf.lfUnderline = TRUE;
-	}
-	if (fontPtr->fa.overstrike) {
-	    lf.lfStrikeOut = TRUE;
-	}
-	Tk_FreeFont(f);
-    }
-
-    if (TCL_OK == r && hdPtr->cmdObj != NULL) {
-	int len = 0;
-
-	r = Tcl_ListObjLength(interp, hdPtr->cmdObj, &len);
-	if (len > 0) {
-	    cf.Flags |= CF_APPLY;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (TCL_OK == r) {
-	oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
-	if (ChooseFont(&cf)) {
-	    if (hdPtr->cmdObj) {
-		ApplyLogfont(hdPtr->interp, hdPtr->cmdObj, hdc, &lf);
-	    }
-	    if (hdPtr->parent) {
-		TkSendVirtualEvent(hdPtr->parent, "TkFontchooserFontChanged", NULL);
-	    }
-	}
-	Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldMode);
-	EnableWindow(cf.hwndOwner, 1);
-    }
-
-    ReleaseDC(cf.hwndOwner, hdc);
-    return r;
-}
-
-/*
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * FontchooserHideCmd --
- *
- *	Implementation of the 'tk fontchooser hide' ensemble. See the user
- *	documentation for details.
- *	As the Win32 FontChooser function is always modal all we do here is
- *	destroy the dialog
- *
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-FontchooserHideCmd(
-    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,
-    int objc,
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
-{
-    HookData *hdPtr = Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "::tk::fontchooser", NULL);
-
-    if (hdPtr->hwnd && IsWindow(hdPtr->hwnd)) {
-	EndDialog(hdPtr->hwnd, 0);
-    }
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * DeleteHookData --
- *
- *	Clean up the font chooser configuration data when the interp is
- *	destroyed.
- *
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-DeleteHookData(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp)
-{
-    HookData *hdPtr = clientData;
-
-    if (hdPtr->parentObj) {
-	Tcl_DecrRefCount(hdPtr->parentObj);
-    }
-    if (hdPtr->fontObj) {
-	Tcl_DecrRefCount(hdPtr->fontObj);
-    }
-    if (hdPtr->titleObj) {
-	Tcl_DecrRefCount(hdPtr->titleObj);
-    }
-    if (hdPtr->cmdObj) {
-	Tcl_DecrRefCount(hdPtr->cmdObj);
-    }
-    ckfree(hdPtr);
-}
-
-/*
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkInitFontchooser --
- *
- *	Associate the font chooser configuration data with the Tcl
- *	interpreter. There is one font chooser per interp.
- *
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-MODULE_SCOPE const TkEnsemble tkFontchooserEnsemble[];
-const TkEnsemble tkFontchooserEnsemble[] = {
-    { "configure", FontchooserConfigureCmd, NULL },
-    { "show", FontchooserShowCmd, NULL },
-    { "hide", FontchooserHideCmd, NULL },
-    { NULL, NULL, NULL }
-};
-
-int
-TkInitFontchooser(Tcl_Interp *interp, ClientData clientData)
-{
-    HookData *hdPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(HookData));
-
-    memset(hdPtr, 0, sizeof(HookData));
-    Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, "::tk::fontchooser", DeleteHookData, hdPtr);
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: c
- * c-basic-offset: 4
- * fill-column: 78
- * End:
- */
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/tkWinDraw.c b/tk8.6/win/tkWinDraw.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e13a5e5..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/tkWinDraw.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1523 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * tkWinDraw.c --
- *
- *	This file contains the Xlib emulation functions pertaining to actually
- *	drawing objects on a window.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- * Copyright (c) 1994 Software Research Associates, Inc.
- *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
- * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
- */
-
-#include "tkWinInt.h"
-
-/*
- * These macros convert between X's bizarre angle units to radians.
- */
-
-#define XAngleToRadians(a) ((double)(a) / 64 * PI / 180);
-
-/*
- * Translation table between X gc functions and Win32 raster op modes.
- */
-
-const int tkpWinRopModes[] = {
-    R2_BLACK,			/* GXclear */
-    R2_MASKPEN,			/* GXand */
-    R2_MASKPENNOT,		/* GXandReverse */
-    R2_COPYPEN,			/* GXcopy */
-    R2_MASKNOTPEN,		/* GXandInverted */
-    R2_NOT,			/* GXnoop */
-    R2_XORPEN,			/* GXxor */
-    R2_MERGEPEN,		/* GXor */
-    R2_NOTMERGEPEN,		/* GXnor */
-    R2_NOTXORPEN,		/* GXequiv */
-    R2_NOT,			/* GXinvert */
-    R2_MERGEPENNOT,		/* GXorReverse */
-    R2_NOTCOPYPEN,		/* GXcopyInverted */
-    R2_MERGENOTPEN,		/* GXorInverted */
-    R2_NOTMASKPEN,		/* GXnand */
-    R2_WHITE			/* GXset */
-};
-
-/*
- * Translation table between X gc functions and Win32 BitBlt op modes. Some of
- * the operations defined in X don't have names, so we have to construct new
- * opcodes for those functions. This is arcane and probably not all that
- * useful, but at least it's accurate.
- */
-
-#define NOTSRCAND	(DWORD)0x00220326 /* dest = (NOT source) AND dest */
-#define NOTSRCINVERT	(DWORD)0x00990066 /* dest = (NOT source) XOR dest */
-#define SRCORREVERSE	(DWORD)0x00DD0228 /* dest = source OR (NOT dest) */
-#define SRCNAND		(DWORD)0x007700E6 /* dest = NOT (source AND dest) */
-
-const int tkpWinBltModes[] = {
-    BLACKNESS,			/* GXclear */
-    SRCAND,			/* GXand */
-    SRCERASE,			/* GXandReverse */
-    SRCCOPY,			/* GXcopy */
-    NOTSRCAND,			/* GXandInverted */
-    PATCOPY,			/* GXnoop */
-    SRCINVERT,			/* GXxor */
-    SRCPAINT,			/* GXor */
-    NOTSRCERASE,		/* GXnor */
-    NOTSRCINVERT,		/* GXequiv */
-    DSTINVERT,			/* GXinvert */
-    SRCORREVERSE,		/* GXorReverse */
-    NOTSRCCOPY,			/* GXcopyInverted */
-    MERGEPAINT,			/* GXorInverted */
-    SRCNAND,			/* GXnand */
-    WHITENESS			/* GXset */
-};
-
-/*
- * The following raster op uses the source bitmap as a mask for the pattern.
- * This is used to draw in a foreground color but leave the background color
- * transparent.
- */
-
-#define MASKPAT		0x00E20746 /* dest = (src & pat) | (!src & dst) */
-
-/*
- * The following two raster ops are used to copy the foreground and background
- * bits of a source pattern as defined by a stipple used as the pattern.
- */
-
-#define COPYFG		0x00CA0749 /* dest = (pat & src) | (!pat & dst) */
-#define COPYBG		0x00AC0744 /* dest = (!pat & src) | (pat & dst) */
-
-/*
- * Macros used later in the file.
- */
-#ifndef MIN
-#   define MIN(a,b)	((a>b) ? b : a)
-#   define MAX(a,b)	((a<b) ? b : a)
-#endif
-
-/*
- * The followng typedef is used to pass Windows GDI drawing functions.
- */
-
-typedef BOOL (CALLBACK *WinDrawFunc)(HDC dc, const POINT *points, int npoints);
-
-typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
-    POINT *winPoints;		/* Array of points that is reused. */
-    int nWinPoints;		/* Current size of point array. */
-} ThreadSpecificData;
-static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
-
-/*
- * Forward declarations for functions defined in this file:
- */
-
-static POINT *		ConvertPoints(XPoint *points, int npoints, int mode,
-			    RECT *bbox);
-static int		DrawOrFillArc(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
-			    int x, int y, unsigned int width,
-			    unsigned int height, int start, int extent,
-			    int fill);
-static void		RenderObject(HDC dc, GC gc, XPoint* points,
-			    int npoints, int mode, HPEN pen, WinDrawFunc func);
-static HPEN		SetUpGraphicsPort(GC gc);
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinGetDrawableDC --
- *
- *	Retrieve the DC from a drawable.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns the window DC for windows. Returns a new memory DC for
- *	pixmaps.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Sets up the palette for the device context, and saves the old device
- *	context state in the passed in TkWinDCState structure.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-HDC
-TkWinGetDrawableDC(
-    Display *display,
-    Drawable d,
-    TkWinDCState *state)
-{
-    HDC dc;
-    TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *)d;
-    Colormap cmap;
-
-    if (twdPtr->type == TWD_WINDOW) {
-	TkWindow *winPtr = twdPtr->window.winPtr;
-
- 	dc = GetDC(twdPtr->window.handle);
-	if (winPtr == NULL) {
-	    cmap = DefaultColormap(display, DefaultScreen(display));
-	} else {
-	    cmap = winPtr->atts.colormap;
-	}
-    } else if (twdPtr->type == TWD_WINDC) {
-	dc = twdPtr->winDC.hdc;
-	cmap = DefaultColormap(display, DefaultScreen(display));
-    } else {
-	dc = CreateCompatibleDC(NULL);
-	SelectObject(dc, twdPtr->bitmap.handle);
-	cmap = twdPtr->bitmap.colormap;
-    }
-    state->palette = TkWinSelectPalette(dc, cmap);
-    state->bkmode  = GetBkMode(dc);
-    return dc;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinReleaseDrawableDC --
- *
- *	Frees the resources associated with a drawable's DC.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Restores the old bitmap handle to the memory DC for pixmaps.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(
-    Drawable d,
-    HDC dc,
-    TkWinDCState *state)
-{
-    TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *)d;
-
-    SetBkMode(dc, state->bkmode);
-    SelectPalette(dc, state->palette, TRUE);
-    RealizePalette(dc);
-    if (twdPtr->type == TWD_WINDOW) {
-	ReleaseDC(TkWinGetHWND(d), dc);
-    } else if (twdPtr->type == TWD_BITMAP) {
-	DeleteDC(dc);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * ConvertPoints --
- *
- *	Convert an array of X points to an array of Win32 points.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns the converted array of POINTs.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Allocates a block of memory in thread local storage that should not be
- *	freed.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static POINT *
-ConvertPoints(
-    XPoint *points,
-    int npoints,
-    int mode,			/* CoordModeOrigin or CoordModePrevious. */
-    RECT *bbox)			/* Bounding box of points. */
-{
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-    int i;
-
-    /*
-     * To avoid paying the cost of a malloc on every drawing routine, we reuse
-     * the last array if it is large enough.
-     */
-
-    if (npoints > tsdPtr->nWinPoints) {
-	if (tsdPtr->winPoints != NULL) {
-	    ckfree(tsdPtr->winPoints);
-	}
-	tsdPtr->winPoints = ckalloc(sizeof(POINT) * npoints);
-	if (tsdPtr->winPoints == NULL) {
-	    tsdPtr->nWinPoints = -1;
-	    return NULL;
-	}
-	tsdPtr->nWinPoints = npoints;
-    }
-
-    bbox->left = bbox->right = points[0].x;
-    bbox->top = bbox->bottom = points[0].y;
-
-    if (mode == CoordModeOrigin) {
-	for (i = 0; i < npoints; i++) {
-	    tsdPtr->winPoints[i].x = points[i].x;
-	    tsdPtr->winPoints[i].y = points[i].y;
-	    bbox->left = MIN(bbox->left, tsdPtr->winPoints[i].x);
-	    bbox->right = MAX(bbox->right, tsdPtr->winPoints[i].x);
-	    bbox->top = MIN(bbox->top, tsdPtr->winPoints[i].y);
-	    bbox->bottom = MAX(bbox->bottom, tsdPtr->winPoints[i].y);
-	}
-    } else {
-	tsdPtr->winPoints[0].x = points[0].x;
-	tsdPtr->winPoints[0].y = points[0].y;
-	for (i = 1; i < npoints; i++) {
-	    tsdPtr->winPoints[i].x = tsdPtr->winPoints[i-1].x + points[i].x;
-	    tsdPtr->winPoints[i].y = tsdPtr->winPoints[i-1].y + points[i].y;
-	    bbox->left = MIN(bbox->left, tsdPtr->winPoints[i].x);
-	    bbox->right = MAX(bbox->right, tsdPtr->winPoints[i].x);
-	    bbox->top = MIN(bbox->top, tsdPtr->winPoints[i].y);
-	    bbox->bottom = MAX(bbox->bottom, tsdPtr->winPoints[i].y);
-	}
-    }
-    return tsdPtr->winPoints;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XCopyArea --
- *
- *	Copies data from one drawable to another using block transfer
- *	routines.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Data is moved from a window or bitmap to a second window or bitmap.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-XCopyArea(
-    Display *display,
-    Drawable src,
-    Drawable dest,
-    GC gc,
-    int src_x, int src_y,
-    unsigned int width, unsigned int height,
-    int dest_x, int dest_y)
-{
-    HDC srcDC, destDC;
-    TkWinDCState srcState, destState;
-    TkpClipMask *clipPtr = (TkpClipMask*)gc->clip_mask;
-
-    srcDC = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, src, &srcState);
-
-    if (src != dest) {
-	destDC = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, dest, &destState);
-    } else {
-	destDC = srcDC;
-    }
-
-    if (clipPtr && clipPtr->type == TKP_CLIP_REGION) {
-	SelectClipRgn(destDC, (HRGN) clipPtr->value.region);
-	OffsetClipRgn(destDC, gc->clip_x_origin, gc->clip_y_origin);
-    }
-
-    BitBlt(destDC, dest_x, dest_y, (int) width, (int) height, srcDC,
-	    src_x, src_y, (DWORD) tkpWinBltModes[gc->function]);
-
-    SelectClipRgn(destDC, NULL);
-
-    if (src != dest) {
-	TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(dest, destDC, &destState);
-    }
-    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(src, srcDC, &srcState);
-    return Success;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XCopyPlane --
- *
- *	Copies a bitmap from a source drawable to a destination drawable. The
- *	plane argument specifies which bit plane of the source contains the
- *	bitmap. Note that this implementation ignores the gc->function.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Changes the destination drawable.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-XCopyPlane(
-    Display *display,
-    Drawable src,
-    Drawable dest,
-    GC gc,
-    int src_x, int src_y,
-    unsigned int width, unsigned int height,
-    int dest_x, int dest_y,
-    unsigned long plane)
-{
-    HDC srcDC, destDC;
-    TkWinDCState srcState, destState;
-    HBRUSH bgBrush, fgBrush, oldBrush;
-    TkpClipMask *clipPtr = (TkpClipMask*)gc->clip_mask;
-
-    display->request++;
-
-    if (plane != 1) {
-	Tcl_Panic("Unexpected plane specified for XCopyPlane");
-    }
-
-    srcDC = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, src, &srcState);
-
-    if (src != dest) {
-	destDC = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, dest, &destState);
-    } else {
-	destDC = srcDC;
-    }
-
-    if (clipPtr == NULL || clipPtr->type == TKP_CLIP_REGION) {
-	/*
-	 * Case 1: opaque bitmaps. Windows handles the conversion from one bit
-	 * to multiple bits by setting 0 to the foreground color, and 1 to the
-	 * background color (seems backwards, but there you are).
-	 */
-
-	if (clipPtr && clipPtr->type == TKP_CLIP_REGION) {
-	    SelectClipRgn(destDC, (HRGN) clipPtr->value.region);
-	    OffsetClipRgn(destDC, gc->clip_x_origin, gc->clip_y_origin);
-	}
-
-	SetBkMode(destDC, OPAQUE);
-	SetBkColor(destDC, gc->foreground);
-	SetTextColor(destDC, gc->background);
-	BitBlt(destDC, dest_x, dest_y, (int) width, (int) height, srcDC,
-		src_x, src_y, SRCCOPY);
-
-	SelectClipRgn(destDC, NULL);
-    } else if (clipPtr->type == TKP_CLIP_PIXMAP) {
-	if (clipPtr->value.pixmap == src) {
-
-	    /*
-	     * Case 2: transparent bitmaps are handled by setting the
-	     * destination to the foreground color whenever the source pixel
-	     * is set.
-	     */
-
-	    fgBrush = CreateSolidBrush(gc->foreground);
-	    oldBrush = SelectObject(destDC, fgBrush);
-	    SetBkColor(destDC, RGB(255,255,255));
-	    SetTextColor(destDC, RGB(0,0,0));
-	    BitBlt(destDC, dest_x, dest_y, (int) width, (int) height, srcDC,
-		    src_x, src_y, MASKPAT);
-	    SelectObject(destDC, oldBrush);
-	    DeleteObject(fgBrush);
-	} else {
-
-	    /*
-	     * Case 3: two arbitrary bitmaps. Copy the source rectangle into a
-	     * color pixmap. Use the result as a brush when copying the clip
-	     * mask into the destination.
-	     */
-
-	    HDC memDC, maskDC;
-	    HBITMAP bitmap;
-	    TkWinDCState maskState;
-
-	    fgBrush = CreateSolidBrush(gc->foreground);
-	    bgBrush = CreateSolidBrush(gc->background);
-	    maskDC = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, clipPtr->value.pixmap,
-		    &maskState);
-	    memDC = CreateCompatibleDC(destDC);
-	    bitmap = CreateBitmap((int) width, (int) height, 1, 1, NULL);
-	    SelectObject(memDC, bitmap);
-
-	    /*
-	     * Set foreground bits. We create a new bitmap containing (source
-	     * AND mask), then use it to set the foreground color into the
-	     * destination.
-	     */
-
-	    BitBlt(memDC, 0, 0, (int) width, (int) height, srcDC, src_x, src_y,
-		    SRCCOPY);
-	    BitBlt(memDC, 0, 0, (int) width, (int) height, maskDC,
-		    dest_x - gc->clip_x_origin, dest_y - gc->clip_y_origin,
-		    SRCAND);
-	    oldBrush = SelectObject(destDC, fgBrush);
-	    BitBlt(destDC, dest_x, dest_y, (int) width, (int) height, memDC,
-		    0, 0, MASKPAT);
-
-	    /*
-	     * Set background bits. Same as foreground, except we use ((NOT
-	     * source) AND mask) and the background brush.
-	     */
-
-	    BitBlt(memDC, 0, 0, (int) width, (int) height, srcDC, src_x, src_y,
-		    NOTSRCCOPY);
-	    BitBlt(memDC, 0, 0, (int) width, (int) height, maskDC,
-		    dest_x - gc->clip_x_origin, dest_y - gc->clip_y_origin,
-		    SRCAND);
-	    SelectObject(destDC, bgBrush);
-	    BitBlt(destDC, dest_x, dest_y, (int) width, (int) height, memDC,
-		    0, 0, MASKPAT);
-
-	    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(clipPtr->value.pixmap, maskDC, &maskState);
-	    SelectObject(destDC, oldBrush);
-	    DeleteDC(memDC);
-	    DeleteObject(bitmap);
-	    DeleteObject(fgBrush);
-	    DeleteObject(bgBrush);
-	}
-    }
-    if (src != dest) {
-	TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(dest, destDC, &destState);
-    }
-    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(src, srcDC, &srcState);
-    return Success;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkPutImage, XPutImage --
- *
- *	Copies a subimage from an in-memory image to a rectangle of of the
- *	specified drawable.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Draws the image on the specified drawable.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-TkPutImage(
-    unsigned long *colors,	/* Array of pixel values used by this image.
-				 * May be NULL. */
-    int ncolors,		/* Number of colors used, or 0. */
-    Display *display,
-    Drawable d,			/* Destination drawable. */
-    GC gc,
-    XImage *image,		/* Source image. */
-    int src_x, int src_y,	/* Offset of subimage. */
-    int dest_x, int dest_y,	/* Position of subimage origin in drawable. */
-    unsigned int width, unsigned int height)
-				/* Dimensions of subimage. */
-{
-    HDC dc, dcMem;
-    TkWinDCState state;
-    BITMAPINFO *infoPtr;
-    HBITMAP bitmap;
-    char *data;
-
-    display->request++;
-
-    dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, d, &state);
-    SetROP2(dc, tkpWinRopModes[gc->function]);
-    dcMem = CreateCompatibleDC(dc);
-
-    if (image->bits_per_pixel == 1) {
-	/*
-	 * If the image isn't in the right format, we have to copy it into a
-	 * new buffer in MSBFirst and word-aligned format.
-	 */
-
-	if ((image->bitmap_bit_order != MSBFirst)
-		|| (image->bitmap_pad != sizeof(WORD))) {
-	    data = TkAlignImageData(image, sizeof(WORD), MSBFirst);
-	    bitmap = CreateBitmap(image->width, image->height, 1, 1, data);
-	    ckfree(data);
-	} else {
-	    bitmap = CreateBitmap(image->width, image->height, 1, 1,
-		    image->data);
-	}
-	SetTextColor(dc, gc->foreground);
-	SetBkColor(dc, gc->background);
-    } else {
-	int i, usePalette;
-
-	/*
-	 * Do not use a palette for TrueColor images.
-	 */
-
-	usePalette = (image->bits_per_pixel < 16);
-
-	if (usePalette) {
-	    infoPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER)
-		    + sizeof(RGBQUAD)*ncolors);
-	} else {
-	    infoPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER));
-	}
-
-	infoPtr->bmiHeader.biSize = sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER);
-	infoPtr->bmiHeader.biWidth = image->width;
-	infoPtr->bmiHeader.biHeight = -image->height; /* Top-down order */
-	infoPtr->bmiHeader.biPlanes = 1;
-	infoPtr->bmiHeader.biBitCount = image->bits_per_pixel;
-	infoPtr->bmiHeader.biCompression = BI_RGB;
-	infoPtr->bmiHeader.biSizeImage = 0;
-	infoPtr->bmiHeader.biXPelsPerMeter = 0;
-	infoPtr->bmiHeader.biYPelsPerMeter = 0;
-	infoPtr->bmiHeader.biClrImportant = 0;
-
-	if (usePalette) {
-	    infoPtr->bmiHeader.biClrUsed = ncolors;
-	    for (i = 0; i < ncolors; i++) {
-		infoPtr->bmiColors[i].rgbBlue = GetBValue(colors[i]);
-		infoPtr->bmiColors[i].rgbGreen = GetGValue(colors[i]);
-		infoPtr->bmiColors[i].rgbRed = GetRValue(colors[i]);
-		infoPtr->bmiColors[i].rgbReserved = 0;
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    infoPtr->bmiHeader.biClrUsed = 0;
-	}
-	bitmap = CreateDIBitmap(dc, &infoPtr->bmiHeader, CBM_INIT,
-		image->data, infoPtr, DIB_RGB_COLORS);
-	ckfree(infoPtr);
-    }
-    if (!bitmap) {
-	Tcl_Panic("Fail to allocate bitmap");
-	DeleteDC(dcMem);
-    	TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, dc, &state);
-	return BadValue;
-    }
-    bitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap);
-    BitBlt(dc, dest_x, dest_y, (int) width, (int) height, dcMem, src_x, src_y,
-	    SRCCOPY);
-    DeleteObject(SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap));
-    DeleteDC(dcMem);
-    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, dc, &state);
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int
-XPutImage(
-    Display *display,
-    Drawable d,			/* Destination drawable. */
-    GC gc,
-    XImage *image,		/* Source image. */
-    int src_x, int src_y,	/* Offset of subimage. */
-    int dest_x, int dest_y,	/* Position of subimage origin in drawable. */
-    unsigned int width, unsigned int height)
-				/* Dimensions of subimage. */
-{
-    return TkPutImage(NULL, 0, display, d, gc, image,
-		src_x, src_y, dest_x, dest_y, width, height);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XFillRectangles --
- *
- *	Fill multiple rectangular areas in the given drawable.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Draws onto the specified drawable.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-XFillRectangles(
-    Display *display,
-    Drawable d,
-    GC gc,
-    XRectangle *rectangles,
-    int nrectangles)
-{
-    HDC dc;
-    RECT rect;
-    TkWinDCState state;
-    HBRUSH brush, oldBrush;
-
-    if (d == None) {
-	return BadDrawable;
-    }
-
-    dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, d, &state);
-    SetROP2(dc, tkpWinRopModes[gc->function]);
-    brush = CreateSolidBrush(gc->foreground);
-
-    if ((gc->fill_style == FillStippled
-	    || gc->fill_style == FillOpaqueStippled)
-	    && gc->stipple != None) {
-	TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *)gc->stipple;
-	HBRUSH stipple;
-	HBITMAP oldBitmap, bitmap;
-	HDC dcMem;
-	HBRUSH bgBrush = CreateSolidBrush(gc->background);
-
-	if (twdPtr->type != TWD_BITMAP) {
-	    Tcl_Panic("unexpected drawable type in stipple");
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Select stipple pattern into destination dc.
-	 */
-
-	stipple = CreatePatternBrush(twdPtr->bitmap.handle);
-	SetBrushOrgEx(dc, gc->ts_x_origin, gc->ts_y_origin, NULL);
-	oldBrush = SelectObject(dc, stipple);
-	dcMem = CreateCompatibleDC(dc);
-
-	/*
-	 * For each rectangle, create a drawing surface which is the size of
-	 * the rectangle and fill it with the background color. Then merge the
-	 * result with the stipple pattern.
-	 */
-
-	while (nrectangles-- > 0) {
-	    bitmap = CreateCompatibleBitmap(dc, rectangles[0].width,
-		    rectangles[0].height);
-	    oldBitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap);
-	    rect.left = 0;
-	    rect.top = 0;
-	    rect.right = rectangles[0].width;
-	    rect.bottom = rectangles[0].height;
-	    FillRect(dcMem, &rect, brush);
-	    BitBlt(dc, rectangles[0].x, rectangles[0].y, rectangles[0].width,
-		    rectangles[0].height, dcMem, 0, 0, COPYFG);
-	    if (gc->fill_style == FillOpaqueStippled) {
-		FillRect(dcMem, &rect, bgBrush);
-		BitBlt(dc, rectangles[0].x, rectangles[0].y,
-			rectangles[0].width, rectangles[0].height, dcMem,
-			0, 0, COPYBG);
-	    }
-	    SelectObject(dcMem, oldBitmap);
-	    DeleteObject(bitmap);
-	    ++rectangles;
-	}
-
-	DeleteDC(dcMem);
-	SelectObject(dc, oldBrush);
-	DeleteObject(stipple);
-	DeleteObject(bgBrush);
-    } else {
-	if (gc->function == GXcopy) {
-	    while (nrectangles-- > 0) {
-		rect.left = rectangles[0].x;
-		rect.right = rect.left + rectangles[0].width;
-		rect.top = rectangles[0].y;
-		rect.bottom = rect.top + rectangles[0].height;
-		FillRect(dc, &rect, brush);
-		++rectangles;
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    HPEN newPen = CreatePen(PS_NULL, 0, gc->foreground);
-	    HPEN oldPen = SelectObject(dc, newPen);
-	    oldBrush = SelectObject(dc, brush);
-
-	    while (nrectangles-- > 0) {
-		Rectangle(dc, rectangles[0].x, rectangles[0].y,
-		    rectangles[0].x + rectangles[0].width + 1,
-		    rectangles[0].y + rectangles[0].height + 1);
-		++rectangles;
-	    }
-
-	    SelectObject(dc, oldBrush);
-	    SelectObject(dc, oldPen);
-	    DeleteObject(newPen);
-	}
-    }
-    DeleteObject(brush);
-    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, dc, &state);
-    return Success;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * MakeAndStrokePath --
- *
- *	This function draws a shape using a list of points, a stipple pattern,
- *	and the specified drawing function. It does it through creation of a
- *	so-called 'path' (see GDI documentation on MSDN).
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-static void
-MakeAndStrokePath(
-    HDC dc,
-    POINT *winPoints,
-    int npoints,
-    WinDrawFunc func)        /* Name of the Windows GDI drawing function:
-                                this is either Polyline or Polygon. */
-{
-    BeginPath(dc);
-    func(dc, winPoints, npoints);
-    /*
-     * In the case of closed polylines, the first and last points
-     * are the same. We want miter or bevel join be rendered also
-     * at this point, this needs telling the Windows GDI that the
-     * path is closed.
-     */
-    if (func == Polyline) {
-        if ((winPoints[0].x == winPoints[npoints-1].x) &&
-                (winPoints[0].y == winPoints[npoints-1].y)) {
-            CloseFigure(dc);
-        }
-        EndPath(dc);
-        StrokePath(dc);
-    } else {
-        EndPath(dc);
-        StrokeAndFillPath(dc);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * RenderObject --
- *
- *	This function draws a shape using a list of points, a stipple pattern,
- *	and the specified drawing function.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-RenderObject(
-    HDC dc,
-    GC gc,
-    XPoint *points,
-    int npoints,
-    int mode,
-    HPEN pen,
-    WinDrawFunc func)
-{
-    RECT rect = {0,0,0,0};
-    HPEN oldPen;
-    HBRUSH oldBrush;
-    POINT *winPoints = ConvertPoints(points, npoints, mode, &rect);
-
-    if ((gc->fill_style == FillStippled
-	    || gc->fill_style == FillOpaqueStippled)
-	    && gc->stipple != None) {
-
-	TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *)gc->stipple;
-	HDC dcMem;
-	LONG width, height;
-	HBITMAP oldBitmap;
-	int i;
-	HBRUSH oldMemBrush;
-
-	if (twdPtr->type != TWD_BITMAP) {
-	    Tcl_Panic("unexpected drawable type in stipple");
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Grow the bounding box enough to account for line width.
-	 */
-
-	rect.left -= gc->line_width;
-	rect.top -= gc->line_width;
-	rect.right += gc->line_width;
-	rect.bottom += gc->line_width;
-
-	width = rect.right - rect.left;
-	height = rect.bottom - rect.top;
-
-	/*
-	 * Select stipple pattern into destination dc.
-	 */
-
-	SetBrushOrgEx(dc, gc->ts_x_origin, gc->ts_y_origin, NULL);
-	oldBrush = SelectObject(dc, CreatePatternBrush(twdPtr->bitmap.handle));
-
-	/*
-	 * Create temporary drawing surface containing a copy of the
-	 * destination equal in size to the bounding box of the object.
-	 */
-
-	dcMem = CreateCompatibleDC(dc);
-	oldBitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, CreateCompatibleBitmap(dc, width,
-		height));
-	oldPen = SelectObject(dcMem, pen);
-	BitBlt(dcMem, 0, 0, width, height, dc, rect.left, rect.top, SRCCOPY);
-
-	/*
-	 * Translate the object for rendering in the temporary drawing
-	 * surface.
-	 */
-
-	for (i = 0; i < npoints; i++) {
-	    winPoints[i].x -= rect.left;
-	    winPoints[i].y -= rect.top;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Draw the object in the foreground color and copy it to the
-	 * destination wherever the pattern is set.
-	 */
-
-	SetPolyFillMode(dcMem, (gc->fill_rule == EvenOddRule) ? ALTERNATE
-		: WINDING);
-	oldMemBrush = SelectObject(dcMem, CreateSolidBrush(gc->foreground));
-        MakeAndStrokePath(dcMem, winPoints, npoints, func);
-	BitBlt(dc, rect.left, rect.top, width, height, dcMem, 0, 0, COPYFG);
-
-	/*
-	 * If we are rendering an opaque stipple, then draw the polygon in the
-	 * background color and copy it to the destination wherever the
-	 * pattern is clear.
-	 */
-
-	if (gc->fill_style == FillOpaqueStippled) {
-	    DeleteObject(SelectObject(dcMem,
-		    CreateSolidBrush(gc->background)));
-            MakeAndStrokePath(dcMem, winPoints, npoints, func);
-	    BitBlt(dc, rect.left, rect.top, width, height, dcMem, 0, 0,
-		    COPYBG);
-	}
-
-	SelectObject(dcMem, oldPen);
-	DeleteObject(SelectObject(dcMem, oldMemBrush));
-	DeleteObject(SelectObject(dcMem, oldBitmap));
-	DeleteDC(dcMem);
-    } else {
-	oldPen = SelectObject(dc, pen);
-	oldBrush = SelectObject(dc, CreateSolidBrush(gc->foreground));
-	SetROP2(dc, tkpWinRopModes[gc->function]);
-
-	SetPolyFillMode(dc, (gc->fill_rule == EvenOddRule) ? ALTERNATE
-		: WINDING);
-        MakeAndStrokePath(dc, winPoints, npoints, func);
-	SelectObject(dc, oldPen);
-    }
-    DeleteObject(SelectObject(dc, oldBrush));
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XDrawLines --
- *
- *	Draw connected lines.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Renders a series of connected lines.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-XDrawLines(
-    Display *display,
-    Drawable d,
-    GC gc,
-    XPoint *points,
-    int npoints,
-    int mode)
-{
-    HPEN pen;
-    TkWinDCState state;
-    HDC dc;
-
-    if (d == None) {
-	return BadDrawable;
-    }
-
-    dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, d, &state);
-
-    pen = SetUpGraphicsPort(gc);
-    SetBkMode(dc, TRANSPARENT);
-    RenderObject(dc, gc, points, npoints, mode, pen, Polyline);
-    DeleteObject(pen);
-
-    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, dc, &state);
-    return Success;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XFillPolygon --
- *
- *	Draws a filled polygon.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Draws a filled polygon on the specified drawable.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-XFillPolygon(
-    Display *display,
-    Drawable d,
-    GC gc,
-    XPoint *points,
-    int npoints,
-    int shape,
-    int mode)
-{
-    HPEN pen;
-    TkWinDCState state;
-    HDC dc;
-
-    if (d == None) {
-	return BadDrawable;
-    }
-
-    dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, d, &state);
-
-    pen = GetStockObject(NULL_PEN);
-    RenderObject(dc, gc, points, npoints, mode, pen, Polygon);
-
-    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, dc, &state);
-    return Success;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XDrawRectangle, XDrawRectangles --
- *
- *	Draws a rectangle.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Draws a rectangle on the specified drawable.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-XDrawRectangle(
-    Display *display,
-    Drawable d,
-    GC gc,
-    int x, int y,
-    unsigned int width, unsigned int height)
-{
-    HPEN pen, oldPen;
-    TkWinDCState state;
-    HBRUSH oldBrush;
-    HDC dc;
-
-    if (d == None) {
-	return BadDrawable;
-    }
-
-    dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, d, &state);
-
-    pen = SetUpGraphicsPort(gc);
-    SetBkMode(dc, TRANSPARENT);
-    oldPen = SelectObject(dc, pen);
-    oldBrush = SelectObject(dc, GetStockObject(NULL_BRUSH));
-    SetROP2(dc, tkpWinRopModes[gc->function]);
-
-    Rectangle(dc, x, y, (int) x+width+1, (int) y+height+1);
-
-    DeleteObject(SelectObject(dc, oldPen));
-    SelectObject(dc, oldBrush);
-    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, dc, &state);
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int
-XDrawRectangles(
-    Display *display,
-    Drawable d,
-    GC gc,
-    XRectangle rects[],
-    int nrects)
-{
-    int ret = Success;
-
-    while (nrects-- > 0) {
-	ret = XDrawRectangle(display, d, gc, rects[0].x, rects[0].y,
-		    rects[0].width, rects[0].height);
-	if (ret != Success) {
-	    break;
-	}
-	++rects;
-    }
-    return ret;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XDrawArc, XDrawArcs --
- *
- *	Draw an arc.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Draws an arc on the specified drawable.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-XDrawArc(
-    Display *display,
-    Drawable d,
-    GC gc,
-    int x, int y,
-    unsigned int width, unsigned int height,
-    int start, int extent)
-{
-    display->request++;
-
-    return DrawOrFillArc(display, d, gc, x, y, width, height, start, extent, 0);
-}
-
-int
-XDrawArcs(
-    Display *display,
-    Drawable d,
-    GC gc,
-    XArc *arcs,
-    int narcs)
-{
-    int ret = Success;
-
-    display->request++;
-
-    while (narcs-- > 0) {
-	ret = DrawOrFillArc(display, d, gc, arcs[0].x, arcs[0].y,
-		    arcs[0].width, arcs[0].height,
-		    arcs[0].angle1, arcs[0].angle2, 0);
-	if (ret != Success) {
-	    break;
-	}
-	++arcs;
-    }
-    return ret;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XFillArc, XFillArcs --
- *
- *	Draw a filled arc.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Draws a filled arc on the specified drawable.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-XFillArc(
-    Display *display,
-    Drawable d,
-    GC gc,
-    int x, int y,
-    unsigned int width, unsigned int height,
-    int start, int extent)
-{
-    display->request++;
-
-    return DrawOrFillArc(display, d, gc, x, y, width, height, start, extent, 1);
-}
-
-int
-XFillArcs(
-    Display *display,
-    Drawable d,
-    GC gc,
-    XArc *arcs,
-    int narcs)
-{
-    int ret = Success;
-
-    display->request++;
-
-    while (narcs-- > 0) {
-	ret = DrawOrFillArc(display, d, gc, arcs[0].x, arcs[0].y,
-		    arcs[0].width, arcs[0].height,
-		    arcs[0].angle1, arcs[0].angle2, 1);
-	if (ret != Success) {
-	    break;
-	}
-	++arcs;
-    }
-    return ret;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * DrawOrFillArc --
- *
- *	This function handles the rendering of drawn or filled arcs and
- *	chords.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Renders the requested arc.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-DrawOrFillArc(
-    Display *display,
-    Drawable d,
-    GC gc,
-    int x, int y,		/* left top */
-    unsigned int width, unsigned int height,
-    int start,			/* start: three-o'clock (deg*64) */
-    int extent,			/* extent: relative (deg*64) */
-    int fill)			/* ==0 draw, !=0 fill */
-{
-    HDC dc;
-    HBRUSH brush, oldBrush;
-    HPEN pen, oldPen;
-    TkWinDCState state;
-    int clockwise = (extent < 0); /* non-zero if clockwise */
-    int xstart, ystart, xend, yend;
-    double radian_start, radian_end, xr, yr;
-
-    if (d == None) {
-	return BadDrawable;
-    }
-
-    dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, d, &state);
-
-    SetROP2(dc, tkpWinRopModes[gc->function]);
-
-    /*
-     * Compute the absolute starting and ending angles in normalized radians.
-     * Swap the start and end if drawing clockwise.
-     */
-
-    start = start % (64*360);
-    if (start < 0) {
-	start += (64*360);
-    }
-    extent = (start+extent) % (64*360);
-    if (extent < 0) {
-	extent += (64*360);
-    }
-    if (clockwise) {
-	int tmp = start;
-	start = extent;
-	extent = tmp;
-    }
-    radian_start = XAngleToRadians(start);
-    radian_end = XAngleToRadians(extent);
-
-    /*
-     * Now compute points on the radial lines that define the starting and
-     * ending angles. Be sure to take into account that the y-coordinate
-     * system is inverted.
-     */
-
-    xr = x + width / 2.0;
-    yr = y + height / 2.0;
-    xstart = (int)((xr + cos(radian_start)*width/2.0) + 0.5);
-    ystart = (int)((yr + sin(-radian_start)*height/2.0) + 0.5);
-    xend = (int)((xr + cos(radian_end)*width/2.0) + 0.5);
-    yend = (int)((yr + sin(-radian_end)*height/2.0) + 0.5);
-
-    /*
-     * Now draw a filled or open figure. Note that we have to increase the
-     * size of the bounding box by one to account for the difference in pixel
-     * definitions between X and Windows.
-     */
-
-    pen = SetUpGraphicsPort(gc);
-    oldPen = SelectObject(dc, pen);
-    if (!fill) {
-	/*
-	 * Note that this call will leave a gap of one pixel at the end of the
-	 * arc for thin arcs. We can't use ArcTo because it's only supported
-	 * under Windows NT.
-	 */
-
-	SetBkMode(dc, TRANSPARENT);
-	Arc(dc, x, y, (int) (x+width+1), (int) (y+height+1), xstart, ystart,
-		xend, yend);
-    } else {
-	brush = CreateSolidBrush(gc->foreground);
-	oldBrush = SelectObject(dc, brush);
-	if (gc->arc_mode == ArcChord) {
-	    Chord(dc, x, y, (int) (x+width+1), (int) (y+height+1),
-		    xstart, ystart, xend, yend);
-	} else if (gc->arc_mode == ArcPieSlice) {
-	    Pie(dc, x, y, (int) (x+width+1), (int) (y+height+1),
-		    xstart, ystart, xend, yend);
-	}
-	DeleteObject(SelectObject(dc, oldBrush));
-    }
-    DeleteObject(SelectObject(dc, oldPen));
-    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, dc, &state);
-    return Success;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * SetUpGraphicsPort --
- *
- *	Set up the graphics port from the given GC.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	The current port is adjusted.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static HPEN
-SetUpGraphicsPort(
-    GC gc)
-{
-    DWORD style;
-
-    if (gc->line_style == LineOnOffDash) {
-	unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *) &(gc->dashes);
-				/* pointer to the dash-list */
-
-	/*
-	 * Below is a simple translation of serveral dash patterns to valid
-	 * windows pen types. Far from complete, but I don't know how to do it
-	 * better. Any ideas: <mailto:j.nijtmans@chello.nl>
-	 */
-
-	if (p[1] && p[2]) {
-	    if (!p[3] || p[4]) {
-		style = PS_DASHDOTDOT;		/*	-..	*/
-	    } else {
-		style = PS_DASHDOT;		/*	-.	*/
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    if (p[0] > (4 * gc->line_width)) {
-		style = PS_DASH;		/*	-	*/
-	    } else {
-		style = PS_DOT;			/*	.	*/
-	    }
-	}
-    } else {
-	style = PS_SOLID;
-    }
-    if (gc->line_width < 2) {
-	return CreatePen((int) style, gc->line_width, gc->foreground);
-    } else {
-	LOGBRUSH lb;
-
-	lb.lbStyle = BS_SOLID;
-	lb.lbColor = gc->foreground;
-	lb.lbHatch = 0;
-
-	style |= PS_GEOMETRIC;
-	switch (gc->cap_style) {
-	case CapNotLast:
-	case CapButt:
-	    style |= PS_ENDCAP_FLAT;
-	    break;
-	case CapRound:
-	    style |= PS_ENDCAP_ROUND;
-	    break;
-	default:
-	    style |= PS_ENDCAP_SQUARE;
-	    break;
-	}
-	switch (gc->join_style) {
-	case JoinMiter:
-	    style |= PS_JOIN_MITER;
-	    break;
-	case JoinRound:
-	    style |= PS_JOIN_ROUND;
-	    break;
-	default:
-	    style |= PS_JOIN_BEVEL;
-	    break;
-	}
-	return ExtCreatePen(style, (DWORD) gc->line_width, &lb, 0, NULL);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkScrollWindow --
- *
- *	Scroll a rectangle of the specified window and accumulate a damage
- *	region.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns 0 if the scroll genereated no additional damage. Otherwise,
- *	sets the region that needs to be repainted after scrolling and returns
- *	1.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Scrolls the bits in the window.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-TkScrollWindow(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* The window to be scrolled. */
-    GC gc,			/* GC for window to be scrolled. */
-    int x, int y, int width, int height,
-				/* Position rectangle to be scrolled. */
-    int dx, int dy,		/* Distance rectangle should be moved. */
-    TkRegion damageRgn)		/* Region to accumulate damage in. */
-{
-    HWND hwnd = TkWinGetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin));
-    RECT scrollRect;
-
-    scrollRect.left = x;
-    scrollRect.top = y;
-    scrollRect.right = x + width;
-    scrollRect.bottom = y + height;
-    return (ScrollWindowEx(hwnd, dx, dy, &scrollRect, NULL, (HRGN) damageRgn,
-	    NULL, 0) == NULLREGION) ? 0 : 1;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinFillRect --
- *
- *	This routine fills a rectangle with the foreground color from the
- *	specified GC ignoring all other GC values. This is the fastest way to
- *	fill a drawable with a solid color.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Modifies the contents of the DC drawing surface.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkWinFillRect(
-    HDC dc,
-    int x, int y, int width, int height,
-    int pixel)
-{
-    RECT rect;
-    COLORREF oldColor;
-
-    rect.left = x;
-    rect.top = y;
-    rect.right = x + width;
-    rect.bottom = y + height;
-    oldColor = SetBkColor(dc, (COLORREF)pixel);
-    SetBkMode(dc, OPAQUE);
-    ExtTextOut(dc, 0, 0, ETO_OPAQUE, &rect, NULL, 0, NULL);
-    SetBkColor(dc, oldColor);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpDrawHighlightBorder --
- *
- *	This function draws a rectangular ring around the outside of a widget
- *	to indicate that it has received the input focus.
- *
- *      On Windows, we just draw the simple inset ring. On other sytems, e.g.
- *      the Mac, the focus ring is a little more complicated, so we need this
- *      abstraction.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	A rectangle "width" pixels wide is drawn in "drawable", corresponding
- *	to the outer area of "tkwin".
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpDrawHighlightBorder(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,
-    GC fgGC,
-    GC bgGC,
-    int highlightWidth,
-    Drawable drawable)
-{
-    TkDrawInsetFocusHighlight(tkwin, fgGC, highlightWidth, drawable, 0);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpDrawFrame --
- *
- *	This function draws the rectangular frame area.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Draws inside the tkwin area.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpDrawFrame(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,
-    Tk_3DBorder border,
-    int highlightWidth,
-    int borderWidth,
-    int relief)
-{
-    Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), border, highlightWidth,
-	    highlightWidth, Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2 * highlightWidth,
-	    Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2 * highlightWidth, borderWidth, relief);
-}
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: c
- * c-basic-offset: 4
- * fill-column: 78
- * End:
- */
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/tkWinEmbed.c b/tk8.6/win/tkWinEmbed.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 43c5e25..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/tkWinEmbed.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1118 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * tkWinEmbed.c --
- *
- *	This file contains platform specific procedures for Windows platforms
- *	to provide basic operations needed for application embedding (where
- *	one application can use as its main window an internal window from
- *	another application).
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
- * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
- */
-
-#include "tkWinInt.h"
-
-/*
- * One of the following structures exists for each container in this
- * application. It keeps track of the container window and its associated
- * embedded window.
- */
-
-typedef struct Container {
-    HWND parentHWnd;		/* Windows HWND to the parent window */
-    TkWindow *parentPtr;	/* Tk's information about the container or
-				 * NULL if the container isn't in this
-				 * process. */
-    HWND embeddedHWnd;		/* Windows HWND to the embedded window. */
-    TkWindow *embeddedPtr;	/* Tk's information about the embedded window,
-				 * or NULL if the embedded application isn't
-				 * in this process. */
-    HWND embeddedMenuHWnd;	/* Tk's embedded menu window handler. */
-    struct Container *nextPtr;	/* Next in list of all containers in this
-				 * process. */
-} Container;
-
-typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
-    Container *firstContainerPtr;
-				/* First in list of all containers managed by
-				 * this process. */
-} ThreadSpecificData;
-static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
-
-static void		ContainerEventProc(ClientData clientData,
-			    XEvent *eventPtr);
-static void		EmbedGeometryRequest(Container *containerPtr,
-			    int width, int height);
-static void		EmbedWindowDeleted(TkWindow *winPtr);
-static void		Tk_MapEmbeddedWindow(TkWindow* winPtr);
-HWND			Tk_GetEmbeddedHWnd(TkWindow* winPtr);
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinCleanupContainerList --
- *
- *	Finalizes the list of containers.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Releases memory occupied by containers of embedded windows.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkWinCleanupContainerList(void)
-{
-    Container *nextPtr;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    for (; tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr != NULL;
-	    tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr = nextPtr) {
-	nextPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr->nextPtr;
-	ckfree(tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr);
-    }
-    tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr = NULL;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpTestembedCmd --
- *
- *	Test command for the embedding facility.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Always returns TCL_OK.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Currently it does not do anything.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-	/* ARGSUSED */
-int
-TkpTestembedCmd(
-    ClientData clientData,
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,
-    int objc,
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
-{
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tk_DetachEmbeddedWindow --
- *
- *	This function detaches an embedded window
- *
- * Results:
- *	No return value. Detach the embedded window.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static
-void
-Tk_DetachEmbeddedWindow(
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* an embedded window */
-    BOOL detachFlag)		/* a flag of truely detaching */
-{
-    TkpWinToplevelDetachWindow(winPtr);
-    if(detachFlag) {
-	TkpWinToplevelOverrideRedirect(winPtr, 0);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tk_MapEmbeddedWindow --
- *
- *	This function is required for mapping an embedded window during idle.
- *	The input winPtr must be preserved using Tcl_Preserve before call this
- *	function and will be released by this function.
- *
- * Results:
- *	No return value. Map the embedded window if it is not dead.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	The embedded window may change its state as the container's.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static
-void Tk_MapEmbeddedWindow(
-    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Top-level window that's about to be
-				 * mapped. */
-{
-    if(!(winPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD)) {
-	HWND hwnd = (HWND)winPtr->privatePtr;
-	int state = SendMessage(hwnd, TK_STATE, -1, -1) - 1;
-
-	if (state < 0 || state > 3) {
-	    state = NormalState;
-	}
-
-	while (Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_IDLE_EVENTS)) {
-	    /* empty body */
-	}
-
-	TkpWmSetState(winPtr, state);
-	TkWmMapWindow(winPtr);
-    }
-    Tcl_Release((ClientData)winPtr);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpUseWindow --
- *
- *	This procedure causes a Tk window to use a given Windows handle for a
- *	window as its underlying window, rather than a new Windows window
- *	being created automatically. It is invoked by an embedded application
- *	to specify the window in which the application is embedded.
- *
- *	This procedure uses a simple attachment protocol by sending TK_INFO
- *	messages to the window to use with two sub messages:
- *
- *	    TK_CONTAINER_VERIFY - if a window handles this message, it should
- *		return either a (long)hwnd for a container or a -(long)hwnd
- *		for a non-container.
- *
- *	    TK_CONTAINER_ISAVAILABLE - a container window should return either
- *		a TRUE (non-zero) if it is available for use or a FALSE (zero)
- *		othersize.
- *
- *	The TK_INFO messages are required in order to verify if the window to
- *	use is a valid container. Without an id verification, an invalid
- *	window attachment may cause unexpected crashes/panics (bug 1096074).
- *	Additional sub messages may be defined/used in future for other
- *	needs.
- *
- *	We do not enforce the above protocol for the reason of backward
- *	compatibility. If the window to use is unable to handle TK_INFO
- *	messages (e.g., legacy Tk container applications before 8.5), a dialog
- *	box with a warning message pops up and the user is asked to confirm if
- *	the attachment should proceed. However, we may have to enforce it in
- *	future.
- *
- * Results:
- *	The return value is normally TCL_OK. If an error occurred (such as if
- *	the argument does not identify a legal Windows window handle or it is
- *	already in use or a cancel button is pressed by a user in confirming
- *	the use window as a Tk container) the return value is TCL_ERROR and an
- *	error message is left in the the interp's result if interp is not
- *	NULL.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-TkpUseWindow(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* If not NULL, used for error reporting if
-				 * string is bogus. */
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Tk window that does not yet have an
-				 * associated X window. */
-    const char *string)		/* String identifying an X window to use for
-				 * tkwin; must be an integer value. */
-{
-    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
-    int id;
-    HWND hwnd;
-/*
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-*/
-
-/*
-    if (winPtr->window != None) {
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-		"can't modify container after widget is created", -1));
-	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EMBED", "POST_CREATE", NULL);
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-*/
-
-    if (strcmp(string, "") == 0) {
-	if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
-	    Tk_DetachEmbeddedWindow(winPtr, TRUE);
-	}
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-
-    if (
-#ifdef _WIN64
-	    (sscanf(string, "0x%p", &hwnd) != 1) &&
-#endif
-	    Tcl_GetInt(interp, string, (int *) &hwnd) != TCL_OK) {
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if ((HWND)winPtr->privatePtr == hwnd) {
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Check if the window is a valid handle. If it is invalid, return
-     * TCL_ERROR and potentially leave an error message in the interp's
-     * result.
-     */
-
-    if (!IsWindow(hwnd)) {
-	if (interp != NULL) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		    "window \"%s\" doesn't exist", string));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EMBED", "EXIST", NULL);
-	}
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    id = SendMessage(hwnd, TK_INFO, TK_CONTAINER_VERIFY, 0);
-    if (id == PTR2INT(hwnd)) {
-	if (!SendMessage(hwnd, TK_INFO, TK_CONTAINER_ISAVAILABLE, 0)) {
-    	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-		    "The container is already in use", -1));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EMBED", "IN_USE", NULL);
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-    } else if (id == -PTR2INT(hwnd)) {
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-		"the window to use is not a Tk container", -1));
-	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EMBED", "CONTAINER", NULL);
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    } else {
-	/*
-	 * Proceed if the user decide to do so because it can be a legacy
-	 * container application. However we may have to return a TCL_ERROR in
-	 * order to avoid bug 1096074 in future.
-	 */
-
-	TCHAR msg[256];
-
-	wsprintf(msg, TEXT("Unable to get information of window \"%.40hs\".  Attach to this\nwindow may have unpredictable results if it is not a valid container.\n\nPress Ok to proceed or Cancel to abort attaching."), string);
-	if (IDCANCEL == MessageBox(hwnd, msg, TEXT("Tk Warning"),
-		MB_OKCANCEL | MB_ICONWARNING)) {
-    	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-		    "Operation has been canceled", -1));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "EMBED", "CANCEL", NULL);
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-    }
-
-    Tk_DetachEmbeddedWindow(winPtr, FALSE);
-
-    /*
-     * Store the parent window in the platform private data slot so
-     * TkWmMapWindow can use it when creating the wrapper window.
-     */
-
-    winPtr->privatePtr = (struct TkWindowPrivate*) hwnd;
-    winPtr->flags |= TK_EMBEDDED;
-    winPtr->flags &= ~(TK_MAPPED);
-
-    /*
-     * Preserve the winPtr and create an idle handler to map the embedded
-     * window.
-     */
-
-    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) winPtr);
-    Tcl_DoWhenIdle((Tcl_IdleProc*) Tk_MapEmbeddedWindow, (ClientData) winPtr);
-
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpMakeContainer --
- *
- *	This procedure is called to indicate that a particular window will be
- *	a container for an embedded application. This changes certain aspects
- *	of the window's behavior, such as whether it will receive events
- *	anymore.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpMakeContainer(
-    Tk_Window tkwin)
-{
-    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
-    Container *containerPtr;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    /*
-     * Register the window as a container so that, for example, we can find
-     * out later if the embedded app. is in the same process.
-     */
-
-    Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin);
-    containerPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Container));
-    containerPtr->parentPtr = winPtr;
-    containerPtr->parentHWnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin));
-    containerPtr->embeddedHWnd = NULL;
-    containerPtr->embeddedPtr = NULL;
-    containerPtr->embeddedMenuHWnd = NULL;
-    containerPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr;
-    tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr = containerPtr;
-    winPtr->flags |= TK_CONTAINER;
-
-    /*
-     * Unlike in tkUnixEmbed.c, we don't make any requests for events in the
-     * embedded window here. Now we just allow the embedding of another TK
-     * application into TK windows. When the embedded window makes a request,
-     * that will be done by sending to the container window a WM_USER message,
-     * which will be intercepted by TkWinContainerProc.
-     *
-     * We need to get structure events of the container itself, though.
-     */
-
-    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
-	    ContainerEventProc, (ClientData) containerPtr);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinEmbeddedEventProc --
- *
- *	This procedure is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher when various
- *	useful events are received for the *children* of a container window.
- *	It forwards relevant information, such as geometry requests, from the
- *	events into the container's application.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Depends on the event. For example, when ConfigureRequest events occur,
- *	geometry information gets set for the container window.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-LRESULT
-TkWinEmbeddedEventProc(
-    HWND hwnd,
-    UINT message,
-    WPARAM wParam,
-    LPARAM lParam)
-{
-    int result = 1;
-    Container *containerPtr;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    /*
-     * Find the Container structure associated with the parent window.
-     */
-
-    for (containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr;
-	    containerPtr && containerPtr->parentHWnd != hwnd;
-	    containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) {
-	/* empty loop body */
-    }
-
-    if (containerPtr) {
-	TkWindow *topwinPtr = NULL;
-	if(Tk_IsTopLevel(containerPtr->parentPtr)) {
-	    topwinPtr = containerPtr->parentPtr;
-	}
-	switch (message) {
-	case TK_INFO:
-	    /*
-	     * An embedded window may send this message for container
-	     * verification and availability before attach.
-	     *
-	     * wParam - a sub message
-	     *
-	     *	    TK_CONTAINER_ISAVAILABLE - if the container is available
-	     *		for use?
-	     *		result = 1 for yes and 0 for no;
-	     *
-	     *	    TK_CONTAINER_VERIFY - request the container to verify its
-	     *		identification
-	     *		result =  (long)hwnd if this window is a container
-	     *			 -(long)hwnd otherwise
-	     *
-	     * lParam - N/A
-	     */
-
-	    switch(wParam) {
-	    case TK_CONTAINER_ISAVAILABLE:
-		result = containerPtr->embeddedHWnd == NULL? 1:0;
-		break;
-	    case TK_CONTAINER_VERIFY:
-		result = PTR2INT(containerPtr->parentHWnd);
-		break;
-	    default:
-		result = 0;
-	    }
-	    break;
-
-	case TK_ATTACHWINDOW:
-	    /*
-	     * An embedded window (either from this application or from
-	     * another application) is trying to attach to this container. We
-	     * attach it only if this container is not yet containing any
-	     * window.
-	     *
-	     * wParam - a handle of an embedded window
-	     * lParam - N/A
-	     *
-	     * An embedded window may send this message with a wParam of NULL
-	     * to test if a window is able to provide embedding service. The
-	     * container returns its window handle for accepting the
-	     * attachment and identifying itself or a zero for being already
-	     * in use.
-	     *
-	     * Return value:
-	     * 0    - the container is unable to be used.
-	     * hwnd - the container is ready to be used.
-	     */
-	    if (containerPtr->embeddedHWnd == NULL) {
-		if (wParam) {
-		    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *)
-			    Tk_HWNDToWindow((HWND) wParam);
-		    if (winPtr) {
-			winPtr->flags |= TK_BOTH_HALVES;
-			containerPtr->embeddedPtr = winPtr;
-			containerPtr->parentPtr->flags |= TK_BOTH_HALVES;
-		    }
-		    containerPtr->embeddedHWnd = (HWND)wParam;
-		}
-		result = PTR2INT(containerPtr->parentHWnd);
-	    } else {
-		result = 0;
-	    }
-	    break;
-
-	case TK_DETACHWINDOW:
-	    /*
-	     * An embedded window notifies the container that it is detached.
-	     * The container should clearn the related variables and redraw
-	     * its window.
-	     *
-	     * wParam - N/A
-	     * lParam - N/A
-	     *
-	     * Return value:
-	     * 0	- the message is not processed.
-	     * others	- the message is processed.
-	     */
-
-	    containerPtr->embeddedMenuHWnd = NULL;
-	    containerPtr->embeddedHWnd = NULL;
-	    containerPtr->parentPtr->flags &= ~TK_BOTH_HALVES;
-	    if (topwinPtr) {
-		TkWinSetMenu((Tk_Window) topwinPtr, 0);
-	    }
-	    InvalidateRect(hwnd, NULL, TRUE);
-	    break;
-
-	case TK_GEOMETRYREQ:
-	    /*
-	     * An embedded window requests a window size change.
-	     *
-	     * wParam - window width
-	     * lParam - window height
-	     *
-	     * Return value:
-	     * 0	- the message is not processed.
-	     * others	- the message is processed.
-	     */
-
-	    EmbedGeometryRequest(containerPtr, (int)wParam, lParam);
-	    break;
-
-	case TK_RAISEWINDOW:
-	    /*
-	     * An embedded window requests to change its Z-order.
-	     *
-	     * wParam - a window handle as a z-order stack reference
-	     * lParam - a flag of above-below: 0 - above; 1 or others: - below
-	     *
-	     * Return value:
-	     * 0	- the message is not processed.
-	     * others	- the message is processed.
-	     */
-
-	    TkWinSetWindowPos(GetParent(containerPtr->parentHWnd),
-		    (HWND)wParam, (int)lParam);
-	    break;
-
-	case TK_GETFRAMEWID:
-	    /*
-	     * An embedded window requests to get the frame window's id.
-	     *
-	     * wParam - N/A
-	     * lParam - N/A
-	     *
-	     * Return vlaue:
-	     *
-	     * A handle of the frame window. If it is not availble, a zero is
-	     * returned.
-	     */
-	    if (topwinPtr) {
-		result = PTR2INT(GetParent(containerPtr->parentHWnd));
-	    } else {
-		topwinPtr = containerPtr->parentPtr;
-		while (!(topwinPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)) {
-		    topwinPtr = topwinPtr->parentPtr;
-		}
-		if (topwinPtr && topwinPtr->window) {
-		    result = PTR2INT(GetParent(Tk_GetHWND(topwinPtr->window)));
-		} else {
-		    result = 0;
-		}
-	    }
-	    break;
-
-	case TK_CLAIMFOCUS:
-	    /*
-	     * An embedded window requests a focus.
-	     *
-	     * wParam - a flag of forcing focus
-	     * lParam - N/A
-	     *
-	     * Return value:
-	     * 0    - the message is not processed
-	     * 1    - the message is processed
-	     */
-
-	    if (!SetFocus(containerPtr->embeddedHWnd) && wParam) {
-		/*
-		 * forcing focus TBD
-		 */
-	    }
-	    break;
-
-	case TK_WITHDRAW:
-	    /*
-	     * An embedded window requests withdraw.
-	     *
-	     * wParam	- N/A
-	     * lParam	- N/A
-	     *
-	     * Return value
-	     * 0    - the message is not processed
-	     * 1    - the message is processed
-	     */
-
-	    if (topwinPtr) {
-		TkpWinToplevelWithDraw(topwinPtr);
-	    } else {
-		result = 0;
-	    }
-	    break;
-
-	case TK_ICONIFY:
-	    /*
-	     * An embedded window requests iconification.
-	     *
-	     * wParam	- N/A
-	     * lParam	- N/A
-	     *
-	     * Return value
-	     * 0    - the message is not processed
-	     * 1    - the message is processed
-	     */
-
-	    if (topwinPtr) {
-		TkpWinToplevelIconify(topwinPtr);
-	    } else {
-		result = 0;
-	    }
-	    break;
-
-	case TK_DEICONIFY:
-	    /*
-	     * An embedded window requests deiconification.
-	     *
-	     * wParam	- N/A
-	     * lParam	- N/A
-	     *
-	     * Return value
-	     * 0    - the message is not processed
-	     * 1    - the message is processed
-	     */
-	    if (topwinPtr) {
-		TkpWinToplevelDeiconify(topwinPtr);
-	    } else {
-		result = 0;
-	    }
-	    break;
-
-	case TK_MOVEWINDOW:
-	    /*
-	     * An embedded window requests to move position if both wParam and
-	     * lParam are greater or equal to 0.
-	     *	    wParam - x value of the frame's upper left
-	     *	    lParam - y value of the frame's upper left
-	     *
-	     * Otherwise an embedded window requests the current position
-	     *
-	     * Return value: an encoded window position in a 32bit long, i.e,
-	     * ((x << 16) & 0xffff0000) | (y & 0xffff)
-	     *
-	     * Only a toplevel container may move the embedded.
-	     */
-
-	    result = TkpWinToplevelMove(containerPtr->parentPtr,
-		    wParam, lParam);
-	    break;
-
-	case TK_OVERRIDEREDIRECT:
-	    /*
-	     * An embedded window request overrideredirect.
-	     *
-	     * wParam
-	     *	0	- add a frame if there is no one
-	     *  1	- remove the frame if there is a one
-	     *  < 0	- query the current overrideredirect value
-	     *
-	     * lParam	- N/A
-	     *
-	     * Return value:
-	     * 1 + the current value of overrideredirect if the container is a
-	     * toplevel. Otherwise 0.
-	     */
-	    if (topwinPtr) {
-		result = 1 + TkpWinToplevelOverrideRedirect(topwinPtr, wParam);
-	    } else {
-		result = 0;
-	    }
-	    break;
-
-	case TK_SETMENU:
-	    /*
-	     * An embedded requests to set a menu.
-	     *
-	     * wParam	- a menu handle
-	     * lParam	- a menu window handle
-	     *
-	     * Return value:
-	     * 1    - the message is processed
-	     * 0    - the message is not processed
-	     */
-	    if (topwinPtr) {
-		containerPtr->embeddedMenuHWnd = (HWND)lParam;
-		TkWinSetMenu((Tk_Window)topwinPtr, (HMENU)wParam);
-	    } else {
-		result = 0;
-	    }
-	    break;
-
-	case TK_STATE:
-	    /*
-	     * An embedded window request set/get state services.
-	     *
-	     * wParam	- service directive
-	     *	    0 - 3 for setting state
-	     *		0 - withdrawn state
-	     *		1 - normal state
-	     *		2 - zoom state
-	     *		3 - icon state
-	     * others for gettting state
-	     *
-	     * lParam	- N/A
-	     *
-	     * Return value
-	     * 1 + the current state or 0 if the container is not a toplevel
-	     */
-
-	    if (topwinPtr) {
-		if (wParam <= 3) {
-		    TkpWmSetState(topwinPtr, wParam);
-		}
-		result = 1+TkpWmGetState(topwinPtr);
-	    } else {
-		result = 0;
-	    }
-	    break;
-
-	    /*
-	     * Return 0 since the current Tk container implementation is
-	     * unable to provide following services.
-	     */
-	default:
-	    result = 0;
-	    break;
-	}
-    } else {
-	if ((message == TK_INFO) && (wParam == TK_CONTAINER_VERIFY)) {
-	    /*
-	     * Reply the message sender: this is not a Tk container
-	     */
-
-	    return -PTR2INT(hwnd);
-	} else {
-	    result = 0;
-	}
-    }
-
-    return result;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * EmbedGeometryRequest --
- *
- *	This procedure is invoked when an embedded application requests a
- *	particular size. It processes the request (which may or may not
- *	actually resize the window) and reflects the results back to the
- *	embedded application.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	If we deny the child's size change request, a Configure event is
- *	synthesized to let the child know that the size is the same as it used
- *	to be. Events get processed while we're waiting for the geometry
- *	managers to do their thing.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-EmbedGeometryRequest(
-    Container *containerPtr,	/* Information about the container window. */
-    int width, int height)	/* Size that the child has requested. */
-{
-    TkWindow *winPtr = containerPtr->parentPtr;
-
-    /*
-     * Forward the requested size into our geometry management hierarchy via
-     * the container window. We need to send a Configure event back to the
-     * embedded application even if we decide not to resize the window; to
-     * make this happen, process all idle event handlers synchronously here
-     * (so that the geometry managers have had a chance to do whatever they
-     * want to do), and if the window's size didn't change then generate a
-     * configure event.
-     */
-
-    Tk_GeometryRequest((Tk_Window)winPtr, width, height);
-
-    if (containerPtr->embeddedHWnd != NULL) {
-	while (Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_IDLE_EVENTS)) {
-	    /* Empty loop body. */
-	}
-
-	SetWindowPos(containerPtr->embeddedHWnd, NULL, 0, 0,
-		winPtr->changes.width, winPtr->changes.height, SWP_NOZORDER);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * ContainerEventProc --
- *
- *	This procedure is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher when various
- *	useful events are received for the container window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Depends on the event. For example, when ConfigureRequest events occur,
- *	geometry information gets set for the container window.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-ContainerEventProc(
-    ClientData clientData,	/* Token for container window. */
-    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* ResizeRequest event. */
-{
-    Container *containerPtr = (Container *)clientData;
-    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)containerPtr->parentPtr;
-
-    if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
-	/*
-	 * Resize the embedded window, if there is any.
-	 */
-
-	if (containerPtr->embeddedHWnd) {
-	    SetWindowPos(containerPtr->embeddedHWnd, NULL, 0, 0,
-		    Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), SWP_NOZORDER);
-	}
-    } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
-	/*
-	 * The container is gone, remove it from the list.
-	 */
-
-	EmbedWindowDeleted(containerPtr->parentPtr);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpGetOtherWindow --
- *
- *	If both the container and embedded window are in the same process,
- *	this procedure will return either one, given the other.
- *
- * Results:
- *	If winPtr is a container, the return value is the token for the
- *	embedded window, and vice versa. If the "other" window isn't in this
- *	process, NULL is returned.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-TkWindow *
-TkpGetOtherWindow(
-    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Tk's structure for a container or embedded
-				 * window. */
-{
-    Container *containerPtr;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    for (containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr; containerPtr != NULL;
-	    containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) {
-	if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == winPtr) {
-	    return containerPtr->parentPtr;
-	} else if (containerPtr->parentPtr == winPtr) {
-	    return containerPtr->embeddedPtr;
-	}
-    }
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tk_GetEmbeddedHWnd --
- *
- *	This function returns the embedded window id.
- *
- * Results:
- *	If winPtr is a container, the return value is the HWND for the
- *	embedded window. Otherwise it returns NULL.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-HWND
-Tk_GetEmbeddedHWnd(
-    TkWindow *winPtr)
-{
-    Container *containerPtr;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    for (containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr; containerPtr != NULL;
-	    containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) {
-	if (containerPtr->parentPtr == winPtr) {
-	    return containerPtr->embeddedHWnd;
-	}
-    }
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tk_GetEmbeddedMenuHWND --
- *
- *	This function returns the embedded menu window id.
- *
- * Results:
- *	If winPtr is a container, the return value is the HWND for the
- *	embedded menu window. Otherwise it returns NULL.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-HWND
-Tk_GetEmbeddedMenuHWND(
-    Tk_Window tkwin)
-{
-    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow*)tkwin;
-    Container *containerPtr;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    for (containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr; containerPtr != NULL;
-	    containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) {
-	if (containerPtr->parentPtr == winPtr) {
-	    return containerPtr->embeddedMenuHWnd;
-	}
-    }
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpClaimFocus --
- *
- *	This procedure is invoked when someone asks or the input focus to be
- *	put on a window in an embedded application, but the application
- *	doesn't currently have the focus. It requests the input focus from the
- *	container application.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	The input focus may change.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpClaimFocus(
-    TkWindow *topLevelPtr,	/* Top-level window containing desired focus
-				 * window; should be embedded. */
-    int force)			/* One means that the container should claim
-				 * the focus if it doesn't currently have
-				 * it. */
-{
-    HWND hwnd = GetParent(Tk_GetHWND(topLevelPtr->window));
-    SendMessage(hwnd, TK_CLAIMFOCUS, (WPARAM) force, 0);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpRedirectKeyEvent --
- *
- *	This procedure is invoked when a key press or release event arrives
- *	for an application that does not believe it owns the input focus.
- *	This can happen because of embedding; for example, X can send an event
- *	to an embedded application when the real focus window is in the
- *	container application and is an ancestor of the container. This
- *	procedure's job is to forward the event back to the application where
- *	it really belongs.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	The event may get sent to a different application.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpRedirectKeyEvent(
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Window to which the event was originally
-				 * reported. */
-    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* X event to redirect (should be KeyPress or
-				 * KeyRelease). */
-{
-    /* not implemented */
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * EmbedWindowDeleted --
- *
- *	This procedure is invoked when a window involved in embedding (as
- *	either the container or the embedded application) is destroyed. It
- *	cleans up the Container structure for the window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	A Container structure may be freed.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-EmbedWindowDeleted(
-    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Tk's information about window that was
-				 * deleted. */
-{
-    Container *containerPtr, *prevPtr;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    /*
-     * Find the Container structure for this window work. Delete the
-     * information about the embedded application and free the container's
-     * record. The main container may be null. [Bug #476176]
-     */
-
-    prevPtr = NULL;
-    containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr;
-    if (containerPtr == NULL) return;
-    while (1) {
-	if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == winPtr) {
-	    containerPtr->embeddedHWnd = NULL;
-	    containerPtr->embeddedPtr = NULL;
-	    break;
-	}
-	if (containerPtr->parentPtr == winPtr) {
-	    SendMessage(containerPtr->embeddedHWnd, WM_CLOSE, 0, 0);
-	    containerPtr->parentPtr = NULL;
-	    containerPtr->embeddedPtr = NULL;
-	    break;
-	}
-	prevPtr = containerPtr;
-	containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr;
-	if (containerPtr == NULL) {
-	    return;
-	}
-    }
-    if ((containerPtr->embeddedPtr == NULL)
-	    && (containerPtr->parentPtr == NULL)) {
-	if (prevPtr == NULL) {
-	    tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr;
-	} else {
-	    prevPtr->nextPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr;
-	}
-	ckfree(containerPtr);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: c
- * c-basic-offset: 4
- * fill-column: 78
- * End:
- */
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/tkWinFont.c b/tk8.6/win/tkWinFont.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d67ea66..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/tkWinFont.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2908 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * tkWinFont.c --
- *
- *	Contains the Windows implementation of the platform-independant font
- *	package interface.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1994 Software Research Associates, Inc.
- * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
- *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
- * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
- */
-
-#include "tkWinInt.h"
-#include "tkFont.h"
-
-/*
- * The following structure represents a font family. It is assumed that all
- * screen fonts constructed from the same "font family" share certain
- * properties; all screen fonts with the same "font family" point to a shared
- * instance of this structure. The most important shared property is the
- * character existence metrics, used to determine if a screen font can display
- * a given Unicode character.
- *
- * Under Windows, a "font family" is uniquely identified by its face name.
- */
-
-#define FONTMAP_SHIFT	    10
-
-#define FONTMAP_PAGES	    	(1 << (sizeof(Tcl_UniChar)*8 - FONTMAP_SHIFT))
-#define FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE	(1 << FONTMAP_SHIFT)
-
-typedef struct FontFamily {
-    struct FontFamily *nextPtr;	/* Next in list of all known font families. */
-    size_t refCount;		/* How many SubFonts are referring to this
-				 * FontFamily. When the refCount drops to
-				 * zero, this FontFamily may be freed. */
-    /*
-     * Key.
-     */
-
-    Tk_Uid faceName;		/* Face name key for this FontFamily. */
-
-    /*
-     * Derived properties.
-     */
-
-    Tcl_Encoding encoding;	/* Encoding for this font family. */
-    int isSymbolFont;		/* Non-zero if this is a symbol font. */
-    int isWideFont;		/* 1 if this is a double-byte font, 0
-				 * otherwise. */
-    BOOL (WINAPI *textOutProc)(HDC hdc, int x, int y, TCHAR *str, int len);
-				/* The procedure to use to draw text after it
-				 * has been converted from UTF-8 to the
-				 * encoding of this font. */
-    BOOL (WINAPI *getTextExtentPoint32Proc)(HDC, TCHAR *, int, LPSIZE);
-				/* The procedure to use to measure text after
-				 * it has been converted from UTF-8 to the
-				 * encoding of this font. */
-
-    char *fontMap[FONTMAP_PAGES];
-				/* Two-level sparse table used to determine
-				 * quickly if the specified character exists.
-				 * As characters are encountered, more pages
-				 * in this table are dynamically added. The
-				 * contents of each page is a bitmask
-				 * consisting of FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE bits,
-				 * representing whether this font can be used
-				 * to display the given character at the
-				 * corresponding bit position. The high bits
-				 * of the character are used to pick which
-				 * page of the table is used. */
-
-    /*
-     * Cached Truetype font info.
-     */
-
-    int segCount;		/* The length of the following arrays. */
-    USHORT *startCount;		/* Truetype information about the font, */
-    USHORT *endCount;		/* indicating which characters this font can
-				 * display (malloced). The format of this
-				 * information is (relatively) compact, but
-				 * would take longer to search than indexing
-				 * into the fontMap[][] table. */
-} FontFamily;
-
-/*
- * The following structure encapsulates an individual screen font. A font
- * object is made up of however many SubFonts are necessary to display a
- * stream of multilingual characters.
- */
-
-typedef struct SubFont {
-    char **fontMap;		/* Pointer to font map from the FontFamily,
-				 * cached here to save a dereference. */
-    HFONT hFont0;		/* The specific screen font that will be used
-				 * when displaying/measuring chars belonging
-				 * to the FontFamily. */
-    FontFamily *familyPtr;	/* The FontFamily for this SubFont. */
-    HFONT hFontAngled;
-    double angle;
-} SubFont;
-
-/*
- * The following structure represents Windows' implementation of a font
- * object.
- */
-
-#define SUBFONT_SPACE		3
-#define BASE_CHARS		128
-
-typedef struct WinFont {
-    TkFont font;		/* Stuff used by generic font package. Must be
-				 * first in structure. */
-    SubFont staticSubFonts[SUBFONT_SPACE];
-				/* Builtin space for a limited number of
-				 * SubFonts. */
-    int numSubFonts;		/* Length of following array. */
-    SubFont *subFontArray;	/* Array of SubFonts that have been loaded in
-				 * order to draw/measure all the characters
-				 * encountered by this font so far. All fonts
-				 * start off with one SubFont initialized by
-				 * AllocFont() from the original set of font
-				 * attributes. Usually points to
-				 * staticSubFonts, but may point to malloced
-				 * space if there are lots of SubFonts. */
-    HWND hwnd;			/* Toplevel window of application that owns
-				 * this font, used for getting HDC for
-				 * offscreen measurements. */
-    int pixelSize;		/* Original pixel size used when font was
-				 * constructed. */
-    int widths[BASE_CHARS];	/* Widths of first 128 chars in the base font,
-				 * for handling common case. The base font is
-				 * always used to draw characters between
-				 * 0x0000 and 0x007f. */
-} WinFont;
-
-/*
- * The following structure is passed as the LPARAM when calling the font
- * enumeration procedure to determine if a font can support the given
- * character.
- */
-
-typedef struct CanUse {
-    HDC hdc;
-    WinFont *fontPtr;
-    Tcl_DString *nameTriedPtr;
-    int ch;
-    SubFont *subFontPtr;
-    SubFont **subFontPtrPtr;
-} CanUse;
-
-/*
- * The following structure is used to map between the Tcl strings that
- * represent the system fonts and the numbers used by Windows.
- */
-
-static const TkStateMap systemMap[] = {
-    {ANSI_FIXED_FONT,	    "ansifixed"},
-    {ANSI_FIXED_FONT,	    "fixed"},
-    {ANSI_VAR_FONT,	    "ansi"},
-    {DEVICE_DEFAULT_FONT,   "device"},
-    {DEFAULT_GUI_FONT,	    "defaultgui"},
-    {OEM_FIXED_FONT,	    "oemfixed"},
-    {SYSTEM_FIXED_FONT,	    "systemfixed"},
-    {SYSTEM_FONT,	    "system"},
-    {-1,		    NULL}
-};
-
-typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
-    FontFamily *fontFamilyList; /* The list of font families that are
-				 * currently loaded. As screen fonts are
-				 * loaded, this list grows to hold information
-				 * about what characters exist in each font
-				 * family. */
-    Tcl_HashTable uidTable;
-} ThreadSpecificData;
-static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
-
-/*
- * Information cached about the system at startup time.
- */
-
-static Tcl_Encoding systemEncoding;
-
-/*
- * Procedures used only in this file.
- */
-
-static FontFamily *	AllocFontFamily(HDC hdc, HFONT hFont, int base);
-static SubFont *	CanUseFallback(HDC hdc, WinFont *fontPtr,
-			    const char *fallbackName, int ch,
-			    SubFont **subFontPtrPtr);
-static SubFont *	CanUseFallbackWithAliases(HDC hdc, WinFont *fontPtr,
-			    const char *faceName, int ch,
-			    Tcl_DString *nameTriedPtr,
-			    SubFont **subFontPtrPtr);
-static int		FamilyExists(HDC hdc, const char *faceName);
-static const char *	FamilyOrAliasExists(HDC hdc, const char *faceName);
-static SubFont *	FindSubFontForChar(WinFont *fontPtr, int ch,
-			    SubFont **subFontPtrPtr);
-static void		FontMapInsert(SubFont *subFontPtr, int ch);
-static void		FontMapLoadPage(SubFont *subFontPtr, int row);
-static int		FontMapLookup(SubFont *subFontPtr, int ch);
-static void		FreeFontFamily(FontFamily *familyPtr);
-static HFONT		GetScreenFont(const TkFontAttributes *faPtr,
-			    const char *faceName, int pixelSize,
-			    double angle);
-static void		InitFont(Tk_Window tkwin, HFONT hFont,
-			    int overstrike, WinFont *tkFontPtr);
-static inline void	InitSubFont(HDC hdc, HFONT hFont, int base,
-			    SubFont *subFontPtr);
-static int		CreateNamedSystemLogFont(Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    Tk_Window tkwin, const char* name,
-			    LOGFONT* logFontPtr);
-static int		CreateNamedSystemFont(Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    Tk_Window tkwin, const char* name, HFONT hFont);
-static int		LoadFontRanges(HDC hdc, HFONT hFont,
-			    USHORT **startCount, USHORT **endCount,
-			    int *symbolPtr);
-static void		MultiFontTextOut(HDC hdc, WinFont *fontPtr,
-			    const char *source, int numBytes, int x, int y,
-			    double angle);
-static void		ReleaseFont(WinFont *fontPtr);
-static inline void	ReleaseSubFont(SubFont *subFontPtr);
-static int		SeenName(const char *name, Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
-static inline HFONT	SelectFont(HDC hdc, WinFont *fontPtr,
-			    SubFont *subFontPtr, double angle);
-static inline void	SwapLong(PULONG p);
-static inline void	SwapShort(USHORT *p);
-static int CALLBACK	WinFontCanUseProc(ENUMLOGFONT *lfPtr,
-			    NEWTEXTMETRIC *tmPtr, int fontType,
-			    LPARAM lParam);
-static int CALLBACK	WinFontExistProc(ENUMLOGFONT *lfPtr,
-			    NEWTEXTMETRIC *tmPtr, int fontType,
-			    LPARAM lParam);
-static int CALLBACK	WinFontFamilyEnumProc(ENUMLOGFONT *lfPtr,
-			    NEWTEXTMETRIC *tmPtr, int fontType,
-			    LPARAM lParam);
-
-/*
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpFontPkgInit --
- *
- *	This procedure is called when an application is created. It
- *	initializes all the structures that are used by the platform-dependent
- *	code on a per application basis.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *
- *	None.
- *
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpFontPkgInit(
-    TkMainInfo *mainPtr)	/* The application being created. */
-{
-    systemEncoding = TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding();
-    TkWinSetupSystemFonts(mainPtr);
-}
-
-/*
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpGetNativeFont --
- *
- *	Map a platform-specific native font name to a TkFont.
- *
- * Results:
- *	The return value is a pointer to a TkFont that represents the native
- *	font. If a native font by the given name could not be found, the
- *	return value is NULL.
- *
- *	Every call to this procedure returns a new TkFont structure, even if
- *	the name has already been seen before. The caller should call
- *	TkpDeleteFont() when the font is no longer needed.
- *
- *	The caller is responsible for initializing the memory associated with
- *	the generic TkFont when this function returns and releasing the
- *	contents of the generic TkFont before calling TkpDeleteFont().
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Memory allocated.
- *
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-TkFont *
-TkpGetNativeFont(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* For display where font will be used. */
-    const char *name)		/* Platform-specific font name. */
-{
-    int object;
-    WinFont *fontPtr;
-
-    object = TkFindStateNum(NULL, NULL, systemMap, name);
-    if (object < 0) {
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-    tkwin = (Tk_Window) ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->winPtr;
-    fontPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(WinFont));
-    InitFont(tkwin, GetStockObject(object), 0, fontPtr);
-
-    return (TkFont *) fontPtr;
-}
-
-/*
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * CreateNamedSystemFont --
- *
- *	This function registers a Windows logical font description with the Tk
- *	named font mechanism.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	A new named font is added to the Tk font registry.
- *
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-CreateNamedSystemLogFont(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,
-    Tk_Window tkwin,
-    const char* name,
-    LOGFONT* logFontPtr)
-{
-    HFONT hFont;
-    int r;
-
-    hFont = CreateFontIndirect(logFontPtr);
-    r = CreateNamedSystemFont(interp, tkwin, name, hFont);
-    DeleteObject((HGDIOBJ)hFont);
-    return r;
-}
-
-/*
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * CreateNamedSystemFont --
- *
- *	This function registers a Windows font with the Tk named font
- *	mechanism.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	A new named font is added to the Tk font registry.
- *
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-CreateNamedSystemFont(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,
-    Tk_Window tkwin,
-    const char* name,
-    HFONT hFont)
-{
-    WinFont winfont;
-    int r;
-
-    TkDeleteNamedFont(NULL, tkwin, name);
-    InitFont(tkwin, hFont, 0, &winfont);
-    r = TkCreateNamedFont(interp, tkwin, name, &winfont.font.fa);
-    TkpDeleteFont((TkFont *)&winfont);
-    return r;
-}
-
-/*
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinSystemFonts --
- *
- *	Create some platform specific named fonts that to give access to the
- *	system fonts. These are all defined for the Windows desktop
- *	parameters.
- *
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkWinSetupSystemFonts(
-    TkMainInfo *mainPtr)
-{
-    Tcl_Interp *interp;
-    Tk_Window tkwin;
-    const TkStateMap *mapPtr;
-    NONCLIENTMETRICS ncMetrics;
-    ICONMETRICS iconMetrics;
-    HFONT hFont;
-
-    interp = (Tcl_Interp *) mainPtr->interp;
-    tkwin = (Tk_Window) mainPtr->winPtr;
-
-    /* force this for now */
-    if (((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr == NULL) {
-	((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr = mainPtr;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * If this API call fails then we will fallback to setting these named
-     * fonts from script in ttk/fonts.tcl. So far I've only seen it fail when
-     * WINVER has been defined for a higher platform than we are running on.
-     * (i.e. WINVER=0x0600 and running on XP).
-     */
-
-    ZeroMemory(&ncMetrics, sizeof(ncMetrics));
-    ncMetrics.cbSize = sizeof(ncMetrics);
-    if (SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS,
-	    sizeof(ncMetrics), &ncMetrics, 0)) {
-	CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkDefaultFont",
-		&ncMetrics.lfMessageFont);
-	CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkHeadingFont",
-		&ncMetrics.lfMessageFont);
-	CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkTextFont",
-		&ncMetrics.lfMessageFont);
-	CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkMenuFont",
-		&ncMetrics.lfMenuFont);
-	CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkTooltipFont",
-		&ncMetrics.lfStatusFont);
-	CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkCaptionFont",
-		&ncMetrics.lfCaptionFont);
-	CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkSmallCaptionFont",
-		&ncMetrics.lfSmCaptionFont);
-    }
-
-    iconMetrics.cbSize = sizeof(iconMetrics);
-    if (SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETICONMETRICS, sizeof(iconMetrics),
-	    &iconMetrics, 0)) {
-	CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkIconFont",
-		&iconMetrics.lfFont);
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Identify an available fixed font. Equivalent to ANSI_FIXED_FONT but
-     * more reliable on Russian Windows.
-     */
-
-    {
-	LOGFONT lfFixed = {
-	    0, 0, 0, 0, FW_NORMAL, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, DEFAULT_CHARSET,
-	    0, 0, DEFAULT_QUALITY, FIXED_PITCH | FF_MODERN, TEXT("")
-	};
-	long pointSize, dpi;
-	HDC hdc = GetDC(NULL);
-	dpi = GetDeviceCaps(hdc, LOGPIXELSY);
-	pointSize = -MulDiv(ncMetrics.lfMessageFont.lfHeight, 72, dpi);
-	lfFixed.lfHeight = -MulDiv(pointSize+1, dpi, 72);
-	ReleaseDC(NULL, hdc);
-	CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkFixedFont", &lfFixed);
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Setup the remaining standard Tk font names as named fonts.
-     */
-
-    for (mapPtr = systemMap; mapPtr->strKey != NULL; mapPtr++) {
-	hFont = (HFONT) GetStockObject(mapPtr->numKey);
-	CreateNamedSystemFont(interp, tkwin, mapPtr->strKey, hFont);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpGetFontFromAttributes --
- *
- *	Given a desired set of attributes for a font, find a font with the
- *	closest matching attributes.
- *
- * Results:
- *	The return value is a pointer to a TkFont that represents the font
- *	with the desired attributes. If a font with the desired attributes
- *	could not be constructed, some other font will be substituted
- *	automatically. NULL is never returned.
- *
- *	Every call to this procedure returns a new TkFont structure, even if
- *	the specified attributes have already been seen before. The caller
- *	should call TkpDeleteFont() to free the platform- specific data when
- *	the font is no longer needed.
- *
- *	The caller is responsible for initializing the memory associated with
- *	the generic TkFont when this function returns and releasing the
- *	contents of the generic TkFont before calling TkpDeleteFont().
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Memory allocated.
- *
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-TkFont *
-TkpGetFontFromAttributes(
-    TkFont *tkFontPtr,		/* If non-NULL, store the information in this
-				 * existing TkFont structure, rather than
-				 * allocating a new structure to hold the
-				 * font; the existing contents of the font
-				 * will be released. If NULL, a new TkFont
-				 * structure is allocated. */
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* For display where font will be used. */
-    const TkFontAttributes *faPtr)
-				/* Set of attributes to match. */
-{
-    int i, j;
-    HDC hdc;
-    HWND hwnd;
-    HFONT hFont;
-    Window window;
-    WinFont *fontPtr;
-    const char *const *const *fontFallbacks;
-    Tk_Uid faceName, fallback, actualName;
-
-    tkwin = (Tk_Window) ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->winPtr;
-    window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
-    hwnd = (window == None) ? NULL : TkWinGetHWND(window);
-    hdc = GetDC(hwnd);
-
-    /*
-     * Algorithm to get the closest font name to the one requested.
-     *
-     * try fontname
-     * try all aliases for fontname
-     * foreach fallback for fontname
-     *	    try the fallback
-     *	    try all aliases for the fallback
-     */
-
-    faceName = faPtr->family;
-    if (faceName != NULL) {
-	actualName = FamilyOrAliasExists(hdc, faceName);
-	if (actualName != NULL) {
-	    faceName = actualName;
-	    goto found;
-	}
-	fontFallbacks = TkFontGetFallbacks();
-	for (i = 0; fontFallbacks[i] != NULL; i++) {
-	    for (j = 0; (fallback = fontFallbacks[i][j]) != NULL; j++) {
-		if (strcasecmp(faceName, fallback) == 0) {
-		    break;
-		}
-	    }
-	    if (fallback != NULL) {
-		for (j = 0; (fallback = fontFallbacks[i][j]) != NULL; j++) {
-		    actualName = FamilyOrAliasExists(hdc, fallback);
-		    if (actualName != NULL) {
-			faceName = actualName;
-			goto found;
-		    }
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-  found:
-    ReleaseDC(hwnd, hdc);
-
-    hFont = GetScreenFont(faPtr, faceName,
-	    (int)(TkFontGetPixels(tkwin, faPtr->size) + 0.5), 0.0);
-    if (tkFontPtr == NULL) {
-	fontPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(WinFont));
-    } else {
-	fontPtr = (WinFont *) tkFontPtr;
-	ReleaseFont(fontPtr);
-    }
-    InitFont(tkwin, hFont, faPtr->overstrike, fontPtr);
-
-    return (TkFont *) fontPtr;
-}
-
-/*
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpDeleteFont --
- *
- *	Called to release a font allocated by TkpGetNativeFont() or
- *	TkpGetFontFromAttributes(). The caller should have already released
- *	the fields of the TkFont that are used exclusively by the generic
- *	TkFont code.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	TkFont is deallocated.
- *
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpDeleteFont(
-    TkFont *tkFontPtr)		/* Token of font to be deleted. */
-{
-    WinFont *fontPtr;
-
-    fontPtr = (WinFont *) tkFontPtr;
-    ReleaseFont(fontPtr);
-}
-
-/*
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpGetFontFamilies, WinFontFamilyEnumProc --
- *
- *	Return information about the font families that are available on the
- *	display of the given window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Modifies interp's result object to hold a list of all the available
- *	font families.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpGetFontFamilies(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interp to hold result. */
-    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* For display to query. */
-{
-    HDC hdc;
-    HWND hwnd;
-    Window window;
-    Tcl_Obj *resultObj;
-
-    window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
-    hwnd = (window == None) ? NULL : TkWinGetHWND(window);
-    hdc = GetDC(hwnd);
-    resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
-
-    /*
-     * On any version NT, there may fonts with international names. Use the
-     * NT-only Unicode version of EnumFontFamilies to get the font names. If
-     * we used the ANSI version on a non-internationalized version of NT, we
-     * would get font names with '?' replacing all the international
-     * characters.
-     *
-     * On a non-internationalized verson of 95, fonts with international names
-     * are not allowed, so the ANSI version of EnumFontFamilies will work. On
-     * an internationalized version of 95, there may be fonts with
-     * international names; the ANSI version will work, fetching the name in
-     * the system code page. Can't use the Unicode version of EnumFontFamilies
-     * because it only exists under NT.
-     */
-
-    EnumFontFamilies(hdc, NULL, (FONTENUMPROC) WinFontFamilyEnumProc,
-	    (LPARAM) resultObj);
-    ReleaseDC(hwnd, hdc);
-    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
-}
-
-static int CALLBACK
-WinFontFamilyEnumProc(
-    ENUMLOGFONT *lfPtr,		/* Logical-font data. */
-    NEWTEXTMETRIC *tmPtr,	/* Physical-font data (not used). */
-    int fontType,		/* Type of font (not used). */
-    LPARAM lParam)		/* Result object to hold result. */
-{
-    char *faceName = (char *) lfPtr->elfLogFont.lfFaceName;
-    Tcl_Obj *resultObj = (Tcl_Obj *) lParam;
-    Tcl_DString faceString;
-
-    Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(systemEncoding, faceName, -1, &faceString);
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-	    Tcl_DStringValue(&faceString), Tcl_DStringLength(&faceString)));
-    Tcl_DStringFree(&faceString);
-    return 1;
-}
-
-/*
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpGetSubFonts --
- *
- *	A function used by the testing package for querying the actual screen
- *	fonts that make up a font object.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Modifies interp's result object to hold a list containing the names of
- *	the screen fonts that make up the given font object.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpGetSubFonts(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interp to hold result. */
-    Tk_Font tkfont)		/* Font object to query. */
-{
-    int i;
-    WinFont *fontPtr;
-    FontFamily *familyPtr;
-    Tcl_Obj *resultPtr, *strPtr;
-
-    resultPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
-    fontPtr = (WinFont *) tkfont;
-    for (i = 0; i < fontPtr->numSubFonts; i++) {
-	familyPtr = fontPtr->subFontArray[i].familyPtr;
-	strPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(familyPtr->faceName, -1);
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, strPtr);
-    }
-    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpGetFontAttrsForChar --
- *
- *	Retrieve the font attributes of the actual font used to render a given
- *	character.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	The font attributes are stored in *faPtr.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpGetFontAttrsForChar(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window on the font's display */
-    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font to query */
-    int c,         		/* Character of interest */
-    TkFontAttributes *faPtr)	/* Output: Font attributes */
-{
-    WinFont *fontPtr = (WinFont *) tkfont;
-				/* Structure describing the logical font */
-    HDC hdc = GetDC(fontPtr->hwnd);
-				/* GDI device context */
-    SubFont *lastSubFontPtr = &fontPtr->subFontArray[0];
-				/* Pointer to subfont array in case
-				 * FindSubFontForChar needs to fix up the
-				 * memory allocation */
-    SubFont *thisSubFontPtr =
-	    FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, c, &lastSubFontPtr);
-				/* Pointer to the subfont to use for the given
-				 * character */
-    FontFamily *familyPtr = thisSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
-    HFONT oldfont;		/* Saved font from the device context */
-    TEXTMETRIC tm;		/* Font metrics of the selected subfont */
-
-    /*
-     * Get the font attributes.
-     */
-
-    oldfont = SelectObject(hdc, thisSubFontPtr->hFont0);
-    GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm);
-    SelectObject(hdc, oldfont);
-    ReleaseDC(fontPtr->hwnd, hdc);
-    faPtr->family = familyPtr->faceName;
-    faPtr->size = TkFontGetPoints(tkwin,
-	    (double)(tm.tmInternalLeading - tm.tmHeight));
-    faPtr->weight = (tm.tmWeight > FW_MEDIUM) ? TK_FW_BOLD : TK_FW_NORMAL;
-    faPtr->slant = tm.tmItalic ? TK_FS_ITALIC : TK_FS_ROMAN;
-    faPtr->underline = (tm.tmUnderlined != 0);
-    faPtr->overstrike = fontPtr->font.fa.overstrike;
-}
-
-/*
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tk_MeasureChars --
- *
- *	Determine the number of bytes from the string that will fit in the
- *	given horizontal span. The measurement is done under the assumption
- *	that Tk_DrawChars() will be used to actually display the characters.
- *
- * Results:
- *	The return value is the number of bytes from source that fit into the
- *	span that extends from 0 to maxLength. *lengthPtr is filled with the
- *	x-coordinate of the right edge of the last character that did fit.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-Tk_MeasureChars(
-    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font in which characters will be drawn. */
-    const char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
-				 * '\0' terminated. */
-    int numBytes,		/* Maximum number of bytes to consider from
-				 * source string. */
-    int maxLength,		/* If >= 0, maxLength specifies the longest
-				 * permissible line length in pixels; don't
-				 * consider any character that would cross
-				 * this x-position. If < 0, then line length
-				 * is unbounded and the flags argument is
-				 * ignored. */
-    int flags,			/* Various flag bits OR-ed together:
-				 * TK_PARTIAL_OK means include the last char
-				 * which only partially fits on this line.
-				 * TK_WHOLE_WORDS means stop on a word
-				 * boundary, if possible. TK_AT_LEAST_ONE
-				 * means return at least one character (or at
-				 * least the first partial word in case
-				 * TK_WHOLE_WORDS is also set) even if no
-				 * characters (words) fit. */
-    int *lengthPtr)		/* Filled with x-location just after the
-				 * terminating character. */
-{
-    HDC hdc;
-    HFONT oldFont;
-    WinFont *fontPtr;
-    int curX, moretomeasure;
-    int ch;
-    SIZE size;
-    FontFamily *familyPtr;
-    Tcl_DString runString;
-    SubFont *thisSubFontPtr, *lastSubFontPtr;
-    const char *p, *end, *next = NULL, *start;
-
-    if (numBytes == 0) {
-	*lengthPtr = 0;
-	return 0;
-    }
-
-    fontPtr = (WinFont *) tkfont;
-
-    hdc = GetDC(fontPtr->hwnd);
-    lastSubFontPtr = &fontPtr->subFontArray[0];
-    oldFont = SelectObject(hdc, lastSubFontPtr->hFont0);
-
-    /*
-     * A three step process:
-     * 1. Find a contiguous range of characters that can all be represented by
-     *    a single screen font.
-     * 2. Convert those chars to the encoding of that font.
-     * 3. Measure converted chars.
-     */
-
-    moretomeasure = 0;
-    curX = 0;
-    start = source;
-    end = start + numBytes;
-    for (p = start; p < end; ) {
-	next = p + TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
-	thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, ch, &lastSubFontPtr);
-	if (thisSubFontPtr != lastSubFontPtr) {
-	    familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
-	    Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, start,
-		    (int) (p - start), &runString);
-	    size.cx = 0;
-	    familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc(hdc,
-		    (TCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
-		    Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont,
-		    &size);
-	    Tcl_DStringFree(&runString);
-	    if (maxLength >= 0 && (curX+size.cx) > maxLength) {
-		moretomeasure = 1;
-		break;
-	    }
-	    curX += size.cx;
-	    lastSubFontPtr = thisSubFontPtr;
-	    start = p;
-
-	    SelectObject(hdc, lastSubFontPtr->hFont0);
-	}
-	p = next;
-    }
-
-    if (!moretomeasure) {
-	/*
-	 * We get here if the previous loop was just finished normally,
-	 * without a break. Just measure the last run and that's it.
-	 */
-
-	familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
-	Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, start,
-		(int) (p - start), &runString);
-	size.cx = 0;
-	familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc(hdc, (TCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
-		Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont,
-		&size);
-	Tcl_DStringFree(&runString);
-	if (maxLength >= 0 && (curX+size.cx) > maxLength) {
-	    moretomeasure = 1;
-	} else {
-	    curX += size.cx;
-	    p = end;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (moretomeasure) {
-	/*
-	 * We get here if the measurement of the last run was over the
-	 * maxLength limit. We need to restart this run and do it char by
-	 * char, but always in context with the previous text to account for
-	 * kerning (especially italics).
-	 */
-
-	char buf[16];
-	int dstWrote;
-	int lastSize = 0;
-
-	familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
-	Tcl_DStringInit(&runString);
-	for (p = start; p < end; ) {
-	    next = p + TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
-	    Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, familyPtr->encoding, p,
-		    (int) (next - p), 0, NULL, buf, sizeof(buf), NULL,
-		    &dstWrote, NULL);
-	    Tcl_DStringAppend(&runString,buf,dstWrote);
-	    size.cx = 0;
-	    familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc(hdc,
-		    (TCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
-		    Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont,
-		    &size);
-	    if ((curX+size.cx) > maxLength) {
-		break;
-	    }
-	    lastSize = size.cx;
-	    p = next;
-	}
-	Tcl_DStringFree(&runString);
-
-	/*
-	 * "p" points to the first character that doesn't fit in the desired
-	 * span. Look at the flags to figure out whether to include this next
-	 * character.
-	 */
-
-	if ((p < end) && (((flags & TK_PARTIAL_OK) && (curX != maxLength))
-		|| ((p==source) && (flags&TK_AT_LEAST_ONE) && (curX==0)))) {
-	    /*
-	     * Include the first character that didn't quite fit in the
-	     * desired span. The width returned will include the width of that
-	     * extra character.
-	     */
-
-	    p = next;
-	    curX += size.cx;
-	} else {
-	    curX += lastSize;
-	}
-    }
-
-    SelectObject(hdc, oldFont);
-    ReleaseDC(fontPtr->hwnd, hdc);
-
-    if ((flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS) && (p < end)) {
-	/*
-	 * Scan the string for the last word break and than repeat the whole
-	 * procedure without the maxLength limit or any flags.
-	 */
-
-	const char *lastWordBreak = NULL;
-	int ch2;
-
-	end = p;
-	p = source;
-	ch = ' ';
-	while (p < end) {
-	    next = p + TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch2);
-	    if ((ch != ' ') && (ch2 == ' ')) {
-		lastWordBreak = p;
-	    }
-	    p = next;
-	    ch = ch2;
-	}
-
-	if (lastWordBreak != NULL) {
-	    return Tk_MeasureChars(tkfont, source, lastWordBreak-source,
-		    -1, 0, lengthPtr);
-	}
-	if (flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE) {
-	    p = end;
-	} else {
-	    p = source;
-	    curX = 0;
-	}
-    }
-
-    *lengthPtr = curX;
-    return p - source;
-}
-
-/*
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpMeasureCharsInContext --
- *
- *	Determine the number of bytes from the string that will fit in the
- *	given horizontal span. The measurement is done under the assumption
- *	that TkpDrawCharsInContext() will be used to actually display the
- *	characters.
- *
- *	This one is almost the same as Tk_MeasureChars(), but with access to
- *	all the characters on the line for context. On Windows this context
- *	isn't consulted, so we just call Tk_MeasureChars().
- *
- * Results:
- *	The return value is the number of bytes from source that fit into the
- *	span that extends from 0 to maxLength. *lengthPtr is filled with the
- *	x-coordinate of the right edge of the last character that did fit.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-TkpMeasureCharsInContext(
-    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font in which characters will be drawn. */
-    const char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
-				 * '\0' terminated. */
-    int numBytes,		/* Maximum number of bytes to consider from
-				 * source string in all. */
-    int rangeStart,		/* Index of first byte to measure. */
-    int rangeLength,		/* Length of range to measure in bytes. */
-    int maxLength,		/* If >= 0, maxLength specifies the longest
-				 * permissible line length; don't consider any
-				 * character that would cross this x-position.
-				 * If < 0, then line length is unbounded and
-				 * the flags argument is ignored. */
-    int flags,			/* Various flag bits OR-ed together:
-				 * TK_PARTIAL_OK means include the last char
-				 * which only partially fit on this line.
-				 * TK_WHOLE_WORDS means stop on a word
-				 * boundary, if possible. TK_AT_LEAST_ONE
-				 * means return at least one character even if
-				 * no characters fit. TK_ISOLATE_END means
-				 * that the last character should not be
-				 * considered in context with the rest of the
-				 * string (used for breaking lines). */
-    int *lengthPtr)		/* Filled with x-location just after the
-				 * terminating character. */
-{
-    (void) numBytes; /*unused*/
-    return Tk_MeasureChars(tkfont, source + rangeStart, rangeLength,
-	    maxLength, flags, lengthPtr);
-}
-
-/*
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tk_DrawChars --
- *
- *	Draw a string of characters on the screen.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Information gets drawn on the screen.
- *
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-Tk_DrawChars(
-    Display *display,		/* Display on which to draw. */
-    Drawable drawable,		/* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */
-    GC gc,			/* Graphics context for drawing characters. */
-    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font in which characters will be drawn;
-				 * must be the same as font used in GC. */
-    const char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
-				 * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
-				 * (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
-				 * should be stripped out of the string that
-				 * is passed to this function. If they are not
-				 * stripped out, they will be displayed as
-				 * regular printing characters. */
-    int numBytes,		/* Number of bytes in string. */
-    int x, int y)		/* Coordinates at which to place origin of
-				 * string when drawing. */
-{
-    HDC dc;
-    WinFont *fontPtr;
-    TkWinDCState state;
-
-    fontPtr = (WinFont *) gc->font;
-    display->request++;
-
-    if (drawable == None) {
-	return;
-    }
-
-    dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, drawable, &state);
-
-    SetROP2(dc, tkpWinRopModes[gc->function]);
-
-    if ((gc->clip_mask != None) &&
-	    ((TkpClipMask *) gc->clip_mask)->type == TKP_CLIP_REGION) {
-	SelectClipRgn(dc, (HRGN)((TkpClipMask *)gc->clip_mask)->value.region);
-    }
-
-    if ((gc->fill_style == FillStippled
-	    || gc->fill_style == FillOpaqueStippled)
-	    && gc->stipple != None) {
-	TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *) gc->stipple;
-	HBRUSH oldBrush, stipple;
-	HBITMAP oldBitmap, bitmap;
-	HDC dcMem;
-	TEXTMETRIC tm;
-	SIZE size;
-
-	if (twdPtr->type != TWD_BITMAP) {
-	    Tcl_Panic("unexpected drawable type in stipple");
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Select stipple pattern into destination dc.
-	 */
-
-	dcMem = CreateCompatibleDC(dc);
-
-	stipple = CreatePatternBrush(twdPtr->bitmap.handle);
-	SetBrushOrgEx(dc, gc->ts_x_origin, gc->ts_y_origin, NULL);
-	oldBrush = SelectObject(dc, stipple);
-
-	SetTextAlign(dcMem, TA_LEFT | TA_BASELINE);
-	SetTextColor(dcMem, gc->foreground);
-	SetBkMode(dcMem, TRANSPARENT);
-	SetBkColor(dcMem, RGB(0, 0, 0));
-
-	/*
-	 * Compute the bounding box and create a compatible bitmap.
-	 */
-
-	GetTextExtentPointA(dcMem, source, numBytes, &size);
-	GetTextMetrics(dcMem, &tm);
-	size.cx -= tm.tmOverhang;
-	bitmap = CreateCompatibleBitmap(dc, size.cx, size.cy);
-	oldBitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap);
-
-	/*
-	 * The following code is tricky because fonts are rendered in multiple
-	 * colors. First we draw onto a black background and copy the white
-	 * bits. Then we draw onto a white background and copy the black bits.
-	 * Both the foreground and background bits of the font are ANDed with
-	 * the stipple pattern as they are copied.
-	 */
-
-	PatBlt(dcMem, 0, 0, size.cx, size.cy, BLACKNESS);
-	MultiFontTextOut(dc, fontPtr, source, numBytes, x, y, 0.0);
-	BitBlt(dc, x, y - tm.tmAscent, size.cx, size.cy, dcMem,
-		0, 0, 0xEA02E9);
-	PatBlt(dcMem, 0, 0, size.cx, size.cy, WHITENESS);
-	MultiFontTextOut(dc, fontPtr, source, numBytes, x, y, 0.0);
-	BitBlt(dc, x, y - tm.tmAscent, size.cx, size.cy, dcMem,
-		0, 0, 0x8A0E06);
-
-	/*
-	 * Destroy the temporary bitmap and restore the device context.
-	 */
-
-	SelectObject(dcMem, oldBitmap);
-	DeleteObject(bitmap);
-	DeleteDC(dcMem);
-	SelectObject(dc, oldBrush);
-	DeleteObject(stipple);
-    } else if (gc->function == GXcopy) {
-	SetTextAlign(dc, TA_LEFT | TA_BASELINE);
-	SetTextColor(dc, gc->foreground);
-	SetBkMode(dc, TRANSPARENT);
-	MultiFontTextOut(dc, fontPtr, source, numBytes, x, y, 0.0);
-    } else {
-	HBITMAP oldBitmap, bitmap;
-	HDC dcMem;
-	TEXTMETRIC tm;
-	SIZE size;
-
-	dcMem = CreateCompatibleDC(dc);
-
-	SetTextAlign(dcMem, TA_LEFT | TA_BASELINE);
-	SetTextColor(dcMem, gc->foreground);
-	SetBkMode(dcMem, TRANSPARENT);
-	SetBkColor(dcMem, RGB(0, 0, 0));
-
-	/*
-	 * Compute the bounding box and create a compatible bitmap.
-	 */
-
-	GetTextExtentPointA(dcMem, source, numBytes, &size);
-	GetTextMetrics(dcMem, &tm);
-	size.cx -= tm.tmOverhang;
-	bitmap = CreateCompatibleBitmap(dc, size.cx, size.cy);
-	oldBitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap);
-
-	MultiFontTextOut(dcMem, fontPtr, source, numBytes, 0, tm.tmAscent,
-		0.0);
-	BitBlt(dc, x, y - tm.tmAscent, size.cx, size.cy, dcMem,
-		0, 0, (DWORD) tkpWinBltModes[gc->function]);
-
-	/*
-	 * Destroy the temporary bitmap and restore the device context.
-	 */
-
-	SelectObject(dcMem, oldBitmap);
-	DeleteObject(bitmap);
-	DeleteDC(dcMem);
-    }
-    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(drawable, dc, &state);
-}
-
-void
-TkDrawAngledChars(
-    Display *display,		/* Display on which to draw. */
-    Drawable drawable,		/* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */
-    GC gc,			/* Graphics context for drawing characters. */
-    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font in which characters will be drawn;
-				 * must be the same as font used in GC. */
-    const char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
-				 * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
-				 * (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
-				 * should be stripped out of the string that
-				 * is passed to this function. If they are not
-				 * stripped out, they will be displayed as
-				 * regular printing characters. */
-    int numBytes,		/* Number of bytes in string. */
-    double x, double y,		/* Coordinates at which to place origin of
-				 * string when drawing. */
-    double angle)
-{
-    HDC dc;
-    WinFont *fontPtr;
-    TkWinDCState state;
-
-    fontPtr = (WinFont *) gc->font;
-    display->request++;
-
-    if (drawable == None) {
-	return;
-    }
-
-    dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, drawable, &state);
-
-    SetROP2(dc, tkpWinRopModes[gc->function]);
-
-    if ((gc->clip_mask != None) &&
-	    ((TkpClipMask *) gc->clip_mask)->type == TKP_CLIP_REGION) {
-	SelectClipRgn(dc, (HRGN)((TkpClipMask *)gc->clip_mask)->value.region);
-    }
-
-    if ((gc->fill_style == FillStippled
-	    || gc->fill_style == FillOpaqueStippled)
-	    && gc->stipple != None) {
-	TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *)gc->stipple;
-	HBRUSH oldBrush, stipple;
-	HBITMAP oldBitmap, bitmap;
-	HDC dcMem;
-	TEXTMETRIC tm;
-	SIZE size;
-
-	if (twdPtr->type != TWD_BITMAP) {
-	    Tcl_Panic("unexpected drawable type in stipple");
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Select stipple pattern into destination dc.
-	 */
-
-	dcMem = CreateCompatibleDC(dc);
-
-	stipple = CreatePatternBrush(twdPtr->bitmap.handle);
-	SetBrushOrgEx(dc, gc->ts_x_origin, gc->ts_y_origin, NULL);
-	oldBrush = SelectObject(dc, stipple);
-
-	SetTextAlign(dcMem, TA_LEFT | TA_BASELINE);
-	SetTextColor(dcMem, gc->foreground);
-	SetBkMode(dcMem, TRANSPARENT);
-	SetBkColor(dcMem, RGB(0, 0, 0));
-
-	/*
-	 * Compute the bounding box and create a compatible bitmap.
-	 */
-
-	GetTextExtentPointA(dcMem, source, numBytes, &size);
-	GetTextMetrics(dcMem, &tm);
-	size.cx -= tm.tmOverhang;
-	bitmap = CreateCompatibleBitmap(dc, size.cx, size.cy);
-	oldBitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap);
-
-	/*
-	 * The following code is tricky because fonts are rendered in multiple
-	 * colors. First we draw onto a black background and copy the white
-	 * bits. Then we draw onto a white background and copy the black bits.
-	 * Both the foreground and background bits of the font are ANDed with
-	 * the stipple pattern as they are copied.
-	 */
-
-	PatBlt(dcMem, 0, 0, size.cx, size.cy, BLACKNESS);
-	MultiFontTextOut(dc, fontPtr, source, numBytes, (int)x, (int)y, angle);
-	BitBlt(dc, (int)x, (int)y - tm.tmAscent, size.cx, size.cy, dcMem,
-		0, 0, 0xEA02E9);
-	PatBlt(dcMem, 0, 0, size.cx, size.cy, WHITENESS);
-	MultiFontTextOut(dc, fontPtr, source, numBytes, (int)x, (int)y, angle);
-	BitBlt(dc, (int)x, (int)y - tm.tmAscent, size.cx, size.cy, dcMem,
-		0, 0, 0x8A0E06);
-
-	/*
-	 * Destroy the temporary bitmap and restore the device context.
-	 */
-
-	SelectObject(dcMem, oldBitmap);
-	DeleteObject(bitmap);
-	DeleteDC(dcMem);
-	SelectObject(dc, oldBrush);
-	DeleteObject(stipple);
-    } else if (gc->function == GXcopy) {
-	SetTextAlign(dc, TA_LEFT | TA_BASELINE);
-	SetTextColor(dc, gc->foreground);
-	SetBkMode(dc, TRANSPARENT);
-	MultiFontTextOut(dc, fontPtr, source, numBytes, (int)x, (int)y, angle);
-    } else {
-	HBITMAP oldBitmap, bitmap;
-	HDC dcMem;
-	TEXTMETRIC tm;
-	SIZE size;
-
-	dcMem = CreateCompatibleDC(dc);
-
-	SetTextAlign(dcMem, TA_LEFT | TA_BASELINE);
-	SetTextColor(dcMem, gc->foreground);
-	SetBkMode(dcMem, TRANSPARENT);
-	SetBkColor(dcMem, RGB(0, 0, 0));
-
-	/*
-	 * Compute the bounding box and create a compatible bitmap.
-	 */
-
-	GetTextExtentPointA(dcMem, source, numBytes, &size);
-	GetTextMetrics(dcMem, &tm);
-	size.cx -= tm.tmOverhang;
-	bitmap = CreateCompatibleBitmap(dc, size.cx, size.cy);
-	oldBitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap);
-
-	MultiFontTextOut(dcMem, fontPtr, source, numBytes, 0, tm.tmAscent,
-		angle);
-	BitBlt(dc, (int)x, (int)y - tm.tmAscent, size.cx, size.cy, dcMem,
-		0, 0, (DWORD) tkpWinBltModes[gc->function]);
-
-	/*
-	 * Destroy the temporary bitmap and restore the device context.
-	 */
-
-	SelectObject(dcMem, oldBitmap);
-	DeleteObject(bitmap);
-	DeleteDC(dcMem);
-    }
-    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(drawable, dc, &state);
-}
-
-/*
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpDrawCharsInContext --
- *
- *	Draw a string of characters on the screen like Tk_DrawChars(), but
- *	with access to all the characters on the line for context. On Windows
- *	this context isn't consulted, so we just call Tk_DrawChars().
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Information gets drawn on the screen.
- *
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpDrawCharsInContext(
-    Display *display,		/* Display on which to draw. */
-    Drawable drawable,		/* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */
-    GC gc,			/* Graphics context for drawing characters. */
-    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Font in which characters will be drawn;
-				 * must be the same as font used in GC. */
-    const char *source,		/* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
-				 * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
-				 * (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
-				 * should be stripped out of the string that
-				 * is passed to this function. If they are not
-				 * stripped out, they will be displayed as
-				 * regular printing characters. */
-    int numBytes,		/* Number of bytes in string. */
-    int rangeStart,		/* Index of first byte to draw. */
-    int rangeLength,		/* Length of range to draw in bytes. */
-    int x, int y)		/* Coordinates at which to place origin of the
-				 * whole (not just the range) string when
-				 * drawing. */
-{
-    int widthUntilStart;
-
-    (void) numBytes; /*unused*/
-
-    Tk_MeasureChars(tkfont, source, rangeStart, -1, 0, &widthUntilStart);
-    Tk_DrawChars(display, drawable, gc, tkfont, source + rangeStart,
-	    rangeLength, x+widthUntilStart, y);
-}
-
-/*
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * MultiFontTextOut --
- *
- *	Helper function for Tk_DrawChars. Draws characters, using the various
- *	screen fonts in fontPtr to draw multilingual characters. Note: No
- *	bidirectional support.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Information gets drawn on the screen. Contents of fontPtr may be
- *	modified if more subfonts were loaded in order to draw all the
- *	multilingual characters in the given string.
- *
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-MultiFontTextOut(
-    HDC hdc,			/* HDC to draw into. */
-    WinFont *fontPtr,		/* Contains set of fonts to use when drawing
-				 * following string. */
-    const char *source,		/* Potentially multilingual UTF-8 string. */
-    int numBytes,		/* Length of string in bytes. */
-    int x, int y,		/* Coordinates at which to place origin of
-				 * string when drawing. */
-    double angle)
-{
-    int ch;
-    SIZE size;
-    HFONT oldFont;
-    FontFamily *familyPtr;
-    Tcl_DString runString;
-    const char *p, *end, *next;
-    SubFont *lastSubFontPtr, *thisSubFontPtr;
-    TEXTMETRIC tm;
-
-    lastSubFontPtr = &fontPtr->subFontArray[0];
-    oldFont = SelectFont(hdc, fontPtr, lastSubFontPtr, angle);
-    GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm);
-
-    end = source + numBytes;
-    for (p = source; p < end; ) {
-	next = p + TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
-	thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, ch, &lastSubFontPtr);
-
-	/*
-	 * The drawing API has a limit of 32767 pixels in one go.
-	 * To avoid spending time on a rare case we do not measure each char,
-	 * instead we limit to drawing chunks of 200 bytes since that works
-	 * well in practice.
-	 */
-
-	if ((thisSubFontPtr != lastSubFontPtr) || (p-source > 200)) {
-	    if (p > source) {
-		familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
- 		Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, source,
-			(int) (p - source), &runString);
-		familyPtr->textOutProc(hdc, x-(tm.tmOverhang/2), y,
-			(TCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
-			Tcl_DStringLength(&runString)>>familyPtr->isWideFont);
-		familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc(hdc,
-			(TCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
-			Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont,
-			&size);
-		x += size.cx;
-		Tcl_DStringFree(&runString);
-	    }
-	    lastSubFontPtr = thisSubFontPtr;
-	    source = p;
-	    SelectFont(hdc, fontPtr, lastSubFontPtr, angle);
-	    GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm);
-	}
-	p = next;
-    }
-    if (p > source) {
-	familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
- 	Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, source,
-		(int) (p - source), &runString);
-	familyPtr->textOutProc(hdc, x-(tm.tmOverhang/2), y,
-		(TCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
-		Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont);
-	Tcl_DStringFree(&runString);
-    }
-    SelectObject(hdc, oldFont);
-}
-
-static inline HFONT
-SelectFont(
-    HDC hdc,
-    WinFont *fontPtr,
-    SubFont *subFontPtr,
-    double angle)
-{
-    if (angle == 0.0) {
-	return SelectObject(hdc, subFontPtr->hFont0);
-    } else if (angle == subFontPtr->angle) {
-	return SelectObject(hdc, subFontPtr->hFontAngled);
-    } else {
-	if (subFontPtr->hFontAngled) {
-	    DeleteObject(subFontPtr->hFontAngled);
-	}
-	subFontPtr->hFontAngled = GetScreenFont(&fontPtr->font.fa,
-		subFontPtr->familyPtr->faceName, fontPtr->pixelSize, angle);
-	if (subFontPtr->hFontAngled == NULL) {
-	    return SelectObject(hdc, subFontPtr->hFont0);
-	}
-	subFontPtr->angle = angle;
-	return SelectObject(hdc, subFontPtr->hFontAngled);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * InitFont --
- *
- *	Helper for TkpGetNativeFont() and TkpGetFontFromAttributes().
- *	Initializes the memory for a new WinFont that wraps the
- *	platform-specific data.
- *
- *	The caller is responsible for initializing the fields of the WinFont
- *	that are used exclusively by the generic TkFont code, and for
- *	releasing those fields before calling TkpDeleteFont().
- *
- * Results:
- *	Fills the WinFont structure.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Memory allocated.
- *
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-InitFont(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of interp in which font will be
-				 * used, for getting HDC. */
-    HFONT hFont,		/* Windows token for font. */
-    int overstrike,		/* The overstrike attribute of logfont used to
-				 * allocate this font. For some reason, the
-				 * TEXTMETRICs may contain incorrect info in
-				 * the tmStruckOut field. */
-    WinFont *fontPtr)		/* Filled with information constructed from
-				 * the above arguments. */
-{
-    HDC hdc;
-    HWND hwnd;
-    HFONT oldFont;
-    TEXTMETRIC tm;
-    Window window;
-    TkFontMetrics *fmPtr;
-    Tcl_Encoding encoding;
-    Tcl_DString faceString;
-    TkFontAttributes *faPtr;
-    TCHAR buf[LF_FACESIZE];
-
-    window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
-    hwnd = (window == None) ? NULL : TkWinGetHWND(window);
-    hdc = GetDC(hwnd);
-    oldFont = SelectObject(hdc, hFont);
-
-    GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm);
-
-    /*
-     * On any version NT, there may fonts with international names. Use the
-     * NT-only Unicode version of GetTextFace to get the font's name. If we
-     * used the ANSI version on a non-internationalized version of NT, we
-     * would get a font name with '?' replacing all the international
-     * characters.
-     *
-     * On a non-internationalized verson of 95, fonts with international names
-     * are not allowed, so the ANSI version of GetTextFace will work. On an
-     * internationalized version of 95, there may be fonts with international
-     * names; the ANSI version will work, fetching the name in the
-     * international system code page. Can't use the Unicode version of
-     * GetTextFace because it only exists under NT.
-     */
-
-    GetTextFace(hdc, LF_FACESIZE, buf);
-    Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(systemEncoding, (char *) buf, -1, &faceString);
-
-    fontPtr->font.fid	= (Font) fontPtr;
-    fontPtr->hwnd	= hwnd;
-    fontPtr->pixelSize	= tm.tmHeight - tm.tmInternalLeading;
-
-    faPtr		= &fontPtr->font.fa;
-    faPtr->family	= Tk_GetUid(Tcl_DStringValue(&faceString));
-
-    faPtr->size =
-	TkFontGetPoints(tkwin,  (double)-(fontPtr->pixelSize));
-    faPtr->weight =
-	    (tm.tmWeight > FW_MEDIUM) ? TK_FW_BOLD : TK_FW_NORMAL;
-    faPtr->slant	= (tm.tmItalic != 0) ? TK_FS_ITALIC : TK_FS_ROMAN;
-    faPtr->underline	= (tm.tmUnderlined != 0) ? 1 : 0;
-    faPtr->overstrike	= overstrike;
-
-    fmPtr		= &fontPtr->font.fm;
-    fmPtr->ascent	= tm.tmAscent;
-    fmPtr->descent	= tm.tmDescent;
-    fmPtr->maxWidth	= tm.tmMaxCharWidth;
-    fmPtr->fixed	= !(tm.tmPitchAndFamily & TMPF_FIXED_PITCH);
-
-    fontPtr->numSubFonts 	= 1;
-    fontPtr->subFontArray	= fontPtr->staticSubFonts;
-    InitSubFont(hdc, hFont, 1, &fontPtr->subFontArray[0]);
-
-    encoding = fontPtr->subFontArray[0].familyPtr->encoding;
-    if (encoding == TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding()) {
-	GetCharWidth(hdc, 0, BASE_CHARS - 1, fontPtr->widths);
-    } else {
-	GetCharWidthA(hdc, 0, BASE_CHARS - 1, fontPtr->widths);
-    }
-    Tcl_DStringFree(&faceString);
-
-    SelectObject(hdc, oldFont);
-    ReleaseDC(hwnd, hdc);
-}
-
-/*
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * ReleaseFont --
- *
- *	Called to release the windows-specific contents of a TkFont. The
- *	caller is responsible for freeing the memory used by the font itself.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Memory is freed.
- *
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-ReleaseFont(
-    WinFont *fontPtr)		/* The font to delete. */
-{
-    int i;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < fontPtr->numSubFonts; i++) {
-	ReleaseSubFont(&fontPtr->subFontArray[i]);
-    }
-    if (fontPtr->subFontArray != fontPtr->staticSubFonts) {
-	ckfree(fontPtr->subFontArray);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * InitSubFont --
- *
- *	Wrap a screen font and load the FontFamily that represents it. Used to
- *	prepare a SubFont so that characters can be mapped from UTF-8 to the
- *	charset of the font.
- *
- * Results:
- *	The subFontPtr is filled with information about the font.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static inline void
-InitSubFont(
-    HDC hdc,			/* HDC in which font can be selected. */
-    HFONT hFont,		/* The screen font. */
-    int base,			/* Non-zero if this SubFont is being used as
-				 * the base font for a font object. */
-    SubFont *subFontPtr)	/* Filled with SubFont constructed from above
-    				 * attributes. */
-{
-    subFontPtr->hFont0	    = hFont;
-    subFontPtr->familyPtr   = AllocFontFamily(hdc, hFont, base);
-    subFontPtr->fontMap	    = subFontPtr->familyPtr->fontMap;
-    subFontPtr->hFontAngled = NULL;
-    subFontPtr->angle	    = 0.0;
-}
-
-/*
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * ReleaseSubFont --
- *
- *	Called to release the contents of a SubFont. The caller is responsible
- *	for freeing the memory used by the SubFont itself.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Memory and resources are freed.
- *
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static inline void
-ReleaseSubFont(
-    SubFont *subFontPtr)	/* The SubFont to delete. */
-{
-    DeleteObject(subFontPtr->hFont0);
-    if (subFontPtr->hFontAngled) {
-	DeleteObject(subFontPtr->hFontAngled);
-    }
-    FreeFontFamily(subFontPtr->familyPtr);
-}
-
-/*
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * AllocFontFamily --
- *
- *	Find the FontFamily structure associated with the given font name. The
- *	information should be stored by the caller in a SubFont and used when
- *	determining if that SubFont supports a character.
- *
- *	Cannot use the string name used to construct the font as the key,
- *	because the capitalization may not be canonical. Therefore use the
- *	face name actually retrieved from the font metrics as the key.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A pointer to a FontFamily. The reference count in the FontFamily is
- *	automatically incremented. When the SubFont is released, the reference
- *	count is decremented. When no SubFont is using this FontFamily, it may
- *	be deleted.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	A new FontFamily structure will be allocated if this font family has
- *	not been seen. TrueType character existence metrics are loaded into
- *	the FontFamily structure.
- *
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static FontFamily *
-AllocFontFamily(
-    HDC hdc,			/* HDC in which font can be selected. */
-    HFONT hFont,		/* Screen font whose FontFamily is to be
-				 * returned. */
-    int base)			/* Non-zero if this font family is to be used
-				 * in the base font of a font object. */
-{
-    Tk_Uid faceName;
-    FontFamily *familyPtr;
-    Tcl_DString faceString;
-    Tcl_Encoding encoding;
-    TCHAR buf[LF_FACESIZE];
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    hFont = SelectObject(hdc, hFont);
-    GetTextFace(hdc, LF_FACESIZE, buf);
-    Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(systemEncoding, (char *) buf, -1, &faceString);
-    faceName = Tk_GetUid(Tcl_DStringValue(&faceString));
-    Tcl_DStringFree(&faceString);
-    hFont = SelectObject(hdc, hFont);
-
-    familyPtr = tsdPtr->fontFamilyList;
-    for ( ; familyPtr != NULL; familyPtr = familyPtr->nextPtr) {
-	if (familyPtr->faceName == faceName) {
-	    familyPtr->refCount++;
-	    return familyPtr;
-	}
-    }
-
-    familyPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(FontFamily));
-    memset(familyPtr, 0, sizeof(FontFamily));
-    familyPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->fontFamilyList;
-    tsdPtr->fontFamilyList = familyPtr;
-
-    /*
-     * Set key for this FontFamily.
-     */
-
-    familyPtr->faceName = faceName;
-
-    /*
-     * An initial refCount of 2 means that FontFamily information will persist
-     * even when the SubFont that loaded the FontFamily is released. Change it
-     * to 1 to cause FontFamilies to be unloaded when not in use.
-     */
-
-    familyPtr->refCount = 2;
-
-    familyPtr->segCount = LoadFontRanges(hdc, hFont, &familyPtr->startCount,
-	    &familyPtr->endCount, &familyPtr->isSymbolFont);
-
-    encoding = NULL;
-    if (familyPtr->isSymbolFont != 0) {
-	/*
-	 * Symbol fonts are handled specially. For instance, Unicode 0393
-	 * (GREEK CAPITAL GAMMA) must be mapped to Symbol character 0047
-	 * (GREEK CAPITAL GAMMA), because the Symbol font doesn't have a GREEK
-	 * CAPITAL GAMMA at location 0393. If Tk interpreted the Symbol font
-	 * using the Unicode encoding, it would decide that the Symbol font
-	 * has no GREEK CAPITAL GAMMA, because the Symbol encoding (of course)
-	 * reports that character 0393 doesn't exist.
-	 *
-	 * With non-symbol Windows fonts, such as Times New Roman, if the font
-	 * has a GREEK CAPITAL GAMMA, it will be found in the correct Unicode
-	 * location (0393); the GREEK CAPITAL GAMMA will not be off hiding at
-	 * some other location.
-	 */
-
-	encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, faceName);
-    }
-
-    if (encoding == NULL) {
-	encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "unicode");
-	familyPtr->textOutProc =
-	    (BOOL (WINAPI *)(HDC, int, int, TCHAR *, int)) TextOutW;
-	familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc =
-	    (BOOL (WINAPI *)(HDC, TCHAR *, int, LPSIZE)) GetTextExtentPoint32W;
-	familyPtr->isWideFont = 1;
-    } else {
-	familyPtr->textOutProc =
-	    (BOOL (WINAPI *)(HDC, int, int, TCHAR *, int)) TextOutA;
-	familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc =
-	    (BOOL (WINAPI *)(HDC, TCHAR *, int, LPSIZE)) GetTextExtentPoint32A;
-	familyPtr->isWideFont = 0;
-    }
-
-    familyPtr->encoding = encoding;
-
-    return familyPtr;
-}
-
-/*
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * FreeFontFamily --
- *
- *	Called to free a FontFamily when the SubFont is finished using it.
- *	Frees the contents of the FontFamily and the memory used by the
- *	FontFamily itself.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-FreeFontFamily(
-    FontFamily *familyPtr)	/* The FontFamily to delete. */
-{
-    int i;
-    FontFamily **familyPtrPtr;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    if (familyPtr == NULL) {
-	return;
-    }
-    if (familyPtr->refCount-- > 1) {
-    	return;
-    }
-    for (i = 0; i < FONTMAP_PAGES; i++) {
-	if (familyPtr->fontMap[i] != NULL) {
-	    ckfree(familyPtr->fontMap[i]);
-	}
-    }
-    if (familyPtr->startCount != NULL) {
-	ckfree(familyPtr->startCount);
-    }
-    if (familyPtr->endCount != NULL) {
-	ckfree(familyPtr->endCount);
-    }
-    if (familyPtr->encoding != TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding()) {
-	Tcl_FreeEncoding(familyPtr->encoding);
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Delete from list.
-     */
-
-    for (familyPtrPtr = &tsdPtr->fontFamilyList; ; ) {
-	if (*familyPtrPtr == familyPtr) {
-	    *familyPtrPtr = familyPtr->nextPtr;
-	    break;
-	}
-	familyPtrPtr = &(*familyPtrPtr)->nextPtr;
-    }
-
-    ckfree(familyPtr);
-}
-
-/*
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * FindSubFontForChar --
- *
- *	Determine which screen font is necessary to use to display the given
- *	character. If the font object does not have a screen font that can
- *	display the character, another screen font may be loaded into the font
- *	object, following a set of preferred fallback rules.
- *
- * Results:
- *	The return value is the SubFont to use to display the given character.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	The contents of fontPtr are modified to cache the results of the
- *	lookup and remember any SubFonts that were dynamically loaded.
- *
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static SubFont *
-FindSubFontForChar(
-    WinFont *fontPtr,		/* The font object with which the character
-				 * will be displayed. */
-    int ch,			/* The Unicode character to be displayed. */
-    SubFont **subFontPtrPtr)	/* Pointer to var to be fixed up if we
-				 * reallocate the subfont table. */
-{
-    HDC hdc;
-    int i, j, k;
-    CanUse canUse;
-    const char *const *aliases;
-    const char *const *anyFallbacks;
-    const char *const *const *fontFallbacks;
-    const char *fallbackName;
-    SubFont *subFontPtr;
-    Tcl_DString ds;
-
-
-    if ((ch < BASE_CHARS) || (ch >= 0x10000)) {
-	return &fontPtr->subFontArray[0];
-    }
-
-    for (i = 0; i < fontPtr->numSubFonts; i++) {
-	if (FontMapLookup(&fontPtr->subFontArray[i], ch)) {
-	    return &fontPtr->subFontArray[i];
-	}
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Keep track of all face names that we check, so we don't check some name
-     * multiple times if it can be reached by multiple paths.
-     */
-
-    Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
-    hdc = GetDC(fontPtr->hwnd);
-
-    aliases = TkFontGetAliasList(fontPtr->font.fa.family);
-
-    fontFallbacks = TkFontGetFallbacks();
-    for (i = 0; fontFallbacks[i] != NULL; i++) {
-	for (j = 0; fontFallbacks[i][j] != NULL; j++) {
-	    fallbackName = fontFallbacks[i][j];
-	    if (strcasecmp(fallbackName, fontPtr->font.fa.family) == 0) {
-		/*
-		 * If the base font has a fallback...
-		 */
-
-		goto tryfallbacks;
-	    } else if (aliases != NULL) {
-		/*
-		 * Or if an alias for the base font has a fallback...
-		 */
-
-		for (k = 0; aliases[k] != NULL; k++) {
-		    if (strcasecmp(aliases[k], fallbackName) == 0) {
-			goto tryfallbacks;
-		    }
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-	continue;
-
-	/*
-	 * ...then see if we can use one of the fallbacks, or an alias for one
-	 * of the fallbacks.
-	 */
-
-    tryfallbacks:
-	for (j = 0; fontFallbacks[i][j] != NULL; j++) {
-	    fallbackName = fontFallbacks[i][j];
-	    subFontPtr = CanUseFallbackWithAliases(hdc, fontPtr, fallbackName,
-		    ch, &ds, subFontPtrPtr);
-	    if (subFontPtr != NULL) {
-		goto end;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * See if we can use something from the global fallback list.
-     */
-
-    anyFallbacks = TkFontGetGlobalClass();
-    for (i = 0; anyFallbacks[i] != NULL; i++) {
-	fallbackName = anyFallbacks[i];
-	subFontPtr = CanUseFallbackWithAliases(hdc, fontPtr, fallbackName,
-		ch, &ds, subFontPtrPtr);
-	if (subFontPtr != NULL) {
-	    goto end;
-	}
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Try all face names available in the whole system until we find one that
-     * can be used.
-     */
-
-    canUse.hdc = hdc;
-    canUse.fontPtr = fontPtr;
-    canUse.nameTriedPtr = &ds;
-    canUse.ch = ch;
-    canUse.subFontPtr = NULL;
-    canUse.subFontPtrPtr = subFontPtrPtr;
-    EnumFontFamilies(hdc, NULL, (FONTENUMPROC) WinFontCanUseProc,
-	    (LPARAM) &canUse);
-    subFontPtr = canUse.subFontPtr;
-
-  end:
-    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
-
-    if (subFontPtr == NULL) {
-	/*
-	 * No font can display this character. We will use the base font and
-	 * have it display the "unknown" character.
-	 */
-
-	subFontPtr = &fontPtr->subFontArray[0];
-	FontMapInsert(subFontPtr, ch);
-    }
-    ReleaseDC(fontPtr->hwnd, hdc);
-    return subFontPtr;
-}
-
-static int CALLBACK
-WinFontCanUseProc(
-    ENUMLOGFONT *lfPtr,		/* Logical-font data. */
-    NEWTEXTMETRIC *tmPtr,	/* Physical-font data (not used). */
-    int fontType,		/* Type of font (not used). */
-    LPARAM lParam)		/* Result object to hold result. */
-{
-    int ch;
-    HDC hdc;
-    WinFont *fontPtr;
-    CanUse *canUsePtr;
-    char *fallbackName;
-    SubFont *subFontPtr;
-    Tcl_DString faceString;
-    Tcl_DString *nameTriedPtr;
-
-    canUsePtr	    = (CanUse *) lParam;
-    ch		    = canUsePtr->ch;
-    hdc		    = canUsePtr->hdc;
-    fontPtr	    = canUsePtr->fontPtr;
-    nameTriedPtr    = canUsePtr->nameTriedPtr;
-
-    fallbackName = (char *) lfPtr->elfLogFont.lfFaceName;
-    Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(systemEncoding, fallbackName, -1, &faceString);
-    fallbackName = Tcl_DStringValue(&faceString);
-
-    if (SeenName(fallbackName, nameTriedPtr) == 0) {
-	subFontPtr = CanUseFallback(hdc, fontPtr, fallbackName, ch,
-		canUsePtr->subFontPtrPtr);
-	if (subFontPtr != NULL) {
-	    canUsePtr->subFontPtr = subFontPtr;
-	    Tcl_DStringFree(&faceString);
-	    return 0;
-	}
-    }
-    Tcl_DStringFree(&faceString);
-    return 1;
-}
-
-/*
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * FontMapLookup --
- *
- *	See if the screen font can display the given character.
- *
- * Results:
- *	The return value is 0 if the screen font cannot display the character,
- *	non-zero otherwise.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	New pages are added to the font mapping cache whenever the character
- *	belongs to a page that hasn't been seen before. When a page is loaded,
- *	information about all the characters on that page is stored, not just
- *	for the single character in question.
- *
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-FontMapLookup(
-    SubFont *subFontPtr,	/* Contains font mapping cache to be queried
-				 * and possibly updated. */
-    int ch)			/* Character to be tested. */
-{
-    int row, bitOffset;
-
-    row = ch >> FONTMAP_SHIFT;
-    if (subFontPtr->fontMap[row] == NULL) {
-	FontMapLoadPage(subFontPtr, row);
-    }
-    bitOffset = ch & (FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE - 1);
-    return (subFontPtr->fontMap[row][bitOffset >> 3] >> (bitOffset & 7)) & 1;
-}
-
-/*
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * FontMapInsert --
- *
- *	Tell the font mapping cache that the given screen font should be used
- *	to display the specified character. This is called when no font on the
- *	system can be be found that can display that character; we lie to the
- *	font and tell it that it can display the character, otherwise we would
- *	end up re-searching the entire fallback hierarchy every time that
- *	character was seen.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	New pages are added to the font mapping cache whenever the character
- *	belongs to a page that hasn't been seen before. When a page is loaded,
- *	information about all the characters on that page is stored, not just
- *	for the single character in question.
- *
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-FontMapInsert(
-    SubFont *subFontPtr,	/* Contains font mapping cache to be
-				 * updated. */
-    int ch)			/* Character to be added to cache. */
-{
-    int row, bitOffset;
-
-    row = ch >> FONTMAP_SHIFT;
-    if (subFontPtr->fontMap[row] == NULL) {
-	FontMapLoadPage(subFontPtr, row);
-    }
-    bitOffset = ch & (FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE - 1);
-    subFontPtr->fontMap[row][bitOffset >> 3] |= 1 << (bitOffset & 7);
-}
-
-/*
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * FontMapLoadPage --
- *
- *	Load information about all the characters on a given page. This
- *	information consists of one bit per character that indicates whether
- *	the associated HFONT can (1) or cannot (0) display the characters on
- *	the page.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Mempry allocated.
- *
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-FontMapLoadPage(
-    SubFont *subFontPtr,	/* Contains font mapping cache to be
-				 * updated. */
-    int row)			/* Index of the page to be loaded into the
-				 * cache. */
-{
-    FontFamily *familyPtr;
-    Tcl_Encoding encoding;
-    char src[XMaxTransChars], buf[16];
-    USHORT *startCount, *endCount;
-    int i, j, bitOffset, end, segCount;
-
-    subFontPtr->fontMap[row] = ckalloc(FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE / 8);
-    memset(subFontPtr->fontMap[row], 0, FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE / 8);
-
-    familyPtr = subFontPtr->familyPtr;
-    encoding = familyPtr->encoding;
-
-    if (familyPtr->encoding == TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding()) {
-	/*
-	 * Font is Unicode. Few fonts are going to have all characters, so
-	 * examine the TrueType character existence metrics to determine what
-	 * characters actually exist in this font.
-	 */
-
-	segCount    = familyPtr->segCount;
-	startCount  = familyPtr->startCount;
-	endCount    = familyPtr->endCount;
-
-	j = 0;
-	end = (row + 1) << FONTMAP_SHIFT;
-	for (i = row << FONTMAP_SHIFT; i < end; i++) {
-	    for ( ; j < segCount; j++) {
-		if (endCount[j] >= i) {
-		    if (startCount[j] <= i) {
-			bitOffset = i & (FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE - 1);
-			subFontPtr->fontMap[row][bitOffset >> 3] |=
-				1 << (bitOffset & 7);
-		    }
-		    break;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-    } else if (familyPtr->isSymbolFont) {
-	/*
-	 * Assume that a symbol font with a known encoding has all the
-	 * characters that its encoding claims it supports.
-	 *
-	 * The test for "encoding == unicodeEncoding" must occur before this
-	 * case, to catch all symbol fonts (such as {Comic Sans MS} or
-	 * Wingdings) for which we don't have encoding information; those
-	 * symbol fonts are treated as if they were in the Unicode encoding
-	 * and their symbolic character existence metrics are treated as if
-	 * they were Unicode character existence metrics. This way, although
-	 * we don't know the proper Unicode -> symbol font mapping, we can
-	 * install the symbol font as the base font and access its glyphs.
-	 */
-
-	end = (row + 1) << FONTMAP_SHIFT;
-	for (i = row << FONTMAP_SHIFT; i < end; i++) {
-	    if (Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, encoding, src,
-		    Tcl_UniCharToUtf(i, src), TCL_ENCODING_STOPONERROR, NULL,
-		    buf, sizeof(buf), NULL, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
-		continue;
-	    }
-	    bitOffset = i & (FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE - 1);
-	    subFontPtr->fontMap[row][bitOffset >> 3] |= 1 << (bitOffset & 7);
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * CanUseFallbackWithAliases --
- *
- *	Helper function for FindSubFontForChar. Determine if the specified
- *	face name (or an alias of the specified face name) can be used to
- *	construct a screen font that can display the given character.
- *
- * Results:
- *	See CanUseFallback().
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	If the name and/or one of its aliases was rejected, the rejected
- *	string is recorded in nameTriedPtr so that it won't be tried again.
- *
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static SubFont *
-CanUseFallbackWithAliases(
-    HDC hdc,			/* HDC in which font can be selected. */
-    WinFont *fontPtr,		/* The font object that will own the new
-				 * screen font. */
-    const char *faceName,	/* Desired face name for new screen font. */
-    int ch,			/* The Unicode character that the new screen
-				 * font must be able to display. */
-    Tcl_DString *nameTriedPtr,	/* Records face names that have already been
-				 * tried. It is possible for the same face
-				 * name to be queried multiple times when
-				 * trying to find a suitable screen font. */
-    SubFont **subFontPtrPtr)	/* Variable to fixup if we reallocate the
-				 * array of subfonts. */
-{
-    int i;
-    const char *const *aliases;
-    SubFont *subFontPtr;
-
-    if (SeenName(faceName, nameTriedPtr) == 0) {
-	subFontPtr = CanUseFallback(hdc, fontPtr, faceName, ch, subFontPtrPtr);
-	if (subFontPtr != NULL) {
-	    return subFontPtr;
-	}
-    }
-    aliases = TkFontGetAliasList(faceName);
-    if (aliases != NULL) {
-	for (i = 0; aliases[i] != NULL; i++) {
-	    if (SeenName(aliases[i], nameTriedPtr) == 0) {
-		subFontPtr = CanUseFallback(hdc, fontPtr, aliases[i], ch,
-			subFontPtrPtr);
-		if (subFontPtr != NULL) {
-		    return subFontPtr;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-/*
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * SeenName --
- *
- *	Used to determine we have already tried and rejected the given face
- *	name when looking for a screen font that can support some Unicode
- *	character.
- *
- * Results:
- *	The return value is 0 if this face name has not already been seen,
- *	non-zero otherwise.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-SeenName(
-    const char *name,		/* The name to check. */
-    Tcl_DString *dsPtr)		/* Contains names that have already been
-				 * seen. */
-{
-    const char *seen, *end;
-
-    seen = Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
-    end = seen + Tcl_DStringLength(dsPtr);
-    while (seen < end) {
-	if (strcasecmp(seen, name) == 0) {
-	    return 1;
-	}
-	seen += strlen(seen) + 1;
-    }
-    Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, name, (int) (strlen(name) + 1));
-    return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * CanUseFallback --
- *
- *	If the specified screen font has not already been loaded into the font
- *	object, determine if it can display the given character.
- *
- * Results:
- *	The return value is a pointer to a newly allocated SubFont, owned by
- *	the font object. This SubFont can be used to display the given
- *	character. The SubFont represents the screen font with the base set of
- *	font attributes from the font object, but using the specified font
- *	name. NULL is returned if the font object already holds a reference to
- *	the specified physical font or if the specified physical font cannot
- *	display the given character.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	The font object's subFontArray is updated to contain a reference to
- *	the newly allocated SubFont.
- *
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static SubFont *
-CanUseFallback(
-    HDC hdc,			/* HDC in which font can be selected. */
-    WinFont *fontPtr,		/* The font object that will own the new
-				 * screen font. */
-    const char *faceName,	/* Desired face name for new screen font. */
-    int ch,			/* The Unicode character that the new screen
-				 * font must be able to display. */
-    SubFont **subFontPtrPtr)	/* Variable to fix-up if we realloc the array
-				 * of subfonts. */
-{
-    int i;
-    HFONT hFont;
-    SubFont subFont;
-
-    if (FamilyExists(hdc, faceName) == 0) {
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Skip all fonts we've already used.
-     */
-
-    for (i = 0; i < fontPtr->numSubFonts; i++) {
-	if (faceName == fontPtr->subFontArray[i].familyPtr->faceName) {
-	    return NULL;
-	}
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Load this font and see if it has the desired character.
-     */
-
-    hFont = GetScreenFont(&fontPtr->font.fa, faceName, fontPtr->pixelSize,
-	    0.0);
-    InitSubFont(hdc, hFont, 0, &subFont);
-    if (((ch < 256) && (subFont.familyPtr->isSymbolFont))
-	    || (FontMapLookup(&subFont, ch) == 0)) {
-	/*
-	 * Don't use a symbol font as a fallback font for characters below
-	 * 256.
-	 */
-
-	ReleaseSubFont(&subFont);
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-    if (fontPtr->numSubFonts >= SUBFONT_SPACE) {
-	SubFont *newPtr;
-
-    	newPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(SubFont) * (fontPtr->numSubFonts + 1));
-	memcpy(newPtr, fontPtr->subFontArray,
-		fontPtr->numSubFonts * sizeof(SubFont));
-	if (fontPtr->subFontArray != fontPtr->staticSubFonts) {
-	    ckfree(fontPtr->subFontArray);
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Fix up the variable pointed to by subFontPtrPtr so it still points
-	 * into the live array. [Bug 618872]
-	 */
-
-	*subFontPtrPtr = newPtr + (*subFontPtrPtr - fontPtr->subFontArray);
-	fontPtr->subFontArray = newPtr;
-    }
-    fontPtr->subFontArray[fontPtr->numSubFonts] = subFont;
-    fontPtr->numSubFonts++;
-    return &fontPtr->subFontArray[fontPtr->numSubFonts - 1];
-}
-
-/*
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * GetScreenFont --
- *
- *	Given the name and other attributes, construct an HFONT. This is where
- *	all the alias and fallback substitution bottoms out.
- *
- * Results:
- *	The screen font that corresponds to the attributes.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static HFONT
-GetScreenFont(
-    const TkFontAttributes *faPtr,
-				/* Desired font attributes for new HFONT. */
-    const char *faceName,	/* Overrides font family specified in font
-				 * attributes. */
-    int pixelSize,		/* Overrides size specified in font
-				 * attributes. */
-    double angle)		/* What is the desired orientation of the
-				 * font. */
-{
-    Tcl_DString ds;
-    HFONT hFont;
-    LOGFONT lf;
-
-    memset(&lf, 0, sizeof(lf));
-    lf.lfHeight		= -pixelSize;
-    lf.lfWidth		= 0;
-    lf.lfEscapement	= ROUND16(angle * 10);
-    lf.lfOrientation	= ROUND16(angle * 10);
-    lf.lfWeight = (faPtr->weight == TK_FW_NORMAL) ? FW_NORMAL : FW_BOLD;
-    lf.lfItalic		= faPtr->slant;
-    lf.lfUnderline	= faPtr->underline;
-    lf.lfStrikeOut	= faPtr->overstrike;
-    lf.lfCharSet	= DEFAULT_CHARSET;
-    lf.lfOutPrecision	= OUT_TT_PRECIS;
-    lf.lfClipPrecision	= CLIP_DEFAULT_PRECIS;
-    lf.lfQuality	= DEFAULT_QUALITY;
-    lf.lfPitchAndFamily = DEFAULT_PITCH | FF_DONTCARE;
-
-    Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(systemEncoding, faceName, -1, &ds);
-    _tcsncpy(lf.lfFaceName, (TCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), LF_FACESIZE-1);
-    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
-    lf.lfFaceName[LF_FACESIZE-1] = 0;
-    hFont = CreateFontIndirect(&lf);
-    return hFont;
-}
-
-/*
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * FamilyExists, FamilyOrAliasExists, WinFontExistsProc --
- *
- *	Determines if any physical screen font exists on the system with the
- *	given family name. If the family exists, then it should be possible to
- *	construct some physical screen font with that family name.
- *
- * Results:
- *	The return value is 0 if the specified font family does not exist,
- *	non-zero otherwise.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-FamilyExists(
-    HDC hdc,			/* HDC in which font family will be used. */
-    const char *faceName)	/* Font family to query. */
-{
-    int result;
-    Tcl_DString faceString;
-
-    /*
-     * Just immediately rule out the following fonts, because they look so
-     * ugly on windows. The caller's fallback mechanism will cause the
-     * corresponding appropriate TrueType fonts to be selected.
-     */
-
-    if (strcasecmp(faceName, "Courier") == 0) {
-	return 0;
-    }
-    if (strcasecmp(faceName, "Times") == 0) {
-	return 0;
-    }
-    if (strcasecmp(faceName, "Helvetica") == 0) {
-	return 0;
-    }
-
-    Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(systemEncoding, faceName, -1, &faceString);
-
-    /*
-     * If the family exists, WinFontExistProc() will be called and
-     * EnumFontFamilies() will return whatever WinFontExistProc() returns. If
-     * the family doesn't exist, EnumFontFamilies() will just return a
-     * non-zero value.
-     */
-
-    result = EnumFontFamilies(hdc, (TCHAR*) Tcl_DStringValue(&faceString),
-	    (FONTENUMPROC) WinFontExistProc, 0);
-    Tcl_DStringFree(&faceString);
-    return (result == 0);
-}
-
-static const char *
-FamilyOrAliasExists(
-    HDC hdc,
-    const char *faceName)
-{
-    const char *const *aliases;
-    int i;
-
-    if (FamilyExists(hdc, faceName) != 0) {
-	return faceName;
-    }
-    aliases = TkFontGetAliasList(faceName);
-    if (aliases != NULL) {
-	for (i = 0; aliases[i] != NULL; i++) {
-	    if (FamilyExists(hdc, aliases[i]) != 0) {
-		return aliases[i];
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-static int CALLBACK
-WinFontExistProc(
-    ENUMLOGFONT *lfPtr,		/* Logical-font data. */
-    NEWTEXTMETRIC *tmPtr,	/* Physical-font data (not used). */
-    int fontType,		/* Type of font (not used). */
-    LPARAM lParam)		/* EnumFontData to hold result. */
-{
-    return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * The following data structures are used when querying a TrueType font file
- * to determine which characters the font supports.
- */
-
-#pragma pack(1)			/* Structures are byte aligned in file. */
-
-#define CMAPHEX 0x636d6170	/* Key for character map resource. */
-
-typedef struct CMAPTABLE {
-    USHORT version;		/* Table version number (0). */
-    USHORT numTables;		/* Number of encoding tables following. */
-} CMAPTABLE;
-
-typedef struct ENCODINGTABLE {
-    USHORT platform;		/* Platform for which data is targeted. 3
-				 * means data is for Windows. */
-    USHORT encoding;		/* How characters in font are encoded. 1 means
-				 * that the following subtable is keyed based
-				 * on Unicode. */
-    ULONG offset;		/* Byte offset from beginning of CMAPTABLE to
-				 * the subtable for this encoding. */
-} ENCODINGTABLE;
-
-typedef struct ANYTABLE {
-    USHORT format;		/* Format number. */
-    USHORT length;		/* The actual length in bytes of this
-				 * subtable. */
-    USHORT version;		/* Version number (starts at 0). */
-} ANYTABLE;
-
-typedef struct BYTETABLE {
-    USHORT format;		/* Format number is set to 0. */
-    USHORT length;		/* The actual length in bytes of this
-				 * subtable. */
-    USHORT version;		/* Version number (starts at 0). */
-    BYTE glyphIdArray[256];	/* Array that maps up to 256 single-byte char
-				 * codes to glyph indices. */
-} BYTETABLE;
-
-typedef struct SUBHEADER {
-    USHORT firstCode;		/* First valid low byte for subHeader. */
-    USHORT entryCount;		/* Number valid low bytes for subHeader. */
-    SHORT idDelta;		/* Constant adder to get base glyph index. */
-    USHORT idRangeOffset;	/* Byte offset from here to appropriate
-				 * glyphIndexArray. */
-} SUBHEADER;
-
-typedef struct HIBYTETABLE {
-    USHORT format;		/* Format number is set to 2. */
-    USHORT length;		/* The actual length in bytes of this
-				 * subtable. */
-    USHORT version;		/* Version number (starts at 0). */
-    USHORT subHeaderKeys[256];	/* Maps high bytes to subHeaders: value is
-				 * subHeader index * 8. */
-#if 0
-    SUBHEADER subHeaders[];	/* Variable-length array of SUBHEADERs. */
-    USHORT glyphIndexArray[];	/* Variable-length array containing subarrays
-				 * used for mapping the low byte of 2-byte
-				 * characters. */
-#endif
-} HIBYTETABLE;
-
-typedef struct SEGMENTTABLE {
-    USHORT format;		/* Format number is set to 4. */
-    USHORT length;		/* The actual length in bytes of this
-				 * subtable. */
-    USHORT version;		/* Version number (starts at 0). */
-    USHORT segCountX2;		/* 2 x segCount. */
-    USHORT searchRange;		/* 2 x (2**floor(log2(segCount))). */
-    USHORT entrySelector;	/* log2(searchRange/2). */
-    USHORT rangeShift;		/* 2 x segCount - searchRange. */
-#if 0
-    USHORT endCount[segCount]	/* End characterCode for each segment. */
-    USHORT reservedPad;		/* Set to 0. */
-    USHORT startCount[segCount];/* Start character code for each segment. */
-    USHORT idDelta[segCount];	/* Delta for all character in segment. */
-    USHORT idRangeOffset[segCount]; /* Offsets into glyphIdArray or 0. */
-    USHORT glyphIdArray[]	/* Glyph index array. */
-#endif
-} SEGMENTTABLE;
-
-typedef struct TRIMMEDTABLE {
-    USHORT format;		/* Format number is set to 6. */
-    USHORT length;		/* The actual length in bytes of this
-				 * subtable. */
-    USHORT version;		/* Version number (starts at 0). */
-    USHORT firstCode;		/* First character code of subrange. */
-    USHORT entryCount;		/* Number of character codes in subrange. */
-#if 0
-    USHORT glyphIdArray[];	/* Array of glyph index values for
-				 * character codes in the range. */
-#endif
-} TRIMMEDTABLE;
-
-typedef union SUBTABLE {
-    ANYTABLE any;
-    BYTETABLE byte;
-    HIBYTETABLE hiByte;
-    SEGMENTTABLE segment;
-    TRIMMEDTABLE trimmed;
-} SUBTABLE;
-
-#pragma pack()
-
-/*
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * LoadFontRanges --
- *
- *	Given an HFONT, get the information about the characters that this
- *	font can display.
- *
- * Results:
- *	If the font has no Unicode character information, the return value is
- *	0 and *startCountPtr and *endCountPtr are filled with NULL. Otherwise,
- *	*startCountPtr and *endCountPtr are set to pointers to arrays of
- *	TrueType character existence information and the return value is the
- *	length of the arrays (the two arrays are always the same length as
- *	each other).
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-LoadFontRanges(
-    HDC hdc,			/* HDC into which font can be selected. */
-    HFONT hFont,		/* HFONT to query. */
-    USHORT **startCountPtr,	/* Filled with malloced pointer to character
-				 * range information. */
-    USHORT **endCountPtr,	/* Filled with malloced pointer to character
-				 * range information. */
-    int *symbolPtr)
- {
-    int n, i, swapped, offset, cbData, segCount;
-    DWORD cmapKey;
-    USHORT *startCount, *endCount;
-    CMAPTABLE cmapTable;
-    ENCODINGTABLE encTable;
-    SUBTABLE subTable;
-    char *s;
-
-    segCount = 0;
-    startCount = NULL;
-    endCount = NULL;
-    *symbolPtr = 0;
-
-    hFont = SelectObject(hdc, hFont);
-
-    i = 0;
-    s = (char *) &i;
-    *s = '\1';
-    swapped = 0;
-
-    if (i == 1) {
-	swapped = 1;
-    }
-
-    cmapKey = CMAPHEX;
-    if (swapped) {
-	SwapLong(&cmapKey);
-    }
-
-    n = GetFontData(hdc, cmapKey, 0, &cmapTable, sizeof(cmapTable));
-    if (n != (int) GDI_ERROR) {
-	if (swapped) {
-	    SwapShort(&cmapTable.numTables);
-	}
-	for (i = 0; i < cmapTable.numTables; i++) {
-	    offset = sizeof(cmapTable) + i * sizeof(encTable);
-	    GetFontData(hdc, cmapKey, (DWORD) offset, &encTable,
-		    sizeof(encTable));
-	    if (swapped) {
-		SwapShort(&encTable.platform);
-		SwapShort(&encTable.encoding);
-		SwapLong(&encTable.offset);
-	    }
-	    if (encTable.platform != 3) {
-		/*
-		 * Not Microsoft encoding.
-		 */
-
-		continue;
-	    }
-	    if (encTable.encoding == 0) {
-		*symbolPtr = 1;
-	    } else if (encTable.encoding != 1) {
-		continue;
-	    }
-
-	    GetFontData(hdc, cmapKey, (DWORD) encTable.offset, &subTable,
-		    sizeof(subTable));
-	    if (swapped) {
-		SwapShort(&subTable.any.format);
-	    }
-	    if (subTable.any.format == 4) {
-		if (swapped) {
-		    SwapShort(&subTable.segment.segCountX2);
-		}
-		segCount = subTable.segment.segCountX2 / 2;
-		cbData = segCount * sizeof(USHORT);
-
-		startCount = ckalloc(cbData);
-		endCount = ckalloc(cbData);
-
-		offset = encTable.offset + sizeof(subTable.segment);
-		GetFontData(hdc, cmapKey, (DWORD) offset, endCount, cbData);
-		offset += cbData + sizeof(USHORT);
-		GetFontData(hdc, cmapKey, (DWORD) offset, startCount, cbData);
-		if (swapped) {
-		    for (i = 0; i < segCount; i++) {
-			SwapShort(&endCount[i]);
-			SwapShort(&startCount[i]);
-		    }
-		}
-		if (*symbolPtr != 0) {
-		    /*
-		     * Empirically determined: When a symbol font is loaded,
-		     * the character existence metrics obtained from the
-		     * system are mildly wrong. If the real range of the
-		     * symbol font is from 0020 to 00FE, then the metrics are
-		     * reported as F020 to F0FE. When we load a symbol font,
-		     * we must fix the character existence metrics.
-		     *
-		     * Symbol fonts should only use the symbol encoding for
-		     * 8-bit characters [note Bug: 2406]
-		     */
-
-		    for (i = 0; i < segCount; i++) {
-			if (((startCount[i] & 0xff00) == 0xf000)
-				&& ((endCount[i] & 0xff00) == 0xf000)) {
-			    startCount[i] &= 0xff;
-			    endCount[i] &= 0xff;
-			}
-		    }
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-    } else if (GetTextCharset(hdc) == ANSI_CHARSET) {
-	/*
-	 * Bitmap font. We should also support ranges for the other *_CHARSET
-	 * values.
-	 */
-
-	segCount = 1;
-	cbData = segCount * sizeof(USHORT);
-	startCount = ckalloc(cbData);
-	endCount = ckalloc(cbData);
-	startCount[0] = 0x0000;
-	endCount[0] = 0x00ff;
-    }
-    SelectObject(hdc, hFont);
-
-    *startCountPtr = startCount;
-    *endCountPtr = endCount;
-    return segCount;
-}
-
-/*
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * SwapShort, SwapLong --
- *
- *	Helper functions to convert the data loaded from TrueType font files
- *	to Intel byte ordering.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Bytes of input value are swapped and stored back in argument.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static inline void
-SwapShort(
-    PUSHORT p)
-{
-    *p = (SHORT)(HIBYTE(*p) + (LOBYTE(*p) << 8));
-}
-
-static inline void
-SwapLong(
-    PULONG p)
-{
-    ULONG temp;
-
-    temp = (LONG) ((BYTE) *p);
-    temp <<= 8;
-    *p >>=8;
-
-    temp += (LONG) ((BYTE) *p);
-    temp <<= 8;
-    *p >>=8;
-
-    temp += (LONG) ((BYTE) *p);
-    temp <<= 8;
-    *p >>=8;
-
-    temp += (LONG) ((BYTE) *p);
-    *p = temp;
-}
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: c
- * c-basic-offset: 4
- * fill-column: 78
- * End:
- */
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/tkWinImage.c b/tk8.6/win/tkWinImage.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d61b84a..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/tkWinImage.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,696 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * tkWinImage.c --
- *
- *	This file contains routines for manipulation full-color images.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
- * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
- */
-
-#include "tkWinInt.h"
-
-static int		DestroyImage(XImage* data);
-static unsigned long	ImageGetPixel(XImage *image, int x, int y);
-static int		PutPixel(XImage *image, int x, int y,
-			    unsigned long pixel);
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * DestroyImage --
- *
- *	This is a trivial wrapper around ckfree to make it possible to pass
- *	ckfree as a pointer.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Deallocates the image.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-DestroyImage(
-    XImage *imagePtr)		/* Image to free. */
-{
-    if (imagePtr) {
-	if (imagePtr->data) {
-	    ckfree(imagePtr->data);
-	}
-	ckfree(imagePtr);
-    }
-    return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * ImageGetPixel --
- *
- *	Get a single pixel from an image.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns the 32 bit pixel value.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static unsigned long
-ImageGetPixel(
-    XImage *image,
-    int x, int y)
-{
-    unsigned long pixel = 0;
-    unsigned char *srcPtr = (unsigned char *) &(image->data[(y * image->bytes_per_line)
-	    + ((x * image->bits_per_pixel) / NBBY)]);
-
-    switch (image->bits_per_pixel) {
-    case 32:
-    case 24:
-	pixel = RGB(srcPtr[2], srcPtr[1], srcPtr[0]);
-	break;
-    case 16:
-	pixel = RGB(((((WORD*)srcPtr)[0]) >> 7) & 0xf8,
-		((((WORD*)srcPtr)[0]) >> 2) & 0xf8,
-		((((WORD*)srcPtr)[0]) << 3) & 0xf8);
-	break;
-    case 8:
-	pixel = srcPtr[0];
-	break;
-    case 4:
-	pixel = ((x%2) ? (*srcPtr) : ((*srcPtr) >> 4)) & 0x0f;
-	break;
-    case 1:
-	pixel = ((*srcPtr) & (0x80 >> (x%8))) ? 1 : 0;
-	break;
-    }
-    return pixel;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * PutPixel --
- *
- *	Set a single pixel in an image.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-PutPixel(
-    XImage *image,
-    int x, int y,
-    unsigned long pixel)
-{
-    unsigned char *destPtr = (unsigned char *) &(image->data[(y * image->bytes_per_line)
-	    + ((x * image->bits_per_pixel) / NBBY)]);
-
-    switch  (image->bits_per_pixel) {
-    case 32:
-	/*
-	 * Pixel is DWORD: 0x00BBGGRR
-	 */
-
-	destPtr[3] = 0;
-    case 24:
-	/*
-	 * Pixel is triplet: 0xBBGGRR.
-	 */
-
-	destPtr[0] = (unsigned char) GetBValue(pixel);
-	destPtr[1] = (unsigned char) GetGValue(pixel);
-	destPtr[2] = (unsigned char) GetRValue(pixel);
-	break;
-    case 16:
-	/*
-	 * Pixel is WORD: 5-5-5 (R-G-B)
-	 */
-
-	(*(WORD*)destPtr) = ((GetRValue(pixel) & 0xf8) << 7)
-		| ((GetGValue(pixel) & 0xf8) <<2)
-		| ((GetBValue(pixel) & 0xf8) >> 3);
-	break;
-    case 8:
-	/*
-	 * Pixel is 8-bit index into color table.
-	 */
-
-	(*destPtr) = (unsigned char) pixel;
-	break;
-    case 4:
-	/*
-	 * Pixel is 4-bit index in MSBFirst order.
-	 */
-
-	if (x%2) {
-	    (*destPtr) = (unsigned char) (((*destPtr) & 0xf0)
-		    | (pixel & 0x0f));
-	} else {
-	    (*destPtr) = (unsigned char) (((*destPtr) & 0x0f)
-		    | ((pixel << 4) & 0xf0));
-	}
-	break;
-    case 1: {
-	/*
-	 * Pixel is bit in MSBFirst order.
-	 */
-
-	int mask = (0x80 >> (x%8));
-
-	if (pixel) {
-	    (*destPtr) |= mask;
-	} else {
-	    (*destPtr) &= ~mask;
-	}
-	break;
-    }
-    }
-    return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XCreateImage --
- *
- *	Allocates storage for a new XImage.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns a newly allocated XImage.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-XImage *
-XCreateImage(
-    Display *display,
-    Visual *visual,
-    unsigned int depth,
-    int format,
-    int offset,
-    char *data,
-    unsigned int width,
-    unsigned int height,
-    int bitmap_pad,
-    int bytes_per_line)
-{
-    XImage* imagePtr = ckalloc(sizeof(XImage));
-    imagePtr->width = width;
-    imagePtr->height = height;
-    imagePtr->xoffset = offset;
-    imagePtr->format = format;
-    imagePtr->data = data;
-    imagePtr->byte_order = LSBFirst;
-    imagePtr->bitmap_unit = 8;
-    imagePtr->bitmap_bit_order = LSBFirst;
-    imagePtr->bitmap_pad = bitmap_pad;
-    imagePtr->bits_per_pixel = depth;
-    imagePtr->depth = depth;
-
-    /*
-     * Under Windows, bitmap_pad must be on an LONG data-type boundary.
-     */
-
-#define LONGBITS    (sizeof(LONG) * 8)
-
-    bitmap_pad = (bitmap_pad + LONGBITS - 1) / LONGBITS * LONGBITS;
-
-    /*
-     * Round to the nearest bitmap_pad boundary.
-     */
-
-    if (bytes_per_line) {
-	imagePtr->bytes_per_line = bytes_per_line;
-    } else {
-	imagePtr->bytes_per_line = (((depth * width)
-		+ (bitmap_pad - 1)) >> 3) & ~((bitmap_pad >> 3) - 1);
-    }
-
-    imagePtr->red_mask = 0;
-    imagePtr->green_mask = 0;
-    imagePtr->blue_mask = 0;
-
-    imagePtr->f.put_pixel = PutPixel;
-    imagePtr->f.get_pixel = ImageGetPixel;
-    imagePtr->f.destroy_image = DestroyImage;
-    imagePtr->f.create_image = NULL;
-    imagePtr->f.sub_image = NULL;
-    imagePtr->f.add_pixel = NULL;
-
-    return imagePtr;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XGetImageZPixmap --
- *
- *	This function copies data from a pixmap or window into an XImage. This
- *	handles the ZPixmap case only.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns a newly allocated image containing the data from the given
- *	rectangle of the given drawable.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- * This procedure is adapted from the XGetImage implementation in TkNT. That
- * code is Copyright (c) 1994 Software Research Associates, Inc.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static XImage *
-XGetImageZPixmap(
-    Display *display,
-    Drawable d,
-    int x, int y,
-    unsigned int width, unsigned int height,
-    unsigned long plane_mask,
-    int	format)
-{
-    TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *)d;
-    XImage *ret_image;
-    HDC hdc, hdcMem;
-    HBITMAP hbmp, hbmpPrev;
-    BITMAPINFO *bmInfo = NULL;
-    HPALETTE hPal, hPalPrev1 = 0, hPalPrev2 = 0;
-    int size;
-    unsigned int n;
-    unsigned int depth;
-    unsigned char *data;
-    TkWinDCState state;
-    BOOL ret;
-
-    if (format != ZPixmap) {
-	TkpDisplayWarning("Only ZPixmap types are implemented",
-		"XGetImageZPixmap Failure");
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-    hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, d, &state);
-
-    /*
-     * Need to do a Blt operation to copy into a new bitmap.
-     */
-
-    hbmp = CreateCompatibleBitmap(hdc, (int) width, (int) height);
-    hdcMem = CreateCompatibleDC(hdc);
-    hbmpPrev = SelectObject(hdcMem, hbmp);
-    hPal = state.palette;
-    if (hPal) {
-	hPalPrev1 = SelectPalette(hdcMem, hPal, FALSE);
-	n = RealizePalette(hdcMem);
-	if (n > 0) {
-	    UpdateColors(hdcMem);
-	}
-	hPalPrev2 = SelectPalette(hdc, hPal, FALSE);
-	n = RealizePalette(hdc);
-	if (n > 0) {
-	    UpdateColors(hdc);
-	}
-    }
-
-    ret = BitBlt(hdcMem, 0, 0, (int) width, (int) height, hdc, x, y, SRCCOPY);
-    if (hPal) {
-	SelectPalette(hdc, hPalPrev2, FALSE);
-    }
-    SelectObject(hdcMem, hbmpPrev);
-    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &state);
-    if (ret == FALSE) {
-	ret_image = NULL;
-	goto cleanup;
-    }
-    if (twdPtr->type == TWD_WINDOW) {
-	depth = Tk_Depth((Tk_Window) twdPtr->window.winPtr);
-    } else {
-	depth = twdPtr->bitmap.depth;
-    }
-
-    size = sizeof(BITMAPINFO);
-    if (depth <= 8) {
-	size += sizeof(unsigned short) * (1 << depth);
-    }
-    bmInfo = ckalloc(size);
-
-    bmInfo->bmiHeader.biSize		= sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER);
-    bmInfo->bmiHeader.biWidth		= width;
-    bmInfo->bmiHeader.biHeight		= -(int) height;
-    bmInfo->bmiHeader.biPlanes		= 1;
-    bmInfo->bmiHeader.biBitCount	= depth;
-    bmInfo->bmiHeader.biCompression	= BI_RGB;
-    bmInfo->bmiHeader.biSizeImage	= 0;
-    bmInfo->bmiHeader.biXPelsPerMeter	= 0;
-    bmInfo->bmiHeader.biYPelsPerMeter	= 0;
-    bmInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed		= 0;
-    bmInfo->bmiHeader.biClrImportant	= 0;
-
-    if (depth == 1) {
-	unsigned char *p, *pend;
-
-	GetDIBits(hdcMem, hbmp, 0, height, NULL, bmInfo, DIB_PAL_COLORS);
-	data = ckalloc(bmInfo->bmiHeader.biSizeImage);
-	if (!data) {
-	    /* printf("Failed to allocate data area for XImage.\n"); */
-	    ret_image = NULL;
-	    goto cleanup;
-	}
-	ret_image = XCreateImage(display, NULL, depth, ZPixmap, 0, (char *) data,
-		width, height, 32, (int) ((width + 31) >> 3) & ~1);
-	if (ret_image == NULL) {
-	    ckfree(data);
-	    goto cleanup;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Get the BITMAP info into the Image.
-	 */
-
-	if (GetDIBits(hdcMem, hbmp, 0, height, data, bmInfo,
-		DIB_PAL_COLORS) == 0) {
-	    ckfree(ret_image->data);
-	    ckfree(ret_image);
-	    ret_image = NULL;
-	    goto cleanup;
-	}
-	p = data;
-	pend = data + bmInfo->bmiHeader.biSizeImage;
-	while (p < pend) {
-	    *p = ~*p;
-	    p++;
-	}
-    } else if (depth == 8) {
-	unsigned short *palette;
-	unsigned int i;
-	unsigned char *p;
-
-	GetDIBits(hdcMem, hbmp, 0, height, NULL, bmInfo, DIB_PAL_COLORS);
-	data = ckalloc(bmInfo->bmiHeader.biSizeImage);
-	if (!data) {
-	    /* printf("Failed to allocate data area for XImage.\n"); */
-	    ret_image = NULL;
-	    goto cleanup;
-	}
-	ret_image = XCreateImage(display, NULL, 8, ZPixmap, 0, (char *) data,
-		width, height, 8, (int) width);
-	if (ret_image == NULL) {
-	    ckfree(data);
-	    goto cleanup;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Get the BITMAP info into the Image.
-	 */
-
-	if (GetDIBits(hdcMem, hbmp, 0, height, data, bmInfo,
-		DIB_PAL_COLORS) == 0) {
-	    ckfree(ret_image->data);
-	    ckfree(ret_image);
-	    ret_image = NULL;
-	    goto cleanup;
-	}
-	p = data;
-	palette = (unsigned short *) bmInfo->bmiColors;
-	for (i = 0; i < bmInfo->bmiHeader.biSizeImage; i++, p++) {
-	    *p = (unsigned char) palette[*p];
-	}
-    } else if (depth == 16) {
-	GetDIBits(hdcMem, hbmp, 0, height, NULL, bmInfo, DIB_RGB_COLORS);
-	data = ckalloc(bmInfo->bmiHeader.biSizeImage);
-	if (!data) {
-	    /* printf("Failed to allocate data area for XImage.\n"); */
-	    ret_image = NULL;
-	    goto cleanup;
-	}
-	ret_image = XCreateImage(display, NULL, 16, ZPixmap, 0, (char *) data,
-		width, height, 16, 0 /* will be calc'ed from bitmap_pad */);
-	if (ret_image == NULL) {
-	    ckfree(data);
-	    goto cleanup;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Get the BITMAP info directly into the Image.
-	 */
-
-	if (GetDIBits(hdcMem, hbmp, 0, height, ret_image->data, bmInfo,
-		DIB_RGB_COLORS) == 0) {
-	    ckfree(ret_image->data);
-	    ckfree(ret_image);
-	    ret_image = NULL;
-	    goto cleanup;
-	}
-    } else {
-	GetDIBits(hdcMem, hbmp, 0, height, NULL, bmInfo, DIB_RGB_COLORS);
-	data = ckalloc(width * height * 4);
-	if (!data) {
-	    /* printf("Failed to allocate data area for XImage.\n"); */
-	    ret_image = NULL;
-	    goto cleanup;
-	}
-	ret_image = XCreateImage(display, NULL, 32, ZPixmap, 0, (char *) data,
-		width, height, 0, (int) width * 4);
-	if (ret_image == NULL) {
-	    ckfree(data);
-	    goto cleanup;
-	}
-
-	if (depth <= 24) {
-	    /*
-	     * This used to handle 16 and 24 bpp, but now just handles 24. It
-	     * can likely be optimized for that. -- hobbs
-	     */
-
-	    unsigned char *smallBitData, *smallBitBase, *bigBitData;
-	    unsigned int byte_width, h, w;
-
-	    byte_width = ((width * 3 + 3) & ~(unsigned)3);
-	    smallBitBase = ckalloc(byte_width * height);
-	    if (!smallBitBase) {
-		ckfree(ret_image->data);
-		ckfree(ret_image);
-		ret_image = NULL;
-		goto cleanup;
-	    }
-	    smallBitData = smallBitBase;
-
-	    /*
-	     * Get the BITMAP info into the Image.
-	     */
-
-	    if (GetDIBits(hdcMem, hbmp, 0, height, smallBitData, bmInfo,
-		    DIB_RGB_COLORS) == 0) {
-		ckfree(ret_image->data);
-		ckfree(ret_image);
-		ckfree(smallBitBase);
-		ret_image = NULL;
-		goto cleanup;
-	    }
-
-	    /*
-	     * Copy the 24 Bit Pixmap to a 32-Bit one.
-	     */
-
-	    for (h = 0; h < height; h++) {
-		bigBitData   = (unsigned char *) ret_image->data + h * ret_image->bytes_per_line;
-		smallBitData = smallBitBase + h * byte_width;
-
-		for (w = 0; w < width; w++) {
-		    *bigBitData++ = ((*smallBitData++));
-		    *bigBitData++ = ((*smallBitData++));
-		    *bigBitData++ = ((*smallBitData++));
-		    *bigBitData++ = 0;
-		}
-	    }
-
-	    /*
-	     * Free the Device contexts, and the Bitmap.
-	     */
-
-	    ckfree(smallBitBase);
-	} else {
-	    /*
-	     * Get the BITMAP info directly into the Image.
-	     */
-
-	    if (GetDIBits(hdcMem, hbmp, 0, height, ret_image->data, bmInfo,
-		    DIB_RGB_COLORS) == 0) {
-		ckfree(ret_image->data);
-		ckfree(ret_image);
-		ret_image = NULL;
-		goto cleanup;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-  cleanup:
-    if (bmInfo) {
-	ckfree(bmInfo);
-    }
-    if (hPal) {
-	SelectPalette(hdcMem, hPalPrev1, FALSE);
-    }
-    DeleteDC(hdcMem);
-    DeleteObject(hbmp);
-
-    return ret_image;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XGetImage --
- *
- *	This function copies data from a pixmap or window into an XImage.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns a newly allocated image containing the data from the given
- *	rectangle of the given drawable.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-XImage *
-XGetImage(
-    Display* display,
-    Drawable d,
-    int x, int y,
-    unsigned int width, unsigned int height,
-    unsigned long plane_mask,
-    int	format)
-{
-    TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *)d;
-    XImage *imagePtr;
-    HDC dc;
-
-    display->request++;
-
-    if (twdPtr == NULL) {
-	/*
-	 * Avoid unmapped windows or bad drawables
-	 */
-
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-    if (twdPtr->type != TWD_BITMAP) {
-	/*
-	 * This handles TWD_WINDOW or TWD_WINDC, always creating a 32bit
-	 * image. If the window being copied isn't visible (unmapped or
-	 * obscured), we quietly stop copying (no user error). The user will
-	 * see black where the widget should be. This branch is likely
-	 * followed in favor of XGetImageZPixmap as postscript printed widgets
-	 * require RGB data.
-	 */
-
-	TkWinDCState state;
-	unsigned int xx, yy, size;
-	COLORREF pixel;
-
-	dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, d, &state);
-
-	imagePtr = XCreateImage(display, NULL, 32, format, 0, NULL,
-		width, height, 32, 0);
-	size = imagePtr->bytes_per_line * imagePtr->height;
-	imagePtr->data = ckalloc(size);
-	ZeroMemory(imagePtr->data, size);
-
-	for (yy = 0; yy < height; yy++) {
-	    for (xx = 0; xx < width; xx++) {
-		pixel = GetPixel(dc, x+(int)xx, y+(int)yy);
-		if (pixel == CLR_INVALID) {
-		    break;
-		}
-		PutPixel(imagePtr, (int) xx, (int) yy, pixel);
-	    }
-	}
-
-	TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, dc, &state);
-    } else if (format == ZPixmap) {
-	/*
-	 * This actually handles most TWD_WINDOW requests, but it varies from
-	 * the above in that it really does a screen capture of an area, which
-	 * is consistent with the Unix behavior, but does not appear to handle
-	 * all bit depths correctly. -- hobbs
-	 */
-
-	imagePtr = XGetImageZPixmap(display, d, x, y,
-		width, height, plane_mask, format);
-    } else {
-	const char *errMsg = NULL;
-	char infoBuf[sizeof(BITMAPINFO) + sizeof(RGBQUAD)];
-	BITMAPINFO *infoPtr = (BITMAPINFO*)infoBuf;
-
-	if (twdPtr->bitmap.handle == NULL) {
-	    errMsg = "XGetImage: not implemented for empty bitmap handles";
-	} else if (format != XYPixmap) {
-	    errMsg = "XGetImage: not implemented for format != XYPixmap";
-	} else if (plane_mask != 1) {
-	    errMsg = "XGetImage: not implemented for plane_mask != 1";
-	}
-	if (errMsg != NULL) {
-	    /*
-	     * Do a soft warning for the unsupported XGetImage types.
-	     */
-
-	    TkpDisplayWarning(errMsg, "XGetImage Failure");
-	    return NULL;
-	}
-
-	imagePtr = XCreateImage(display, NULL, 1, XYBitmap, 0, NULL,
-		width, height, 32, 0);
-	imagePtr->data = ckalloc(imagePtr->bytes_per_line * imagePtr->height);
-
-	dc = GetDC(NULL);
-
-	GetDIBits(dc, twdPtr->bitmap.handle, 0, height, NULL,
-		infoPtr, DIB_RGB_COLORS);
-
-	infoPtr->bmiHeader.biSize		= sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER);
-	infoPtr->bmiHeader.biWidth		= width;
-	infoPtr->bmiHeader.biHeight		= -(LONG)height;
-	infoPtr->bmiHeader.biPlanes		= 1;
-	infoPtr->bmiHeader.biBitCount		= 1;
-	infoPtr->bmiHeader.biCompression	= BI_RGB;
-	infoPtr->bmiHeader.biSizeImage		= 0;
-	infoPtr->bmiHeader.biXPelsPerMeter	= 0;
-	infoPtr->bmiHeader.biYPelsPerMeter	= 0;
-	infoPtr->bmiHeader.biClrUsed		= 0;
-	infoPtr->bmiHeader.biClrImportant	= 0;
-
-	GetDIBits(dc, twdPtr->bitmap.handle, 0, height, imagePtr->data,
-		infoPtr, DIB_RGB_COLORS);
-	ReleaseDC(NULL, dc);
-    }
-
-    return imagePtr;
-}
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: c
- * c-basic-offset: 4
- * fill-column: 78
- * End:
- */
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/tkWinInit.c b/tk8.6/win/tkWinInit.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c18399..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/tkWinInit.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,223 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * tkWinInit.c --
- *
- *	This file contains Windows-specific interpreter initialization
- *	functions.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
- * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
- */
-
-#include "tkWinInt.h"
-
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpInit --
- *
- *	Performs Windows-specific interpreter initialization related to the
- *      tk_library variable.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl completion code (TCL_OK or TCL_ERROR). Also leaves
- *	information in the interp's result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Sets "tk_library" Tcl variable, runs "tk.tcl" script.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-TkpInit(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp)
-{
-    /*
-     * This is necessary for static initialization, and is ok otherwise
-     * because TkWinXInit flips a static bit to do its work just once.
-     */
-
-    TkWinXInit(Tk_GetHINSTANCE());
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpGetAppName --
- *
- *	Retrieves the name of the current application from a platform specific
- *	location. For Windows, the application name is the root of the tail of
- *	the path contained in the tcl variable argv0.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns the application name in the given Tcl_DString.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpGetAppName(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,
-    Tcl_DString *namePtr)	/* A previously initialized Tcl_DString. */
-{
-    int argc, namelength;
-    const char **argv = NULL, *name, *p;
-
-    name = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, "argv0", NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-    namelength = -1;
-    if (name != NULL) {
-	Tcl_SplitPath(name, &argc, &argv);
-	if (argc > 0) {
-	    name = argv[argc-1];
-	    p = strrchr(name, '.');
-	    if (p != NULL) {
-		namelength = p - name;
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    name = NULL;
-	}
-    }
-    if ((name == NULL) || (*name == 0)) {
-	name = "tk";
-	namelength = -1;
-    }
-    Tcl_DStringAppend(namePtr, name, namelength);
-    if (argv != NULL) {
-	ckfree(argv);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpDisplayWarning --
- *
- *	This routines is called from Tk_Main to display warning messages that
- *	occur during startup.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Displays a message box.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpDisplayWarning(
-    const char *msg,		/* Message to be displayed. */
-    const char *title)		/* Title of warning. */
-{
-#define TK_MAX_WARN_LEN 1024
-    WCHAR titleString[TK_MAX_WARN_LEN];
-    WCHAR *msgString; /* points to titleString, just after title, leaving space for ": " */
-    int len; /* size of title, including terminating NULL */
-
-    /* If running on Cygwin and we have a stderr channel, use it. */
-#if !defined(STATIC_BUILD)
-	if (tclStubsPtr->reserved9) {
-	Tcl_Channel errChannel = Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDERR);
-	if (errChannel) {
-	    Tcl_WriteChars(errChannel, title, -1);
-	    Tcl_WriteChars(errChannel, ": ", 2);
-	    Tcl_WriteChars(errChannel, msg, -1);
-	    Tcl_WriteChars(errChannel, "\n", 1);
-	    return;
-	}
-    }
-#endif /* !STATIC_BUILD */
-
-    len = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, title, -1, titleString, TK_MAX_WARN_LEN);
-    msgString = &titleString[len + 1];
-    titleString[TK_MAX_WARN_LEN - 1] = L'\0';
-    MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, msg, -1, msgString, (TK_MAX_WARN_LEN - 1) - len);
-    /*
-     * Truncate MessageBox string if it is too long to not overflow the screen
-     * and cause possible oversized window error.
-     */
-    if (titleString[TK_MAX_WARN_LEN - 1] != L'\0') {
-	memcpy(titleString + (TK_MAX_WARN_LEN - 5), L" ...", 5 * sizeof(WCHAR));
-    }
-    if (IsDebuggerPresent()) {
-	titleString[len - 1] = L':';
-	titleString[len] = L' ';
-	OutputDebugStringW(titleString);
-    } else {
-	titleString[len - 1] = L'\0';
-	MessageBoxW(NULL, msgString, titleString,
-		MB_OK | MB_ICONEXCLAMATION | MB_SYSTEMMODAL
-		| MB_SETFOREGROUND | MB_TOPMOST);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Win32ErrorObj --
- *
- *	Returns a string object containing text from a COM or Win32 error code
- *
- * Results:
- *	A Tcl_Obj containing the Win32 error message.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Removed the error message from the COM threads error object.
- *
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-Tcl_Obj*
-TkWin32ErrorObj(
-    HRESULT hrError)
-{
-    LPTSTR lpBuffer = NULL, p = NULL;
-    TCHAR  sBuffer[30];
-    Tcl_Obj* errPtr = NULL;
-#ifdef _UNICODE
-    Tcl_DString ds;
-#endif
-
-    FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM
-	    | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, NULL, (DWORD)hrError,
-	    LANG_NEUTRAL, (LPTSTR)&lpBuffer, 0, NULL);
-
-    if (lpBuffer == NULL) {
-	lpBuffer = sBuffer;
-	wsprintf(sBuffer, TEXT("Error Code: %08lX"), hrError);
-    }
-
-    if ((p = _tcsrchr(lpBuffer, TEXT('\r'))) != NULL) {
-	*p = TEXT('\0');
-    }
-
-#ifdef _UNICODE
-    Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(lpBuffer, (int)wcslen(lpBuffer) * sizeof (WCHAR), &ds);
-    errPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
-    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
-#else
-    errPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(lpBuffer, (int)strlen(lpBuffer));
-#endif /* _UNICODE */
-
-    if (lpBuffer != sBuffer) {
-	LocalFree((HLOCAL)lpBuffer);
-    }
-
-    return errPtr;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: c
- * c-basic-offset: 4
- * fill-column: 78
- * End:
- */
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/tkWinInt.h b/tk8.6/win/tkWinInt.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e2c844..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/tkWinInt.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,256 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * tkWinInt.h --
- *
- *	This file contains declarations that are shared among the
- *	Windows-specific parts of Tk, but aren't used by the rest of Tk.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
- *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
- * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
- */
-
-#ifndef _TKWININT
-#define _TKWININT
-
-#ifndef _TKINT
-#include "tkInt.h"
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Include platform specific public interfaces.
- */
-
-#ifndef _TKWIN
-#include "tkWin.h"
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Define constants missing from older Win32 SDK header files.
- */
-
-#ifndef WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW
-#define WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW	0x00000080L
-#endif
-#ifndef SPI_SETKEYBOARDCUES
-#define SPI_SETKEYBOARDCUES 0x100B
-#endif
-
-/*
- * The TkWinDCState is used to save the state of a device context so that it
- * can be restored later.
- */
-
-typedef struct TkWinDCState {
-    HPALETTE palette;
-    int bkmode;
-} TkWinDCState;
-
-/*
- * The TkWinDrawable is the internal implementation of an X Drawable (either a
- * Window or a Pixmap). The following constants define the valid Drawable
- * types.
- */
-
-#define TWD_BITMAP	1
-#define TWD_WINDOW	2
-#define TWD_WINDC	3
-
-typedef struct {
-    int type;
-    HWND handle;
-    TkWindow *winPtr;
-} TkWinWindow;
-
-typedef struct {
-    int type;
-    HBITMAP handle;
-    Colormap colormap;
-    int depth;
-} TkWinBitmap;
-
-typedef struct {
-    int type;
-    HDC hdc;
-}TkWinDC;
-
-typedef union {
-    int type;
-    TkWinWindow window;
-    TkWinBitmap bitmap;
-    TkWinDC winDC;
-} TkWinDrawable;
-
-/*
- * The following macros are used to retrieve internal values from a Drawable.
- */
-
-#define TkWinGetHWND(w)		(((TkWinDrawable *) w)->window.handle)
-#define TkWinGetWinPtr(w)	(((TkWinDrawable *) w)->window.winPtr)
-#define TkWinGetHBITMAP(w)	(((TkWinDrawable *) w)->bitmap.handle)
-#define TkWinGetColormap(w)	(((TkWinDrawable *) w)->bitmap.colormap)
-#define TkWinGetHDC(w)		(((TkWinDrawable *) w)->winDC.hdc)
-
-/*
- * The following structure is used to encapsulate palette information.
- */
-
-typedef struct {
-    HPALETTE palette;		/* Palette handle used when drawing. */
-    UINT size;			/* Number of entries in the palette. */
-    int stale;			/* 1 if palette needs to be realized,
-				 * otherwise 0. If the palette is stale, then
-				 * an idle handler is scheduled to realize the
-				 * palette. */
-    Tcl_HashTable refCounts;	/* Hash table of palette entry reference
-				 * counts indexed by pixel value. */
-} TkWinColormap;
-
-/*
- * The following macro retrieves the Win32 palette from a colormap.
- */
-
-#define TkWinGetPalette(colormap) (((TkWinColormap *) colormap)->palette)
-
-/*
- * The following macros define the class names for Tk Window types.
- */
-
-#define TK_WIN_TOPLEVEL_CLASS_NAME TEXT("TkTopLevel")
-#define TK_WIN_CHILD_CLASS_NAME TEXT("TkChild")
-
-/*
- * The following variable is a translation table between X gc functions and
- * Win32 raster and BitBlt op modes.
- */
-
-MODULE_SCOPE const int tkpWinRopModes[];
-MODULE_SCOPE const int tkpWinBltModes[];
-
-/*
- * The following defines are used with TkWinGetBorderPixels to get the extra 2
- * border colors from a Tk_3DBorder.
- */
-
-#define TK_3D_LIGHT2 TK_3D_DARK_GC+1
-#define TK_3D_DARK2 TK_3D_DARK_GC+2
-
-/*
- * Internal functions used by more than one source file.
- */
-
-#include "tkIntPlatDecls.h"
-
-/*
- * Special proc needed as tsd accessor function between
- * tkWinX.c:GenerateXEvent and tkWinClipboard.c:UpdateClipboard
- */
-
-MODULE_SCOPE void TkWinUpdatingClipboard(int mode);
-
-/*
- * Used by tkWinDialog.c to associate the right icon with tk_messageBox
- */
-
-MODULE_SCOPE HICON TkWinGetIcon(Tk_Window tkw, DWORD iconsize);
-
-/*
- * Used by tkWinX.c on for certain system display change messages and cleanup
- * up containers
- */
-
-MODULE_SCOPE void TkWinDisplayChanged(Display *display);
-MODULE_SCOPE void TkWinCleanupContainerList(void);
-
-/*
- * Used by tkWinWm.c for embedded menu handling. May become public.
- */
-
-MODULE_SCOPE HWND Tk_GetMenuHWND(Tk_Window tkwin);
-MODULE_SCOPE HWND Tk_GetEmbeddedMenuHWND(Tk_Window tkwin);
-
-/*
- * The following allows us to cache these encoding for multiple functions.
- */
-
-
-MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Encoding	TkWinGetKeyInputEncoding(void);
-MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Encoding	TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding(void);
-MODULE_SCOPE void		TkWinSetupSystemFonts(TkMainInfo *mainPtr);
-
-/*
- * Values returned by TkWinGetPlatformTheme.
- */
-
-#define TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC    1
-#define TK_THEME_WIN_XP         2
-
-/*
- * The following is implemented in tkWinWm and used by tkWinEmbed.c
- */
-
-MODULE_SCOPE void		TkpWinToplevelWithDraw(TkWindow *winPtr);
-MODULE_SCOPE void		TkpWinToplevelIconify(TkWindow *winPtr);
-MODULE_SCOPE void		TkpWinToplevelDeiconify(TkWindow *winPtr);
-MODULE_SCOPE long		TkpWinToplevelIsControlledByWm(TkWindow *winPtr);
-MODULE_SCOPE long		TkpWinToplevelMove(TkWindow *winPtr, int x, int y);
-MODULE_SCOPE long		TkpWinToplevelOverrideRedirect(TkWindow *winPtr,
-			    int reqValue);
-MODULE_SCOPE void		TkpWinToplevelDetachWindow(TkWindow *winPtr);
-MODULE_SCOPE int		TkpWmGetState(TkWindow *winPtr);
-
-/*
- * Common routines used in Windows implementation
- */
-MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *	        TkWin32ErrorObj(HRESULT hrError);
-
-
-/*
- * The following functions are not present in old versions of Windows
- * API headers but are used in the Tk source to ensure 64bit
- * compatibility.
- */
-
-#ifndef GetClassLongPtr
-#   define GetClassLongPtrA	GetClassLongA
-#   define GetClassLongPtrW	GetClassLongW
-#   define SetClassLongPtrA	SetClassLongA
-#   define SetClassLongPtrW	SetClassLongW
-#   ifdef UNICODE
-#	define GetClassLongPtr	GetClassLongPtrW
-#	define SetClassLongPtr	SetClassLongPtrW
-#   else
-#	define GetClassLongPtr	GetClassLongPtrA
-#	define SetClassLongPtr	SetClassLongPtrA
-#   endif /* !UNICODE */
-#endif /* !GetClassLongPtr */
-#ifndef GCLP_HICON
-#   define GCLP_HICON		GCL_HICON
-#endif /* !GCLP_HICON */
-#ifndef GCLP_HICONSM
-#   define GCLP_HICONSM		(-34)
-#endif /* !GCLP_HICONSM */
-
-#ifndef GetWindowLongPtr
-#   define GetWindowLongPtrA	GetWindowLongA
-#   define GetWindowLongPtrW	GetWindowLongW
-#   define SetWindowLongPtrA	SetWindowLongA
-#   define SetWindowLongPtrW	SetWindowLongW
-#   ifdef UNICODE
-#	define GetWindowLongPtr	GetWindowLongPtrW
-#	define SetWindowLongPtr	SetWindowLongPtrW
-#   else
-#	define GetWindowLongPtr	GetWindowLongPtrW
-#	define SetWindowLongPtr	SetWindowLongPtrW
-#   endif /* !UNICODE */
-#endif /* !GetWindowLongPtr */
-#ifndef GWLP_WNDPROC
-#define GWLP_WNDPROC		GWL_WNDPROC
-#define GWLP_HINSTANCE		GWL_HINSTANCE
-#define GWLP_HWNDPARENT		GWL_HWNDPARENT
-#define GWLP_USERDATA		GWL_USERDATA
-#define GWLP_ID			GWL_ID
-#endif /* !GWLP_WNDPROC */
-
-#endif /* _TKWININT */
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/tkWinKey.c b/tk8.6/win/tkWinKey.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 357a804..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/tkWinKey.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,750 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * tkWinKey.c --
- *
- *	This file contains X emulation routines for keyboard related
- *	functions.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
- * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
- */
-
-#include "tkWinInt.h"
-
-/*
- * The keymap table holds mappings of Windows keycodes to X keysyms. If
- * Windows ever comes along and changes the value of their keycodes, this will
- * break all kinds of things. However, this table lookup is much faster than
- * the alternative, in which we walked a list of keycodes looking for a match.
- * Since this lookup is performed for every Windows keypress event, it seems
- * like a worthwhile improvement to use the table.
- */
-
-#define MAX_KEYCODE 179 /* VK_MEDIA_PLAY_PAUSE is the last entry in our table below */
-/* cf. https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/dd375731(v=vs.85).aspx */
-
-static const KeySym keymap[] = {
-    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_Cancel, NoSymbol,
-    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_BackSpace, XK_Tab,
-    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_Clear, XK_Return, NoSymbol,
-    NoSymbol, XK_Shift_L, XK_Control_L, XK_Alt_L, XK_Pause,
-    XK_Caps_Lock, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
-    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_Escape, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
-    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_space, XK_Prior, XK_Next,
-    XK_End, XK_Home, XK_Left, XK_Up, XK_Right,
-    XK_Down, XK_Select, XK_Print, XK_Execute, NoSymbol,
-    XK_Insert, XK_Delete, XK_Help, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
-    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
-    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
-    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
-    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
-    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
-    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
-    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
-    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
-    NoSymbol, XK_Win_L, XK_Win_R, XK_App, NoSymbol,
-    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
-    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
-    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
-    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_F1, XK_F2, XK_F3,
-    XK_F4, XK_F5, XK_F6, XK_F7, XK_F8,
-    XK_F9, XK_F10, XK_F11, XK_F12, XK_F13,
-    XK_F14, XK_F15, XK_F16, XK_F17, XK_F18,
-    XK_F19, XK_F20, XK_F21, XK_F22, XK_F23,
-    XK_F24, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
-    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_Num_Lock,
-    XK_Scroll_Lock, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
-    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, /*150 0x96*/
-    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, /*155 0x9b*/
-    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, /*160 0xa0*/
-    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, /*165 0xa5*/
-    NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_XF86AudioMute, XK_XF86AudioLowerVolume, /*170 0xaa*/
-    XK_XF86AudioRaiseVolume, XK_XF86AudioNext, XK_XF86AudioPrev, XK_XF86AudioStop, XK_XF86AudioPlay  /*175 0xaf*/
-};
-
-/*
- * Prototypes for local functions defined in this file:
- */
-
-static KeySym		KeycodeToKeysym(unsigned int keycode,
-			    int state, int noascii);
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpGetString --
- *
- *	Retrieve the UTF string equivalent for the given keyboard event.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns the UTF string.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-const char *
-TkpGetString(
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Window where event occurred: needed to get
-				 * input context. */
-    XEvent *eventPtr,		/* X keyboard event. */
-    Tcl_DString *dsPtr)		/* Uninitialized or empty string to hold
-				 * result. */
-{
-    XKeyEvent *keyEv = &eventPtr->xkey;
-    char buf[6];
-    int len;
-
-    Tcl_DStringInit(dsPtr);
-    if (keyEv->send_event == -1) {
-	if (keyEv->nbytes > 0) {
-	    Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(TkWinGetKeyInputEncoding(),
-		    keyEv->trans_chars, keyEv->nbytes, dsPtr);
-	}
-    } else if (keyEv->send_event == -3) {
-
-	/*
-	 * Special case for WM_UNICHAR and win2000 multi-lingal IME input
-	 */
-
-	len = TkUniCharToUtf(keyEv->keycode, buf);
-	Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, buf, len);
-    } else {
-	/*
-	 * This is an event generated from generic code. It has no nchars or
-	 * trans_chars members.
-	 */
-
-	KeySym keysym = KeycodeToKeysym(keyEv->keycode, keyEv->state, 0);
-
-	if (((keysym != NoSymbol) && (keysym > 0) && (keysym < 256))
-		|| (keysym == XK_Return) || (keysym == XK_Tab)) {
-	    len = Tcl_UniCharToUtf((Tcl_UniChar) (keysym & 255), buf);
-	    Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, buf, len);
-	}
-    }
-    return Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XKeycodeToKeysym --
- *
- *	Translate from a system-dependent keycode to a system-independent
- *	keysym.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns the translated keysym, or NoSymbol on failure.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-KeySym
-XKeycodeToKeysym(
-    Display *display,
-    unsigned int keycode,
-    int index)
-{
-    int state = 0;
-
-    if (index & 0x01) {
-	state |= ShiftMask;
-    }
-    return KeycodeToKeysym(keycode, state, 0);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * KeycodeToKeysym --
- *
- *	Translate from a system-dependent keycode to a system-independent
- *	keysym.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns the translated keysym, or NoSymbol on failure.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	It may affect the internal state of the keyboard, such as remembered
- *	dead key or lock indicator lamps.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static KeySym
-KeycodeToKeysym(
-    unsigned int keycode,
-    int state,
-    int noascii)
-{
-    BYTE keys[256];
-    int result, deadkey, shift;
-    TCHAR buf[4];
-    unsigned int scancode = MapVirtualKey(keycode, 0);
-
-    /*
-     * Do not run keycodes of lock keys through ToUnicode(). One of ToUnicode()'s
-     * side effects is to handle the lights on the keyboard, and we don't want
-     * to mess that up.
-     */
-
-    if (noascii || keycode == VK_CAPITAL || keycode == VK_SCROLL ||
-	    keycode == VK_NUMLOCK) {
-	goto skipToUnicode;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Use MapVirtualKey() to detect some dead keys.
-     */
-
-    if (MapVirtualKey(keycode, 2) > 0x7fffUL) {
-	return XK_Multi_key;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Set up a keyboard with correct modifiers
-     */
-
-    memset(keys, 0, 256);
-    if (state & ShiftMask) {
-	keys[VK_SHIFT] = 0x80;
-    }
-    if (state & ControlMask) {
-	keys[VK_CONTROL] = 0x80;
-    }
-    if (state & Mod2Mask) {
-	keys[VK_MENU] = 0x80;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Make sure all lock button info is correct so we don't mess up the
-     * lights.
-     */
-
-    if (state & LockMask) {
-	keys[VK_CAPITAL] = 1;
-    }
-    if (state & Mod3Mask) {
-	keys[VK_SCROLL] = 1;
-    }
-    if (state & Mod1Mask) {
-	keys[VK_NUMLOCK] = 1;
-    }
-
-    result = ToUnicode(keycode, scancode, keys, buf, 4, 0);
-
-    if (result < 0) {
-	/*
-	 * Win95/98: This was a dead char, which is now remembered by the
-	 * keyboard. Call ToUnicode() again to forget it.
-	 * WinNT: This was a dead char, overwriting any previously remembered
-	 * key. Calling ToUnicode() again does not affect anything.
-	 */
-
-	ToUnicode(keycode, scancode, keys, buf, 4, 0);
-	return XK_Multi_key;
-    }
-
-    if (result == 2) {
-	/*
-	 * This was a dead char, and there were one previously remembered by
-	 * the keyboard. Call ToUnicode() again with proper parameters to
-	 * restore it.
-	 *
-	 * Get information about the old char
-	 */
-
-	deadkey = VkKeyScan(buf[0]);
-	shift = deadkey >> 8;
-	deadkey &= 255;
-	scancode = MapVirtualKey(deadkey, 0);
-
-	/*
-	 * Set up a keyboard with proper modifier keys
-	 */
-
-	memset(keys, 0, 256);
-	if (shift & 1) {
-	    keys[VK_SHIFT] = 0x80;
-	}
-	if (shift & 2) {
-	    keys[VK_CONTROL] = 0x80;
-	}
-	if (shift & 4) {
-	    keys[VK_MENU] = 0x80;
-	}
-	ToUnicode(deadkey, scancode, keys, buf, 4, 0);
-	return XK_Multi_key;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Keycode mapped to a valid Unicode character. Since the keysyms for
-     * alphanumeric characters map onto Unicode, we just return it.
-     *
-     * We treat 0x7F as a special case mostly for backwards compatibility. In
-     * versions of Tk<=8.2, Control-Backspace returned "XK_BackSpace" as the X
-     * Keysym. This was due to the fact that we did not initialize the keys
-     * array properly when we passed it to ToUnicode, above. We had previously
-     * not been setting the state bit for the Control key. When we fixed that,
-     * we found that Control-Backspace on Windows is interpreted as ASCII-127
-     * (0x7F), which corresponds to the Delete key.
-     *
-     * Upon discovering this, we realized we had two choices: return XK_Delete
-     * or return XK_BackSpace. If we returned XK_Delete, that could be
-     * considered "more correct" (although the correctness would be dependent
-     * on whether you believe that ToUnicode is doing the right thing in that
-     * case); however, this would break backwards compatibility, and worse, it
-     * would limit application programmers; they would effectively be unable
-     * to bind to <Control-Backspace> on Windows. We therefore chose instead
-     * to return XK_BackSpace (handled here by letting the code "fall-through"
-     * to the return statement below, which works because the keycode for this
-     * event is VK_BACKSPACE, and the keymap table maps that keycode to
-     * XK_BackSpace).
-     */
-
-    if (result == 1 && buf[0] >= 0x20 && buf[0] != 0x7F) {
-	return (KeySym) buf[0];
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Keycode is a non-alphanumeric key, so we have to do the lookup.
-     */
-
-  skipToUnicode:
-    if (keycode > MAX_KEYCODE) {
-	return NoSymbol;
-    }
-    switch (keycode) {
-	/*
-	 * Windows only gives us an undifferentiated VK_CONTROL code (for
-	 * example) when either Control key is pressed. To distinguish between
-	 * left and right, we use the Extended flag. Indeed, the right Control
-	 * and Alt (aka Menu) keys are such extended keys (which their left
-	 * counterparts are not).
-	 * Regarding the shift case, Windows does not set the Extended flag for
-	 * the neither the left nor the right shift key. As a consequence another
-	 * way to distinguish between the two keys is to query the state of one
-	 * of the two to determine which was actually pressed. So if the keycode
-	 * indicates Shift, do this extra test. If the right-side key was
-	 * pressed, return the appropriate keycode. Otherwise, we fall through
-	 * and rely on the keymap table to hold the correct keysym value.
-	 * Note: this little trick only works for KeyPress, not for KeyRelease,
-	 * for reasons stated in bug [2945130]
-	 */
-
-    case VK_CONTROL:
-        if (state & EXTENDED_MASK) {
-            return XK_Control_R;
-        }
-	break;
-    case VK_SHIFT:
-	if (GetKeyState(VK_RSHIFT) & 0x80) {
-	    return XK_Shift_R;
-	}
-	break;
-    case VK_MENU:
-        if (state & EXTENDED_MASK) {
-            return XK_Alt_R;
-        }
-	break;
-    }
-    return keymap[keycode];
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpGetKeySym --
- *
- *	Given an X KeyPress or KeyRelease event, map the keycode in the event
- *	into a KeySym.
- *
- * Results:
- *	The return value is the KeySym corresponding to eventPtr, or NoSymbol
- *	if no matching Keysym could be found.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	In the first call for a given display, keycode-to-KeySym maps get
- *	loaded.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-KeySym
-TkpGetKeySym(
-    TkDisplay *dispPtr,		/* Display in which to map keycode. */
-    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Description of X event. */
-{
-    KeySym sym;
-    int state = eventPtr->xkey.state;
-
-    /*
-     * Refresh the mapping information if it's stale
-     */
-
-    if (dispPtr->bindInfoStale) {
-	TkpInitKeymapInfo(dispPtr);
-    }
-
-    sym = KeycodeToKeysym(eventPtr->xkey.keycode, state, 0);
-
-    /*
-     * Special handling: if this is a ctrl-alt or shifted key, and there is no
-     * keysym defined, try without the modifiers.
-     */
-
-    if ((sym == NoSymbol) && ((state & ControlMask) || (state & Mod2Mask))) {
-	state &= ~(ControlMask | Mod2Mask);
-	sym = KeycodeToKeysym(eventPtr->xkey.keycode, state, 0);
-    }
-    if ((sym == NoSymbol) && (state & ShiftMask)) {
-	state &= ~ShiftMask;
-	sym = KeycodeToKeysym(eventPtr->xkey.keycode, state, 0);
-    }
-    return sym;
-}
-
-/*
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpInitKeymapInfo --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to scan keymap information to recompute stuff
- *	that's important for binding, such as the modifier key (if any) that
- *	corresponds to "mode switch".
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Keymap-related information in dispPtr is updated.
- *
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpInitKeymapInfo(
-    TkDisplay *dispPtr)		/* Display for which to recompute keymap
-				 * information. */
-{
-    XModifierKeymap *modMapPtr;
-    KeyCode *codePtr;
-    KeySym keysym;
-    int count, i, j, max, arraySize;
-#define KEYCODE_ARRAY_SIZE 20
-
-    dispPtr->bindInfoStale = 0;
-    modMapPtr = XGetModifierMapping(dispPtr->display);
-
-    /*
-     * Check the keycodes associated with the Lock modifier. If any of them is
-     * associated with the XK_Shift_Lock modifier, then Lock has to be
-     * interpreted as Shift Lock, not Caps Lock.
-     */
-
-    dispPtr->lockUsage = LU_IGNORE;
-    codePtr = modMapPtr->modifiermap + modMapPtr->max_keypermod*LockMapIndex;
-    for (count = modMapPtr->max_keypermod; count > 0; count--, codePtr++) {
-	if (*codePtr == 0) {
-	    continue;
-	}
-	keysym = KeycodeToKeysym(*codePtr, 0, 1);
-	if (keysym == XK_Shift_Lock) {
-	    dispPtr->lockUsage = LU_SHIFT;
-	    break;
-	}
-	if (keysym == XK_Caps_Lock) {
-	    dispPtr->lockUsage = LU_CAPS;
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Look through the keycodes associated with modifiers to see if the the
-     * "mode switch", "meta", or "alt" keysyms are associated with any
-     * modifiers. If so, remember their modifier mask bits.
-     */
-
-    dispPtr->modeModMask = 0;
-    dispPtr->metaModMask = 0;
-    dispPtr->altModMask = 0;
-    codePtr = modMapPtr->modifiermap;
-    max = 8*modMapPtr->max_keypermod;
-    for (i = 0; i < max; i++, codePtr++) {
-	if (*codePtr == 0) {
-	    continue;
-	}
-	keysym = KeycodeToKeysym(*codePtr, 0, 1);
-	if (keysym == XK_Mode_switch) {
-	    dispPtr->modeModMask |= ShiftMask << (i/modMapPtr->max_keypermod);
-	}
-	if ((keysym == XK_Meta_L) || (keysym == XK_Meta_R)) {
-	    dispPtr->metaModMask |= ShiftMask << (i/modMapPtr->max_keypermod);
-	}
-	if ((keysym == XK_Alt_L) || (keysym == XK_Alt_R)) {
-	    dispPtr->altModMask |= ShiftMask << (i/modMapPtr->max_keypermod);
-	}
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Create an array of the keycodes for all modifier keys.
-     */
-
-    if (dispPtr->modKeyCodes != NULL) {
-	ckfree(dispPtr->modKeyCodes);
-    }
-    dispPtr->numModKeyCodes = 0;
-    arraySize = KEYCODE_ARRAY_SIZE;
-    dispPtr->modKeyCodes = ckalloc(KEYCODE_ARRAY_SIZE * sizeof(KeyCode));
-    for (i = 0, codePtr = modMapPtr->modifiermap; i < max; i++, codePtr++) {
-	if (*codePtr == 0) {
-	    continue;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Make sure that the keycode isn't already in the array.
-	 */
-
-	for (j = 0; j < dispPtr->numModKeyCodes; j++) {
-	    if (dispPtr->modKeyCodes[j] == *codePtr) {
-		goto nextModCode;
-	    }
-	}
-	if (dispPtr->numModKeyCodes >= arraySize) {
-	    KeyCode *new;
-
-	    /*
-	     * Ran out of space in the array; grow it.
-	     */
-
-	    arraySize *= 2;
-	    new = ckalloc(arraySize * sizeof(KeyCode));
-	    memcpy(new, dispPtr->modKeyCodes,
-		    dispPtr->numModKeyCodes * sizeof(KeyCode));
-	    ckfree(dispPtr->modKeyCodes);
-	    dispPtr->modKeyCodes = new;
-	}
-	dispPtr->modKeyCodes[dispPtr->numModKeyCodes] = *codePtr;
-	dispPtr->numModKeyCodes++;
-	nextModCode: continue;
-    }
-    XFreeModifiermap(modMapPtr);
-}
-
-/*
- * When mapping from a keysym to a keycode, need information about the
- * modifier state that should be used so that when they call XKeycodeToKeysym
- * taking into account the xkey.state, they will get back the original keysym.
- */
-
-void
-TkpSetKeycodeAndState(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,
-    KeySym keySym,
-    XEvent *eventPtr)
-{
-    int i;
-    SHORT result;
-    int shift;
-
-    eventPtr->xkey.keycode = 0;
-    if (keySym == NoSymbol) {
-	return;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * We check our private map first for a virtual keycode, as VkKeyScan will
-     * return values that don't map to X for the "extended" Syms. This may be
-     * due to just casting problems below, but this works.
-     */
-
-    for (i = 0; i <= MAX_KEYCODE; i++) {
-	if (keymap[i] == keySym) {
-	    eventPtr->xkey.keycode = i;
-	    return;
-	}
-    }
-    if (keySym >= 0x20) {
-	result = VkKeyScan((TCHAR) keySym);
-	if (result != -1) {
-	    shift = result >> 8;
-	    if (shift & 1)
-		eventPtr->xkey.state |= ShiftMask;
-	    if (shift & 2)
-		eventPtr->xkey.state |= ControlMask;
-	    if (shift & 4)
-		eventPtr->xkey.state |= Mod2Mask;
-	    eventPtr->xkey.keycode = (KeyCode) (result & 0xff);
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XKeysymToKeycode --
- *
- *	Translate a keysym back into a keycode.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns the keycode that would generate the specified keysym.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-KeyCode
-XKeysymToKeycode(
-    Display *display,
-    KeySym keysym)
-{
-    int i;
-    SHORT result;
-
-    /*
-     * We check our private map first for a virtual keycode, as VkKeyScan will
-     * return values that don't map to X for the "extended" Syms. This may be
-     * due to just casting problems below, but this works.
-     */
-
-    if (keysym == NoSymbol) {
-	return 0;
-    }
-    for (i = 0; i <= MAX_KEYCODE; i++) {
-	if (keymap[i] == keysym) {
-	    return ((KeyCode) i);
-	}
-    }
-    if (keysym >= 0x20) {
-	result = VkKeyScan((TCHAR) keysym);
-	if (result != -1) {
-	    return (KeyCode) (result & 0xff);
-	}
-    }
-
-    return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XGetModifierMapping --
- *
- *	Fetch the current keycodes used as modifiers.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns a new modifier map.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Allocates a new modifier map data structure.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-XModifierKeymap	*
-XGetModifierMapping(
-    Display *display)
-{
-    XModifierKeymap *map = ckalloc(sizeof(XModifierKeymap));
-
-    map->max_keypermod = 1;
-    map->modifiermap = ckalloc(sizeof(KeyCode) * 8);
-    map->modifiermap[ShiftMapIndex] = VK_SHIFT;
-    map->modifiermap[LockMapIndex] = VK_CAPITAL;
-    map->modifiermap[ControlMapIndex] = VK_CONTROL;
-    map->modifiermap[Mod1MapIndex] = VK_NUMLOCK;
-    map->modifiermap[Mod2MapIndex] = VK_MENU;
-    map->modifiermap[Mod3MapIndex] = VK_SCROLL;
-    map->modifiermap[Mod4MapIndex] = 0;
-    map->modifiermap[Mod5MapIndex] = 0;
-    return map;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XFreeModifiermap --
- *
- *	Deallocate a modifier map that was created by XGetModifierMapping.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Frees the datastructure referenced by modmap.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-XFreeModifiermap(
-    XModifierKeymap *modmap)
-{
-    ckfree(modmap->modifiermap);
-    ckfree(modmap);
-    return Success;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XStringToKeysym --
- *
- *	Translate a keysym name to the matching keysym.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns the keysym. Since this is already handled by Tk's
- *	StringToKeysym function, we just return NoSymbol.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-KeySym
-XStringToKeysym(
-    _Xconst char *string)
-{
-    return NoSymbol;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XKeysymToString --
- *
- *	Convert a keysym to character form.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns NULL, since Tk will have handled this already.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-char *
-XKeysymToString(
-    KeySym keysym)
-{
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: c
- * c-basic-offset: 4
- * fill-column: 78
- * End:
- */
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/tkWinMenu.c b/tk8.6/win/tkWinMenu.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a409764..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/tkWinMenu.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3406 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * tkWinMenu.c --
- *
- *	This module implements the Windows platform-specific features of
- *	menus.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1996-1998 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
- *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
- * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
- */
-
-#define OEMRESOURCE
-#include "tkWinInt.h"
-#include "tkMenu.h"
-
-/*
- * The class of the window for popup menus.
- */
-
-#define MENU_CLASS_NAME			TEXT("MenuWindowClass")
-#define EMBEDDED_MENU_CLASS_NAME	TEXT("EmbeddedMenuWindowClass")
-
-/*
- * Used to align a windows bitmap inside a rectangle
- */
-
-#define ALIGN_BITMAP_LEFT	0x00000001
-#define ALIGN_BITMAP_RIGHT	0x00000002
-#define ALIGN_BITMAP_TOP	0x00000004
-#define ALIGN_BITMAP_BOTTOM	0x00000008
-
-
-/*
- * Platform-specific menu flags:
- *
- * MENU_SYSTEM_MENU	Non-zero means that the Windows menu handle was
- *			retrieved with GetSystemMenu and needs to be disposed
- *			of specially.
- * MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING
- *			Non-zero means that an idle handler has been set up to
- *			reconfigure the Windows menu handle for this menu.
- */
-
-#define MENU_SYSTEM_MENU		MENU_PLATFORM_FLAG1
-#define MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING	MENU_PLATFORM_FLAG2
-
-/*
- * ODS_NOACCEL flag forbids drawing accelerator cues (i.e. underlining labels)
- * on Windows 2000 and above.  The ODS_NOACCEL define is missing from mingw32
- * headers and undefined for _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0500 in Microsoft SDK.  We might
- * check for _WIN32_WINNT here, but I think it's not needed, as checking for
- * this flag does no harm on even on NT: reserved bits should be zero, and in
- * fact they are.
- */
-
-#ifndef ODS_NOACCEL
-#define ODS_NOACCEL 0x100
-#endif
-#ifndef SPI_GETKEYBOARDCUES
-#define SPI_GETKEYBOARDCUES             0x100A
-#endif
-#ifndef WM_UPDATEUISTATE
-#define WM_UPDATEUISTATE                0x0128
-#endif
-#ifndef UIS_SET
-#define UIS_SET                         1
-#endif
-#ifndef UIS_CLEAR
-#define UIS_CLEAR                       2
-#endif
-#ifndef UISF_HIDEACCEL
-#define UISF_HIDEACCEL                  2
-#endif
-
-#ifndef WM_UNINITMENUPOPUP
-#define WM_UNINITMENUPOPUP              0x0125
-#endif
-
-static int indicatorDimensions[2];
-				/* The dimensions of the indicator space in a
-				 * menu entry. Calculated at init time to save
-				 * time. */
-
-static BOOL showMenuAccelerators;
-
-typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
-    int inPostMenu;		/* We cannot be re-entrant like X Windows. */
-    WORD lastCommandID;		/* The last command ID we allocated. */
-    HWND menuHWND;		/* A window to service popup-menu messages
-				 * in. */
-    HWND embeddedMenuHWND;	/* A window to service embedded menu
-				 * messages */
-    int oldServiceMode;		/* Used while processing a menu; we need to
-				 * set the event mode specially when we enter
-				 * the menu processing modal loop and reset it
-				 * when menus go away. */
-    TkMenu *modalMenuPtr;	/* The menu we are processing inside the modal
-				 * loop. We need this to reset all of the
-				 * active items when menus go away since
-				 * Windows does not see fit to give this to us
-				 * when it sends its WM_MENUSELECT. */
-    Tcl_HashTable commandTable;	/* A map of command ids to menu entries */
-    Tcl_HashTable winMenuTable;	/* Need this to map HMENUs back to menuPtrs */
-} ThreadSpecificData;
-static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
-
-/*
- * The following are default menu value strings.
- */
-
-static int defaultBorderWidth;	/* The windows default border width. */
-static Tcl_DString menuFontDString;
-				/* A buffer to store the default menu font
-				 * string. */
-/*
- * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
- */
-
-static void		DrawMenuEntryAccelerator(TkMenu *menuPtr,
-			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, GC gc,
-			    Tk_Font tkfont, const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,
-			    Tk_3DBorder activeBorder, int x, int y,
-			    int width, int height);
-static void		DrawMenuEntryArrow(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr,
-			    Drawable d, GC gc, Tk_3DBorder activeBorder,
-			    int x,int y, int width, int height, int drawArrow);
-static void		DrawMenuEntryBackground(TkMenu *menuPtr,
-			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d,
-			    Tk_3DBorder activeBorder, Tk_3DBorder bgBorder,
-			    int x, int y, int width, int heigth);
-static void		DrawMenuEntryIndicator(TkMenu *menuPtr,
-			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, GC gc,
-			    GC indicatorGC, Tk_Font tkfont,
-			    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int x, int y,
-			    int width, int height);
-static void		DrawMenuEntryLabel(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr,
-			    Drawable d, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont,
-			    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int x, int y,
-			    int width, int height, int underline);
-static void		DrawMenuSeparator(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr,
-			    Drawable d, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont,
-			    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,
-			    int x, int y, int width, int height);
-static void		DrawTearoffEntry(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr,
-			    Drawable d, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont,
-			    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int x, int y,
-			    int width, int height);
-static void		DrawMenuUnderline(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr,
-			    Drawable d, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont,
-			    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int x, int y,
-			    int width, int height);
-static void		DrawWindowsSystemBitmap(Display *display,
-			    Drawable drawable, GC gc, const RECT *rectPtr,
-			    int bitmapID, int alignFlags);
-static void		FreeID(WORD commandID);
-static char *		GetEntryText(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr);
-static void		GetMenuAccelGeometry(TkMenu *menuPtr,
-			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Tk_Font tkfont,
-			    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int *widthPtr,
-			    int *heightPtr);
-static void		GetMenuLabelGeometry(TkMenuEntry *mePtr,
-			    Tk_Font tkfont, const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,
-			    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr);
-static void		GetMenuIndicatorGeometry(TkMenu *menuPtr,
-			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Tk_Font tkfont,
-			    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,
-			    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr);
-static void		GetMenuSeparatorGeometry(TkMenu *menuPtr,
-			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Tk_Font tkfont,
-			    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,
-			    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr);
-static void		GetTearoffEntryGeometry(TkMenu *menuPtr,
-			    TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Tk_Font tkfont,
-			    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int *widthPtr,
-			    int *heightPtr);
-static int		GetNewID(TkMenuEntry *mePtr, WORD *menuIDPtr);
-static int		TkWinMenuKeyObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static void		MenuSelectEvent(TkMenu *menuPtr);
-static void		ReconfigureWindowsMenu(ClientData clientData);
-static void		RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr);
-static void		SetDefaults(int firstTime);
-static LRESULT CALLBACK	TkWinMenuProc(HWND hwnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam,
-			    LPARAM lParam);
-static LRESULT CALLBACK	TkWinEmbeddedMenuProc(HWND hwnd, UINT message,
-			    WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
-
-static inline void
-ScheduleMenuReconfigure(
-    TkMenu *menuPtr)
-{
-    if (!(menuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING)) {
-	menuPtr->menuFlags |= MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING;
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ReconfigureWindowsMenu, menuPtr);
-    }
-}
-
-static inline void
-CallPendingReconfigureImmediately(
-    TkMenu *menuPtr)
-{
-    if (menuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING) {
-	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ReconfigureWindowsMenu, menuPtr);
-	ReconfigureWindowsMenu(menuPtr);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * GetNewID --
- *
- *	Allocates a new menu id and marks it in use.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns TCL_OK if succesful; TCL_ERROR if there are no more ids of the
- *	appropriate type to allocate. menuIDPtr contains the new id if
- *	succesful.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	An entry is created for the menu in the command hash table, and the
- *	hash entry is stored in the appropriate field in the menu data
- *	structure.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-GetNewID(
-    TkMenuEntry *mePtr,		/* The menu we are working with. */
-    WORD *menuIDPtr)		/* The resulting id. */
-{
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-    WORD curID = tsdPtr->lastCommandID;
-
-    while (1) {
-	Tcl_HashEntry *commandEntryPtr;
-	int new;
-
-	/*
-	 * Try the next ID number, taking care to wrap rather than stray
-	 * into the system menu IDs.  [Bug 3235256]
-	 */
-	if (++curID >= 0xF000) {
-	    curID = 1;
-	}
-
-	/* Return error when we've checked all IDs without success. */
-	if (curID == tsdPtr->lastCommandID) {
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	commandEntryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&tsdPtr->commandTable,
-		INT2PTR(curID), &new);
-	if (new) {
-	    Tcl_SetHashValue(commandEntryPtr, mePtr);
-	    *menuIDPtr = curID;
-	    tsdPtr->lastCommandID = curID;
-	    return TCL_OK;
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * FreeID --
- *
- *	Marks the itemID as free.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	The hash table entry for the ID is cleared.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-FreeID(
-    WORD commandID)
-{
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    /*
-     * If the menuHWND is NULL, this table has been finalized already.
-     */
-
-    if (tsdPtr->menuHWND != NULL) {
-	Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->commandTable,
-		INT2PTR(commandID));
-
-	if (entryPtr != NULL) {
-	    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entryPtr);
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpNewMenu --
- *
- *	Gets a new blank menu. Only the platform specific options are filled
- *	in.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Standard TCL error.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Allocates a Windows menu handle and places it in the platformData
- *	field of the menuPtr.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-TkpNewMenu(
-    TkMenu *menuPtr)		/* The common structure we are making the
-				 * platform structure for. */
-{
-    HMENU winMenuHdl;
-    Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;
-    int newEntry;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    winMenuHdl = CreatePopupMenu();
-    if (winMenuHdl == NULL) {
-    	Tcl_SetObjResult(menuPtr->interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-		"No more menus can be allocated.", -1));
-	Tcl_SetErrorCode(menuPtr->interp, "TK", "MENU", "SYSTEM_RESOURCES", NULL);
-    	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * We hash all of the HMENU's so that we can get their menu ptrs back when
-     * dispatch messages.
-     */
-
-    hashEntryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable,
-	    (char *) winMenuHdl, &newEntry);
-    Tcl_SetHashValue(hashEntryPtr, menuPtr);
-
-    menuPtr->platformData = (TkMenuPlatformData) winMenuHdl;
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpDestroyMenu --
- *
- *	Destroys platform-specific menu structures.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	All platform-specific allocations are freed up.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpDestroyMenu(
-    TkMenu *menuPtr)		/* The common menu structure */
-{
-    HMENU winMenuHdl = (HMENU) menuPtr->platformData;
-    const char *searchName;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    if (menuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING) {
-	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ReconfigureWindowsMenu, menuPtr);
-    }
-
-    if (winMenuHdl == NULL) {
-	return;
-    }
-
-    if (menuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_SYSTEM_MENU) {
-	TkMenuEntry *searchEntryPtr;
-	Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr = TkGetMenuHashTable(menuPtr->interp);
-	char *menuName = Tcl_GetHashKey(tablePtr,
-		menuPtr->menuRefPtr->hashEntryPtr);
-
-	/*
-	 * Search for the menu in the menubar, if it is present, get the
-	 * wrapper window associated with the toplevel and reset its
-	 * system menu to the default menu.
-	 */
-
-	for (searchEntryPtr = menuPtr->menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr;
-		searchEntryPtr != NULL;
-		searchEntryPtr = searchEntryPtr->nextCascadePtr) {
-	    searchName = Tcl_GetString(searchEntryPtr->namePtr);
-	    if (strcmp(searchName, menuName) == 0) {
-		Tk_Window parentTopLevelPtr = searchEntryPtr
-			->menuPtr->parentTopLevelPtr;
-
-		if (parentTopLevelPtr != NULL) {
-		    GetSystemMenu(
-			    TkWinGetWrapperWindow(parentTopLevelPtr), TRUE);
-		}
-		break;
-	    }
-	}
-    } else {
-	/*
-	 * Remove the menu from the menu hash table, then destroy the handle.
-	 * If the menuHWND is NULL, this table has been finalized already.
-	 */
-
-	if (tsdPtr->menuHWND != NULL) {
-	    Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr =
-		Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable, (char *) winMenuHdl);
-
-	    if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) {
-		Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashEntryPtr);
-	    }
-	}
- 	DestroyMenu(winMenuHdl);
-    }
-    menuPtr->platformData = NULL;
-
-    if (menuPtr == tsdPtr->modalMenuPtr) {
-	tsdPtr->modalMenuPtr = NULL;
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpDestroyMenuEntry --
- *
- *	Cleans up platform-specific menu entry items.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	All platform-specific allocations are freed up.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpDestroyMenuEntry(
-    TkMenuEntry *mePtr)		/* The entry to destroy */
-{
-    TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
-    HMENU winMenuHdl = (HMENU) menuPtr->platformData;
-
-    if (NULL != winMenuHdl) {
-	ScheduleMenuReconfigure(menuPtr);
-    }
-    FreeID((WORD) PTR2INT(mePtr->platformEntryData));
-    mePtr->platformEntryData = NULL;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * GetEntryText --
- *
- *	Given a menu entry, gives back the text that should go in it.
- *	Separators should be done by the caller, as they have to be handled
- *	specially. Allocates the memory with alloc. The caller should free the
- *	memory.
- *
- * Results:
- *	itemText points to the new text for the item.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static char *
-GetEntryText(
-    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu considered. */
-    TkMenuEntry *mePtr)		/* A pointer to the menu entry. */
-{
-    char *itemText;
-
-    if (mePtr->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) {
-	itemText = ckalloc(sizeof("(Tear-off)"));
-	strcpy(itemText, "(Tear-off)");
-    } else if (mePtr->imagePtr != NULL) {
-	itemText = ckalloc(sizeof("(Image)"));
-	strcpy(itemText, "(Image)");
-    } else if (mePtr->bitmapPtr != NULL) {
-	itemText = ckalloc(sizeof("(Pixmap)"));
-	strcpy(itemText, "(Pixmap)");
-    } else if (mePtr->labelPtr == NULL || mePtr->labelLength == 0) {
-	itemText = ckalloc(sizeof("( )"));
-	strcpy(itemText, "( )");
-    } else {
-	int i;
-	const char *label = (mePtr->labelPtr == NULL) ? ""
-		: Tcl_GetString(mePtr->labelPtr);
-	const char *accel = ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) || (mePtr->accelPtr == NULL)) ? ""
-		: Tcl_GetString(mePtr->accelPtr);
-	const char *p, *next;
-	Tcl_DString itemString;
-
-	/*
-	 * We have to construct the string with an ampersand preceeding the
-	 * underline character, and a tab seperating the text and the accel
-	 * text. We have to be careful with ampersands in the string.
-	 */
-
-	Tcl_DStringInit(&itemString);
-
-	for (p = label, i = 0; *p != '\0'; i++, p = next) {
-	    if (i == mePtr->underline) {
-		Tcl_DStringAppend(&itemString, "&", 1);
-	    }
-	    if (*p == '&') {
-		Tcl_DStringAppend(&itemString, "&", 1);
-	    }
-	    next = Tcl_UtfNext(p);
-	    Tcl_DStringAppend(&itemString, p, (int) (next - p));
-	}
-	if (mePtr->accelLength > 0) {
-	    Tcl_DStringAppend(&itemString, "\t", 1);
-	    for (p = accel, i = 0; *p != '\0'; i++, p = next) {
-		if (*p == '&') {
-		    Tcl_DStringAppend(&itemString, "&", 1);
-		}
-		next = Tcl_UtfNext(p);
-		Tcl_DStringAppend(&itemString, p, (int) (next - p));
-	    }
-	}
-
-	itemText = ckalloc(Tcl_DStringLength(&itemString) + 1);
-	strcpy(itemText, Tcl_DStringValue(&itemString));
-	Tcl_DStringFree(&itemString);
-    }
-    return itemText;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * ReconfigureWindowsMenu --
- *
- *	Tears down and rebuilds the platform-specific part of this menu.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Configuration information get set for mePtr; old resources get freed,
- *	if any need it.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-ReconfigureWindowsMenu(
-    ClientData clientData)	/* The menu we are rebuilding */
-{
-    TkMenu *menuPtr = clientData;
-    TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
-    HMENU winMenuHdl = (HMENU) menuPtr->platformData;
-    char *itemText = NULL;
-    const TCHAR *lpNewItem;
-    UINT flags;
-    UINT itemID;
-    int i, count, systemMenu = 0, base;
-    Tcl_DString translatedText;
-
-    if (NULL == winMenuHdl) {
-    	return;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Reconstruct the entire menu. Takes care of nasty system menu and index
-     * problem.
-     */
-
-    base = (menuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_SYSTEM_MENU) ? 7 : 0;
-    count = GetMenuItemCount(winMenuHdl);
-    for (i = base; i < count; i++) {
-	RemoveMenu(winMenuHdl, base, MF_BYPOSITION);
-    }
-
-    count = menuPtr->numEntries;
-    for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
-	mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i];
-	lpNewItem = NULL;
-	flags = MF_BYPOSITION;
-	itemID = 0;
-	Tcl_DStringInit(&translatedText);
-
-	if ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) && (mePtr->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY)) {
-	    continue;
-	}
-
-	itemText = GetEntryText(menuPtr, mePtr);
-	if ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR)
-		|| (menuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_SYSTEM_MENU)) {
-	    Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(itemText, -1, &translatedText);
-	    lpNewItem = (const TCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&translatedText);
-	    flags |= MF_STRING;
-	} else {
-	    lpNewItem = (LPCTSTR) mePtr;
-	    flags |= MF_OWNERDRAW;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Set enabling and disabling correctly.
-	 */
-
-	if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) {
-	    flags |= MF_DISABLED | MF_GRAYED;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Set the check mark for check entries and radio entries.
-	 */
-
-	if (((mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY)
-		|| (mePtr->type == RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY))
-		&& (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_SELECTED)) {
-	    flags |= MF_CHECKED;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Set the SEPARATOR bit for separator entries. This bit is not used
-	 * by our internal drawing functions, but it is used by the system
-	 * when drawing the system menu (we do not draw the system menu
-	 * ourselves). If this bit is not set, separator entries on the system
-	 * menu will not be drawn correctly.
-	 */
-
-	if (mePtr->type == SEPARATOR_ENTRY) {
-	    flags |= MF_SEPARATOR;
-	}
-
-	if (mePtr->columnBreak) {
-	    flags |= MF_MENUBREAK;
-	}
-
-	itemID = PTR2INT(mePtr->platformEntryData);
-	if ((mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY)
-		&& (mePtr->childMenuRefPtr != NULL)
-		&& (mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL)) {
-	    HMENU childMenuHdl = (HMENU) mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr
-		->platformData;
-	    if (childMenuHdl != NULL) {
-		/*
-		 * Win32 draws the popup arrow in the wrong color for a
-		 * disabled cascade menu, so do it by hand. Given it is
-		 * disabled, there's no need for it to be connected to its
-		 * child.
-		 */
-
-		if (mePtr->state != ENTRY_DISABLED) {
-		    flags |= MF_POPUP;
-		    /*
-		     * If the MF_POPUP flag is set, then the id is interpreted
-		     * as the handle of a submenu.
-		     */
-		    itemID = PTR2INT(childMenuHdl);
-		}
-	    }
-	    if ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR)
-		    && !(mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr->menuFlags
-			    & MENU_SYSTEM_MENU)) {
-		Tcl_DString ds;
-		TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr;
-		TkMenu *systemMenuPtr = mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr;
-
-		Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
-		Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds,
-			Tk_PathName(menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->tkwin), -1);
-		Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, ".system", 7);
-
-		menuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferences(menuPtr->interp,
-			Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
-
-		Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
-
-		if ((menuRefPtr != NULL)
-			&& (menuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL)
-			&& (menuPtr->parentTopLevelPtr != NULL)
-			&& (systemMenuPtr->masterMenuPtr
-				== menuRefPtr->menuPtr)) {
-		    HMENU systemMenuHdl = (HMENU) systemMenuPtr->platformData;
-		    HWND wrapper = TkWinGetWrapperWindow(menuPtr
-			    ->parentTopLevelPtr);
-
-		    if (wrapper != NULL) {
-			DestroyMenu(systemMenuHdl);
-			systemMenuHdl = GetSystemMenu(wrapper, FALSE);
-			systemMenuPtr->menuFlags |= MENU_SYSTEM_MENU;
-			systemMenuPtr->platformData =
-				(TkMenuPlatformData) systemMenuHdl;
-			ScheduleMenuReconfigure(systemMenuPtr);
-		    }
-		}
-	    }
-	    if (mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr->menuFlags
-		    & MENU_SYSTEM_MENU) {
-		systemMenu++;
-	    }
-	}
-	if (!systemMenu) {
-	    InsertMenu(winMenuHdl, 0xFFFFFFFF, flags, itemID, lpNewItem);
-	}
-	Tcl_DStringFree(&translatedText);
-	if (itemText != NULL) {
-	    ckfree(itemText);
-	    itemText = NULL;
-	}
-    }
-
-
-    if ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR)
-	    && (menuPtr->parentTopLevelPtr != NULL)) {
-	HANDLE bar = TkWinGetWrapperWindow(menuPtr->parentTopLevelPtr);
-
-	if (bar) {
-	    DrawMenuBar(bar);
-	}
-    }
-
-    menuPtr->menuFlags &= ~(MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpPostMenu --
- *
- *	Posts a menu on the screen
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	The menu is posted and handled.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-TkpPostMenu(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,
-    TkMenu *menuPtr,
-    int x, int y)
-{
-    HMENU winMenuHdl = (HMENU) menuPtr->platformData;
-    int result, flags;
-    RECT noGoawayRect;
-    POINT point;
-    Tk_Window parentWindow = Tk_Parent(menuPtr->tkwin);
-    int oldServiceMode = Tcl_GetServiceMode();
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    tsdPtr->inPostMenu++;
-
-    CallPendingReconfigureImmediately(menuPtr);
-
-    result = TkPreprocessMenu(menuPtr);
-    if (result != TCL_OK) {
-	tsdPtr->inPostMenu--;
-	return result;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * The post commands could have deleted the menu, which means
-     * we are dead and should go away.
-     */
-
-    if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
-	tsdPtr->inPostMenu--;
-    	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-
-    if (NULL == parentWindow) {
-	noGoawayRect.top = y - 50;
-	noGoawayRect.bottom = y + 50;
-	noGoawayRect.left = x - 50;
-	noGoawayRect.right = x + 50;
-    } else {
-	int left, top;
-	Tk_GetRootCoords(parentWindow, &left, &top);
-	noGoawayRect.left = left;
-	noGoawayRect.top = top;
-	noGoawayRect.bottom = noGoawayRect.top + Tk_Height(parentWindow);
-	noGoawayRect.right = noGoawayRect.left + Tk_Width(parentWindow);
-    }
-
-    Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_NONE);
-
-    /*
-     * Make an assumption here. If the right button is down,
-     * then we want to track it. Otherwise, track the left mouse button.
-     */
-
-    flags = TPM_LEFTALIGN;
-    if (GetSystemMetrics(SM_SWAPBUTTON)) {
-	if (GetAsyncKeyState(VK_LBUTTON) < 0) {
-	    flags |= TPM_RIGHTBUTTON;
-	} else {
-	    flags |= TPM_LEFTBUTTON;
-	}
-    } else {
-	if (GetAsyncKeyState(VK_RBUTTON) < 0) {
-	    flags |= TPM_RIGHTBUTTON;
-	} else {
-	    flags |= TPM_LEFTBUTTON;
-	}
-    }
-
-    TrackPopupMenu(winMenuHdl, flags, x, y, 0,
-	    tsdPtr->menuHWND, &noGoawayRect);
-    Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldServiceMode);
-
-    GetCursorPos(&point);
-    Tk_PointerEvent(NULL, point.x, point.y);
-
-    if (tsdPtr->inPostMenu) {
-	tsdPtr->inPostMenu = 0;
-    }
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpMenuNewEntry --
- *
- *	Adds a pointer to a new menu entry structure with the platform-
- *	specific fields filled in.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Standard TCL error.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	A new command ID is allocated and stored in the platformEntryData
- *	field of mePtr.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-TkpMenuNewEntry(
-    TkMenuEntry *mePtr)
-{
-    WORD commandID;
-    TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
-
-    if (GetNewID(mePtr, &commandID) != TCL_OK) {
-    	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    ScheduleMenuReconfigure(menuPtr);
-    mePtr->platformEntryData = (TkMenuPlatformEntryData) INT2PTR(commandID);
-
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinMenuProc --
- *
- *	The window proc for the dummy window we put popups in. This allows
- *	is to post a popup whether or not we know what the parent window
- *	is.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns whatever is appropriate for the message in question.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Normal side-effect for windows messages.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static LRESULT CALLBACK
-TkWinMenuProc(
-    HWND hwnd,
-    UINT message,
-    WPARAM wParam,
-    LPARAM lParam)
-{
-    LRESULT lResult;
-
-    if (!TkWinHandleMenuEvent(&hwnd, &message, &wParam, &lParam, &lResult)) {
-	lResult = DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
-    }
-    return lResult;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * UpdateEmbeddedMenu --
- *
- *	This function is used as work-around for updating the pull-down window
- *	of an embedded menu which may show as a blank popup window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Invalidate the client area of the embedded pull-down menu and
- *	redraw it.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Redraw the embedded menu window.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-UpdateEmbeddedMenu(
-    ClientData clientData)
-{
-    RECT rc;
-    HWND hMenuWnd = (HWND)clientData;
-
-    GetClientRect(hMenuWnd, &rc);
-    InvalidateRect(hMenuWnd, &rc, FALSE);
-    UpdateWindow(hMenuWnd);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinEmbeddedMenuProc --
- *
- *	This window proc is for the embedded menu windows. It provides
- *	message services to an embedded menu in a different process.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns 1 if the message has been handled or 0 otherwise.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static LRESULT CALLBACK
-TkWinEmbeddedMenuProc(
-    HWND hwnd,
-    UINT message,
-    WPARAM wParam,
-    LPARAM lParam)
-{
-    static int nIdles = 0;
-    LRESULT lResult = 1;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    switch(message) {
-    case WM_ENTERIDLE:
-	if ((wParam == MSGF_MENU) && (nIdles < 1)
-		&& (hwnd == tsdPtr->embeddedMenuHWND)) {
-	    Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(200, UpdateEmbeddedMenu,
-		    (ClientData) lParam);
-	    nIdles++;
-	}
-	break;
-
-    case WM_INITMENUPOPUP:
-	nIdles = 0;
-	break;
-
-    case WM_SETTINGCHANGE:
-	if (wParam == SPI_SETNONCLIENTMETRICS
-		|| wParam == SPI_SETKEYBOARDCUES) {
-	    SetDefaults(0);
-	}
-	break;
-
-    case WM_INITMENU:
-    case WM_SYSCOMMAND:
-    case WM_COMMAND:
-    case WM_MENUCHAR:
-    case WM_MEASUREITEM:
-    case WM_DRAWITEM:
-    case WM_MENUSELECT:
-	lResult = TkWinHandleMenuEvent(&hwnd, &message, &wParam, &lParam,
-		&lResult);
-	if (lResult || (GetCapture() != hwnd)) {
-	    break;
-	}
-
-    default:
-	lResult = DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
-	break;
-    }
-    return lResult;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinHandleMenuEvent --
- *
- *	Filters out menu messages from messages passed to a top-level. Will
- *	respond appropriately to WM_COMMAND, WM_MENUSELECT, WM_MEASUREITEM,
- *	WM_DRAWITEM
- *
- * Result:
- *	Returns 1 if this handled the message; 0 if it did not.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	All of the parameters may be modified so that the caller can think it
- *	is getting a different message. plResult points to the result that
- *	should be returned to windows from this message.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-TkWinHandleMenuEvent(
-    HWND *phwnd,
-    UINT *pMessage,
-    WPARAM *pwParam,
-    LPARAM *plParam,
-    LRESULT *plResult)
-{
-    Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;
-    int returnResult = 0;
-    TkMenu *menuPtr;
-    TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    switch (*pMessage) {
-    case WM_UNINITMENUPOPUP:
-	hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable,
-		(char *) *pwParam);
-	if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) {
-	    menuPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr);
-	    if ((menuPtr->menuRefPtr != NULL)
-		    && (menuPtr->menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr != NULL)) {
-		TkPostSubmenu(menuPtr->interp,
-			menuPtr->menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr->menuPtr, NULL);
-	    }
-	}
-	break;
-
-    case WM_INITMENU:
-	TkMenuInit();
-	hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable,
-		(char *) *pwParam);
-	if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) {
-	    tsdPtr->oldServiceMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
-	    menuPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr);
-	    tsdPtr->modalMenuPtr = menuPtr;
-	    CallPendingReconfigureImmediately(menuPtr);
-	    RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(menuPtr);
-	    if (!tsdPtr->inPostMenu) {
-		Tcl_Interp *interp = menuPtr->interp;
-		int code;
-
-		Tcl_Preserve(interp);
-		code = TkPreprocessMenu(menuPtr);
-		if ((code != TCL_OK) && (code != TCL_CONTINUE)
-			&& (code != TCL_BREAK)) {
-		    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n    (menu preprocess)");
-		    Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, code);
-		}
-		Tcl_Release(interp);
-	    }
-	    TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1);
-	    *plResult = 0;
-	    returnResult = 1;
-	} else {
-	    tsdPtr->modalMenuPtr = NULL;
-	}
-	break;
-
-    case WM_SYSCOMMAND:
-    case WM_COMMAND:
-	TkMenuInit();
-	if (HIWORD(*pwParam) != 0) {
-	    break;
-	}
-	hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->commandTable,
-		INT2PTR(LOWORD(*pwParam)));
-	if (hashEntryPtr == NULL) {
-	    break;
-	}
-	mePtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr);
-	if (mePtr != NULL) {
-	    TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr;
-	    TkMenuEntry *parentEntryPtr;
-	    Tcl_Interp *interp;
-	    int code;
-
-	    /*
-	     * We have to set the parent of this menu to be active if this is
-	     * a submenu so that tearoffs will get the correct title.
-	     */
-
-	    menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
-	    menuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferences(menuPtr->interp,
-		    Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin));
-	    if ((menuRefPtr != NULL) && (menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr != NULL)) {
-		for (parentEntryPtr = menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr ; ;
-			parentEntryPtr = parentEntryPtr->nextCascadePtr) {
-		    const char *name = Tcl_GetString(parentEntryPtr->namePtr);
-
-		    if (strcmp(name, Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin)) == 0) {
-			break;
-		    }
-		}
-		if (parentEntryPtr->menuPtr->entries[parentEntryPtr->index]
-			->state != ENTRY_DISABLED) {
-		    TkActivateMenuEntry(parentEntryPtr->menuPtr,
-			    parentEntryPtr->index);
-		}
-	    }
-
-	    interp = menuPtr->interp;
-	    Tcl_Preserve(interp);
-	    code = TkInvokeMenu(interp, menuPtr, mePtr->index);
-	    if (code != TCL_OK && code != TCL_CONTINUE && code != TCL_BREAK) {
-		Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n    (menu invoke)");
-		Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, code);
-	    }
-	    Tcl_Release(interp);
-	    *plResult = 0;
-	    returnResult = 1;
-	}
-	break;
-
-    case WM_MENUCHAR: {
-	hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable,
-		(char *) *plParam);
-	if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) {
-	    int i, len, underline;
-	    Tcl_Obj *labelPtr;
-	    Tcl_UniChar *wlabel, menuChar;
-
-	    *plResult = 0;
-	    menuPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr);
-	    /*
-	     * Assume we have something directly convertable to Tcl_UniChar.
-	     * True at least for wide systems.
-	     */
-	    menuChar = Tcl_UniCharToUpper((Tcl_UniChar) LOWORD(*pwParam));
-
-	    for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
-		underline = menuPtr->entries[i]->underline;
-		labelPtr = menuPtr->entries[i]->labelPtr;
-		if ((underline >= 0) && (labelPtr != NULL)) {
-		    /*
-		     * Ensure we don't exceed the label length, then check
-		     */
-		    wlabel = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(labelPtr, &len);
-		    if ((underline < len) && (menuChar ==
-				Tcl_UniCharToUpper(wlabel[underline]))) {
-			*plResult = (2 << 16) | i;
-			returnResult = 1;
-			break;
-		    }
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-	break;
-    }
-
-    case WM_MEASUREITEM: {
-	LPMEASUREITEMSTRUCT itemPtr = (LPMEASUREITEMSTRUCT) *plParam;
-
-	if (itemPtr != NULL && tsdPtr->modalMenuPtr != NULL) {
-	    mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *) itemPtr->itemData;
-	    menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
-
-	    TkRecomputeMenu(menuPtr);
-	    itemPtr->itemHeight = mePtr->height;
-	    itemPtr->itemWidth = mePtr->width;
-	    if (mePtr->hideMargin) {
-		itemPtr->itemWidth += 2 - indicatorDimensions[1];
-	    } else {
-		int activeBorderWidth;
-
-		Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr->tkwin,
-			menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, &activeBorderWidth);
-		itemPtr->itemWidth += 2 * activeBorderWidth;
-	    }
-	    *plResult = 1;
-	    returnResult = 1;
-	}
-	break;
-    }
-
-    case WM_DRAWITEM: {
-	TkWinDrawable *twdPtr;
-	LPDRAWITEMSTRUCT itemPtr = (LPDRAWITEMSTRUCT) *plParam;
-	Tk_FontMetrics fontMetrics;
-	int drawingParameters = 0;
-
-	if (itemPtr != NULL && tsdPtr->modalMenuPtr != NULL) {
-	    Tk_Font tkfont;
-
-	    if (itemPtr->itemState & ODS_NOACCEL && !showMenuAccelerators) {
-		drawingParameters |= DRAW_MENU_ENTRY_NOUNDERLINE;
-	    }
-	    mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *) itemPtr->itemData;
-	    menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
-	    twdPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkWinDrawable));
-	    twdPtr->type = TWD_WINDC;
-	    twdPtr->winDC.hdc = itemPtr->hDC;
-
-	    if (mePtr->state != ENTRY_DISABLED) {
-		if (itemPtr->itemState & ODS_SELECTED) {
-		    TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, mePtr->index);
-		} else {
-		    TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1);
-		}
-	    } else {
-		/*
-		 * On windows, menu entries should highlight even if they are
-		 * disabled. (I know this seems dumb, but it is the way native
-		 * windows menus works so we ought to mimic it.) The
-		 * ENTRY_PLATFORM_FLAG1 flag will indicate that the entry
-		 * should be highlighted even though it is disabled.
-		 */
-
-		if (itemPtr->itemState & ODS_SELECTED) {
-		    mePtr->entryFlags |= ENTRY_PLATFORM_FLAG1;
-		} else {
-		    mePtr->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_PLATFORM_FLAG1;
-		}
-
-		/*
-		 * Also, set the DRAW_MENU_ENTRY_ARROW flag for a disabled
-		 * cascade menu since we need to draw the arrow ourselves.
-		 */
-
-		if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) {
-		    drawingParameters |= DRAW_MENU_ENTRY_ARROW;
-		}
-	    }
-
-	    tkfont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->fontPtr);
-	    Tk_GetFontMetrics(tkfont, &fontMetrics);
-	    TkpDrawMenuEntry(mePtr, (Drawable) twdPtr, tkfont, &fontMetrics,
-		    itemPtr->rcItem.left, itemPtr->rcItem.top,
-		    itemPtr->rcItem.right - itemPtr->rcItem.left,
-		    itemPtr->rcItem.bottom - itemPtr->rcItem.top,
-		    0, drawingParameters);
-
-	    ckfree(twdPtr);
-	}
-	*plResult = 1;
-	returnResult = 1;
-	break;
-    }
-
-    case WM_MENUSELECT: {
-	UINT flags = HIWORD(*pwParam);
-
-	TkMenuInit();
-
-	if ((flags == 0xFFFF) && (*plParam == 0)) {
-	    if (tsdPtr->modalMenuPtr != NULL) {
-		Tcl_SetServiceMode(tsdPtr->oldServiceMode);
-		RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(tsdPtr->modalMenuPtr);
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    menuPtr = NULL;
-	    if (*plParam != 0) {
-		hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable,
-			(char *) *plParam);
-		if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) {
-		    menuPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr);
-		}
-	    }
-
-	    if (menuPtr != NULL) {
-		long entryIndex = LOWORD(*pwParam);
-
-                if ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) && menuPtr->tearoff) {
-                    /*
-                     * Windows passes the entry index starting at 0 for
-                     * the first menu entry. However this entry #0 is the
-                     * tearoff entry for Tk (the menu has -tearoff 1),
-                     * which is ignored for MENUBAR menues on Windows.
-                     */
-
-                    entryIndex++;
-                }
-                mePtr = NULL;
-		if (flags != 0xFFFF) {
-		    if ((flags&MF_POPUP) && (entryIndex<menuPtr->numEntries)) {
-			mePtr = menuPtr->entries[entryIndex];
-		    } else {
-			hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->commandTable,
-				INT2PTR(entryIndex));
-			if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) {
-			    mePtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr);
-			}
-		    }
-		}
-
-		if ((mePtr == NULL) || (mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED)) {
-		    TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1);
-		} else {
-		    if (mePtr->index >= menuPtr->numEntries) {
-			Tcl_Panic("Trying to activate an entry which doesn't exist");
-		    }
-		    TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, mePtr->index);
-		}
-		MenuSelectEvent(menuPtr);
-		Tcl_ServiceAll();
-		*plResult = 0;
-		returnResult = 1;
-	    }
-	}
-	break;
-    }
-    }
-    return returnResult;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * RecursivelyClearActiveMenu --
- *
- *	Recursively clears the active entry in the menu's cascade hierarchy.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Generates <<MenuSelect>> virtual events.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(
-    TkMenu *menuPtr)		/* The menu to reset. */
-{
-    int i;
-    TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
-
-    TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1);
-    MenuSelectEvent(menuPtr);
-    for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
-    	mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i];
-	if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE) {
-	    mePtr->state = ENTRY_NORMAL;
-	}
-	mePtr->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_PLATFORM_FLAG1;
-    	if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) {
-    	    if ((mePtr->childMenuRefPtr != NULL)
-    	    	    && (mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL)) {
-    	    	RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr);
-    	    }
-    	}
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpSetWindowMenuBar --
- *
- *	Associates a given menu with a window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	On Windows and UNIX, associates the platform menu with the
- *	platform window.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpSetWindowMenuBar(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* The window we are putting the menubar
-				 * into.*/
-    TkMenu *menuPtr)		/* The menu we are inserting */
-{
-    HMENU winMenuHdl;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    if (menuPtr != NULL) {
-	Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;
-	int newEntry;
-
-	winMenuHdl = (HMENU) menuPtr->platformData;
-	hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable,
-		(char *) winMenuHdl);
-	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashEntryPtr);
-	DestroyMenu(winMenuHdl);
-	winMenuHdl = CreateMenu();
-	hashEntryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable,
-		(char *) winMenuHdl, &newEntry);
-	Tcl_SetHashValue(hashEntryPtr, menuPtr);
-	menuPtr->platformData = (TkMenuPlatformData) winMenuHdl;
-	TkWinSetMenu(tkwin, winMenuHdl);
-	ScheduleMenuReconfigure(menuPtr);
-    } else {
-	TkWinSetMenu(tkwin, NULL);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpSetMainMenubar --
- *
- *	Puts the menu associated with a window into the menubar. Should only
- *	be called when the window is in front.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	The menubar is changed.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpSetMainMenubar(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter of the application */
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* The frame we are setting up */
-    const char *menuName)	/* The name of the menu to put in front. If
-    				 * NULL, use the default menu bar. */
-{
-    /*
-     * Nothing to do.
-     */
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * GetMenuIndicatorGeometry --
- *
- *	Gets the width and height of the indicator area of a menu.
- *
- * Results:
- *	widthPtr and heightPtr are set.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-GetMenuIndicatorGeometry(
-    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu we are measuring */
-    TkMenuEntry *mePtr,		/* The entry we are measuring */
-    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Precalculated font */
-    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* Precalculated font metrics */
-    int *widthPtr,		/* The resulting width */
-    int *heightPtr)		/* The resulting height */
-{
-    *heightPtr = indicatorDimensions[0];
-    if (mePtr->hideMargin) {
-	*widthPtr = 0;
-    } else {
-	int borderWidth;
-
-	Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr->tkwin,
-		menuPtr->borderWidthPtr, &borderWidth);
-	*widthPtr = indicatorDimensions[1] - borderWidth;
-
-        /*
-         * Quite dubious about the above (why would borderWidth play a role?)
-         * and about how indicatorDimensions[1] is obtained in SetDefaults().
-         * At least don't let the result be negative!
-         */
-        if (*widthPtr < 0) {
-            *widthPtr = 0;
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * GetMenuAccelGeometry --
- *
- *	Gets the width and height of the indicator area of a menu.
- *
- * Results:
- *	widthPtr and heightPtr are set.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-GetMenuAccelGeometry(
-    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu we are measuring */
-    TkMenuEntry *mePtr,		/* The entry we are measuring */
-    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* The precalculated font */
-    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */
-    int *widthPtr,		/* The resulting width */
-    int *heightPtr)		/* The resulting height */
-{
-    *heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace;
-    if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) {
-	*widthPtr = 0;
-    } else if ((menuPtr->menuType != MENUBAR) && (mePtr->accelPtr != NULL)) {
-	const char *accel = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->accelPtr);
-
-	*widthPtr = Tk_TextWidth(tkfont, accel, mePtr->accelLength);
-    } else {
-    	*widthPtr = 0;
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * GetTearoffEntryGeometry --
- *
- *	Gets the width and height of the indicator area of a menu.
- *
- * Results:
- *	widthPtr and heightPtr are set.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-GetTearoffEntryGeometry(
-    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu we are measuring */
-    TkMenuEntry *mePtr,		/* The entry we are measuring */
-    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* The precalculated font */
-    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */
-    int *widthPtr,		/* The resulting width */
-    int *heightPtr)		/* The resulting height */
-{
-    if (menuPtr->menuType != MASTER_MENU) {
-	*heightPtr = 0;
-    } else {
-	*heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace;
-    }
-    *widthPtr = 0;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * GetMenuSeparatorGeometry --
- *
- *	Gets the width and height of the indicator area of a menu.
- *
- * Results:
- *	widthPtr and heightPtr are set.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-GetMenuSeparatorGeometry(
-    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu we are measuring */
-    TkMenuEntry *mePtr,		/* The entry we are measuring */
-    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* The precalculated font */
-    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalcualted font metrics */
-    int *widthPtr,		/* The resulting width */
-    int *heightPtr)		/* The resulting height */
-{
-    *widthPtr = 0;
-    *heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace - (2 * fmPtr->descent);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * DrawWindowsSystemBitmap --
- *
- *	Draws the windows system bitmap given by bitmapID into the rect given
- *	by rectPtr in the drawable. The bitmap is centered in the rectangle.
- *	It is not clipped, so if the bitmap is bigger than the rect it will
- *	bleed.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Drawing occurs. Some storage is allocated and released.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-DrawWindowsSystemBitmap(
-    Display *display,		/* The display we are drawing into */
-    Drawable drawable,		/* The drawable we are working with */
-    GC gc,			/* The GC to draw with */
-    const RECT *rectPtr,	/* The rectangle to draw into */
-    int bitmapID,		/* The windows id of the system bitmap to
-				 * draw. */
-    int alignFlags)		/* How to align the bitmap inside the
-				 * rectangle. */
-{
-    TkWinDCState state;
-    HDC hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, drawable, &state);
-    HDC scratchDC;
-    HBITMAP bitmap;
-    BITMAP bm;
-    POINT ptSize;
-    POINT ptOrg;
-    int topOffset, leftOffset;
-
-    SetBkColor(hdc, gc->background);
-    SetTextColor(hdc, gc->foreground);
-
-    scratchDC = CreateCompatibleDC(hdc);
-    bitmap = LoadBitmap(NULL, MAKEINTRESOURCE(bitmapID));
-
-    SelectObject(scratchDC, bitmap);
-    SetMapMode(scratchDC, GetMapMode(hdc));
-    GetObjectA(bitmap, sizeof(BITMAP), &bm);
-    ptSize.x = bm.bmWidth;
-    ptSize.y = bm.bmHeight;
-    DPtoLP(scratchDC, &ptSize, 1);
-
-    ptOrg.y = ptOrg.x = 0;
-    DPtoLP(scratchDC, &ptOrg, 1);
-
-    if (alignFlags & ALIGN_BITMAP_TOP) {
-	topOffset = 0;
-    } else if (alignFlags & ALIGN_BITMAP_BOTTOM) {
-	topOffset = (rectPtr->bottom - rectPtr->top) - ptSize.y;
-    } else {
-	topOffset = (rectPtr->bottom - rectPtr->top) / 2 - (ptSize.y / 2);
-    }
-
-    if (alignFlags & ALIGN_BITMAP_LEFT) {
-	leftOffset = 0;
-    } else if (alignFlags & ALIGN_BITMAP_RIGHT) {
-	leftOffset = (rectPtr->right - rectPtr->left) - ptSize.x;
-    } else {
-	leftOffset = (rectPtr->right - rectPtr->left) / 2 - (ptSize.x / 2);
-    }
-
-    BitBlt(hdc, rectPtr->left + leftOffset, rectPtr->top + topOffset, ptSize.x,
-	    ptSize.y, scratchDC, ptOrg.x, ptOrg.y, SRCCOPY);
-    DeleteDC(scratchDC);
-    DeleteObject(bitmap);
-
-    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(drawable, hdc, &state);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * DrawMenuEntryIndicator --
- *
- *	This function draws the indicator part of a menu.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Commands are output to X to display the menu in its current mode.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-DrawMenuEntryIndicator(
-    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu we are drawing */
-    TkMenuEntry *mePtr,		/* The entry we are drawing */
-    Drawable d,			/* What we are drawing into */
-    GC gc,			/* The gc we are drawing with */
-    GC indicatorGC,		/* The gc for indicator objects */
-    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* The precalculated font */
-    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */
-    int x,			/* Left edge */
-    int y,			/* Top edge */
-    int width,
-    int height)
-{
-    if ((mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY)
-	    || (mePtr->type == RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY)) {
-    	if (mePtr->indicatorOn && (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_SELECTED)) {
-	    RECT rect;
-	    GC whichGC;
-	    int borderWidth, activeBorderWidth;
-
-	    if (mePtr->state != ENTRY_NORMAL) {
-		whichGC = gc;
-	    } else {
-		whichGC = indicatorGC;
-	    }
-
-	    rect.top = y;
-	    rect.bottom = y + mePtr->height;
-	    Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr->tkwin,
-		    menuPtr->borderWidthPtr, &borderWidth);
-	    Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr->tkwin,
-		    menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, &activeBorderWidth);
-	    rect.left = borderWidth + activeBorderWidth + x;
-	    rect.right = mePtr->indicatorSpace + x;
-
-	    if ((mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED)
-		    && (menuPtr->disabledFgPtr != NULL)) {
-		RECT hilightRect;
-		COLORREF oldFgColor = whichGC->foreground;
-
-		whichGC->foreground = GetSysColor(COLOR_3DHILIGHT);
-		hilightRect.top = rect.top + 1;
-		hilightRect.bottom = rect.bottom + 1;
-		hilightRect.left = rect.left + 1;
-		hilightRect.right = rect.right + 1;
-		DrawWindowsSystemBitmap(menuPtr->display, d, whichGC,
-			&hilightRect, OBM_CHECK, 0);
-		whichGC->foreground = oldFgColor;
-	    }
-
-	    DrawWindowsSystemBitmap(menuPtr->display, d, whichGC, &rect,
-		    OBM_CHECK, 0);
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * DrawMenuEntryAccelerator --
- *
- *	This function draws the accelerator part of a menu. For example, the
- *	string "CTRL-Z" could be drawn to to the right of the label text for
- *	an Undo menu entry. Need to decide what to draw here. Should we
- *	replace strings like "Control", "Command", etc?
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Commands are output to display the menu in its
- *	current mode.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-DrawMenuEntryAccelerator(
-    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu we are drawing */
-    TkMenuEntry *mePtr,		/* The entry we are drawing */
-    Drawable d,			/* What we are drawing into */
-    GC gc,			/* The gc we are drawing with */
-    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* The precalculated font */
-    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */
-    Tk_3DBorder activeBorder,	/* The border when an item is active */
-    int x,			/* left edge */
-    int y,			/* top edge */
-    int width,			/* Width of menu entry */
-    int height)			/* Height of menu entry */
-{
-    int baseline;
-    int leftEdge = x + mePtr->indicatorSpace + mePtr->labelWidth;
-    const char *accel;
-
-    if (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) {
-        return;
-    }
-
-    if (mePtr->accelPtr != NULL) {
-	accel = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->accelPtr);
-    } else {
-	accel = NULL;
-    }
-
-    baseline = y + (height + fmPtr->ascent - fmPtr->descent) / 2;
-
-    /*
-     * Draw disabled 3D text highlight only with the Win95/98 look.
-     */
-
-    if (TkWinGetPlatformTheme() == TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC) {
-	if ((mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED)
-		&& (menuPtr->disabledFgPtr != NULL) && (accel != NULL)) {
-	    COLORREF oldFgColor = gc->foreground;
-
-	    gc->foreground = GetSysColor(COLOR_3DHILIGHT);
-	    if (!(mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_PLATFORM_FLAG1)) {
-		Tk_DrawChars(menuPtr->display, d, gc, tkfont, accel,
-			mePtr->accelLength, leftEdge + 1, baseline + 1);
-	    }
-	    gc->foreground = oldFgColor;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (accel != NULL) {
-	Tk_DrawChars(menuPtr->display, d, gc, tkfont, accel,
-		mePtr->accelLength, leftEdge, baseline);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * DrawMenuEntryArrow --
- *
- *	This function draws the arrow bitmap on the right side of a menu
- *	entry. This function is only used when drawing the arrow for a
- *	disabled cascade menu.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-DrawMenuEntryArrow(
-    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu we are drawing */
-    TkMenuEntry *mePtr,		/* The entry we are drawing */
-    Drawable d,			/* What we are drawing into */
-    GC gc,			/* The gc we are drawing with */
-    Tk_3DBorder activeBorder,	/* The border when an item is active */
-    int x,			/* left edge */
-    int y,			/* top edge */
-    int width,			/* Width of menu entry */
-    int height,			/* Height of menu entry */
-    int drawArrow)		/* For cascade menus, whether of not to draw
-				 * the arrow. I cannot figure out Windows'
-				 * algorithm for where to draw this. */
-{
-    COLORREF oldFgColor;
-    COLORREF oldBgColor;
-    RECT rect;
-
-    if (!drawArrow || (mePtr->type != CASCADE_ENTRY)) {
-	return;
-    }
-
-    oldFgColor = gc->foreground;
-    oldBgColor = gc->background;
-
-    /*
-     * Set bitmap bg to highlight color if the menu is highlighted.
-     */
-
-    if (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_PLATFORM_FLAG1) {
-	XColor *activeBgColor = Tk_3DBorderColor(Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(
-		mePtr->menuPtr->tkwin, (mePtr->activeBorderPtr == NULL)
-		? mePtr->menuPtr->activeBorderPtr
-		: mePtr->activeBorderPtr));
-
-	gc->background = activeBgColor->pixel;
-    }
-
-    gc->foreground = GetSysColor((mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED)
-	? COLOR_GRAYTEXT
-		: ((mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE)
-		? COLOR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT : COLOR_MENUTEXT));
-
-    rect.top = y + GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYBORDER);
-    rect.bottom = y + height - GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYBORDER);
-    rect.left = x + mePtr->indicatorSpace + mePtr->labelWidth;
-    rect.right = x + width;
-
-    DrawWindowsSystemBitmap(menuPtr->display, d, gc, &rect, OBM_MNARROW,
-	    ALIGN_BITMAP_RIGHT);
-
-    gc->foreground = oldFgColor;
-    gc->background = oldBgColor;
-    return;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * DrawMenuSeparator --
- *
- *	The menu separator is drawn.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Commands are output to X to display the menu in its current mode.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-DrawMenuSeparator(
-    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu we are drawing */
-    TkMenuEntry *mePtr,		/* The entry we are drawing */
-    Drawable d,			/* What we are drawing into */
-    GC gc,			/* The gc we are drawing with */
-    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* The precalculated font */
-    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */
-    int x,			/* left edge */
-    int y,			/* top edge */
-    int width,			/* width of item */
-    int height)			/* height of item */
-{
-    XPoint points[2];
-    Tk_3DBorder border;
-
-    points[0].x = x;
-    points[0].y = y + height / 2;
-    points[1].x = x + width - 1;
-    points[1].y = points[0].y;
-    border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderPtr);
-    Tk_Draw3DPolygon(menuPtr->tkwin, d, border, points, 2, 1,
-	    TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * DrawMenuUnderline --
- *
- *	On appropriate platforms, draw the underline character for the menu.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Commands are output to X to display the menu in its current mode.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-DrawMenuUnderline(
-    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu to draw into */
-    TkMenuEntry *mePtr,		/* The entry we are drawing */
-    Drawable d,			/* What we are drawing into */
-    GC gc,			/* The gc to draw into */
-    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* The precalculated font */
-    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */
-    int x,			/* Left Edge */
-    int y,			/* Top Edge */
-    int width,			/* Width of entry */
-    int height)			/* Height of entry */
-{
-    if ((mePtr->underline >= 0) && (mePtr->labelPtr != NULL)) {
-	int len;
-
-	/* do the unicode call just to prevent overruns */
-	Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(mePtr->labelPtr, &len);
-	if (mePtr->underline < len) {
-	    const char *label, *start, *end;
-
-	    label = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->labelPtr);
-	    start = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(label, mePtr->underline);
-	    end = Tcl_UtfNext(start);
-	    Tk_UnderlineChars(menuPtr->display, d,
-		    gc, tkfont, label, x + mePtr->indicatorSpace,
-		    y + (height + fmPtr->ascent - fmPtr->descent) / 2,
-		    (int) (start - label), (int) (end - label));
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinMenuKeyObjCmd --
- *
- *	This function is invoked when keys related to pulling down menus is
- *	pressed. The corresponding Windows events are generated and passed to
- *	DefWindowProc if appropriate. This cmd is registered as tk::WinMenuKey
- *	in the interp.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Always returns TCL_OK.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	The menu system may take over and process user events for menu input.
- *
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-TkWinMenuKeyObjCmd(
-    ClientData clientData,	/* Unused. */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    UINT scanCode;
-    UINT virtualKey;
-    XEvent *eventPtr;
-    Tk_Window tkwin;
-    TkWindow *winPtr;
-    KeySym keySym;
-    int i;
-
-    if (objc != 3) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "window keySym");
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]),
-	    Tk_MainWindow(interp));
-
-    if (tkwin == NULL) {
-	/*
-	 * If we don't find the key, just return, as the window may have
-	 * been destroyed in the binding. [Bug 1236306]
-	 */
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-
-    eventPtr = TkpGetBindingXEvent(interp);
-
-    winPtr = (TkWindow *)tkwin;
-
-    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &i) != TCL_OK) {
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    keySym = i;
-
-    if (eventPtr->type == KeyPress) {
-	switch (keySym) {
-	case XK_Alt_L:
-	    scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_LMENU, 0);
-	    CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
-		    WM_SYSKEYDOWN, VK_MENU,
-		    (int) (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 29));
-	    break;
-	case XK_Alt_R:
-	    scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_RMENU, 0);
-	    CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
-		    WM_SYSKEYDOWN, VK_MENU,
-		    (int) (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 29) | (1 << 24));
-	    break;
-	case XK_F10:
-	    scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_F10, 0);
-	    CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
-		    WM_SYSKEYDOWN, VK_F10, (int) (scanCode << 16));
-	    break;
-	default:
-	    virtualKey = XKeysymToKeycode(winPtr->display, keySym);
-	    scanCode = MapVirtualKey(virtualKey, 0);
-	    if (0 != scanCode) {
-		XKeyEvent xkey = eventPtr->xkey;
-		CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
-			WM_SYSKEYDOWN, virtualKey,
-			(int) ((scanCode << 16) | (1 << 29)));
-		if (xkey.nbytes > 0) {
-		    for (i = 0; i < xkey.nbytes; i++) {
-			CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc,
-				Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)), WM_SYSCHAR,
-				xkey.trans_chars[i],
-				(int) ((scanCode << 16) | (1 << 29)));
-		    }
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-    } else if (eventPtr->type == KeyRelease) {
-	switch (keySym) {
-	case XK_Alt_L:
-	    scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_LMENU, 0);
-	    CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
-		    WM_SYSKEYUP, VK_MENU, (int) (scanCode << 16)
-		    | (1 << 29) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31));
-	    break;
-	case XK_Alt_R:
-	    scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_RMENU, 0);
-	    CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
-		    WM_SYSKEYUP, VK_MENU, (int) (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 24)
-		    | (1 << 29) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31));
-	    break;
-	case XK_F10:
-	    scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_F10, 0);
-	    CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
-		    WM_SYSKEYUP, VK_F10,
-		    (int) (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31));
-	    break;
-	default:
-	    virtualKey = XKeysymToKeycode(winPtr->display, keySym);
-	    scanCode = MapVirtualKey(virtualKey, 0);
-	    if (0 != scanCode) {
-		CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
-			WM_SYSKEYUP, virtualKey, (int) ((scanCode << 16)
-			| (1 << 29) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31)));
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpInitializeMenuBindings --
- *
- *	For every interp, initializes the bindings for Windows menus. Does
- *	nothing on Mac or XWindows.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	bindings are setup for the interp which will handle Alt-key sequences
- *	for menus without beeping or interfering with user-defined Alt-key
- *	bindings.
- *
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpInitializeMenuBindings(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter to set. */
-    Tk_BindingTable bindingTable)
-				/* The table to add to. */
-{
-    Tk_Uid uid = Tk_GetUid("all");
-
-    /*
-     * We need to set up the bindings for menubars. These have to recreate
-     * windows events, so we need to invoke C code to generate the
-     * WM_SYSKEYDOWNS and WM_SYSKEYUPs appropriately. Trick is, we can't
-     * create a C level binding directly since we may want to modify the
-     * binding in Tcl code.
-     */
-
-    (void) Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "tk::WinMenuKey",
-	    TkWinMenuKeyObjCmd,
-	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), (Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *) NULL);
-
-    (void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid,
-	    "<Alt_L>", "tk::WinMenuKey %W %N", 0);
-
-    (void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid,
-	    "<KeyRelease-Alt_L>", "tk::WinMenuKey %W %N", 0);
-
-    (void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid,
-	    "<Alt_R>", "tk::WinMenuKey %W %N", 0);
-
-    (void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid,
-	    "<KeyRelease-Alt_R>", "tk::WinMenuKey %W %N", 0);
-
-    (void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid,
-	    "<Alt-KeyPress>", "tk::WinMenuKey %W %N", 0);
-
-    (void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid,
-	    "<Alt-KeyRelease>", "tk::WinMenuKey %W %N", 0);
-
-    (void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid,
-	    "<KeyPress-F10>", "tk::WinMenuKey %W %N", 0);
-
-    (void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid,
-	    "<KeyRelease-F10>", "tk::WinMenuKey %W %N", 0);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * DrawMenuEntryLabel --
- *
- *	This function draws the label part of a menu.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Commands are output to X to display the menu in its
- *	current mode.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-DrawMenuEntryLabel(
-    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu we are drawing */
-    TkMenuEntry *mePtr,		/* The entry we are drawing */
-    Drawable d,			/* What we are drawing into */
-    GC gc,			/* The gc we are drawing into */
-    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* The precalculated font */
-    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */
-    int x,			/* left edge */
-    int y,			/* right edge */
-    int width,			/* width of entry */
-    int height,			/* height of entry */
-    int underline)		/* accelerator cue should be drawn */
-{
-    int indicatorSpace = mePtr->indicatorSpace;
-    int activeBorderWidth;
-    int leftEdge;
-    int imageHeight, imageWidth;
-    int textHeight = 0, textWidth = 0;
-    int haveImage = 0, haveText = 0;
-    int imageXOffset = 0, imageYOffset = 0;
-    int textXOffset = 0, textYOffset = 0;
-
-    Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr->tkwin,
-	    menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, &activeBorderWidth);
-    leftEdge = x + indicatorSpace + activeBorderWidth;
-
-    /*
-     * Work out what we will need to draw first.
-     */
-
-    if (mePtr->image != NULL) {
-    	Tk_SizeOfImage(mePtr->image, &imageWidth, &imageHeight);
-	haveImage = 1;
-    } else if (mePtr->bitmapPtr != NULL) {
-	Pixmap bitmap = Tk_GetBitmapFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->bitmapPtr);
-
-	Tk_SizeOfBitmap(menuPtr->display, bitmap, &imageWidth, &imageHeight);
-	haveImage = 1;
-    }
-    if (!haveImage || (mePtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE)) {
-	if (mePtr->labelLength > 0) {
-	    const char *label = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->labelPtr);
-
-	    textWidth = Tk_TextWidth(tkfont, label, mePtr->labelLength);
-	    textHeight = fmPtr->linespace;
-	    haveText = 1;
-	}
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Now work out what the relative positions are.
-     */
-
-    if (haveImage && haveText) {
-	int fullWidth = (imageWidth > textWidth ? imageWidth : textWidth);
-	switch ((enum compound) mePtr->compound) {
-	case COMPOUND_TOP:
-	    textXOffset = (fullWidth - textWidth)/2;
-	    textYOffset = imageHeight/2 + 2;
-	    imageXOffset = (fullWidth - imageWidth)/2;
-	    imageYOffset = -textHeight/2;
-	    break;
-	case COMPOUND_BOTTOM:
-	    textXOffset = (fullWidth - textWidth)/2;
-	    textYOffset = -imageHeight/2;
-	    imageXOffset = (fullWidth - imageWidth)/2;
-	    imageYOffset = textHeight/2 + 2;
-	    break;
-	case COMPOUND_LEFT:
-	    /*
-	     * The standard image position on Windows is in the indicator
-	     * space to the left of the entries, unless this entry is a
-	     * radio|check button because then the indicator space will be
-	     * used.
-	     */
-
-	    textXOffset = imageWidth + 2;
-	    textYOffset = 0;
-	    imageXOffset = 0;
-	    imageYOffset = 0;
-	    if ((mePtr->type != CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY)
-		    && (mePtr->type != RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY)) {
-		textXOffset -= indicatorSpace;
-		if (textXOffset < 0) {
-		    textXOffset = 0;
-		}
-		imageXOffset = -indicatorSpace;
-	    }
-	    break;
-	case COMPOUND_RIGHT:
-	    textXOffset = 0;
-	    textYOffset = 0;
-	    imageXOffset = textWidth + 2;
-	    imageYOffset = 0;
-	    break;
-	case COMPOUND_CENTER:
-	    textXOffset = (fullWidth - textWidth)/2;
-	    textYOffset = 0;
-	    imageXOffset = (fullWidth - imageWidth)/2;
-	    imageYOffset = 0;
-	    break;
-	case COMPOUND_NONE:
-	    break;
-	}
-    } else {
-	textXOffset = 0;
-	textYOffset = 0;
-	imageXOffset = 0;
-	imageYOffset = 0;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Draw label and/or bitmap or image for entry.
-     */
-
-    if (mePtr->image != NULL) {
-    	if ((mePtr->selectImage != NULL)
-	    	&& (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_SELECTED)) {
-	    Tk_RedrawImage(mePtr->selectImage, 0, 0,
-		    imageWidth, imageHeight, d, leftEdge + imageXOffset,
-		    (int) (y + (mePtr->height-imageHeight)/2 + imageYOffset));
-    	} else {
-	    Tk_RedrawImage(mePtr->image, 0, 0, imageWidth,
-		    imageHeight, d, leftEdge + imageXOffset,
-		    (int) (y + (mePtr->height-imageHeight)/2 + imageYOffset));
-    	}
-    } else if (mePtr->bitmapPtr != NULL) {
-	Pixmap bitmap = Tk_GetBitmapFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->bitmapPtr);
-    	XCopyPlane(menuPtr->display, bitmap, d,	gc, 0, 0,
-		(unsigned) imageWidth, (unsigned) imageHeight,
-		leftEdge + imageXOffset,
-		(int) (y + (mePtr->height - imageHeight)/2 + imageYOffset), 1);
-    }
-    if ((mePtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE) || !haveImage) {
-    	if (mePtr->labelLength > 0) {
-	    int baseline = y + (height + fmPtr->ascent - fmPtr->descent) / 2;
-	    const char *label = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->labelPtr);
-
-	    if (TkWinGetPlatformTheme() == TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC) {
-		/*
-		 * Win 95/98 systems draw disabled menu text with a 3D
-		 * highlight, unless the menu item is highlighted,
-		 */
-
-		if ((mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) &&
-			!(mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_PLATFORM_FLAG1)) {
-		    COLORREF oldFgColor = gc->foreground;
-
-		    gc->foreground = GetSysColor(COLOR_3DHILIGHT);
-		    Tk_DrawChars(menuPtr->display, d, gc, tkfont, label,
-			    mePtr->labelLength, leftEdge + textXOffset + 1,
-			    baseline + textYOffset + 1);
-		    gc->foreground = oldFgColor;
-		}
-	    }
-	    Tk_DrawChars(menuPtr->display, d, gc, tkfont, label,
-		    mePtr->labelLength, leftEdge + textXOffset,
-		    baseline + textYOffset);
-	    if (underline) {
-		DrawMenuUnderline(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr,
-			x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset, width, height);
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) {
-	if (menuPtr->disabledFgPtr == NULL) {
-	    XFillRectangle(menuPtr->display, d, menuPtr->disabledGC, x, y,
-		    (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height);
-	} else if ((mePtr->image != NULL)
-		&& (menuPtr->disabledImageGC != None)) {
-	    XFillRectangle(menuPtr->display, d, menuPtr->disabledImageGC,
-		    leftEdge + imageXOffset,
-		    (int) (y + (mePtr->height - imageHeight)/2 + imageYOffset),
-		    (unsigned) imageWidth, (unsigned) imageHeight);
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpComputeMenubarGeometry --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to recompute the size and layout of a menu
- *	that is a menubar clone.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Fields of menu entries are changed to reflect their current positions,
- *	and the size of the menu window itself may be changed.
- *
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpComputeMenubarGeometry(
-    TkMenu *menuPtr)		/* Structure describing menu. */
-{
-    TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry(menuPtr);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * DrawTearoffEntry --
- *
- *	This function draws the background part of a menu.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Commands are output to X to display the menu in its current mode.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-DrawTearoffEntry(
-    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu we are drawing */
-    TkMenuEntry *mePtr,		/* The entry we are drawing */
-    Drawable d,			/* The drawable we are drawing into */
-    GC gc,			/* The gc we are drawing with */
-    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* The font we are drawing with */
-    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The metrics we are drawing with */
-    int x, int y,
-    int width, int height)
-{
-    XPoint points[2];
-    int segmentWidth, maxX;
-    Tk_3DBorder border;
-
-    if (menuPtr->menuType != MASTER_MENU) {
-	return;
-    }
-
-    points[0].x = x;
-    points[0].y = y + height/2;
-    points[1].y = points[0].y;
-    segmentWidth = 6;
-    maxX = x + width - 1;
-    border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderPtr);
-
-    while (points[0].x < maxX) {
-	points[1].x = points[0].x + segmentWidth;
-	if (points[1].x > maxX) {
-	    points[1].x = maxX;
-	}
-	Tk_Draw3DPolygon(menuPtr->tkwin, d, border, points, 2, 1,
-		TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
-	points[0].x += 2*segmentWidth;
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpConfigureMenuEntry --
- *
- *	Processes configurations for menu entries.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns standard TCL result. If TCL_ERROR is returned, then the
- *	interp's result contains an error message.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Configuration information get set for mePtr; old resources get freed,
- *	if any need it.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-TkpConfigureMenuEntry(
-    register TkMenuEntry *mePtr)/* Information about menu entry; may or may
-				 * not already have values for some fields. */
-{
-    ScheduleMenuReconfigure(mePtr->menuPtr);
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpDrawMenuEntry --
- *
- *	Draws the given menu entry at the given coordinates with the given
- *	attributes.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	X Server commands are executed to display the menu entry.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpDrawMenuEntry(
-    TkMenuEntry *mePtr,		/* The entry to draw */
-    Drawable menuDrawable,	/* Menu to draw into */
-    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* Precalculated font for menu */
-    const Tk_FontMetrics *menuMetricsPtr,
-				/* Precalculated metrics for menu */
-    int x,			/* X-coordinate of topleft of entry */
-    int y,			/* Y-coordinate of topleft of entry */
-    int width,			/* Width of the entry rectangle */
-    int height,			/* Height of the current rectangle */
-    int strictMotif,		/* Boolean flag */
-    int drawingParameters)	/* Whether or not to draw the cascade arrow
-				 * for cascade items and accelerator
-				 * cues. */
-{
-    GC gc, indicatorGC;
-    TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
-    Tk_3DBorder bgBorder, activeBorder;
-    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr;
-    Tk_FontMetrics entryMetrics;
-    int padY = (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) ? 3 : 0;
-    int adjustedX, adjustedY;
-    int adjustedHeight = height - 2 * padY;
-    TkWinDrawable memWinDraw;
-    TkWinDCState dcState;
-    HBITMAP oldBitmap = NULL;
-    Drawable d;
-    HDC memDc = NULL, menuDc = NULL;
-
-    /*
-     * If the menu entry includes an image then draw the entry into a
-     * compatible bitmap first.  This avoids problems with clipping on
-     * animated menus.  [Bug 1329198]
-     */
-
-    if (mePtr->image != NULL) {
-	menuDc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(menuPtr->display, menuDrawable, &dcState);
-
-	memDc = CreateCompatibleDC(menuDc);
-	oldBitmap = SelectObject(memDc,
-    			CreateCompatibleBitmap(menuDc, width, height) );
-
-	memWinDraw.type = TWD_WINDC;
-	memWinDraw.winDC.hdc = memDc;
-	d = (Drawable)&memWinDraw;
-	adjustedX = 0;
-	adjustedY = padY;
-
-    } else {
-	d = menuDrawable;
-	adjustedX = x;
-	adjustedY = y + padY;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Choose the gc for drawing the foreground part of the entry.
-     */
-
-    if ((mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE) && !strictMotif) {
-	gc = mePtr->activeGC;
-	if (gc == NULL) {
-	    gc = menuPtr->activeGC;
-	}
-    } else {
-    	TkMenuEntry *cascadeEntryPtr;
-    	int parentDisabled = 0;
-    	const char *name;
-
-    	for (cascadeEntryPtr = menuPtr->menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr;
-    		cascadeEntryPtr != NULL;
-    		cascadeEntryPtr = cascadeEntryPtr->nextCascadePtr) {
-	    name = Tcl_GetString(cascadeEntryPtr->namePtr);
-    	    if (strcmp(name, Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin)) == 0) {
-    	    	if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) {
-    	    	    parentDisabled = 1;
-    	    	}
-    	    	break;
-    	    }
-    	}
-
-	if (((parentDisabled || (mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED)))
-		&& (menuPtr->disabledFgPtr != NULL)) {
-	    gc = mePtr->disabledGC;
-	    if (gc == NULL) {
-		gc = menuPtr->disabledGC;
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    gc = mePtr->textGC;
-	    if (gc == NULL) {
-		gc = menuPtr->textGC;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    indicatorGC = mePtr->indicatorGC;
-    if (indicatorGC == NULL) {
-	indicatorGC = menuPtr->indicatorGC;
-    }
-
-    bgBorder = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin,
-	    (mePtr->borderPtr == NULL) ? menuPtr->borderPtr
-	    : mePtr->borderPtr);
-    if (strictMotif) {
-	activeBorder = bgBorder;
-    } else {
-	activeBorder = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin,
-	    (mePtr->activeBorderPtr == NULL) ? menuPtr->activeBorderPtr
-	    : mePtr->activeBorderPtr);
-    }
-
-    if (mePtr->fontPtr == NULL) {
-	fmPtr = menuMetricsPtr;
-    } else {
-	tkfont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->fontPtr);
-	Tk_GetFontMetrics(tkfont, &entryMetrics);
-	fmPtr = &entryMetrics;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Need to draw the entire background, including padding. On Unix, for
-     * menubars, we have to draw the rest of the entry taking into account the
-     * padding.
-     */
-
-    DrawMenuEntryBackground(menuPtr, mePtr, d, activeBorder,
-	    bgBorder, adjustedX, adjustedY-padY, width, height);
-
-    if (mePtr->type == SEPARATOR_ENTRY) {
-	DrawMenuSeparator(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont,
-		fmPtr, adjustedX, adjustedY, width, adjustedHeight);
-    } else if (mePtr->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) {
-	DrawTearoffEntry(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr,
-		adjustedX, adjustedY, width, adjustedHeight);
-    } else {
-	DrawMenuEntryLabel(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr,
-		adjustedX, adjustedY, width, adjustedHeight,
-		(drawingParameters & DRAW_MENU_ENTRY_NOUNDERLINE)?0:1);
-	DrawMenuEntryAccelerator(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr,
-		activeBorder, adjustedX, adjustedY, width, adjustedHeight);
-	DrawMenuEntryArrow(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc,
-		activeBorder, adjustedX, adjustedY, width, adjustedHeight,
-		(drawingParameters & DRAW_MENU_ENTRY_ARROW)?1:0);
-	if (!mePtr->hideMargin) {
-	    DrawMenuEntryIndicator(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, indicatorGC, tkfont,
-		    fmPtr, adjustedX, adjustedY, width, adjustedHeight);
-	}
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Copy the entry contents from the temporary bitmap to the menu.
-     */
-
-    if (mePtr->image != NULL) {
-	BitBlt(menuDc, x, y, width, height, memDc, 0, 0, SRCCOPY);
-	DeleteObject(SelectObject(memDc, oldBitmap));
-	DeleteDC(memDc);
-
-	TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(menuDrawable, menuDc, &dcState);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * GetMenuLabelGeometry --
- *
- *	Figures out the size of the label portion of a menu item.
- *
- * Results:
- *	widthPtr and heightPtr are filled in with the correct geometry
- *	information.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-GetMenuLabelGeometry(
-    TkMenuEntry *mePtr,		/* The entry we are computing */
-    Tk_Font tkfont,		/* The precalculated font */
-    const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated metrics */
-    int *widthPtr,		/* The resulting width of the label portion */
-    int *heightPtr)		/* The resulting height of the label
-				 * portion */
-{
-    TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
-    int haveImage = 0;
-
-    if (mePtr->image != NULL) {
-    	Tk_SizeOfImage(mePtr->image, widthPtr, heightPtr);
-	haveImage = 1;
-    } else if (mePtr->bitmapPtr != NULL) {
-	Pixmap bitmap = Tk_GetBitmapFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->bitmapPtr);
-
-    	Tk_SizeOfBitmap(menuPtr->display, bitmap, widthPtr, heightPtr);
-	haveImage = 1;
-    } else {
-	*heightPtr = 0;
-	*widthPtr = 0;
-    }
-
-    if (haveImage && (mePtr->compound == COMPOUND_NONE)) {
-	/*
-	 * We don't care about the text in this case.
-	 */
-    } else {
-	/*
-	 * Either it is compound or we don't have an image,
-	 */
-
-    	if (mePtr->labelPtr != NULL) {
-	    int textWidth;
-	    const char *label = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->labelPtr);
-
-	    textWidth = Tk_TextWidth(tkfont, label, mePtr->labelLength);
-
-	    if ((mePtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE) && haveImage) {
-		switch ((enum compound) mePtr->compound) {
-		case COMPOUND_TOP:
-		case COMPOUND_BOTTOM:
-		    if (textWidth > *widthPtr) {
-			*widthPtr = textWidth;
-		    }
-
-		    /*
-		     * Add text and padding.
-		     */
-
-		    *heightPtr += fmPtr->linespace + 2;
-		    break;
-		case COMPOUND_LEFT:
-		case COMPOUND_RIGHT:
-		    if (fmPtr->linespace > *heightPtr) {
-			*heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace;
-		    }
-
-		    /*
-		     * Add text and padding.
-		     */
-
-		    *widthPtr += textWidth + 2;
-		    break;
-		case COMPOUND_CENTER:
-		    if (fmPtr->linespace > *heightPtr) {
-			*heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace;
-		    }
-		    if (textWidth > *widthPtr) {
-			*widthPtr = textWidth;
-		    }
-		    break;
-		case COMPOUND_NONE:
-		    break;
-		}
-	    } else {
-		/*
-		 * We don't have an image or we're not compound.
-		 */
-
-		*heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace;
-		*widthPtr = textWidth;
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    /*
-	     * An empty entry still has this height.
-	     */
-
-	    *heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace;
-    	}
-    }
-    *heightPtr += 1;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * DrawMenuEntryBackground --
- *
- *	This function draws the background part of a menu.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Commands are output to X to display the menu in its current mode.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-DrawMenuEntryBackground(
-    TkMenu *menuPtr,		/* The menu we are drawing. */
-    TkMenuEntry *mePtr,		/* The entry we are drawing. */
-    Drawable d,			/* What we are drawing into */
-    Tk_3DBorder activeBorder,	/* Border for active items */
-    Tk_3DBorder bgBorder,	/* Border for the background */
-    int x,			/* left edge */
-    int y,			/* top edge */
-    int width,			/* width of rectangle to draw */
-    int height)			/* height of rectangle to draw */
-{
-    if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE
-		|| (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_PLATFORM_FLAG1)!=0 ) {
-	bgBorder = activeBorder;
-    }
-    Tk_Fill3DRectangle(menuPtr->tkwin, d, bgBorder, x, y, width, height, 0,
-	    TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
-}
-
-/*
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to recompute the size and layout of a menu
- *	that is not a menubar clone.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Fields of menu entries are changed to reflect their current positions,
- *	and the size of the menu window itself may be changed.
- *
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry(
-    TkMenu *menuPtr)		/* Structure describing menu. */
-{
-    Tk_Font menuFont, tkfont;
-    Tk_FontMetrics menuMetrics, entryMetrics, *fmPtr;
-    int x, y, height, width, indicatorSpace, labelWidth, accelWidth;
-    int windowWidth, windowHeight, accelSpace;
-    int i, j, lastColumnBreak = 0;
-    int activeBorderWidth, borderWidth;
-
-    if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
-	return;
-    }
-
-    Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr->tkwin,
-	    menuPtr->borderWidthPtr, &borderWidth);
-    x = y = borderWidth;
-    indicatorSpace = labelWidth = accelWidth = 0;
-    windowHeight = 0;
-
-    /*
-     * On the Mac especially, getting font metrics can be quite slow, so we
-     * want to do it intelligently. We are going to precalculate them and pass
-     * them down to all of the measuring and drawing routines. We will measure
-     * the font metrics of the menu once. If an entry does not have its own
-     * font set, then we give the geometry/drawing routines the menu's font
-     * and metrics. If an entry has its own font, we will measure that font
-     * and give all of the geometry/drawing the entry's font and metrics.
-     */
-
-    menuFont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->fontPtr);
-    Tk_GetFontMetrics(menuFont, &menuMetrics);
-    accelSpace = Tk_TextWidth(menuFont, "M", 1);
-    Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr->tkwin,
-	    menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, &activeBorderWidth);
-
-    for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
-	if (menuPtr->entries[i]->fontPtr == NULL) {
-	    tkfont = menuFont;
-	    fmPtr = &menuMetrics;
-	} else {
-	    tkfont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin,
-		    menuPtr->entries[i]->fontPtr);
-    	    Tk_GetFontMetrics(tkfont, &entryMetrics);
-    	    fmPtr = &entryMetrics;
-    	}
-	if ((i > 0) && menuPtr->entries[i]->columnBreak) {
-	    if (accelWidth != 0) {
-		labelWidth += accelSpace;
-	    }
-	    for (j = lastColumnBreak; j < i; j++) {
-		menuPtr->entries[j]->indicatorSpace = indicatorSpace;
-		menuPtr->entries[j]->labelWidth = labelWidth;
-		menuPtr->entries[j]->width = indicatorSpace + labelWidth
-			+ accelWidth + 2 * activeBorderWidth;
-		menuPtr->entries[j]->x = x;
-		menuPtr->entries[j]->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN;
-	    }
-	    x += indicatorSpace + labelWidth + accelWidth
-		    + 2 * activeBorderWidth;
-	    indicatorSpace = labelWidth = accelWidth = 0;
-	    lastColumnBreak = i;
-	    y = borderWidth;
-	}
-
-	if (menuPtr->entries[i]->type == SEPARATOR_ENTRY) {
-	    GetMenuSeparatorGeometry(menuPtr, menuPtr->entries[i], tkfont,
-	    	    fmPtr, &width, &height);
-	    menuPtr->entries[i]->height = height;
-	} else if (menuPtr->entries[i]->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) {
-	    GetTearoffEntryGeometry(menuPtr, menuPtr->entries[i], tkfont,
-	    	    fmPtr, &width, &height);
-	    menuPtr->entries[i]->height = height;
-
-	} else {
-	    /*
-	     * For each entry, compute the height required by that particular
-	     * entry, plus three widths: the width of the label, the width to
-	     * allow for an indicator to be displayed to the left of the label
-	     * (if any), and the width of the accelerator to be displayed to
-	     * the right of the label (if any). These sizes depend, of course,
-	     * on the type of the entry.
-	     */
-
-	    GetMenuLabelGeometry(menuPtr->entries[i], tkfont, fmPtr, &width,
-	    	    &height);
-	    menuPtr->entries[i]->height = height;
-	    if (width > labelWidth) {
-	    	labelWidth = width;
-	    }
-
-	    GetMenuAccelGeometry(menuPtr, menuPtr->entries[i], tkfont,
-		    fmPtr, &width, &height);
-	    if (height > menuPtr->entries[i]->height) {
-	    	menuPtr->entries[i]->height = height;
-	    }
-	    if (width > accelWidth) {
-	    	accelWidth = width;
-	    }
-
-	    GetMenuIndicatorGeometry(menuPtr, menuPtr->entries[i], tkfont,
-	    	    fmPtr, &width, &height);
-	    if (height > menuPtr->entries[i]->height) {
-	    	menuPtr->entries[i]->height = height;
-	    }
-	    if (width > indicatorSpace) {
-	    	indicatorSpace = width;
-	    }
-
-	    menuPtr->entries[i]->height += 2 * activeBorderWidth + 1;
-    	}
-	menuPtr->entries[i]->y = y;
-	y += menuPtr->entries[i]->height;
-	if (y > windowHeight) {
-	    windowHeight = y;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (accelWidth != 0) {
-	labelWidth += accelSpace;
-    }
-    for (j = lastColumnBreak; j < menuPtr->numEntries; j++) {
-	menuPtr->entries[j]->indicatorSpace = indicatorSpace;
-	menuPtr->entries[j]->labelWidth = labelWidth;
-	menuPtr->entries[j]->width = indicatorSpace + labelWidth
-		+ accelWidth + 2 * activeBorderWidth;
-	menuPtr->entries[j]->x = x;
-	menuPtr->entries[j]->entryFlags |= ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN;
-    }
-    windowWidth = x + indicatorSpace + labelWidth + accelWidth
-	    + 2 * activeBorderWidth + borderWidth;
-
-
-    windowHeight += borderWidth;
-
-    /*
-     * The X server doesn't like zero dimensions, so round up to at least 1 (a
-     * zero-sized menu should never really occur, anyway).
-     */
-
-    if (windowWidth <= 0) {
-	windowWidth = 1;
-    }
-    if (windowHeight <= 0) {
-	windowHeight = 1;
-    }
-    menuPtr->totalWidth = windowWidth;
-    menuPtr->totalHeight = windowHeight;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * MenuSelectEvent --
- *
- *	Generates a "MenuSelect" virtual event. This can be used to do
- *	context-sensitive menu help.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Places a virtual event on the event queue.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-MenuSelectEvent(
-    TkMenu *menuPtr)		/* the menu we have selected. */
-{
-    XVirtualEvent event;
-    union {DWORD msgpos; POINTS point;} root;
-
-    event.type = VirtualEvent;
-    event.serial = menuPtr->display->request;
-    event.send_event = 0;
-    event.display = menuPtr->display;
-    Tk_MakeWindowExist(menuPtr->tkwin);
-    event.event = Tk_WindowId(menuPtr->tkwin);
-    event.root = XRootWindow(menuPtr->display, 0);
-    event.subwindow = None;
-    event.time = TkpGetMS();
-
-    root.msgpos = GetMessagePos();
-    event.x_root = root.point.x;
-    event.y_root = root.point.y;
-    event.state = TkWinGetModifierState();
-    event.same_screen = 1;
-    event.name = Tk_GetUid("MenuSelect");
-    event.user_data = NULL;
-    Tk_QueueWindowEvent((XEvent *) &event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpMenuNotifyToplevelCreate --
- *
- *	This routine reconfigures the menu and the clones indicated by
- *	menuName becuase a toplevel has been created and any system menus need
- *	to be created.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	An idle handler is set up to do the reconfiguration.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpMenuNotifyToplevelCreate(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interp the menu lives in. */
-    const char *menuName)	/* The name of the menu to reconfigure. */
-{
-    TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr;
-    TkMenu *menuPtr;
-
-    if ((menuName != NULL) && (menuName[0] != '\0')) {
-	menuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferences(interp, menuName);
-	if ((menuRefPtr != NULL) && (menuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL)) {
-	    for (menuPtr = menuRefPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; menuPtr != NULL;
-		    menuPtr = menuPtr->nextInstancePtr) {
-		if (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) {
-		    ScheduleMenuReconfigure(menuPtr);
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tk_GetMenuHWND --
- *
- *	This function returns the HWND of a hidden menu Window that processes
- *	messages of a popup menu. This hidden menu window is used to handle
- *	either a dynamic popup menu in the same process or a pull-down menu of
- *	an embedded window in a different process.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns the HWND of the hidden menu Window.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-HWND
-Tk_GetMenuHWND(
-    Tk_Window tkwin)
-{
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    TkMenuInit();
-    return tsdPtr->embeddedMenuHWND;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * MenuExitHandler --
- *
- *	Unregisters the class of utility windows.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Menus have to be reinitialized next time.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-MenuExitHandler(
-    ClientData clientData)	    /* Not used */
-{
-    UnregisterClass(MENU_CLASS_NAME, Tk_GetHINSTANCE());
-    UnregisterClass(EMBEDDED_MENU_CLASS_NAME, Tk_GetHINSTANCE());
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * MenuExitHandler --
- *
- *	Throws away the utility window needed for menus and delete hash
- *	tables.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Menus have to be reinitialized next time.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-MenuThreadExitHandler(
-    ClientData clientData)	    /* Not used */
-{
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    DestroyWindow(tsdPtr->menuHWND);
-    DestroyWindow(tsdPtr->embeddedMenuHWND);
-    tsdPtr->menuHWND = NULL;
-    tsdPtr->embeddedMenuHWND = NULL;
-
-    Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable);
-    Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&tsdPtr->commandTable);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinGetMenuSystemDefault --
- *
- *	Gets the Windows specific default value for a given X resource
- *	database name.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns a Tcl_Obj* with the default value. If there is no
- *	Windows-specific default for this attribute, returns NULL. This object
- *	has a ref count of 0.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Storage is allocated.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-Tcl_Obj *
-TkWinGetMenuSystemDefault(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* A window to use. */
-    const char *dbName,		/* The option database name. */
-    const char *className)	/* The name of the option class. */
-{
-    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr = NULL;
-
-    if ((strcmp(dbName, "activeBorderWidth") == 0) ||
-	    (strcmp(dbName, "borderWidth") == 0)) {
-	valuePtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(defaultBorderWidth);
-    } else if (strcmp(dbName, "font") == 0) {
-	valuePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&menuFontDString), -1);
-    }
-
-    return valuePtr;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * SetDefaults --
- *
- *	Read system menu settings (font, sizes of items, use of accelerators)
- *	This is called if the UI theme or settings are changed.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	May result in menu items being redrawn with different appearance.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-SetDefaults(
-    int firstTime)		/* Is this the first time this has been
-				 * called? */
-{
-    char sizeString[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
-    char faceName[LF_FACESIZE];
-    HDC scratchDC;
-    int bold = 0;
-    int italic = 0;
-    TEXTMETRIC tm;
-    int pointSize;
-    HFONT menuFont;
-    /* See: [Bug #3239768] tk8.4.19 (and later) WIN32 menu font support */
-    struct {
-        NONCLIENTMETRICS metrics;
-#if (WINVER < 0x0600)
-        int padding;
-#endif
-    } nc;
-    OSVERSIONINFOW os;
-
-    /*
-     * Set all of the default options. The loop will terminate when we run out
-     * of options via a break statement.
-     */
-
-    defaultBorderWidth = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXBORDER);
-    if (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYBORDER) > defaultBorderWidth) {
-	defaultBorderWidth = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYBORDER);
-    }
-
-    scratchDC = CreateDCA("DISPLAY", NULL, NULL, NULL);
-    if (!firstTime) {
-	Tcl_DStringFree(&menuFontDString);
-    }
-    Tcl_DStringInit(&menuFontDString);
-
-    nc.metrics.cbSize = sizeof(nc);
-
-    os.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFOW);
-    GetVersionExW(&os);
-    if (os.dwMajorVersion < 6) {
-	nc.metrics.cbSize -= sizeof(int);
-    }
-
-    SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS, nc.metrics.cbSize,
-	    &nc.metrics, 0);
-    menuFont = CreateFontIndirect(&nc.metrics.lfMenuFont);
-    SelectObject(scratchDC, menuFont);
-    GetTextMetrics(scratchDC, &tm);
-    GetTextFaceA(scratchDC, LF_FACESIZE, faceName);
-    pointSize = MulDiv(tm.tmHeight - tm.tmInternalLeading,
-	    72, GetDeviceCaps(scratchDC, LOGPIXELSY));
-    if (tm.tmWeight >= 700) {
-	bold = 1;
-    }
-    if (tm.tmItalic) {
-	italic = 1;
-    }
-
-    SelectObject(scratchDC, GetStockObject(SYSTEM_FONT));
-    DeleteDC(scratchDC);
-
-    DeleteObject(menuFont);
-
-    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&menuFontDString, faceName);
-    sprintf(sizeString, "%d", pointSize);
-    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&menuFontDString, sizeString);
-
-    if (bold || italic) {
-	Tcl_DString boldItalicDString;
-
-	Tcl_DStringInit(&boldItalicDString);
-	if (bold) {
-	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&boldItalicDString, "bold");
-	}
-	if (italic) {
-	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&boldItalicDString, "italic");
-	}
-	Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&menuFontDString,
-		Tcl_DStringValue(&boldItalicDString));
-	Tcl_DStringFree(&boldItalicDString);
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Now we go ahead and get the dimensions of the check mark and the
-     * appropriate margins. Since this is fairly hairy, we do it here to save
-     * time when traversing large sets of menu items.
-     *
-     * The code below was given to me by Microsoft over the phone. It is the
-     * only way to ensure menu items line up, and is not documented.
-     * How strange the calculation of indicatorDimensions[1] is...!
-     */
-
-    indicatorDimensions[0] = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYMENUCHECK);
-    indicatorDimensions[1] = ((GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXFIXEDFRAME) +
-	    GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXBORDER)
-	    + GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXMENUCHECK) + 7) & 0xFFF8)
-	    - GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXFIXEDFRAME);
-
-    /*
-     * Accelerators used to be always underlines until Win2K when a system
-     * parameter was introduced to hide them unless Alt is pressed.
-     */
-
-    showMenuAccelerators = TRUE;
-    SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETKEYBOARDCUES, 0, &showMenuAccelerators, 0);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpMenuInit --
- *
- *	Sets up the process-wide variables used by the menu package.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	lastMenuID gets initialized.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpMenuInit(void)
-{
-    WNDCLASS wndClass;
-
-    wndClass.style = CS_OWNDC;
-    wndClass.lpfnWndProc = TkWinMenuProc;
-    wndClass.cbClsExtra = 0;
-    wndClass.cbWndExtra = 0;
-    wndClass.hInstance = Tk_GetHINSTANCE();
-    wndClass.hIcon = NULL;
-    wndClass.hCursor = NULL;
-    wndClass.hbrBackground = (HBRUSH)(COLOR_WINDOW + 1);
-    wndClass.lpszMenuName = NULL;
-    wndClass.lpszClassName = MENU_CLASS_NAME;
-    if (!RegisterClass(&wndClass)) {
-	Tcl_Panic("Failed to register menu window class");
-    }
-
-    wndClass.lpfnWndProc = TkWinEmbeddedMenuProc;
-    wndClass.lpszClassName = EMBEDDED_MENU_CLASS_NAME;
-    if (!RegisterClass(&wndClass)) {
-	Tcl_Panic("Failed to register embedded menu window class");
-    }
-
-    TkCreateExitHandler(MenuExitHandler, NULL);
-    SetDefaults(1);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpMenuThreadInit --
- *
- *	Sets up the thread-local hash tables used by the menu module. Assumes
- *	that TkpMenuInit has been called.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Hash tables winMenuTable and commandTable are initialized.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpMenuThreadInit(void)
-{
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    tsdPtr->menuHWND = CreateWindow(MENU_CLASS_NAME, TEXT("MenuWindow"), WS_POPUP,
-	    0, 0, 10, 10, NULL, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL);
-
-    if (!tsdPtr->menuHWND) {
-	Tcl_Panic("Failed to create the menu window");
-    }
-
-    tsdPtr->embeddedMenuHWND =
-	    CreateWindow(EMBEDDED_MENU_CLASS_NAME, TEXT("EmbeddedMenuWindow"),
-	    WS_POPUP, 0, 0, 10, 10, NULL, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL);
-
-    if (!tsdPtr->embeddedMenuHWND) {
-	Tcl_Panic("Failed to create the embedded menu window");
-    }
-
-    Tcl_InitHashTable(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
-    Tcl_InitHashTable(&tsdPtr->commandTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
-
-    TkCreateThreadExitHandler(MenuThreadExitHandler, NULL);
-}
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: c
- * c-basic-offset: 4
- * fill-column: 78
- * End:
- */
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/tkWinPixmap.c b/tk8.6/win/tkWinPixmap.c
deleted file mode 100644
index aa1ebde..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/tkWinPixmap.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,251 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * tkWinPixmap.c --
- *
- *	This file contains the Xlib emulation functions pertaining to creating
- *	and destroying pixmaps.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
- * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
- */
-
-#include "tkWinInt.h"
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tk_GetPixmap --
- *
- *	Creates an in memory drawing surface.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns a handle to a new pixmap.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Allocates a new Win32 bitmap.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-Pixmap
-Tk_GetPixmap(
-    Display *display,
-    Drawable d,
-    int width,
-    int height,
-    int depth)
-{
-    TkWinDrawable *newTwdPtr, *twdPtr;
-    int planes;
-    Screen *screen;
-
-    display->request++;
-
-    newTwdPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkWinDrawable));
-    newTwdPtr->type = TWD_BITMAP;
-    newTwdPtr->bitmap.depth = depth;
-    twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *) d;
-    if (twdPtr->type != TWD_BITMAP) {
-	if (twdPtr->window.winPtr == NULL) {
-	    newTwdPtr->bitmap.colormap = DefaultColormap(display,
-		    DefaultScreen(display));
-	} else {
-	    newTwdPtr->bitmap.colormap = twdPtr->window.winPtr->atts.colormap;
-	}
-    } else {
-	newTwdPtr->bitmap.colormap = twdPtr->bitmap.colormap;
-    }
-    screen = &display->screens[0];
-    planes = 1;
-    if (depth == screen->root_depth) {
-	planes = PTR2INT(screen->ext_data);
-	depth /= planes;
-    }
-    newTwdPtr->bitmap.handle =
-	    CreateBitmap(width, height, (DWORD) planes, (DWORD) depth, NULL);
-
-    /*
-     * CreateBitmap tries to use memory on the graphics card. If it fails,
-     * call CreateDIBSection which uses real memory; slower, but at least
-     * still works. [Bug 2080533]
-     */
-
-    if (newTwdPtr->bitmap.handle == NULL) {
-	static int repeatError = 0;
-	void *bits = NULL;
-	BITMAPINFO bitmapInfo;
-	HDC dc;
-
-	memset(&bitmapInfo, 0, sizeof(bitmapInfo));
-	bitmapInfo.bmiHeader.biSize = sizeof(bitmapInfo.bmiHeader);
-	bitmapInfo.bmiHeader.biWidth = width;
-	bitmapInfo.bmiHeader.biHeight = height;
-	bitmapInfo.bmiHeader.biPlanes = planes;
-	bitmapInfo.bmiHeader.biBitCount = depth;
-	bitmapInfo.bmiHeader.biCompression = BI_RGB;
-	bitmapInfo.bmiHeader.biSizeImage = 0;
-	dc = GetDC(NULL);
-	newTwdPtr->bitmap.handle = CreateDIBSection(dc, &bitmapInfo,
-		DIB_RGB_COLORS, &bits, 0, 0);
-	ReleaseDC(NULL, dc);
-
-	/*
-	 * Oh no! Things are still going wrong. Pop up a warning message here
-	 * (because things will probably crash soon) which will encourage
-	 * people to report this as a bug...
-	 */
-
-	if (newTwdPtr->bitmap.handle == NULL && !repeatError) {
-	    LPVOID lpMsgBuf;
-
-	    repeatError = 1;
-	    if (FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER |
-		    FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM|FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS,
-		    NULL, GetLastError(),
-		    MAKELANGID(LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT),
-		    (LPTSTR)&lpMsgBuf, 0, NULL)) {
-		MessageBox(NULL, (LPTSTR) lpMsgBuf,
-			TEXT("Tk_GetPixmap: Error from CreateDIBSection"),
-			MB_OK | MB_ICONINFORMATION);
-		LocalFree(lpMsgBuf);
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (newTwdPtr->bitmap.handle == NULL) {
-	ckfree(newTwdPtr);
-	return None;
-    }
-
-    return (Pixmap) newTwdPtr;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tk_FreePixmap --
- *
- *	Release the resources associated with a pixmap.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Deletes the bitmap created by Tk_GetPixmap.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-Tk_FreePixmap(
-    Display *display,
-    Pixmap pixmap)
-{
-    TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *) pixmap;
-
-    display->request++;
-    if (twdPtr != NULL) {
-	DeleteObject(twdPtr->bitmap.handle);
-	ckfree(twdPtr);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkSetPixmapColormap --
- *
- *	The following function is a hack used by the photo widget to
- *	explicitly set the colormap slot of a Pixmap.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkSetPixmapColormap(
-    Pixmap pixmap,
-    Colormap colormap)
-{
-    TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *)pixmap;
-    twdPtr->bitmap.colormap = colormap;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XGetGeometry --
- *
- *	Retrieve the geometry of the given drawable. Note that this is a
- *	degenerate implementation that only returns the size of a pixmap or
- *	window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns 0.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-XGetGeometry(
-    Display *display,
-    Drawable d,
-    Window *root_return,
-    int *x_return,
-    int *y_return,
-    unsigned int *width_return,
-    unsigned int *height_return,
-    unsigned int *border_width_return,
-    unsigned int *depth_return)
-{
-    TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *)d;
-
-    if (twdPtr->type == TWD_BITMAP) {
-	HDC dc;
-	BITMAPINFO info;
-
-	if (twdPtr->bitmap.handle == NULL) {
-	    Tcl_Panic("XGetGeometry: invalid pixmap");
-	}
-	dc = GetDC(NULL);
-	info.bmiHeader.biSize = sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER);
-	info.bmiHeader.biBitCount = 0;
-	if (!GetDIBits(dc, twdPtr->bitmap.handle, 0, 0, NULL, &info,
-		DIB_RGB_COLORS)) {
-	    Tcl_Panic("XGetGeometry: unable to get bitmap size");
-	}
-	ReleaseDC(NULL, dc);
-
-	*width_return = info.bmiHeader.biWidth;
-	*height_return = info.bmiHeader.biHeight;
-    } else if (twdPtr->type == TWD_WINDOW) {
-	RECT rect;
-
-	if (twdPtr->window.handle == NULL) {
-	    Tcl_Panic("XGetGeometry: invalid window");
-	}
-	GetClientRect(twdPtr->window.handle, &rect);
-	*width_return = rect.right - rect.left;
-	*height_return = rect.bottom - rect.top;
-    } else {
-	Tcl_Panic("XGetGeometry: invalid window");
-    }
-    return 1;
-}
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: c
- * c-basic-offset: 4
- * fill-column: 78
- * End:
- */
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/tkWinPointer.c b/tk8.6/win/tkWinPointer.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f1f840..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/tkWinPointer.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,546 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * tkWinPointer.c --
- *
- *	Windows specific mouse tracking code.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
- *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
- * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
- */
-
-#include "tkWinInt.h"
-
-/*
- * Check for enter/leave events every MOUSE_TIMER_INTERVAL milliseconds.
- */
-
-#define MOUSE_TIMER_INTERVAL 250
-
-/*
- * Declarations of static variables used in this file.
- */
-
-static int captured = 0;		/* 1 if mouse is currently captured. */
-static TkWindow *keyboardWinPtr = NULL; /* Current keyboard grab window. */
-static Tcl_TimerToken mouseTimer;	/* Handle to the latest mouse timer. */
-static int mouseTimerSet = 0;		/* 1 if the mouse timer is active. */
-
-/*
- * Forward declarations of procedures used in this file.
- */
-
-static void		MouseTimerProc(ClientData clientData);
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinGetModifierState --
- *
- *	Return the modifier state as of the last message.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns the X modifier mask.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-TkWinGetModifierState(void)
-{
-    int state = 0;
-
-    if (GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT) & 0x8000) {
-	state |= ShiftMask;
-    }
-    if (GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL) & 0x8000) {
-	state |= ControlMask;
-    }
-    if (GetKeyState(VK_MENU) & 0x8000) {
-	state |= ALT_MASK;
-    }
-    if (GetKeyState(VK_CAPITAL) & 0x0001) {
-	state |= LockMask;
-    }
-    if (GetKeyState(VK_NUMLOCK) & 0x0001) {
-	state |= Mod1Mask;
-    }
-    if (GetKeyState(VK_SCROLL) & 0x0001) {
-	state |= Mod3Mask;
-    }
-    if (GetKeyState(VK_LBUTTON) & 0x8000) {
-	state |= Button1Mask;
-    }
-    if (GetKeyState(VK_MBUTTON) & 0x8000) {
-	state |= Button2Mask;
-    }
-    if (GetKeyState(VK_RBUTTON) & 0x8000) {
-	state |= Button3Mask;
-    }
-    return state;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tk_PointerEvent --
- *
- *	This procedure is called for each pointer-related event. It converts
- *	the position to root coords and updates the global pointer state
- *	machine. It also ensures that the mouse timer is scheduled.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	May queue events and change the grab state.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-Tk_PointerEvent(
-    HWND hwnd,			/* Window for coords, or NULL for the root
-				 * window. */
-    int x, int y)		/* Coords relative to hwnd, or screen if hwnd
-				 * is NULL. */
-{
-    POINT pos;
-    int state;
-    Tk_Window tkwin;
-
-    pos.x = x;
-    pos.y = y;
-
-    /*
-     * Convert client coords to root coords if we were given a window.
-     */
-
-    if (hwnd) {
-	ClientToScreen(hwnd, &pos);
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * If the mouse is captured, Windows will report all pointer events to the
-     * capture window. So, we need to determine which window the mouse is
-     * really over and change the event. Note that the computed hwnd may point
-     * to a window not owned by Tk, or a toplevel decorative frame, so tkwin
-     * can be NULL.
-     */
-
-    if (captured || hwnd == NULL) {
-	hwnd = WindowFromPoint(pos);
-    }
-    tkwin = Tk_HWNDToWindow(hwnd);
-
-    state = TkWinGetModifierState();
-
-    Tk_UpdatePointer(tkwin, pos.x, pos.y, state);
-
-    if ((captured || tkwin) && !mouseTimerSet) {
-	mouseTimerSet = 1;
-	mouseTimer = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(MOUSE_TIMER_INTERVAL,
-		MouseTimerProc, NULL);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XGrabKeyboard --
- *
- *	Simulates a keyboard grab by setting the focus.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Always returns GrabSuccess.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Sets the keyboard focus to the specified window.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-XGrabKeyboard(
-    Display *display,
-    Window grab_window,
-    Bool owner_events,
-    int pointer_mode,
-    int keyboard_mode,
-    Time time)
-{
-    keyboardWinPtr = TkWinGetWinPtr(grab_window);
-    return GrabSuccess;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XUngrabKeyboard --
- *
- *	Releases the simulated keyboard grab.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Sets the keyboard focus back to the value before the grab.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-XUngrabKeyboard(
-    Display *display,
-    Time time)
-{
-    keyboardWinPtr = NULL;
-    return Success;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * MouseTimerProc --
- *
- *	Check the current mouse position and look for enter/leave events.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	May schedule a new timer and/or generate enter/leave events.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-MouseTimerProc(
-    ClientData clientData)
-{
-    POINT pos;
-
-    mouseTimerSet = 0;
-
-    /*
-     * Get the current mouse position and window. Don't do anything if the
-     * mouse hasn't moved since the last time we looked.
-     */
-
-    GetCursorPos(&pos);
-    Tk_PointerEvent(NULL, pos.x, pos.y);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinCancelMouseTimer --
- *
- *    If the mouse timer is set, cancel it.
- *
- * Results:
- *    None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *    May cancel the mouse timer.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkWinCancelMouseTimer(void)
-{
-    if (mouseTimerSet) {
-	Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(mouseTimer);
-	mouseTimerSet = 0;
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkGetPointerCoords --
- *
- *	Fetch the position of the mouse pointer.
- *
- * Results:
- *	*xPtr and *yPtr are filled in with the root coordinates of the mouse
- *	pointer for the display.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkGetPointerCoords(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window that identifies screen on which
-				 * lookup is to be done. */
-    int *xPtr, int *yPtr)	/* Store pointer coordinates here. */
-{
-    POINT point;
-
-    GetCursorPos(&point);
-    *xPtr = point.x;
-    *yPtr = point.y;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XQueryPointer --
- *
- *	Check the current state of the mouse. This is not a complete
- *	implementation of this function. It only computes the root coordinates
- *	and the current mask.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Sets root_x_return, root_y_return, and mask_return. Returns true on
- *	success.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-Bool
-XQueryPointer(
-    Display *display,
-    Window w,
-    Window *root_return,
-    Window *child_return,
-    int *root_x_return,
-    int *root_y_return,
-    int *win_x_return,
-    int *win_y_return,
-    unsigned int *mask_return)
-{
-    display->request++;
-    TkGetPointerCoords(NULL, root_x_return, root_y_return);
-    *mask_return = TkWinGetModifierState();
-    return True;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XWarpPointer --
- *
- *	Move pointer to new location. This is not a complete implementation of
- *	this function.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Mouse pointer changes position on screen.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-XWarpPointer(
-    Display *display,
-    Window src_w,
-    Window dest_w,
-    int src_x,
-    int src_y,
-    unsigned int src_width,
-    unsigned int src_height,
-    int dest_x,
-    int dest_y)
-{
-    RECT r;
-
-    GetWindowRect(Tk_GetHWND(dest_w), &r);
-    SetCursorPos(r.left+dest_x, r.top+dest_y);
-    return Success;
-}
-
-void
-TkpWarpPointer(
-    TkDisplay *dispPtr)
-{
-    if (dispPtr->warpWindow) {
-	RECT r;
-
-	GetWindowRect(Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->warpWindow)), &r);
-	SetCursorPos(r.left + dispPtr->warpX, r.top + dispPtr->warpY);
-    } else {
-	SetCursorPos(dispPtr->warpX, dispPtr->warpY);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XGetInputFocus --
- *
- *	Retrieves the current keyboard focus window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns the current focus window.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-XGetInputFocus(
-    Display *display,
-    Window *focus_return,
-    int *revert_to_return)
-{
-    Tk_Window tkwin = Tk_HWNDToWindow(GetFocus());
-
-    *focus_return = tkwin ? Tk_WindowId(tkwin) : None;
-    *revert_to_return = RevertToParent;
-    display->request++;
-    return Success;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XSetInputFocus --
- *
- *	Set the current focus window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Changes the keyboard focus and causes the selected window to
- *	be activated.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-XSetInputFocus(
-    Display *display,
-    Window focus,
-    int revert_to,
-    Time time)
-{
-    display->request++;
-    if (focus != None) {
-	SetFocus(Tk_GetHWND(focus));
-    }
-    return Success;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpChangeFocus --
- *
- *	This procedure is invoked to move the system focus from one window to
- *	another.
- *
- * Results:
- *	The return value is the serial number of the command that changed the
- *	focus. It may be needed by the caller to filter out focus change
- *	events that were queued before the command. If the procedure doesn't
- *	actually change the focus then it returns 0.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	The official Windows focus window changes; the application's focus
- *	window isn't changed by this procedure.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-TkpChangeFocus(
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Window that is to receive the X focus. */
-    int force)			/* Non-zero means claim the focus even if it
-				 * didn't originally belong to topLevelPtr's
-				 * application. */
-{
-    TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
-    Window focusWindow;
-    int dummy, serial;
-    TkWindow *winPtr2;
-
-    if (!force) {
-	XGetInputFocus(dispPtr->display, &focusWindow, &dummy);
-	winPtr2 = (TkWindow *) Tk_IdToWindow(dispPtr->display, focusWindow);
-	if ((winPtr2 == NULL) || (winPtr2->mainPtr != winPtr->mainPtr)) {
-	    return 0;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (winPtr->window == None) {
-	Tcl_Panic("ChangeXFocus got null X window");
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Change the foreground window so the focus window is raised to the top
-     * of the system stacking order and gets the keyboard focus.
-     */
-
-    if (force) {
-	TkWinSetForegroundWindow(winPtr);
-    }
-    XSetInputFocus(dispPtr->display, winPtr->window, RevertToParent,
-	    CurrentTime);
-
-    /*
-     * Remember the current serial number for the X server and issue a dummy
-     * server request. This marks the position at which we changed the focus,
-     * so we can distinguish FocusIn and FocusOut events on either side of the
-     * mark.
-     */
-
-    serial = NextRequest(winPtr->display);
-    XNoOp(winPtr->display);
-    return serial;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpSetCapture --
- *
- *	This function captures the mouse so that all future events will be
- *	reported to this window, even if the mouse is outside the window. If
- *	the specified window is NULL, then the mouse is released.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Sets the capture flag and captures the mouse.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpSetCapture(
-    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Capture window, or NULL. */
-{
-    if (winPtr) {
-	SetCapture(Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(winPtr)));
-	captured = 1;
-    } else {
-	captured = 0;
-	ReleaseCapture();
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: c
- * c-basic-offset: 4
- * fill-column: 78
- * End:
- */
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/tkWinPort.h b/tk8.6/win/tkWinPort.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 965dbc5..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/tkWinPort.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * tkWinPort.h --
- *
- *	This header file handles porting issues that occur because of
- *	differences between Windows and Unix. It should be the only
- *	file that contains #ifdefs to handle different flavors of OS.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
- * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
- */
-
-#ifndef _WINPORT
-#define _WINPORT
-
-/*
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * The following sets of #includes and #ifdefs are required to get Tcl to
- * compile under the windows compilers.
- *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-#include <wchar.h>
-#include <io.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <malloc.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <math.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <limits.h>
-
-/*
- * Need to block out this include for building extensions with MetroWerks
- * compiler for Win32.
- */
-
-#ifndef __MWERKS__
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <time.h>
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#   ifndef hypot
-#	define hypot _hypot
-#   endif
-#endif /* _MSC_VER */
-
-/*
- *  Pull in the typedef of TCHAR for windows.
- */
-#include <tchar.h>
-#ifndef _TCHAR_DEFINED
-    /* Borland seems to forget to set this. */
-    typedef _TCHAR TCHAR;
-#   define _TCHAR_DEFINED
-#endif
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(__STDC__)
-    /* VS2005 SP1 misses this. See [Bug #3110161] */
-    typedef _TCHAR TCHAR;
-#endif
-
-#include <X11/Xlib.h>
-#include <X11/cursorfont.h>
-#include <X11/keysym.h>
-#include <X11/Xatom.h>
-#include <X11/Xutil.h>
-
-#ifndef __GNUC__
-#    define strncasecmp _strnicmp
-#    define strcasecmp _stricmp
-#endif
-
-#define NBBY 8
-
-#ifndef OPEN_MAX
-#define OPEN_MAX 32
-#endif
-
-/*
- * The following define causes Tk to use its internal keysym hash table
- */
-
-#define REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP
-
-/*
- * See ticket [916c1095438eae56]: GetVersionExW triggers warnings
- */
-#if defined(_MSC_VER)
-#   pragma warning(disable:4996)
-#endif
-
-/*
- * The following macro checks to see whether there is buffered
- * input data available for a stdio FILE.
- */
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#    define TK_READ_DATA_PENDING(f) ((f)->_cnt > 0)
-#else /* _MSC_VER */
-#    define TK_READ_DATA_PENDING(f) ((f)->level > 0)
-#endif /* _MSC_VER */
-
-/*
- * The following Tk functions are implemented as macros under Windows.
- */
-
-#define TkpGetPixel(p) (((((p)->red >> 8) & 0xff) \
-	| ((p)->green & 0xff00) | (((p)->blue << 8) & 0xff0000)) | 0x20000000)
-
-/*
- * These calls implement native bitmaps which are not currently
- * supported under Windows.  The macros eliminate the calls.
- */
-
-#define TkpDefineNativeBitmaps()
-#define TkpCreateNativeBitmap(display, source) None
-#define TkpGetNativeAppBitmap(display, name, w, h) None
-
-#endif /* _WINPORT */
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/tkWinRegion.c b/tk8.6/win/tkWinRegion.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d097047..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/tkWinRegion.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,288 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * tkWinRegion.c --
- *
- *	Tk Region emulation code.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
- * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
- */
-
-#include "tkWinInt.h"
-
-#undef TkCreateRegion
-#undef TkDestroyRegion
-#undef TkClipBox
-#undef TkIntersectRegion
-#undef TkUnionRectWithRegion
-#undef TkRectInRegion
-#undef TkSubtractRegion
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkCreateRegion --
- *
- *	Construct an empty region.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns a new region handle.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-TkRegion
-TkCreateRegion(void)
-{
-    RECT rect;
-    memset(&rect, 0, sizeof(RECT));
-    return (TkRegion) CreateRectRgnIndirect(&rect);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkDestroyRegion --
- *
- *	Destroy the specified region.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Frees the storage associated with the specified region.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkDestroyRegion(
-    TkRegion r)
-{
-    DeleteObject((HRGN) r);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkClipBox --
- *
- *	Computes the bounding box of a region.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Sets rect_return to the bounding box of the region.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkClipBox(
-    TkRegion r,
-    XRectangle* rect_return)
-{
-    RECT rect;
-
-    GetRgnBox((HRGN)r, &rect);
-    rect_return->x = (short) rect.left;
-    rect_return->y = (short) rect.top;
-    rect_return->width = (short) (rect.right - rect.left);
-    rect_return->height = (short) (rect.bottom - rect.top);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkIntersectRegion --
- *
- *	Compute the intersection of two regions.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns the result in the dr_return region.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkIntersectRegion(
-    TkRegion sra,
-    TkRegion srb,
-    TkRegion dr_return)
-{
-    CombineRgn((HRGN) dr_return, (HRGN) sra, (HRGN) srb, RGN_AND);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkUnionRectWithRegion --
- *
- *	Create the union of a source region and a rectangle.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns the result in the dr_return region.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkUnionRectWithRegion(
-    XRectangle *rectangle,
-    TkRegion src_region,
-    TkRegion dest_region_return)
-{
-    HRGN rectRgn = CreateRectRgn(rectangle->x, rectangle->y,
-	    rectangle->x + rectangle->width, rectangle->y + rectangle->height);
-
-    CombineRgn((HRGN) dest_region_return, (HRGN) src_region,
-	    (HRGN) rectRgn, RGN_OR);
-    DeleteObject(rectRgn);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpBuildRegionFromAlphaData --
- *
- *	Set up a rectangle of the given region based on the supplied alpha
- *	data.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	The region is updated, with extra pixels added to it.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpBuildRegionFromAlphaData(
-    TkRegion region,
-    unsigned int x, unsigned int y,
-				/* Where in region to update. */
-    unsigned int width, unsigned int height,
-				/* Size of rectangle to update. */
-    unsigned char *dataPtr,	/* Data to read from. */
-    unsigned int pixelStride,	/* Num bytes from one piece of alpha data to
-				 * the next in the line. */
-    unsigned int lineStride)	/* Num bytes from one line of alpha data to
-				 * the next line. */
-{
-    unsigned char *lineDataPtr;
-    unsigned int x1, y1, end;
-    HRGN rectRgn = CreateRectRgn(0,0,1,1); /* Workspace region. */
-
-    for (y1 = 0; y1 < height; y1++) {
-	lineDataPtr = dataPtr;
-	for (x1 = 0; x1 < width; x1 = end) {
-	    /*
-	     * Search for first non-transparent pixel.
-	     */
-
-	    while ((x1 < width) && !*lineDataPtr) {
-		x1++;
-		lineDataPtr += pixelStride;
-	    }
-	    end = x1;
-
-	    /*
-	     * Search for first transparent pixel.
-	     */
-
-	    while ((end < width) && *lineDataPtr) {
-		end++;
-		lineDataPtr += pixelStride;
-	    }
-	    if (end > x1) {
-		/*
-		 * Manipulate Win32 regions directly; it's more efficient.
-		 */
-
-		SetRectRgn(rectRgn, (int) (x+x1), (int) (y+y1),
-			(int) (x+end), (int) (y+y1+1));
-		CombineRgn((HRGN) region, (HRGN) region, rectRgn, RGN_OR);
-	    }
-	}
-	dataPtr += lineStride;
-    }
-
-    DeleteObject(rectRgn);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkRectInRegion --
- *
- *	Test whether a given rectangle overlaps with a region.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns RectanglePart or RectangleOut. Note that this is not a
- *	complete implementation since it doesn't test for RectangleIn.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-TkRectInRegion(
-    TkRegion r,			/* Region to inspect */
-    int x, int y,		/* Top-left of rectangle */
-    unsigned int width,		/* Width of rectangle */
-    unsigned int height)	/* Height of rectangle */
-{
-    RECT rect;
-    rect.top = y;
-    rect.left = x;
-    rect.bottom = y+height;
-    rect.right = x+width;
-    return RectInRegion((HRGN)r, &rect) ? RectanglePart : RectangleOut;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkSubtractRegion --
- *
- *	Compute the set-difference of two regions.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns the result in the dr_return region.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkSubtractRegion(
-    TkRegion sra,
-    TkRegion srb,
-    TkRegion dr_return)
-{
-    CombineRgn((HRGN) dr_return, (HRGN) sra, (HRGN) srb, RGN_DIFF);
-}
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: c
- * c-basic-offset: 4
- * fill-column: 78
- * End:
- */
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/tkWinScrlbr.c b/tk8.6/win/tkWinScrlbr.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b3717e..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/tkWinScrlbr.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,701 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * tkWinScrollbar.c --
- *
- *	This file implements the Windows specific portion of the scrollbar
- *	widget.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1996 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
- * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
- */
-
-#include "tkWinInt.h"
-#include "tkScrollbar.h"
-
-/*
- * The following constant is used to specify the maximum scroll position. This
- * value is limited by the Win32 API to either 16-bits or 32-bits, depending
- * on the context. For now we'll just use a value small enough to fit in
- * 16-bits, but which gives us 4-digits of precision.
- */
-
-#define MAX_SCROLL 10000
-
-/*
- * Declaration of Windows specific scrollbar structure.
- */
-
-typedef struct WinScrollbar {
-    TkScrollbar info;		/* Generic scrollbar info. */
-    WNDPROC oldProc;		/* Old window procedure. */
-    int lastVertical;		/* 1 if was vertical at last refresh. */
-    HWND hwnd;			/* Current window handle. */
-    int winFlags;		/* Various flags; see below. */
-} WinScrollbar;
-
-/*
- * Flag bits for native scrollbars:
- *
- * IN_MODAL_LOOP:		Non-zero means this scrollbar is in the middle
- *				of a modal loop.
- * ALREADY_DEAD:		Non-zero means this scrollbar has been
- *				destroyed, but has not been cleaned up.
- */
-
-#define IN_MODAL_LOOP	1
-#define ALREADY_DEAD	2
-
-/*
- * Cached system metrics used to determine scrollbar geometry.
- */
-
-static int initialized = 0;
-static int hArrowWidth, hThumb; /* Horizontal control metrics. */
-static int vArrowHeight, vThumb; /* Vertical control metrics. */
-
-TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(winScrlbrMutex)
-
-/*
- * Declarations for functions defined in this file.
- */
-
-static Window		CreateProc(Tk_Window tkwin, Window parent,
-			    ClientData instanceData);
-static void		ModalLoop(WinScrollbar *, XEvent *eventPtr);
-static LRESULT CALLBACK	ScrollbarProc(HWND hwnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam,
-			    LPARAM lParam);
-static void		UpdateScrollbar(WinScrollbar *scrollPtr);
-static void		UpdateScrollbarMetrics(void);
-
-/*
- * The class procedure table for the scrollbar widget.
- */
-
-const Tk_ClassProcs tkpScrollbarProcs = {
-    sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs),	/* size */
-    NULL,			/* worldChangedProc */
-    CreateProc,			/* createProc */
-    NULL 			/* modalProc */
-};
-
-static void
-WinScrollbarEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr)
-{
-    WinScrollbar *scrollPtr = clientData;
-
-    if (eventPtr->type == ButtonPress) {
-	ModalLoop(scrollPtr, eventPtr);
-    } else {
-	TkScrollbarEventProc(clientData, eventPtr);
-    }
-}
-
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpCreateScrollbar --
- *
- *	Allocate a new TkScrollbar structure.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns a newly allocated TkScrollbar structure.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Registers an event handler for the widget.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-TkScrollbar *
-TkpCreateScrollbar(
-    Tk_Window tkwin)
-{
-    WinScrollbar *scrollPtr;
-
-    if (!initialized) {
-	Tcl_MutexLock(&winScrlbrMutex);
-	UpdateScrollbarMetrics();
-	initialized = 1;
-	Tcl_MutexUnlock(&winScrlbrMutex);
-    }
-
-    scrollPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(WinScrollbar));
-    scrollPtr->winFlags = 0;
-    scrollPtr->hwnd = NULL;
-
-    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin,
-	    ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask|ButtonPressMask,
-	    WinScrollbarEventProc, scrollPtr);
-
-    return (TkScrollbar *) scrollPtr;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * UpdateScrollbar --
- *
- *	This function updates the position and size of the scrollbar thumb
- *	based on the current settings.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Moves the thumb.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-UpdateScrollbar(
-    WinScrollbar *scrollPtr)
-{
-    SCROLLINFO scrollInfo;
-    double thumbSize;
-
-    /*
-     * Update the current scrollbar position and shape.
-     */
-
-    scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS | SIF_RANGE;
-    scrollInfo.cbSize = sizeof(scrollInfo);
-    scrollInfo.nMin = 0;
-    scrollInfo.nMax = MAX_SCROLL;
-    thumbSize = (scrollPtr->info.lastFraction - scrollPtr->info.firstFraction);
-    scrollInfo.nPage = ((UINT) (thumbSize * (double) MAX_SCROLL)) + 1;
-    if (thumbSize < 1.0) {
-	scrollInfo.nPos = (int)
-		((scrollPtr->info.firstFraction / (1.0-thumbSize))
-		* (MAX_SCROLL - (scrollInfo.nPage - 1)));
-    } else {
-	scrollInfo.nPos = 0;
-
-	/*
-	 * Disable the scrollbar when there is nothing to scroll. This is
-	 * standard Windows style (see eg Notepad). Also prevents possible
-	 * crash on XP+ systems [Bug #624116].
-	 */
-
-	scrollInfo.fMask |= SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL;
-    }
-    SetScrollInfo(scrollPtr->hwnd, SB_CTL, &scrollInfo, TRUE);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * CreateProc --
- *
- *	This function creates a new Scrollbar control, subclasses the
- *	instance, and generates a new Window object.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns the newly allocated Window object, or None on failure.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Causes a new Scrollbar control to come into existence.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static Window
-CreateProc(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Token for window. */
-    Window parentWin,		/* Parent of new window. */
-    ClientData instanceData)	/* Scrollbar instance data. */
-{
-    DWORD style;
-    Window window;
-    HWND parent;
-    TkWindow *winPtr;
-    WinScrollbar *scrollPtr = (WinScrollbar *)instanceData;
-
-    parent = Tk_GetHWND(parentWin);
-
-    if (scrollPtr->info.vertical) {
-	style = WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS
-		| SBS_VERT;
-    } else {
-	style = WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS
-		| SBS_HORZ;
-    }
-
-    scrollPtr->hwnd = CreateWindow(TEXT("SCROLLBAR"), NULL, style,
-	    Tk_X(tkwin), Tk_Y(tkwin), Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin),
-	    parent, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL);
-
-    /*
-     * Ensure new window is inserted into the stacking order at the correct
-     * place.
-     */
-
-    SetWindowPos(scrollPtr->hwnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-		    SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE);
-
-    for (winPtr = ((TkWindow*)tkwin)->nextPtr; winPtr != NULL;
-	    winPtr = winPtr->nextPtr) {
-	if ((winPtr->window != None) && !(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)) {
-	    TkWinSetWindowPos(scrollPtr->hwnd, Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window),
-		    Below);
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-
-    scrollPtr->lastVertical = scrollPtr->info.vertical;
-    scrollPtr->oldProc = (WNDPROC)SetWindowLongPtr(scrollPtr->hwnd,
-	    GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR) ScrollbarProc);
-    window = Tk_AttachHWND(tkwin, scrollPtr->hwnd);
-
-    UpdateScrollbar(scrollPtr);
-    return window;
-}
-
-/*
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpDisplayScrollbar --
- *
- *	This procedure redraws the contents of a scrollbar window. It is
- *	invoked as a do-when-idle handler, so it only runs when there's
- *	nothing else for the application to do.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Information appears on the screen.
- *
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpDisplayScrollbar(
-    ClientData clientData)	/* Information about window. */
-{
-    WinScrollbar *scrollPtr = (WinScrollbar *) clientData;
-    Tk_Window tkwin = scrollPtr->info.tkwin;
-
-    scrollPtr->info.flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
-    if ((tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
-	return;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Destroy and recreate the scrollbar control if the orientation has
-     * changed.
-     */
-
-    if (scrollPtr->lastVertical != scrollPtr->info.vertical) {
-	HWND hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin));
-
-	SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR) scrollPtr->oldProc);
-	DestroyWindow(hwnd);
-
-	CreateProc(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(Tk_Parent(tkwin)),
-		(ClientData) scrollPtr);
-    } else {
-	UpdateScrollbar(scrollPtr);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpDestroyScrollbar --
- *
- *	Free data structures associated with the scrollbar control.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Restores the default control state.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpDestroyScrollbar(
-    TkScrollbar *scrollPtr)
-{
-    WinScrollbar *winScrollPtr = (WinScrollbar *)scrollPtr;
-    HWND hwnd = winScrollPtr->hwnd;
-
-    if (hwnd) {
-	SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_WNDPROC, (INT_PTR) winScrollPtr->oldProc);
-	if (winScrollPtr->winFlags & IN_MODAL_LOOP) {
-	    ((TkWindow *)scrollPtr->tkwin)->flags |= TK_DONT_DESTROY_WINDOW;
-	    SetParent(hwnd, NULL);
-	}
-    }
-    winScrollPtr->winFlags |= ALREADY_DEAD;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * UpdateScrollbarMetrics --
- *
- *	This function retrieves the current system metrics for a scrollbar.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Updates the geometry cache info for all scrollbars.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-UpdateScrollbarMetrics(void)
-{
-    int arrowWidth = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXVSCROLL);
-
-    hArrowWidth = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXHSCROLL);
-    hThumb = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXHTHUMB);
-    vArrowHeight = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYVSCROLL);
-    vThumb = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYVTHUMB);
-
-    sprintf(tkDefScrollbarWidth, "%d", arrowWidth);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry --
- *
- *	After changes in a scrollbar's size or configuration, this procedure
- *	recomputes various geometry information used in displaying the
- *	scrollbar.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	The scrollbar will be displayed differently.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry(
-    register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr)
-				/* Scrollbar whose geometry may have
-				 * changed. */
-{
-    int fieldLength, minThumbSize;
-
-    /*
-     * Windows doesn't use focus rings on scrollbars, but we still perform
-     * basic sanity checks to appease backwards compatibility.
-     */
-
-    if (scrollPtr->highlightWidth < 0) {
-	scrollPtr->highlightWidth = 0;
-    }
-
-    if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
-	scrollPtr->arrowLength = vArrowHeight;
-	fieldLength = Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin);
-	minThumbSize = vThumb;
-    } else {
-	scrollPtr->arrowLength = hArrowWidth;
-	fieldLength = Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin);
-	minThumbSize = hThumb;
-    }
-    fieldLength -= 2*scrollPtr->arrowLength;
-    if (fieldLength < 0) {
-	fieldLength = 0;
-    }
-    scrollPtr->sliderFirst = (int) ((double)fieldLength
-	    * scrollPtr->firstFraction);
-    scrollPtr->sliderLast = (int) ((double)fieldLength
-	    * scrollPtr->lastFraction);
-
-    /*
-     * Adjust the slider so that some piece of it is always displayed in the
-     * scrollbar and so that it has at least a minimal width (so it can be
-     * grabbed with the mouse).
-     */
-
-    if (scrollPtr->sliderFirst > fieldLength) {
-	scrollPtr->sliderFirst = fieldLength;
-    }
-    if (scrollPtr->sliderFirst < 0) {
-	scrollPtr->sliderFirst = 0;
-    }
-    if (scrollPtr->sliderLast < (scrollPtr->sliderFirst
-	    + minThumbSize)) {
-	scrollPtr->sliderLast = scrollPtr->sliderFirst + minThumbSize;
-    }
-    if (scrollPtr->sliderLast > fieldLength) {
-	scrollPtr->sliderLast = fieldLength;
-    }
-    scrollPtr->sliderFirst += scrollPtr->arrowLength;
-    scrollPtr->sliderLast += scrollPtr->arrowLength;
-
-    /*
-     * Register the desired geometry for the window (leave enough space for
-     * the two arrows plus a minimum-size slider, plus border around the whole
-     * window, if any). Then arrange for the window to be redisplayed.
-     */
-
-    if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
-	Tk_GeometryRequest(scrollPtr->tkwin,
-		scrollPtr->width, 2*scrollPtr->arrowLength + minThumbSize);
-    } else {
-	Tk_GeometryRequest(scrollPtr->tkwin,
-		2*scrollPtr->arrowLength + minThumbSize, scrollPtr->width);
-    }
-    Tk_SetInternalBorder(scrollPtr->tkwin, 0);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * ScrollbarProc --
- *
- *	This function is call by Windows whenever an event occurs on a
- *	scrollbar control created by Tk.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Standard Windows return value.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	May generate events.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static LRESULT CALLBACK
-ScrollbarProc(
-    HWND hwnd,
-    UINT message,
-    WPARAM wParam,
-    LPARAM lParam)
-{
-    LRESULT result;
-    POINT point;
-    WinScrollbar *scrollPtr;
-    Tk_Window tkwin = Tk_HWNDToWindow(hwnd);
-
-    if (tkwin == NULL) {
-	Tcl_Panic("ScrollbarProc called on an invalid HWND");
-    }
-    scrollPtr = (WinScrollbar *)((TkWindow*)tkwin)->instanceData;
-
-    switch(message) {
-    case WM_HSCROLL:
-    case WM_VSCROLL: {
-	Tcl_Interp *interp;
-	Tcl_DString cmdString;
-	int command = LOWORD(wParam);
-	int code;
-
-	GetCursorPos(&point);
-	Tk_TranslateWinEvent(NULL, WM_MOUSEMOVE, 0,
-		MAKELPARAM(point.x, point.y), &result);
-
-	if (command == SB_ENDSCROLL) {
-	    return 0;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Bail out immediately if there isn't a command to invoke.
-	 */
-
-	if (scrollPtr->info.commandSize == 0) {
-	    Tcl_ServiceAll();
-	    return 0;
-	}
-
-	Tcl_DStringInit(&cmdString);
-	Tcl_DStringAppend(&cmdString, scrollPtr->info.command,
-		scrollPtr->info.commandSize);
-
-	if (command == SB_LINELEFT || command == SB_LINERIGHT) {
-	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&cmdString, "scroll");
-	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&cmdString,
-		    (command == SB_LINELEFT ) ? "-1" : "1");
-	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&cmdString, "units");
-	} else if (command == SB_PAGELEFT || command == SB_PAGERIGHT) {
-	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&cmdString, "scroll");
-	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&cmdString,
-		    (command == SB_PAGELEFT ) ? "-1" : "1");
-	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&cmdString, "pages");
-	} else {
-	    char valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
-	    double pos = 0.0;
-
-	    switch (command) {
-	    case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
-		pos = ((double)HIWORD(wParam)) / MAX_SCROLL;
-		break;
-	    case SB_THUMBTRACK:
-		pos = ((double)HIWORD(wParam)) / MAX_SCROLL;
-		break;
-	    case SB_TOP:
-		pos = 0.0;
-		break;
-	    case SB_BOTTOM:
-		pos = 1.0;
-		break;
-	    }
-
-	    Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, pos, valueString);
-	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&cmdString, "moveto");
-	    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&cmdString, valueString);
-	}
-
-	interp = scrollPtr->info.interp;
-	code = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, cmdString.string, -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
-	if (code != TCL_OK && code != TCL_CONTINUE && code != TCL_BREAK) {
-	    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n    (scrollbar command)");
-	    Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, code);
-	}
-	Tcl_DStringFree(&cmdString);
-
-	Tcl_ServiceAll();
-	return 0;
-    }
-
-    default:
-	if (Tk_TranslateWinEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam, &result)) {
-	    return result;
-	}
-    }
-    return CallWindowProc(scrollPtr->oldProc, hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpConfigureScrollbar --
- *
- *	This procedure is called after the generic code has finished
- *	processing configuration options, in order to configure platform
- *	specific options.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpConfigureScrollbar(
-    register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr)
-				/* Information about widget; may or may not
-				 * already have values for some fields. */
-{
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * ModalLoop --
- *
- *	This function is invoked in response to a ButtonPress event.
- *	It resends the event to the Scrollbar window procedure,
- * 	which in turn enters a modal loop.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-ModalLoop(
-    WinScrollbar *scrollPtr,
-    XEvent *eventPtr)
-{
-    int oldMode;
-
-    if (scrollPtr->hwnd) {
-	Tcl_Preserve((ClientData)scrollPtr);
-	scrollPtr->winFlags |= IN_MODAL_LOOP;
-	oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
-	TkWinResendEvent(scrollPtr->oldProc, scrollPtr->hwnd, eventPtr);
-	(void) Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldMode);
-	scrollPtr->winFlags &= ~IN_MODAL_LOOP;
-	if (scrollPtr->hwnd && scrollPtr->winFlags & ALREADY_DEAD) {
-	    DestroyWindow(scrollPtr->hwnd);
-	}
-	Tcl_Release((ClientData)scrollPtr);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpScrollbarPosition --
- *
- *	Determine the scrollbar element corresponding to a given position.
- *
- * Results:
- *	One of TOP_ARROW, TOP_GAP, etc., indicating which element of the
- *	scrollbar covers the position given by (x, y). If (x,y) is outside the
- *	scrollbar entirely, then OUTSIDE is returned.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-TkpScrollbarPosition(
-    register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr,
-				/* Scrollbar widget record. */
-    int x, int y)		/* Coordinates within scrollPtr's window. */
-{
-    int length, width, tmp;
-
-    if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
-	length = Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin);
-	width = Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin);
-    } else {
-	tmp = x;
-	x = y;
-	y = tmp;
-	length = Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin);
-	width = Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin);
-    }
-
-    if ((x < scrollPtr->inset) || (x >= (width - scrollPtr->inset))
-	    || (y < scrollPtr->inset) || (y >= (length - scrollPtr->inset))) {
-	return OUTSIDE;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * All of the calculations in this procedure mirror those in
-     * TkpDisplayScrollbar. Be sure to keep the two consistent.
-     */
-
-    if (y < (scrollPtr->inset + scrollPtr->arrowLength)) {
-	return TOP_ARROW;
-    }
-    if (y < scrollPtr->sliderFirst) {
-	return TOP_GAP;
-    }
-    if (y < scrollPtr->sliderLast) {
-	return SLIDER;
-    }
-    if (y >= (length - (scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->inset))) {
-	return BOTTOM_ARROW;
-    }
-    return BOTTOM_GAP;
-}
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: c
- * c-basic-offset: 4
- * fill-column: 78
- * End:
- */
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/tkWinSend.c b/tk8.6/win/tkWinSend.c
deleted file mode 100644
index fca8561..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/tkWinSend.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1017 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * tkWinSend.c --
- *
- *	This file provides functions that implement the "send" command,
- *	allowing commands to be passed from interpreter to interpreter.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1997 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- * Copyright (c) 2003 Pat Thoyts <patthoyts@users.sourceforge.net>
- *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
- * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
- */
-
-#include "tkInt.h"
-#include "tkWinSendCom.h"
-
-/*
- * Should be defined in WTypes.h but mingw 1.0 is missing them.
- */
-
-#ifndef _ROTFLAGS_DEFINED
-#define _ROTFLAGS_DEFINED
-#define ROTFLAGS_REGISTRATIONKEEPSALIVE 0x01
-#define ROTFLAGS_ALLOWANYCLIENT		0x02
-#endif /* ! _ROTFLAGS_DEFINED */
-
-#define TKWINSEND_CLASS_NAME		"TclEval"
-#define TKWINSEND_REGISTRATION_BASE	L"TclEval"
-
-#define MK_E_MONIKERALREADYREGISTERED \
-	MAKE_HRESULT(SEVERITY_ERROR, FACILITY_ITF, 0x02A1)
-
-/*
- * Package information structure. This is used to keep interpreter specific
- * details for use when releasing the package resources upon interpreter
- * deletion or package removal.
- */
-
-typedef struct {
-    char *name;			/* The registered application name */
-    DWORD cookie;		/* ROT cookie returned on registration */
-    LPUNKNOWN obj;		/* Interface for the registration object */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp;
-    Tcl_Command token;		/* Winsend command token */
-} RegisteredInterp;
-
-typedef struct SendEvent {
-    Tcl_Event header;
-    Tcl_Interp *interp;
-    Tcl_Obj *cmdPtr;
-} SendEvent;
-
-#ifdef TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS
-typedef struct {
-    int initialized;
-} ThreadSpecificData;
-static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
-#endif /* TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS */
-
-/*
- * Functions internal to this file.
- */
-
-#ifdef TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS
-static void		CmdDeleteProc(ClientData clientData);
-static void		InterpDeleteProc(ClientData clientData,
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp);
-static void		RevokeObjectRegistration(RegisteredInterp *riPtr);
-#endif /* TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS */
-static HRESULT		BuildMoniker(const char *name, LPMONIKER *pmk);
-#ifdef TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS
-static HRESULT		RegisterInterp(const char *name,
-			    RegisteredInterp *riPtr);
-#endif /* TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS */
-static int		FindInterpreterObject(Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    const char *name, LPDISPATCH *ppdisp);
-static int		Send(LPDISPATCH pdispInterp, Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    int async, ClientData clientData, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static void		SendTrace(const char *format, ...);
-static Tcl_EventProc	SendEventProc;
-
-#if defined(DEBUG) || defined(_DEBUG)
-#define TRACE SendTrace
-#else
-#define TRACE 1 ? ((void)0) : SendTrace
-#endif /* DEBUG || _DEBUG */
-
-/*
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tk_SetAppName --
- *
- *	This function is called to associate an ASCII name with a Tk
- *	application. If the application has already been named, the name
- *	replaces the old one.
- *
- * Results:
- *	The return value is the name actually given to the application. This
- *	will normally be the same as name, but if name was already in use for
- *	an application then a name of the form "name #2" will be chosen, with
- *	a high enough number to make the name unique.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Registration info is saved, thereby allowing the "send" command to be
- *	used later to invoke commands in the application. In addition, the
- *	"send" command is created in the application's interpreter. The
- *	registration will be removed automatically if the interpreter is
- *	deleted or the "send" command is removed.
- *
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-const char *
-Tk_SetAppName(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Token for any window in the application to
-				 * be named: it is just used to identify the
-				 * application and the display.  */
-    const char *name)		/* The name that will be used to refer to the
-				 * interpreter in later "send" commands. Must
-				 * be globally unique. */
-{
-#ifndef TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS
-    /*
-     * Temporarily disabled for bug #858822
-     */
-
-    return name;
-#else /* TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS */
-
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = NULL;
-    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
-    RegisteredInterp *riPtr = NULL;
-    Tcl_Interp *interp;
-    HRESULT hr = S_OK;
-
-    interp = winPtr->mainPtr->interp;
-    tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    /*
-     * Initialise the COM library for this interpreter just once.
-     */
-
-    if (tsdPtr->initialized == 0) {
-	hr = CoInitialize(0);
-	if (FAILED(hr)) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-		    "failed to initialize the COM library", -1));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "SEND", "COM", NULL);
-	    return "";
-	}
-	tsdPtr->initialized = 1;
-	TRACE("Initialized COM library for interp 0x%08X\n", (long)interp);
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * If the interp hasn't been registered before then we need to create the
-     * registration structure and the COM object. If it has been registered
-     * already then we can reuse all and just register the new name.
-     */
-
-    riPtr = Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "tkWinSend::ri", NULL);
-    if (riPtr == NULL) {
-	LPUNKNOWN *objPtr;
-
-	riPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(RegisteredInterp));
-	memset(riPtr, 0, sizeof(RegisteredInterp));
-	riPtr->interp = interp;
-
-	objPtr = &riPtr->obj;
-	hr = TkWinSendCom_CreateInstance(interp, &IID_IUnknown,
-		(void **) objPtr);
-
-	Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "send", Tk_SendObjCmd, riPtr,
-		CmdDeleteProc);
-	if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) {
-	    Tcl_HideCommand(interp, "send", "send");
-	}
-	Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, "tkWinSend::ri", NULL, riPtr);
-    } else {
-	RevokeObjectRegistration(riPtr);
-    }
-
-    RegisterInterp(name, riPtr);
-    return (const char *) riPtr->name;
-#endif /* TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS */
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkGetInterpNames --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to fetch a list of all the interpreter names
- *	currently registered for the display of a particular window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl return value. Interp->result will be set to hold a list
- *	of all the interpreter names defined for tkwin's display. If an error
- *	occurs, then TCL_ERROR is returned and interp->result will hold an
- *	error message.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-TkGetInterpNames(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for returning a result. */
-    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window whose display is to be used for the
-				 * lookup. */
-{
-#ifndef TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS
-    /*
-     * Temporarily disabled for bug #858822
-     */
-
-    return TCL_OK;
-#else /* TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS */
-
-    LPRUNNINGOBJECTTABLE pROT = NULL;
-    LPCOLESTR oleszStub = TKWINSEND_REGISTRATION_BASE;
-    HRESULT hr = S_OK;
-    Tcl_Obj *objList = NULL;
-    int result = TCL_OK;
-
-    hr = GetRunningObjectTable(0, &pROT);
-    if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
-	IBindCtx* pBindCtx = NULL;
-	objList = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
-	hr = CreateBindCtx(0, &pBindCtx);
-
-	if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
-	    IEnumMoniker* pEnum;
-
-	    hr = pROT->lpVtbl->EnumRunning(pROT, &pEnum);
-	    if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
-		IMoniker* pmk = NULL;
-
-		while (pEnum->lpVtbl->Next(pEnum, 1, &pmk, NULL) == S_OK) {
-		    LPOLESTR olestr;
-
-		    hr = pmk->lpVtbl->GetDisplayName(pmk, pBindCtx, NULL,
-			    &olestr);
-		    if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
-			IMalloc *pMalloc = NULL;
-
-			if (wcsncmp(olestr, oleszStub,
-				wcslen(oleszStub)) == 0) {
-			    LPOLESTR p = olestr + wcslen(oleszStub);
-
-			    if (*p) {
-				Tcl_DString ds;
-
-				Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(p + 1, -1, &ds);
-				result = Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp,
-					objList,
-					Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
-						Tcl_DStringLength(&ds)));
-				Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
-			    }
-			}
-
-			hr = CoGetMalloc(1, &pMalloc);
-			if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
-			    pMalloc->lpVtbl->Free(pMalloc, (void*)olestr);
-			    pMalloc->lpVtbl->Release(pMalloc);
-			}
-		    }
-		    pmk->lpVtbl->Release(pmk);
-		}
-		pEnum->lpVtbl->Release(pEnum);
-	    }
-	    pBindCtx->lpVtbl->Release(pBindCtx);
-	}
-	pROT->lpVtbl->Release(pROT);
-    }
-
-    if (FAILED(hr)) {
-	/*
-	 * Expire the list if set.
-	 */
-
-	if (objList != NULL) {
-	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(objList);
-	}
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkWin32ErrorObj(hr));
-	result = TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    if (result == TCL_OK) {
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objList);
-    }
-
-    return result;
-#endif /* TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS */
-}
-
-/*
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tk_SendCmd --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to process the "send" Tcl command. See the
- *	user documentation for details on what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See the user documentation.
- *
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-Tk_SendObjCmd(
-    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about sender (only dispPtr
-				 * field is used). */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument strings. */
-{
-    enum {
-	SEND_ASYNC, SEND_DISPLAYOF, SEND_LAST
-    };
-    static const char *const sendOptions[] = {
-	"-async",   "-displayof",   "--",  NULL
-    };
-    int result = TCL_OK;
-    int i, optind, async = 0;
-    Tcl_Obj *displayPtr = NULL;
-
-    /*
-     * Process the command options.
-     */
-
-    for (i = 1; i < objc; i++) {
-	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], sendOptions,
-		sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &optind) != TCL_OK) {
-	    break;
-	}
-	if (optind == SEND_ASYNC) {
-	    ++async;
-	} else if (optind == SEND_DISPLAYOF) {
-	    displayPtr = objv[++i];
-	} else if (optind == SEND_LAST) {
-	    i++;
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Ensure we still have a valid command.
-     */
-
-    if ((objc - i) < 2) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv,
-		"?-async? ?-displayof? ?--? interpName arg ?arg ...?");
-	result = TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * We don't support displayPtr. See TIP #150.
-     */
-
-    if (displayPtr) {
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-		"option not implemented: \"displayof\" is not available"
-		" for this platform.", -1));
-	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "SEND", "DISPLAYOF_WIN", NULL);
-	result = TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Send the arguments to the foreign interp.
-     */
-    /* FIX ME: we need to check for local interp */
-    if (result == TCL_OK) {
-	LPDISPATCH pdisp;
-
-	result = FindInterpreterObject(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), &pdisp);
-	if (result == TCL_OK) {
-	    i++;
-	    result = Send(pdisp, interp, async, clientData, objc-i, objv+i);
-	    pdisp->lpVtbl->Release(pdisp);
-	}
-    }
-
-    return result;
-}
-
-/*
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * FindInterpreterObject --
- *
- *	Search the set of objects currently registered with the Running Object
- *	Table for one which matches the registered name. Tk objects are named
- *	using BuildMoniker by always prefixing with TclEval.
- *
- * Results:
- *	If a matching object registration is found, then the registered
- *	IDispatch interface pointer is returned. If not, then an error message
- *	is placed in the interpreter and TCL_ERROR is returned.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-FindInterpreterObject(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,
-    const char *name,
-    LPDISPATCH *ppdisp)
-{
-    LPRUNNINGOBJECTTABLE pROT = NULL;
-    int result = TCL_OK;
-    HRESULT hr = GetRunningObjectTable(0, &pROT);
-
-    if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
-	IBindCtx* pBindCtx = NULL;
-
-	hr = CreateBindCtx(0, &pBindCtx);
-	if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
-	    LPMONIKER pmk = NULL;
-
-	    hr = BuildMoniker(name, &pmk);
-	    if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
-		IUnknown *pUnkInterp = NULL, **ppUnkInterp = &pUnkInterp;
-
-		hr = pROT->lpVtbl->IsRunning(pROT, pmk);
-		hr = pmk->lpVtbl->BindToObject(pmk, pBindCtx, NULL,
-			&IID_IUnknown, (void **) ppUnkInterp);
-		if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
-		    hr = pUnkInterp->lpVtbl->QueryInterface(pUnkInterp,
-			    &IID_IDispatch, (void **) ppdisp);
-		    pUnkInterp->lpVtbl->Release(pUnkInterp);
-
-		} else {
-		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-			    "no application named \"%s\"", name));
-		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "APPLICATION",
-			    NULL);
-		    result = TCL_ERROR;
-		}
-
-		pmk->lpVtbl->Release(pmk);
-	    }
-	    pBindCtx->lpVtbl->Release(pBindCtx);
-	}
-	pROT->lpVtbl->Release(pROT);
-    }
-    if (FAILED(hr) && result == TCL_OK) {
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkWin32ErrorObj(hr));
-	result = TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    return result;
-}
-
-/*
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * CmdDeleteProc --
- *
- *	This function is invoked by Tcl when the "send" command is deleted in
- *	an interpreter. It unregisters the interpreter.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	The interpreter given by riPtr is unregistered, the registration
- *	structure is free'd and the COM object unregistered and released.
- *
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-#ifdef TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS
-static void
-CmdDeleteProc(
-    ClientData clientData)
-{
-    RegisteredInterp *riPtr = (RegisteredInterp *)clientData;
-
-    /*
-     * Lock the package structure in memory.
-     */
-
-    Tcl_Preserve(clientData);
-
-    /*
-     * Revoke the ROT registration.
-     */
-
-    RevokeObjectRegistration(riPtr);
-
-    /*
-     * Release the registration object.
-     */
-
-    riPtr->obj->lpVtbl->Release(riPtr->obj);
-    riPtr->obj = NULL;
-
-    Tcl_DeleteAssocData(riPtr->interp, "tkWinSend::ri");
-
-    /*
-     * Unlock the package data structure.
-     */
-
-    Tcl_Release(clientData);
-
-    ckfree(clientData);
-}
-
-/*
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * RevokeObjectRegistration --
- *
- *	Releases the interpreters registration object from the Running Object
- *	Table.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	The stored cookie value is zeroed and the name is free'd and the
- *	pointer set to NULL.
- *
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-RevokeObjectRegistration(
-    RegisteredInterp *riPtr)
-{
-    LPRUNNINGOBJECTTABLE pROT = NULL;
-    HRESULT hr = S_OK;
-
-    if (riPtr->cookie != 0) {
-	hr = GetRunningObjectTable(0, &pROT);
-	if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
-	    hr = pROT->lpVtbl->Revoke(pROT, riPtr->cookie);
-	    pROT->lpVtbl->Release(pROT);
-	    riPtr->cookie = 0;
-	}
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Release the name storage.
-     */
-
-    if (riPtr->name != NULL) {
-	free(riPtr->name);
-	riPtr->name = NULL;
-    }
-}
-#endif /* TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS */
-
-/*
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * InterpDeleteProc --
- *
- *	This is called when the interpreter is deleted and used to unregister
- *	the COM libraries.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-#ifdef TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS
-static void
-InterpDeleteProc(
-    ClientData clientData,
-    Tcl_Interp *interp)
-{
-    CoUninitialize();
-}
-#endif /* TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS */
-
-/*
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * BuildMoniker --
- *
- *	Construct a moniker from the given name. This ensures that all our
- *	monikers have the same prefix.
- *
- * Results:
- *	S_OK. If the name cannot be turned into a moniker then a COM error
- *	code is returned.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	The moniker created is stored at the address given by ppmk.
- *
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static HRESULT
-BuildMoniker(
-    const char *name,
-    LPMONIKER *ppmk)
-{
-    LPMONIKER pmkClass = NULL;
-    HRESULT hr = CreateFileMoniker(TKWINSEND_REGISTRATION_BASE, &pmkClass);
-
-    if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
-	LPMONIKER pmkItem = NULL;
-	Tcl_DString dString;
-
-	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(name, -1, &dString);
-	hr = CreateFileMoniker((LPOLESTR)Tcl_DStringValue(&dString), &pmkItem);
-	Tcl_DStringFree(&dString);
-	if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
-	    hr = pmkClass->lpVtbl->ComposeWith(pmkClass, pmkItem, FALSE, ppmk);
-	    pmkItem->lpVtbl->Release(pmkItem);
-	}
-	pmkClass->lpVtbl->Release(pmkClass);
-    }
-    return hr;
-}
-
-/*
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * RegisterInterp --
- *
- *	Attempts to register the provided name for this interpreter. If the
- *	given name is already in use, then a numeric suffix is appended as
- *	" #n" until we identify a unique name.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns S_OK if successful, else a COM error code.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Registration returns a cookie value which is stored. We also store a
- *	copy of the name.
- *
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-#ifdef TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS
-static HRESULT
-RegisterInterp(
-    const char *name,
-    RegisteredInterp *riPtr)
-{
-    HRESULT hr = S_OK;
-    LPRUNNINGOBJECTTABLE pROT = NULL;
-    LPMONIKER pmk = NULL;
-    int i, offset;
-    const char *actualName = name;
-    Tcl_DString dString;
-    Tcl_DStringInit(&dString);
-
-    hr = GetRunningObjectTable(0, &pROT);
-    if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
-	offset = 0;
-	for (i = 1; SUCCEEDED(hr); i++) {
-	    if (i > 1) {
-		if (i == 2) {
-		    Tcl_DStringInit(&dString);
-		    Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, name, -1);
-		    Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, " #", 2);
-		    offset = Tcl_DStringLength(&dString);
-		    Tcl_DStringSetLength(&dString, offset+TCL_INTEGER_SPACE);
-		    actualName = Tcl_DStringValue(&dString);
-		}
-		sprintf(Tcl_DStringValue(&dString) + offset, "%d", i);
-	    }
-
-	    hr = BuildMoniker(actualName, &pmk);
-	    if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
-
-		hr = pROT->lpVtbl->Register(pROT,
-		    ROTFLAGS_REGISTRATIONKEEPSALIVE,
-		    riPtr->obj, pmk, &riPtr->cookie);
-
-		pmk->lpVtbl->Release(pmk);
-	    }
-
-	    if (hr == MK_S_MONIKERALREADYREGISTERED) {
-		pROT->lpVtbl->Revoke(pROT, riPtr->cookie);
-	    } else if (hr == S_OK) {
-		break;
-	    }
-	}
-
-	pROT->lpVtbl->Release(pROT);
-    }
-
-    if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
-	riPtr->name = strdup(actualName);
-    }
-
-    Tcl_DStringFree(&dString);
-    return hr;
-}
-#endif /* TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS */
-
-/*
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Send --
- *
- *	Perform an interface call to the server object. We convert the Tcl
- *	arguments into a BSTR using 'concat'. The result should be a BSTR that
- *	we can set as the interp's result string.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-Send(
-    LPDISPATCH pdispInterp,	/* Pointer to the remote interp's COM
-				 * object. */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The local interpreter. */
-    int async,			/* Flag for the calling style. */
-    ClientData clientData,	/* The RegisteredInterp structure for this
-				 * interp. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments to be sent. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* The arguments to be sent. */
-{
-    VARIANT vCmd, vResult;
-    DISPPARAMS dp;
-    EXCEPINFO ei;
-    UINT uiErr = 0;
-    HRESULT hr = S_OK, ehr = S_OK;
-    Tcl_Obj *cmd = NULL;
-    DISPID dispid;
-    Tcl_DString ds;
-    const char *src;
-
-    cmd = Tcl_ConcatObj(objc, objv);
-
-    /*
-     * Setup the arguments for the COM method call.
-     */
-
-    VariantInit(&vCmd);
-    VariantInit(&vResult);
-    memset(&dp, 0, sizeof(dp));
-    memset(&ei, 0, sizeof(ei));
-
-    vCmd.vt = VT_BSTR;
-    src = Tcl_GetString(cmd);
-    Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(src, cmd->length, &ds);
-    vCmd.bstrVal = SysAllocString((WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
-    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
-
-    dp.cArgs = 1;
-    dp.rgvarg = &vCmd;
-
-    /*
-     * Select the method to use based upon the async flag and call the method.
-     */
-
-    dispid = async ? TKWINSENDCOM_DISPID_ASYNC : TKWINSENDCOM_DISPID_SEND;
-
-    hr = pdispInterp->lpVtbl->Invoke(pdispInterp, dispid,
-	    &IID_NULL, LOCALE_SYSTEM_DEFAULT, DISPATCH_METHOD,
-	    &dp, &vResult, &ei, &uiErr);
-
-    /*
-     * Convert the result into a string and place in the interps result.
-     */
-
-    ehr = VariantChangeType(&vResult, &vResult, 0, VT_BSTR);
-    if (SUCCEEDED(ehr)) {
-	Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(vResult.bstrVal, (int) SysStringLen(vResult.bstrVal) *
-		sizeof (WCHAR), &ds);
-	Tcl_DStringResult(interp, &ds);
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Errors are returned as dispatch exceptions. If an error code was
-     * returned then we decode the exception and setup the Tcl error
-     * variables.
-     */
-
-    if (hr == DISP_E_EXCEPTION && ei.bstrSource != NULL) {
-	Tcl_Obj *opError, *opErrorCode, *opErrorInfo;
-	Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(ei.bstrSource, (int) SysStringLen(ei.bstrSource) *
-		sizeof (WCHAR), &ds);
-	opError = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
-		Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
-	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
-	Tcl_ListObjIndex(interp, opError, 0, &opErrorCode);
-	Tcl_SetObjErrorCode(interp, opErrorCode);
-	Tcl_ListObjIndex(interp, opError, 1, &opErrorInfo);
-	Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, opErrorInfo);
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Clean up any COM allocated resources.
-     */
-
-    SysFreeString(ei.bstrDescription);
-    SysFreeString(ei.bstrSource);
-    SysFreeString(ei.bstrHelpFile);
-    VariantClear(&vCmd);
-
-    return (SUCCEEDED(hr) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR);
-}
-
-/*
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinSend_SetExcepInfo --
- *
- *	Convert the error information from a Tcl interpreter into a COM
- *	exception structure. This information is then registered with the COM
- *	thread exception object so that it can be used for rich error
- *	reporting by COM clients.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	The current COM thread has its error object modified.
- *
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkWinSend_SetExcepInfo(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,
-    EXCEPINFO *pExcepInfo)
-{
-    Tcl_Obj *opError, *opErrorInfo, *opErrorCode;
-    ICreateErrorInfo *pCEI;
-    IErrorInfo *pEI, **ppEI = &pEI;
-    HRESULT hr;
-    Tcl_DString ds;
-    const char *src;
-
-    if (!pExcepInfo) {
-	return;
-    }
-
-    opError = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
-    opErrorInfo = Tcl_GetVar2Ex(interp, "errorInfo", NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-    opErrorCode = Tcl_GetVar2Ex(interp, "errorCode", NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-
-    /*
-     * Pack the trace onto the end of the Tcl exception descriptor.
-     */
-
-    opErrorCode = Tcl_DuplicateObj(opErrorCode);
-    Tcl_IncrRefCount(opErrorCode);
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, opErrorCode, opErrorInfo);
-    /* TODO: Handle failure to append */
-
-    src = Tcl_GetString(opError);
-    Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(src, opError->length, &ds);
-    pExcepInfo->bstrDescription =
-	    SysAllocString((WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
-    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
-    src = Tcl_GetString(opErrorCode);
-    Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(src, opErrorCode->length, &ds);
-    pExcepInfo->bstrSource =
-	    SysAllocString((WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
-    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
-    Tcl_DecrRefCount(opErrorCode);
-    pExcepInfo->scode = E_FAIL;
-
-    hr = CreateErrorInfo(&pCEI);
-    if (!SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
-	return;
-    }
-
-    hr = pCEI->lpVtbl->SetGUID(pCEI, &IID_IDispatch);
-    hr = pCEI->lpVtbl->SetDescription(pCEI, pExcepInfo->bstrDescription);
-    hr = pCEI->lpVtbl->SetSource(pCEI, pExcepInfo->bstrSource);
-    hr = pCEI->lpVtbl->QueryInterface(pCEI, &IID_IErrorInfo, (void **) ppEI);
-    if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
-	SetErrorInfo(0, pEI);
-	pEI->lpVtbl->Release(pEI);
-    }
-    pCEI->lpVtbl->Release(pCEI);
-}
-
-/*
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinSend_QueueCommand --
- *
- *	Queue a script for asynchronous evaluation. This is called from the
- *	COM objects Async method.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-TkWinSend_QueueCommand(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,
-    Tcl_Obj *cmdPtr)
-{
-    SendEvent *evPtr;
-
-    TRACE("SendQueueCommand()\n");
-
-    evPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(SendEvent));
-    evPtr->header.proc = SendEventProc;
-    evPtr->header.nextPtr = NULL;
-    evPtr->interp = interp;
-    Tcl_Preserve(evPtr->interp);
-
-    if (Tcl_IsShared(cmdPtr)) {
-	evPtr->cmdPtr = Tcl_DuplicateObj(cmdPtr);
-    } else {
-	evPtr->cmdPtr = cmdPtr;
-	Tcl_IncrRefCount(evPtr->cmdPtr);
-    }
-
-    Tcl_QueueEvent((Tcl_Event *)evPtr, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
-
-    return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * SendEventProc --
- *
- *	Handle a request for an asynchronous send. Nothing is returned to the
- *	caller so the result is discarded.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns 1 if the event was handled or 0 to indicate it has been
- *	deferred.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	The target interpreter's result will be modified.
- *
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-SendEventProc(
-    Tcl_Event *eventPtr,
-    int flags)
-{
-    SendEvent *evPtr = (SendEvent *)eventPtr;
-
-    TRACE("SendEventProc\n");
-
-    Tcl_EvalObjEx(evPtr->interp, evPtr->cmdPtr,
-	    TCL_EVAL_DIRECT | TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
-
-    Tcl_DecrRefCount(evPtr->cmdPtr);
-    Tcl_Release(evPtr->interp);
-
-    return 1; /* 1 to indicate the event has been handled */
-}
-
-/*
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * SendTrace --
- *
- *	Provide trace information to the Windows debug stream. To use this -
- *	use the TRACE macro, which compiles to nothing when DEBUG is not
- *	defined.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-SendTrace(
-    const char *format, ...)
-{
-    va_list args;
-    static char buffer[1024];
-
-    va_start(args, format);
-    _vsnprintf(buffer, 1023, format, args);
-    OutputDebugStringA(buffer);
-    va_end(args);
-}
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: c
- * c-basic-offset: 4
- * fill-column: 78
- * End:
- */
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/tkWinSendCom.c b/tk8.6/win/tkWinSendCom.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e5b7a0..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/tkWinSendCom.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,479 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * tkWinSendCom.c --
- *
- *	This file provides support functions that implement the Windows "send"
- *	command using COM interfaces, allowing commands to be passed from
- *	interpreter to interpreter. See also tkWinSend.c, where most of the
- *	interesting functions are.
- *
- * We implement a COM class for use in registering Tcl interpreters with the
- * system's Running Object Table. This class implements an IDispatch interface
- * with the following method:
- *	Send(String cmd) As String
- * In other words the Send methods takes a string and evaluates this in the
- * Tcl interpreter. The result is returned as another string.
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2002 Pat Thoyts <patthoyts@users.sourceforge.net>
- *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
- * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
- */
-
-#include "tkInt.h"
-#include "tkWinSendCom.h"
-
-/*
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * Non-public prototypes.
- *
- *	These are the interface methods for IUnknown, IDispatch and
- *	ISupportErrorInfo.
- *
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void		TkWinSendCom_Destroy(LPDISPATCH pdisp);
-
-static STDMETHODIMP	WinSendCom_QueryInterface(IDispatch *This,
-			    REFIID riid, void **ppvObject);
-static STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)	WinSendCom_AddRef(IDispatch *This);
-static STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)	WinSendCom_Release(IDispatch *This);
-static STDMETHODIMP	WinSendCom_GetTypeInfoCount(IDispatch *This,
-			    UINT *pctinfo);
-static STDMETHODIMP	WinSendCom_GetTypeInfo(IDispatch *This, UINT iTInfo,
-			    LCID lcid, ITypeInfo **ppTI);
-static STDMETHODIMP	WinSendCom_GetIDsOfNames(IDispatch *This, REFIID riid,
-			    LPOLESTR *rgszNames, UINT cNames, LCID lcid,
-			    DISPID *rgDispId);
-static STDMETHODIMP	WinSendCom_Invoke(IDispatch *This, DISPID dispidMember,
-			    REFIID riid, LCID lcid, WORD wFlags,
-			    DISPPARAMS *pDispParams, VARIANT *pvarResult,
-			    EXCEPINFO *pExcepInfo, UINT *puArgErr);
-static STDMETHODIMP	ISupportErrorInfo_QueryInterface(
-			    ISupportErrorInfo *This, REFIID riid,
-			    void **ppvObject);
-static STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)	ISupportErrorInfo_AddRef(
-				    ISupportErrorInfo *This);
-static STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)	ISupportErrorInfo_Release(
-				    ISupportErrorInfo *This);
-static STDMETHODIMP	ISupportErrorInfo_InterfaceSupportsErrorInfo(
-			    ISupportErrorInfo *This, REFIID riid);
-static HRESULT		Send(TkWinSendCom *obj, VARIANT vCmd,
-			    VARIANT *pvResult, EXCEPINFO *pExcepInfo,
-			    UINT *puArgErr);
-static HRESULT		Async(TkWinSendCom *obj, VARIANT Cmd,
-			    EXCEPINFO *pExcepInfo, UINT *puArgErr);
-
-/*
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * CreateInstance --
- *
- *	Create and initialises a new instance of the WinSend COM class and
- *	returns an interface pointer for you to use.
- *
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-HRESULT
-TkWinSendCom_CreateInstance(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,
-    REFIID riid,
-    void **ppv)
-{
-    /*
-     * Construct v-tables for each interface.
-     */
-
-    static IDispatchVtbl vtbl = {
-	WinSendCom_QueryInterface,
-	WinSendCom_AddRef,
-	WinSendCom_Release,
-	WinSendCom_GetTypeInfoCount,
-	WinSendCom_GetTypeInfo,
-	WinSendCom_GetIDsOfNames,
-	WinSendCom_Invoke,
-    };
-    static ISupportErrorInfoVtbl vtbl2 = {
-	ISupportErrorInfo_QueryInterface,
-	ISupportErrorInfo_AddRef,
-	ISupportErrorInfo_Release,
-	ISupportErrorInfo_InterfaceSupportsErrorInfo,
-    };
-    TkWinSendCom *obj = NULL;
-
-    /*
-     * This had probably better always be globally visible memory so we shall
-     * use the COM Task allocator.
-     */
-
-    obj = (TkWinSendCom *) CoTaskMemAlloc(sizeof(TkWinSendCom));
-    if (obj == NULL) {
-	*ppv = NULL;
-	return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
-    }
-
-    obj->lpVtbl = &vtbl;
-    obj->lpVtbl2 = &vtbl2;
-    obj->refcount = 0;
-    obj->interp = interp;
-
-    /*
-     * lock the interp? Tcl_AddRef/Retain?
-     */
-
-    return obj->lpVtbl->QueryInterface((IDispatch *) obj, riid, ppv);
-}
-
-/*
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinSendCom_Destroy --
- *
- *	This helper function is the destructor for our COM class.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Releases the storage allocated for this object.
- *
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-static void
-TkWinSendCom_Destroy(
-    LPDISPATCH pdisp)
-{
-    CoTaskMemFree((void *) pdisp);
-}
-
-/*
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * IDispatch --
- *
- *	The IDispatch interface implements the 'late-binding' COM methods
- *	typically used by scripting COM clients. The Invoke method is the most
- *	important one.
- *
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static STDMETHODIMP
-WinSendCom_QueryInterface(
-    IDispatch *This,
-    REFIID riid,
-    void **ppvObject)
-{
-    HRESULT hr = E_NOINTERFACE;
-    TkWinSendCom *this = (TkWinSendCom *) This;
-    *ppvObject = NULL;
-
-    if (memcmp(riid, &IID_IUnknown, sizeof(IID)) == 0
-	    || memcmp(riid, &IID_IDispatch, sizeof(IID)) == 0) {
-	*ppvObject = (void **) this;
-	this->lpVtbl->AddRef(This);
-	hr = S_OK;
-    } else if (memcmp(riid, &IID_ISupportErrorInfo, sizeof(IID)) == 0) {
-	*ppvObject = (void **) (this + 1);
-	this->lpVtbl2->AddRef((ISupportErrorInfo *) (this + 1));
-	hr = S_OK;
-    }
-    return hr;
-}
-
-static STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
-WinSendCom_AddRef(
-    IDispatch *This)
-{
-    TkWinSendCom *this = (TkWinSendCom*)This;
-
-    return InterlockedIncrement(&this->refcount);
-}
-
-static STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
-WinSendCom_Release(
-    IDispatch *This)
-{
-    long r = 0;
-    TkWinSendCom *this = (TkWinSendCom*)This;
-
-    if ((r = InterlockedDecrement(&this->refcount)) == 0) {
-	TkWinSendCom_Destroy(This);
-    }
-    return r;
-}
-
-static STDMETHODIMP
-WinSendCom_GetTypeInfoCount(
-    IDispatch *This,
-    UINT *pctinfo)
-{
-    HRESULT hr = E_POINTER;
-
-    if (pctinfo != NULL) {
-	*pctinfo = 0;
-	hr = S_OK;
-    }
-    return hr;
-}
-
-static STDMETHODIMP
-WinSendCom_GetTypeInfo(
-    IDispatch *This,
-    UINT iTInfo,
-    LCID lcid,
-    ITypeInfo **ppTI)
-{
-    HRESULT hr = E_POINTER;
-
-    if (ppTI) {
-	*ppTI = NULL;
-	hr = E_NOTIMPL;
-    }
-    return hr;
-}
-
-static STDMETHODIMP
-WinSendCom_GetIDsOfNames(
-    IDispatch *This,
-    REFIID riid,
-    LPOLESTR *rgszNames,
-    UINT cNames,
-    LCID lcid,
-    DISPID *rgDispId)
-{
-    HRESULT hr = E_POINTER;
-
-    if (rgDispId) {
-	hr = DISP_E_UNKNOWNNAME;
-	if (_wcsicmp(*rgszNames, L"Send") == 0) {
-	    *rgDispId = TKWINSENDCOM_DISPID_SEND, hr = S_OK;
-	} else if (_wcsicmp(*rgszNames, L"Async") == 0) {
-	    *rgDispId = TKWINSENDCOM_DISPID_ASYNC, hr = S_OK;
-	}
-    }
-    return hr;
-}
-
-static STDMETHODIMP
-WinSendCom_Invoke(
-    IDispatch *This,
-    DISPID dispidMember,
-    REFIID riid,
-    LCID lcid,
-    WORD wFlags,
-    DISPPARAMS *pDispParams,
-    VARIANT *pvarResult,
-    EXCEPINFO *pExcepInfo,
-    UINT *puArgErr)
-{
-    HRESULT hr = DISP_E_MEMBERNOTFOUND;
-    TkWinSendCom *this = (TkWinSendCom*)This;
-
-    switch (dispidMember) {
-    case TKWINSENDCOM_DISPID_SEND:
-	if (wFlags | DISPATCH_METHOD) {
-	    if (pDispParams->cArgs != 1) {
-		hr = DISP_E_BADPARAMCOUNT;
-	    } else {
-		hr = Send(this, pDispParams->rgvarg[0], pvarResult,
-			pExcepInfo, puArgErr);
-	    }
-	}
-	break;
-
-    case TKWINSENDCOM_DISPID_ASYNC:
-	if (wFlags | DISPATCH_METHOD) {
-	    if (pDispParams->cArgs != 1) {
-		hr = DISP_E_BADPARAMCOUNT;
-	    } else {
-		hr = Async(this, pDispParams->rgvarg[0], pExcepInfo, puArgErr);
-	    }
-	}
-	break;
-    }
-    return hr;
-}
-
-/*
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * ISupportErrorInfo --
- *
- *	This interface provides rich error information to COM clients. Used by
- *	VB and scripting COM clients.
- *
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static STDMETHODIMP
-ISupportErrorInfo_QueryInterface(
-    ISupportErrorInfo *This,
-    REFIID riid,
-    void **ppvObject)
-{
-    TkWinSendCom *this = (TkWinSendCom *)(This - 1);
-
-    return this->lpVtbl->QueryInterface((IDispatch *) this, riid, ppvObject);
-}
-
-static STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
-ISupportErrorInfo_AddRef(
-    ISupportErrorInfo *This)
-{
-    TkWinSendCom *this = (TkWinSendCom *)(This - 1);
-
-    return InterlockedIncrement(&this->refcount);
-}
-
-static STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
-ISupportErrorInfo_Release(
-    ISupportErrorInfo *This)
-{
-    TkWinSendCom *this = (TkWinSendCom *)(This - 1);
-
-    return this->lpVtbl->Release((IDispatch *) this);
-}
-
-static STDMETHODIMP
-ISupportErrorInfo_InterfaceSupportsErrorInfo(
-    ISupportErrorInfo *This,
-    REFIID riid)
-{
-    /*TkWinSendCom *this = (TkWinSendCom*)(This - 1);*/
-    return S_OK; /* or S_FALSE */
-}
-
-/*
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Async --
- *
- *	Queues the command for evaluation in the assigned interpreter.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard COM HRESULT is returned. The Tcl result is discarded.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	The interpreters state and result will be modified.
- *
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static HRESULT
-Async(
-    TkWinSendCom *obj,
-    VARIANT Cmd,
-    EXCEPINFO *pExcepInfo,
-    UINT *puArgErr)
-{
-    HRESULT hr = S_OK;
-    VARIANT vCmd;
-    Tcl_DString ds;
-
-    VariantInit(&vCmd);
-
-    hr = VariantChangeType(&vCmd, &Cmd, 0, VT_BSTR);
-    if (FAILED(hr)) {
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(obj->interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-		"invalid args: Async(command)", -1));
-	TkWinSend_SetExcepInfo(obj->interp, pExcepInfo);
-	hr = DISP_E_EXCEPTION;
-    }
-
-    if (SUCCEEDED(hr) && obj->interp) {
-	Tcl_Obj *scriptPtr;
-
-	Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(vCmd.bstrVal, (int) SysStringLen(vCmd.bstrVal) *
-		sizeof (WCHAR), &ds);
-	scriptPtr =
-		Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
-	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
-	TkWinSend_QueueCommand(obj->interp, scriptPtr);
-    }
-
-    VariantClear(&vCmd);
-    return hr;
-}
-
-/*
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Send --
- *
- *	Evaluates the string in the assigned interpreter. If the result is a
- *	valid address then set it to the result returned by the evaluation.
- *	Tcl exceptions are converted into COM exceptions.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard COM HRESULT is returned. The Tcl result is set as the
- *	method calls result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	The interpreters state and result will be modified.
- *
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static HRESULT
-Send(
-    TkWinSendCom *obj,
-    VARIANT vCmd,
-    VARIANT *pvResult,
-    EXCEPINFO *pExcepInfo,
-    UINT *puArgErr)
-{
-    HRESULT hr = S_OK;
-    int result = TCL_OK;
-    VARIANT v;
-    register Tcl_Interp *interp = obj->interp;
-    Tcl_Obj *scriptPtr;
-    Tcl_DString ds;
-
-    if (interp == NULL) {
-	return S_OK;
-    }
-    VariantInit(&v);
-    hr = VariantChangeType(&v, &vCmd, 0, VT_BSTR);
-    if (!SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
-	return hr;
-    }
-
-    Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(v.bstrVal, (int) SysStringLen(v.bstrVal) *
-	    sizeof (WCHAR), &ds);
-    scriptPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
-    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
-    Tcl_Preserve(interp);
-    Tcl_IncrRefCount(scriptPtr);
-    result = Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, scriptPtr,
-	    TCL_EVAL_DIRECT | TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
-    Tcl_DecrRefCount(scriptPtr);
-    if (pvResult != NULL) {
-	Tcl_Obj *obj;
-	const char *src;
-
-	VariantInit(pvResult);
-	pvResult->vt = VT_BSTR;
-	obj = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
-	src = Tcl_GetString(obj);
-	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(src, obj->length, &ds);
-	pvResult->bstrVal = SysAllocString((WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
-	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
-    }
-    if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
-	hr = DISP_E_EXCEPTION;
-	TkWinSend_SetExcepInfo(interp, pExcepInfo);
-    }
-    Tcl_Release(interp);
-    VariantClear(&v);
-    return hr;
-}
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: c
- * c-basic-offset: 4
- * fill-column: 78
- * End:
- */
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/tkWinSendCom.h b/tk8.6/win/tkWinSendCom.h
deleted file mode 100644
index cd6ec18..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/tkWinSendCom.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * tkWinSendCom.h --
- *
- *	This file provides procedures that implement the Windows "send"
- *	command, allowing commands to be passed from interpreter to
- *	interpreter.
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2002 Pat Thoyts <patthoyts@users.sourceforge.net>
- *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
- * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
- */
-
-#ifndef _tkWinSendCom_h_INCLUDE
-#define _tkWinSendCom_h_INCLUDE
-
-#include "tkWinInt.h"
-#include <ole2.h>
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#   pragma comment (lib, "ole32.lib")
-#   pragma comment (lib, "oleaut32.lib")
-#   pragma comment (lib, "uuid.lib")
-#endif
-
-/*
- * TkWinSendCom CoClass structure
- */
-
-typedef struct {
-    IDispatchVtbl *lpVtbl;
-    ISupportErrorInfoVtbl *lpVtbl2;
-    long refcount;
-    Tcl_Interp *interp;
-} TkWinSendCom;
-
-/*
- * TkWinSendCom Dispatch IDs
- */
-
-#define TKWINSENDCOM_DISPID_SEND   1
-#define TKWINSENDCOM_DISPID_ASYNC  2
-
-/*
- * TkWinSendCom public functions
- */
-
-MODULE_SCOPE HRESULT    TkWinSendCom_CreateInstance(Tcl_Interp *interp,
-                            REFIID riid, void **ppv);
-MODULE_SCOPE int        TkWinSend_QueueCommand(Tcl_Interp *interp,
-                            Tcl_Obj *cmdPtr);
-MODULE_SCOPE void       TkWinSend_SetExcepInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp,
-                            EXCEPINFO *pExcepInfo);
-
-#endif /* _tkWinSendCom_h_INCLUDE */
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: c
- * End:
- */
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/tkWinTest.c b/tk8.6/win/tkWinTest.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e79df3..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/tkWinTest.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,583 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * tkWinTest.c --
- *
- *	Contains commands for platform specific tests for the Windows
- *	platform.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- * Copyright (c) 2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
- * Copyright (c) 2001 by ActiveState Corporation.
- *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
- * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
- */
-
-#undef USE_TCL_STUBS
-#define USE_TCL_STUBS
-#undef USE_TK_STUBS
-#define USE_TK_STUBS
-#include "tkWinInt.h"
-
-HWND tkWinCurrentDialog;
-
-/*
- * Forward declarations of functions defined later in this file:
- */
-
-static int		TestclipboardObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		TestwineventObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		TestfindwindowObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		TestgetwindowinfoObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		TestwinlocaleObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
-			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static Tk_GetSelProc		SetSelectionResult;
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkplatformtestInit --
- *
- *	Defines commands that test platform specific functionality for Windows
- *	platforms.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Defines new commands.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-TkplatformtestInit(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Interpreter to add commands to. */
-{
-    /*
-     * Add commands for platform specific tests on MacOS here.
-     */
-
-    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testclipboard", TestclipboardObjCmd,
-	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
-    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testwinevent", TestwineventObjCmd,
-	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
-    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testfindwindow", TestfindwindowObjCmd,
-	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
-    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testgetwindowinfo", TestgetwindowinfoObjCmd,
-	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
-    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testwinlocale", TestwinlocaleObjCmd,
-	    (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-struct TestFindControlState {
-    int  id;
-    HWND control;
-};
-
-/* Callback for window enumeration - used for TestFindControl */
-BOOL CALLBACK TestFindControlCallback(
-    HWND hwnd,
-    LPARAM lParam
-)
-{
-    struct TestFindControlState *fcsPtr = (struct TestFindControlState *)lParam;
-    fcsPtr->control = GetDlgItem(hwnd, fcsPtr->id);
-    /* If we have found the control, return FALSE to stop the enumeration */
-    return fcsPtr->control == NULL ? TRUE : FALSE;
-}
-
-/*
- * Finds the descendent control window with the specified ID and returns
- * its HWND.
- */
-HWND TestFindControl(HWND root, int id)
-{
-    struct TestFindControlState fcs;
-
-    fcs.control = GetDlgItem(root, id);
-    if (fcs.control == NULL) {
-        /* Control is not a direct child. Look in descendents */
-        fcs.id = id;
-        fcs.control = NULL;
-        EnumChildWindows(root, TestFindControlCallback, (LPARAM) &fcs);
-    }
-    return fcs.control;
-}
-
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * AppendSystemError --
- *
- *	This routine formats a Windows system error message and places it into
- *	the interpreter result. Originally from tclWinReg.c.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-AppendSystemError(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    DWORD error)		/* Result code from error. */
-{
-    int length;
-    WCHAR *wMsgPtr, **wMsgPtrPtr = &wMsgPtr;
-    const char *msg;
-    char id[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE], msgBuf[24 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
-    Tcl_DString ds;
-    Tcl_Obj *resultPtr = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
-
-    if (Tcl_IsShared(resultPtr)) {
-	resultPtr = Tcl_DuplicateObj(resultPtr);
-    }
-    length = FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM
-	    | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS
-	    | FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER, NULL, error,
-	    MAKELANGID(LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT), (WCHAR *) wMsgPtrPtr,
-	    0, NULL);
-    if (length == 0) {
-	char *msgPtr;
-
-	length = FormatMessageA(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM
-		| FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS
-		| FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER, NULL, error,
-		MAKELANGID(LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT), (char *) &msgPtr,
-		0, NULL);
-	if (length > 0) {
-	    wMsgPtr = (WCHAR *) LocalAlloc(LPTR, (length + 1) * sizeof(WCHAR));
-	    MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, msgPtr, length + 1, wMsgPtr,
-		    length + 1);
-	    LocalFree(msgPtr);
-	}
-    }
-    if (length == 0) {
-	if (error == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED) {
-	    strcpy(msgBuf, "function not supported under Win32s");
-	} else {
-	    sprintf(msgBuf, "unknown error: %ld", error);
-	}
-	msg = msgBuf;
-    } else {
-	Tcl_Encoding encoding;
-	char *msgPtr;
-
-	encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "unicode");
-	Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(encoding, (char *) wMsgPtr, -1, &ds);
-	Tcl_FreeEncoding(encoding);
-	LocalFree(wMsgPtr);
-
-	msgPtr = Tcl_DStringValue(&ds);
-	length = Tcl_DStringLength(&ds);
-
-	/*
-	 * Trim the trailing CR/LF from the system message.
-	 */
-
-	if (msgPtr[length-1] == '\n') {
-	    --length;
-	}
-	if (msgPtr[length-1] == '\r') {
-	    --length;
-	}
-	msgPtr[length] = 0;
-	msg = msgPtr;
-    }
-
-    sprintf(id, "%ld", error);
-    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "WINDOWS", id, msg, NULL);
-    Tcl_AppendToObj(resultPtr, msg, length);
-    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
-
-    if (length != 0) {
-	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TestclipboardObjCmd --
- *
- *	This function implements the testclipboard command. It provides a way
- *	to determine the actual contents of the Windows clipboard.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-SetSelectionResult(
-    ClientData dummy,
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,
-    const char *selection)
-{
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, selection, NULL);
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int
-TestclipboardObjCmd(
-    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument values. */
-{
-    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
-
-    if (objc != 1) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, NULL);
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    return TkSelGetSelection(interp, tkwin, Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "CLIPBOARD"),
-	    XA_STRING, SetSelectionResult, NULL);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TestwineventObjCmd --
- *
- *	This function implements the testwinevent command. It provides a way
- *	to send messages to windows dialogs.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-TestwineventObjCmd(
-    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument strings. */
-{
-    HWND hwnd = 0;
-    HWND child = 0;
-    HWND control;
-    int id;
-    char *rest;
-    UINT message;
-    WPARAM wParam;
-    LPARAM lParam;
-    LRESULT result;
-    static const TkStateMap messageMap[] = {
-	{WM_LBUTTONDOWN,	"WM_LBUTTONDOWN"},
-	{WM_LBUTTONUP,		"WM_LBUTTONUP"},
-	{WM_CHAR,		"WM_CHAR"},
-	{WM_GETTEXT,		"WM_GETTEXT"},
-	{WM_SETTEXT,		"WM_SETTEXT"},
-	{WM_COMMAND,            "WM_COMMAND"},
-	{-1,			NULL}
-    };
-
-    if ((objc == 3) && (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), "debug") == 0)) {
-	int b;
-
-	if (Tcl_GetBoolean(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), &b) != TCL_OK) {
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-	TkWinDialogDebug(b);
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-
-    if (objc < 4) {
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    hwnd = INT2PTR(strtol(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &rest, 0));
-    if (rest == Tcl_GetString(objv[1])) {
-	hwnd = FindWindowA(NULL, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]));
-	if (hwnd == NULL) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("no such window", -1));
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-    }
-    UpdateWindow(hwnd);
-
-    id = strtol(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), &rest, 0);
-    if (rest == Tcl_GetString(objv[2])) {
-	char buf[256];
-
-	child = GetWindow(hwnd, GW_CHILD);
-	while (child != NULL) {
-	    SendMessageA(child, WM_GETTEXT, (WPARAM) sizeof(buf), (LPARAM) buf);
-	    if (strcasecmp(buf, Tcl_GetString(objv[2])) == 0) {
-		id = GetDlgCtrlID(child);
-		break;
-	    }
-	    child = GetWindow(child, GW_HWNDNEXT);
-	}
-	if (child == NULL) {
-	    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "could not find a control matching \"",
-		Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "\"", NULL);
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-    }
-
-    message = TkFindStateNum(NULL, NULL, messageMap, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]));
-    wParam = 0;
-    lParam = 0;
-
-    if (objc > 4) {
-	wParam = strtol(Tcl_GetString(objv[4]), NULL, 0);
-    }
-    if (objc > 5) {
-	lParam = strtol(Tcl_GetString(objv[5]), NULL, 0);
-    }
-
-    switch (message) {
-    case WM_GETTEXT: {
-	Tcl_DString ds;
-	char buf[256];
-
-#if 0
-	GetDlgItemTextA(hwnd, id, buf, 256);
-#else
-        control = TestFindControl(hwnd, id);
-        if (control == NULL) {
-            Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
-                             Tcl_ObjPrintf("Could not find control with id %d", id));
-            return TCL_ERROR;
-        }
-        buf[0] = 0;
-        SendMessageA(control, WM_GETTEXT, (WPARAM)sizeof(buf),
-                     (LPARAM) buf);
-#endif
-	Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(NULL, buf, -1, &ds);
-	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), NULL);
-	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
-	break;
-    }
-    case WM_SETTEXT: {
-	Tcl_DString ds;
-
-        control = TestFindControl(hwnd, id);
-        if (control == NULL) {
-            Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
-                             Tcl_ObjPrintf("Could not find control with id %d", id));
-            return TCL_ERROR;
-        }
-	Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, Tcl_GetString(objv[4]), -1, &ds);
-        result = SendMessageA(control, WM_SETTEXT, 0,
-                                  (LPARAM) Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
-	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
-	if (result == 0) {
-            Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("failed to send text to dialog: ", -1));
-            AppendSystemError(interp, GetLastError());
-            return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-	break;
-    }
-    case WM_COMMAND: {
-	char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
-	if (objc < 5) {
-	    wParam = MAKEWPARAM(id, 0);
-	    lParam = (LPARAM)child;
-	}
-	sprintf(buf, "%d", (int) SendMessageA(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam));
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, -1));
-	break;
-    }
-    default: {
-	char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
-
-	sprintf(buf, "%d",
-		(int) SendDlgItemMessageA(hwnd, id, message, wParam, lParam));
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, -1));
-	break;
-    }
-    }
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *  testfindwindow title ?class?
- *	Find a Windows window using the FindWindow API call. This takes the window
- *	title and optionally the window class and if found returns the HWND and
- *	raises an error if the window is not found.
- *	eg: testfindwindow Console TkTopLevel
- *	    Can find the console window if it is visible.
- *	eg: testfindwindow "TkTest #10201" "#32770"
- *	    Can find a messagebox window with this title.
- */
-
-static int
-TestfindwindowObjCmd(
-    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument values. */
-{
-    const TCHAR  *title = NULL, *class = NULL;
-    Tcl_DString titleString, classString;
-    HWND hwnd = NULL;
-    int r = TCL_OK;
-    DWORD myPid;
-
-    Tcl_DStringInit(&classString);
-    Tcl_DStringInit(&titleString);
-
-    if (objc < 2 || objc > 3) {
-        Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "title ?class?");
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    title = Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), -1, &titleString);
-    if (objc == 3) {
-        class = Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), -1, &classString);
-    }
-    if (title[0] == 0)
-        title = NULL;
-#if 0
-    hwnd  = FindWindow(class, title);
-#else
-    /* We want find a window the belongs to us and not some other process */
-    hwnd = NULL;
-    myPid = GetCurrentProcessId();
-    while (1) {
-        DWORD pid, tid;
-        hwnd = FindWindowEx(NULL, hwnd, class, title);
-        if (hwnd == NULL)
-            break;
-        tid = GetWindowThreadProcessId(hwnd, &pid);
-        if (tid == 0) {
-            /* Window has gone */
-            hwnd = NULL;
-            break;
-        }
-        if (pid == myPid)
-            break;              /* Found it */
-    }
-
-#endif
-
-    if (hwnd == NULL) {
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("failed to find window: ", -1));
-	AppendSystemError(interp, GetLastError());
-	r = TCL_ERROR;
-    } else {
-        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj(PTR2INT(hwnd)));
-    }
-
-    Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString);
-    Tcl_DStringFree(&classString);
-    return r;
-
-}
-
-static BOOL CALLBACK
-EnumChildrenProc(
-    HWND hwnd,
-    LPARAM lParam)
-{
-    Tcl_Obj *listObj = (Tcl_Obj *) lParam;
-
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, listObj, Tcl_NewLongObj(PTR2INT(hwnd)));
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-static int
-TestgetwindowinfoObjCmd(
-    ClientData clientData,
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,
-    int objc,
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
-{
-    long hwnd;
-    Tcl_Obj *dictObj = NULL, *classObj = NULL, *textObj = NULL;
-    Tcl_Obj *childrenObj = NULL;
-    TCHAR buf[512];
-    int cch, cchBuf = 256;
-    Tcl_DString ds;
-
-    if (objc != 2) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "hwnd");
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    if (Tcl_GetLongFromObj(interp, objv[1], &hwnd) != TCL_OK)
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-
-    cch = GetClassName(INT2PTR(hwnd), buf, cchBuf);
-    if (cch == 0) {
-    	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("failed to get class name: ", -1));
-    	AppendSystemError(interp, GetLastError());
-    	return TCL_ERROR;
-    } else {
-	Tcl_DString ds;
-	Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(buf, -1, &ds);
-	classObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
-	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
-    }
-
-    dictObj = Tcl_NewDictObj();
-    Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("class", 5), classObj);
-    Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("id", 2),
-	Tcl_NewLongObj(GetWindowLongA(INT2PTR(hwnd), GWL_ID)));
-
-    cch = GetWindowText(INT2PTR(hwnd), (LPTSTR)buf, cchBuf);
-    Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(buf, cch * sizeof (WCHAR), &ds);
-    textObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
-    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
-
-    Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("text", 4), textObj);
-    Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("parent", 6),
-	Tcl_NewLongObj(PTR2INT(GetParent((INT2PTR(hwnd))))));
-
-    childrenObj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
-    EnumChildWindows(INT2PTR(hwnd), EnumChildrenProc, (LPARAM)childrenObj);
-    Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("children", -1), childrenObj);
-
-    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, dictObj);
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-static int
-TestwinlocaleObjCmd(
-    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window for application. */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument values. */
-{
-    if (objc != 1) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, NULL);
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj((int)GetThreadLocale()));
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: c
- * c-basic-offset: 4
- * fill-column: 78
- * End:
- */
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/tkWinWindow.c b/tk8.6/win/tkWinWindow.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 385e72b..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/tkWinWindow.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1017 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * tkWinWindow.c --
- *
- *	Xlib emulation routines for Windows related to creating, displaying
- *	and destroying windows.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
- * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
- */
-
-#include "tkWinInt.h"
-#include "tkBusy.h"
-
-typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
-    int initialized;		/* 0 means table below needs initializing. */
-    Tcl_HashTable windowTable;  /* The windowTable maps from HWND to Tk_Window
-				 * handles. */
-} ThreadSpecificData;
-static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
-
-/*
- * Forward declarations for functions defined in this file:
- */
-
-static void		NotifyVisibility(XEvent *eventPtr, TkWindow *winPtr);
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tk_AttachHWND --
- *
- *	This function binds an HWND and a reflection function to the specified
- *	Tk_Window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns an X Window that encapsulates the HWND.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	May allocate a new X Window. Also enters the HWND into the global
- *	window table.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-Window
-Tk_AttachHWND(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,
-    HWND hwnd)
-{
-    int new;
-    Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
-    TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *) Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
-	Tcl_InitHashTable(&tsdPtr->windowTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
-	tsdPtr->initialized = 1;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Allocate a new drawable if necessary. Otherwise, remove the previous
-     * HWND from from the window table.
-     */
-
-    if (twdPtr == NULL) {
-	twdPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkWinDrawable));
-	twdPtr->type = TWD_WINDOW;
-	twdPtr->window.winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
-    } else if (twdPtr->window.handle != NULL) {
-	entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->windowTable,
-		(char *)twdPtr->window.handle);
-	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entryPtr);
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Insert the new HWND into the window table.
-     */
-
-    twdPtr->window.handle = hwnd;
-    entryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&tsdPtr->windowTable, (char *)hwnd, &new);
-    Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, tkwin);
-
-    return (Window)twdPtr;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tk_HWNDToWindow --
- *
- *	This function retrieves a Tk_Window from the window table given an
- *	HWND.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns the matching Tk_Window.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-Tk_Window
-Tk_HWNDToWindow(
-    HWND hwnd)
-{
-    Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
-	Tcl_InitHashTable(&tsdPtr->windowTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
-	tsdPtr->initialized = 1;
-    }
-    entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->windowTable, (char *) hwnd);
-    if (entryPtr != NULL) {
-	return (Tk_Window) Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
-    }
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tk_GetHWND --
- *
- *	This function extracts the HWND from an X Window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns the HWND associated with the Window.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-HWND
-Tk_GetHWND(
-    Window window)
-{
-    return ((TkWinDrawable *) window)->window.handle;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpPrintWindowId --
- *
- *	This routine stores the string representation of the platform
- *	dependent window handle for an X Window in the given buffer.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns the result in the specified buffer.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpPrintWindowId(
-    char *buf,			/* Pointer to string large enough to hold the
-				 * hex representation of a pointer. */
-    Window window)		/* Window to be printed into buffer. */
-{
-    HWND hwnd = (window) ? Tk_GetHWND(window) : 0;
-
-    /*
-     * Use pointer representation, because Win64 is P64 (*not* LP64). Windows
-     * doesn't print the 0x for %p, so we do it.
-     * Bug 2026405: cygwin does output 0x for %p so test and recover.
-     */
-
-    sprintf(buf, "0x%p", hwnd);
-    if (buf[2] == '0' && buf[3] == 'x') {
-	sprintf(buf, "%p", hwnd);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpScanWindowId --
- *
- *	Given a string which represents the platform dependent window handle,
- *	produce the X Window id for the window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	The return value is normally TCL_OK; in this case *idPtr will be set
- *	to the X Window id equivalent to string. If string is improperly
- *	formed then TCL_ERROR is returned and an error message will be left in
- *	the interp's result. If the number does not correspond to a Tk Window,
- *	then *idPtr will be set to None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-TkpScanWindowId(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
-    const char *string,		/* String containing a (possibly signed)
-				 * integer in a form acceptable to strtol. */
-    Window *idPtr)		/* Place to store converted result. */
-{
-    Tk_Window tkwin;
-    union {
-	HWND hwnd;
-	int number;
-    } win;
-
-    /*
-     * We want sscanf for the 64-bit check, but if that doesn't work, then
-     * Tcl_GetInt manages the error correctly.
-     */
-
-    if (
-#ifdef _WIN64
-	    (sscanf(string, "0x%p", &win.hwnd) != 1) &&
-#endif
-	    Tcl_GetInt(interp, string, &win.number) != TCL_OK) {
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    tkwin = Tk_HWNDToWindow(win.hwnd);
-    if (tkwin) {
-	*idPtr = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
-    } else {
-	*idPtr = None;
-    }
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpMakeWindow --
- *
- *	Creates a Windows window object based on the current attributes of the
- *	specified TkWindow.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns a pointer to a new TkWinDrawable cast to a Window.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Creates a new window.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-Window
-TkpMakeWindow(
-    TkWindow *winPtr,
-    Window parent)
-{
-    HWND parentWin;
-    int style;
-    HWND hwnd;
-
-    if (parent != None) {
-	parentWin = Tk_GetHWND(parent);
-	style = WS_CHILD | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS;
-    } else {
-	parentWin = NULL;
-	style = WS_POPUP | WS_CLIPCHILDREN;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Create the window, then ensure that it is at the top of the stacking
-     * order.
-     */
-
-    hwnd = CreateWindowEx(WS_EX_NOPARENTNOTIFY, TK_WIN_CHILD_CLASS_NAME, NULL,
-	    (DWORD) style, Tk_X(winPtr), Tk_Y(winPtr), Tk_Width(winPtr),
-	    Tk_Height(winPtr), parentWin, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL);
-    SetWindowPos(hwnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-	    SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE);
-    return Tk_AttachHWND((Tk_Window)winPtr, hwnd);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XDestroyWindow --
- *
- *	Destroys the given window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Sends the WM_DESTROY message to the window and then destroys it the
- *	Win32 resources associated with the window.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-XDestroyWindow(
-    Display *display,
-    Window w)
-{
-    Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
-    TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *)w;
-    TkWindow *winPtr = TkWinGetWinPtr(w);
-    HWND hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(w);
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    display->request++;
-
-    /*
-     * Remove references to the window in the pointer module then release the
-     * drawable.
-     */
-
-    TkPointerDeadWindow(winPtr);
-
-    entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->windowTable, (char*)hwnd);
-    if (entryPtr != NULL) {
-	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entryPtr);
-    }
-
-    ckfree(twdPtr);
-
-    /*
-     * Don't bother destroying the window if we are going to destroy the
-     * parent later.
-     */
-
-    if (hwnd != NULL && !(winPtr->flags & TK_DONT_DESTROY_WINDOW)) {
-	DestroyWindow(hwnd);
-    }
-    return Success;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XMapWindow --
- *
- *	Cause the given window to become visible.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Causes the window state to change, and generates a MapNotify event.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-XMapWindow(
-    Display *display,
-    Window w)
-{
-    XEvent event;
-    TkWindow *parentPtr;
-    TkWindow *winPtr = TkWinGetWinPtr(w);
-
-    display->request++;
-
-    ShowWindow(Tk_GetHWND(w), SW_SHOWNORMAL);
-    winPtr->flags |= TK_MAPPED;
-
-    /*
-     * Check to see if this window is visible now. If all of the parent
-     * windows up to the first toplevel are mapped, then this window and its
-     * mapped children have just become visible.
-     */
-
-    if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)) {
-	for (parentPtr = winPtr->parentPtr; ;
-		parentPtr = parentPtr->parentPtr) {
-	    if ((parentPtr == NULL) || !(parentPtr->flags & TK_MAPPED)) {
-		return Success;
-	    }
-	    if (parentPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY) {
-		break;
-	    }
-	}
-    } else {
-	event.type = MapNotify;
-	event.xmap.serial = display->request;
-	event.xmap.send_event = False;
-	event.xmap.display = display;
-	event.xmap.event = winPtr->window;
-	event.xmap.window = winPtr->window;
-	event.xmap.override_redirect = winPtr->atts.override_redirect;
-	Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Generate VisibilityNotify events for this window and its mapped
-     * children.
-     */
-
-    event.type = VisibilityNotify;
-    event.xvisibility.serial = display->request;
-    event.xvisibility.send_event = False;
-    event.xvisibility.display = display;
-    event.xvisibility.window = winPtr->window;
-    event.xvisibility.state = VisibilityUnobscured;
-    NotifyVisibility(&event, winPtr);
-    return Success;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * NotifyVisibility --
- *
- *	This function recursively notifies the mapped children of the
- *	specified window of a change in visibility. Note that we don't
- *	properly report the visibility state, since Windows does not provide
- *	that info. The eventPtr argument must point to an event that has been
- *	completely initialized except for the window slot.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Generates lots of events.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-NotifyVisibility(
-    XEvent *eventPtr,		/* Initialized VisibilityNotify event. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Window to notify. */
-{
-    if (winPtr->atts.event_mask & VisibilityChangeMask) {
-	eventPtr->xvisibility.window = winPtr->window;
-	Tk_QueueWindowEvent(eventPtr, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
-    }
-    for (winPtr = winPtr->childList; winPtr != NULL;
-	    winPtr = winPtr->nextPtr) {
-	if (winPtr->flags & TK_MAPPED) {
-	    NotifyVisibility(eventPtr, winPtr);
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XUnmapWindow --
- *
- *	Cause the given window to become invisible.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Causes the window state to change, and generates an UnmapNotify event.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-XUnmapWindow(
-    Display *display,
-    Window w)
-{
-    XEvent event;
-    TkWindow *winPtr = TkWinGetWinPtr(w);
-
-    display->request++;
-
-    /*
-     * Bug fix: Don't short circuit this routine based on TK_MAPPED because it
-     * will be cleared before XUnmapWindow is called.
-     */
-
-    ShowWindow(Tk_GetHWND(w), SW_HIDE);
-    winPtr->flags &= ~TK_MAPPED;
-
-    if (winPtr->flags & TK_WIN_MANAGED) {
-	event.type = UnmapNotify;
-	event.xunmap.serial = display->request;
-	event.xunmap.send_event = False;
-	event.xunmap.display = display;
-	event.xunmap.event = winPtr->window;
-	event.xunmap.window = winPtr->window;
-	event.xunmap.from_configure = False;
-	Tk_HandleEvent(&event);
-    }
-    return Success;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XMoveResizeWindow --
- *
- *	Move and resize a window relative to its parent.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Repositions and resizes the specified window.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-XMoveResizeWindow(
-    Display *display,
-    Window w,
-    int x, int y,		/* Position relative to parent. */
-    unsigned int width, unsigned int height)
-{
-    display->request++;
-    MoveWindow(Tk_GetHWND(w), x, y, (int) width, (int) height, TRUE);
-    return Success;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XMoveWindow --
- *
- *	Move a window relative to its parent.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Repositions the specified window.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-XMoveWindow(
-    Display *display,
-    Window w,
-    int x, int y)		/* Position relative to parent */
-{
-    TkWindow *winPtr = TkWinGetWinPtr(w);
-
-    display->request++;
-
-    MoveWindow(Tk_GetHWND(w), x, y, winPtr->changes.width,
-	    winPtr->changes.height, TRUE);
-    return Success;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XResizeWindow --
- *
- *	Resize a window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Resizes the specified window.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-XResizeWindow(
-    Display *display,
-    Window w,
-    unsigned int width, unsigned int height)
-{
-    TkWindow *winPtr = TkWinGetWinPtr(w);
-
-    display->request++;
-
-    MoveWindow(Tk_GetHWND(w), winPtr->changes.x, winPtr->changes.y, (int)width,
-	    (int)height, TRUE);
-    return Success;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XRaiseWindow, XLowerWindow --
- *
- *	Change the stacking order of a window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Changes the stacking order of the specified window.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-XRaiseWindow(
-    Display *display,
-    Window w)
-{
-    HWND window = Tk_GetHWND(w);
-
-    display->request++;
-    SetWindowPos(window, HWND_TOPMOST, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE);
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int
-XLowerWindow(
-    Display *display,
-    Window w)
-{
-    HWND window = Tk_GetHWND(w);
-
-    display->request++;
-    SetWindowPos(window, HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE);
-    return Success;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XConfigureWindow --
- *
- *	Change the size, position, stacking, or border of the specified
- *	window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Changes the attributes of the specified window. Note that we ignore
- *	the passed in values and use the values stored in the TkWindow data
- *	structure.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-XConfigureWindow(
-    Display *display,
-    Window w,
-    unsigned int valueMask,
-    XWindowChanges *values)
-{
-    TkWindow *winPtr = TkWinGetWinPtr(w);
-    HWND hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(w);
-
-    display->request++;
-
-    /*
-     * Change the shape and/or position of the window.
-     */
-
-    if (valueMask & (CWX|CWY|CWWidth|CWHeight)) {
-	MoveWindow(hwnd, winPtr->changes.x, winPtr->changes.y,
-		winPtr->changes.width, winPtr->changes.height, TRUE);
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Change the stacking order of the window.
-     */
-
-    if (valueMask & CWStackMode) {
-	HWND sibling;
-
-	if ((valueMask & CWSibling) && (values->sibling != None)) {
-	    sibling = Tk_GetHWND(values->sibling);
-	} else {
-	    sibling = NULL;
-	}
-	TkWinSetWindowPos(hwnd, sibling, values->stack_mode);
-    }
-    return Success;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XClearWindow --
- *
- *	Clears the entire window to the current background color.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Erases the current contents of the window.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-XClearWindow(
-    Display *display,
-    Window w)
-{
-    RECT rc;
-    HBRUSH brush;
-    HPALETTE oldPalette, palette;
-    TkWindow *winPtr;
-    HWND hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(w);
-    HDC dc = GetDC(hwnd);
-
-    palette = TkWinGetPalette(display->screens[0].cmap);
-    oldPalette = SelectPalette(dc, palette, FALSE);
-
-    display->request++;
-
-    winPtr = TkWinGetWinPtr(w);
-    brush = CreateSolidBrush(winPtr->atts.background_pixel);
-    GetWindowRect(hwnd, &rc);
-    rc.right = rc.right - rc.left;
-    rc.bottom = rc.bottom - rc.top;
-    rc.left = rc.top = 0;
-    FillRect(dc, &rc, brush);
-
-    DeleteObject(brush);
-    SelectPalette(dc, oldPalette, TRUE);
-    ReleaseDC(hwnd, dc);
-    return Success;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XChangeWindowAttributes --
- *
- *	This function is called when the attributes on a window are updated.
- *	Since Tk maintains all of the window state, the only relevant value is
- *	the cursor.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	May cause the mouse position to be updated.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-XChangeWindowAttributes(
-    Display *display,
-    Window w,
-    unsigned long valueMask,
-    XSetWindowAttributes* attributes)
-{
-    if (valueMask & CWCursor) {
-	XDefineCursor(display, w, attributes->cursor);
-    }
-    return Success;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XReparentWindow --
- *
- *	TODO: currently placeholder to satisfy Xlib stubs.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	TODO.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-XReparentWindow(
-    Display *display,
-    Window w,
-    Window parent,
-    int x,
-    int y)
-{
-    return BadWindow;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinSetWindowPos --
- *
- *	Adjust the stacking order of a window relative to a second window (or
- *	NULL).
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Moves the specified window in the stacking order.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkWinSetWindowPos(
-    HWND hwnd,			/* Window to restack. */
-    HWND siblingHwnd,		/* Sibling window. */
-    int pos)			/* One of Above or Below. */
-{
-    HWND temp;
-
-    /*
-     * Since Windows does not support Above mode, we place the specified
-     * window below the sibling and then swap them.
-     */
-
-    if (siblingHwnd) {
-	if (pos == Above) {
-	    SetWindowPos(hwnd, siblingHwnd, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-		    SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE);
-	    temp = hwnd;
-	    hwnd = siblingHwnd;
-	    siblingHwnd = temp;
-	}
-    } else {
-	siblingHwnd = (pos == Above) ? HWND_TOP : HWND_BOTTOM;
-    }
-
-    SetWindowPos(hwnd, siblingHwnd, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-	    SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpShowBusyWindow --
- *
- *	Makes a busy window "appear".
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Arranges for the busy window to start intercepting events and the
- *	cursor to change to the configured "hey, I'm busy!" setting.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpShowBusyWindow(
-    TkBusy busy)
-{
-    Busy *busyPtr = (Busy *) busy;
-    HWND hWnd;
-    POINT point;
-    Display *display;
-    Window window;
-
-    if (busyPtr->tkBusy != NULL) {
-	Tk_MapWindow(busyPtr->tkBusy);
-	window = Tk_WindowId(busyPtr->tkBusy);
-	display = Tk_Display(busyPtr->tkBusy);
-	hWnd = Tk_GetHWND(window);
-	display->request++;
-	SetWindowPos(hWnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE);
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Under Win32, cursors aren't associated with windows. Tk fakes this by
-     * watching Motion events on its windows. So Tk will automatically change
-     * the cursor when the pointer enters the Busy window. But Windows does
-     * not immediately change the cursor; it waits for the cursor position to
-     * change or a system call. We need to change the cursor before the
-     * application starts processing, so set the cursor position redundantly
-     * back to the current position.
-     */
-
-    GetCursorPos(&point);
-    SetCursorPos(point.x, point.y);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpHideBusyWindow --
- *
- *	Makes a busy window "disappear".
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Arranges for the busy window to stop intercepting events, and the
- *	cursor to change back to its normal setting.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpHideBusyWindow(
-    TkBusy busy)
-{
-    Busy *busyPtr = (Busy *) busy;
-    POINT point;
-
-    if (busyPtr->tkBusy != NULL) {
-	Tk_UnmapWindow(busyPtr->tkBusy);
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Under Win32, cursors aren't associated with windows. Tk fakes this by
-     * watching Motion events on its windows. So Tk will automatically change
-     * the cursor when the pointer enters the Busy window. But Windows does
-     * not immediately change the cursor: it waits for the cursor position to
-     * change or a system call. We need to change the cursor before the
-     * application starts processing, so set the cursor position redundantly
-     * back to the current position.
-     */
-
-    GetCursorPos(&point);
-    SetCursorPos(point.x, point.y);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpMakeTransparentWindowExist --
- *
- *	Construct the platform-specific resources for a transparent window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Moves the specified window in the stacking order.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpMakeTransparentWindowExist(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Token for window. */
-    Window parent)		/* Parent window. */
-{
-    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
-    HWND hParent = (HWND) parent, hWnd;
-    int style = WS_CHILD | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS;
-    DWORD exStyle = WS_EX_TRANSPARENT | WS_EX_TOPMOST;
-
-    hWnd = CreateWindowEx(exStyle, TK_WIN_CHILD_CLASS_NAME, NULL, style,
-	    Tk_X(tkwin), Tk_Y(tkwin), Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin),
-	    hParent, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL);
-    winPtr->window = Tk_AttachHWND(tkwin, hWnd);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpCreateBusy --
- *
- *	Construct the platform-specific parts of a busy window. Note that this
- *	postpones the actual creation of the window resource until later.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Sets up part of the busy window structure.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpCreateBusy(
-    Tk_FakeWin *winPtr,
-    Tk_Window tkRef,
-    Window *parentPtr,
-    Tk_Window tkParent,
-    TkBusy busy)
-{
-    Busy *busyPtr = (Busy *) busy;
-
-    if (winPtr->flags & TK_REPARENTED) {
-	/*
-	 * This works around a bug in the implementation of menubars for
-	 * non-Macintosh window systems (Win32 and X11). Tk doesn't reset the
-	 * pointers to the parent window when the menu is reparented
-	 * (winPtr->parentPtr points to the wrong window). We get around this
-	 * by determining the parent via the native API calls.
-	 */
-
-	HWND hWnd = GetParent(Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkRef)));
-	RECT rect;
-
-	if (GetWindowRect(hWnd, &rect)) {
-	    busyPtr->width = rect.right - rect.left;
-	    busyPtr->height = rect.bottom - rect.top;
-	}
-    } else {
-	*parentPtr = Tk_WindowId(tkParent);
-	*parentPtr = (Window) Tk_GetHWND(*parentPtr);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: c
- * c-basic-offset: 4
- * fill-column: 78
- * End:
- */
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/tkWinWm.c b/tk8.6/win/tkWinWm.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e7618d..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/tkWinWm.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8688 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * tkWinWm.c --
- *
- *	This module takes care of the interactions between a Tk-based
- *	application and the window manager. Among other things, it implements
- *	the "wm" command and passes geometry information to the window
- *	manager.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
- *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
- * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
- */
-
-#include "tkWinInt.h"
-#include <shellapi.h>
-
-/*
- * These next two defines are only valid on Win2K/XP+.
- */
-
-#ifndef WS_EX_LAYERED
-#define WS_EX_LAYERED	0x00080000
-#endif
-#ifndef LWA_COLORKEY
-#define LWA_COLORKEY	0x00000001
-#endif
-#ifndef LWA_ALPHA
-#define LWA_ALPHA	0x00000002
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Event structure for synthetic activation events. These events are placed on
- * the event queue whenever a toplevel gets a WM_MOUSEACTIVATE message or
- * a WM_ACTIVATE. If the window is being moved (*flagPtr will be true)
- * then the handling of this event must be delayed until the operation
- * has completed to avoid a premature WM_EXITSIZEMOVE event.
- */
-
-typedef struct ActivateEvent {
-    Tcl_Event ev;
-    TkWindow *winPtr;
-    const int *flagPtr;
-    HWND hwnd;
-} ActivateEvent;
-
-/*
- * A data structure of the following type holds information for each window
- * manager protocol (such as WM_DELETE_WINDOW) for which a handler (i.e. a Tcl
- * command) has been defined for a particular top-level window.
- */
-
-typedef struct ProtocolHandler {
-    Atom protocol;		/* Identifies the protocol. */
-    struct ProtocolHandler *nextPtr;
-				/* Next in list of protocol handlers for the
-				 * same top-level window, or NULL for end of
-				 * list. */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter in which to invoke command. */
-    char command[1];		/* Tcl command to invoke when a client message
-				 * for this protocol arrives. The actual size
-				 * of the structure varies to accommodate the
-				 * needs of the actual command. THIS MUST BE
-				 * THE LAST FIELD OF THE STRUCTURE. */
-} ProtocolHandler;
-
-#define HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength) \
-    ((unsigned) ((Tk_Offset(ProtocolHandler, command) + 1) + cmdLength))
-
-/*
- * Helper type passed via lParam to TkWmStackorderToplevelEnumProc
- */
-
-typedef struct TkWmStackorderToplevelPair {
-    Tcl_HashTable *table;
-    TkWindow **windowPtr;
-} TkWmStackorderToplevelPair;
-
-/*
- * This structure represents the contents of a icon, in terms of its image.
- * The HICON is an internal Windows format. Most of these icon-specific
- * structures originated with the Winico extension. We stripped out unused
- * parts of that code, and integrated the code more naturally with Tcl.
- */
-
-typedef struct {
-    UINT Width, Height, Colors;	/* Width, Height and bpp */
-    LPBYTE lpBits;		/* Ptr to DIB bits */
-    DWORD dwNumBytes;		/* How many bytes? */
-    LPBITMAPINFO lpbi;		/* Ptr to header */
-    LPBYTE lpXOR;		/* Ptr to XOR image bits */
-    LPBYTE lpAND;		/* Ptr to AND image bits */
-    HICON hIcon;		/* DAS ICON */
-} ICONIMAGE, *LPICONIMAGE;
-
-/*
- * This structure is how we represent a block of the above items. We will
- * reallocate these structures according to how many images they need to
- * contain.
- */
-
-typedef struct {
-    int nNumImages;		/* How many images? */
-    ICONIMAGE IconImages[1];	/* Image entries */
-} BlockOfIconImages, *BlockOfIconImagesPtr;
-
-/*
- * These two structures are used to read in icons from an 'icon directory'
- * (i.e. the contents of a .icr file, say). We only use these structures
- * temporarily, since we copy the information we want into a
- * BlockOfIconImages.
- */
-
-typedef struct {
-    BYTE bWidth;		/* Width of the image */
-    BYTE bHeight;		/* Height of the image (times 2) */
-    BYTE bColorCount;		/* Number of colors in image (0 if >=8bpp) */
-    BYTE bReserved;		/* Reserved */
-    WORD wPlanes;		/* Color Planes */
-    WORD wBitCount;		/* Bits per pixel */
-    DWORD dwBytesInRes;		/* How many bytes in this resource? */
-    DWORD dwImageOffset;	/* Where in the file is this image */
-} ICONDIRENTRY, *LPICONDIRENTRY;
-
-typedef struct {
-    WORD idReserved;		/* Reserved */
-    WORD idType;		/* Resource type (1 for icons) */
-    WORD idCount;		/* How many images? */
-    ICONDIRENTRY idEntries[1];	/* The entries for each image */
-} ICONDIR, *LPICONDIR;
-
-/*
- * A pointer to one of these strucutures is associated with each toplevel.
- * This allows us to free up all memory associated with icon resources when a
- * window is deleted or if the window's icon is changed. They are simply
- * reference counted according to:
- *
- * (1) How many WmInfo structures point to this object
- * (2) Whether the ThreadSpecificData defined in this file contains a pointer
- *     to this object.
- *
- * The former count is for windows whose icons are individually set, and the
- * latter is for the global default icon choice.
- *
- * Icons loaded from .icr/.icr use the iconBlock field, icons loaded from
- * .exe/.dll use the hIcon field.
- */
-
-typedef struct WinIconInstance {
-    size_t refCount;	/* Number of instances that share this data
-				 * structure. */
-    BlockOfIconImagesPtr iconBlock;
-				/* Pointer to icon resource data for image */
-} WinIconInstance;
-
-typedef struct WinIconInstance *WinIconPtr;
-
-/*
- * A data structure of the following type holds window-manager-related
- * information for each top-level window in an application.
- */
-
-typedef struct TkWmInfo {
-    TkWindow *winPtr;		/* Pointer to main Tk information for this
-				 * window. */
-    HWND wrapper;		/* This is the decorative frame window created
-				 * by the window manager to wrap a toplevel
-				 * window. This window is a direct child of
-				 * the root window. */
-    char *title;		/* Title to display in window caption. If
-				 * NULL, use name of widget. Malloced. */
-    char *iconName;		/* Name to display in icon. Malloced. */
-    XWMHints hints;		/* Various pieces of information for window
-				 * manager. */
-    char *leaderName;		/* Path name of leader of window group
-				 * (corresponds to hints.window_group).
-				 * Malloc-ed. Note: this field doesn't get
-				 * updated if leader is destroyed. */
-    TkWindow *masterPtr;	/* Master window for TRANSIENT_FOR property,
-				 * or NULL. */
-    Tk_Window icon;		/* Window to use as icon for this window, or
-				 * NULL. */
-    Tk_Window iconFor;		/* Window for which this window is icon, or
-				 * NULL if this isn't an icon for anyone. */
-
-    /*
-     * Information used to construct an XSizeHints structure for the window
-     * manager:
-     */
-
-    int defMinWidth, defMinHeight, defMaxWidth, defMaxHeight;
-				/* Default resize limits given by system. */
-    int sizeHintsFlags;		/* Flags word for XSizeHints structure. If the
-				 * PBaseSize flag is set then the window is
-				 * gridded; otherwise it isn't gridded. */
-    int minWidth, minHeight;	/* Minimum dimensions of window, in pixels or
-				 * grid units. */
-    int maxWidth, maxHeight;	/* Maximum dimensions of window, in pixels or
-				 * grid units. 0 to default. */
-    Tk_Window gridWin;		/* Identifies the window that controls
-				 * gridding for this top-level, or NULL if the
-				 * top-level isn't currently gridded. */
-    int widthInc, heightInc;	/* Increments for size changes (# pixels per
-				 * step). */
-    struct {
-	int x;	/* numerator */
-	int y;	/* denominator */
-    } minAspect, maxAspect;	/* Min/max aspect ratios for window. */
-    int reqGridWidth, reqGridHeight;
-				/* The dimensions of the window (in grid
-				 * units) requested through the geometry
-				 * manager. */
-    int gravity;		/* Desired window gravity. */
-
-    /*
-     * Information used to manage the size and location of a window.
-     */
-
-    int width, height;		/* Desired dimensions of window, specified in
-				 * pixels or grid units. These values are set
-				 * by the "wm geometry" command and by
-				 * ConfigureNotify events (for when wm resizes
-				 * window). -1 means user hasn't requested
-				 * dimensions. */
-    int x, y;			/* Desired X and Y coordinates for window.
-				 * These values are set by "wm geometry", plus
-				 * by ConfigureNotify events (when wm moves
-				 * window). These numbers are different than
-				 * the numbers stored in winPtr->changes
-				 * because (a) they could be measured from the
-				 * right or bottom edge of the screen (see
-				 * WM_NEGATIVE_X and WM_NEGATIVE_Y flags) and
-				 * (b) if the window has been reparented then
-				 * they refer to the parent rather than the
-				 * window itself. */
-    int borderWidth, borderHeight;
-				/* Width and height of window dressing, in
-				 * pixels for the current style/exStyle. This
-				 * includes the border on both sides of the
-				 * window. */
-    int configX, configY;	/* x,y position of toplevel when window is
-				 * switched into fullscreen state, */
-    int configWidth, configHeight;
-				/* Dimensions passed to last request that we
-				 * issued to change geometry of window. Used
-				 * to eliminate redundant resize operations */
-    HMENU hMenu;		/* the hMenu associated with this menu */
-    DWORD style, exStyle;	/* Style flags for the wrapper window. */
-    LONG styleConfig;		/* Extra user requested style bits */
-    LONG exStyleConfig;		/* Extra user requested extended style bits */
-    Tcl_Obj *crefObj;		/* COLORREF object for transparent handling */
-    COLORREF colorref;		/* COLORREF for transparent handling */
-    double alpha;		/* Alpha transparency level 0.0 (fully
-				 * transparent) .. 1.0 (opaque) */
-
-    /*
-     * List of children of the toplevel which have private colormaps.
-     */
-
-    TkWindow **cmapList;	/* Array of window with private colormaps. */
-    int cmapCount;		/* Number of windows in array. */
-
-    /*
-     * Miscellaneous information.
-     */
-
-    ProtocolHandler *protPtr;	/* First in list of protocol handlers for this
-				 * window (NULL means none). */
-    int cmdArgc;		/* Number of elements in cmdArgv below. */
-    const char **cmdArgv;	/* Array of strings to store in the WM_COMMAND
-				 * property. NULL means nothing available. */
-    char *clientMachine;	/* String to store in WM_CLIENT_MACHINE
-				 * property, or NULL. */
-    int flags;			/* Miscellaneous flags, defined below. */
-    int numTransients;		/* Number of transients on this window */
-    WinIconPtr iconPtr;		/* Pointer to titlebar icon structure for this
-				 * window, or NULL. */
-    struct TkWmInfo *nextPtr;	/* Next in list of all top-level windows. */
-} WmInfo;
-
-/*
- * Flag values for WmInfo structures:
- *
- * WM_NEVER_MAPPED -		Non-zero means window has never been mapped;
- *				need to update all info when window is first
- *				mapped.
- * WM_UPDATE_PENDING -		Non-zero means a call to UpdateGeometryInfo
- *				has already been scheduled for this window;
- *				no need to schedule another one.
- * WM_NEGATIVE_X -		Non-zero means x-coordinate is measured in
- *				pixels from right edge of screen, rather than
- *				from left edge.
- * WM_NEGATIVE_Y -		Non-zero means y-coordinate is measured in
- *				pixels up from bottom of screen, rather than
- *				down from top.
- * WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS -	Non-zero means that new size hints need to be
- *				propagated to window manager. Not used on Win.
- * WM_SYNC_PENDING -		Set to non-zero while waiting for the window
- *				manager to respond to some state change.
- * WM_MOVE_PENDING -		Non-zero means the application has requested a
- *				new position for the window, but it hasn't
- *				been reflected through the window manager yet.
- * WM_COLORMAPS_EXPLICIT -	Non-zero means the colormap windows were set
- *				explicitly via "wm colormapwindows".
- * WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP - Non-zero means that when "wm colormapwindows"
- *				was called the top-level itself wasn't
- *				specified, so we added it implicitly at the
- *				end of the list.
- * WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE -	Non-zero means that we're not supposed to
- *				allow the user to change the width of the
- *				window (controlled by "wm resizable" command).
- * WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE -	Non-zero means that we're not supposed to
- *				allow the user to change the height of the
- *				window (controlled by "wm resizable" command).
- * WM_WITHDRAWN -		Non-zero means that this window has explicitly
- *				been withdrawn. If it's a transient, it should
- *				not mirror state changes in the master.
- * WM_FULLSCREEN -		Non-zero means that this window has been placed
- *				in the full screen mode. It should be mapped at
- *				0,0 and be the width and height of the screen.
- */
-
-#define WM_NEVER_MAPPED			(1<<0)
-#define WM_UPDATE_PENDING		(1<<1)
-#define WM_NEGATIVE_X			(1<<2)
-#define WM_NEGATIVE_Y			(1<<3)
-#define WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS		(1<<4)
-#define WM_SYNC_PENDING			(1<<5)
-#define WM_CREATE_PENDING		(1<<6)
-#define WM_MOVE_PENDING			(1<<7)
-#define WM_COLORMAPS_EXPLICIT		(1<<8)
-#define WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP	(1<<9)
-#define WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE		(1<<10)
-#define WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE		(1<<11)
-#define WM_WITHDRAWN			(1<<12)
-#define WM_FULLSCREEN			(1<<13)
-
-/*
- * Window styles for various types of toplevel windows.
- */
-
-#define WM_OVERRIDE_STYLE (WS_CLIPCHILDREN|WS_CLIPSIBLINGS|CS_DBLCLKS)
-#define EX_OVERRIDE_STYLE (WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW)
-
-#define WM_FULLSCREEN_STYLE (WS_POPUP|WM_OVERRIDE_STYLE)
-#define EX_FULLSCREEN_STYLE (WS_EX_APPWINDOW)
-
-#define WM_TOPLEVEL_STYLE (WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW|WS_CLIPCHILDREN|CS_DBLCLKS)
-#define EX_TOPLEVEL_STYLE (0)
-
-#define WM_TRANSIENT_STYLE \
-		(WS_POPUP|WS_CAPTION|WS_SYSMENU|WS_CLIPSIBLINGS|CS_DBLCLKS)
-#define EX_TRANSIENT_STYLE (WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME)
-
-/*
- * The following structure is the official type record for geometry management
- * of top-level windows.
- */
-
-static void		TopLevelReqProc(ClientData dummy, Tk_Window tkwin);
-static void		RemapWindows(TkWindow *winPtr, HWND parentHWND);
-
-static const Tk_GeomMgr wmMgrType = {
-    "wm",			/* name */
-    TopLevelReqProc,		/* requestProc */
-    NULL,			/* lostSlaveProc */
-};
-
-typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
-    HPALETTE systemPalette;	/* System palette; refers to the currently
-				 * installed foreground logical palette. */
-    TkWindow *createWindow;	/* Window that is being constructed. This
-				 * value is set immediately before a call to
-				 * CreateWindowEx, and is used by SetLimits.
-				 * This is a gross hack needed to work around
-				 * Windows brain damage where it sends the
-				 * WM_GETMINMAXINFO message before the
-				 * WM_CREATE window. */
-    int initialized;		/* Flag indicating whether thread-specific
-				 * elements of module have been
-				 * initialized. */
-    int firstWindow;		/* Flag, cleared when the first window is
-				 * mapped in a non-iconic state. */
-    WinIconPtr iconPtr;		/* IconPtr being used as default for all
-				 * toplevels, or NULL. */
-} ThreadSpecificData;
-static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
-
-/*
- * The following variables cannot be placed in thread local storage because
- * they must be shared across threads.
- */
-
-static int initialized;		/* Flag indicating whether module has been
-				 * initialized. */
-
-TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(winWmMutex)
-
-/*
- * Forward declarations for functions defined in this file:
- */
-
-static int		ActivateWindow(Tcl_Event *evPtr, int flags);
-static void		ConfigureTopLevel(WINDOWPOS *pos);
-static void		GenerateConfigureNotify(TkWindow *winPtr);
-static void		GenerateActivateEvent(TkWindow *winPtr, const int *flagPtr);
-static void		GetMaxSize(WmInfo *wmPtr,
-			    int *maxWidthPtr, int *maxHeightPtr);
-static void		GetMinSize(WmInfo *wmPtr,
-			    int *minWidthPtr, int *minHeightPtr);
-static TkWindow *	GetTopLevel(HWND hwnd);
-static void		InitWm(void);
-static int		InstallColormaps(HWND hwnd, int message,
-			    int isForemost);
-static void		InvalidateSubTree(TkWindow *winPtr, Colormap colormap);
-static void		InvalidateSubTreeDepth(TkWindow *winPtr);
-static int		ParseGeometry(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *string,
-			    TkWindow *winPtr);
-static void		RefreshColormap(Colormap colormap, TkDisplay *dispPtr);
-static void		SetLimits(HWND hwnd, MINMAXINFO *info);
-static void		TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(TkWindow *winPtr,
-			    Display *display, Tcl_HashTable *table);
-static LRESULT CALLBACK	TopLevelProc(HWND hwnd, UINT message,
-			    WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
-static void		TopLevelEventProc(ClientData clientData,
-			    XEvent *eventPtr);
-static void		TopLevelReqProc(ClientData dummy, Tk_Window tkwin);
-static void		UpdateGeometryInfo(ClientData clientData);
-static void		UpdateWrapper(TkWindow *winPtr);
-static LRESULT CALLBACK	WmProc(HWND hwnd, UINT message,
-			    WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
-static void		WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc(ClientData clientData,
-			    XEvent *eventPtr);
-static BlockOfIconImagesPtr ReadIconOrCursorFromFile(Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    Tcl_Obj* fileName, BOOL isIcon);
-static WinIconPtr	ReadIconFromFile(Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    Tcl_Obj *fileName);
-static WinIconPtr	GetIconFromPixmap(Display *dsPtr, Pixmap pixmap);
-static int		ReadICOHeader(Tcl_Channel channel);
-static BOOL		AdjustIconImagePointers(LPICONIMAGE lpImage);
-static HICON		MakeIconOrCursorFromResource(LPICONIMAGE lpIcon,
-			    BOOL isIcon);
-static HICON		GetIcon(WinIconPtr titlebaricon, int icon_size);
-static int		WinSetIcon(Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    WinIconPtr titlebaricon, Tk_Window tkw);
-static void		FreeIconBlock(BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR);
-static void		DecrIconRefCount(WinIconPtr titlebaricon);
-
-static int		WmAspectCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		WmAttributesCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		WmClientCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		WmColormapwindowsCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		WmCommandCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		WmDeiconifyCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		WmFocusmodelCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		WmForgetCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		WmFrameCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		WmGeometryCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		WmGridCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		WmGroupCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		WmIconbitmapCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		WmIconifyCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		WmIconmaskCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		WmIconnameCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		WmIconphotoCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		WmIconpositionCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		WmIconwindowCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		WmManageCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		WmMaxsizeCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		WmMinsizeCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		WmOverrideredirectCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		WmPositionfromCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		WmProtocolCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		WmResizableCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		WmSizefromCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		WmStackorderCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		WmStateCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		WmTitleCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		WmTransientCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		WmWithdrawCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
-			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static void		WmUpdateGeom(WmInfo *wmPtr, TkWindow *winPtr);
-
-/*
- * Used in BytesPerLine
- */
-
-#define WIDTHBYTES(bits)	((((bits) + 31)>>5)<<2)
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * DIBNumColors --
- *
- *	Calculates the number of entries in the color table, given by LPSTR
- *	lpbi - pointer to the CF_DIB memory block. Used by titlebar icon code.
- *
- * Results:
- *	WORD - Number of entries in the color table.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static WORD
-DIBNumColors(
-    LPSTR lpbi)
-{
-    WORD wBitCount;
-    DWORD dwClrUsed;
-
-    dwClrUsed = ((LPBITMAPINFOHEADER) lpbi)->biClrUsed;
-
-    if (dwClrUsed) {
-	return (WORD) dwClrUsed;
-    }
-
-    wBitCount = ((LPBITMAPINFOHEADER) lpbi)->biBitCount;
-
-    switch (wBitCount) {
-    case 1:
-	return 2;
-    case 4:
-	return 16;
-    case 8:
-	return 256;
-    default:
-	return 0;
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * PaletteSize --
- *
- *	Calculates the number of bytes in the color table, as given by LPSTR
- *	lpbi - pointer to the CF_DIB memory block. Used by titlebar icon code.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Number of bytes in the color table
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-static WORD
-PaletteSize(
-    LPSTR lpbi)
-{
-    return (WORD) (DIBNumColors(lpbi) * sizeof(RGBQUAD));
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * FindDIBits --
- *
- *	Locate the image bits in a CF_DIB format DIB, as given by LPSTR lpbi -
- *	pointer to the CF_DIB memory block. Used by titlebar icon code.
- *
- * Results:
- *	pointer to the image bits
- *
- * Side effects: None
- *
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static LPSTR
-FindDIBBits(
-    LPSTR lpbi)
-{
-    return lpbi + *((LPDWORD) lpbi) + PaletteSize(lpbi);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * BytesPerLine --
- *
- *	Calculates the number of bytes in one scan line, as given by
- *	LPBITMAPINFOHEADER lpBMIH - pointer to the BITMAPINFOHEADER that
- *	begins the CF_DIB block. Used by titlebar icon code.
- *
- * Results:
- *	number of bytes in one scan line (DWORD aligned)
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static DWORD
-BytesPerLine(
-    LPBITMAPINFOHEADER lpBMIH)
-{
-    return WIDTHBYTES(lpBMIH->biWidth * lpBMIH->biPlanes * lpBMIH->biBitCount);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * AdjustIconImagePointers --
- *
- *	Adjusts internal pointers in icon resource struct, as given by
- *	LPICONIMAGE lpImage - the resource to handle. Used by titlebar icon
- *	code.
- *
- * Results:
- *	BOOL - TRUE for success, FALSE for failure
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static BOOL
-AdjustIconImagePointers(
-    LPICONIMAGE lpImage)
-{
-    /*
-     * Sanity check.
-     */
-
-    if (lpImage == NULL) {
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * BITMAPINFO is at beginning of bits.
-     */
-
-    lpImage->lpbi = (LPBITMAPINFO) lpImage->lpBits;
-
-    /*
-     * Width - simple enough.
-     */
-
-    lpImage->Width = lpImage->lpbi->bmiHeader.biWidth;
-
-    /*
-     * Icons are stored in funky format where height is doubled so account for
-     * that.
-     */
-
-    lpImage->Height = (lpImage->lpbi->bmiHeader.biHeight)/2;
-
-    /*
-     * How many colors?
-     */
-
-    lpImage->Colors = lpImage->lpbi->bmiHeader.biPlanes
-	    * lpImage->lpbi->bmiHeader.biBitCount;
-
-    /*
-     * XOR bits follow the header and color table.
-     */
-
-    lpImage->lpXOR = (LPBYTE) FindDIBBits((LPSTR) lpImage->lpbi);
-
-    /*
-     * AND bits follow the XOR bits.
-     */
-
-    lpImage->lpAND = lpImage->lpXOR +
-	    lpImage->Height*BytesPerLine((LPBITMAPINFOHEADER) lpImage->lpbi);
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * MakeIconOrCursorFromResource --
- *
- *	Construct an actual HICON structure from the information in a
- *	resource.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Icon
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static HICON
-MakeIconOrCursorFromResource(
-    LPICONIMAGE lpIcon,
-    BOOL isIcon)
-{
-    HICON hIcon;
-
-    /*
-     * Sanity Check
-     */
-
-    if (lpIcon == NULL || lpIcon->lpBits == NULL) {
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Let the OS do the real work :)
-     */
-
-    hIcon = (HICON) CreateIconFromResourceEx(lpIcon->lpBits,
-	    lpIcon->dwNumBytes, isIcon, 0x00030000,
-	    (*(LPBITMAPINFOHEADER) lpIcon->lpBits).biWidth,
-	    (*(LPBITMAPINFOHEADER) lpIcon->lpBits).biHeight/2, 0);
-
-    /*
-     * It failed, odds are good we're on NT so try the non-Ex way.
-     */
-
-    if (hIcon == NULL) {
-	/*
-	 * We would break on NT if we try with a 16bpp image.
-	 */
-
-	if (lpIcon->lpbi->bmiHeader.biBitCount != 16) {
-	    hIcon = CreateIconFromResource(lpIcon->lpBits, lpIcon->dwNumBytes,
-		    isIcon, 0x00030000);
-	}
-    }
-    return hIcon;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * ReadICOHeader --
- *
- *	Reads the header from an ICO file, as specfied by channel.
- *
- * Results:
- *	UINT - Number of images in file, -1 for failure. If this succeeds,
- *	there is a decent chance this is a valid icon file.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-ReadICOHeader(
-    Tcl_Channel channel)
-{
-    union {
-	WORD word;
-	char bytes[sizeof(WORD)];
-    } input;
-
-    /*
-     * Read the 'reserved' WORD, which should be a zero word.
-     */
-
-    if (Tcl_Read(channel, input.bytes, sizeof(WORD)) != sizeof(WORD)) {
-	return -1;
-    }
-    if (input.word != 0) {
-	return -1;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Read the type WORD, which should be of type 1.
-     */
-
-    if (Tcl_Read(channel, input.bytes, sizeof(WORD)) != sizeof(WORD)) {
-	return -1;
-    }
-    if (input.word != 1) {
-	return -1;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Get and return the count of images.
-     */
-
-    if (Tcl_Read(channel, input.bytes, sizeof(WORD)) != sizeof(WORD)) {
-	return -1;
-    }
-    return (int) input.word;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * InitWindowClass --
- *
- *	This routine creates the Wm toplevel decorative frame class.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Registers a new window class.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-InitWindowClass(
-    WinIconPtr titlebaricon)
-{
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
-	tsdPtr->initialized = 1;
-	tsdPtr->firstWindow = 1;
-	tsdPtr->iconPtr = NULL;
-    }
-    if (!initialized) {
-	Tcl_MutexLock(&winWmMutex);
-	if (!initialized) {
-	    WNDCLASS class;
-
-	    initialized = 1;
-
-	    /*
-	     * The only difference between WNDCLASSW and WNDCLASSA are in
-	     * pointers, so we can use the generic structure WNDCLASS.
-	     */
-
-	    ZeroMemory(&class, sizeof(WNDCLASS));
-
-	    class.style = CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW;
-	    class.hInstance = Tk_GetHINSTANCE();
-	    class.lpszClassName = TK_WIN_TOPLEVEL_CLASS_NAME;
-	    class.lpfnWndProc = WmProc;
-	    if (titlebaricon == NULL) {
-		class.hIcon = LoadIcon(Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), TEXT("tk"));
-	    } else {
-		class.hIcon = GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_BIG);
-		if (class.hIcon == NULL) {
-		    return TCL_ERROR;
-		}
-
-		/*
-		 * Store pointer to default icon so we know when we need to
-		 * free that information
-		 */
-
-		tsdPtr->iconPtr = titlebaricon;
-	    }
-	    class.hCursor = LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW);
-
-	    if (!RegisterClass(&class)) {
-		Tcl_Panic("Unable to register TkTopLevel class");
-	    }
-	}
-	Tcl_MutexUnlock(&winWmMutex);
-    }
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * InitWm --
- *
- *	This initialises the window manager
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Registers a new window class.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-InitWm(void)
-{
-    /* Ignore return result */
-    (void) InitWindowClass(NULL);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * WinSetIcon --
- *
- *	Sets either the default toplevel titlebar icon, or the icon for a
- *	specific toplevel (if tkw is given, then only that window is used).
- *
- *	The ref-count of the titlebaricon is NOT changed. If this function
- *	returns successfully, the caller should assume the icon was used (and
- *	therefore the ref-count should be adjusted to reflect that fact). If
- *	the function returned an error, the caller should assume the icon was
- *	not used (and may wish to free the memory associated with it).
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl return code.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	One or all windows may have their icon changed. The Tcl result may be
- *	modified. The window-manager will be initialised if it wasn't already.
- *	The given window will be forced into existence.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-WinSetIcon(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,
-    WinIconPtr titlebaricon,
-    Tk_Window tkw)
-{
-    WmInfo *wmPtr;
-    HWND hwnd;
-    int application = 0;
-
-    if (tkw == NULL) {
-	tkw = Tk_MainWindow(interp);
-	application = 1;
-    }
-
-    if (!(Tk_IsTopLevel(tkw))) {
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		"window \"%s\" isn't a top-level window", Tk_PathName(tkw)));
-	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "TOPLEVEL", Tk_PathName(tkw),
-		NULL);
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (Tk_WindowId(tkw) == None) {
-	Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkw);
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * We must get the window's wrapper, not the window itself.
-     */
-
-    wmPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkw)->wmInfoPtr;
-    hwnd = wmPtr->wrapper;
-
-    if (application) {
-	if (hwnd == NULL) {
-	    /*
-	     * I don't actually think this is ever the correct thing, unless
-	     * perhaps the window doesn't have a wrapper. But I believe all
-	     * windows have wrappers.
-	     */
-
-	    hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkw));
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * If we aren't initialised, then just initialise with the user's
-	 * icon. Otherwise our icon choice will be ignored moments later when
-	 * Tk finishes initialising.
-	 */
-
-	if (!initialized) {
-	    if (InitWindowClass(titlebaricon) != TCL_OK) {
-		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-			"Unable to set icon", -1));
-		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICON", "FAILED", NULL);
-		return TCL_ERROR;
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr;
-
-	    /*
-	     * Don't check return result of SetClassLong() or
-	     * SetClassLongPtr() since they return the previously set value
-	     * which is zero on the initial call or in an error case. The MSDN
-	     * documentation does not indicate that the result needs to be
-	     * checked.
-	     */
-
-	    SetClassLongPtr(hwnd, GCLP_HICONSM,
-		    (LPARAM) GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_SMALL));
-	    SetClassLongPtr(hwnd, GCLP_HICON,
-		    (LPARAM) GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_BIG));
-	    tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
-		    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-	    if (tsdPtr->iconPtr != NULL) {
-		DecrIconRefCount(tsdPtr->iconPtr);
-	    }
-	    tsdPtr->iconPtr = titlebaricon;
-	}
-    } else {
-	if (!initialized) {
-	    /*
-	     * Need to initialise the wm otherwise we will fail on code which
-	     * tries to set a toplevel's icon before that happens. Ignore
-	     * return result.
-	     */
-
-	    (void) InitWindowClass(NULL);
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * The following code is exercised if you do
-	 *
-	 *	toplevel .t ; wm titlebaricon .t foo.icr
-	 *
-	 * i.e. the wm hasn't had time to properly create the '.t' window
-	 * before you set the icon.
-	 */
-
-	if (hwnd == NULL) {
-	    /*
-	     * This little snippet is copied from the 'Map' function, and
-	     * should probably be placed in one proper location.
-	     */
-
-	    UpdateWrapper(wmPtr->winPtr);
-	    wmPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkw)->wmInfoPtr;
-	    hwnd = wmPtr->wrapper;
-	    if (hwnd == NULL) {
-		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-			"Can't set icon; window has no wrapper.", -1));
-		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICON", "WRAPPER", NULL);
-		return TCL_ERROR;
-	    }
-	}
-	SendMessage(hwnd, WM_SETICON, ICON_SMALL,
-		(LPARAM) GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_SMALL));
-	SendMessage(hwnd, WM_SETICON, ICON_BIG,
-		(LPARAM) GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_BIG));
-
-	/*
-	 * Update the iconPtr we keep for each WmInfo structure.
-	 */
-
-	if (wmPtr->iconPtr != NULL) {
-	    /*
-	     * Free any old icon ptr which is associated with this window.
-	     */
-
-	    DecrIconRefCount(wmPtr->iconPtr);
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * We do not need to increment the ref count for the titlebaricon,
-	 * because it was already incremented when we retrieved it.
-	 */
-
-	wmPtr->iconPtr = titlebaricon;
-    }
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinGetIcon --
- *
- *	Gets either the default toplevel titlebar icon, or the icon for a
- *	specific toplevel (ICON_SMALL or ICON_BIG).
- *
- * Results:
- *	A Windows HICON.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	The given window will be forced into existence.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-HICON
-TkWinGetIcon(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,
-    DWORD iconsize)
-{
-    WmInfo *wmPtr;
-    HICON icon;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    if (tsdPtr->iconPtr != NULL) {
-	/*
-	 * return default toplevel icon
-	 */
-
-	return GetIcon(tsdPtr->iconPtr, (int) iconsize);
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Ensure we operate on the toplevel, that has the icon refs.
-     */
-
-    while (!Tk_IsTopLevel(tkwin)) {
-	tkwin = Tk_Parent(tkwin);
-	if (tkwin == NULL) {
-	    return NULL;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (Tk_WindowId(tkwin) == None) {
-	Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin);
-    }
-
-    wmPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->wmInfoPtr;
-    if (wmPtr->iconPtr != NULL) {
-	/*
-	 * return window toplevel icon
-	 */
-
-	return GetIcon(wmPtr->iconPtr, (int) iconsize);
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Find the icon otherwise associated with the toplevel, or finally with
-     * the window class.
-     */
-
-    icon = (HICON) SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, WM_GETICON, iconsize,
-	    (LPARAM) NULL);
-    if (icon == (HICON) NULL) {
-	icon = (HICON) GetClassLongPtr(wmPtr->wrapper,
-		(iconsize == ICON_BIG) ? GCLP_HICON : GCLP_HICONSM);
-    }
-    return icon;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * ReadIconFromFile --
- *
- *	Read the contents of a file (usually .ico, .icr) and extract an icon
- *	resource, if possible, otherwise check if the shell has an icon
- *	assigned to the given file and use that. If both of those fail, then
- *	NULL is returned, and an error message will already be in the
- *	interpreter.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A WinIconPtr structure containing the icons in the file, with its ref
- *	count already incremented. The calling function should either place
- *	this structure inside a WmInfo structure, or it should pass it on to
- *	DecrIconRefCount() to ensure no memory leaks occur.
- *
- *	If the given fileName did not contain a valid icon structure,
- *	return NULL.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Memory is allocated for the returned structure and the icons it
- *	contains. If the structure is not wanted, it should be passed to
- *	DecrIconRefCount, and in any case a valid ref count should be ensured
- *	to avoid memory leaks.
- *
- *	Currently icon resources are not shared, so the ref count of one of
- *	these structures will always be 0 or 1. However all we need do is
- *	implement some sort of lookup function between filenames and
- *	WinIconPtr structures and no other code will need to be changed. The
- *	pseudo-code for this is implemented below in the 'if (0)' branch. It
- *	did not seem necessary to implement this optimisation here, since
- *	moving to icon<->image conversions will probably make it obsolete.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static WinIconPtr
-ReadIconFromFile(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,
-    Tcl_Obj *fileName)
-{
-    WinIconPtr titlebaricon = NULL;
-    BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR;
-
-#if 0 /* TODO: Dead code? */
-    if (0 /* If we already have an icon for this filename */) {
-	titlebaricon = NULL; /* Get the real value from a lookup */
-	titlebaricon->refCount++;
-	return titlebaricon;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /*
-     * First check if it is a .ico file.
-     */
-
-    lpIR = ReadIconOrCursorFromFile(interp, fileName, TRUE);
-
-    /*
-     * Then see if we can ask the shell for the icon for this file. We
-     * want both the regular and small icons so that the Alt-Tab (task-
-     * switching) display uses the right icon.
-     */
-
-    if (lpIR == NULL) {
-	SHFILEINFO sfiSM;
-	Tcl_DString ds, ds2;
-	DWORD *res;
-	const char *file;
-
-	file = Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, Tcl_GetString(fileName), &ds);
-	if (file == NULL) {
-	    return NULL;
-	}
-	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(file, -1, &ds2);
-	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
-	res = (DWORD *)SHGetFileInfo((TCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&ds2), 0, &sfiSM,
-		sizeof(SHFILEINFO), SHGFI_SMALLICON|SHGFI_ICON);
-
-	if (res != 0) {
-	    SHFILEINFO sfi;
-	    unsigned size;
-
-	    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-	    res = (DWORD *)SHGetFileInfo((TCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&ds2), 0, &sfi,
-		    sizeof(SHFILEINFO), SHGFI_ICON);
-
-	    /*
-	     * Account for extra icon, if necessary.
-	     */
-
-	    size = sizeof(BlockOfIconImages)
-		    + ((res != 0) ? sizeof(ICONIMAGE) : 0);
-	    lpIR = ckalloc(size);
-	    if (lpIR == NULL) {
-		if (res != 0) {
-		    DestroyIcon(sfi.hIcon);
-		}
-		DestroyIcon(sfiSM.hIcon);
-		Tcl_DStringFree(&ds2);
-		return NULL;
-	    }
-	    ZeroMemory(lpIR, size);
-
-	    lpIR->nNumImages		= ((res != 0) ? 2 : 1);
-	    lpIR->IconImages[0].Width	= 16;
-	    lpIR->IconImages[0].Height	= 16;
-	    lpIR->IconImages[0].Colors	= 4;
-	    lpIR->IconImages[0].hIcon	= sfiSM.hIcon;
-
-	    /*
-	     * All other IconImages fields are ignored.
-	     */
-
-	    if (res != 0) {
-		lpIR->IconImages[1].Width	= 32;
-		lpIR->IconImages[1].Height	= 32;
-		lpIR->IconImages[1].Colors	= 4;
-		lpIR->IconImages[1].hIcon	= sfi.hIcon;
-	    }
-	}
-	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds2);
-    }
-    if (lpIR != NULL) {
-	titlebaricon = ckalloc(sizeof(WinIconInstance));
-	titlebaricon->iconBlock = lpIR;
-	titlebaricon->refCount = 1;
-    }
-    return titlebaricon;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * GetIconFromPixmap --
- *
- *	Turn a Tk Pixmap (i.e. a bitmap) into an icon resource, if possible,
- *	otherwise NULL is returned.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A WinIconPtr structure containing a conversion of the given bitmap
- *	into an icon, with its ref count already incremented. The calling
- *	function should either place this structure inside a WmInfo structure,
- *	or it should pass it on to DecrIconRefCount() to ensure no memory
- *	leaks occur.
- *
- *	If the given pixmap did not contain a valid icon structure, return
- *	NULL.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Memory is allocated for the returned structure and the icons it
- *	contains. If the structure is not wanted, it should be passed to
- *	DecrIconRefCount, and in any case a valid ref count should be ensured
- *	to avoid memory leaks.
- *
- *	Currently icon resources are not shared, so the ref count of one of
- *	these structures will always be 0 or 1. However all we need do is
- *	implement some sort of lookup function between pixmaps and WinIconPtr
- *	structures and no other code will need to be changed.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static WinIconPtr
-GetIconFromPixmap(
-    Display *dsPtr,
-    Pixmap pixmap)
-{
-    WinIconPtr titlebaricon = NULL;
-    TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *) pixmap;
-    BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR;
-    ICONINFO icon;
-    HICON hIcon;
-    int width, height;
-
-    if (twdPtr == NULL) {
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-#if 0 /* TODO: Dead code?*/
-    if (0 /* If we already have an icon for this pixmap */) {
-	titlebaricon = NULL; /* Get the real value from a lookup */
-	titlebaricon->refCount++;
-	return titlebaricon;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    Tk_SizeOfBitmap(dsPtr, pixmap, &width, &height);
-
-    icon.fIcon = TRUE;
-    icon.xHotspot = 0;
-    icon.yHotspot = 0;
-    icon.hbmMask = twdPtr->bitmap.handle;
-    icon.hbmColor = twdPtr->bitmap.handle;
-
-    hIcon = CreateIconIndirect(&icon);
-    if (hIcon == NULL) {
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-    lpIR = ckalloc(sizeof(BlockOfIconImages));
-    if (lpIR == NULL) {
-	DestroyIcon(hIcon);
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-    lpIR->nNumImages = 1;
-    lpIR->IconImages[0].Width = width;
-    lpIR->IconImages[0].Height = height;
-    lpIR->IconImages[0].Colors = 1 << twdPtr->bitmap.depth;
-    lpIR->IconImages[0].hIcon = hIcon;
-
-    /*
-     * These fields are ignored.
-     */
-
-    lpIR->IconImages[0].lpBits = 0;
-    lpIR->IconImages[0].dwNumBytes = 0;
-    lpIR->IconImages[0].lpXOR = 0;
-    lpIR->IconImages[0].lpAND = 0;
-
-    titlebaricon = ckalloc(sizeof(WinIconInstance));
-    titlebaricon->iconBlock = lpIR;
-    titlebaricon->refCount = 1;
-    return titlebaricon;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * DecrIconRefCount --
- *
- *	Reduces the reference count.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	If the ref count falls to zero, free the memory associated with the
- *	icon resource structures. In this case the pointer passed into this
- *	function is no longer valid.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-DecrIconRefCount(
-    WinIconPtr titlebaricon)
-{
-    if (titlebaricon->refCount-- <= 1) {
-	if (titlebaricon->iconBlock != NULL) {
-	    FreeIconBlock(titlebaricon->iconBlock);
-	}
-	titlebaricon->iconBlock = NULL;
-
-	ckfree(titlebaricon);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * FreeIconBlock --
- *
- *	Frees all memory associated with a previously loaded titlebaricon.
- *	The icon block pointer is no longer valid once this function returns.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-FreeIconBlock(
-    BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR)
-{
-    int i;
-
-    /*
-     * Free all the bits.
-     */
-
-    for (i=0 ; i<lpIR->nNumImages ; i++) {
-	if (lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits != NULL) {
-	    ckfree(lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits);
-	}
-	if (lpIR->IconImages[i].hIcon != NULL) {
-	    DestroyIcon(lpIR->IconImages[i].hIcon);
-	}
-    }
-    ckfree(lpIR);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * GetIcon --
- *
- *	Extracts an icon of a given size from an icon resource
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns the icon, if found, else NULL.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static HICON
-GetIcon(
-    WinIconPtr titlebaricon,
-    int icon_size)
-{
-    BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR;
-    unsigned int size = (icon_size == 0 ? 16 : 32);
-    int i;
-
-    if (titlebaricon == NULL) {
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-    lpIR = titlebaricon->iconBlock;
-    if (lpIR == NULL) {
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-    for (i=0 ; i<lpIR->nNumImages ; i++) {
-	/*
-	 * Take the first or a 32x32 16 color icon
-	 */
-
-	if ((lpIR->IconImages[i].Height == size)
-		&& (lpIR->IconImages[i].Width == size)
-		&& (lpIR->IconImages[i].Colors >= 4)) {
-	    return lpIR->IconImages[i].hIcon;
-	}
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * If we get here, then just return the first one, it will have to do!
-     */
-
-    if (lpIR->nNumImages >= 1) {
-	return lpIR->IconImages[0].hIcon;
-    }
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-#if 0 /* UNUSED */
-static HCURSOR
-TclWinReadCursorFromFile(
-    Tcl_Interp* interp,
-    Tcl_Obj* fileName)
-{
-    BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR;
-    HICON res = NULL;
-
-    lpIR = ReadIconOrCursorFromFile(interp, fileName, FALSE);
-    if (lpIR == NULL) {
-	return NULL;
-    }
-    if (lpIR->nNumImages >= 1) {
-	res = CopyImage(lpIR->IconImages[0].hIcon, IMAGE_CURSOR, 0, 0, 0);
-    }
-    FreeIconBlock(lpIR);
-    return res;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * ReadIconOrCursorFromFile --
- *
- *	Reads an Icon Resource from an ICO file, as given by char* fileName -
- *	Name of the ICO file. This name should be in Utf format.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns an icon resource, if found, else NULL.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	May leave error messages in the Tcl interpreter.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static BlockOfIconImagesPtr
-ReadIconOrCursorFromFile(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,
-    Tcl_Obj *fileName,
-    BOOL isIcon)
-{
-    BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR;
-    Tcl_Channel channel;
-    int i;
-    DWORD dwBytesRead;
-    LPICONDIRENTRY lpIDE;
-
-    /*
-     * Open the file.
-     */
-
-    channel = Tcl_FSOpenFileChannel(interp, fileName, "r", 0);
-    if (channel == NULL) {
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		"error opening file \"%s\" for reading: %s",
-		Tcl_GetString(fileName), Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
-	return NULL;
-    }
-    if (Tcl_SetChannelOption(interp, channel, "-translation", "binary")
-	    != TCL_OK) {
-	Tcl_Close(NULL, channel);
-	return NULL;
-    }
-    if (Tcl_SetChannelOption(interp, channel, "-encoding", "binary")
-	    != TCL_OK) {
-	Tcl_Close(NULL, channel);
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Allocate memory for the resource structure
-     */
-
-    lpIR = ckalloc(sizeof(BlockOfIconImages));
-
-    /*
-     * Read in the header
-     */
-
-    lpIR->nNumImages = ReadICOHeader(channel);
-    if (lpIR->nNumImages == -1) {
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("Invalid file header", -1));
-	Tcl_Close(NULL, channel);
-	ckfree(lpIR);
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Adjust the size of the struct to account for the images.
-     */
-
-    lpIR = ckrealloc(lpIR, sizeof(BlockOfIconImages)
-	    + (lpIR->nNumImages - 1) * sizeof(ICONIMAGE));
-
-    /*
-     * Allocate enough memory for the icon directory entries.
-     */
-
-    lpIDE = ckalloc(lpIR->nNumImages * sizeof(ICONDIRENTRY));
-
-    /*
-     * Read in the icon directory entries.
-     */
-
-    dwBytesRead = Tcl_Read(channel, (char *) lpIDE,
-	    (int) (lpIR->nNumImages * sizeof(ICONDIRENTRY)));
-    if (dwBytesRead != lpIR->nNumImages * sizeof(ICONDIRENTRY)) {
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		"error reading file: %s", Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
-	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICON", "READ", NULL);
-	Tcl_Close(NULL, channel);
-	ckfree(lpIDE);
-	ckfree(lpIR);
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * NULL-out everything to make memory management easier.
-     */
-
-    for (i = 0; i < lpIR->nNumImages; i++) {
-	lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits = NULL;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Loop through and read in each image.
-     */
-
-    for (i=0 ; i<lpIR->nNumImages ; i++) {
-	/*
-	 * Allocate memory for the resource.
-	 */
-
-	lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits = ckalloc(lpIDE[i].dwBytesInRes);
-	lpIR->IconImages[i].dwNumBytes = lpIDE[i].dwBytesInRes;
-
-	/*
-	 * Seek to beginning of this image.
-	 */
-
-	if (Tcl_Seek(channel, lpIDE[i].dwImageOffset, FILE_BEGIN) == -1) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		    "error seeking in file: %s", Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
-	    goto readError;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Read it in.
-	 */
-
-	dwBytesRead = Tcl_Read(channel, (char *)lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits,
-		(int) lpIDE[i].dwBytesInRes);
-	if (dwBytesRead != lpIDE[i].dwBytesInRes) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		    "error reading file: %s", Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
-	    goto readError;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Set the internal pointers appropriately.
-	 */
-
-	if (!AdjustIconImagePointers(&lpIR->IconImages[i])) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-		    "Error converting to internal format", -1));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICON", "FORMAT", NULL);
-	    goto readError;
-	}
-	lpIR->IconImages[i].hIcon =
-		MakeIconOrCursorFromResource(&lpIR->IconImages[i], isIcon);
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Clean up
-     */
-
-    ckfree(lpIDE);
-    Tcl_Close(NULL, channel);
-    return lpIR;
-
-  readError:
-    Tcl_Close(NULL, channel);
-    for (i = 0; i < lpIR->nNumImages; i++) {
-	if (lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits != NULL) {
-	    ckfree(lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits);
-	}
-    }
-    ckfree(lpIDE);
-    ckfree(lpIR);
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * GetTopLevel --
- *
- *	This function retrieves the TkWindow associated with the given HWND.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns the matching TkWindow.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static TkWindow *
-GetTopLevel(
-    HWND hwnd)
-{
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    /*
-     * If this function is called before the CreateWindowEx call has
-     * completed, then the user data slot will not have been set yet, so we
-     * use the global createWindow variable.
-     */
-
-    if (tsdPtr->createWindow) {
-	return tsdPtr->createWindow;
-    }
-    return (TkWindow *) GetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_USERDATA);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * SetLimits --
- *
- *	Updates the minimum and maximum window size constraints.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Changes the values of the info pointer to reflect the current minimum
- *	and maximum size values.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-SetLimits(
-    HWND hwnd,
-    MINMAXINFO *info)
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr;
-    int maxWidth, maxHeight;
-    int minWidth, minHeight;
-    int base;
-    TkWindow *winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd);
-
-    if (winPtr == NULL) {
-	return;
-    }
-
-    wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-
-    /*
-     * Copy latest constraint info.
-     */
-
-    wmPtr->defMinWidth = info->ptMinTrackSize.x;
-    wmPtr->defMinHeight = info->ptMinTrackSize.y;
-    wmPtr->defMaxWidth = info->ptMaxTrackSize.x;
-    wmPtr->defMaxHeight = info->ptMaxTrackSize.y;
-
-    GetMaxSize(wmPtr, &maxWidth, &maxHeight);
-    GetMinSize(wmPtr, &minWidth, &minHeight);
-
-    if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
-	base = winPtr->reqWidth - (wmPtr->reqGridWidth * wmPtr->widthInc);
-	if (base < 0) {
-	    base = 0;
-	}
-	base += wmPtr->borderWidth;
-	info->ptMinTrackSize.x = base + (minWidth * wmPtr->widthInc);
-	info->ptMaxTrackSize.x = base + (maxWidth * wmPtr->widthInc);
-
-	base = winPtr->reqHeight - (wmPtr->reqGridHeight * wmPtr->heightInc);
-	if (base < 0) {
-	    base = 0;
-	}
-	base += wmPtr->borderHeight;
-	info->ptMinTrackSize.y = base + (minHeight * wmPtr->heightInc);
-	info->ptMaxTrackSize.y = base + (maxHeight * wmPtr->heightInc);
-    } else {
-	info->ptMaxTrackSize.x = maxWidth + wmPtr->borderWidth;
-	info->ptMaxTrackSize.y = maxHeight + wmPtr->borderHeight;
-	info->ptMinTrackSize.x = minWidth + wmPtr->borderWidth;
-	info->ptMinTrackSize.y = minHeight + wmPtr->borderHeight;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * If the window isn't supposed to be resizable, then set the minimum and
-     * maximum dimensions to be the same as the current size.
-     */
-
-    if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_SYNC_PENDING)) {
-	if (wmPtr->flags & WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE) {
-	    info->ptMinTrackSize.x = winPtr->changes.width
-		+ wmPtr->borderWidth;
-	    info->ptMaxTrackSize.x = info->ptMinTrackSize.x;
-	}
-	if (wmPtr->flags & WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE) {
-	    info->ptMinTrackSize.y = winPtr->changes.height
-		+ wmPtr->borderHeight;
-	    info->ptMaxTrackSize.y = info->ptMinTrackSize.y;
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinWmCleanup --
- *
- *	Unregisters classes registered by the window manager. This is called
- *	from the DLL main entry point when the DLL is unloaded.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	The window classes are discarded.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkWinWmCleanup(
-    HINSTANCE hInstance)
-{
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr;
-
-    /*
-     * If we're using stubs to access the Tcl library, and they haven't been
-     * initialized, we can't call Tcl_GetThreadData.
-     */
-
-#ifdef USE_TCL_STUBS
-    if (tclStubsPtr == NULL) {
-	return;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    if (!initialized) {
-	return;
-    }
-    initialized = 0;
-
-    tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
-	return;
-    }
-    tsdPtr->initialized = 0;
-
-    UnregisterClass(TK_WIN_TOPLEVEL_CLASS_NAME, hInstance);
-}
-
-/*
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWmNewWindow --
- *
- *	This function is invoked whenever a new top-level window is created.
- *	Its job is to initialize the WmInfo structure for the window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	A WmInfo structure gets allocated and initialized.
- *
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkWmNewWindow(
-    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Newly-created top-level window. */
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(WmInfo));
-
-    /*
-     * Initialize full structure, then set what isn't NULL
-     */
-
-    ZeroMemory(wmPtr, sizeof(WmInfo));
-    winPtr->wmInfoPtr = wmPtr;
-    wmPtr->winPtr = winPtr;
-    wmPtr->hints.flags = InputHint | StateHint;
-    wmPtr->hints.input = True;
-    wmPtr->hints.initial_state = NormalState;
-    wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap = None;
-    wmPtr->hints.icon_window = None;
-    wmPtr->hints.icon_x = wmPtr->hints.icon_y = 0;
-    wmPtr->hints.icon_mask = None;
-    wmPtr->hints.window_group = None;
-
-    /*
-     * Default the maximum dimensions to the size of the display.
-     */
-
-    wmPtr->defMinWidth = wmPtr->defMinHeight = 0;
-    wmPtr->defMaxWidth = DisplayWidth(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum);
-    wmPtr->defMaxHeight = DisplayHeight(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum);
-    wmPtr->minWidth = wmPtr->minHeight = 1;
-    wmPtr->maxWidth = wmPtr->maxHeight = 0;
-    wmPtr->widthInc = wmPtr->heightInc = 1;
-    wmPtr->minAspect.x = wmPtr->minAspect.y = 1;
-    wmPtr->maxAspect.x = wmPtr->maxAspect.y = 1;
-    wmPtr->reqGridWidth = wmPtr->reqGridHeight = -1;
-    wmPtr->gravity = NorthWestGravity;
-    wmPtr->width = -1;
-    wmPtr->height = -1;
-    wmPtr->x = winPtr->changes.x;
-    wmPtr->y = winPtr->changes.y;
-    wmPtr->crefObj = NULL;
-    wmPtr->colorref = (COLORREF) 0;
-    wmPtr->alpha = 1.0;
-
-    wmPtr->configWidth = -1;
-    wmPtr->configHeight = -1;
-    wmPtr->flags = WM_NEVER_MAPPED;
-    wmPtr->nextPtr = winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr;
-    winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr = wmPtr;
-
-    /*
-     * Tk must monitor structure events for top-level windows, in order to
-     * detect size and position changes caused by window managers.
-     */
-
-    Tk_CreateEventHandler((Tk_Window) winPtr, StructureNotifyMask,
-	    TopLevelEventProc, winPtr);
-
-    /*
-     * Arrange for geometry requests to be reflected from the window to the
-     * window manager.
-     */
-
-    Tk_ManageGeometry((Tk_Window) winPtr, &wmMgrType, NULL);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * UpdateWrapper --
- *
- *	This function creates the wrapper window that contains the window
- *	decorations and menus for a toplevel. This function may be called
- *	after a window is mapped to change the window style.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Destroys any old wrapper window and replaces it with a newly created
- *	wrapper.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-UpdateWrapper(
-    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Top-level window to redecorate. */
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    HWND parentHWND, oldWrapper = wmPtr->wrapper;
-    HWND child, nextHWND, focusHWND;
-    int x, y, width, height, state;
-    WINDOWPLACEMENT place;
-    HICON hSmallIcon = NULL;
-    HICON hBigIcon = NULL;
-    Tcl_DString titleString;
-    int *childStateInfo = NULL;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    if (winPtr->window == None) {
-	/*
-	 * Ensure existence of the window to update the wrapper for.
-	 */
-
-	Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr);
-    }
-
-    child = TkWinGetHWND(winPtr->window);
-    parentHWND = NULL;
-
-    /*
-     * nextHWND will help us maintain Z order. focusHWND will help us maintain
-     * focus, if we had it.
-     */
-
-    nextHWND = NULL;
-    focusHWND = GetFocus();
-    if ((oldWrapper == NULL) || (oldWrapper != GetForegroundWindow())) {
-	focusHWND = NULL;
-    }
-
-    if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
-	wmPtr->wrapper = (HWND) winPtr->privatePtr;
-	if (wmPtr->wrapper == NULL) {
-	    Tcl_Panic("UpdateWrapper: Cannot find container window");
-	}
-	if (!IsWindow(wmPtr->wrapper)) {
-	    Tcl_Panic("UpdateWrapper: Container was destroyed");
-	}
-    } else {
-	/*
-	 * Pick the decorative frame style. Override redirect windows get
-	 * created as undecorated popups if they have no transient parent,
-	 * otherwise they are children. This allows splash screens to operate
-	 * as an independent window, while having dropdows (like for a
-	 * combobox) not grab focus away from their parent. Transient windows
-	 * get a modal dialog frame. Neither override, nor transient windows
-	 * appear in the Windows taskbar. Note that a transient window does
-	 * not resize by default, so we need to explicitly add the
-	 * WS_THICKFRAME style if we want it to be resizeable.
-	 */
-
-	if (winPtr->atts.override_redirect) {
-	    wmPtr->style = WM_OVERRIDE_STYLE;
-	    wmPtr->exStyle = EX_OVERRIDE_STYLE;
-
-	    /*
-	     * Parent must be desktop even if we have a transient parent.
-	     */
-
-	    parentHWND = GetDesktopWindow();
-	    if (wmPtr->masterPtr) {
-		wmPtr->style |= WS_CHILD;
-	    } else {
-		wmPtr->style |= WS_POPUP;
-	    }
-	} else if (wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN) {
-	    wmPtr->style = WM_FULLSCREEN_STYLE;
-	    wmPtr->exStyle = EX_FULLSCREEN_STYLE;
-	} else if (wmPtr->masterPtr) {
-	    wmPtr->style = WM_TRANSIENT_STYLE;
-	    wmPtr->exStyle = EX_TRANSIENT_STYLE;
-	    parentHWND = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(wmPtr->masterPtr));
-	    if (! ((wmPtr->flags & WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE)
-		    && (wmPtr->flags & WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE))) {
-		wmPtr->style |= WS_THICKFRAME;
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    wmPtr->style = WM_TOPLEVEL_STYLE;
-	    wmPtr->exStyle = EX_TOPLEVEL_STYLE;
-	}
-
-	wmPtr->style |= wmPtr->styleConfig;
-	wmPtr->exStyle |= wmPtr->exStyleConfig;
-
-	if ((wmPtr->flags & WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE)
-		&& (wmPtr->flags & WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE)) {
-	    wmPtr->style &= ~ (WS_MAXIMIZEBOX | WS_SIZEBOX);
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Compute the geometry of the parent and child windows.
-	 */
-
-	wmPtr->flags |= WM_CREATE_PENDING|WM_MOVE_PENDING;
-	UpdateGeometryInfo(winPtr);
-	wmPtr->flags &= ~(WM_CREATE_PENDING|WM_MOVE_PENDING);
-
-	width = wmPtr->borderWidth + winPtr->changes.width;
-	height = wmPtr->borderHeight + winPtr->changes.height;
-
-	/*
-	 * Set the initial position from the user or program specified
-	 * location. If nothing has been specified, then let the system pick a
-	 * location. In full screen mode the x,y origin is 0,0 and the window
-	 * width and height match that of the screen.
-	 */
-
-	if (wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN) {
-	    x = 0;
-	    y = 0;
-	    width = WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr));
-	    height = HeightOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr));
-	} else if (!(wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (USPosition | PPosition))
-		&& (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
-	    x = CW_USEDEFAULT;
-	    y = CW_USEDEFAULT;
-	} else {
-	    x = winPtr->changes.x;
-	    y = winPtr->changes.y;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Create the containing window, and set the user data to point to the
-	 * TkWindow.
-	 */
-
-	tsdPtr->createWindow = winPtr;
-	Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(((wmPtr->title != NULL) ?
-		wmPtr->title : winPtr->nameUid), -1, &titleString);
-
-	wmPtr->wrapper = CreateWindowEx(wmPtr->exStyle,
-		TK_WIN_TOPLEVEL_CLASS_NAME,
-		(LPCTSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString),
-		wmPtr->style, x, y, width, height,
-		parentHWND, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL);
-	Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString);
-	SetWindowLongPtr(wmPtr->wrapper, GWLP_USERDATA, (LONG_PTR) winPtr);
-	tsdPtr->createWindow = NULL;
-
-	if (wmPtr->exStyleConfig & WS_EX_LAYERED) {
-	    /*
-	     * The user supplies a double from [0..1], but Windows wants an
-	     * int (transparent) 0..255 (opaque), so do the translation. Add
-	     * the 0.5 to round the value.
-	     */
-
-	    SetLayeredWindowAttributes((HWND) wmPtr->wrapper,
-		    wmPtr->colorref, (BYTE) (wmPtr->alpha * 255 + 0.5),
-		    (unsigned)(LWA_ALPHA | (wmPtr->crefObj?LWA_COLORKEY:0)));
-	} else {
-	    /*
-	     * Layering not used or supported.
-	     */
-
-	    wmPtr->alpha = 1.0;
-	    if (wmPtr->crefObj) {
-		Tcl_DecrRefCount(wmPtr->crefObj);
-		wmPtr->crefObj = NULL;
-	    }
-	}
-
-	place.length = sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT);
-	GetWindowPlacement(wmPtr->wrapper, &place);
-	wmPtr->x = place.rcNormalPosition.left;
-	wmPtr->y = place.rcNormalPosition.top;
-
-	if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD)) {
-	    TkInstallFrameMenu((Tk_Window) winPtr);
-	}
-
-	if (oldWrapper && (oldWrapper != wmPtr->wrapper)
-		&& !(wmPtr->exStyle & WS_EX_TOPMOST)) {
-	    /*
-	     * We will adjust wrapper to have the same Z order as oldWrapper
-	     * if it isn't a TOPMOST window.
-	     */
-
-	    nextHWND = GetNextWindow(oldWrapper, GW_HWNDPREV);
-	}
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Now we need to reparent the contained window and set its style
-     * appropriately. Be sure to update the style first so that Windows
-     * doesn't try to set the focus to the child window.
-     */
-
-    SetWindowLongPtr(child, GWL_STYLE,
-	    WS_CHILD | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS);
-
-    if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
-	SetWindowLongPtr(child, GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR) TopLevelProc);
-    }
-
-    SetParent(child, wmPtr->wrapper);
-    if (oldWrapper) {
-	hSmallIcon = (HICON)
-		SendMessage(oldWrapper, WM_GETICON, ICON_SMALL, (LPARAM)NULL);
-	hBigIcon = (HICON)
-		SendMessage(oldWrapper, WM_GETICON, ICON_BIG, (LPARAM) NULL);
-    }
-
-    if (oldWrapper && (oldWrapper != wmPtr->wrapper)
-	    && (oldWrapper != GetDesktopWindow())) {
-	SetWindowLongPtr(oldWrapper, GWLP_USERDATA, (LONG_PTR) 0);
-
-	if (wmPtr->numTransients > 0) {
-	    /*
-	     * Unset the current wrapper as the parent for all transient
-	     * children for whom this is the master
-	     */
-
-	    WmInfo *wmPtr2;
-
-	    childStateInfo = ckalloc(wmPtr->numTransients * sizeof(int));
-	    state = 0;
-	    for (wmPtr2 = winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr; wmPtr2 != NULL;
-		    wmPtr2 = wmPtr2->nextPtr) {
-		if (wmPtr2->masterPtr == winPtr
-			&& !(wmPtr2->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
-		    childStateInfo[state++] = wmPtr2->hints.initial_state;
-		    SetParent(TkWinGetHWND(wmPtr2->winPtr->window), NULL);
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Remove the menubar before destroying the window so the menubar
-	 * isn't destroyed.
-	 */
-
-	SetMenu(oldWrapper, NULL);
-	DestroyWindow(oldWrapper);
-    }
-
-    wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_NEVER_MAPPED;
-    if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED &&
-	    SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_ATTACHWINDOW, (WPARAM) child, 0)) {
-	SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_GEOMETRYREQ,
-		Tk_ReqWidth((Tk_Window) winPtr),
-		Tk_ReqHeight((Tk_Window) winPtr));
-	SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_SETMENU, (WPARAM) wmPtr->hMenu,
-		(LPARAM) Tk_GetMenuHWND((Tk_Window) winPtr));
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Force an initial transition from withdrawn to the real initial state.
-     * Set the Z order based on previous wrapper before we set the state.
-     */
-
-    state = wmPtr->hints.initial_state;
-    wmPtr->hints.initial_state = WithdrawnState;
-    if (nextHWND) {
-	SetWindowPos(wmPtr->wrapper, nextHWND, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-		SWP_NOMOVE|SWP_NOSIZE|SWP_NOACTIVATE|SWP_NOSENDCHANGING
-		|SWP_NOOWNERZORDER);
-    }
-    TkpWmSetState(winPtr, state);
-    wmPtr->hints.initial_state = state;
-
-    if (hSmallIcon != NULL) {
-	SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, WM_SETICON, ICON_SMALL,
-		(LPARAM) hSmallIcon);
-    }
-    if (hBigIcon != NULL) {
-	SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, WM_SETICON, ICON_BIG, (LPARAM) hBigIcon);
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * If we are embedded then force a mapping of the window now, because we
-     * do not necessarily own the wrapper and may not get another opportunity
-     * to map ourselves. We should not be in either iconified or zoomed states
-     * when we get here, so it is safe to just check for TK_EMBEDDED without
-     * checking what state we are supposed to be in (default to NormalState).
-     */
-
-    if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
-	if (state+1 != SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_STATE, state, 0)) {
-	    TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState);
-	    wmPtr->hints.initial_state = NormalState;
-	}
-	XMapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window);
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Set up menus on the wrapper if required.
-     */
-
-    if (wmPtr->hMenu != NULL) {
-	wmPtr->flags |= WM_SYNC_PENDING;
-	SetMenu(wmPtr->wrapper, wmPtr->hMenu);
-	wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING;
-    }
-
-    if (childStateInfo) {
-	if (wmPtr->numTransients > 0) {
-	    /*
-	     * Reset all transient children for whom this is the master.
-	     */
-
-	    WmInfo *wmPtr2;
-
-	    state = 0;
-	    for (wmPtr2 = winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr; wmPtr2 != NULL;
-		    wmPtr2 = wmPtr2->nextPtr) {
-		if (wmPtr2->masterPtr == winPtr
-			&& !(wmPtr2->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
-		    UpdateWrapper(wmPtr2->winPtr);
-		    TkpWmSetState(wmPtr2->winPtr, childStateInfo[state++]);
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-
-	ckfree(childStateInfo);
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * If this is the first window created by the application, then we should
-     * activate the initial window. Otherwise, if this had the focus, we need
-     * to restore that.
-     * XXX: Rewrapping generates a <FocusOut> and <FocusIn> that would best be
-     * XXX: avoided, if we could safely mask them.
-     */
-
-    if (tsdPtr->firstWindow) {
-	tsdPtr->firstWindow = 0;
-	SetActiveWindow(wmPtr->wrapper);
-    } else if (focusHWND) {
-	SetFocus(focusHWND);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWmMapWindow --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to map a top-level window. This module gets a
- *	chance to update all window-manager-related information in properties
- *	before the window manager sees the map event and checks the
- *	properties. It also gets to decide whether or not to even map the
- *	window after all.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Properties of winPtr may get updated to provide up-to-date information
- *	to the window manager. The window may also get mapped, but it may not
- *	be if this function decides that isn't appropriate (e.g. because the
- *	window is withdrawn).
- *
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkWmMapWindow(
-    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Top-level window that's about to be
-				 * mapped. */
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
-	InitWm();
-    }
-
-    if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
-	/*
-	 * Don't map a transient if the master is not mapped.
-	 */
-
-	if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL && !Tk_IsMapped(wmPtr->masterPtr)) {
-	    wmPtr->hints.initial_state = WithdrawnState;
-	    return;
-	}
-    } else {
-	if (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState) {
-	    return;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Map the window in either the iconified or normal state. Note that
-	 * we only send a map event if the window is in the normal state.
-	 */
-
-	TkpWmSetState(winPtr, wmPtr->hints.initial_state);
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * This is the first time this window has ever been mapped. Store all the
-     * window-manager-related information for the window.
-     */
-
-    UpdateWrapper(winPtr);
-}
-
-/*
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWmUnmapWindow --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to unmap a top-level window. The only thing
- *	it does special is unmap the decorative frame before unmapping the
- *	toplevel window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Unmaps the decorative frame and the window.
- *
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkWmUnmapWindow(
-    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Top-level window that's about to be
-				 * unmapped. */
-{
-    TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpWmSetState --
- *
- *	Sets the window manager state for the wrapper window of a given
- *	toplevel window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	May maximize, minimize, restore, or withdraw a window.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-TkpWmSetState(
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel window to operate on. */
-    int state)			/* One of IconicState, ZoomState, NormalState,
-				 * or WithdrawnState. */
-{
-    WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    int cmd;
-
-    if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
-	wmPtr->hints.initial_state = state;
-	goto setStateEnd;
-    }
-
-    wmPtr->flags |= WM_SYNC_PENDING;
-    if (state == WithdrawnState) {
-	cmd = SW_HIDE;
-    } else if (state == IconicState) {
-	cmd = SW_SHOWMINNOACTIVE;
-    } else if (state == NormalState) {
-	cmd = SW_SHOWNOACTIVATE;
-    } else if (state == ZoomState) {
-	cmd = SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED;
-    } else {
-    	goto setStateEnd;
-    }
-
-    ShowWindow(wmPtr->wrapper, cmd);
-    wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING;
-setStateEnd:
-    return 1;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpWmSetFullScreen --
- *
- *	Sets the fullscreen state for a toplevel window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	The WM_FULLSCREEN flag is updated.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	May create a new wrapper window and raise it.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-TkpWmSetFullScreen(
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel window to operate on. */
-    int full_screen_state)	/* True if window should be full screen */
-{
-    int changed = 0;
-    int full_screen = False;
-    WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-
-    if (full_screen_state) {
-	if (! (wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN)) {
-	    full_screen = True;
-	    changed = 1;
-	}
-    } else {
-	if (wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN) {
-	    full_screen = False;
-	    changed = 1;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (changed) {
-	if (full_screen) {
-	    wmPtr->flags |= WM_FULLSCREEN;
-	    wmPtr->configX = wmPtr->x;
-	    wmPtr->configY = wmPtr->y;
-	} else {
-	    wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_FULLSCREEN;
-	    wmPtr->x = wmPtr->configX;
-	    wmPtr->y = wmPtr->configY;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * If the window has been mapped, then we need to update the native
-	 * wrapper window, and reset the focus to the widget that had it
-	 * before.
-	 */
-
-	if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_NEVER_MAPPED)
-		&& !(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED))) {
-	    TkWindow *focusWinPtr;
-
-	    UpdateWrapper(winPtr);
-
-	    focusWinPtr = TkGetFocusWin(winPtr);
-	    if (focusWinPtr) {
-		TkSetFocusWin(focusWinPtr, 1);
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpWinGetState --
- *
- *	This function returns state value of a toplevel window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	none
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	May deiconify the toplevel window.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-TkpWmGetState(
-    TkWindow *winPtr)
-{
-    return winPtr->wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state;
-}
-
-/*
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWmDeadWindow --
- *
- *	This function is invoked when a top-level window is about to be
- *	deleted. It cleans up the wm-related data structures for the window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	The WmInfo structure for winPtr gets freed up.
- *
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkWmDeadWindow(
-    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Top-level window that's being deleted. */
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    WmInfo *wmPtr2;
-
-    if (wmPtr == NULL) {
-	return;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Clean up event related window info.
-     */
-
-    if (winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr == wmPtr) {
-	winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr = wmPtr->nextPtr;
-    } else {
-	register WmInfo *prevPtr;
-
-	for (prevPtr = winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr; ;
-		prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr) {
-	    if (prevPtr == NULL) {
-		Tcl_Panic("couldn't unlink window in TkWmDeadWindow");
-	    }
-	    if (prevPtr->nextPtr == wmPtr) {
-		prevPtr->nextPtr = wmPtr->nextPtr;
-		break;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Reset all transient windows whose master is the dead window.
-     */
-
-    for (wmPtr2 = winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr; wmPtr2 != NULL;
-	 wmPtr2 = wmPtr2->nextPtr) {
-	if (wmPtr2->masterPtr == winPtr) {
-	    wmPtr->numTransients--;
-	    Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) wmPtr2->masterPtr,
-		    VisibilityChangeMask|StructureNotifyMask,
-		    WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc, wmPtr2->winPtr);
-	    wmPtr2->masterPtr = NULL;
-	    if ((wmPtr2->wrapper != None)
-		    && !(wmPtr2->flags & (WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
-		UpdateWrapper(wmPtr2->winPtr);
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    if (wmPtr->numTransients != 0)
-	Tcl_Panic("numTransients should be 0");
-
-    if (wmPtr->title != NULL) {
-	ckfree(wmPtr->title);
-    }
-    if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
-	ckfree(wmPtr->iconName);
-    }
-    if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPixmapHint) {
-	Tk_FreeBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap);
-    }
-    if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconMaskHint) {
-	Tk_FreeBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_mask);
-    }
-    if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
-	ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
-    }
-    if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
-	wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) wmPtr->icon)->wmInfoPtr;
-	wmPtr2->iconFor = NULL;
-    }
-    if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
-	wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) wmPtr->iconFor)->wmInfoPtr;
-	wmPtr2->icon = NULL;
-	wmPtr2->hints.flags &= ~IconWindowHint;
-    }
-    while (wmPtr->protPtr != NULL) {
-	ProtocolHandler *protPtr;
-
-	protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr;
-	wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
-	Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
-    }
-    if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
-	ckfree(wmPtr->cmdArgv);
-    }
-    if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
-	ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
-    }
-    if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) {
-	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
-    }
-    if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
-	wmPtr2 = wmPtr->masterPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-
-	/*
-	 * If we had a master, tell them that we aren't tied to them anymore.
-	 */
-
-	if (wmPtr2 != NULL) {
-	    wmPtr2->numTransients--;
-	}
-	Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) wmPtr->masterPtr,
-		VisibilityChangeMask|StructureNotifyMask,
-		WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc, winPtr);
-	wmPtr->masterPtr = NULL;
-    }
-    if (wmPtr->crefObj != NULL) {
-	Tcl_DecrRefCount(wmPtr->crefObj);
-	wmPtr->crefObj = NULL;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Destroy the decorative frame window.
-     */
-
-    if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
-	if (wmPtr->wrapper != NULL) {
-	    DestroyWindow(wmPtr->wrapper);
-	} else if (winPtr->window) {
-	    DestroyWindow(Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window));
-	}
-    } else {
-	if (wmPtr->wrapper != NULL) {
-	    SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_DETACHWINDOW, 0, 0);
-	}
-    }
-    if (wmPtr->iconPtr != NULL) {
-	/*
-	 * This may delete the icon resource data. I believe we should do this
-	 * after destroying the decorative frame, because the decorative frame
-	 * is using this icon.
-	 */
-
-	DecrIconRefCount(wmPtr->iconPtr);
-    }
-
-    ckfree(wmPtr);
-    winPtr->wmInfoPtr = NULL;
-}
-
-/*
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWmSetClass --
- *
- *	This function is invoked whenever a top-level window's class is
- *	changed. If the window has been mapped then this function updates the
- *	window manager property for the class. If the window hasn't been
- *	mapped, the update is deferred until just before the first mapping.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	A window property may get updated.
- *
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkWmSetClass(
-    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Newly-created top-level window. */
-{
-    /* Do nothing */
-    return;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tk_WmObjCmd --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to process the "wm" Tcl command. See the user
- *	documentation for details on what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See the user documentation.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-	/* ARGSUSED */
-int
-Tk_WmObjCmd(
-    ClientData clientData,	/* Main window associated with interpreter. */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
-    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
-	"aspect", "attributes", "client", "colormapwindows",
-	"command", "deiconify", "focusmodel", "forget", "frame",
-	"geometry", "grid", "group", "iconbitmap",
-	"iconify", "iconmask", "iconname",
-	"iconphoto", "iconposition",
-	"iconwindow", "manage", "maxsize", "minsize", "overrideredirect",
-	"positionfrom", "protocol", "resizable", "sizefrom",
-	"stackorder", "state", "title", "transient",
-	"withdraw", NULL
-    };
-    enum options {
-	WMOPT_ASPECT, WMOPT_ATTRIBUTES, WMOPT_CLIENT, WMOPT_COLORMAPWINDOWS,
-	WMOPT_COMMAND, WMOPT_DEICONIFY, WMOPT_FOCUSMODEL, WMOPT_FORGET,
-	WMOPT_FRAME,
-	WMOPT_GEOMETRY, WMOPT_GRID, WMOPT_GROUP, WMOPT_ICONBITMAP,
-	WMOPT_ICONIFY, WMOPT_ICONMASK, WMOPT_ICONNAME,
-	WMOPT_ICONPHOTO, WMOPT_ICONPOSITION,
-	WMOPT_ICONWINDOW, WMOPT_MANAGE, WMOPT_MAXSIZE, WMOPT_MINSIZE,
-	WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT,
-	WMOPT_POSITIONFROM, WMOPT_PROTOCOL, WMOPT_RESIZABLE, WMOPT_SIZEFROM,
-	WMOPT_STACKORDER, WMOPT_STATE, WMOPT_TITLE, WMOPT_TRANSIENT,
-	WMOPT_WITHDRAW
-    };
-    int index;
-    size_t length;
-    const char *argv1;
-    TkWindow *winPtr, **winPtrPtr = &winPtr;
-    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
-
-    if (objc < 2) {
-    wrongNumArgs:
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg ...?");
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    argv1 = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
-    length = objv[1]->length;
-    if ((argv1[0] == 't') && !strncmp(argv1, "tracing", length)
-	    && (length >= 3)) {
-	int wmTracing;
-
-	if ((objc != 2) && (objc != 3)) {
-	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?boolean?");
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-	if (objc == 2) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(
-		    dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING));
-	    return TCL_OK;
-	}
-	if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2], &wmTracing) != TCL_OK) {
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-	if (wmTracing) {
-	    dispPtr->flags |= TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING;
-	} else {
-	    dispPtr->flags &= ~TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING;
-	}
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-
-    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings,
-	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    if (objc < 3) {
-	goto wrongNumArgs;
-    }
-
-    if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], (Tk_Window *) winPtrPtr)
-	    != TCL_OK) {
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr) && (index != WMOPT_MANAGE)
-	    && (index != WMOPT_FORGET)) {
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		"window \"%s\" isn't a top-level window", winPtr->pathName));
-	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "TOPLEVEL", winPtr->pathName,
-		NULL);
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    switch ((enum options) index) {
-    case WMOPT_ASPECT:
-	return WmAspectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-    case WMOPT_ATTRIBUTES:
-	return WmAttributesCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-    case WMOPT_CLIENT:
-	return WmClientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-    case WMOPT_COLORMAPWINDOWS:
-	return WmColormapwindowsCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-    case WMOPT_COMMAND:
-	return WmCommandCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-    case WMOPT_DEICONIFY:
-	return WmDeiconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-    case WMOPT_FOCUSMODEL:
-	return WmFocusmodelCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-    case WMOPT_FORGET:
-	return WmForgetCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-    case WMOPT_FRAME:
-	return WmFrameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-    case WMOPT_GEOMETRY:
-	return WmGeometryCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-    case WMOPT_GRID:
-	return WmGridCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-    case WMOPT_GROUP:
-	return WmGroupCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-    case WMOPT_ICONBITMAP:
-	return WmIconbitmapCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-    case WMOPT_ICONIFY:
-	return WmIconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-    case WMOPT_ICONMASK:
-	return WmIconmaskCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-    case WMOPT_ICONNAME:
-	return WmIconnameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-    case WMOPT_ICONPHOTO:
-	return WmIconphotoCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-    case WMOPT_ICONPOSITION:
-	return WmIconpositionCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-    case WMOPT_ICONWINDOW:
-	return WmIconwindowCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-    case WMOPT_MANAGE:
-	return WmManageCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-    case WMOPT_MAXSIZE:
-	return WmMaxsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-    case WMOPT_MINSIZE:
-	return WmMinsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-    case WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT:
-	return WmOverrideredirectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-    case WMOPT_POSITIONFROM:
-	return WmPositionfromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-    case WMOPT_PROTOCOL:
-	return WmProtocolCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-    case WMOPT_RESIZABLE:
-	return WmResizableCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-    case WMOPT_SIZEFROM:
-	return WmSizefromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-    case WMOPT_STACKORDER:
-	return WmStackorderCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-    case WMOPT_STATE:
-	return WmStateCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-    case WMOPT_TITLE:
-	return WmTitleCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-    case WMOPT_TRANSIENT:
-	return WmTransientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-    case WMOPT_WITHDRAW:
-	return WmWithdrawCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
-    }
-
-    /* This should not happen */
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * WmAspectCmd --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to process the "wm aspect" Tcl command. See
- *	the user documentation for details on what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See the user documentation.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-WmAspectCmd(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    int numer1, denom1, numer2, denom2;
-
-    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 7)) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
-		"window ?minNumer minDenom maxNumer maxDenom?");
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (objc == 3) {
-	if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PAspect) {
-	    Tcl_Obj *results[4];
-
-	    results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->minAspect.x);
-	    results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->minAspect.y);
-	    results[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->maxAspect.x);
-	    results[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->maxAspect.y);
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, results));
-	}
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-    if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
-	wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PAspect;
-    } else {
-	if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &numer1) != TCL_OK)
-		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &denom1) != TCL_OK)
-		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &numer2) != TCL_OK)
-		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &denom2) != TCL_OK)) {
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-	if ((numer1 <= 0) || (denom1 <= 0) || (numer2 <= 0) || (denom2 <= 0)) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-		    "aspect number can't be <= 0", -1));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "ASPECT", NULL);
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-	wmPtr->minAspect.x = numer1;
-	wmPtr->minAspect.y = denom1;
-	wmPtr->maxAspect.x = numer2;
-	wmPtr->maxAspect.y = denom2;
-	wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= PAspect;
-    }
-    WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * WmAttributesCmd --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to process the "wm attributes" Tcl command.
- *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See the user documentation.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-WmAttributesCmd(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    LONG style, exStyle, styleBit, *stylePtr = NULL;
-    const char *string;
-    int i, boolean;
-    size_t length;
-    int config_fullscreen = 0, updatewrapper = 0;
-    int fullscreen_attr_changed = 0, fullscreen_attr = 0;
-
-    if ((objc < 3) || ((objc > 5) && ((objc%2) == 0))) {
-    configArgs:
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
-		"window"
-		" ?-alpha ?double??"
-		" ?-transparentcolor ?color??"
-		" ?-disabled ?bool??"
-		" ?-fullscreen ?bool??"
-		" ?-toolwindow ?bool??"
-		" ?-topmost ?bool??");
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    exStyle = wmPtr->exStyleConfig;
-    style = wmPtr->styleConfig;
-    if (objc == 3) {
-	Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
-		Tcl_NewStringObj("-alpha", -1));
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(wmPtr->alpha));
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
-		Tcl_NewStringObj("-transparentcolor", -1));
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
-		wmPtr->crefObj ? wmPtr->crefObj : Tcl_NewObj());
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
-		Tcl_NewStringObj("-disabled", -1));
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
-		Tcl_NewBooleanObj((style & WS_DISABLED)));
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
-		Tcl_NewStringObj("-fullscreen", -1));
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
-		Tcl_NewBooleanObj((wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN)));
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
-		Tcl_NewStringObj("-toolwindow", -1));
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
-		Tcl_NewBooleanObj((exStyle & WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW)));
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
-		Tcl_NewStringObj("-topmost", -1));
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
-		Tcl_NewBooleanObj((exStyle & WS_EX_TOPMOST)));
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-    for (i = 3; i < objc; i += 2) {
-	string = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
-	length = objv[i]->length;
-	if ((length < 2) || (string[0] != '-')) {
-	    goto configArgs;
-	}
-	if (strncmp(string, "-disabled", length) == 0) {
-	    stylePtr = &style;
-	    styleBit = WS_DISABLED;
-	} else if ((strncmp(string, "-alpha", length) == 0)
-		|| ((length > 2) && (strncmp(string, "-transparentcolor",
-			length) == 0))) {
-	    stylePtr = &exStyle;
-	    styleBit = WS_EX_LAYERED;
-	} else if (strncmp(string, "-fullscreen", length) == 0) {
-	    config_fullscreen = 1;
-	    styleBit = 0;
-	} else if ((length > 3)
-		&& (strncmp(string, "-toolwindow", length) == 0)) {
-	    stylePtr = &exStyle;
-	    styleBit = WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW;
-	    if (objc != 4) {
-		/*
-		 * Changes to toolwindow style require an update
-		 */
-		updatewrapper = 1;
-	    }
-	} else if ((length > 3)
-		&& (strncmp(string, "-topmost", length) == 0)) {
-	    stylePtr = &exStyle;
-	    styleBit = WS_EX_TOPMOST;
-	    if ((i < objc-1) && (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
-		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-			"can't set topmost flag on %s: it is an embedded window",
-			winPtr->pathName));
-		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ATTR", "TOPMOST", NULL);
-		return TCL_ERROR;
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    goto configArgs;
-	}
-	if (styleBit == WS_EX_LAYERED) {
-	    if (objc == 4) {
-		if (string[1] == 'a') {		/* -alpha */
-		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(wmPtr->alpha));
-		} else {			/* -transparentcolor */
-		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
-			    wmPtr->crefObj ? wmPtr->crefObj : Tcl_NewObj());
-		}
-	    } else {
-		if (string[1] == 'a') {		/* -alpha */
-		    double dval;
-
-		    if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &dval)
-			    != TCL_OK) {
-			return TCL_ERROR;
-		    }
-
-		    /*
-		     * The user should give (transparent) 0 .. 1.0 (opaque),
-		     * but we ignore the setting of this (it will always be 1)
-		     * in the case that the API is not available.
-		     */
-		    if (dval < 0.0) {
-			dval = 0;
-		    } else if (dval > 1.0) {
-			dval = 1;
-		    }
-		    wmPtr->alpha = dval;
-		} else {			/* -transparentcolor */
-		    const char *crefstr = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
-
-		    length = objv[i+1]->length;
-		    if (length == 0) {
-			/* reset to no transparent color */
-			if (wmPtr->crefObj) {
-			    Tcl_DecrRefCount(wmPtr->crefObj);
-			    wmPtr->crefObj = NULL;
-			}
-		    } else {
-			XColor *cPtr =
-			    Tk_GetColor(interp, tkwin, Tk_GetUid(crefstr));
-			if (cPtr == NULL) {
-			    return TCL_ERROR;
-			}
-
-			if (wmPtr->crefObj) {
-			    Tcl_DecrRefCount(wmPtr->crefObj);
-			}
-			wmPtr->crefObj = objv[i+1];
-			Tcl_IncrRefCount(wmPtr->crefObj);
-			wmPtr->colorref = RGB((BYTE) (cPtr->red >> 8),
-				(BYTE) (cPtr->green >> 8),
-				(BYTE) (cPtr->blue >> 8));
-			Tk_FreeColor(cPtr);
-		    }
-		}
-
-		/*
-		 * Only ever add the WS_EX_LAYERED bit, as it can cause
-		 * flashing to change this window style. This allows things
-		 * like fading tooltips to avoid flash ugliness without
-		 * forcing all window to be layered.
-		 */
-
-		if ((wmPtr->alpha < 1.0) || (wmPtr->crefObj != NULL)) {
-		    *stylePtr |= styleBit;
-		}
-		if (wmPtr->wrapper != NULL) {
-		    /*
-		     * Set the window directly regardless of UpdateWrapper.
-		     * The user supplies a double from [0..1], but Windows
-		     * wants an int (transparent) 0..255 (opaque), so do the
-		     * translation. Add the 0.5 to round the value.
-		     */
-
-		    if (!(wmPtr->exStyleConfig & WS_EX_LAYERED)) {
-			SetWindowLongPtr(wmPtr->wrapper, GWL_EXSTYLE,
-				*stylePtr);
-		    }
-		    SetLayeredWindowAttributes((HWND) wmPtr->wrapper,
-			    wmPtr->colorref, (BYTE) (wmPtr->alpha * 255 + 0.5),
-			    (unsigned) (LWA_ALPHA |
-				    (wmPtr->crefObj ? LWA_COLORKEY : 0)));
-		}
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    if ((i < objc-1)
-		    && Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &boolean)
-			    != TCL_OK) {
-		return TCL_ERROR;
-	    }
-	    if (config_fullscreen) {
-		if (objc == 4) {
-		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(
-			    wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN));
-		} else {
-		    fullscreen_attr_changed = 1;
-		    fullscreen_attr = boolean;
-		}
-		config_fullscreen = 0;
-	    } else if (objc == 4) {
-		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
-			Tcl_NewBooleanObj(*stylePtr & styleBit));
-	    } else if (boolean) {
-		*stylePtr |= styleBit;
-	    } else {
-		*stylePtr &= ~styleBit;
-	    }
-	}
-	if ((styleBit == WS_EX_TOPMOST) && (wmPtr->wrapper != NULL)) {
-	    /*
-	     * Force the topmost position aspect to ensure that switching
-	     * between (no)topmost reflects properly when rewrapped.
-	     */
-
-	    SetWindowPos(wmPtr->wrapper,
-		    ((exStyle & WS_EX_TOPMOST) ?
-			    HWND_TOPMOST : HWND_NOTOPMOST), 0, 0, 0, 0,
-		    SWP_NOMOVE|SWP_NOSIZE|SWP_NOACTIVATE|SWP_NOSENDCHANGING
-		    |SWP_NOOWNERZORDER);
-	}
-    }
-    if (wmPtr->styleConfig != style) {
-	/*
-	 * Currently this means only WS_DISABLED changed, which we can effect
-	 * with EnableWindow.
-	 */
-
-	wmPtr->styleConfig = style;
-	if ((wmPtr->exStyleConfig == exStyle)
-		&& !(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
-	    EnableWindow(wmPtr->wrapper, (style & WS_DISABLED) ? 0 : 1);
-	}
-    }
-    if (wmPtr->exStyleConfig != exStyle) {
-	wmPtr->exStyleConfig = exStyle;
-	if (updatewrapper) {
-	    /*
-	     * UpdateWrapper ensure that all effects are properly handled,
-	     * such as TOOLWINDOW disappearing from the taskbar.
-	     */
-
-	    if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
-		UpdateWrapper(winPtr);
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    if (fullscreen_attr_changed) {
-	if (fullscreen_attr) {
-	    if (Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect) {
-		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-			"can't set fullscreen attribute for \"%s\":"
-			" override-redirect flag is set", winPtr->pathName));
-		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ATTR",
-			"OVERRIDE_REDIRECT", NULL);
-		return TCL_ERROR;
-	    }
-
-	    /*
-	     * Check max width and height if set by the user, don't worry
-	     * about the default values since they will likely be smaller than
-	     * screen width/height.
-	     */
-
-	    if (((wmPtr->maxWidth > 0) &&
-		    (WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr)) > wmPtr->maxWidth)) ||
-		    ((wmPtr->maxHeight > 0) &&
-		    (HeightOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr)) > wmPtr->maxHeight))) {
-		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-			"can't set fullscreen attribute for \"%s\":"
-			" max width/height is too small", winPtr->pathName));
-		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ATTR", "SMALL_MAX", NULL);
-		return TCL_ERROR;
-	    }
-	}
-
-	TkpWmSetFullScreen(winPtr, fullscreen_attr);
-    }
-
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * WmClientCmd --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to process the "wm client" Tcl command. See
- *	the user documentation for details on what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See the user documentation.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-WmClientCmd(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    const char *argv3;
-    size_t length;
-
-    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?name?");
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (objc == 3) {
-	if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
-		    Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->clientMachine, -1));
-	}
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-    argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
-    length = objv[3]->length;
-    if (argv3[0] == 0) {
-	if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
-	    ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
-	    wmPtr->clientMachine = NULL;
-	    if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
-		XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, winPtr->window,
-			Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr,"WM_CLIENT_MACHINE"));
-	    }
-	}
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-    if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
-	ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
-    }
-    wmPtr->clientMachine = ckalloc(length + 1);
-    memcpy(wmPtr->clientMachine, argv3, length + 1);
-    if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
-	XTextProperty textProp;
-
-	if (XStringListToTextProperty(&wmPtr->clientMachine, 1, &textProp)
-		!= 0) {
-	    XSetWMClientMachine(winPtr->display, winPtr->window,
-		    &textProp);
-	    XFree((char *) textProp.value);
-	}
-    }
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * WmColormapwindowsCmd --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to process the "wm colormapwindows" Tcl
- *	command. See the user documentation for details on what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See the user documentation.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-WmColormapwindowsCmd(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    TkWindow **cmapList, *winPtr2, **winPtr2Ptr = &winPtr2;
-    int i, windowObjc, gotToplevel;
-    Tcl_Obj **windowObjv, *resultObj;
-
-    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?windowList?");
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (objc == 3) {
-	Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr);
-	resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
-	for (i = 0; i < wmPtr->cmapCount; i++) {
-	    if ((i == (wmPtr->cmapCount-1))
-		    && (wmPtr->flags & WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP)) {
-		break;
-	    }
-	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj,
-		    TkNewWindowObj((Tk_Window) wmPtr->cmapList[i]));
-	}
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[3], &windowObjc, &windowObjv)
-	    != TCL_OK) {
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    cmapList = ckalloc((windowObjc + 1) * sizeof(TkWindow*));
-    gotToplevel = 0;
-    for (i = 0; i < windowObjc; i++) {
-	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, windowObjv[i],
-		(Tk_Window *) winPtr2Ptr) != TCL_OK) {
-	    ckfree(cmapList);
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-	if (winPtr2 == winPtr) {
-	    gotToplevel = 1;
-	}
-	if (winPtr2->window == None) {
-	    Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr2);
-	}
-	cmapList[i] = winPtr2;
-    }
-    if (!gotToplevel) {
-	wmPtr->flags |= WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP;
-	cmapList[windowObjc] = winPtr;
-	windowObjc++;
-    } else {
-	wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP;
-    }
-    wmPtr->flags |= WM_COLORMAPS_EXPLICIT;
-    if (wmPtr->cmapList != NULL) {
-	ckfree(wmPtr->cmapList);
-    }
-    wmPtr->cmapList = cmapList;
-    wmPtr->cmapCount = windowObjc;
-
-    /*
-     * Now we need to force the updated colormaps to be installed.
-     */
-
-    if (wmPtr == winPtr->dispPtr->foregroundWmPtr) {
-	InstallColormaps(wmPtr->wrapper, WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE, 1);
-    } else {
-	InstallColormaps(wmPtr->wrapper, WM_PALETTECHANGED, 0);
-    }
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * WmCommandCmd --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to process the "wm command" Tcl command. See
- *	the user documentation for details on what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See the user documentation.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-WmCommandCmd(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    const char *argv3;
-    int cmdArgc;
-    const char **cmdArgv;
-
-    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?value?");
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (objc == 3) {
-	if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
-	    char *merged = Tcl_Merge(wmPtr->cmdArgc, wmPtr->cmdArgv);
-
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(merged, -1));
-	    ckfree(merged);
-	}
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-    argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
-    if (argv3[0] == 0) {
-	if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
-	    ckfree(wmPtr->cmdArgv);
-	    wmPtr->cmdArgv = NULL;
-	    if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
-		XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, winPtr->window,
-			Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_COMMAND"));
-	    }
-	}
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-    if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, argv3, &cmdArgc, &cmdArgv) != TCL_OK) {
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
-	ckfree(wmPtr->cmdArgv);
-    }
-    wmPtr->cmdArgc = cmdArgc;
-    wmPtr->cmdArgv = cmdArgv;
-    if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
-	XSetCommand(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, (char **) cmdArgv, cmdArgc);
-    }
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * WmDeiconifyCmd --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to process the "wm deiconify" Tcl command.
- *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See the user documentation.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-WmDeiconifyCmd(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-
-    if (objc != 3) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		"can't deiconify %s: it is an icon for %s",
-		Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor)));
-	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "DEICONIFY", "ICON", NULL);
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
-	if (!SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_DEICONIFY, 0, 0)) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		    "can't deiconify %s: the container does not support the request",
-		    winPtr->pathName));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "COMMUNICATION", NULL);
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-    TkpWinToplevelDeiconify(winPtr);
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * WmFocusmodelCmd --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to process the "wm focusmodel" Tcl command.
- *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See the user documentation.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-WmFocusmodelCmd(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
-	"active", "passive", NULL
-    };
-    enum options {
-	OPT_ACTIVE, OPT_PASSIVE
-    };
-    int index;
-
-    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?active|passive?");
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (objc == 3) {
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-		wmPtr->hints.input ? "passive" : "active", -1));
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-
-    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], optionStrings,
-	    sizeof(char *), "argument", 0,&index) != TCL_OK) {
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (index == OPT_ACTIVE) {
-	wmPtr->hints.input = False;
-    } else { /* OPT_PASSIVE */
-	wmPtr->hints.input = True;
-    }
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * WmForgetCmd --
- *
- *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm forget" Tcl command.
- *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See the user documentation.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-WmForgetCmd(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel or Frame to work with */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    register Tk_Window frameWin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
-
-    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(frameWin)) {
-	Tk_UnmapWindow(frameWin);
-	winPtr->flags &= ~(TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED);
-	Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window)winPtr->parentPtr);
-	RemapWindows(winPtr, Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->parentPtr->window));
-
-        /*
-         * Make sure wm no longer manages this window
-         */
-        Tk_ManageGeometry(frameWin, NULL, NULL);
-
-	TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr);
-	/* flags (above) must be cleared before calling */
-	/* TkMapTopFrame (below) */
-	TkMapTopFrame(frameWin);
-    } else {
-	/* Already not managed by wm - ignore it */
-    }
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * WmFrameCmd --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to process the "wm frame" Tcl command. See
- *	the user documentation for details on what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See the user documentation.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-WmFrameCmd(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    HWND hwnd;
-
-    if (objc != 3) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (Tk_WindowId((Tk_Window) winPtr) == None) {
-	Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr);
-    }
-    hwnd = wmPtr->wrapper;
-    if (hwnd == NULL) {
-	hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId((Tk_Window) winPtr));
-    }
-    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("0x%x", PTR2INT(hwnd)));
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * WmGeometryCmd --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to process the "wm geometry" Tcl command.
- *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See the user documentation.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-WmGeometryCmd(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    char xSign, ySign;
-    int width, height;
-    const char *argv3;
-
-    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newGeometry?");
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    if (objc == 3) {
-	xSign = (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) ? '-' : '+';
-	ySign = (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) ? '-' : '+';
-	if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
-	    width = wmPtr->reqGridWidth + (winPtr->changes.width
-		    - winPtr->reqWidth)/wmPtr->widthInc;
-	    height = wmPtr->reqGridHeight + (winPtr->changes.height
-		    - winPtr->reqHeight)/wmPtr->heightInc;
-	} else {
-	    width = winPtr->changes.width;
-	    height = winPtr->changes.height;
-	}
-	if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
-	    int result = SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_MOVEWINDOW, -1, -1);
-
-	    wmPtr->x = result >> 16;
-	    wmPtr->y = result & 0x0000ffff;
-	}
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("%dx%d%c%d%c%d",
-		width, height, xSign, wmPtr->x, ySign, wmPtr->y));
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-
-    argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
-    if (*argv3 == '\0') {
-	wmPtr->width = -1;
-	wmPtr->height = -1;
-	WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-    return ParseGeometry(interp, argv3, winPtr);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * WmGridCmd --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to process the "wm grid" Tcl command. See the
- *	user documentation for details on what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See the user documentation.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-WmGridCmd(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    int reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc;
-
-    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 7)) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
-		"window ?baseWidth baseHeight widthInc heightInc?");
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (objc == 3) {
-	if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PBaseSize) {
-	    Tcl_Obj *results[4];
-
-	    results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->reqGridWidth);
-	    results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->reqGridHeight);
-	    results[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->widthInc);
-	    results[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->heightInc);
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, results));
-	}
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-    if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
-	/*
-	 * Turn off gridding and reset the width and height to make sense as
-	 * ungridded numbers.
-	 */
-
-	wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~(PBaseSize|PResizeInc);
-	if (wmPtr->width != -1) {
-	    wmPtr->width = winPtr->reqWidth + (wmPtr->width
-		    - wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc;
-	    wmPtr->height = winPtr->reqHeight + (wmPtr->height
-		    - wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc;
-	}
-	wmPtr->widthInc = 1;
-	wmPtr->heightInc = 1;
-    } else {
-	if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &reqWidth) != TCL_OK)
-		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &reqHeight) != TCL_OK)
-		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &widthInc) != TCL_OK)
-		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &heightInc) != TCL_OK)) {
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-	if (reqWidth < 0) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-		    "baseWidth can't be < 0", -1));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "GRID", NULL);
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-	if (reqHeight < 0) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-		    "baseHeight can't be < 0", -1));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "GRID", NULL);
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-	if (widthInc <= 0) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-		    "widthInc can't be <= 0", -1));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "GRID", NULL);
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-	if (heightInc <= 0) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-		    "heightInc can't be <= 0", -1));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "GRID", NULL);
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-	Tk_SetGrid((Tk_Window) winPtr, reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc,
-		heightInc);
-    }
-    WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * WmGroupCmd --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to process the "wm group" Tcl command. See
- *	the user documentation for details on what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See the user documentation.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-WmGroupCmd(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    Tk_Window tkwin2;
-    const char *argv3;
-    size_t length;
-
-    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?pathName?");
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (objc == 3) {
-	if (wmPtr->hints.flags & WindowGroupHint) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->leaderName, -1));
-	}
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-    argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
-    length = objv[3]->length;
-    if (*argv3 == '\0') {
-	wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~WindowGroupHint;
-	if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
-	    ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
-	}
-	wmPtr->leaderName = NULL;
-    } else {
-	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[3], &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) {
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-	Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin2);
-	if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
-	    ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
-	}
-	wmPtr->hints.window_group = Tk_WindowId(tkwin2);
-	wmPtr->hints.flags |= WindowGroupHint;
-	wmPtr->leaderName = ckalloc(length + 1);
-	memcpy(wmPtr->leaderName, argv3, length + 1);
-    }
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * WmIconbitmapCmd --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to process the "wm iconbitmap" Tcl command.
- *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See the user documentation.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-WmIconbitmapCmd(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    TkWindow *useWinPtr = winPtr; /* window to apply to (NULL if -default) */
-    const char *string;
-
-    if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 5)) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?-default? ?image?");
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    } else if (objc == 5) {
-	/*
-	 * If we have 5 arguments, we must have a '-default' flag.
-	 */
-
-	const char *argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
-
-	if (strcmp(argv3, "-default")) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		    "illegal option \"%s\" must be \"-default\"", argv3));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONBITMAP", "OPTION",NULL);
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-	useWinPtr = NULL;
-    } else if (objc == 3) {
-	/*
-	 * No arguments were given.
-	 */
-
-	if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPixmapHint) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-		    Tk_NameOfBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap),
-		    -1));
-	}
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-
-    string = Tcl_GetString(objv[objc-1]);
-    if (*string == '\0') {
-	if (wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap != None) {
-	    Tk_FreeBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap);
-	    wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap = None;
-	}
-	wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconPixmapHint;
-	if (WinSetIcon(interp, NULL, (Tk_Window) useWinPtr) != TCL_OK) {
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-    } else {
-	/*
-	 * In the future this block of code will use Tk's 'image'
-	 * functionality to allow all supported image formats. However, this
-	 * will require a change to the way icons are handled. We will need to
-	 * add icon<->image conversions routines.
-	 *
-	 * Until that happens we simply try to find an icon in the given
-	 * argument, and if that fails, we use the older bitmap code. We do
-	 * things this way round (icon then bitmap), because the bitmap code
-	 * actually seems to have no visible effect, so we want to give the
-	 * icon code the first try at doing something.
-	 */
-
-	/*
-	 * Either return NULL, or return a valid titlebaricon with its ref
-	 * count already incremented.
-	 */
-
-	WinIconPtr titlebaricon = ReadIconFromFile(interp, objv[objc-1]);
-	if (titlebaricon != NULL) {
-	    /*
-	     * Try to set the icon for the window. If it is a '-default' icon,
-	     * we must pass in NULL
-	     */
-
-	    if (WinSetIcon(interp, titlebaricon, (Tk_Window) useWinPtr)
-		    != TCL_OK) {
-		/*
-		 * We didn't use the titlebaricon after all.
-		 */
-
-		DecrIconRefCount(titlebaricon);
-		titlebaricon = NULL;
-	    }
-	}
-	if (titlebaricon == NULL) {
-	    /*
-	     * We didn't manage to handle the argument as a valid icon. Try as
-	     * a bitmap. First we must clear the error message which was
-	     * placed in the interpreter.
-	     */
-
-	    Pixmap pixmap;
-
-	    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
-	    pixmap = Tk_GetBitmap(interp, (Tk_Window) winPtr, string);
-	    if (pixmap == None) {
-		return TCL_ERROR;
-	    }
-	    wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap = pixmap;
-	    wmPtr->hints.flags |= IconPixmapHint;
-	    titlebaricon = GetIconFromPixmap(Tk_Display(winPtr), pixmap);
-	    if (titlebaricon != NULL && WinSetIcon(interp, titlebaricon,
-		    (Tk_Window) useWinPtr) != TCL_OK) {
-		/*
-		 * We didn't use the titlebaricon after all.
-		 */
-
-		DecrIconRefCount(titlebaricon);
-		titlebaricon = NULL;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * WmIconifyCmd --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to process the "wm iconify" Tcl command. See
- *	the user documentation for details on what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See the user documentation.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-WmIconifyCmd(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    if (objc != 3) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
-	if (!SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_ICONIFY, 0, 0)) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		    "can't iconify %s: the container does not support the request",
-		    winPtr->pathName));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "EMBEDDED", NULL);
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-    }
-    if (Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect) {
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		"can't iconify \"%s\": override-redirect flag is set",
-		winPtr->pathName));
-	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "OVERRIDE_REDIRECT",
-		NULL);
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		"can't iconify \"%s\": it is a transient",
-		winPtr->pathName));
-	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "TRANSIENT", NULL);
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		"can't iconify %s: it is an icon for %s",
-		winPtr->pathName, Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor)));
-	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "ICON", NULL);
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState);
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * WmIconmaskCmd --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to process the "wm iconmask" Tcl command.
- *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See the user documentation.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-WmIconmaskCmd(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    Pixmap pixmap;
-    const char *argv3;
-
-    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?bitmap?");
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (objc == 3) {
-	if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconMaskHint) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-		    Tk_NameOfBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_mask),
-		    -1));
-	}
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-    argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
-    if (*argv3 == '\0') {
-	if (wmPtr->hints.icon_mask != None) {
-	    Tk_FreeBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_mask);
-	}
-	wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconMaskHint;
-    } else {
-	pixmap = Tk_GetBitmap(interp, tkwin, argv3);
-	if (pixmap == None) {
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-	wmPtr->hints.icon_mask = pixmap;
-	wmPtr->hints.flags |= IconMaskHint;
-    }
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * WmIconnameCmd --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to process the "wm iconname" Tcl command.
- *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See the user documentation.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-WmIconnameCmd(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    const char *argv3;
-    size_t length;
-
-    if (objc > 4) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newName?");
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (objc == 3) {
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-		(wmPtr->iconName ? wmPtr->iconName : ""), -1));
-	return TCL_OK;
-    } else {
-	if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
-	    ckfree(wmPtr->iconName);
-	}
-	argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
-	length = objv[3]->length;
-	wmPtr->iconName = ckalloc(length + 1);
-	memcpy(wmPtr->iconName, argv3, length + 1);
-	if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
-	    XSetIconName(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, wmPtr->iconName);
-	}
-    }
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * WmIconphotoCmd --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to process the "wm iconphoto" Tcl command.
- *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See the user documentation.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-WmIconphotoCmd(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    TkWindow *useWinPtr = winPtr; /* window to apply to (NULL if -default) */
-    Tk_PhotoHandle photo;
-    Tk_PhotoImageBlock block;
-    int i, width, height, idx, bufferSize, startObj = 3;
-    union {unsigned char *ptr; void *voidPtr;} bgraPixel;
-    union {unsigned char *ptr; void *voidPtr;} bgraMask;
-    BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR;
-    WinIconPtr titlebaricon = NULL;
-    HICON hIcon;
-    unsigned size;
-    BITMAPINFO bmInfo;
-    ICONINFO iconInfo;
-
-    if (objc < 4) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
-		"window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?");
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Iterate over all images to validate their existence.
-     */
-
-    if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "-default") == 0) {
-	useWinPtr = NULL;
-	startObj = 4;
-	if (objc == 4) {
-	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
-		    "window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?");
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-    }
-    for (i = startObj; i < objc; i++) {
-	photo = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]));
-	if (photo == NULL) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		    "can't use \"%s\" as iconphoto: not a photo image",
-		    Tcl_GetString(objv[i])));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONPHOTO", "PHOTO", NULL);
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * We have calculated the size of the data. Try to allocate the needed
-     * memory space.
-     */
-
-    size = sizeof(BlockOfIconImages) + (sizeof(ICONIMAGE) * (objc-startObj-1));
-    lpIR = attemptckalloc(size);
-    if (lpIR == NULL) {
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    ZeroMemory(lpIR, size);
-
-    lpIR->nNumImages = objc - startObj;
-
-    for (i = startObj; i < objc; i++) {
-	photo = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]));
-	Tk_PhotoGetSize(photo, &width, &height);
-	Tk_PhotoGetImage(photo, &block);
-
-	/*
-	 * Don't use CreateIcon to create the icon, as it requires color
-	 * bitmap data in device-dependent format. Instead we use
-	 * CreateIconIndirect which takes device-independent bitmaps and
-	 * converts them as required. Initialise icon info structure.
-	 */
-
-	ZeroMemory(&iconInfo, sizeof(iconInfo));
-	iconInfo.fIcon = TRUE;
-
-	/*
-	 * Create device-independant color bitmap.
-	 */
-
-	ZeroMemory(&bmInfo, sizeof bmInfo);
-	bmInfo.bmiHeader.biSize = sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER);
-	bmInfo.bmiHeader.biWidth = width;
-	bmInfo.bmiHeader.biHeight = -height;
-	bmInfo.bmiHeader.biPlanes = 1;
-	bmInfo.bmiHeader.biBitCount = 32;
-	bmInfo.bmiHeader.biCompression = BI_RGB;
-
-	iconInfo.hbmColor = CreateDIBSection(NULL, &bmInfo, DIB_RGB_COLORS,
-		&bgraPixel.voidPtr, NULL, 0);
-	if (!iconInfo.hbmColor) {
-	    ckfree(lpIR);
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		    "failed to create color bitmap for \"%s\"",
-		    Tcl_GetString(objv[i])));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONPHOTO", "BITMAP", NULL);
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Convert the photo image data into BGRA format (RGBQUAD).
-	 */
-
-	bufferSize = height * width * 4;
-	for (idx = 0 ; idx < bufferSize ; idx += 4) {
-	    bgraPixel.ptr[idx] = block.pixelPtr[idx+2];
-	    bgraPixel.ptr[idx+1] = block.pixelPtr[idx+1];
-	    bgraPixel.ptr[idx+2] = block.pixelPtr[idx+0];
-	    bgraPixel.ptr[idx+3] = block.pixelPtr[idx+3];
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Create a dummy mask bitmap. The contents of this don't appear to
-	 * matter, as CreateIconIndirect will setup the icon mask based on the
-	 * alpha channel in our color bitmap.
-	 */
-
-	bmInfo.bmiHeader.biBitCount = 1;
-
-	iconInfo.hbmMask = CreateDIBSection(NULL, &bmInfo, DIB_RGB_COLORS,
-		&bgraMask.voidPtr, NULL, 0);
-	if (!iconInfo.hbmMask) {
-	    DeleteObject(iconInfo.hbmColor);
-	    ckfree(lpIR);
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		    "failed to create mask bitmap for \"%s\"",
-		    Tcl_GetString(objv[i])));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONPHOTO", "MASK", NULL);
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	ZeroMemory(bgraMask.ptr, width*height/8);
-
-	/*
-	 * Create an icon from the bitmaps.
-	 */
-
-	hIcon = CreateIconIndirect(&iconInfo);
-	DeleteObject(iconInfo.hbmColor);
-	DeleteObject(iconInfo.hbmMask);
-	if (hIcon == NULL) {
-	    /*
-	     * XXX should free up created icons.
-	     */
-
-	    ckfree(lpIR);
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		    "failed to create icon for \"%s\"",
-		    Tcl_GetString(objv[i])));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONPHOTO", "ICON", NULL);
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-	lpIR->IconImages[i-startObj].Width = width;
-	lpIR->IconImages[i-startObj].Height = height;
-	lpIR->IconImages[i-startObj].Colors = 4;
-	lpIR->IconImages[i-startObj].hIcon = hIcon;
-    }
-
-    titlebaricon = ckalloc(sizeof(WinIconInstance));
-    titlebaricon->iconBlock = lpIR;
-    titlebaricon->refCount = 1;
-    if (WinSetIcon(interp, titlebaricon, (Tk_Window) useWinPtr) != TCL_OK) {
-	/*
-	 * We didn't use the titlebaricon after all.
-	 */
-
-	DecrIconRefCount(titlebaricon);
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * WmIconpositionCmd --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to process the "wm iconposition" Tcl command.
- *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See the user documentation.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-WmIconpositionCmd(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    int x, y;
-
-    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?x y?");
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (objc == 3) {
-	if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPositionHint) {
-	    Tcl_Obj *results[2];
-
-	    results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->hints.icon_x);
-	    results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->hints.icon_y);
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
-	}
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-    if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
-	wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconPositionHint;
-    } else {
-	if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK)
-		|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-	wmPtr->hints.icon_x = x;
-	wmPtr->hints.icon_y = y;
-	wmPtr->hints.flags |= IconPositionHint;
-    }
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * WmIconwindowCmd --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to process the "wm iconwindow" Tcl command.
- *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See the user documentation.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-WmIconwindowCmd(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    Tk_Window tkwin2;
-    WmInfo *wmPtr2;
-    XSetWindowAttributes atts;
-
-    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?pathName?");
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (objc == 3) {
-	if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj(wmPtr->icon));
-	}
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-    if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
-	wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconWindowHint;
-	if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
-	    /*
-	     * Let the window use button events again, then remove it as icon
-	     * window.
-	     */
-
-	    atts.event_mask = Tk_Attributes(wmPtr->icon)->event_mask
-		    | ButtonPressMask;
-	    Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes(wmPtr->icon, CWEventMask, &atts);
-	    wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) wmPtr->icon)->wmInfoPtr;
-	    wmPtr2->iconFor = NULL;
-	    wmPtr2->hints.initial_state = WithdrawnState;
-	}
-	wmPtr->icon = NULL;
-    } else {
-	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[3], &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) {
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-	if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(tkwin2)) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		    "can't use %s as icon window: not at top level",
-		    Tcl_GetString(objv[3])));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONWINDOW", "INNER", NULL);
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-	wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) tkwin2)->wmInfoPtr;
-	if (wmPtr2->iconFor != NULL) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		    "%s is already an icon for %s",
-		    Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor)));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONWINDOW", "ICON", NULL);
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-	if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
-	    WmInfo *wmPtr3 = ((TkWindow *) wmPtr->icon)->wmInfoPtr;
-	    wmPtr3->iconFor = NULL;
-
-	    /*
-	     * Let the window use button events again.
-	     */
-
-	    atts.event_mask = Tk_Attributes(wmPtr->icon)->event_mask
-		    | ButtonPressMask;
-	    Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes(wmPtr->icon, CWEventMask, &atts);
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Disable button events in the icon window: some window managers
-	 * (like olvwm) want to get the events themselves, but X only allows
-	 * one application at a time to receive button events for a window.
-	 */
-
-	atts.event_mask = Tk_Attributes(tkwin2)->event_mask
-		& ~ButtonPressMask;
-	Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes(tkwin2, CWEventMask, &atts);
-	Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin2);
-	wmPtr->hints.icon_window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin2);
-	wmPtr->hints.flags |= IconWindowHint;
-	wmPtr->icon = tkwin2;
-	wmPtr2->iconFor = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
-	if (!(wmPtr2->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
-	    wmPtr2->flags |= WM_WITHDRAWN;
-	    TkpWmSetState(((TkWindow *) tkwin2), WithdrawnState);
-	}
-    }
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * WmManageCmd --
- *
- *	This procedure is invoked to process the "wm manage" Tcl command.
- *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See the user documentation.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-WmManageCmd(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel or Frame to work with */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    register Tk_Window frameWin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-
-    if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(frameWin)) {
-	if (!Tk_IsManageable(frameWin)) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		    "window \"%s\" is not manageable: must be a frame,"
-		    " labelframe or toplevel", Tk_PathName(frameWin)));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "MANAGE", NULL);
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-	TkFocusSplit(winPtr);
-	Tk_UnmapWindow(frameWin);
-	winPtr->flags |= TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED;
-	RemapWindows(winPtr, NULL);
-	if (wmPtr == NULL) {
-	    TkWmNewWindow(winPtr);
-	}
-	wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-	winPtr->flags &= ~TK_MAPPED;
-	/* flags (above) must be set before calling */
-	/* TkMapTopFrame (below) */
-	TkMapTopFrame (frameWin);
-    } else if (Tk_IsTopLevel(frameWin)) {
-	/* Already managed by wm - ignore it */
-    }
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * WmMaxsizeCmd --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to process the "wm maxsize" Tcl command. See
- *	the user documentation for details on what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See the user documentation.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-WmMaxsizeCmd(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    int width, height;
-
-    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (objc == 3) {
-	Tcl_Obj *results[2];
-
-	GetMaxSize(wmPtr, &width, &height);
-	results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(width);
-	results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(height);
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-    if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
-	    || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    wmPtr->maxWidth = width;
-    wmPtr->maxHeight = height;
-    WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * WmMinsizeCmd --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to process the "wm minsize" Tcl command. See
- *	the user documentation for details on what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See the user documentation.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-WmMinsizeCmd(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    int width, height;
-
-    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (objc == 3) {
-	Tcl_Obj *results[2];
-
-	GetMinSize(wmPtr, &width, &height);
-	results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(width);
-	results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(height);
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-    if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
-	    || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    wmPtr->minWidth = width;
-    wmPtr->minHeight = height;
-    WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * WmOverrideredirectCmd --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to process the "wm overrideredirect" Tcl
- *	command. See the user documentation for details on what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See the user documentation.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-WmOverrideredirectCmd(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    int boolean, curValue;
-    XSetWindowAttributes atts;
-
-    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?boolean?");
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
-	curValue = SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_OVERRIDEREDIRECT, -1, -1)-1;
-	if (curValue < 0) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-		    "Container does not support overrideredirect", -1));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "COMMUNICATION", NULL);
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-    } else {
-	curValue = Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect;
-    }
-    if (objc == 3) {
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(curValue));
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-    if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &boolean) != TCL_OK) {
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (curValue != boolean) {
-	if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
-	    SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_OVERRIDEREDIRECT, boolean, 0);
-	} else {
-	    /*
-	     * Only do this if we are really changing value, because it causes
-	     * some funky stuff to occur.
-	     */
-
-	    atts.override_redirect = (boolean) ? True : False;
-	    Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes((Tk_Window) winPtr, CWOverrideRedirect,
-		    &atts);
-	    if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_NEVER_MAPPED))
-		    && !(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
-		UpdateWrapper(winPtr);
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * WmPositionfromCmd --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to process the "wm positionfrom" Tcl command.
- *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See the user documentation.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-WmPositionfromCmd(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
-	"program", "user", NULL
-    };
-    enum options {
-	OPT_PROGRAM, OPT_USER
-    };
-    int index;
-
-    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?user/program?");
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (objc == 3) {
-	const char *sourceStr = "";
-
-	if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & USPosition) {
-	    sourceStr = "user";
-	} else if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PPosition) {
-	    sourceStr = "program";
-	}
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(sourceStr, -1));
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-    if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
-	wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~(USPosition|PPosition);
-    } else {
-	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], optionStrings,
-		sizeof(char *), "argument", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-	if (index == OPT_USER) {
-	    wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PPosition;
-	    wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= USPosition;
-	} else {
-	    wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~USPosition;
-	    wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= PPosition;
-	}
-    }
-    WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * WmProtocolCmd --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to process the "wm protocol" Tcl command.
- *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See the user documentation.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-WmProtocolCmd(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    register ProtocolHandler *protPtr, *prevPtr;
-    Atom protocol;
-    const char *cmd;
-    size_t cmdLength;
-    Tcl_Obj *resultObj;
-
-    if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 5)) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?name? ?command?");
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (objc == 3) {
-	/*
-	 * Return a list of all defined protocols for the window.
-	 */
-
-	resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
-	for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; protPtr != NULL;
-		protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
-	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-		    Tk_GetAtomName((Tk_Window)winPtr, protPtr->protocol), -1));
-	}
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-    protocol = Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]));
-    if (objc == 4) {
-	/*
-	 * Return the command to handle a given protocol.
-	 */
-
-	for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; protPtr != NULL;
-		protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
-	    if (protPtr->protocol == protocol) {
-		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
-			Tcl_NewStringObj(protPtr->command, -1));
-		return TCL_OK;
-	    }
-	}
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Delete any current protocol handler, then create a new one with the
-     * specified command, unless the command is empty.
-     */
-
-    for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr, prevPtr = NULL; protPtr != NULL;
-	    prevPtr = protPtr, protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
-	if (protPtr->protocol == protocol) {
-	    if (prevPtr == NULL) {
-		wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
-	    } else {
-		prevPtr->nextPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
-	    }
-	    Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-    cmd = Tcl_GetString(objv[4]);
-    cmdLength = objv[4]->length;
-    if (cmdLength > 0) {
-	protPtr = ckalloc(HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength));
-	protPtr->protocol = protocol;
-	protPtr->nextPtr = wmPtr->protPtr;
-	wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr;
-	protPtr->interp = interp;
-	memcpy(protPtr->command, cmd, cmdLength + 1);
-    }
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * WmResizableCmd --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to process the "wm resizable" Tcl command.
- *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See the user documentation.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-WmResizableCmd(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    int width, height;
-
-    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (objc == 3) {
-	Tcl_Obj *results[2];
-
-	results[0] = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(!(wmPtr->flags&WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE));
-	results[1] = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(!(wmPtr->flags&WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE));
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-    if ((Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
-	    || (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (width) {
-	wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE;
-    } else {
-	wmPtr->flags |= WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE;
-    }
-    if (height) {
-	wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE;
-    } else {
-	wmPtr->flags |= WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE;
-    }
-    if (!((wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)
-	    && !(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED))) {
-	UpdateWrapper(winPtr);
-    }
-    WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * WmSizefromCmd --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to process the "wm sizefrom" Tcl command.
- *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See the user documentation.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-WmSizefromCmd(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
-	"program", "user", NULL
-    };
-    enum options {
-	OPT_PROGRAM, OPT_USER
-    };
-    int index;
-
-    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?user|program?");
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (objc == 3) {
-	const char *sourceStr = "";
-
-	if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & USSize) {
-	    sourceStr = "user";
-	} else if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PSize) {
-	    sourceStr = "program";
-	}
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(sourceStr, -1));
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-
-    if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
-	wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~(USSize|PSize);
-    } else {
-	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], optionStrings,
-		sizeof(char *), "argument", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-	if (index == OPT_USER) {
-	    wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PSize;
-	    wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= USSize;
-	} else { /* OPT_PROGRAM */
-	    wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~USSize;
-	    wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= PSize;
-	}
-    }
-    WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * WmStackorderCmd --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to process the "wm stackorder" Tcl command.
- *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See the user documentation.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-WmStackorderCmd(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    TkWindow **windows, **windowPtr;
-    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
-	"isabove", "isbelow", NULL
-    };
-    enum options {
-	OPT_ISABOVE, OPT_ISBELOW
-    };
-    Tcl_Obj *resultObj;
-    int index;
-
-    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?isabove|isbelow window?");
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    if (objc == 3) {
-	windows = TkWmStackorderToplevel(winPtr);
-	if (windows == NULL) {
-	    Tcl_Panic("TkWmStackorderToplevel failed");
-	}
-
-	resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
-	for (windowPtr = windows; *windowPtr ; windowPtr++) {
-	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj,
-		    TkNewWindowObj((Tk_Window) *windowPtr));
-	}
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
-	ckfree(windows);
-	return TCL_OK;
-    } else {
-	TkWindow *winPtr2, **winPtr2Ptr = &winPtr2;
-	int index1 = -1, index2 = -1, result;
-
-	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[4],
-		(Tk_Window *) winPtr2Ptr) != TCL_OK) {
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr2)) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		    "window \"%s\" isn't a top-level window",
-		    winPtr2->pathName));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STACK", "TOPLEVEL", NULL);
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	if (!Tk_IsMapped(winPtr)) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		    "window \"%s\" isn't mapped", winPtr->pathName));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STACK", "MAPPED", NULL);
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	if (!Tk_IsMapped(winPtr2)) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		    "window \"%s\" isn't mapped", winPtr2->pathName));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STACK", "MAPPED", NULL);
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Lookup stacking order of all toplevels that are children of "." and
-	 * find the position of winPtr and winPtr2 in the stacking order.
-	 */
-
-	windows = TkWmStackorderToplevel(winPtr->mainPtr->winPtr);
-	if (windows == NULL) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-		    "TkWmStackorderToplevel failed", -1));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "COMMUNICATION", NULL);
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	for (windowPtr = windows; *windowPtr ; windowPtr++) {
-	    if (*windowPtr == winPtr) {
-		index1 = (windowPtr - windows);
-	    }
-	    if (*windowPtr == winPtr2) {
-		index2 = (windowPtr - windows);
-	    }
-	}
-	if (index1 == -1) {
-	    Tcl_Panic("winPtr window not found");
-	} else if (index2 == -1) {
-	    Tcl_Panic("winPtr2 window not found");
-	}
-
-	ckfree(windows);
-
-	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], optionStrings,
-		sizeof(char *), "argument", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-	if (index == OPT_ISABOVE) {
-	    result = index1 > index2;
-	} else { /* OPT_ISBELOW */
-	    result = index1 < index2;
-	}
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(result));
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * WmStateCmd --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to process the "wm state" Tcl command. See
- *	the user documentation for details on what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See the user documentation.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-WmStateCmd(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
-	"normal", "iconic", "withdrawn", "zoomed", NULL
-    };
-    enum options {
-	OPT_NORMAL, OPT_ICONIC, OPT_WITHDRAWN, OPT_ZOOMED
-    };
-    int index;
-
-    if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?state?");
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (objc == 4) {
-	if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		    "can't change state of %s: it is an icon for %s",
-		    Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor)));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STATE", "ICON", NULL);
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], optionStrings,
-		sizeof(char *), "argument", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
-	    int state = 0;
-
-	    switch (index) {
-	    case OPT_NORMAL:
-		state = NormalState;
-		break;
-	    case OPT_ICONIC:
-		state = IconicState;
-		break;
-	    case OPT_WITHDRAWN:
-		state = WithdrawnState;
-		break;
-	    case OPT_ZOOMED:
-		state = ZoomState;
-		break;
-	    default:
-		Tcl_Panic("unexpected index");
-	    }
-
-	    if (state+1 != SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_STATE, state, 0)) {
-		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-			"can't change state of %s: the container does not support the request",
-			winPtr->pathName));
-		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "COMMUNICATION", NULL);
-		return TCL_ERROR;
-	    }
-	    return TCL_OK;
-	}
-
-	if (index == OPT_NORMAL) {
-	    wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_WITHDRAWN;
-	    TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState);
-
-	    /*
-	     * This varies from 'wm deiconify' because it does not force the
-	     * window to be raised and receive focus.
-	     */
-	} else if (index == OPT_ICONIC) {
-	    if (Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect) {
-		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-			"can't iconify \"%s\": override-redirect flag is set",
-			winPtr->pathName));
-		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STATE",
-			"OVERRIDE_REDIRECT", NULL);
-		return TCL_ERROR;
-	    }
-	    if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
-		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-			"can't iconify \"%s\": it is a transient",
-			winPtr->pathName));
-		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STATE", "TRANSIENT",
-			NULL);
-		return TCL_ERROR;
-	    }
-	    TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState);
-	} else if (index == OPT_WITHDRAWN) {
-	    wmPtr->flags |= WM_WITHDRAWN;
-	    TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);
-	} else if (index == OPT_ZOOMED) {
-	    TkpWmSetState(winPtr, ZoomState);
-	} else {
-	    Tcl_Panic("wm state not matched");
-	}
-    } else {
-	const char *stateStr = "";
-
-	if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
-	    stateStr = "icon";
-	} else {
-	    int state;
-
-	    if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
-		state = SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_STATE, -1, -1) - 1;
-	    } else {
-		state = wmPtr->hints.initial_state;
-	    }
-	    switch (state) {
-	    case NormalState:	stateStr = "normal";	break;
-	    case IconicState:	stateStr = "iconic";	break;
-	    case WithdrawnState: stateStr = "withdrawn"; break;
-	    case ZoomState:	stateStr = "zoomed";	break;
-	    }
-	}
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(stateStr, -1));
-    }
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * WmTitleCmd --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to process the "wm title" Tcl command. See
- *	the user documentation for details on what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See the user documentation.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-WmTitleCmd(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    const char *argv3;
-    size_t length;
-    HWND wrapper;
-
-    if (objc > 4) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newTitle?");
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
-	wrapper = (HWND) SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_GETFRAMEWID, 0, 0);
-    } else {
-	wrapper = wmPtr->wrapper;
-    }
-    if (objc == 3) {
-	if (wrapper) {
-	    TCHAR buf[256];
-	    Tcl_DString titleString;
-	    int size = 256;
-
-	    GetWindowText(wrapper, buf, size);
-	    Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(buf, -1, &titleString);
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-		    Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString),
-		    Tcl_DStringLength(&titleString)));
-	    Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString);
-	} else {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-		    (wmPtr->title ? wmPtr->title : winPtr->nameUid), -1));
-	}
-    } else {
-	if (wmPtr->title != NULL) {
-	    ckfree(wmPtr->title);
-	}
-	argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
-	length = objv[3]->length;
-	wmPtr->title = ckalloc(length + 1);
-	memcpy(wmPtr->title, argv3, length + 1);
-
-	if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) && wmPtr->wrapper != NULL) {
-	    Tcl_DString titleString;
-
-	    Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(wmPtr->title, -1, &titleString);
-	    SetWindowText(wrapper, (LPCTSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString));
-	    Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString);
-	}
-    }
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * WmTransientCmd --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to process the "wm transient" Tcl command.
- *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See the user documentation.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-WmTransientCmd(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    TkWindow *masterPtr = wmPtr->masterPtr, **masterPtrPtr = &masterPtr;
-    WmInfo *wmPtr2;
-
-    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?master?");
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (objc == 3) {
-	if (masterPtr != NULL) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj((Tk_Window) masterPtr));
-	}
-	return TCL_OK;
-    }
-    if (Tcl_GetString(objv[3])[0] == '\0') {
-	if (masterPtr != NULL) {
-	    /*
-	     * If we had a master, tell them that we aren't tied to them
-	     * anymore.
-	     */
-
-	    masterPtr->wmInfoPtr->numTransients--;
-	    Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) masterPtr,
-		    VisibilityChangeMask|StructureNotifyMask,
-		    WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc, winPtr);
-	}
-
-	wmPtr->masterPtr = NULL;
-    } else {
-	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[3],
-		(Tk_Window *) masterPtrPtr) != TCL_OK) {
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-	while (!Tk_TopWinHierarchy(masterPtr)) {
-	    /*
-	     * Ensure that the master window is actually a Tk toplevel.
-	     */
-
-	    masterPtr = masterPtr->parentPtr;
-	}
-	Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) masterPtr);
-
-	if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		    "can't make \"%s\" a transient: it is an icon for %s",
-		    Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor)));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "ICON", NULL);
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	wmPtr2 = masterPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-
-	if (wmPtr2->iconFor != NULL) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		    "can't make \"%s\" a master: it is an icon for %s",
-		    Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor)));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "ICON", NULL);
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	if (masterPtr == winPtr) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		    "can't make \"%s\" its own master", Tk_PathName(winPtr)));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "SELF", NULL);
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	} else if (masterPtr != wmPtr->masterPtr) {
-	    /*
-	     * Remove old master map/unmap binding before setting the new
-	     * master. The event handler will ensure that transient states
-	     * reflect the state of the master.
-	     */
-
-	    if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
-		wmPtr->masterPtr->wmInfoPtr->numTransients--;
-		Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) wmPtr->masterPtr,
-			VisibilityChangeMask|StructureNotifyMask,
-			WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc, winPtr);
-	    }
-
-	    masterPtr->wmInfoPtr->numTransients++;
-	    Tk_CreateEventHandler((Tk_Window) masterPtr,
-		    VisibilityChangeMask|StructureNotifyMask,
-		    WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc, winPtr);
-
-	    wmPtr->masterPtr = masterPtr;
-	}
-    }
-    if (!((wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)
-	    && !(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED))) {
-	if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL
-		&& !Tk_IsMapped(wmPtr->masterPtr)) {
-	    TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);
-	} else {
-	    UpdateWrapper(winPtr);
-	}
-    }
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * WmWithdrawCmd --
- *
- *	This function is invoked to process the "wm withdraw" Tcl command.
- *	See the user documentation for details on what it does.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	See the user documentation.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-WmWithdrawCmd(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
-    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-
-    if (objc != 3) {
-	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		"can't withdraw %s: it is an icon for %s",
-		Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor)));
-	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "WITHDRAW", "ICON", NULL);
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
-	if (SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_WITHDRAW, 0, 0) < 0) {
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		    "can't withdraw %s: the container does not support the request",
-		    Tcl_GetString(objv[2])));
-	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "COMMUNICATION", NULL);
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-    } else {
-	wmPtr->flags |= WM_WITHDRAWN;
-	TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);
-    }
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- * Invoked by those wm subcommands that affect geometry. Schedules a geometry
- * update.
- */
-
-static void
-WmUpdateGeom(
-    WmInfo *wmPtr,
-    TkWindow *winPtr)
-{
-    if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
-	wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
-    }
-}
-
-	/*ARGSUSED*/
-static void
-WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc(
-    ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to window. */
-    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Information about event. */
-{
-    TkWindow *winPtr = clientData;
-    TkWindow *masterPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr->masterPtr;
-
-    if (masterPtr == NULL)
-	return;
-
-    if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) {
-	if (!(winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_WITHDRAWN)) {
-	    TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState);
-	}
-    } else if (eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify) {
-	TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);
-    }
-
-    if (eventPtr->type == VisibilityNotify) {
-	int state = masterPtr->wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state;
-
-	if ((state == NormalState) || (state == ZoomState)) {
-	    state = winPtr->wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state;
-	    if ((state == NormalState) || (state == ZoomState)) {
-		UpdateWrapper(winPtr);
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tk_SetGrid --
- *
- *	This function is invoked by a widget when it wishes to set a grid
- *	coordinate system that controls the size of a top-level window. It
- *	provides a C interface equivalent to the "wm grid" command and is
- *	usually associated with the -setgrid option.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Grid-related information will be passed to the window manager, so that
- *	the top-level window associated with tkwin will resize on even grid
- *	units. If some other window already controls gridding for the
- *	top-level window then this function call has no effect.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-Tk_SetGrid(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Token for window. New window mgr info will
-				 * be posted for the top-level window
-				 * associated with this window. */
-    int reqWidth,		/* Width (in grid units) corresponding to the
-				 * requested geometry for tkwin. */
-    int reqHeight,		/* Height (in grid units) corresponding to the
-				 * requested geometry for tkwin. */
-    int widthInc, int heightInc)/* Pixel increments corresponding to a change
-				 * of one grid unit. */
-{
-    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr;
-
-    /*
-     * Ensure widthInc and heightInc are greater than 0
-     */
-
-    if (widthInc <= 0) {
-	widthInc = 1;
-    }
-    if (heightInc <= 0) {
-	heightInc = 1;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Find the top-level window for tkwin, plus the window manager
-     * information.
-     */
-
-    while (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)) {
-	winPtr = winPtr->parentPtr;
-    }
-    wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    if (wmPtr == NULL) {
-	return;
-    }
-
-    if ((wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) && (wmPtr->gridWin != tkwin)) {
-	return;
-    }
-
-    if ((wmPtr->reqGridWidth == reqWidth)
-	    && (wmPtr->reqGridHeight == reqHeight)
-	    && (wmPtr->widthInc == widthInc)
-	    && (wmPtr->heightInc == heightInc)
-	    && ((wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (PBaseSize|PResizeInc))
-		    == (PBaseSize|PResizeInc))) {
-	return;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * If gridding was previously off, then forget about any window size
-     * requests made by the user or via "wm geometry": these are in pixel
-     * units and there's no easy way to translate them to grid units since the
-     * new requested size of the top-level window in pixels may not yet have
-     * been registered yet (it may filter up the hierarchy in DoWhenIdle
-     * handlers). However, if the window has never been mapped yet then just
-     * leave the window size alone: assume that it is intended to be in grid
-     * units but just happened to have been specified before this function was
-     * called.
-     */
-
-    if ((wmPtr->gridWin == NULL) && !(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
-	wmPtr->width = -1;
-	wmPtr->height = -1;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Set the new gridding information, and start the process of passing all
-     * of this information to the window manager.
-     */
-
-    wmPtr->gridWin = tkwin;
-    wmPtr->reqGridWidth = reqWidth;
-    wmPtr->reqGridHeight = reqHeight;
-    wmPtr->widthInc = widthInc;
-    wmPtr->heightInc = heightInc;
-    wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= PBaseSize|PResizeInc;
-    if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
-	wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tk_UnsetGrid --
- *
- *	This function cancels the effect of a previous call to Tk_SetGrid.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	If tkwin currently controls gridding for its top-level window,
- *	gridding is cancelled for that top-level window; if some other window
- *	controls gridding then this function has no effect.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-Tk_UnsetGrid(
-    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Token for window that is currently
-				 * controlling gridding. */
-{
-    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr;
-
-    /*
-     * Find the top-level window for tkwin, plus the window manager
-     * information.
-     */
-
-    while (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)) {
-	winPtr = winPtr->parentPtr;
-    }
-    wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    if (wmPtr == NULL) {
-	return;
-    }
-
-    if (tkwin != wmPtr->gridWin) {
-	return;
-    }
-
-    wmPtr->gridWin = NULL;
-    wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~(PBaseSize|PResizeInc);
-    if (wmPtr->width != -1) {
-	wmPtr->width = winPtr->reqWidth + (wmPtr->width
-		- wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc;
-	wmPtr->height = winPtr->reqHeight + (wmPtr->height
-		- wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc;
-    }
-    wmPtr->widthInc = 1;
-    wmPtr->heightInc = 1;
-
-    if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
-	wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TopLevelEventProc --
- *
- *	This function is invoked when a top-level (or other externally-managed
- *	window) is restructured in any way.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Tk's internal data structures for the window get modified to reflect
- *	the structural change.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-TopLevelEventProc(
-    ClientData clientData,	/* Window for which event occurred. */
-    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Event that just happened. */
-{
-    register TkWindow *winPtr = clientData;
-
-    if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
-	Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
-
-	if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD)) {
-	    /*
-	     * A top-level window was deleted externally (e.g., by the window
-	     * manager). This is probably not a good thing, but cleanup as
-	     * best we can. The error handler is needed because
-	     * Tk_DestroyWindow will try to destroy the window, but of course
-	     * it's already gone.
-	     */
-
-	    handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->display, -1, -1, -1,
-		    NULL, NULL);
-	    Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
-	    Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TopLevelReqProc --
- *
- *	This function is invoked by the geometry manager whenever the
- *	requested size for a top-level window is changed.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Arrange for the window to be resized to satisfy the request (this
- *	happens as a when-idle action).
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-	/* ARGSUSED */
-static void
-TopLevelReqProc(
-    ClientData dummy,		/* Not used. */
-    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Information about window. */
-{
-    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
-    WmInfo *wmPtr;
-
-    wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    if (wmPtr) {
-	if ((winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) && (wmPtr->wrapper != NULL)) {
-	    SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_GEOMETRYREQ, Tk_ReqWidth(tkwin),
-		Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin));
-	}
-	if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
-	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
-	    wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * UpdateGeometryInfo --
- *
- *	This function is invoked when a top-level window is first mapped, and
- *	also as a when-idle function, to bring the geometry and/or position of
- *	a top-level window back into line with what has been requested by the
- *	user and/or widgets. This function doesn't return until the system has
- *	responded to the geometry change.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	The window's size and location may change, unless the WM prevents that
- *	from happening.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-UpdateGeometryInfo(
-    ClientData clientData)	/* Pointer to the window's record. */
-{
-    int x, y;			/* Position of border on desktop. */
-    int width, height;		/* Size of client area. */
-    int min, max;
-    RECT rect;
-    register TkWindow *winPtr = clientData;
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-
-    wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
-
-    /*
-     * If the window is minimized or maximized, we should not update our
-     * geometry since it will end up with the wrong values. ConfigureToplevel
-     * will reschedule UpdateGeometryInfo when the state of the window
-     * changes.
-     */
-
-    if (wmPtr->wrapper && (IsIconic(wmPtr->wrapper) ||
-	    IsZoomed(wmPtr->wrapper) || (wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN))) {
-	return;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Compute the border size for the current window style. This size will
-     * include the resize handles, the title bar and the menubar. Note that
-     * this size will not be correct if the menubar spans multiple lines. The
-     * height will be off by a multiple of the menubar height. It really only
-     * measures the minimum size of the border.
-     */
-
-    rect.left = rect.right = rect.top = rect.bottom = 0;
-    AdjustWindowRectEx(&rect, wmPtr->style, wmPtr->hMenu != NULL,
-	    wmPtr->exStyle);
-    wmPtr->borderWidth = rect.right - rect.left;
-    wmPtr->borderHeight = rect.bottom - rect.top;
-
-    /*
-     * Compute the new size for the top-level window. See the user
-     * documentation for details on this, but the size requested depends on
-     * (a) the size requested internally by the window's widgets, (b) the size
-     * requested by the user in a "wm geometry" command or via wm-based
-     * interactive resizing (if any), (c) whether or not the window is
-     * gridded, and (d) the current min or max size for the toplevel. Don't
-     * permit sizes <= 0 because this upsets the X server.
-     */
-
-    if (wmPtr->width == -1) {
-	width = winPtr->reqWidth;
-    } else if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
-	width = winPtr->reqWidth
-		+ (wmPtr->width - wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc;
-    } else {
-	width = wmPtr->width;
-    }
-    if (width <= 0) {
-	width = 1;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Account for window max/min width
-     */
-
-    if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
-	min = winPtr->reqWidth
-		+ (wmPtr->minWidth - wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc;
-	if (wmPtr->maxWidth > 0) {
-	    max = winPtr->reqWidth
-		    + (wmPtr->maxWidth - wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc;
-	} else {
-	    max = 0;
-	}
-    } else {
-	min = wmPtr->minWidth;
-	max = wmPtr->maxWidth;
-    }
-    if (width < min) {
-	width = min;
-    } else if ((max > 0) && (width > max)) {
-	width = max;
-    }
-
-    if (wmPtr->height == -1) {
-	height = winPtr->reqHeight;
-    } else if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
-	height = winPtr->reqHeight
-		+ (wmPtr->height - wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc;
-    } else {
-	height = wmPtr->height;
-    }
-    if (height <= 0) {
-	height = 1;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Account for window max/min height
-     */
-
-    if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
-	min = winPtr->reqHeight
-		+ (wmPtr->minHeight - wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc;
-	if (wmPtr->maxHeight > 0) {
-	    max = winPtr->reqHeight
-		    + (wmPtr->maxHeight-wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc;
-	} else {
-	    max = 0;
-	}
-    } else {
-	min = wmPtr->minHeight;
-	max = wmPtr->maxHeight;
-    }
-    if (height < min) {
-	height = min;
-    } else if ((max > 0) && (height > max)) {
-	height = max;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Compute the new position for the upper-left pixel of the window's
-     * decorative frame. This is tricky, because we need to include the border
-     * widths supplied by a reparented parent in this calculation, but can't
-     * use the parent's current overall size since that may change as a result
-     * of this code.
-     */
-
-    if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) {
-	x = DisplayWidth(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum) - wmPtr->x
-		- (width + wmPtr->borderWidth);
-    } else {
-	x = wmPtr->x;
-    }
-    if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) {
-	y = DisplayHeight(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum) - wmPtr->y
-		- (height + wmPtr->borderHeight);
-    } else {
-	y = wmPtr->y;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Reconfigure the window if it isn't already configured correctly. Base
-     * the size check on what we *asked for* last time, not what we got.
-     * Return immediately if there have been no changes in the requested
-     * geometry of the toplevel.
-     */
-
-    /* TODO: need to add flag for possible menu size change */
-
-    if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_MOVE_PENDING)
-	    && (width == wmPtr->configWidth)
-	    && (height == wmPtr->configHeight)) {
-	return;
-    }
-    wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_MOVE_PENDING;
-
-    wmPtr->configWidth = width;
-    wmPtr->configHeight = height;
-
-    /*
-     * Don't bother moving the window if we are in the process of creating it.
-     * Just update the geometry info based on what we asked for.
-     */
-
-    if (wmPtr->flags & WM_CREATE_PENDING) {
-	winPtr->changes.x = x;
-	winPtr->changes.y = y;
-	winPtr->changes.width = width;
-	winPtr->changes.height = height;
-	return;
-    }
-
-    wmPtr->flags |= WM_SYNC_PENDING;
-    if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
-	/*
-	 * The wrapper window is in a different process, so we need to send it
-	 * a geometry request. This protocol assumes that the other process
-	 * understands this Tk message, otherwise our requested geometry will
-	 * be ignored.
-	 */
-
-	SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_MOVEWINDOW, x, y);
-	SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_GEOMETRYREQ, width, height);
-    } else {
-	int reqHeight, reqWidth;
-	RECT windowRect;
-	int menuInc = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYMENU);
-	int newHeight;
-
-	/*
-	 * We have to keep resizing the window until we get the requested
-	 * height in the client area. If the client area has zero height, then
-	 * the window rect is too small by definition. Try increasing the
-	 * border height and try again. Once we have a positive size, then we
-	 * can adjust the height exactly. If the window rect comes back
-	 * smaller than we requested, we have hit the maximum constraints that
-	 * Windows imposes. Once we find a positive client size, the next size
-	 * is the one we try no matter what.
-	 */
-
-	reqHeight = height + wmPtr->borderHeight;
-	reqWidth = width + wmPtr->borderWidth;
-
-	while (1) {
-	    MoveWindow(wmPtr->wrapper, x, y, reqWidth, reqHeight, TRUE);
-	    GetWindowRect(wmPtr->wrapper, &windowRect);
-	    newHeight = windowRect.bottom - windowRect.top;
-
-	    /*
-	     * If the request wasn't satisfied, we have hit an external
-	     * constraint and must stop.
-	     */
-
-	    if (newHeight < reqHeight) {
-		break;
-	    }
-
-	    /*
-	     * Now check the size of the client area against our ideal.
-	     */
-
-	    GetClientRect(wmPtr->wrapper, &windowRect);
-	    newHeight = windowRect.bottom - windowRect.top;
-
-	    if (newHeight == height) {
-		/*
-		 * We're done.
-		 */
-
-		break;
-	    } else if (newHeight > height) {
-		/*
-		 * One last resize to get rid of the extra space.
-		 */
-
-		menuInc = newHeight - height;
-		reqHeight -= menuInc;
-		if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) {
-		    y += menuInc;
-		}
-		MoveWindow(wmPtr->wrapper, x, y, reqWidth, reqHeight, TRUE);
-		break;
-	    }
-
-	    /*
-	     * We didn't get enough space to satisfy our requested height, so
-	     * the menu must have wrapped. Increase the size of the window by
-	     * one menu height and move the window if it is positioned
-	     * relative to the lower right corner of the screen.
-	     */
-
-	    reqHeight += menuInc;
-	    if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) {
-		y -= menuInc;
-	    }
-	}
-	if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
-	    DrawMenuBar(wmPtr->wrapper);
-	}
-    }
-    wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING;
-}
-
-/*
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * ParseGeometry --
- *
- *	This function parses a geometry string and updates information used to
- *	control the geometry of a top-level window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Tcl return value, plus an error message in the interp's
- *	result if an error occurs.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	The size and/or location of winPtr may change.
- *
- *--------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-ParseGeometry(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting. */
-    const char *string,		/* String containing new geometry. Has the
-				 * standard form "=wxh+x+y". */
-    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Pointer to top-level window whose geometry
-				 * is to be changed. */
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    int x, y, width, height, flags;
-    char *end;
-    register const char *p = string;
-
-    /*
-     * The leading "=" is optional.
-     */
-
-    if (*p == '=') {
-	p++;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Parse the width and height, if they are present. Don't actually update
-     * any of the fields of wmPtr until we've successfully parsed the entire
-     * geometry string.
-     */
-
-    width = wmPtr->width;
-    height = wmPtr->height;
-    x = wmPtr->x;
-    y = wmPtr->y;
-    flags = wmPtr->flags;
-    if (isdigit(UCHAR(*p))) {
-	width = strtoul(p, &end, 10);
-	p = end;
-	if (*p != 'x') {
-	    goto error;
-	}
-	p++;
-	if (!isdigit(UCHAR(*p))) {
-	    goto error;
-	}
-	height = strtoul(p, &end, 10);
-	p = end;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Parse the X and Y coordinates, if they are present.
-     */
-
-    if (*p != '\0') {
-	flags &= ~(WM_NEGATIVE_X | WM_NEGATIVE_Y);
-	if (*p == '-') {
-	    flags |= WM_NEGATIVE_X;
-	} else if (*p != '+') {
-	    goto error;
-	}
-	p++;
-	if (!isdigit(UCHAR(*p)) && (*p != '-')) {
-	    goto error;
-	}
-	x = strtol(p, &end, 10);
-	p = end;
-	if (*p == '-') {
-	    flags |= WM_NEGATIVE_Y;
-	} else if (*p != '+') {
-	    goto error;
-	}
-	p++;
-	if (!isdigit(UCHAR(*p)) && (*p != '-')) {
-	    goto error;
-	}
-	y = strtol(p, &end, 10);
-	if (*end != '\0') {
-	    goto error;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Assume that the geometry information came from the user, unless an
-	 * explicit source has been specified. Otherwise most window managers
-	 * assume that the size hints were program-specified and they ignore
-	 * them.
-	 */
-
-	if (!(wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (USPosition|PPosition))) {
-	    wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= USPosition;
-	}
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Everything was parsed OK. Update the fields of *wmPtr and arrange for
-     * the appropriate information to be percolated out to the window manager
-     * at the next idle moment.
-     */
-
-    wmPtr->width = width;
-    wmPtr->height = height;
-    wmPtr->x = x;
-    wmPtr->y = y;
-    flags |= WM_MOVE_PENDING;
-    wmPtr->flags = flags;
-
-    if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
-	wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
-    }
-    return TCL_OK;
-
-  error:
-    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-	    "bad geometry specifier \"%s\"", string));
-    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "GEOMETRY", NULL);
-    return TCL_ERROR;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tk_GetRootCoords --
- *
- *	Given a token for a window, this function traces through the window's
- *	lineage to find the (virtual) root-window coordinates corresponding to
- *	point (0,0) in the window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	The locations pointed to by xPtr and yPtr are filled in with the root
- *	coordinates of the (0,0) point in tkwin.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-Tk_GetRootCoords(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Token for window. */
-    int *xPtr,			/* Where to store x-displacement of (0,0). */
-    int *yPtr)			/* Where to store y-displacement of (0,0). */
-{
-    register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
-
-    /*
-     * If the window is mapped, let Windows figure out the translation.
-     */
-
-    if (winPtr->window != None) {
-	HWND hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window);
-	POINT point;
-
-	point.x = 0;
-	point.y = 0;
-
-	ClientToScreen(hwnd, &point);
-
-	*xPtr = point.x;
-	*yPtr = point.y;
-    } else {
-	*xPtr = 0;
-	*yPtr = 0;
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tk_CoordsToWindow --
- *
- *	Given the (virtual) root coordinates of a point, this function returns
- *	the token for the top-most window covering that point, if there exists
- *	such a window in this application.
- *
- * Results:
- *	The return result is either a token for the window corresponding to
- *	rootX and rootY, or else NULL to indicate that there is no such
- *	window.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-Tk_Window
-Tk_CoordsToWindow(
-    int rootX, int rootY,	/* Coordinates of point in root window. If a
-				 * virtual-root window manager is in use,
-				 * these coordinates refer to the virtual
-				 * root, not the real root. */
-    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Token for any window in application; used
-				 * to identify the display. */
-{
-    POINT pos;
-    HWND hwnd;
-    TkWindow *winPtr;
-
-    pos.x = rootX;
-    pos.y = rootY;
-    hwnd = WindowFromPoint(pos);
-
-    winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_HWNDToWindow(hwnd);
-    if (winPtr && (winPtr->mainPtr == ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr)) {
-	return (Tk_Window) winPtr;
-    }
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tk_GetVRootGeometry --
- *
- *	This function returns information about the virtual root window
- *	corresponding to a particular Tk window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	The values at xPtr, yPtr, widthPtr, and heightPtr are set with the
- *	offset and dimensions of the root window corresponding to tkwin. If
- *	tkwin is being managed by a virtual root window manager these values
- *	correspond to the virtual root window being used for tkwin; otherwise
- *	the offsets will be 0 and the dimensions will be those of the screen.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Vroot window information is refreshed if it is out of date.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-Tk_GetVRootGeometry(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window whose virtual root is to be
-				 * queried. */
-    int *xPtr, int *yPtr,	/* Store x and y offsets of virtual root
-				 * here. */
-    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
-				/* Store dimensions of virtual root here. */
-{
-    *xPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_XVIRTUALSCREEN);
-    *yPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_YVIRTUALSCREEN);
-    *widthPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXVIRTUALSCREEN);
-    *heightPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYVIRTUALSCREEN);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tk_MoveToplevelWindow --
- *
- *	This function is called instead of Tk_MoveWindow to adjust the x-y
- *	location of a top-level window. It delays the actual move to a later
- *	time and keeps window-manager information up-to-date with the move
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	The window is eventually moved so that its upper-left corner
- *	(actually, the upper-left corner of the window's decorative frame, if
- *	there is one) is at (x,y).
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window to move. */
-    int x, int y)		/* New location for window (within parent). */
-{
-    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-
-    if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL)) {
-	Tcl_Panic("Tk_MoveToplevelWindow called with non-toplevel window");
-    }
-    wmPtr->x = x;
-    wmPtr->y = y;
-    wmPtr->flags |= WM_MOVE_PENDING;
-    wmPtr->flags &= ~(WM_NEGATIVE_X|WM_NEGATIVE_Y);
-    if (!(wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (USPosition|PPosition))) {
-	wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= USPosition;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * If the window has already been mapped, must bring its geometry
-     * up-to-date immediately, otherwise an event might arrive from the server
-     * that would overwrite wmPtr->x and wmPtr->y and lose the new position.
-     */
-
-    if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
-	if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) {
-	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
-	}
-	UpdateGeometryInfo(winPtr);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWmProtocolEventProc --
- *
- *	This function is called by the Tk_HandleEvent whenever a ClientMessage
- *	event arrives whose type is "WM_PROTOCOLS". This function handles the
- *	message from the window manager in an appropriate fashion.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Depends on what sort of handler, if any, was set up for the protocol.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkWmProtocolEventProc(
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Window to which the event was sent. */
-    XEvent *eventPtr)		/* X event. */
-{
-    WmInfo *wmPtr;
-    register ProtocolHandler *protPtr;
-    Atom protocol;
-    int result;
-    Tcl_Interp *interp;
-
-    wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-    if (wmPtr == NULL) {
-	return;
-    }
-    protocol = (Atom) eventPtr->xclient.data.l[0];
-    for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; protPtr != NULL;
-	    protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
-	if (protocol == protPtr->protocol) {
-	    /*
-	     * Cache atom name, as we might destroy the window as a result of
-	     * the eval.
-	     */
-
-	    const char *name = Tk_GetAtomName((Tk_Window) winPtr, protocol);
-
-	    Tcl_Preserve(protPtr);
-	    interp = protPtr->interp;
-	    Tcl_Preserve(interp);
-	    result = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, protPtr->command, -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
-	    if (result != TCL_OK) {
-		Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-			"\n    (command for \"%s\" window manager protocol)",
-			name));
-		Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, result);
-	    }
-	    Tcl_Release(interp);
-	    Tcl_Release(protPtr);
-	    return;
-	}
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * No handler was present for this protocol. If this is a WM_DELETE_WINDOW
-     * message then just destroy the window.
-     */
-
-    if (protocol == Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW")) {
-	Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWmStackorderToplevelEnumProc --
- *
- *	This function is invoked once for each HWND Window on the display as a
- *	result of calling EnumWindows from TkWmStackorderToplevel.
- *
- * Results:
- *	TRUE to request further iteration.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Adds entries to the passed array of TkWindows.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-BOOL CALLBACK
-TkWmStackorderToplevelEnumProc(
-    HWND hwnd,			/* Handle to parent window */
-    LPARAM lParam)		/* Application-defined value */
-{
-    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
-    TkWindow *childWinPtr;
-
-    TkWmStackorderToplevelPair *pair =
-	    (TkWmStackorderToplevelPair *) lParam;
-
-    /*fprintf(stderr, "Looking up HWND %d\n", hwnd);*/
-
-    hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(pair->table, (char *) hwnd);
-    if (hPtr != NULL) {
-	childWinPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
-
-	/*
-	 * Double check that same HWND does not get passed twice.
-	 */
-
-	if (childWinPtr == NULL) {
-	    Tcl_Panic("duplicate HWND in TkWmStackorderToplevelEnumProc");
-	} else {
-	    Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, NULL);
-	}
-	/*
-	fprintf(stderr, "Found mapped HWND %d -> %x (%s)\n", hwnd,
-		childWinPtr, childWinPtr->pathName);
-	*/
-	*(pair->windowPtr)-- = childWinPtr;
-    }
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap --
- *
- *	This function will create a table that maps the wrapper HWND id for a
- *	toplevel to the TkWindow structure that is wraps.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Adds entries to the passed hashtable.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* TkWindow to recurse on */
-    Display *display,		/* X display of parent window */
-    Tcl_HashTable *table)	/* Table to maps HWND to TkWindow */
-{
-    TkWindow *childPtr;
-    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
-    HWND wrapper;
-    int newEntry;
-
-    if (Tk_IsMapped(winPtr) && Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)
-	    && !Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr) && (winPtr->display == display)) {
-	wrapper = TkWinGetWrapperWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
-
-	/*
-	fprintf(stderr, "Mapped HWND %d to %x (%s)\n", wrapper,
-		winPtr, winPtr->pathName);
-	*/
-
-	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(table, (char *) wrapper, &newEntry);
-	Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, winPtr);
-    }
-
-    for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL;
-	    childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) {
-	TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(childPtr, display, table);
-    }
-}
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWmStackorderToplevel --
- *
- *	This function returns the stack order of toplevel windows.
- *
- * Results:
- *	An array of pointers to tk window objects in stacking order or else
- *	NULL if there was an error.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-TkWindow **
-TkWmStackorderToplevel(
-    TkWindow *parentPtr)	/* Parent toplevel window. */
-{
-    TkWmStackorderToplevelPair pair;
-    TkWindow **windows;
-    Tcl_HashTable table;
-    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
-    Tcl_HashSearch search;
-
-    /*
-     * Map HWND ids to a TkWindow of the wrapped toplevel.
-     */
-
-    Tcl_InitHashTable(&table, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
-    TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(parentPtr, parentPtr->display, &table);
-
-    windows = ckalloc((table.numEntries+1) * sizeof(TkWindow *));
-
-    /*
-     * Special cases: If zero or one toplevels were mapped there is no need to
-     * call EnumWindows.
-     */
-
-    switch (table.numEntries) {
-    case 0:
-	windows[0] = NULL;
-	goto done;
-    case 1:
-	hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&table, &search);
-	windows[0] = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
-	windows[1] = NULL;
-	goto done;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * We will be inserting into the array starting at the end and working our
-     * way to the beginning since EnumWindows returns windows in highest to
-     * lowest order.
-     */
-
-    pair.table = &table;
-    pair.windowPtr = windows + table.numEntries;
-    *pair.windowPtr-- = NULL;
-
-    if (EnumWindows((WNDENUMPROC) TkWmStackorderToplevelEnumProc,
-	    (LPARAM) &pair) == 0) {
-	ckfree(windows);
-	windows = NULL;
-    } else if (pair.windowPtr != (windows-1)) {
-	Tcl_Panic("num matched toplevel windows does not equal num children");
-    }
-
-  done:
-    Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&table);
-    return windows;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWmRestackToplevel --
- *
- *	This function restacks a top-level window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	WinPtr gets restacked as specified by aboveBelow and otherPtr. This
- *	function doesn't return until the restack has taken effect and the
- *	ConfigureNotify event for it has been received.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkWmRestackToplevel(
-    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Window to restack. */
-    int aboveBelow,		/* Gives relative position for restacking;
-				 * must be Above or Below. */
-    TkWindow *otherPtr)		/* Window relative to which to restack; if
-				 * NULL, then winPtr gets restacked above or
-				 * below *all* siblings. */
-{
-    HWND hwnd, insertAfter;
-
-    /*
-     * Can't set stacking order properly until the window is on the screen
-     * (mapping it may give it a reparent window).
-     */
-
-    if (winPtr->window == None) {
-	Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr);
-    }
-    if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
-	TkWmMapWindow(winPtr);
-    }
-    hwnd = (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper != NULL)
-	? winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper : Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window);
-
-    if (otherPtr != NULL) {
-	if (otherPtr->window == None) {
-	    Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) otherPtr);
-	}
-	if (otherPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
-	    TkWmMapWindow(otherPtr);
-	}
-	insertAfter = (otherPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper != NULL)
-		? otherPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper : Tk_GetHWND(otherPtr->window);
-    } else {
-	insertAfter = NULL;
-    }
-
-    if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
-	SendMessage(winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper, TK_RAISEWINDOW,
-		(WPARAM) insertAfter, aboveBelow);
-    } else {
-	TkWinSetWindowPos(hwnd, insertAfter, aboveBelow);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWmAddToColormapWindows --
- *
- *	This function is called to add a given window to the
- *	WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its top-level, if it isn't already
- *	there. It is invoked by the Tk code that creates a new colormap, in
- *	order to make sure that colormap information is propagated to the
- *	window manager by default.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	WinPtr's window gets added to the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property of its
- *	nearest top-level ancestor, unless the colormaps have been set
- *	explicitly with the "wm colormapwindows" command.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkWmAddToColormapWindows(
-    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Window with a non-default colormap. Should
-				 * not be a top-level window. */
-{
-    TkWindow *topPtr;
-    TkWindow **oldPtr, **newPtr;
-    int count, i;
-
-    if (winPtr->window == None) {
-	return;
-    }
-
-    for (topPtr = winPtr->parentPtr; ; topPtr = topPtr->parentPtr) {
-	if (topPtr == NULL) {
-	    /*
-	     * Window is being deleted. Skip the whole operation.
-	     */
-
-	    return;
-	}
-	if (topPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY) {
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-    if (topPtr->wmInfoPtr == NULL) {
-	return;
-    }
-
-    if (topPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_COLORMAPS_EXPLICIT) {
-	return;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Make sure that the window isn't already in the list.
-     */
-
-    count = topPtr->wmInfoPtr->cmapCount;
-    oldPtr = topPtr->wmInfoPtr->cmapList;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
-	if (oldPtr[i] == winPtr) {
-	    return;
-	}
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Make a new bigger array and use it to reset the property.
-     * Automatically add the toplevel itself as the last element of the list.
-     */
-
-    newPtr = ckalloc((count+2) * sizeof(TkWindow *));
-    if (count > 0) {
-	memcpy(newPtr, oldPtr, count * sizeof(TkWindow*));
-    }
-    if (count == 0) {
-	count++;
-    }
-    newPtr[count-1] = winPtr;
-    newPtr[count] = topPtr;
-    if (oldPtr != NULL) {
-	ckfree(oldPtr);
-    }
-
-    topPtr->wmInfoPtr->cmapList = newPtr;
-    topPtr->wmInfoPtr->cmapCount = count+1;
-
-    /*
-     * Now we need to force the updated colormaps to be installed.
-     */
-
-    if (topPtr->wmInfoPtr == winPtr->dispPtr->foregroundWmPtr) {
-	InstallColormaps(topPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper, WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE, 1);
-    } else {
-	InstallColormaps(topPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper, WM_PALETTECHANGED, 0);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows --
- *
- *	This function is called to remove a given window from the
- *	WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its top-level. It is invoked when
- *	windows are deleted.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	WinPtr's window gets removed from the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property of
- *	its nearest top-level ancestor, unless the top-level itself is being
- *	deleted too.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows(
-    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Window that may be present in
-				 * WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its
-				 * top-level. Should not be a top-level
-				 * window. */
-{
-    TkWindow *topPtr;
-    TkWindow **oldPtr;
-    int count, i, j;
-
-    for (topPtr = winPtr->parentPtr; ; topPtr = topPtr->parentPtr) {
-	if (topPtr == NULL) {
-	    /*
-	     * Ancestors have been deleted, so skip the whole operation.
-	     * Seems like this can't ever happen?
-	     */
-
-	    return;
-	}
-	if (topPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL) {
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-    if (topPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD) {
-	/*
-	 * Top-level is being deleted, so there's no need to cleanup the
-	 * WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property.
-	 */
-
-	return;
-    }
-
-    if (topPtr->wmInfoPtr == NULL) {
-	return;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Find the window and slide the following ones down to cover it up.
-     */
-
-    count = topPtr->wmInfoPtr->cmapCount;
-    oldPtr = topPtr->wmInfoPtr->cmapList;
-    for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
-	if (oldPtr[i] == winPtr) {
-	    for (j = i ; j < count-1; j++) {
-		oldPtr[j] = oldPtr[j+1];
-	    }
-	    topPtr->wmInfoPtr->cmapCount = count-1;
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinSetMenu--
- *
- *	Associcates a given HMENU to a window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	The menu will end up being drawn in the window, and the geometry of
- *	the window will have to be changed.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkWinSetMenu(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* the window to put the menu in */
-    HMENU hMenu)		/* the menu to set */
-{
-    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
-    WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-
-    /* Could be a Frame (i.e. not a Toplevel) */
-    if (wmPtr == NULL)
-	return;
-
-    wmPtr->hMenu = hMenu;
-    if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
-	int syncPending = wmPtr->flags & WM_SYNC_PENDING;
-
-	wmPtr->flags |= WM_SYNC_PENDING;
-	SetMenu(wmPtr->wrapper, hMenu);
-	if (!syncPending) {
-	    wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING;
-	}
-    }
-    if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
-	if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
-	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
-	    wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_MOVE_PENDING;
-	}
-    } else {
-	SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_SETMENU, (WPARAM) hMenu,
-		(LPARAM) Tk_GetMenuHWND(tkwin));
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * ConfigureTopLevel --
- *
- *	Generate a ConfigureNotify event based on the current position
- *	information. This function is called by TopLevelProc.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Queues a new event.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-ConfigureTopLevel(
-    WINDOWPOS *pos)
-{
-    TkWindow *winPtr = GetTopLevel(pos->hwnd);
-    WmInfo *wmPtr;
-    int state;			/* Current window state. */
-    RECT rect;
-    WINDOWPLACEMENT windowPos;
-
-    if (winPtr == NULL) {
-	return;
-    }
-
-    wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-
-    /*
-     * Determine the current window state.
-     */
-
-    if (!IsWindowVisible(wmPtr->wrapper)) {
-	state = WithdrawnState;
-    } else {
-	windowPos.length = sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT);
-	GetWindowPlacement(wmPtr->wrapper, &windowPos);
-	switch (windowPos.showCmd) {
-	case SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED:
-	    state = ZoomState;
-	    break;
-	case SW_SHOWMINIMIZED:
-	    state = IconicState;
-	    break;
-	case SW_SHOWNORMAL:
-	default:
-	    state = NormalState;
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * If the state of the window just changed, be sure to update the
-     * child window information.
-     */
-
-    if (wmPtr->hints.initial_state != state) {
-	wmPtr->hints.initial_state = state;
-	switch (state) {
-	case WithdrawnState:
-	case IconicState:
-	    XUnmapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window);
-	    break;
-
-	case NormalState:
-	    /*
-	     * Schedule a geometry update. Since we ignore geometry requests
-	     * while in any other state, the geometry info may be stale.
-	     */
-
-	    if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING)) {
-		Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
-		wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
-	    }
-	    /* fall through */
-	case ZoomState:
-	    XMapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window);
-	    pos->flags |= SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE;
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Don't report geometry changes in the Iconic or Withdrawn states.
-     */
-
-    if (state == WithdrawnState || state == IconicState) {
-	return;
-    }
-
-
-    /*
-     * Compute the current geometry of the client area, reshape the Tk window
-     * and generate a ConfigureNotify event.
-     */
-
-    GetClientRect(wmPtr->wrapper, &rect);
-    winPtr->changes.x = pos->x;
-    winPtr->changes.y = pos->y;
-    winPtr->changes.width = rect.right - rect.left;
-    winPtr->changes.height = rect.bottom - rect.top;
-    wmPtr->borderHeight = pos->cy - winPtr->changes.height;
-    MoveWindow(Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window), 0, 0,
-	    winPtr->changes.width, winPtr->changes.height, TRUE);
-    GenerateConfigureNotify(winPtr);
-
-    /*
-     * Update window manager geometry info if needed.
-     */
-
-    if (state == NormalState) {
-
-	/*
-	 * Update size information from the event. There are a couple of
-	 * tricky points here:
-	 *
-	 * 1. If the user changed the size externally then set wmPtr->width
-	 *    and wmPtr->height just as if a "wm geometry" command had been
-	 *    invoked with the same information.
-	 * 2. However, if the size is changing in response to a request coming
-	 *    from us (sync is set), then don't set wmPtr->width or
-	 *    wmPtr->height (otherwise the window will stop tracking geometry
-	 *    manager requests).
-	 */
-
-	if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_SYNC_PENDING)) {
-	    if (!(pos->flags & SWP_NOSIZE)) {
-		if ((wmPtr->width == -1)
-			&& (winPtr->changes.width == winPtr->reqWidth)) {
-		    /*
-		     * Don't set external width, since the user didn't change
-		     * it from what the widgets asked for.
-		     */
-		} else {
-		    if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
-			wmPtr->width = wmPtr->reqGridWidth
-				+ (winPtr->changes.width - winPtr->reqWidth)
-				/ wmPtr->widthInc;
-			if (wmPtr->width < 0) {
-			    wmPtr->width = 0;
-			}
-		    } else {
-			wmPtr->width = winPtr->changes.width;
-		    }
-		}
-		if ((wmPtr->height == -1)
-			&& (winPtr->changes.height == winPtr->reqHeight)) {
-		    /*
-		     * Don't set external height, since the user didn't change
-		     * it from what the widgets asked for.
-		     */
-		} else {
-		    if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
-			wmPtr->height = wmPtr->reqGridHeight
-				+ (winPtr->changes.height - winPtr->reqHeight)
-				/ wmPtr->heightInc;
-			if (wmPtr->height < 0) {
-			    wmPtr->height = 0;
-			}
-		    } else {
-			wmPtr->height = winPtr->changes.height;
-		    }
-		}
-		wmPtr->configWidth = winPtr->changes.width;
-		wmPtr->configHeight = winPtr->changes.height;
-	    }
-
-	    /*
-	     * If the user moved the window, we should switch back to normal
-	     * coordinates.
-	     */
-
-	    if (!(pos->flags & SWP_NOMOVE)) {
-		wmPtr->flags &= ~(WM_NEGATIVE_X | WM_NEGATIVE_Y);
-	    }
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Update the wrapper window location information.
-	 */
-
-	if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) {
-	    wmPtr->x = DisplayWidth(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum)
-		    - winPtr->changes.x - (winPtr->changes.width
-		    + wmPtr->borderWidth);
-	} else {
-	    wmPtr->x = winPtr->changes.x;
-	}
-	if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) {
-	    wmPtr->y = DisplayHeight(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum)
-		    - winPtr->changes.y - (winPtr->changes.height
-		    + wmPtr->borderHeight);
-	} else {
-	    wmPtr->y = winPtr->changes.y;
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * GenerateConfigureNotify --
- *
- *	Generate a ConfigureNotify event from the current geometry information
- *	for the specified toplevel window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Sends an X event.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-GenerateConfigureNotify(
-    TkWindow *winPtr)
-{
-    XEvent event;
-
-    /*
-     * Generate a ConfigureNotify event.
-     */
-
-    event.type = ConfigureNotify;
-    event.xconfigure.serial = winPtr->display->request;
-    event.xconfigure.send_event = False;
-    event.xconfigure.display = winPtr->display;
-    event.xconfigure.event = winPtr->window;
-    event.xconfigure.window = winPtr->window;
-    event.xconfigure.border_width = winPtr->changes.border_width;
-    event.xconfigure.override_redirect = winPtr->atts.override_redirect;
-    event.xconfigure.x = winPtr->changes.x;
-    event.xconfigure.y = winPtr->changes.y;
-    event.xconfigure.width = winPtr->changes.width;
-    event.xconfigure.height = winPtr->changes.height;
-    event.xconfigure.above = None;
-    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * InstallColormaps --
- *
- *	Installs the colormaps associated with the toplevel which is currently
- *	active.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	May change the system palette and generate damage.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-InstallColormaps(
-    HWND hwnd,			/* Toplevel wrapper window whose colormaps
-				 * should be installed. */
-    int message,		/* Either WM_PALETTECHANGED or
-				 * WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE */
-    int isForemost)		/* 1 if window is foremost, else 0 */
-{
-    int i;
-    HDC dc;
-    HPALETTE oldPalette;
-    TkWindow *winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd);
-    WmInfo *wmPtr;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    if (winPtr == NULL || (winPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD)) {
-	return 0;
-    }
-
-    wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-
-    if (message == WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE) {
-	/*
-	 * Case 1: This window is about to become the foreground window, so we
-	 * need to install the primary palette. If the system palette was
-	 * updated, then Windows will generate a WM_PALETTECHANGED message.
-	 * Otherwise, we have to synthesize one in order to ensure that the
-	 * secondary palettes are installed properly.
-	 */
-
-	winPtr->dispPtr->foregroundWmPtr = wmPtr;
-
-	if (wmPtr->cmapCount > 0) {
-	    winPtr = wmPtr->cmapList[0];
-	}
-
-	tsdPtr->systemPalette = TkWinGetPalette(winPtr->atts.colormap);
-	dc = GetDC(hwnd);
-	oldPalette = SelectPalette(dc, tsdPtr->systemPalette, FALSE);
-	if (RealizePalette(dc)) {
-	    RefreshColormap(winPtr->atts.colormap, winPtr->dispPtr);
-	} else if (wmPtr->cmapCount > 1) {
-	    SelectPalette(dc, oldPalette, TRUE);
-	    RealizePalette(dc);
-	    ReleaseDC(hwnd, dc);
-	    SendMessage(hwnd, WM_PALETTECHANGED, (WPARAM) hwnd, (LPARAM) NULL);
-	    return TRUE;
-	}
-    } else {
-	/*
-	 * Window is being notified of a change in the system palette. If this
-	 * window is the foreground window, then we should only install the
-	 * secondary palettes, since the primary was installed in response to
-	 * the WM_QUERYPALETTE message. Otherwise, install all of the
-	 * palettes.
-	 */
-
-
-	if (!isForemost) {
-	    if (wmPtr->cmapCount > 0) {
-		winPtr = wmPtr->cmapList[0];
-	    }
-	    i = 1;
-	} else {
-	    if (wmPtr->cmapCount <= 1) {
-		return TRUE;
-	    }
-	    winPtr = wmPtr->cmapList[1];
-	    i = 2;
-	}
-	dc = GetDC(hwnd);
-	oldPalette = SelectPalette(dc,
-		TkWinGetPalette(winPtr->atts.colormap), TRUE);
-	if (RealizePalette(dc)) {
-	    RefreshColormap(winPtr->atts.colormap, winPtr->dispPtr);
-	}
-	for (; i < wmPtr->cmapCount; i++) {
-	    winPtr = wmPtr->cmapList[i];
-	    SelectPalette(dc, TkWinGetPalette(winPtr->atts.colormap), TRUE);
-	    if (RealizePalette(dc)) {
-		RefreshColormap(winPtr->atts.colormap, winPtr->dispPtr);
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-    SelectPalette(dc, oldPalette, TRUE);
-    RealizePalette(dc);
-    ReleaseDC(hwnd, dc);
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * RefreshColormap --
- *
- *	This function is called to force all of the windows that use a given
- *	colormap to redraw themselves. The quickest way to do this is to
- *	iterate over the toplevels, looking in the cmapList for matches. This
- *	will quickly eliminate subtrees that don't use a given colormap.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Causes damage events to be generated.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-RefreshColormap(
-    Colormap colormap,
-    TkDisplay *dispPtr)
-{
-    WmInfo *wmPtr;
-    int i;
-
-    for (wmPtr = dispPtr->firstWmPtr; wmPtr != NULL; wmPtr = wmPtr->nextPtr) {
-	if (wmPtr->cmapCount > 0) {
-	    for (i = 0; i < wmPtr->cmapCount; i++) {
-		if ((wmPtr->cmapList[i]->atts.colormap == colormap)
-			&& Tk_IsMapped(wmPtr->cmapList[i])) {
-		    InvalidateSubTree(wmPtr->cmapList[i], colormap);
-		}
-	    }
-	} else if ((wmPtr->winPtr->atts.colormap == colormap)
-		&& Tk_IsMapped(wmPtr->winPtr)) {
-	    InvalidateSubTree(wmPtr->winPtr, colormap);
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * InvalidateSubTree --
- *
- *	This function recursively generates damage for a window and all of its
- *	mapped children that belong to the same toplevel and are using the
- *	specified colormap.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Generates damage for the specified subtree.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-InvalidateSubTree(
-    TkWindow *winPtr,
-    Colormap colormap)
-{
-    TkWindow *childPtr;
-
-    /*
-     * Generate damage for the current window if it is using the specified
-     * colormap.
-     */
-
-    if (winPtr->atts.colormap == colormap) {
-	InvalidateRect(Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window), NULL, FALSE);
-    }
-
-    for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL;
-	    childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) {
-	/*
-	 * We can stop the descent when we hit an unmapped or toplevel window.
-	 */
-
-	if (!Tk_TopWinHierarchy(childPtr) && Tk_IsMapped(childPtr)) {
-	    InvalidateSubTree(childPtr, colormap);
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * InvalidateSubTreeDepth --
- *
- *	This function recursively updates depth info for a window and all of
- *	its children that belong to the same toplevel.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Sets the depth of each window to that of the display.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-InvalidateSubTreeDepth(
-    TkWindow *winPtr)
-{
-    Display *display = Tk_Display(winPtr);
-    int screenNum = Tk_ScreenNumber(winPtr);
-    TkWindow *childPtr;
-
-    winPtr->depth = DefaultDepth(display, screenNum);
-
-#if 0
-    /*
-     * XXX: What other elements may require changes? Changing just the depth
-     * works for standard windows and 16/24/32-bpp changes. I suspect 8-bit
-     * (palettized) displays may require colormap and/or visual changes as
-     * well.
-     */
-
-    if (winPtr->window) {
-	InvalidateRect(Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window), NULL, FALSE);
-    }
-    winPtr->visual = DefaultVisual(display, screenNum);
-    winPtr->atts.colormap = DefaultColormap(display, screenNum);
-    winPtr->dirtyAtts |= CWColormap;
-#endif
-
-    for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL;
-	    childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) {
-	/*
-	 * We can stop the descent when we hit a non-embedded toplevel window,
-	 * as it should get its own message.
-	 */
-
-	if (childPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED || !Tk_TopWinHierarchy(childPtr)) {
-	    InvalidateSubTreeDepth(childPtr);
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinGetSystemPalette --
- *
- *	Retrieves the currently installed foreground palette.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns the global foreground palette, if there is one. Otherwise,
- *	returns NULL.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-HPALETTE
-TkWinGetSystemPalette(void)
-{
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    return tsdPtr->systemPalette;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * GetMinSize --
- *
- *	This function computes the current minWidth and minHeight values for a
- *	window, taking into account the possibility that they may be
- *	defaulted.
- *
- * Results:
- *	The values at *minWidthPtr and *minHeightPtr are filled in with the
- *	minimum allowable dimensions of wmPtr's window, in grid units. If the
- *	requested minimum is smaller than the system required minimum, then
- *	this function computes the smallest size that will satisfy both the
- *	system and the grid constraints.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-GetMinSize(
-    WmInfo *wmPtr,		/* Window manager information for the
-				 * window. */
-    int *minWidthPtr,		/* Where to store the current minimum width of
-				 * the window. */
-    int *minHeightPtr)		/* Where to store the current minimum height
-				 * of the window. */
-{
-    int tmp, base;
-    TkWindow *winPtr = wmPtr->winPtr;
-
-    /*
-     * Compute the minimum width by taking the default client size and
-     * rounding it up to the nearest grid unit. Return the greater of the
-     * default minimum and the specified minimum.
-     */
-
-    tmp = wmPtr->defMinWidth - wmPtr->borderWidth;
-    if (tmp < 0) {
-	tmp = 0;
-    }
-    if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
-	base = winPtr->reqWidth - (wmPtr->reqGridWidth * wmPtr->widthInc);
-	if (base < 0) {
-	    base = 0;
-	}
-	tmp = ((tmp - base) + wmPtr->widthInc - 1)/wmPtr->widthInc;
-    }
-    if (tmp < wmPtr->minWidth) {
-	tmp = wmPtr->minWidth;
-    }
-    *minWidthPtr = tmp;
-
-    /*
-     * Compute the minimum height in a similar fashion.
-     */
-
-    tmp = wmPtr->defMinHeight - wmPtr->borderHeight;
-    if (tmp < 0) {
-	tmp = 0;
-    }
-    if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
-	base = winPtr->reqHeight - (wmPtr->reqGridHeight * wmPtr->heightInc);
-	if (base < 0) {
-	    base = 0;
-	}
-	tmp = ((tmp - base) + wmPtr->heightInc - 1)/wmPtr->heightInc;
-    }
-    if (tmp < wmPtr->minHeight) {
-	tmp = wmPtr->minHeight;
-    }
-    *minHeightPtr = tmp;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * GetMaxSize --
- *
- *	This function computes the current maxWidth and maxHeight values for a
- *	window, taking into account the possibility that they may be
- *	defaulted.
- *
- * Results:
- *	The values at *maxWidthPtr and *maxHeightPtr are filled in with the
- *	maximum allowable dimensions of wmPtr's window, in grid units. If no
- *	maximum has been specified for the window, then this function computes
- *	the largest sizes that will fit on the screen.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-GetMaxSize(
-    WmInfo *wmPtr,		/* Window manager information for the
-				 * window. */
-    int *maxWidthPtr,		/* Where to store the current maximum width of
-				 * the window. */
-    int *maxHeightPtr)		/* Where to store the current maximum height
-				 * of the window. */
-{
-    int tmp;
-
-    if (wmPtr->maxWidth > 0) {
-	*maxWidthPtr = wmPtr->maxWidth;
-    } else {
-	/*
-	 * Must compute a default width. Fill up the display, leaving a bit of
-	 * extra space for the window manager's borders.
-	 */
-
-	tmp = wmPtr->defMaxWidth - wmPtr->borderWidth;
-	if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
-	    /*
-	     * Gridding is turned on; convert from pixels to grid units.
-	     */
-
-	    tmp = wmPtr->reqGridWidth
-		    + (tmp - wmPtr->winPtr->reqWidth)/wmPtr->widthInc;
-	}
-	*maxWidthPtr = tmp;
-    }
-    if (wmPtr->maxHeight > 0) {
-	*maxHeightPtr = wmPtr->maxHeight;
-    } else {
-	tmp = wmPtr->defMaxHeight - wmPtr->borderHeight;
-	if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
-	    tmp = wmPtr->reqGridHeight
-		    + (tmp - wmPtr->winPtr->reqHeight)/wmPtr->heightInc;
-	}
-	*maxHeightPtr = tmp;
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TopLevelProc --
- *
- *	Callback from Windows whenever an event occurs on a top level window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Standard Windows return value.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Default window behavior.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static LRESULT CALLBACK
-TopLevelProc(
-    HWND hwnd,
-    UINT message,
-    WPARAM wParam,
-    LPARAM lParam)
-{
-    if (message == WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED || message == WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING) {
-	WINDOWPOS *pos = (WINDOWPOS *) lParam;
-	TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_HWNDToWindow(pos->hwnd);
-
-	if (winPtr == NULL) {
-	    return 0;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Update the shape of the contained window.
-	 */
-
-	if (!(pos->flags & SWP_NOSIZE)) {
-	    winPtr->changes.width = pos->cx;
-	    winPtr->changes.height = pos->cy;
-	}
-	if (!(pos->flags & SWP_NOMOVE)) {
-	    long result = SendMessage(winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper,
-		    TK_MOVEWINDOW, -1, -1);
-	    winPtr->wmInfoPtr->x = winPtr->changes.x = result >> 16;
-	    winPtr->wmInfoPtr->y = winPtr->changes.y = result & 0xffff;
-	}
-
-	GenerateConfigureNotify(winPtr);
-
-	Tcl_ServiceAll();
-	return 0;
-    }
-    return TkWinChildProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * WmProc --
- *
- *	Callback from Windows whenever an event occurs on the decorative
- *	frame.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Standard Windows return value.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Default window behavior.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static LRESULT CALLBACK
-WmProc(
-    HWND hwnd,
-    UINT message,
-    WPARAM wParam,
-    LPARAM lParam)
-{
-    static int inMoveSize = 0;
-    static int oldMode;		/* This static is set upon entering move/size
-				 * mode and is used to reset the service mode
-				 * after leaving move/size mode. Note that
-				 * this mechanism assumes move/size is only
-				 * one level deep. */
-    LRESULT result = 0;
-    TkWindow *winPtr = NULL;
-
-    switch (message) {
-    case WM_KILLFOCUS:
-    case WM_ERASEBKGND:
-	result = 0;
-	goto done;
-
-    case WM_ENTERSIZEMOVE:
-	inMoveSize = 1;
-
-	/*
-	 * Cancel any current mouse timer. If the mouse timer fires during the
-	 * size/move mouse capture, it will release the capture, which is
-	 * wrong.
-	 */
-
-	TkWinCancelMouseTimer();
-
-	oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
-	break;
-
-    case WM_ACTIVATE:
-	if (WA_ACTIVE == LOWORD(wParam)) {
-	    winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd);
-	    if (winPtr && (TkGrabState(winPtr) == TK_GRAB_EXCLUDED)) {
-		/*
-		 * There is a grab in progress so queue an Activate event
-		 */
-
-		GenerateActivateEvent(winPtr, &inMoveSize);
-		result = 0;
-		goto done;
-	    }
-	}
-	/* fall through */
-
-    case WM_EXITSIZEMOVE:
-	if (inMoveSize) {
-	    inMoveSize = 0;
-	    Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldMode);
-	}
-	break;
-
-    case WM_GETMINMAXINFO:
-	SetLimits(hwnd, (MINMAXINFO *) lParam);
-	result = 0;
-	goto done;
-
-    case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE:
-	/*
-	 * Display and/or color resolution changed.
-	 */
-
-	winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd);
-	if (winPtr) {
-	    Screen *screen = Tk_Screen(winPtr);
-	    if (screen->root_depth != (int) wParam) {
-		/*
-		 * Color resolution changed, so do extensive rebuild of
-		 * display parameters. This will affect the display for all Tk
-		 * windows. We will receive this event for each toplevel, but
-		 * this check makes us update only once, for the first
-		 * toplevel that receives the message.
-		 */
-
-		TkWinDisplayChanged(Tk_Display(winPtr));
-	    } else {
-		HDC dc = GetDC(NULL);
-
-		screen->width = LOWORD(lParam);		/* horizontal res */
-		screen->height = HIWORD(lParam);	/* vertical res */
-		screen->mwidth = MulDiv(screen->width, 254,
-			GetDeviceCaps(dc, LOGPIXELSX) * 10);
-		screen->mheight = MulDiv(screen->height, 254,
-			GetDeviceCaps(dc, LOGPIXELSY) * 10);
-		ReleaseDC(NULL, dc);
-	    }
-	    if (Tk_Depth(winPtr) != (int) wParam) {
-		/*
-		 * Defer the window depth check to here so that each toplevel
-		 * will properly update depth info.
-		 */
-
-		InvalidateSubTreeDepth(winPtr);
-	    }
-	}
-	result = 0;
-	goto done;
-
-    case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE:
-	/*
-	 * XXX: Called when system color changes. We need to update any
-	 * widgets that use a system color.
-	 */
-
-	break;
-
-    case WM_PALETTECHANGED:
-	result = InstallColormaps(hwnd, WM_PALETTECHANGED,
-		hwnd == (HWND) wParam);
-	goto done;
-
-    case WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE:
-	result = InstallColormaps(hwnd, WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE, TRUE);
-	goto done;
-
-    case WM_SETTINGCHANGE:
-	if (wParam == SPI_SETNONCLIENTMETRICS) {
-	    winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd);
-	    TkWinSetupSystemFonts(winPtr->mainPtr);
-	    result = 0;
-	    goto done;
-	}
-	break;
-
-    case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED:
-	ConfigureTopLevel((WINDOWPOS *) lParam);
-	result = 0;
-	goto done;
-
-    case WM_NCHITTEST: {
-	winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd);
-	if (winPtr && (TkGrabState(winPtr) == TK_GRAB_EXCLUDED)) {
-	    /*
-	     * This window is outside the grab heirarchy, so don't let any of
-	     * the normal non-client processing occur. Note that this
-	     * implementation is not strictly correct because the grab might
-	     * change between now and when the event would have been processed
-	     * by Tk, but it's close enough.
-	     */
-
-	    result = HTCLIENT;
-	    goto done;
-	}
-	break;
-    }
-
-    case WM_MOUSEACTIVATE: {
-	winPtr = GetTopLevel((HWND) wParam);
-	if (winPtr && (TkGrabState(winPtr) != TK_GRAB_EXCLUDED)) {
-	    /*
-	     * This allows us to pass the message onto the native menus [Bug:
-	     * 2272]
-	     */
-
-	    result = DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
-	    goto done;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Don't activate the window yet since there is a grab that takes
-	 * precedence. Instead we need to queue an event so we can check the
-	 * grab state right before we handle the mouse event.
-	 */
-
-	if (winPtr) {
-	    GenerateActivateEvent(winPtr, &inMoveSize);
-	}
-	result = MA_NOACTIVATE;
-	goto done;
-    }
-
-    case WM_QUERYENDSESSION: {
-	XEvent event;
-
-	/*
-	 * Synthesize WM_SAVE_YOURSELF wm protocol message on Windows logout
-	 * or restart.
-	 */
-	winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd);
-	event.xclient.message_type =
-	    Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_PROTOCOLS");
-	event.xclient.data.l[0] =
-	    Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF");
-	TkWmProtocolEventProc(winPtr, &event);
-	break;
-    }
-
-    default:
-	break;
-    }
-
-    winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd);
-    switch(message) {
-    case WM_SYSCOMMAND:
-	/*
-	 * If there is a grab in effect then ignore the minimize command
-	 * unless the grab is on the main window (.). This is to permit
-	 * applications that leave a grab on . to work normally.
-	 * All other toplevels are deemed non-minimizable when a grab is
-	 * present.
-	 * If there is a grab in effect and this window is outside the
-	 * grab tree then ignore all system commands. [Bug 1847002]
-	 */
-
-	if (winPtr) {
-	    int cmd = wParam & 0xfff0;
-	    int grab = TkGrabState(winPtr);
-	    if ((SC_MINIMIZE == cmd)
-		&& (grab == TK_GRAB_IN_TREE || grab == TK_GRAB_ANCESTOR)
-		&& (winPtr != winPtr->mainPtr->winPtr)) {
-		goto done;
-	    }
-	    if (grab == TK_GRAB_EXCLUDED
-		&& !(SC_MOVE == cmd || SC_SIZE == cmd)) {
-		goto done;
-	    }
-	}
-	/* fall through */
-
-    case WM_INITMENU:
-    case WM_COMMAND:
-    case WM_MENUCHAR:
-    case WM_MEASUREITEM:
-    case WM_DRAWITEM:
-    case WM_MENUSELECT:
-    case WM_ENTERIDLE:
-    case WM_INITMENUPOPUP:
-	if (winPtr) {
-	    HWND hMenuHWnd = Tk_GetEmbeddedMenuHWND((Tk_Window) winPtr);
-
-	    if (hMenuHWnd) {
-		if (SendMessage(hMenuHWnd, message, wParam, lParam)) {
-		    goto done;
-		}
-	    } else if (TkWinHandleMenuEvent(&hwnd, &message, &wParam, &lParam,
-		    &result)) {
-		goto done;
-	    }
-	}
-	break;
-    }
-
-    if (winPtr && winPtr->window) {
-	HWND child = Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window);
-
-	if (message == WM_SETFOCUS) {
-	    SetFocus(child);
-	    result = 0;
-	} else if (!Tk_TranslateWinEvent(child, message, wParam, lParam,
-		&result)) {
-	    result = DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
-	}
-    } else {
-	result = DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
-    }
-
-  done:
-    Tcl_ServiceAll();
-    return result;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpMakeMenuWindow --
- *
- *	Configure the window to be either a pull-down (or pop-up) menu, or as
- *	a toplevel (torn-off) menu or palette.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Changes the style bit used to create a new toplevel.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpMakeMenuWindow(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* New window. */
-    int transient)		/* 1 means menu is only posted briefly as a
-				 * popup or pulldown or cascade. 0 means menu
-				 * is always visible, e.g. as a torn-off menu.
-				 * Determines whether save_under and
-				 * override_redirect should be set. */
-{
-    XSetWindowAttributes atts;
-
-    if (transient) {
-	atts.override_redirect = True;
-	atts.save_under = True;
-    } else {
-	atts.override_redirect = False;
-	atts.save_under = False;
-    }
-
-    if ((atts.override_redirect != Tk_Attributes(tkwin)->override_redirect)
-	    || (atts.save_under != Tk_Attributes(tkwin)->save_under)) {
-	Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes(tkwin, CWOverrideRedirect|CWSaveUnder,
-		&atts);
-    }
-
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinGetWrapperWindow --
- *
- *	Gets the Windows HWND for a given window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns the wrapper window for a Tk window.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-HWND
-TkWinGetWrapperWindow(
-    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* The window we need the wrapper from */
-{
-    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
-
-    return winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWmFocusToplevel --
- *
- *	This is a utility function invoked by focus-management code. It exists
- *	because of the extra wrapper windows that exist under Unix; its job is
- *	to map from wrapper windows to the corresponding toplevel windows. On
- *	PCs and Macs there are no wrapper windows so no mapping is necessary;
- *	this function just determines whether a window is a toplevel or not.
- *
- * Results:
- *	If winPtr is a toplevel window, returns the pointer to the window;
- *	otherwise returns NULL.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-TkWindow *
-TkWmFocusToplevel(
-    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Window that received a focus-related
-				 * event. */
-{
-    if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)) {
-	return NULL;
-    }
-    return winPtr;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpGetWrapperWindow --
- *
- *	This is a utility function invoked by focus-management code. It maps
- *	to the wrapper for a top-level, which is just the same as the
- *	top-level on Macs and PCs.
- *
- * Results:
- *	If winPtr is a toplevel window, returns the pointer to the window;
- *	otherwise returns NULL.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-TkWindow *
-TkpGetWrapperWindow(
-    TkWindow *winPtr)		/* Window that received a focus-related
-				 * event. */
-{
-    if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)) {
-	return NULL;
-    }
-    return winPtr;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * GenerateActivateEvent --
- *
- *	This function is called to activate a Tk window.
- */
-
-static void
-GenerateActivateEvent(TkWindow * winPtr, const int *flagPtr)
-{
-    ActivateEvent *eventPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(ActivateEvent));
-
-    eventPtr->ev.proc = ActivateWindow;
-    eventPtr->winPtr = winPtr;
-    eventPtr->flagPtr = flagPtr;
-    eventPtr->hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window);
-    Tcl_QueueEvent((Tcl_Event *)eventPtr, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * ActivateWindow --
- *
- *	This function is called when an ActivateEvent is processed.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns 1 to indicate that the event was handled, else 0.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	May activate the toplevel window associated with the event.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-ActivateWindow(
-    Tcl_Event *evPtr,		/* Pointer to ActivateEvent. */
-    int flags)			/* Notifier event mask. */
-{
-    ActivateEvent *eventPtr = (ActivateEvent *)evPtr;
-    TkWindow *winPtr = eventPtr->winPtr;
-
-    if (! (flags & TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS)) {
-	return 0;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Ensure the window has not been destroyed while we delayed
-     * processing the WM_ACTIVATE message [Bug 2899949].
-     */
-
-    if (!IsWindow(eventPtr->hwnd)) {
-	return 1;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * If the toplevel is in the middle of a move or size operation then
-     * we must delay handling of this event to avoid stealing the focus
-     * while the window manage is in control.
-     */
-
-    if (eventPtr->flagPtr && *eventPtr->flagPtr) {
-	return 0;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * If the window is excluded by a grab, call SetFocus on the grabbed
-     * window instead. [Bug 220908]
-     */
-
-    if (winPtr) {
-	Window window;
-	if (TkGrabState(winPtr) != TK_GRAB_EXCLUDED) {
-	    window = winPtr->window;
-	} else {
-	    window = winPtr->dispPtr->grabWinPtr->window;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Ensure the window was not destroyed while we were postponing
-	 * the activation [Bug 2799589]
-	 */
-
-	if (window) {
-	    SetFocus(Tk_GetHWND(window));
-	}
-    }
-
-    return 1;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinSetForegroundWindow --
- *
- *	This function is a wrapper for SetForegroundWindow, calling it on the
- *	wrapper window because it has no affect on child windows.
- *
- * Results:
- *	none
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	May activate the toplevel window.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkWinSetForegroundWindow(
-    TkWindow *winPtr)
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-
-    if (wmPtr->wrapper != NULL) {
-	SetForegroundWindow(wmPtr->wrapper);
-    } else {
-	SetForegroundWindow(Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window));
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpWinToplevelWithdraw --
- *
- *	This function is to be used by a window manage to withdraw a toplevel
- *	window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	none
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	May withdraw the toplevel window.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpWinToplevelWithDraw(
-    TkWindow *winPtr)
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-
-    wmPtr->flags |= WM_WITHDRAWN;
-    TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpWinToplevelIconify --
- *
- *	This function is to be used by a window manage to iconify a toplevel
- *	window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	none
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	May iconify the toplevel window.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpWinToplevelIconify(
-    TkWindow *winPtr)
-{
-    TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpWinToplevelDeiconify --
- *
- *	This function is to be used by a window manage to deiconify a toplevel
- *	window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	none
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	May deiconify the toplevel window.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpWinToplevelDeiconify(
-    TkWindow *winPtr)
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-
-    wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_WITHDRAWN;
-
-    /*
-     * If WM_UPDATE_PENDING is true, a pending UpdateGeometryInfo may need to
-     * be called first to update a withdrawn toplevel's geometry before it is
-     * deiconified by TkpWmSetState. Don't bother if we've never been mapped.
-     */
-
-    if ((wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING)
-	    && !(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
-	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
-	UpdateGeometryInfo(winPtr);
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * If we were in the ZoomState (maximized), 'wm deiconify' should not
-     * cause the window to shrink
-     */
-
-    if (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == ZoomState) {
-	TkpWmSetState(winPtr, ZoomState);
-    } else {
-	TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState);
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * An unmapped window will be mapped at idle time by a call to MapFrame.
-     * That calls CreateWrapper which sets the focus and raises the window.
-     */
-
-    if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
-	return;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Follow Windows-like style here, raising the window to the top.
-     */
-
-    TkWmRestackToplevel(winPtr, Above, NULL);
-    if (!(Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect)) {
-	TkSetFocusWin(winPtr, 1);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpWinGeometryIsControlledByWm --
- *
- *	This function is to be used by a window manage to see if wm has
- *	canceled geometry control.
- *
- * Results:
- *	0 - if the window manager has canceled its control
- *	1 - if the window manager controls the geometry
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-long
-TkpWinToplevelIsControlledByWm(
-    TkWindow *winPtr)
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-
-    if (!wmPtr) {
-	return 0;
-    }
-    return ((wmPtr->width != -1) && (wmPtr->height != -1)) ? 1 : 0;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpWinToplevelMove --
- *
- *	This function is to be used by a container to move an embedded window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	position of the upper left frame in a 32-bit long:
- *		16-MSBits - x; 16-LSBits - y
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	May move the embedded window.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-long
-TkpWinToplevelMove(
-    TkWindow *winPtr,
-    int x, int y)
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-
-    if (wmPtr && x >= 0 && y >= 0 && !TkpWinToplevelIsControlledByWm(winPtr)) {
-	Tk_MoveToplevelWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr, x, y);
-    }
-    return ((winPtr->changes.x << 16) & 0xffff0000)
-	    | (winPtr->changes.y & 0xffff);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpWinToplevelOverrideRedirect --
- *
- *	This function is to be used by a container to overrideredirect the
- *	contaner's frame window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	The current overrideredirect value
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	May change the overrideredirect value of the container window
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-long
-TkpWinToplevelOverrideRedirect(
-    TkWindow *winPtr,
-    int reqValue)
-{
-    int curValue;
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-
-    curValue = Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect;
-    if (reqValue < 0) {
-	return curValue;
-    }
-
-    if (curValue != reqValue) {
-	XSetWindowAttributes atts;
-
-	/*
-	 * Only do this if we are really changing value, because it causes
-	 * some funky stuff to occur
-	 */
-
-	atts.override_redirect = reqValue ? True : False;
-	Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes((Tk_Window) winPtr, CWOverrideRedirect,
-		&atts);
-	if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_NEVER_MAPPED))
-		&& !(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
-	    UpdateWrapper(winPtr);
-	}
-    }
-    return reqValue;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpWinToplevelDetachWindow --
- *
- *	This function is to be usd for changing a toplevel's wrapper or
- *	container.
- *
- * Results:
- *	The window's wrapper/container is removed.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpWinToplevelDetachWindow(
-    TkWindow *winPtr)
-{
-    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-
-    if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
-	int state = SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_STATE, -1, -1) - 1;
-
-	SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_SETMENU, 0, 0);
-	SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_DETACHWINDOW, 0, 0);
-	winPtr->flags &= ~TK_EMBEDDED;
-	winPtr->privatePtr = NULL;
-	wmPtr->wrapper = None;
-	if (state >= 0 && state <= 3) {
-	    wmPtr->hints.initial_state = state;
-	}
-    }
-    if (winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL) {
-	TkpWinToplevelOverrideRedirect(winPtr, 1);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * RemapWindows
- *
- *	Adjust parent/child relation ships of the given window hierarchy.
- *
- * Results:
- *	none
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	keeps windowing system happy
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-RemapWindows(
-    TkWindow *winPtr,
-    HWND parentHWND)
-{
-    TkWindow *childPtr;
-    const char *className = Tk_Class(winPtr);
-
-    /*
-     * Skip menus as they are handled differently.
-     */
-
-    if (className != NULL && strcmp(className, "Menu") == 0) {
-	return;
-    }
-    if (winPtr->window) {
-	SetParent(Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window), parentHWND);
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Repeat for all the children.
-     */
-
-    for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL;
-	    childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) {
-	RemapWindows(childPtr,
-		winPtr->window ? Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window) : NULL);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: c
- * c-basic-offset: 4
- * fill-column: 78
- * End:
- */
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/tkWinX.c b/tk8.6/win/tkWinX.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a217108..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/tkWinX.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1977 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * tkWinX.c --
- *
- *	This file contains Windows emulation procedures for X routines.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- * Copyright (c) 1994 Software Research Associates, Inc.
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
- *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
- * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
- */
-
-#include "tkWinInt.h"
-
-/*
- * The w32api 1.1 package (included in Mingw 1.1) does not define _WIN32_IE by
- * default. Define it here to gain access to the InitCommonControlsEx API in
- * commctrl.h.
- */
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_IE
-#define _WIN32_IE 0x0550 /* IE 5.5 */
-#endif
-
-#include <commctrl.h>
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#   pragma comment (lib, "comctl32.lib")
-#   pragma comment (lib, "advapi32.lib")
-#endif
-
-/*
- * The zmouse.h file includes the definition for WM_MOUSEWHEEL.
- */
-
-#include <zmouse.h>
-
-/*
- * imm.h is needed by HandleIMEComposition
- */
-
-#include <imm.h>
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#   pragma comment (lib, "imm32.lib")
-#endif
-
-/*
- * WM_UNICHAR is a message for Unicode input on all windows systems.
- * Perhaps this definition should be moved in another file.
- */
-#ifndef WM_UNICHAR
-#define WM_UNICHAR     0x0109
-#define UNICODE_NOCHAR 0xFFFF
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Declarations of static variables used in this file.
- */
-
-static const char winScreenName[] = ":0"; /* Default name of windows display. */
-static HINSTANCE tkInstance = NULL;	/* Application instance handle. */
-static int childClassInitialized;	/* Registered child class? */
-static WNDCLASS childClass;		/* Window class for child windows. */
-static int tkPlatformId = 0;		/* version of Windows platform */
-static int tkWinTheme = 0;		/* See TkWinGetPlatformTheme */
-static Tcl_Encoding keyInputEncoding = NULL;
-					/* The current character encoding for
-					 * keyboard input */
-static int keyInputCharset = -1;	/* The Win32 CHARSET for the keyboard
-					 * encoding */
-static Tcl_Encoding unicodeEncoding = NULL;
-					/* The UNICODE encoding */
-
-/*
- * Thread local storage. Notice that now each thread must have its own
- * TkDisplay structure, since this structure contains most of the thread-
- * specific date for threads.
- */
-
-typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
-    TkDisplay *winDisplay;	/* TkDisplay structure that represents Windows
-				 * screen. */
-    int updatingClipboard;	/* If 1, we are updating the clipboard. */
-    int surrogateBuffer;	/* Buffer for first of surrogate pair. */
-    DWORD wheelTickPrev;	/* For high resolution wheels. */
-    short wheelAcc;		/* For high resolution wheels. */
-} ThreadSpecificData;
-static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
-
-/*
- * Forward declarations of functions used in this file.
- */
-
-static void		GenerateXEvent(HWND hwnd, UINT message,
-			    WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
-static unsigned int	GetState(UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
-static void 		GetTranslatedKey(XKeyEvent *xkey, UINT type);
-static void		UpdateInputLanguage(int charset);
-static int		HandleIMEComposition(HWND hwnd, LPARAM lParam);
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkGetServerInfo --
- *
- *	Given a window, this function returns information about the window
- *	server for that window. This function provides the guts of the "winfo
- *	server" command.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkGetServerInfo(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The server information is returned in this
-				 * interpreter's result. */
-    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Token for window; this selects a particular
-				 * display and server. */
-{
-    static char buffer[32]; /* Empty string means not initialized yet. */
-    OSVERSIONINFOW os;
-
-    if (!buffer[0]) {
-	HANDLE handle = GetModuleHandle(TEXT("NTDLL"));
-	int(__stdcall *getversion)(void *) =
-		(int(__stdcall *)(void *))GetProcAddress(handle, "RtlGetVersion");
-	os.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFOW);
-	if (!getversion || getversion(&os)) {
-	    GetVersionExW(&os);
-	}
-	/* Write the first character last, preventing multi-thread issues. */
-	sprintf(buffer+1, "indows %d.%d %d %s", (int)os.dwMajorVersion,
-		(int)os.dwMinorVersion, (int)os.dwBuildNumber,
-#ifdef _WIN64
-		"Win64"
-#else
-		"Win32"
-#endif
-	);
-	buffer[0] = 'W';
-    }
-    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tk_GetHINSTANCE --
- *
- *	Retrieves the global instance handle used by the Tk library.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns the global instance handle.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-HINSTANCE
-Tk_GetHINSTANCE(void)
-{
-    if (tkInstance == NULL) {
-	tkInstance = GetModuleHandle(NULL);
-    }
-    return tkInstance;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinSetHINSTANCE --
- *
- *	Sets the global instance handle used by the Tk library. This should be
- *	called by DllMain.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkWinSetHINSTANCE(
-    HINSTANCE hInstance)
-{
-    tkInstance = hInstance;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinXInit --
- *
- *	Initialize Xlib emulation layer.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Sets up various data structures.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkWinXInit(
-    HINSTANCE hInstance)
-{
-    INITCOMMONCONTROLSEX comctl;
-    CHARSETINFO lpCs;
-    DWORD lpCP;
-
-    if (childClassInitialized != 0) {
-	return;
-    }
-    childClassInitialized = 1;
-
-    comctl.dwSize = sizeof(INITCOMMONCONTROLSEX);
-    comctl.dwICC = ICC_WIN95_CLASSES;
-    if (!InitCommonControlsEx(&comctl)) {
-	Tcl_Panic("Unable to load common controls?!");
-    }
-
-    childClass.style = CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW;
-    childClass.cbClsExtra = 0;
-    childClass.cbWndExtra = 0;
-    childClass.hInstance = hInstance;
-    childClass.hbrBackground = NULL;
-    childClass.lpszMenuName = NULL;
-
-    /*
-     * Register the Child window class.
-     */
-
-    childClass.lpszClassName = TK_WIN_CHILD_CLASS_NAME;
-    childClass.lpfnWndProc = TkWinChildProc;
-    childClass.hIcon = NULL;
-    childClass.hCursor = NULL;
-
-    if (!RegisterClass(&childClass)) {
-	Tcl_Panic("Unable to register TkChild class");
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Initialize input language info
-     */
-
-    if (GetLocaleInfo(LANGIDFROMLCID(PTR2INT(GetKeyboardLayout(0))),
-	       LOCALE_IDEFAULTANSICODEPAGE | LOCALE_RETURN_NUMBER,
-	       (LPTSTR) &lpCP, sizeof(lpCP)/sizeof(TCHAR))
-	    && TranslateCharsetInfo(INT2PTR(lpCP), &lpCs, TCI_SRCCODEPAGE)) {
-	UpdateInputLanguage((int) lpCs.ciCharset);
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Make sure we cleanup on finalize.
-     */
-
-    TkCreateExitHandler(TkWinXCleanup, (ClientData) hInstance);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinXCleanup --
- *
- *	Removes the registered classes for Tk.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Removes window classes from the system.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkWinXCleanup(
-    ClientData clientData)
-{
-    HINSTANCE hInstance = (HINSTANCE) clientData;
-
-    /*
-     * Clean up our own class.
-     */
-
-    if (childClassInitialized) {
-	childClassInitialized = 0;
-	UnregisterClass(TK_WIN_CHILD_CLASS_NAME, hInstance);
-    }
-
-    if (unicodeEncoding != NULL) {
-	Tcl_FreeEncoding(unicodeEncoding);
-	unicodeEncoding = NULL;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * And let the window manager clean up its own class(es).
-     */
-
-    TkWinWmCleanup(hInstance);
-    TkWinCleanupContainerList();
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinGetPlatformId --
- *
- *	Determines whether running under NT, 95, or Win32s, to allow runtime
- *	conditional code. Win32s is no longer supported.
- *
- * Results:
- *	The return value is one of:
- *		VER_PLATFORM_WIN32s	   Win32s on Windows 3.1 (not supported)
- *		VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_WINDOWS Win32 on Windows 95, 98, ME (not supported)
- *		VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT	Win32 on Windows XP, Vista, Windows 7, Windows 8
- *		VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_CE	Win32 on Windows CE
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-TkWinGetPlatformId(void)
-{
-    if (tkPlatformId == 0) {
-	OSVERSIONINFOW os;
-
-	os.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFOW);
-	GetVersionExW(&os);
-	tkPlatformId = os.dwPlatformId;
-
-	/*
-	 * Set tkWinTheme to be TK_THEME_WIN_XP or TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC. The
-	 * TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC could be set even when running under XP if the
-	 * windows classic theme was selected.
-	 */
-
-	if ((os.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) &&
-		(os.dwMajorVersion == 5 && os.dwMinorVersion == 1)) {
-	    HKEY hKey;
-	    LPCTSTR szSubKey = TEXT("Control Panel\\Appearance");
-	    LPCTSTR szCurrent = TEXT("Current");
-	    DWORD dwSize = 200;
-	    char pBuffer[200];
-
-	    memset(pBuffer, 0, dwSize);
-	    if (RegOpenKeyEx(HKEY_CURRENT_USER, szSubKey, 0L,
-		    KEY_READ, &hKey) != ERROR_SUCCESS) {
-		tkWinTheme = TK_THEME_WIN_XP;
-	    } else {
-		RegQueryValueEx(hKey, szCurrent, NULL, NULL, (LPBYTE) pBuffer, &dwSize);
-		RegCloseKey(hKey);
-		if (strcmp(pBuffer, "Windows Standard") == 0) {
-		    tkWinTheme = TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC;
-		} else {
-		    tkWinTheme = TK_THEME_WIN_XP;
-		}
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    tkWinTheme = TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC;
-	}
-    }
-    return tkPlatformId;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinGetPlatformTheme --
- *
- *	Return the Windows drawing style we should be using.
- *
- * Results:
- *	The return value is one of:
- *	    TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC	95/98/NT or XP in classic mode
- *	    TK_THEME_WIN_XP		XP not in classic mode
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Could invoke TkWinGetPlatformId.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-TkWinGetPlatformTheme(void)
-{
-    if (tkPlatformId == 0) {
-	TkWinGetPlatformId();
-    }
-    return tkWinTheme;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkGetDefaultScreenName --
- *
- *	Returns the name of the screen that Tk should use during
- *	initialization.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns a statically allocated string.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-const char *
-TkGetDefaultScreenName(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Not used. */
-    const char *screenName)	/* If NULL, use default string. */
-{
-    if ((screenName == NULL) || (screenName[0] == '\0')) {
-	screenName = winScreenName;
-    }
-    return screenName;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinDisplayChanged --
- *
- *	Called to set up initial screen info or when an event indicated
- *	display (screen) change.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	May change info regarding the screen.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkWinDisplayChanged(
-    Display *display)
-{
-    HDC dc;
-    Screen *screen;
-
-    if (display == NULL || display->screens == NULL) {
-	return;
-    }
-    screen = display->screens;
-
-    dc = GetDC(NULL);
-    screen->width = GetDeviceCaps(dc, HORZRES);
-    screen->height = GetDeviceCaps(dc, VERTRES);
-    screen->mwidth = MulDiv(screen->width, 254,
-	    GetDeviceCaps(dc, LOGPIXELSX) * 10);
-    screen->mheight = MulDiv(screen->height, 254,
-	    GetDeviceCaps(dc, LOGPIXELSY) * 10);
-
-    /*
-     * On windows, when creating a color bitmap, need two pieces of
-     * information: the number of color planes and the number of pixels per
-     * plane. Need to remember both quantities so that when constructing an
-     * HBITMAP for offscreen rendering, we can specify the correct value for
-     * the number of planes. Otherwise the HBITMAP won't be compatible with
-     * the HWND and we'll just get blank spots copied onto the screen.
-     */
-
-    screen->ext_data = INT2PTR(GetDeviceCaps(dc, PLANES));
-    screen->root_depth = GetDeviceCaps(dc, BITSPIXEL) * PTR2INT(screen->ext_data);
-
-    if (screen->root_visual != NULL) {
-	ckfree(screen->root_visual);
-    }
-    screen->root_visual = ckalloc(sizeof(Visual));
-    screen->root_visual->visualid = 0;
-    if (GetDeviceCaps(dc, RASTERCAPS) & RC_PALETTE) {
-	screen->root_visual->map_entries = GetDeviceCaps(dc, SIZEPALETTE);
-	screen->root_visual->class = PseudoColor;
-	screen->root_visual->red_mask = 0x0;
-	screen->root_visual->green_mask = 0x0;
-	screen->root_visual->blue_mask = 0x0;
-    } else if (screen->root_depth == 4) {
-	screen->root_visual->class = StaticColor;
-	screen->root_visual->map_entries = 16;
-    } else if (screen->root_depth == 8) {
-	screen->root_visual->class = StaticColor;
-	screen->root_visual->map_entries = 256;
-    } else if (screen->root_depth == 12) {
-	screen->root_visual->class = TrueColor;
-	screen->root_visual->map_entries = 32;
-	screen->root_visual->red_mask = 0xf0;
-	screen->root_visual->green_mask = 0xf000;
-	screen->root_visual->blue_mask = 0xf00000;
-    } else if (screen->root_depth == 16) {
-	screen->root_visual->class = TrueColor;
-	screen->root_visual->map_entries = 64;
-	screen->root_visual->red_mask = 0xf8;
-	screen->root_visual->green_mask = 0xfc00;
-	screen->root_visual->blue_mask = 0xf80000;
-    } else if (screen->root_depth >= 24) {
-	screen->root_visual->class = TrueColor;
-	screen->root_visual->map_entries = 256;
-	screen->root_visual->red_mask = 0xff;
-	screen->root_visual->green_mask = 0xff00;
-	screen->root_visual->blue_mask = 0xff0000;
-    }
-    screen->root_visual->bits_per_rgb = screen->root_depth;
-    ReleaseDC(NULL, dc);
-
-    if (screen->cmap != None) {
-	XFreeColormap(display, screen->cmap);
-    }
-    screen->cmap = XCreateColormap(display, None, screen->root_visual,
-	    AllocNone);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpOpenDisplay --
- *
- *	Create the Display structure and fill it with device specific
- *	information.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns a TkDisplay structure on success or NULL on failure.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Allocates a new TkDisplay structure.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-TkDisplay *
-TkpOpenDisplay(
-    const char *display_name)
-{
-    Screen *screen;
-    TkWinDrawable *twdPtr;
-    Display *display;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    if (tsdPtr->winDisplay != NULL) {
-	if (!strcmp(tsdPtr->winDisplay->display->display_name, display_name)) {
-	    return tsdPtr->winDisplay;
-	} else {
-	    return NULL;
-	}
-    }
-
-    display = ckalloc(sizeof(Display));
-    ZeroMemory(display, sizeof(Display));
-
-    display->display_name = ckalloc(strlen(display_name) + 1);
-    strcpy(display->display_name, display_name);
-
-    display->cursor_font = 1;
-    display->nscreens = 1;
-    display->request = 1;
-    display->qlen = 0;
-
-    screen = ckalloc(sizeof(Screen));
-    ZeroMemory(screen, sizeof(Screen));
-    screen->display = display;
-
-    /*
-     * Set up the root window.
-     */
-
-    twdPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkWinDrawable));
-    if (twdPtr == NULL) {
-	return None;
-    }
-    twdPtr->type = TWD_WINDOW;
-    twdPtr->window.winPtr = NULL;
-    twdPtr->window.handle = NULL;
-    screen->root = (Window)twdPtr;
-
-    /*
-     * Note that these pixel values are not palette relative.
-     */
-
-    screen->white_pixel = RGB(255, 255, 255);
-    screen->black_pixel = RGB(0, 0, 0);
-    screen->cmap = None;
-
-    display->screens		= screen;
-    display->nscreens		= 1;
-    display->default_screen	= 0;
-
-    TkWinDisplayChanged(display);
-
-    tsdPtr->winDisplay = ckalloc(sizeof(TkDisplay));
-    ZeroMemory(tsdPtr->winDisplay, sizeof(TkDisplay));
-    tsdPtr->winDisplay->display = display;
-    tsdPtr->updatingClipboard = FALSE;
-    tsdPtr->wheelTickPrev = GetTickCount();
-    tsdPtr->wheelAcc = 0;
-
-    return tsdPtr->winDisplay;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpCloseDisplay --
- *
- *	Closes and deallocates a Display structure created with the
- *	TkpOpenDisplay function.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Frees up memory.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkpCloseDisplay(
-    TkDisplay *dispPtr)
-{
-    Display *display = dispPtr->display;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    if (dispPtr != tsdPtr->winDisplay) {
-	Tcl_Panic("TkpCloseDisplay: tried to call TkpCloseDisplay on another display");
-	return; /* not reached */
-    }
-
-    tsdPtr->winDisplay = NULL;
-
-    if (display->display_name != NULL) {
-	ckfree(display->display_name);
-    }
-    if (display->screens != NULL) {
-	if (display->screens->root_visual != NULL) {
-	    ckfree(display->screens->root_visual);
-	}
-	if (display->screens->root != None) {
-	    ckfree(display->screens->root);
-	}
-	if (display->screens->cmap != None) {
-	    XFreeColormap(display, display->screens->cmap);
-	}
-	ckfree(display->screens);
-    }
-    ckfree(display);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkClipCleanup --
- *
- *	This function is called to cleanup resources associated with claiming
- *	clipboard ownership and for receiving selection get results. This
- *	function is called in tkWindow.c. This has to be called by the display
- *	cleanup function because we still need the access display elements.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Resources are freed - the clipboard may no longer be used.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkClipCleanup(
-    TkDisplay *dispPtr)		/* Display associated with clipboard. */
-{
-    if (dispPtr->clipWindow != NULL) {
-	Tk_DeleteSelHandler(dispPtr->clipWindow, dispPtr->clipboardAtom,
-		dispPtr->applicationAtom);
-	Tk_DeleteSelHandler(dispPtr->clipWindow, dispPtr->clipboardAtom,
-		dispPtr->windowAtom);
-
-	Tk_DestroyWindow(dispPtr->clipWindow);
-	Tcl_Release((ClientData) dispPtr->clipWindow);
-	dispPtr->clipWindow = NULL;
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * XBell --
- *
- *	Generate a beep.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Plays a sounds out the system speakers.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-XBell(
-    Display *display,
-    int percent)
-{
-    MessageBeep(MB_OK);
-    return Success;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinChildProc --
- *
- *	Callback from Windows whenever an event occurs on a child window.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Standard Windows return value.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	May process events off the Tk event queue.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-LRESULT CALLBACK
-TkWinChildProc(
-    HWND hwnd,
-    UINT message,
-    WPARAM wParam,
-    LPARAM lParam)
-{
-    LRESULT result;
-
-    switch (message) {
-    case WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE:
-	UpdateInputLanguage((int) wParam);
-	result = 1;
-	break;
-
-    case WM_IME_COMPOSITION:
-	result = 0;
-	if (HandleIMEComposition(hwnd, lParam) == 0) {
-	    result = DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
-	}
-	break;
-
-    case WM_SETCURSOR:
-	/*
-	 * Short circuit the WM_SETCURSOR message since we set the cursor
-	 * elsewhere.
-	 */
-
-	result = TRUE;
-	break;
-
-    case WM_CREATE:
-    case WM_ERASEBKGND:
-	result = 0;
-	break;
-
-    case WM_PAINT:
-	GenerateXEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
-	result = DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
-	break;
-
-    case TK_CLAIMFOCUS:
-    case TK_GEOMETRYREQ:
-    case TK_ATTACHWINDOW:
-    case TK_DETACHWINDOW:
-    case TK_ICONIFY:
-    case TK_DEICONIFY:
-    case TK_MOVEWINDOW:
-    case TK_WITHDRAW:
-    case TK_RAISEWINDOW:
-    case TK_GETFRAMEWID:
-    case TK_OVERRIDEREDIRECT:
-    case TK_SETMENU:
-    case TK_STATE:
-    case TK_INFO:
-	result = TkWinEmbeddedEventProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
-	break;
-
-    case WM_UNICHAR:
-        if (wParam == UNICODE_NOCHAR) {
-	    /* If wParam is UNICODE_NOCHAR and the application processes
-	     * this message, then return TRUE. */
-	    result = 1;
-	} else {
-	    /* If the event was translated, we must return 0 */
-            if (Tk_TranslateWinEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam, &result)) {
-                result = 0;
-	    } else {
-	        result = 1;
-	    }
-	}
-	break;
-
-    default:
-	if (!Tk_TranslateWinEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam, &result)) {
-	    result = DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
-	}
-	break;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Handle any newly queued events before returning control to Windows.
-     */
-
-    Tcl_ServiceAll();
-    return result;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tk_TranslateWinEvent --
- *
- *	This function is called by widget window functions to handle the
- *	translation from Win32 events to Tk events.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns 1 if the event was handled, else 0.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Depends on the event.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-Tk_TranslateWinEvent(
-    HWND hwnd,
-    UINT message,
-    WPARAM wParam,
-    LPARAM lParam,
-    LRESULT *resultPtr)
-{
-    *resultPtr = 0;
-    switch (message) {
-    case WM_RENDERFORMAT: {
-	TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_HWNDToWindow(hwnd);
-
-	if (winPtr) {
-	    TkWinClipboardRender(winPtr->dispPtr, wParam);
-	}
-	return 1;
-    }
-
-    case WM_RENDERALLFORMATS: {
-        TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_HWNDToWindow(hwnd);
-
-        if (winPtr && OpenClipboard(hwnd)) {
-            /*
-             * Make sure that nobody had taken ownership of the clipboard
-             * before we opened it.
-             */
-
-            if (GetClipboardOwner() == hwnd) {
-                TkWinClipboardRender(winPtr->dispPtr, CF_TEXT);
-            }
-            CloseClipboard();
-        }
-        return 1;
-    }
-
-    case WM_COMMAND:
-    case WM_NOTIFY:
-    case WM_VSCROLL:
-    case WM_HSCROLL: {
-	/*
-	 * Reflect these messages back to the sender so that they can be
-	 * handled by the window proc for the control. Note that we need to be
-	 * careful not to reflect a message that is targeted to this window,
-	 * or we will loop.
-	 */
-
-	HWND target = (message == WM_NOTIFY)
-		? ((NMHDR*)lParam)->hwndFrom : (HWND) lParam;
-
-	if (target && target != hwnd) {
-	    *resultPtr = SendMessage(target, message, wParam, lParam);
-	    return 1;
-	}
-	break;
-    }
-
-    case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
-    case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK:
-    case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
-    case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK:
-    case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
-    case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK:
-    case WM_LBUTTONUP:
-    case WM_MBUTTONUP:
-    case WM_RBUTTONUP:
-    case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
-	Tk_PointerEvent(hwnd, (short) LOWORD(lParam), (short) HIWORD(lParam));
-	return 1;
-
-    case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
-    case WM_KEYDOWN:
-	if (wParam == VK_PACKET) {
-	    /*
-	     * This will trigger WM_CHAR event(s) with unicode data.
-	     */
-	    *resultPtr =
-		PostMessageW(hwnd, message, HIWORD(lParam), LOWORD(lParam));
-	    return 1;
-	}
-	/* else fall through */
-    case WM_CLOSE:
-    case WM_SETFOCUS:
-    case WM_KILLFOCUS:
-    case WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD:
-    case WM_UNICHAR:
-    case WM_CHAR:
-    case WM_SYSKEYUP:
-    case WM_KEYUP:
-    case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:
-	GenerateXEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
-	return 1;
-    case WM_MENUCHAR:
-	GenerateXEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
-
-	/*
-	 * MNC_CLOSE is the only one that looks right. This is a hack.
-	 */
-
-	*resultPtr = MAKELONG (0, MNC_CLOSE);
-	return 1;
-    }
-    return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * GenerateXEvent --
- *
- *	This routine generates an X event from the corresponding Windows
- *	event.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Queues one or more X events.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-GenerateXEvent(
-    HWND hwnd,
-    UINT message,
-    WPARAM wParam,
-    LPARAM lParam)
-{
-    XEvent event;
-    TkWindow *winPtr;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    if (message == WM_MOUSEWHEEL) {
-	union {LPARAM lParam; POINTS point;} root;
-	POINT pos;
-	root.lParam = lParam;
-
-	/*
-	 * Redirect mousewheel events to the window containing the cursor.
-	 * That feels much less strange to users, and is how all the other
-	 * platforms work.
-	 */
-
-	pos.x = root.point.x;
-	pos.y = root.point.y;
-	hwnd = WindowFromPoint(pos);
-    }
-
-    winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_HWNDToWindow(hwnd);
-    if (!winPtr || winPtr->window == None) {
-	return;
-    }
-
-    memset(&event, 0, sizeof(XEvent));
-    event.xany.serial = winPtr->display->request++;
-    event.xany.send_event = False;
-    event.xany.display = winPtr->display;
-    event.xany.window = winPtr->window;
-
-    switch (message) {
-    case WM_PAINT: {
-	PAINTSTRUCT ps;
-
-	event.type = Expose;
-	BeginPaint(hwnd, &ps);
-	event.xexpose.x = ps.rcPaint.left;
-	event.xexpose.y = ps.rcPaint.top;
-	event.xexpose.width = ps.rcPaint.right - ps.rcPaint.left;
-	event.xexpose.height = ps.rcPaint.bottom - ps.rcPaint.top;
-	EndPaint(hwnd, &ps);
-	event.xexpose.count = 0;
-	break;
-    }
-
-    case WM_CLOSE:
-	event.type = ClientMessage;
-	event.xclient.message_type =
-		Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_PROTOCOLS");
-	event.xclient.format = 32;
-	event.xclient.data.l[0] =
-		Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW");
-	break;
-
-    case WM_SETFOCUS:
-    case WM_KILLFOCUS: {
-	TkWindow *otherWinPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_HWNDToWindow((HWND) wParam);
-
-	/*
-	 * Compare toplevel windows to avoid reporting focus changes within
-	 * the same toplevel.
-	 */
-
-	while (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL)) {
-	    winPtr = winPtr->parentPtr;
-	    if (winPtr == NULL) {
-		return;
-	    }
-	}
-	while (otherWinPtr && !(otherWinPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL)) {
-	    otherWinPtr = otherWinPtr->parentPtr;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Do a catch-all Tk_SetCaretPos here to make sure that the window
-	 * receiving focus sets the caret at least once.
-	 */
-
-	if (message == WM_SETFOCUS) {
-	    Tk_SetCaretPos((Tk_Window) winPtr, 0, 0, 0);
-	}
-
-	if (otherWinPtr == winPtr) {
-	    return;
-	}
-
-	event.xany.window = winPtr->window;
-	event.type = (message == WM_SETFOCUS) ? FocusIn : FocusOut;
-	event.xfocus.mode = NotifyNormal;
-	event.xfocus.detail = NotifyNonlinear;
-
-	/*
-	 * Destroy the caret if we own it. If we are moving to another Tk
-	 * window, it will reclaim and reposition it with Tk_SetCaretPos.
-	 */
-
-	if (message == WM_KILLFOCUS) {
-	    DestroyCaret();
-	}
-	break;
-    }
-
-    case WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD:
-	if (tsdPtr->updatingClipboard == TRUE) {
-	    /*
-	     * We want to avoid this event if we are the ones that caused this
-	     * event.
-	     */
-
-	    return;
-	}
-	event.type = SelectionClear;
-	event.xselectionclear.selection =
-		Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window)winPtr, "CLIPBOARD");
-	event.xselectionclear.time = TkpGetMS();
-	break;
-
-    case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:
-    case WM_CHAR:
-    case WM_UNICHAR:
-    case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
-    case WM_SYSKEYUP:
-    case WM_KEYDOWN:
-    case WM_KEYUP: {
-	unsigned int state = GetState(message, wParam, lParam);
-	Time time = TkpGetMS();
-	POINT clientPoint;
-	union {DWORD msgpos; POINTS point;} root;	/* Note: POINT and POINTS are different */
-
-	/*
-	 * Compute the screen and window coordinates of the event.
-	 */
-
-	root.msgpos = GetMessagePos();
-	clientPoint.x = root.point.x;
-	clientPoint.y = root.point.y;
-	ScreenToClient(hwnd, &clientPoint);
-
-	/*
-	 * Set up the common event fields.
-	 */
-
-	event.xbutton.root = RootWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum);
-	event.xbutton.subwindow = None;
-	event.xbutton.x = clientPoint.x;
-	event.xbutton.y = clientPoint.y;
-	event.xbutton.x_root = root.point.x;
-	event.xbutton.y_root = root.point.y;
-	event.xbutton.state = state;
-	event.xbutton.time = time;
-	event.xbutton.same_screen = True;
-
-	/*
-	 * Now set up event specific fields.
-	 */
-
-	switch (message) {
-	case WM_MOUSEWHEEL: {
-	    /*
-	     * Support for high resolution wheels.
-	     */
-
-	    DWORD wheelTick = GetTickCount();
-
-	    if (wheelTick - tsdPtr->wheelTickPrev < 1500) {
-		tsdPtr->wheelAcc += (short) HIWORD(wParam);
-	    } else {
-		tsdPtr->wheelAcc = (short) HIWORD(wParam);
-	    }
-	    tsdPtr->wheelTickPrev = wheelTick;
-	    if (abs(tsdPtr->wheelAcc) < WHEEL_DELTA) {
-		return;
-	    }
-
-	    /*
-	     * We have invented a new X event type to handle this event. It
-	     * still uses the KeyPress struct. However, the keycode field has
-	     * been overloaded to hold the zDelta of the wheel. Set nbytes to
-	     * 0 to prevent conversion of the keycode to a keysym in
-	     * TkpGetString. [Bug 1118340].
-	     */
-
-	    event.type = MouseWheelEvent;
-	    event.xany.send_event = -1;
-	    event.xkey.nbytes = 0;
-	    event.xkey.keycode = tsdPtr->wheelAcc / WHEEL_DELTA * WHEEL_DELTA;
-	    tsdPtr->wheelAcc = tsdPtr->wheelAcc % WHEEL_DELTA;
-	    break;
-	}
-	case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
-	case WM_KEYDOWN:
-	    /*
-	     * Check for translated characters in the event queue. Setting
-	     * xany.send_event to -1 indicates to the Windows implementation
-	     * of TkpGetString() that this event was generated by windows and
-	     * that the Windows extension xkey.trans_chars is filled with the
-	     * MBCS characters that came from the TranslateMessage call.
-	     */
-
-	    event.type = KeyPress;
-	    event.xany.send_event = -1;
-	    event.xkey.keycode = wParam;
-	    GetTranslatedKey(&event.xkey, (message == WM_KEYDOWN) ? WM_CHAR :
-	            WM_SYSCHAR);
-	    break;
-
-	case WM_SYSKEYUP:
-	case WM_KEYUP:
-	    /*
-	     * We don't check for translated characters on keyup because Tk
-	     * won't know what to do with them. Instead, we wait for the
-	     * WM_CHAR messages which will follow.
-	     */
-
-	    event.type = KeyRelease;
-	    event.xkey.keycode = wParam;
-	    event.xkey.nbytes = 0;
-	    break;
-
-	case WM_CHAR:
-	    /*
-	     * Synthesize both a KeyPress and a KeyRelease. Strings generated
-	     * by Input Method Editor are handled in the following manner:
-	     * 1. A series of WM_KEYDOWN & WM_KEYUP messages that cause
-	     *    GetTranslatedKey() to be called and return immediately
-	     *    because the WM_KEYDOWNs have no associated WM_CHAR messages
-	     *    -- the IME window is accumulating the characters and
-	     *    translating them itself. In the "bind" command, you get an
-	     *    event with a mystery keysym and %A == "" for each WM_KEYDOWN
-	     *    that actually was meant for the IME.
-	     * 2. A WM_KEYDOWN corresponding to the "confirm typing"
-	     *    character. This causes GetTranslatedKey() to be called.
-	     * 3. A WM_IME_NOTIFY message saying that the IME is done. A side
-	     *	  effect of this message is that GetTranslatedKey() thinks
-	     *	  this means that there are no WM_CHAR messages and returns
-	     *	  immediately. In the "bind" command, you get an another event
-	     *	  with a mystery keysym and %A == "".
-	     * 4. A sequence of WM_CHAR messages that correspond to the
-	     *	  characters in the IME window. A bunch of simulated
-	     *	  KeyPress/KeyRelease events will be generated, one for each
-	     *	  character. Adjacent WM_CHAR messages may actually specify
-	     *	  the high and low bytes of a multi-byte character -- in that
-	     *	  case the two WM_CHAR messages will be combined into one
-	     *	  event. It is the event-consumer's responsibility to convert
-	     *	  the string returned from XLookupString from system encoding
-	     *	  to UTF-8.
-	     * 5. And finally we get the WM_KEYUP for the "confirm typing"
-	     *    character.
-	     */
-
-	    event.type = KeyPress;
-	    event.xany.send_event = -1;
-	    event.xkey.keycode = 0;
-	    if ((int)wParam & 0xff00) {
-		int ch1 = wParam & 0xffff;
-
-		if ((ch1 & 0xfc00) == 0xd800) {
-		    tsdPtr->surrogateBuffer = ch1;
-		    return;
-		}
-		if ((ch1 & 0xfc00) == 0xdc00) {
-		    ch1 = ((tsdPtr->surrogateBuffer & 0x3ff) << 10) |
-			    (ch1 & 0x3ff) | 0x10000;
-		    tsdPtr->surrogateBuffer = 0;
-		}
-		event.xany.send_event = -3;
-		event.xkey.nbytes = 0;
-		event.xkey.keycode = ch1;
-	    } else {
-		event.xkey.nbytes = 1;
-		event.xkey.trans_chars[0] = (char) wParam;
-
-		if (IsDBCSLeadByte((BYTE) wParam)) {
-		    MSG msg;
-
-		    if ((PeekMessage(&msg, NULL, WM_CHAR, WM_CHAR,
-		            PM_NOREMOVE) != 0)
-			    && (msg.message == WM_CHAR)) {
-			GetMessage(&msg, NULL, WM_CHAR, WM_CHAR);
-			event.xkey.nbytes = 2;
-			event.xkey.trans_chars[1] = (char) msg.wParam;
-		   }
-		}
-	    }
-	    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
-	    event.type = KeyRelease;
-	    break;
-
-	case WM_UNICHAR: {
-	    event.type = KeyPress;
-	    event.xany.send_event = -3;
-	    event.xkey.keycode = wParam;
-	    event.xkey.nbytes = 0;
-	    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
-	    event.type = KeyRelease;
-	    break;
-	}
-
-	}
-	break;
-    }
-
-    default:
-	/*
-	 * Don't know how to translate this event, so ignore it. (It probably
-	 * should not have got here, but ignoring it should be harmless.)
-	 */
-
-	return;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Post the translated event to the main Tk event queue.
-     */
-
-    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * GetState --
- *
- *	This function constructs a state mask for the mouse buttons and
- *	modifier keys as they were before the event occured.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns a composite value of all the modifier and button state flags
- *	that were set at the time the event occurred.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static unsigned int
-GetState(
-    UINT message,		/* Win32 message type */
-    WPARAM wParam,		/* wParam of message, used if key message */
-    LPARAM lParam)		/* lParam of message, used if key message */
-{
-    int mask;
-    int prevState;		/* 1 if key was previously down */
-    unsigned int state = TkWinGetModifierState();
-
-    /*
-     * If the event is a key press or release, we check for modifier keys so
-     * we can report the state of the world before the event.
-     */
-
-    if (message == WM_SYSKEYDOWN || message == WM_KEYDOWN
-	    || message == WM_SYSKEYUP || message == WM_KEYUP) {
-	mask = 0;
-	prevState = HIWORD(lParam) & KF_REPEAT;
-	switch(wParam) {
-	case VK_SHIFT:
-	    mask = ShiftMask;
-	    break;
-	case VK_CONTROL:
-	    mask = ControlMask;
-	    break;
-	case VK_MENU:
-	    mask = ALT_MASK;
-	    break;
-	case VK_CAPITAL:
-	    if (message == WM_SYSKEYDOWN || message == WM_KEYDOWN) {
-		mask = LockMask;
-		prevState = ((state & mask) ^ prevState) ? 0 : 1;
-	    }
-	    break;
-	case VK_NUMLOCK:
-	    if (message == WM_SYSKEYDOWN || message == WM_KEYDOWN) {
-		mask = Mod1Mask;
-		prevState = ((state & mask) ^ prevState) ? 0 : 1;
-	    }
-	    break;
-	case VK_SCROLL:
-	    if (message == WM_SYSKEYDOWN || message == WM_KEYDOWN) {
-		mask = Mod3Mask;
-		prevState = ((state & mask) ^ prevState) ? 0 : 1;
-	    }
-	    break;
-	}
-	if (prevState) {
-	    state |= mask;
-	} else {
-	    state &= ~mask;
-	}
-	if (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_EXTENDED) {
-	    state |= EXTENDED_MASK;
-	}
-    }
-    return state;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * GetTranslatedKey --
- *
- *	Retrieves WM_CHAR messages that are placed on the system queue by the
- *	TranslateMessage system call and places them in the given KeyPress
- *	event.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Sets the trans_chars and nbytes member of the key event.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Removes any WM_CHAR messages waiting on the top of the system event
- *	queue.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-GetTranslatedKey(
-    XKeyEvent *xkey,
-    UINT type)
-{
-    MSG msg;
-
-    xkey->nbytes = 0;
-
-    while ((xkey->nbytes < XMaxTransChars)
-	    && (PeekMessageA(&msg, NULL, type, type, PM_NOREMOVE) != 0)) {
-	if (msg.message != type) {
-	    break;
-	}
-
-	GetMessageA(&msg, NULL, type, type);
-
-	/*
-	 * If this is a normal character message, we may need to strip off the
-	 * Alt modifier (e.g. Alt-digits). Note that we don't want to do this
-	 * for system messages, because those were presumably generated as an
-	 * Alt-char sequence (e.g. accelerator keys).
-	 */
-
-	if ((msg.message == WM_CHAR) && (msg.lParam & 0x20000000)) {
-	    xkey->state = 0;
-	}
-	xkey->trans_chars[xkey->nbytes] = (char) msg.wParam;
-	xkey->nbytes++;
-
-	if (((unsigned short) msg.wParam) > ((unsigned short) 0xff)) {
-	    /*
-	     * Some "addon" input devices, such as the popular PenPower
-	     * Chinese writing pad, generate 16 bit values in WM_CHAR messages
-	     * (instead of passing them in two separate WM_CHAR messages
-	     * containing two 8-bit values.
-	     */
-
-	    xkey->trans_chars[xkey->nbytes] = (char) (msg.wParam >> 8);
-	    xkey->nbytes ++;
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * UpdateInputLanguage --
- *
- *	Gets called when a WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE message is received by the Tk
- *	child window function. This message is sent by the Input Method Editor
- *	system when the user chooses a different input method. All subsequent
- *	WM_CHAR messages will contain characters in the new encoding. We
- *	record the new encoding so that TkpGetString() knows how to correctly
- *	translate the WM_CHAR into unicode.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Records the new encoding in keyInputEncoding.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Old value of keyInputEncoding is freed.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static void
-UpdateInputLanguage(
-    int charset)
-{
-    CHARSETINFO charsetInfo;
-    Tcl_Encoding encoding;
-    char codepage[4 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
-
-    if (keyInputCharset == charset) {
-	return;
-    }
-    if (TranslateCharsetInfo(INT2PTR(charset), &charsetInfo,
-	    TCI_SRCCHARSET) == 0) {
-	/*
-	 * Some mysterious failure.
-	 */
-
-	return;
-    }
-
-    wsprintfA(codepage, "cp%d", charsetInfo.ciACP);
-
-    if ((encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, codepage)) == NULL) {
-	/*
-	 * The encoding is not supported by Tcl.
-	 */
-
-	return;
-    }
-
-    if (keyInputEncoding != NULL) {
-	Tcl_FreeEncoding(keyInputEncoding);
-    }
-
-    keyInputEncoding = encoding;
-    keyInputCharset = charset;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinGetKeyInputEncoding --
- *
- *	Returns the current keyboard input encoding selected by the user (with
- *	WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE events).
- *
- * Results:
- *	The current keyboard input encoding.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-Tcl_Encoding
-TkWinGetKeyInputEncoding(void)
-{
-    return keyInputEncoding;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding --
- *
- *	Returns the cached unicode encoding.
- *
- * Results:
- *	The unicode encoding.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-Tcl_Encoding
-TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding(void)
-{
-    if (unicodeEncoding == NULL) {
-	unicodeEncoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "unicode");
-    }
-    return unicodeEncoding;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * HandleIMEComposition --
- *
- *	This function works around a deficiency in some versions of Windows
- *	2000 to make it possible to entry multi-lingual characters under all
- *	versions of Windows 2000.
- *
- *	When an Input Method Editor (IME) is ready to send input characters to
- *	an application, it sends a WM_IME_COMPOSITION message with the
- *	GCS_RESULTSTR. However, The DefWindowProc() on English Windows 2000
- *	arbitrarily converts all non-Latin-1 characters in the composition to
- *	"?".
- *
- *	This function correctly processes the composition data and sends the
- *	UNICODE values of the composed characters to TK's event queue.
- *
- * Results:
- *	If this function has processed the composition data, returns 1.
- *	Otherwise returns 0.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Key events are put into the TK event queue.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-static int
-HandleIMEComposition(
-    HWND hwnd,			/* Window receiving the message. */
-    LPARAM lParam)		/* Flags for the WM_IME_COMPOSITION message */
-{
-    HIMC hIMC;
-    int n;
-    int high = 0;
-
-    if ((lParam & GCS_RESULTSTR) == 0) {
-	/*
-	 * Composition is not finished yet.
-	 */
-
-	return 0;
-    }
-
-    hIMC = ImmGetContext(hwnd);
-    if (!hIMC) {
-	return 0;
-    }
-
-    n = ImmGetCompositionString(hIMC, GCS_RESULTSTR, NULL, 0);
-
-    if (n > 0) {
-	WCHAR *buff = (WCHAR *) ckalloc(n);
-	TkWindow *winPtr;
-	XEvent event;
-	int i;
-
-	n = ImmGetCompositionString(hIMC, GCS_RESULTSTR, buff, (unsigned) n) / 2;
-
-	/*
-	 * Set up the fields pertinent to key event.
-	 *
-	 * We set send_event to the special value of -3, so that TkpGetString
-	 * in tkWinKey.c knows that keycode already contains a UNICODE
-	 * char and there's no need to do encoding conversion.
-	 *
-	 * Note that the event *must* be zeroed out first; Tk plays cunning
-	 * games with the overalls structure. [Bug 2992129]
-	 */
-
-	winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_HWNDToWindow(hwnd);
-
-	memset(&event, 0, sizeof(XEvent));
-	event.xkey.serial = winPtr->display->request++;
-	event.xkey.send_event = -3;
-	event.xkey.display = winPtr->display;
-	event.xkey.window = winPtr->window;
-	event.xkey.root = RootWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum);
-	event.xkey.subwindow = None;
-	event.xkey.state = TkWinGetModifierState();
-	event.xkey.time = TkpGetMS();
-	event.xkey.same_screen = True;
-
-	for (i=0; i<n; ) {
-	    /*
-	     * Simulate a pair of KeyPress and KeyRelease events for each
-	     * UNICODE character in the composition.
-	     */
-
-	    event.xkey.keycode = buff[i++];
-
-	    if ((event.xkey.keycode & 0xfc00) == 0xd800) {
-		high = ((event.xkey.keycode & 0x3ff) << 10) + 0x10000;
-		break;
-	    } else if (high && (event.xkey.keycode & 0xfc00) == 0xdc00) {
-		event.xkey.keycode &= 0x3ff;
-		event.xkey.keycode += high;
-		high = 0;
-	    }
-	    event.type = KeyPress;
-	    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
-
-	    event.type = KeyRelease;
-	    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
-	}
-
-	ckfree(buff);
-    }
-    ImmReleaseContext(hwnd, hIMC);
-    return 1;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tk_FreeXId --
- *
- *	This interface is not needed under Windows.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-Tk_FreeXId(
-    Display *display,
-    XID xid)
-{
-    /* Do nothing */
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinResendEvent --
- *
- *	This function converts an X event into a Windows event and invokes the
- *	specified windo function.
- *
- * Results:
- *	A standard Windows result.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Invokes the window function
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-LRESULT
-TkWinResendEvent(
-    WNDPROC wndproc,
-    HWND hwnd,
-    XEvent *eventPtr)
-{
-    UINT msg;
-    WPARAM wparam;
-    LPARAM lparam;
-
-    if (eventPtr->type != ButtonPress) {
-	return 0;
-    }
-
-    switch (eventPtr->xbutton.button) {
-    case Button1:
-	msg = WM_LBUTTONDOWN;
-	wparam = MK_LBUTTON;
-	break;
-    case Button2:
-	msg = WM_MBUTTONDOWN;
-	wparam = MK_MBUTTON;
-	break;
-    case Button3:
-	msg = WM_RBUTTONDOWN;
-	wparam = MK_RBUTTON;
-	break;
-    default:
-	return 0;
-    }
-
-    if (eventPtr->xbutton.state & Button1Mask) {
-	wparam |= MK_LBUTTON;
-    }
-    if (eventPtr->xbutton.state & Button2Mask) {
-	wparam |= MK_MBUTTON;
-    }
-    if (eventPtr->xbutton.state & Button3Mask) {
-	wparam |= MK_RBUTTON;
-    }
-    if (eventPtr->xbutton.state & ShiftMask) {
-	wparam |= MK_SHIFT;
-    }
-    if (eventPtr->xbutton.state & ControlMask) {
-	wparam |= MK_CONTROL;
-    }
-    lparam = MAKELPARAM((short) eventPtr->xbutton.x,
-	    (short) eventPtr->xbutton.y);
-    return CallWindowProc(wndproc, hwnd, msg, wparam, lparam);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkpGetMS --
- *
- *	Return a relative time in milliseconds. It doesn't matter when the
- *	epoch was.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Number of milliseconds.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-unsigned long
-TkpGetMS(void)
-{
-    return GetTickCount();
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * TkWinUpdatingClipboard --
- *
- *
- * Results:
- *	Number of milliseconds.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-TkWinUpdatingClipboard(
-    int mode)
-{
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
-	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
-
-    tsdPtr->updatingClipboard = mode;
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tk_SetCaretPos --
- *
- *	This enables correct movement of focus in the MS Magnifier, as well as
- *	allowing us to correctly position the IME Window. The following Win32
- *	APIs are used to work with MS caret:
- *
- *	CreateCaret	DestroyCaret	SetCaretPos	GetCaretPos
- *
- *	Only one instance of caret can be active at any time (e.g.
- *	DestroyCaret API does not take any argument such as handle). Since
- *	do-it-right approach requires to track the create/destroy caret status
- *	all the time in a global scope among windows (or widgets), we just
- *	implement this minimal setup to get the job done.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Sets the global Windows caret position.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-Tk_SetCaretPos(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,
-    int x, int y,
-    int height)
-{
-    static HWND caretHWND = NULL;
-    TkCaret *caretPtr = &(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr->caret);
-    Window win;
-
-    /*
-     * Prevent processing anything if the values haven't changed. Windows only
-     * has one display, so we can do this with statics.
-     */
-
-    if ((caretPtr->winPtr == ((TkWindow *) tkwin))
-	    && (caretPtr->x == x) && (caretPtr->y == y)) {
-	return;
-    }
-
-    caretPtr->winPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin);
-    caretPtr->x = x;
-    caretPtr->y = y;
-    caretPtr->height = height;
-
-    /*
-     * We adjust to the toplevel to get the coords right, as setting the IME
-     * composition window is based on the toplevel hwnd, so ignore height.
-     */
-
-    while (!Tk_IsTopLevel(tkwin)) {
-	x += Tk_X(tkwin);
-	y += Tk_Y(tkwin);
-	tkwin = Tk_Parent(tkwin);
-	if (tkwin == NULL) {
-	    return;
-	}
-    }
-
-    win = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
-    if (win) {
-	HIMC hIMC;
-	HWND hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(win);
-
-	if (hwnd != caretHWND) {
-	    DestroyCaret();
-	    if (CreateCaret(hwnd, NULL, 0, 0)) {
-		caretHWND = hwnd;
-	    }
-	}
-
-	if (!SetCaretPos(x, y) && CreateCaret(hwnd, NULL, 0, 0)) {
-	    caretHWND = hwnd;
-	    SetCaretPos(x, y);
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * The IME composition window should be updated whenever the caret
-	 * position is changed because a clause of the composition string may
-	 * be converted to the final characters and the other clauses still
-	 * stay on the composition window. -- yamamoto
-	 */
-
-	hIMC = ImmGetContext(hwnd);
-	if (hIMC) {
-	    COMPOSITIONFORM cform;
-
-	    cform.dwStyle = CFS_POINT;
-	    cform.ptCurrentPos.x = x;
-	    cform.ptCurrentPos.y = y;
-	    ImmSetCompositionWindow(hIMC, &cform);
-	    ImmReleaseContext(hwnd, hIMC);
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tk_GetUserInactiveTime --
- *
- *	Return the number of milliseconds the user was inactive.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Milliseconds of user inactive time or -1 if the user32.dll doesn't
- *	have the symbol GetLastInputInfo or GetLastInputInfo returns an error.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	None.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-long
-Tk_GetUserInactiveTime(
-     Display *dpy)		/* Ignored on Windows */
-{
-    LASTINPUTINFO li;
-
-    li.cbSize = sizeof(li);
-    if (!(BOOL)GetLastInputInfo(&li)) {
-	return -1;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Last input info is in milliseconds, since restart time.
-     */
-
-    return (GetTickCount()-li.dwTime);
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime --
- *
- *	Reset the user inactivity timer
- *
- * Results:
- *	none
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	The user inactivity timer of the underlaying windowing system is reset
- *	to zero.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-void
-Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime(
-    Display *dpy)
-{
-    INPUT inp;
-
-    inp.type = INPUT_MOUSE;
-    inp.mi.dx = 0;
-    inp.mi.dy = 0;
-    inp.mi.mouseData = 0;
-    inp.mi.dwFlags = MOUSEEVENTF_MOVE;
-    inp.mi.time = 0;
-    inp.mi.dwExtraInfo = (DWORD) 0;
-
-    SendInput(1, &inp, sizeof(inp));
-}
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: c
- * c-basic-offset: 4
- * fill-column: 78
- * End:
- */
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/ttkWinMonitor.c b/tk8.6/win/ttkWinMonitor.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e46374..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/ttkWinMonitor.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-#endif
-
-#include <tkWinInt.h>
-#include "ttk/ttkTheme.h"
-
-#if !defined(WM_THEMECHANGED)
-#define WM_THEMECHANGED 0x031A
-#endif
-
-static LRESULT WINAPI WndProc(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wp, LPARAM lp);
-
-/*
- * RegisterSystemColors --
- *	Register all known Windows system colors (as per GetSysColor) as Tk
- *	named colors.
- */
-
-typedef struct {
-    const char *name;
-    int index;
-} SystemColorEntry;
-
-static SystemColorEntry sysColors[] = {
-	{ "System3dDarkShadow",		COLOR_3DDKSHADOW },
-	{ "System3dLight",		COLOR_3DLIGHT },
-	{ "SystemActiveBorder",		COLOR_ACTIVEBORDER },
-	{ "SystemActiveCaption",	COLOR_ACTIVECAPTION },
-	{ "SystemAppWorkspace",		COLOR_APPWORKSPACE },
-	{ "SystemBackground",		COLOR_BACKGROUND },
-	{ "SystemButtonFace",		COLOR_BTNFACE },
-	{ "SystemButtonHighlight",	COLOR_BTNHIGHLIGHT },
-	{ "SystemButtonShadow",		COLOR_BTNSHADOW },
-	{ "SystemButtonText",		COLOR_BTNTEXT },
-	{ "SystemCaptionText",		COLOR_CAPTIONTEXT },
-	{ "SystemDisabledText",		COLOR_GRAYTEXT },
-	{ "SystemGrayText",		COLOR_GRAYTEXT },
-	{ "SystemHighlight",		COLOR_HIGHLIGHT },
-	{ "SystemHighlightText",	COLOR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT },
-	{ "SystemInactiveBorder",	COLOR_INACTIVEBORDER },
-	{ "SystemInactiveCaption",	COLOR_INACTIVECAPTION },
-	{ "SystemInactiveCaptionText",	COLOR_INACTIVECAPTIONTEXT },
-	{ "SystemInfoBackground",	COLOR_INFOBK },
-	{ "SystemInfoText",		COLOR_INFOTEXT },
-	{ "SystemMenu",			COLOR_MENU },
-	{ "SystemMenuText",		COLOR_MENUTEXT },
-	{ "SystemScrollbar",		COLOR_SCROLLBAR },
-	{ "SystemWindow",		COLOR_WINDOW },
-	{ "SystemWindowFrame",		COLOR_WINDOWFRAME },
-	{ "SystemWindowText",		COLOR_WINDOWTEXT },
-	{ NULL, 0 }
-};
-
-static void RegisterSystemColors(Tcl_Interp *interp)
-{
-    Ttk_ResourceCache cache = Ttk_GetResourceCache(interp);
-    SystemColorEntry *sysColor;
-
-    for (sysColor = sysColors; sysColor->name; ++sysColor) {
-	DWORD pixel = GetSysColor(sysColor->index);
-	XColor colorSpec;
-	colorSpec.red = GetRValue(pixel) * 257;
-	colorSpec.green = GetGValue(pixel) * 257;
-	colorSpec.blue = GetBValue(pixel) * 257;
-	Ttk_RegisterNamedColor(cache, sysColor->name, &colorSpec);
-    }
-}
-
-static HWND
-CreateThemeMonitorWindow(HINSTANCE hinst, Tcl_Interp *interp)
-{
-    WNDCLASSEX wc;
-    HWND       hwnd = NULL;
-    TCHAR      title[32] = TEXT("TtkMonitorWindow");
-    TCHAR      name[32] = TEXT("TtkMonitorClass");
-
-    wc.cbSize        = sizeof(WNDCLASSEX);
-    wc.style         = CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW;
-    wc.lpfnWndProc   = (WNDPROC)WndProc;
-    wc.cbClsExtra    = 0;
-    wc.cbWndExtra    = 0;
-    wc.hInstance     = hinst;
-    wc.hIcon         = LoadIcon(NULL, IDI_APPLICATION);
-    wc.hIconSm       = LoadIcon(NULL, IDI_APPLICATION);
-    wc.hCursor       = LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW);
-    wc.hbrBackground = (HBRUSH)COLOR_WINDOW;
-    wc.lpszMenuName  = name;
-    wc.lpszClassName = name;
-
-    if (RegisterClassEx(&wc)) {
-	hwnd = CreateWindow( name, title, WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW,
-	    CW_USEDEFAULT, CW_USEDEFAULT, CW_USEDEFAULT, CW_USEDEFAULT,
-	    NULL, NULL, hinst, NULL );
-	SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_USERDATA, (LONG_PTR) interp);
-	ShowWindow(hwnd, SW_HIDE);
-	UpdateWindow(hwnd);
-    }
-    return hwnd;
-}
-
-static void
-DestroyThemeMonitorWindow(void *clientData)
-{
-    HWND hwnd = (HWND)clientData;
-    DestroyWindow(hwnd);
-}
-
-static LRESULT WINAPI
-WndProc(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wp, LPARAM lp)
-{
-    Tcl_Interp *interp = (Tcl_Interp *)GetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_USERDATA);
-    Ttk_Theme theme;
-
-    switch (msg) {
-    case WM_DESTROY:
-	break;
-
-    case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE:
-	RegisterSystemColors(interp);
-	break;
-
-    case WM_THEMECHANGED:
-	/*
-         * Reset the application theme.
-         * On windows, it is possible to sign in as a second user, change
-         * the theme to 'winnative' (by setting the ui to 'best performance'),
-         * which is a machine-wide change, and then sign back on to the original user.
-         * Ttk_UseTheme needs to be executed again in order to process the fallback
-         * from vista/xpnative to winnative.
-	 */
-
-	theme = Ttk_GetCurrentTheme(interp);
-	if (theme) {
-	    Ttk_UseTheme(interp, theme);
-	    /* @@@ What to do about errors here? */
-	}
-	break;
-    }
-    return DefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, wp, lp);
-}
-
-/*
- * Windows-specific platform initialization:
- */
-
-MODULE_SCOPE int TtkWinTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *, HWND hwnd);
-MODULE_SCOPE int TtkXPTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *, HWND hwnd);
-
-MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_WinPlatformInit(Tcl_Interp *interp)
-{
-    HWND hwnd;
-
-    hwnd = CreateThemeMonitorWindow(Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), interp);
-    Ttk_RegisterCleanup(interp, (ClientData)hwnd, DestroyThemeMonitorWindow);
-
-    TtkWinTheme_Init(interp, hwnd);
-    TtkXPTheme_Init(interp, hwnd);
-
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/ttkWinTheme.c b/tk8.6/win/ttkWinTheme.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 63e9704..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/ttkWinTheme.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,733 +0,0 @@
-/* winTheme.c - Copyright (C) 2004 Pat Thoyts <patthoyts@users.sf.net>
- */
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-#endif
-
-#include <tkWinInt.h>
-
-#ifndef DFCS_HOT	/* Windows 98/Me, Windows 200/XP only */
-#define DFCS_HOT 0
-#endif
-
-#include "ttk/ttkTheme.h"
-
-/*
- * BoxToRect --
- * 	Helper routine.  Converts a Ttk_Box to a Win32 RECT.
- */
-static RECT BoxToRect(Ttk_Box b)
-{
-    RECT rc;
-    rc.top = b.y;
-    rc.left = b.x;
-    rc.bottom = b.y + b.height;
-    rc.right = b.x + b.width;
-    return rc;
-}
-
-/*
- * ReliefToEdge --
- * 	Convert a Tk "relief" value into an Windows "edge" value.
- * 	NB: Caller must check for RELIEF_FLAT and RELIEF_SOLID,
- *	which must be handled specially.
- *
- *	Passing the BF_FLAT flag to DrawEdge() yields something similar
- * 	to TK_RELIEF_SOLID. TK_RELIEF_FLAT can be implemented by not
- *	drawing anything.
- */
-static unsigned int ReliefToEdge(int relief)
-{
-    switch (relief) {
-	case TK_RELIEF_RAISED: return EDGE_RAISED;
-	case TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN: return EDGE_SUNKEN;
-	case TK_RELIEF_RIDGE:  return EDGE_BUMP;
-	case TK_RELIEF_GROOVE: return EDGE_ETCHED;
-	case TK_RELIEF_SOLID:  return BDR_RAISEDOUTER;
-	default:
-	case TK_RELIEF_FLAT:   return BDR_RAISEDOUTER;
-    }
-}
-
-/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * +++ State tables for FrameControlElements.
- */
-
-static Ttk_StateTable checkbutton_statemap[] = { /* see also SF#1865898 */
-    { DFCS_BUTTON3STATE|DFCS_CHECKED|DFCS_INACTIVE,
-    	TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE|TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
-    { DFCS_BUTTON3STATE|DFCS_CHECKED|DFCS_PUSHED,
-    	TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE|TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
-    { DFCS_BUTTON3STATE|DFCS_CHECKED|DFCS_HOT,
-    	TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE|TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
-    { DFCS_BUTTON3STATE|DFCS_CHECKED,
-    	TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE, 0 },
-
-    { DFCS_CHECKED|DFCS_INACTIVE, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
-    { DFCS_CHECKED|DFCS_PUSHED,   TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
-    { DFCS_CHECKED|DFCS_HOT,      TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
-    { DFCS_CHECKED,	          TTK_STATE_SELECTED, 0 },
-
-    { DFCS_INACTIVE, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
-    { DFCS_PUSHED,   TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
-    { DFCS_HOT,      TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
-    { 0, 0, 0 },
-};
-
-static Ttk_StateTable pushbutton_statemap[] = {
-    { DFCS_INACTIVE,	  TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
-    { DFCS_PUSHED,	  TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
-    { DFCS_HOT,		  TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
-    { 0, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-static Ttk_StateTable arrow_statemap[] = {
-    { DFCS_INACTIVE,            TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
-    { DFCS_PUSHED | DFCS_FLAT,  TTK_STATE_PRESSED,  0 },
-    { 0, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * +++ FrameControlElement --
- * 	General-purpose element for things drawn with DrawFrameControl
- */
-typedef struct {
-    const char *name;		/* element name */
-    int classId;		/* class id for DrawFrameControl */
-    int partId;			/* part id for DrawFrameControl  */
-    int cxId;			/* system metric ids for width/height... */
-    int cyId;			/* ... or size if FIXEDSIZE bit set */
-    Ttk_StateTable *stateMap;	/* map Tk states to Win32 flags */
-    Ttk_Padding margins;	/* additional placement padding */
-} FrameControlElementData;
-
-#define _FIXEDSIZE  0x80000000L
-#define _HALFMETRIC 0x40000000L
-#define FIXEDSIZE(id) (id|_FIXEDSIZE)
-#define HALFMETRIC(id) (id|_HALFMETRIC)
-#define GETMETRIC(m) \
-    ((m) & _FIXEDSIZE ? (int)((m) & ~_FIXEDSIZE) : GetSystemMetrics((m)&0x0fffffff))
-
-static FrameControlElementData FrameControlElements[] = {
-    { "Checkbutton.indicator",
-	DFC_BUTTON, DFCS_BUTTONCHECK, FIXEDSIZE(13), FIXEDSIZE(13),
-	checkbutton_statemap, {0,0,4,0} },
-    { "Radiobutton.indicator",
-    	DFC_BUTTON, DFCS_BUTTONRADIO, FIXEDSIZE(13), FIXEDSIZE(13),
-	checkbutton_statemap, {0,0,4,0} },
-    { "uparrow",
-    	DFC_SCROLL, DFCS_SCROLLUP, SM_CXVSCROLL, SM_CYVSCROLL,
-	arrow_statemap, {0,0,0,0} },
-    { "downarrow",
-    	DFC_SCROLL, DFCS_SCROLLDOWN, SM_CXVSCROLL, SM_CYVSCROLL,
-	arrow_statemap, {0,0,0,0} },
-    { "leftarrow",
-	DFC_SCROLL, DFCS_SCROLLLEFT, SM_CXHSCROLL, SM_CYHSCROLL,
-	arrow_statemap, {0,0,0,0} },
-    { "rightarrow",
-	DFC_SCROLL, DFCS_SCROLLRIGHT, SM_CXHSCROLL, SM_CYHSCROLL,
-	arrow_statemap, {0,0,0,0} },
-    { "sizegrip",
-    	DFC_SCROLL, DFCS_SCROLLSIZEGRIP, SM_CXVSCROLL, SM_CYHSCROLL,
-	arrow_statemap, {0,0,0,0} },
-    { "Spinbox.uparrow",
-	DFC_SCROLL, DFCS_SCROLLUP, SM_CXVSCROLL, HALFMETRIC(SM_CYVSCROLL),
-	arrow_statemap, {0,0,0,0} },
-    { "Spinbox.downarrow",
-	DFC_SCROLL, DFCS_SCROLLDOWN, SM_CXVSCROLL, HALFMETRIC(SM_CYVSCROLL),
-	arrow_statemap, {0,0,0,0} },
-
-    { 0,0,0,0,0,0, {0,0,0,0} }
-};
-
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-static void FrameControlElementSize(
-    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
-    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
-{
-    FrameControlElementData *p = clientData;
-    int cx = GETMETRIC(p->cxId);
-    int cy = GETMETRIC(p->cyId);
-    if (p->cxId & _HALFMETRIC) cx /= 2;
-    if (p->cyId & _HALFMETRIC) cy /= 2;
-    *widthPtr = cx + Ttk_PaddingWidth(p->margins);
-    *heightPtr = cy + Ttk_PaddingHeight(p->margins);
-}
-
-static void FrameControlElementDraw(
-    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
-    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
-{
-    FrameControlElementData *elementData = clientData;
-    RECT rc = BoxToRect(Ttk_PadBox(b, elementData->margins));
-    TkWinDCState dcState;
-    HDC hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, &dcState);
-
-    DrawFrameControl(hdc, &rc,
-	elementData->classId,
-	elementData->partId|Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->stateMap, state));
-    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState);
-}
-
-static Ttk_ElementSpec FrameControlElementSpec = {
-    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
-    sizeof(NullElement),
-    TtkNullElementOptions,
-    FrameControlElementSize,
-    FrameControlElementDraw
-};
-
-/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * +++ Border element implementation.
- */
-
-typedef struct {
-    Tcl_Obj	*reliefObj;
-} BorderElement;
-
-static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec BorderElementOptions[] = {
-    { "-relief",TK_OPTION_RELIEF,Tk_Offset(BorderElement,reliefObj), "flat" },
-    {NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
-};
-
-static void BorderElementSize(
-    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
-    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
-{
-    paddingPtr->left = paddingPtr->right = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXEDGE);
-    paddingPtr->top = paddingPtr->bottom = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYEDGE);
-}
-
-static void BorderElementDraw(
-    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
-    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
-{
-    BorderElement *border = elementRecord;
-    RECT rc = BoxToRect(b);
-    int relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
-    TkWinDCState dcState;
-    HDC hdc;
-
-    Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, border->reliefObj, &relief);
-
-    if (relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) {
-	UINT xFlags = (relief == TK_RELIEF_SOLID) ? BF_FLAT : 0;
-	hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, &dcState);
-	DrawEdge(hdc, &rc, ReliefToEdge(relief), BF_RECT | xFlags);
-	TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState);
-    }
-}
-
-static Ttk_ElementSpec BorderElementSpec = {
-    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
-    sizeof(BorderElement),
-    BorderElementOptions,
-    BorderElementSize,
-    BorderElementDraw
-};
-
-/*
- * Entry field borders:
- * Sunken border; also fill with window color.
- */
-
-typedef struct {
-    Tcl_Obj	*backgroundObj;
-} FieldElement;
-
-static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec FieldElementOptions[] = {
-    { "-fieldbackground", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
-    	Tk_Offset(FieldElement,backgroundObj), "white" },
-    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
-};
-
-static void FieldElementSize(
-    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
-    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
-{
-    paddingPtr->left = paddingPtr->right = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXEDGE);
-    paddingPtr->top = paddingPtr->bottom = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYEDGE);
-}
-
-static void FieldElementDraw(
-    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
-    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
-{
-    FieldElement *field = elementRecord;
-    Tk_3DBorder bg = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, field->backgroundObj);
-    RECT rc = BoxToRect(b);
-    TkWinDCState dcState;
-    HDC hdc;
-
-    Tk_Fill3DRectangle(
-	tkwin, d, bg, b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
-
-    hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, &dcState);
-    DrawEdge(hdc, &rc, EDGE_SUNKEN, BF_RECT);
-    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState);
-}
-
-static Ttk_ElementSpec FieldElementSpec = {
-    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
-    sizeof(FieldElement),
-    FieldElementOptions,
-    FieldElementSize,
-    FieldElementDraw
-};
-
-/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * +++ Button borders.
- *	Drawn with DrawFrameControl instead of DrawEdge;
- *	Also draw default indicator and focus ring.
- */
-typedef struct {
-    Tcl_Obj	*reliefObj;
-    Tcl_Obj	*highlightColorObj;
-    Tcl_Obj	*defaultStateObj;
-} ButtonBorderElement;
-
-static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ButtonBorderElementOptions[] = {
-    { "-relief",TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
-	Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,reliefObj), "flat" },
-    { "-highlightcolor",TK_OPTION_COLOR,
-	Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,highlightColorObj), "black" },
-    { "-default", TK_OPTION_ANY,
-	Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,defaultStateObj), "disabled" },
-    {NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
-};
-
-static void ButtonBorderElementSize(
-    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
-    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
-{
-    ButtonBorderElement *bd = elementRecord;
-    int relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
-    int defaultState = TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_DISABLED;
-    short int cx, cy;
-
-    Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, bd->reliefObj, &relief);
-    Ttk_GetButtonDefaultStateFromObj(NULL, bd->defaultStateObj, &defaultState);
-    cx = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXEDGE);
-    cy = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYEDGE);
-
-    /* Space for default indicator:
-     */
-    if (defaultState != TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_DISABLED) {
-    	++cx; ++cy;
-    }
-
-    /* Space for focus ring:
-     */
-    cx += 2;
-    cy += 2;
-
-    *paddingPtr = Ttk_MakePadding(cx,cy,cx,cy);
-}
-
-static void ButtonBorderElementDraw(
-    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
-    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
-{
-    ButtonBorderElement *bd = elementRecord;
-    int relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
-    int defaultState = TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_DISABLED;
-    TkWinDCState dcState;
-    HDC hdc;
-    RECT rc;
-
-    Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, bd->reliefObj, &relief);
-    Ttk_GetButtonDefaultStateFromObj(NULL, bd->defaultStateObj, &defaultState);
-
-    if (defaultState == TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_ACTIVE) {
-	XColor *highlightColor =
-	    Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, bd->highlightColorObj);
-	GC gc = Tk_GCForColor(highlightColor, d);
-	XDrawRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc, b.x,b.y,b.width-1,b.height-1);
-    }
-    if (defaultState != TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_DISABLED) {
-	++b.x; ++b.y; b.width -= 2; b.height -= 2;
-    }
-
-    hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, &dcState);
-
-    rc = BoxToRect(b);
-    DrawFrameControl(hdc, &rc,
-	DFC_BUTTON,	/* classId */
-	DFCS_BUTTONPUSH | Ttk_StateTableLookup(pushbutton_statemap, state));
-
-    /* Draw focus ring:
-     */
-    if (state & TTK_STATE_FOCUS) {
-	short int borderWidth = 3;	/* @@@ Use GetSystemMetrics?*/
-	rc = BoxToRect(Ttk_PadBox(b, Ttk_UniformPadding(borderWidth)));
-    	DrawFocusRect(hdc, &rc);
-    }
-    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState);
-}
-
-static Ttk_ElementSpec ButtonBorderElementSpec = {
-    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
-    sizeof(ButtonBorderElement),
-    ButtonBorderElementOptions,
-    ButtonBorderElementSize,
-    ButtonBorderElementDraw
-};
-
-/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * +++ Focus element.
- * 	Draw dashed focus rectangle.
- */
-
-static void FocusElementSize(
-    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
-    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
-{
-    *paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding(1);
-}
-
-static void FocusElementDraw(
-    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
-    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
-{
-    if (state & TTK_STATE_FOCUS) {
-	RECT rc = BoxToRect(b);
-	TkWinDCState dcState;
-	HDC hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, &dcState);
-    	DrawFocusRect(hdc, &rc);
-	TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState);
-    }
-}
-
-static Ttk_ElementSpec FocusElementSpec = {
-    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
-    sizeof(NullElement),
-    TtkNullElementOptions,
-    FocusElementSize,
-    FocusElementDraw
-};
-
-/* FillFocusElement --
- * 	Draws a focus ring filled with the selection color
- */
-
-typedef struct {
-    Tcl_Obj *fillColorObj;
-} FillFocusElement;
-
-static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec FillFocusElementOptions[] = {
-    { "-focusfill", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
-	Tk_Offset(FillFocusElement,fillColorObj), "white" },
-    {NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
-};
-
-	/* @@@ FIX THIS */
-static void FillFocusElementDraw(
-    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
-    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
-{
-    FillFocusElement *focus = elementRecord;
-    if (state & TTK_STATE_FOCUS) {
-	RECT rc = BoxToRect(b);
-	TkWinDCState dcState;
-	XColor *fillColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, focus->fillColorObj);
-	GC gc = Tk_GCForColor(fillColor, d);
-	HDC hdc;
-
-	XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin),d,gc, b.x,b.y,b.width,b.height);
-	hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, &dcState);
-    	DrawFocusRect(hdc, &rc);
-	TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- * ComboboxFocusElement --
- * 	Read-only comboboxes have a filled focus ring, editable ones do not.
- */
-static void ComboboxFocusElementDraw(
-    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
-    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
-{
-    if (state & TTK_STATE_READONLY) {
-    	FillFocusElementDraw(clientData, elementRecord, tkwin, d, b, state);
-    }
-}
-
-static Ttk_ElementSpec ComboboxFocusElementSpec = {
-    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
-    sizeof(FillFocusElement),
-    FillFocusElementOptions,
-    FocusElementSize,
-    ComboboxFocusElementDraw
-};
-
-/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * +++ Scrollbar trough element.
- *
- * The native windows scrollbar is drawn using a pattern brush giving a
- * stippled appearance when the trough might otherwise be invisible.
- * We can deal with this here.
- */
-
-typedef struct {	/* clientData for Trough element */
-    HBRUSH     PatternBrush;
-    HBITMAP    PatternBitmap;
-} TroughClientData;
-
-static const WORD Pattern[] = {
-    0x5555, 0xaaaa, 0x5555, 0xaaaa, 0x5555, 0xaaaa, 0x5555, 0xaaaa
-};
-
-static void TroughClientDataDeleteProc(void *clientData)
-{
-    TroughClientData *cd = clientData;
-    DeleteObject(cd->PatternBrush);
-    DeleteObject(cd->PatternBitmap);
-    ckfree(clientData);
-}
-
-static TroughClientData *TroughClientDataInit(Tcl_Interp *interp)
-{
-    TroughClientData *cd = ckalloc(sizeof(*cd));
-    cd->PatternBitmap = CreateBitmap(8, 8, 1, 1, Pattern);
-    cd->PatternBrush  = CreatePatternBrush(cd->PatternBitmap);
-    Ttk_RegisterCleanup(interp, cd, TroughClientDataDeleteProc);
-    return cd;
-}
-
-static void TroughElementDraw(
-    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
-    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
-{
-    TroughClientData *cd = clientData;
-    TkWinDCState dcState;
-    HDC hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, &dcState);
-    HBRUSH hbr;
-    COLORREF bk, oldbk, oldtxt;
-
-    hbr = SelectObject(hdc, GetSysColorBrush(COLOR_SCROLLBAR));
-    bk = GetSysColor(COLOR_3DHIGHLIGHT);
-    oldtxt = SetTextColor(hdc, GetSysColor(COLOR_3DFACE));
-    oldbk = SetBkColor(hdc, bk);
-
-    /* WAS: if (bk (COLOR_3DHIGHLIGHT) == GetSysColor(COLOR_WINDOW)) ... */
-    if (GetSysColor(COLOR_SCROLLBAR) == GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNFACE)) {
-	/* Draw using the pattern brush */
-	SelectObject(hdc, cd->PatternBrush);
-    }
-
-    PatBlt(hdc, b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height, PATCOPY);
-    SetBkColor(hdc, oldbk);
-    SetTextColor(hdc, oldtxt);
-    SelectObject(hdc, hbr);
-    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState);
-}
-
-static Ttk_ElementSpec TroughElementSpec = {
-    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
-    sizeof(NullElement),
-    TtkNullElementOptions,
-    TtkNullElementSize,
-    TroughElementDraw
-};
-
-/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * +++ Thumb element.
- */
-
-typedef struct {
-    Tcl_Obj *orientObj;
-} ThumbElement;
-
-static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ThumbElementOptions[] = {
-    { "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY,Tk_Offset(ThumbElement,orientObj),"horizontal"},
-    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
-};
-
-static void ThumbElementSize(
-    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
-    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
-{
-    ThumbElement *thumbPtr = elementRecord;
-    int orient;
-
-    Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, thumbPtr->orientObj, &orient);
-    if (orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
-	*widthPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXHTHUMB);
-	*heightPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYHSCROLL);
-    } else {
-	*widthPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXVSCROLL);
-	*heightPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYVTHUMB);
-    }
-}
-
-static void ThumbElementDraw(
-    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
-    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
-{
-    RECT rc = BoxToRect(b);
-    TkWinDCState dcState;
-    HDC hdc;
-
-    /* Windows doesn't show a thumb when the scrollbar is disabled */
-    if (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED)
-	return;
-
-    hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, &dcState);
-    DrawEdge(hdc, &rc, EDGE_RAISED, BF_RECT | BF_MIDDLE);
-    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState);
-}
-
-static Ttk_ElementSpec ThumbElementSpec = {
-    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
-    sizeof(ThumbElement),
-    ThumbElementOptions,
-    ThumbElementSize,
-    ThumbElementDraw
-};
-
-/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * The slider element is the shaped thumb used in the slider widget.
- * Windows likes to call this a trackbar.
- */
-
-typedef struct {
-    Tcl_Obj *orientObj;  /* orientation of the slider widget */
-} SliderElement;
-
-static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SliderElementOptions[] = {
-    { "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY, Tk_Offset(SliderElement,orientObj),
-      "horizontal" },
-      { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
-};
-
-static void SliderElementSize(
-    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
-    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
-{
-    SliderElement *slider = elementRecord;
-    int orient;
-
-    Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, slider->orientObj, &orient);
-    if (orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
-	*widthPtr = (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXHTHUMB) / 2) | 1;
-	*heightPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYHSCROLL);
-    } else {
-	*widthPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXVSCROLL);
-	*heightPtr = (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYVTHUMB) / 2) | 1;
-    }
-}
-
-static void SliderElementDraw(
-    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
-    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
-{
-    RECT rc = BoxToRect(b);
-    TkWinDCState dcState;
-    HDC hdc;
-
-    hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, &dcState);
-    DrawEdge(hdc, &rc, EDGE_RAISED, BF_RECT | BF_MIDDLE);
-    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState);
-}
-
-static Ttk_ElementSpec SliderElementSpec = {
-    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
-    sizeof(SliderElement),
-    SliderElementOptions,
-    SliderElementSize,
-    SliderElementDraw
-};
-
-/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * +++ Notebook elements.
- */
-
-static void ClientElementSize(
-    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
-    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
-{
-    paddingPtr->left = paddingPtr->right = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXEDGE);
-    paddingPtr->top = paddingPtr->bottom = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYEDGE);
-}
-
-static void ClientElementDraw(
-    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
-    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
-{
-    RECT rc = BoxToRect(b);
-    TkWinDCState dcState;
-    HDC hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, &dcState);
-    DrawEdge(hdc, &rc, EDGE_RAISED, BF_RECT | BF_SOFT);
-    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState);
-}
-
-static Ttk_ElementSpec ClientElementSpec = {
-    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
-    sizeof(NullElement),
-    TtkNullElementOptions,
-    ClientElementSize,
-    ClientElementDraw
-};
-
-/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * +++ Layouts.
- */
-
-TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT_TABLE(LayoutTable)
-
-TTK_LAYOUT("TButton",
-    TTK_GROUP("Button.border", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
-	TTK_GROUP("Button.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
-	    TTK_NODE("Button.label", TTK_FILL_BOTH))))
-
-TTK_LAYOUT("TCombobox",
-    TTK_GROUP("Combobox.field", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
-	TTK_NODE("Combobox.downarrow", TTK_PACK_RIGHT|TTK_FILL_Y)
-	TTK_GROUP("Combobox.padding", TTK_PACK_LEFT|TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_BOTH,
-	    TTK_GROUP("Combobox.focus", TTK_PACK_LEFT|TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_BOTH,
-		TTK_NODE("Combobox.textarea", TTK_FILL_BOTH)))))
-
-TTK_END_LAYOUT_TABLE
-
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-MODULE_SCOPE
-int TtkWinTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp, HWND hwnd)
-{
-    Ttk_Theme themePtr, parentPtr;
-    FrameControlElementData *fce = FrameControlElements;
-
-    parentPtr = Ttk_GetTheme(interp, "alt");
-    themePtr = Ttk_CreateTheme(interp, "winnative", parentPtr);
-    if (!themePtr) {
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "border", &BorderElementSpec, NULL);
-    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Button.border",
-	&ButtonBorderElementSpec, NULL);
-    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "field", &FieldElementSpec, NULL);
-    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "focus", &FocusElementSpec, NULL);
-    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Combobox.focus",
-    	&ComboboxFocusElementSpec, NULL);
-    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "thumb", &ThumbElementSpec, NULL);
-    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "slider", &SliderElementSpec, NULL);
-    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Scrollbar.trough", &TroughElementSpec,
-    	TroughClientDataInit(interp));
-
-    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "client", &ClientElementSpec, NULL);
-
-    for (fce = FrameControlElements; fce->name != 0; ++fce) {
-	Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, fce->name,
-		&FrameControlElementSpec, fce);
-    }
-
-    Ttk_RegisterLayouts(themePtr, LayoutTable);
-
-    Tcl_PkgProvide(interp, "ttk::theme::winnative", TTK_VERSION);
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/ttkWinXPTheme.c b/tk8.6/win/ttkWinXPTheme.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 3de1504..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/ttkWinXPTheme.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1329 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Tk theme engine which uses the Windows XP "Visual Styles" API
- * Adapted from Georgios Petasis' XP theme patch.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2003 by Georgios Petasis, petasis@iit.demokritos.gr.
- * Copyright (c) 2003 by Joe English
- * Copyright (c) 2003 by Pat Thoyts
- *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
- * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
- *
- * See also:
- *
- * <URL: http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/
- *  	shellcc/platform/commctls/userex/refentry.asp >
- */
-
-#ifndef HAVE_UXTHEME_H
-/* Stub for platforms that lack the XP theme API headers: */
-#include <tkWinInt.h>
-int TtkXPTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp, HWND hwnd) { return TCL_OK; }
-#else
-
-#define WINVER 0x0501	/* Requires Windows XP APIs */
-
-#include <windows.h>
-#include <uxtheme.h>
-#if defined(HAVE_VSSYM32_H) || _MSC_VER > 1500
-#   include <vssym32.h>
-#else
-#   include <tmschema.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <tkWinInt.h>
-
-#include "ttk/ttkTheme.h"
-
-typedef HTHEME  (STDAPICALLTYPE OpenThemeDataProc)(HWND hwnd,
-		 LPCWSTR pszClassList);
-typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE CloseThemeDataProc)(HTHEME hTheme);
-typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE DrawThemeBackgroundProc)(HTHEME hTheme,
-                 HDC hdc, int iPartId, int iStateId, const RECT *pRect,
-                 OPTIONAL const RECT *pClipRect);
-typedef HRESULT	(STDAPICALLTYPE GetThemePartSizeProc)(HTHEME,HDC,
-		 int iPartId, int iStateId,
-		 RECT *prc, enum THEMESIZE eSize, SIZE *psz);
-typedef int     (STDAPICALLTYPE GetThemeSysSizeProc)(HTHEME,int);
-/* GetThemeTextExtent and DrawThemeText only used with BROKEN_TEXT_ELEMENT */
-typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE GetThemeTextExtentProc)(HTHEME hTheme, HDC hdc,
-		 int iPartId, int iStateId, LPCWSTR pszText, int iCharCount,
-		 DWORD dwTextFlags, const RECT *pBoundingRect, RECT *pExtent);
-typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE DrawThemeTextProc)(HTHEME hTheme, HDC hdc,
-		 int iPartId, int iStateId, LPCWSTR pszText, int iCharCount,
-		 DWORD dwTextFlags, DWORD dwTextFlags2, const RECT *pRect);
-typedef BOOL    (STDAPICALLTYPE IsThemeActiveProc)(void);
-typedef BOOL    (STDAPICALLTYPE IsAppThemedProc)(void);
-
-typedef struct
-{
-    OpenThemeDataProc			*OpenThemeData;
-    CloseThemeDataProc			*CloseThemeData;
-    GetThemePartSizeProc		*GetThemePartSize;
-    GetThemeSysSizeProc			*GetThemeSysSize;
-    DrawThemeBackgroundProc		*DrawThemeBackground;
-    DrawThemeTextProc		        *DrawThemeText;
-    GetThemeTextExtentProc		*GetThemeTextExtent;
-    IsThemeActiveProc			*IsThemeActive;
-    IsAppThemedProc			*IsAppThemed;
-
-    HWND                                stubWindow;
-} XPThemeProcs;
-
-typedef struct
-{
-    HINSTANCE hlibrary;
-    XPThemeProcs *procs;
-} XPThemeData;
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * LoadXPThemeProcs --
- *	Initialize XP theming support.
- *
- *	XP theme support is included in UXTHEME.DLL
- *	We dynamically load this DLL at runtime instead of linking
- *	to it at build-time.
- *
- * Returns:
- *	A pointer to an XPThemeProcs table if successful, NULL otherwise.
- */
-
-static XPThemeProcs *
-LoadXPThemeProcs(HINSTANCE *phlib)
-{
-    /*
-     * Load the library "uxtheme.dll", where the native widget
-     * drawing routines are implemented.  This will only succeed
-     * if we are running at least on Windows XP.
-     */
-    HINSTANCE handle;
-    *phlib = handle = LoadLibrary(TEXT("uxtheme.dll"));
-    if (handle != 0)
-    {
-	/*
-	 * We have successfully loaded the library. Proceed in storing the
-	 * addresses of the functions we want to use.
-	 */
-	XPThemeProcs *procs = ckalloc(sizeof(XPThemeProcs));
-#define LOADPROC(name) \
-	(0 != (procs->name = (name ## Proc *)GetProcAddress(handle, #name) ))
-
-	if (   LOADPROC(OpenThemeData)
-	    && LOADPROC(CloseThemeData)
-	    && LOADPROC(GetThemePartSize)
-	    && LOADPROC(GetThemeSysSize)
-	    && LOADPROC(DrawThemeBackground)
-	    && LOADPROC(GetThemeTextExtent)
-	    && LOADPROC(DrawThemeText)
-	    && LOADPROC(IsThemeActive)
-	    && LOADPROC(IsAppThemed)
-	)
-	{
-	    return procs;
-	}
-#undef LOADPROC
-	ckfree(procs);
-    }
-    return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * XPThemeDeleteProc --
- *
- *      Release any theme allocated resources.
- */
-
-static void
-XPThemeDeleteProc(void *clientData)
-{
-    XPThemeData *themeData = clientData;
-    FreeLibrary(themeData->hlibrary);
-    ckfree(clientData);
-}
-
-static int
-XPThemeEnabled(Ttk_Theme theme, void *clientData)
-{
-    XPThemeData *themeData = clientData;
-    int active = themeData->procs->IsThemeActive();
-    int themed = themeData->procs->IsAppThemed();
-    return (active && themed);
-}
-
-/*
- * BoxToRect --
- * 	Helper routine.  Returns a RECT data structure.
- */
-static RECT
-BoxToRect(Ttk_Box b)
-{
-    RECT rc;
-    rc.top = b.y;
-    rc.left = b.x;
-    rc.bottom = b.y + b.height;
-    rc.right = b.x + b.width;
-    return rc;
-}
-
-/*
- * Map Tk state bitmaps to XP style enumerated values.
- */
-static Ttk_StateTable null_statemap[] = { {0,0,0} };
-
-/*
- * Pushbuttons (Tk: "Button")
- */
-static Ttk_StateTable pushbutton_statemap[] =
-{
-    { PBS_DISABLED, 	TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
-    { PBS_PRESSED, 	TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
-    { PBS_HOT,		TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
-    { PBS_DEFAULTED,	TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE, 0 },
-    { PBS_NORMAL, 	0, 0 }
-};
-
-/*
- * Checkboxes (Tk: "Checkbutton")
- */
-static Ttk_StateTable checkbox_statemap[] =
-{
-{CBS_MIXEDDISABLED, 	TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE|TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0},
-{CBS_MIXEDPRESSED, 	TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE|TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0},
-{CBS_MIXEDHOT,  	TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE|TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0},
-{CBS_MIXEDNORMAL, 	TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE, 0},
-{CBS_CHECKEDDISABLED,	TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0},
-{CBS_CHECKEDPRESSED,	TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0},
-{CBS_CHECKEDHOT,	TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0},
-{CBS_CHECKEDNORMAL,	TTK_STATE_SELECTED, 0},
-{CBS_UNCHECKEDDISABLED,	TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0},
-{CBS_UNCHECKEDPRESSED,	TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0},
-{CBS_UNCHECKEDHOT,	TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0},
-{CBS_UNCHECKEDNORMAL,	0,0 }
-};
-
-/*
- * Radiobuttons:
- */
-static Ttk_StateTable radiobutton_statemap[] =
-{
-{RBS_UNCHECKEDDISABLED,	TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE|TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0},
-{RBS_UNCHECKEDNORMAL,	TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE, 0},
-{RBS_CHECKEDDISABLED,	TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0},
-{RBS_CHECKEDPRESSED,	TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0},
-{RBS_CHECKEDHOT,	TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0},
-{RBS_CHECKEDNORMAL,	TTK_STATE_SELECTED, 0},
-{RBS_UNCHECKEDDISABLED,	TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0},
-{RBS_UNCHECKEDPRESSED,	TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0},
-{RBS_UNCHECKEDHOT,	TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0},
-{RBS_UNCHECKEDNORMAL,	0,0 }
-};
-
-/*
- * Groupboxes (tk: "frame")
- */
-static Ttk_StateTable groupbox_statemap[] =
-{
-{GBS_DISABLED,	TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0},
-{GBS_NORMAL,	0,0 }
-};
-
-/*
- * Edit fields (tk: "entry")
- */
-static Ttk_StateTable edittext_statemap[] =
-{
-    { ETS_DISABLED,	TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
-    { ETS_READONLY,	TTK_STATE_READONLY, 0 },
-    { ETS_FOCUSED,	TTK_STATE_FOCUS, 0 },
-    { ETS_HOT,		TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
-    { ETS_NORMAL,	0, 0 }
-/* NOT USED: ETS_ASSIST, ETS_SELECTED */
-};
-
-/*
- * Combobox text field statemap:
- * Same as edittext_statemap, but doesn't use ETS_READONLY
- * (fixes: #1032409)
- */
-static Ttk_StateTable combotext_statemap[] =
-{
-    { ETS_DISABLED,	TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
-    { ETS_FOCUSED,	TTK_STATE_FOCUS, 0 },
-    { ETS_HOT,		TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
-    { ETS_NORMAL,	0, 0 }
-};
-
-/*
- * Combobox button: (CBP_DROPDOWNBUTTON)
- */
-static Ttk_StateTable combobox_statemap[] = {
-    { CBXS_DISABLED,	TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
-    { CBXS_PRESSED, 	TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
-    { CBXS_HOT, 	TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
-    { CBXS_HOT, 	TTK_STATE_HOVER, 0 },
-    { CBXS_NORMAL, 	0, 0 }
-};
-
-/*
- * Toolbar buttons (TP_BUTTON):
- */
-static Ttk_StateTable toolbutton_statemap[] =  {
-    { TS_DISABLED, 	TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
-    { TS_PRESSED,	TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
-    { TS_HOTCHECKED,	TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
-    { TS_CHECKED, 	TTK_STATE_SELECTED, 0 },
-    { TS_HOT,  		TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
-    { TS_NORMAL, 	0,0 }
-};
-
-/*
- * Scrollbars (Tk: "Scrollbar.thumb")
- */
-static Ttk_StateTable scrollbar_statemap[] =
-{
-    { SCRBS_DISABLED, 	TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
-    { SCRBS_PRESSED, 	TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
-    { SCRBS_HOT,	TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
-    { SCRBS_NORMAL, 	0, 0 }
-};
-
-static Ttk_StateTable uparrow_statemap[] =
-{
-    { ABS_UPDISABLED,	TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
-    { ABS_UPPRESSED, 	TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
-    { ABS_UPHOT,	TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
-    { ABS_UPNORMAL, 	0, 0 }
-};
-
-static Ttk_StateTable downarrow_statemap[] =
-{
-    { ABS_DOWNDISABLED,	TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
-    { ABS_DOWNPRESSED, 	TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
-    { ABS_DOWNHOT,	TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
-    { ABS_DOWNNORMAL, 	0, 0 }
-};
-
-static Ttk_StateTable leftarrow_statemap[] =
-{
-    { ABS_LEFTDISABLED,	TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
-    { ABS_LEFTPRESSED, 	TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
-    { ABS_LEFTHOT,	TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
-    { ABS_LEFTNORMAL, 	0, 0 }
-};
-
-static Ttk_StateTable rightarrow_statemap[] =
-{
-    { ABS_RIGHTDISABLED,TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
-    { ABS_RIGHTPRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
-    { ABS_RIGHTHOT,	TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
-    { ABS_RIGHTNORMAL, 	0, 0 }
-};
-
-static Ttk_StateTable spinbutton_statemap[] =
-{
-    { DNS_DISABLED,	TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
-    { DNS_PRESSED,	TTK_STATE_PRESSED,  0 },
-    { DNS_HOT,		TTK_STATE_ACTIVE,   0 },
-    { DNS_NORMAL,	0,		    0 },
-};
-
-/*
- * Trackbar thumb: (Tk: "scale slider")
- */
-static Ttk_StateTable scale_statemap[] =
-{
-    { TUS_DISABLED, 	TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
-    { TUS_PRESSED, 	TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
-    { TUS_FOCUSED, 	TTK_STATE_FOCUS, 0 },
-    { TUS_HOT,		TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
-    { TUS_NORMAL, 	0, 0 }
-};
-
-static Ttk_StateTable tabitem_statemap[] =
-{
-    { TIS_DISABLED,     TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
-    { TIS_SELECTED,     TTK_STATE_SELECTED, 0 },
-    { TIS_HOT,          TTK_STATE_ACTIVE,   0 },
-    { TIS_FOCUSED,      TTK_STATE_FOCUS,    0 },
-    { TIS_NORMAL,       0,                  0 },
-};
-
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * +++ Element data:
- *
- * The following structure is passed as the 'clientData' pointer
- * to most elements in this theme.  It contains data relevant
- * to a single XP Theme "part".
- *
- * <<NOTE-GetThemeMargins>>:
- *	In theory, we should be call GetThemeMargins(...TMT_CONTENTRECT...)
- *	to calculate the internal padding.  In practice, this routine
- *	only seems to work properly for BP_PUSHBUTTON.  So we hardcode
- *	the required padding at element registration time instead.
- *
- *	The PAD_MARGINS flag bit determines whether the padding
- *	should be added on the inside (0) or outside (1) of the element.
- *
- * <<NOTE-GetThemePartSize>>:
- *	This gives bogus metrics for some parts (in particular,
- *	BP_PUSHBUTTONS).  Set the IGNORE_THEMESIZE flag to skip this call.
- */
-
-typedef struct 	/* XP element specifications */
-{
-    const char	*elementName;	/* Tk theme engine element name */
-    Ttk_ElementSpec *elementSpec;
-    				/* Element spec (usually GenericElementSpec) */
-    LPCWSTR	className;	/* Windows window class name */
-    int 	partId;		/* BP_PUSHBUTTON, BP_CHECKBUTTON, etc. */
-    Ttk_StateTable *statemap;	/* Map Tk states to XP states */
-    Ttk_Padding	padding;	/* See NOTE-GetThemeMargins */
-    int  	flags;
-#   define 	IGNORE_THEMESIZE 0x80000000 /* See NOTE-GetThemePartSize */
-#   define 	PAD_MARGINS	 0x40000000 /* See NOTE-GetThemeMargins */
-#   define 	HEAP_ELEMENT	 0x20000000 /* ElementInfo is on heap */
-#   define 	HALF_HEIGHT	 0x10000000 /* Used by GenericSizedElements */
-#   define 	HALF_WIDTH	 0x08000000 /* Used by GenericSizedElements */
-} ElementInfo;
-
-typedef struct
-{
-    /*
-     * Static data, initialized when element is registered:
-     */
-    ElementInfo	*info;
-    XPThemeProcs *procs;	/* Pointer to theme procedure table */
-
-    /*
-     * Dynamic data, allocated by InitElementData:
-     */
-    HTHEME	hTheme;
-    HDC		hDC;
-    HWND	hwnd;
-
-    /* For TkWinDrawableReleaseDC: */
-    Drawable	drawable;
-    TkWinDCState dcState;
-} ElementData;
-
-static ElementData *
-NewElementData(XPThemeProcs *procs, ElementInfo *info)
-{
-    ElementData *elementData = ckalloc(sizeof(ElementData));
-
-    elementData->procs = procs;
-    elementData->info = info;
-    elementData->hTheme = elementData->hDC = 0;
-
-    return elementData;
-}
-
-/*
- * Destroy elements. If the element was created by the element factory
- * then the info member is dynamically allocated. Otherwise it was
- * static data from the C object and only the ElementData needs freeing.
- */
-static void DestroyElementData(void *clientData)
-{
-    ElementData *elementData = clientData;
-    if (elementData->info->flags & HEAP_ELEMENT) {
-	ckfree(elementData->info->statemap);
-	ckfree(elementData->info->className);
-	ckfree(elementData->info->elementName);
-	ckfree(elementData->info);
-    }
-    ckfree(clientData);
-}
-
-/*
- * InitElementData --
- * 	Looks up theme handle.  If Drawable argument is non-NULL,
- * 	also initializes DC.
- *
- * Returns:
- * 	1 on success, 0 on error.
- * 	Caller must later call FreeElementData() so this element
- * 	can be reused.
- */
-
-static int
-InitElementData(ElementData *elementData, Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d)
-{
-    Window win = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
-
-    if (win != None) {
-	elementData->hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(win);
-    } else  {
-	elementData->hwnd = elementData->procs->stubWindow;
-    }
-
-    elementData->hTheme = elementData->procs->OpenThemeData(
-	elementData->hwnd, elementData->info->className);
-
-    if (!elementData->hTheme)
-	return 0;
-
-    elementData->drawable = d;
-    if (d != 0) {
-	elementData->hDC = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d,
-	    &elementData->dcState);
-    }
-
-    return 1;
-}
-
-static void
-FreeElementData(ElementData *elementData)
-{
-    elementData->procs->CloseThemeData(elementData->hTheme);
-    if (elementData->drawable != 0) {
-	TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(
-	    elementData->drawable, elementData->hDC, &elementData->dcState);
-    }
-}
-
-/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * +++ Generic element implementation.
- *
- * Used for elements which are handled entirely by the XP Theme API,
- * such as radiobutton and checkbutton indicators, scrollbar arrows, etc.
- */
-
-static void GenericElementSize(
-    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
-    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
-{
-    ElementData *elementData = clientData;
-    HRESULT result;
-    SIZE size;
-
-    if (!InitElementData(elementData, tkwin, 0))
-	return;
-
-    if (!(elementData->info->flags & IGNORE_THEMESIZE)) {
-	result = elementData->procs->GetThemePartSize(
-	    elementData->hTheme,
-	    elementData->hDC,
-	    elementData->info->partId,
-	    Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->info->statemap, 0),
-	    NULL /*RECT *prc*/,
-	    TS_TRUE,
-	    &size);
-
-	if (SUCCEEDED(result)) {
-	    *widthPtr = size.cx;
-	    *heightPtr = size.cy;
-	}
-    }
-
-    /* See NOTE-GetThemeMargins
-     */
-    *paddingPtr = elementData->info->padding;
-    if (elementData->info->flags & PAD_MARGINS) {
-	*widthPtr += Ttk_PaddingWidth(elementData->info->padding);
-	*heightPtr += Ttk_PaddingHeight(elementData->info->padding);
-    }
-}
-
-static void GenericElementDraw(
-    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
-    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
-{
-    ElementData *elementData = clientData;
-    RECT rc;
-
-    if (!InitElementData(elementData, tkwin, d)) {
-	return;
-    }
-
-    if (elementData->info->flags & PAD_MARGINS) {
-    	b = Ttk_PadBox(b, elementData->info->padding);
-    }
-    rc = BoxToRect(b);
-
-    elementData->procs->DrawThemeBackground(
-	elementData->hTheme,
-	elementData->hDC,
-	elementData->info->partId,
-	Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->info->statemap, state),
-	&rc,
-	NULL/*pContentRect*/);
-
-    FreeElementData(elementData);
-}
-
-static Ttk_ElementSpec GenericElementSpec =
-{
-    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
-    sizeof(NullElement),
-    TtkNullElementOptions,
-    GenericElementSize,
-    GenericElementDraw
-};
-
-/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * +++ Sized element implementation.
- *
- * Used for elements which are handled entirely by the XP Theme API,
- * but that require a fixed size adjustment.
- * Note that GetThemeSysSize calls through to GetSystemMetrics
- */
-
-static void
-GenericSizedElementSize(
-    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
-    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
-{
-    ElementData *elementData = clientData;
-
-    if (!InitElementData(elementData, tkwin, 0))
-	return;
-
-    GenericElementSize(clientData, elementRecord, tkwin,
-	widthPtr, heightPtr, paddingPtr);
-
-    *widthPtr = elementData->procs->GetThemeSysSize(NULL,
-	(elementData->info->flags >> 8) & 0xff);
-    *heightPtr = elementData->procs->GetThemeSysSize(NULL,
-	elementData->info->flags & 0xff);
-    if (elementData->info->flags & HALF_HEIGHT)
-	*heightPtr /= 2;
-    if (elementData->info->flags & HALF_WIDTH)
-	*widthPtr /= 2;
-}
-
-static Ttk_ElementSpec GenericSizedElementSpec = {
-    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
-    sizeof(NullElement),
-    TtkNullElementOptions,
-    GenericSizedElementSize,
-    GenericElementDraw
-};
-
-/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * +++ Spinbox arrow element.
- *     These are half-height scrollbar buttons.
- */
-
-static void
-SpinboxArrowElementSize(
-    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
-    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
-{
-    ElementData *elementData = clientData;
-
-    if (!InitElementData(elementData, tkwin, 0))
-	return;
-
-    GenericSizedElementSize(clientData, elementRecord, tkwin,
-	widthPtr, heightPtr, paddingPtr);
-
-    /* force the arrow button height to half size */
-    *heightPtr /= 2;
-}
-
-static Ttk_ElementSpec SpinboxArrowElementSpec = {
-    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
-    sizeof(NullElement),
-    TtkNullElementOptions,
-    SpinboxArrowElementSize,
-    GenericElementDraw
-};
-
-/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * +++ Scrollbar thumb element.
- *     Same as a GenericElement, but don't draw in the disabled state.
- */
-
-static void ThumbElementDraw(
-    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
-    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
-{
-    ElementData *elementData = clientData;
-    unsigned stateId = Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->info->statemap, state);
-    RECT rc = BoxToRect(b);
-
-    /*
-     * Don't draw the thumb if we are disabled.
-     */
-    if (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED)
-	return;
-
-    if (!InitElementData(elementData, tkwin, d))
-	return;
-
-    elementData->procs->DrawThemeBackground(elementData->hTheme,
-	elementData->hDC, elementData->info->partId, stateId,
-	&rc, NULL);
-
-    FreeElementData(elementData);
-}
-
-static Ttk_ElementSpec ThumbElementSpec =
-{
-    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
-    sizeof(NullElement),
-    TtkNullElementOptions,
-    GenericElementSize,
-    ThumbElementDraw
-};
-
-/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * +++ Progress bar element.
- *	Increases the requested length of PP_CHUNK and PP_CHUNKVERT parts
- *	so that indeterminate progress bars show 3 bars instead of 1.
- */
-
-static void PbarElementSize(
-    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
-    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
-{
-    ElementData *elementData = clientData;
-    int nBars = 3;
-
-    GenericElementSize(clientData, elementRecord, tkwin,
-    	widthPtr, heightPtr, paddingPtr);
-
-    if (elementData->info->partId == PP_CHUNK) {
-    	*widthPtr *= nBars;
-    } else if (elementData->info->partId == PP_CHUNKVERT) {
-    	*heightPtr *= nBars;
-    }
-}
-
-static Ttk_ElementSpec PbarElementSpec =
-{
-    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
-    sizeof(NullElement),
-    TtkNullElementOptions,
-    PbarElementSize,
-    GenericElementDraw
-};
-
-/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * +++  Notebook tab element.
- *	Same as generic element, with additional logic to select
- *	proper iPartID for the leftmost tab.
- *
- *	Notes: TABP_TABITEMRIGHTEDGE (or TABP_TOPTABITEMRIGHTEDGE,
- * 	which appears to be identical) should be used if the
- *	tab is exactly at the right edge of the notebook, but
- *	not if it's simply the rightmost tab.  This information
- * 	is not available.
- *
- *	The TIS_* and TILES_* definitions are identical, so
- * 	we can use the same statemap no matter what the partId.
- */
-static void TabElementDraw(
-    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
-    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
-{
-    ElementData *elementData = clientData;
-    int partId = elementData->info->partId;
-    RECT rc = BoxToRect(b);
-
-    if (!InitElementData(elementData, tkwin, d))
-	return;
-    if (state & TTK_STATE_USER1)
-	partId = TABP_TABITEMLEFTEDGE;
-    elementData->procs->DrawThemeBackground(
-	elementData->hTheme, elementData->hDC, partId,
-	Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->info->statemap, state), &rc, NULL);
-    FreeElementData(elementData);
-}
-
-static Ttk_ElementSpec TabElementSpec =
-{
-    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
-    sizeof(NullElement),
-    TtkNullElementOptions,
-    GenericElementSize,
-    TabElementDraw
-};
-
-/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * +++  Tree indicator element.
- *
- *	Generic element, but don't display at all if TTK_STATE_LEAF (=USER2) set
- */
-
-#define TTK_STATE_OPEN TTK_STATE_USER1
-#define TTK_STATE_LEAF TTK_STATE_USER2
-
-static Ttk_StateTable header_statemap[] =
-{
-    { HIS_PRESSED, 	TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
-    { HIS_HOT,  	TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
-    { HIS_NORMAL, 	0,0 },
-};
-
-static Ttk_StateTable treeview_statemap[] =
-{
-    { TREIS_DISABLED, 	TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
-    { TREIS_SELECTED,	TTK_STATE_SELECTED, 0},
-    { TREIS_HOT, 	TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
-    { TREIS_NORMAL, 	0,0 },
-};
-
-static Ttk_StateTable tvpglyph_statemap[] =
-{
-    { GLPS_OPENED, 	TTK_STATE_OPEN, 0 },
-    { GLPS_CLOSED, 	0,0 },
-};
-
-static void TreeIndicatorElementDraw(
-    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
-    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
-{
-    if (!(state & TTK_STATE_LEAF)) {
-        GenericElementDraw(clientData,elementRecord,tkwin,d,b,state);
-    }
-}
-
-static Ttk_ElementSpec TreeIndicatorElementSpec =
-{
-    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
-    sizeof(NullElement),
-    TtkNullElementOptions,
-    GenericElementSize,
-    TreeIndicatorElementDraw
-};
-
-#if BROKEN_TEXT_ELEMENT
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * Text element (does not work yet).
- *
- * According to "Using Windows XP Visual Styles",  we need to select
- * a font into the DC before calling DrawThemeText().
- * There's just no easy way to get an HFONT out of a Tk_Font.
- * Maybe GetThemeFont() would work?
- *
- */
-
-typedef struct
-{
-    Tcl_Obj *textObj;
-    Tcl_Obj *fontObj;
-} TextElement;
-
-static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TextElementOptions[] =
-{
-    { "-text", TK_OPTION_STRING,
-	Tk_Offset(TextElement,textObj), "" },
-    { "-font", TK_OPTION_FONT,
-	Tk_Offset(TextElement,fontObj), DEFAULT_FONT },
-    { NULL }
-};
-
-static void TextElementSize(
-    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
-    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
-{
-    TextElement *element = elementRecord;
-    ElementData *elementData = clientData;
-    RECT rc = {0, 0};
-    HRESULT hr = S_OK;
-
-    if (!InitElementData(elementData, tkwin, 0))
-	return;
-
-    hr = elementData->procs->GetThemeTextExtent(
-	    elementData->hTheme,
-	    elementData->hDC,
-	    elementData->info->partId,
-	    Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->info->statemap, 0),
-	    Tcl_GetUnicode(element->textObj),
-	    -1,
-	    DT_LEFT,// | DT_BOTTOM | DT_NOPREFIX,
-	    NULL,
-	    &rc);
-
-    if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
-	*widthPtr = rc.right - rc.left;
-	*heightPtr = rc.bottom - rc.top;
-    }
-    if (*widthPtr < 80) *widthPtr = 80;
-    if (*heightPtr < 20) *heightPtr = 20;
-
-    FreeElementData(elementData);
-}
-
-static void TextElementDraw(
-    ClientData clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
-    Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
-{
-    TextElement *element = elementRecord;
-    ElementData *elementData = clientData;
-    RECT rc = BoxToRect(b);
-    HRESULT hr = S_OK;
-
-    if (!InitElementData(elementData, tkwin, d))
-	return;
-
-    hr = elementData->procs->DrawThemeText(
-	    elementData->hTheme,
-	    elementData->hDC,
-	    elementData->info->partId,
-	    Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->info->statemap, state),
-	    Tcl_GetUnicode(element->textObj),
-	    -1,
-	    DT_LEFT,// | DT_BOTTOM | DT_NOPREFIX,
-	    (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) ? DTT_GRAYED : 0,
-	    &rc);
-    FreeElementData(elementData);
-}
-
-static Ttk_ElementSpec TextElementSpec =
-{
-    TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
-    sizeof(TextElement),
-    TextElementOptions,
-    TextElementSize,
-    TextElementDraw
-};
-
-#endif	/* BROKEN_TEXT_ELEMENT */
-
-/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * +++ Widget layouts:
- */
-
-TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT_TABLE(LayoutTable)
-
-TTK_LAYOUT("TButton",
-    TTK_GROUP("Button.button", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
-	TTK_GROUP("Button.focus", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
-	    TTK_GROUP("Button.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
-		TTK_NODE("Button.label", TTK_FILL_BOTH)))))
-
-TTK_LAYOUT("TMenubutton",
-    TTK_NODE("Menubutton.dropdown", TTK_PACK_RIGHT|TTK_FILL_Y)
-    TTK_GROUP("Menubutton.button", TTK_PACK_RIGHT|TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_BOTH,
-	    TTK_GROUP("Menubutton.padding", TTK_PACK_LEFT|TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_X,
-	        TTK_NODE("Menubutton.label", 0))))
-
-TTK_LAYOUT("Horizontal.TScrollbar",
-    TTK_GROUP("Horizontal.Scrollbar.trough", TTK_FILL_X,
-	TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Scrollbar.leftarrow", TTK_PACK_LEFT)
-	TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Scrollbar.rightarrow", TTK_PACK_RIGHT)
-	TTK_GROUP("Horizontal.Scrollbar.thumb", TTK_FILL_BOTH|TTK_UNIT,
-	    TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Scrollbar.grip", 0))))
-
-TTK_LAYOUT("Vertical.TScrollbar",
-    TTK_GROUP("Vertical.Scrollbar.trough", TTK_FILL_Y,
-	TTK_NODE("Vertical.Scrollbar.uparrow", TTK_PACK_TOP)
-	TTK_NODE("Vertical.Scrollbar.downarrow", TTK_PACK_BOTTOM)
-	TTK_GROUP("Vertical.Scrollbar.thumb", TTK_FILL_BOTH|TTK_UNIT,
-	    TTK_NODE("Vertical.Scrollbar.grip", 0))))
-
-TTK_LAYOUT("Horizontal.TScale",
-    TTK_GROUP("Scale.focus", TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_BOTH,
-	TTK_GROUP("Horizontal.Scale.trough", TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_BOTH,
-	    TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Scale.track", TTK_FILL_X)
-	    TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Scale.slider", TTK_PACK_LEFT) )))
-
-TTK_LAYOUT("Vertical.TScale",
-    TTK_GROUP("Scale.focus", TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_BOTH,
-	TTK_GROUP("Vertical.Scale.trough", TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_BOTH,
-	    TTK_NODE("Vertical.Scale.track", TTK_FILL_Y)
-	    TTK_NODE("Vertical.Scale.slider", TTK_PACK_TOP) )))
-
-TTK_END_LAYOUT_TABLE
-
-/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * +++ XP element info table:
- */
-
-#define PAD(l,t,r,b) {l,t,r,b}
-#define NOPAD {0,0,0,0}
-
-/* name spec className partId statemap padding flags */
-
-static ElementInfo ElementInfoTable[] = {
-    { "Checkbutton.indicator", &GenericElementSpec, L"BUTTON",
-    	BP_CHECKBOX, checkbox_statemap, PAD(0, 0, 4, 0), PAD_MARGINS },
-    { "Radiobutton.indicator", &GenericElementSpec, L"BUTTON",
-    	BP_RADIOBUTTON, radiobutton_statemap, PAD(0, 0, 4, 0), PAD_MARGINS },
-    { "Button.button", &GenericElementSpec, L"BUTTON",
-    	BP_PUSHBUTTON, pushbutton_statemap, PAD(3, 3, 3, 3), IGNORE_THEMESIZE },
-    { "Labelframe.border", &GenericElementSpec, L"BUTTON",
-    	BP_GROUPBOX, groupbox_statemap, PAD(2, 2, 2, 2), 0 },
-    { "Entry.field", &GenericElementSpec, L"EDIT", EP_EDITTEXT,
-    	edittext_statemap, PAD(1, 1, 1, 1), 0 },
-    { "Combobox.field", &GenericElementSpec, L"EDIT",
-	EP_EDITTEXT, combotext_statemap, PAD(1, 1, 1, 1), 0 },
-    { "Combobox.downarrow", &GenericSizedElementSpec, L"COMBOBOX",
-	CP_DROPDOWNBUTTON, combobox_statemap, NOPAD,
-	(SM_CXVSCROLL << 8) | SM_CYVSCROLL },
-    { "Vertical.Scrollbar.trough", &GenericElementSpec, L"SCROLLBAR",
-    	SBP_UPPERTRACKVERT, scrollbar_statemap, NOPAD, 0 },
-    { "Vertical.Scrollbar.thumb", &ThumbElementSpec, L"SCROLLBAR",
-    	SBP_THUMBBTNVERT, scrollbar_statemap, NOPAD, 0 },
-    { "Vertical.Scrollbar.grip", &GenericElementSpec, L"SCROLLBAR",
-    	SBP_GRIPPERVERT, scrollbar_statemap, NOPAD, 0 },
-    { "Horizontal.Scrollbar.trough", &GenericElementSpec, L"SCROLLBAR",
-    	SBP_UPPERTRACKHORZ, scrollbar_statemap, NOPAD, 0 },
-    { "Horizontal.Scrollbar.thumb", &ThumbElementSpec, L"SCROLLBAR",
-   	SBP_THUMBBTNHORZ, scrollbar_statemap, NOPAD, 0 },
-    { "Horizontal.Scrollbar.grip", &GenericElementSpec, L"SCROLLBAR",
-    	SBP_GRIPPERHORZ, scrollbar_statemap, NOPAD, 0 },
-    { "Scrollbar.uparrow", &GenericSizedElementSpec, L"SCROLLBAR",
-    	SBP_ARROWBTN, uparrow_statemap, NOPAD,
-	(SM_CXVSCROLL << 8) | SM_CYVSCROLL },
-    { "Scrollbar.downarrow", &GenericSizedElementSpec, L"SCROLLBAR",
-    	SBP_ARROWBTN, downarrow_statemap, NOPAD,
-	(SM_CXVSCROLL << 8) | SM_CYVSCROLL },
-    { "Scrollbar.leftarrow", &GenericSizedElementSpec, L"SCROLLBAR",
-    	SBP_ARROWBTN, leftarrow_statemap, NOPAD,
-	(SM_CXHSCROLL << 8) | SM_CYHSCROLL },
-    { "Scrollbar.rightarrow", &GenericSizedElementSpec, L"SCROLLBAR",
-    	SBP_ARROWBTN, rightarrow_statemap, NOPAD,
-	(SM_CXHSCROLL << 8) | SM_CYHSCROLL },
-    { "Horizontal.Scale.slider", &GenericElementSpec, L"TRACKBAR",
-    	TKP_THUMB, scale_statemap, NOPAD, 0 },
-    { "Vertical.Scale.slider", &GenericElementSpec, L"TRACKBAR",
-    	TKP_THUMBVERT, scale_statemap, NOPAD, 0 },
-    { "Horizontal.Scale.track", &GenericElementSpec, L"TRACKBAR",
-    	TKP_TRACK, scale_statemap, NOPAD, 0 },
-    { "Vertical.Scale.track", &GenericElementSpec, L"TRACKBAR",
-    	TKP_TRACKVERT, scale_statemap, NOPAD, 0 },
-    /* ttk::progressbar elements */
-    { "Horizontal.Progressbar.pbar", &PbarElementSpec, L"PROGRESS",
-    	PP_CHUNK, null_statemap, NOPAD, 0 },
-    { "Vertical.Progressbar.pbar", &PbarElementSpec, L"PROGRESS",
-    	PP_CHUNKVERT, null_statemap, NOPAD, 0 },
-    { "Horizontal.Progressbar.trough", &GenericElementSpec, L"PROGRESS",
-    	PP_BAR, null_statemap, PAD(3,3,3,3), IGNORE_THEMESIZE },
-    { "Vertical.Progressbar.trough", &GenericElementSpec, L"PROGRESS",
-    	PP_BARVERT, null_statemap, PAD(3,3,3,3), IGNORE_THEMESIZE },
-    /* ttk::notebook */
-    { "tab", &TabElementSpec, L"TAB",
-    	TABP_TABITEM, tabitem_statemap, PAD(3,3,3,0), 0 },
-    { "client", &GenericElementSpec, L"TAB",
-    	TABP_PANE, null_statemap, PAD(1,1,3,3), 0 },
-    { "NotebookPane.background", &GenericElementSpec, L"TAB",
-    	TABP_BODY, null_statemap, NOPAD, 0 },
-    { "Toolbutton.border", &GenericElementSpec, L"TOOLBAR",
-    	TP_BUTTON, toolbutton_statemap, NOPAD,0 },
-    { "Menubutton.button", &GenericElementSpec, L"TOOLBAR",
-    	TP_SPLITBUTTON,toolbutton_statemap, NOPAD,0 },
-    { "Menubutton.dropdown", &GenericElementSpec, L"TOOLBAR",
-    	TP_SPLITBUTTONDROPDOWN,toolbutton_statemap, NOPAD,0 },
-    { "Treeview.field", &GenericElementSpec, L"TREEVIEW",
-	TVP_TREEITEM, treeview_statemap, PAD(1, 1, 1, 1), 0 },
-    { "Treeitem.indicator", &TreeIndicatorElementSpec, L"TREEVIEW",
-    	TVP_GLYPH, tvpglyph_statemap, PAD(1,1,6,0), PAD_MARGINS },
-    { "Treeheading.border", &GenericElementSpec, L"HEADER",
-    	HP_HEADERITEM, header_statemap, PAD(4,0,4,0),0 },
-    { "sizegrip", &GenericElementSpec, L"STATUS",
-    	SP_GRIPPER, null_statemap, NOPAD,0 },
-    { "Spinbox.field", &GenericElementSpec, L"EDIT",
-	EP_EDITTEXT, edittext_statemap, PAD(1, 1, 1, 1), 0 },
-    { "Spinbox.uparrow", &SpinboxArrowElementSpec, L"SPIN",
-	SPNP_UP, spinbutton_statemap, NOPAD,
-	PAD_MARGINS | ((SM_CXVSCROLL << 8) | SM_CYVSCROLL) },
-    { "Spinbox.downarrow", &SpinboxArrowElementSpec, L"SPIN",
-	SPNP_DOWN, spinbutton_statemap, NOPAD,
-	PAD_MARGINS | ((SM_CXVSCROLL << 8) | SM_CYVSCROLL) },
-
-#if BROKEN_TEXT_ELEMENT
-    { "Labelframe.text", &TextElementSpec, L"BUTTON",
-    	BP_GROUPBOX, groupbox_statemap, NOPAD,0 },
-#endif
-
-    { 0,0,0,0,0,NOPAD,0 }
-};
-#undef PAD
-
-
-static int
-GetSysFlagFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *resultPtr)
-{
-    static const char *names[] = {
-	"SM_CXBORDER", "SM_CYBORDER", "SM_CXVSCROLL", "SM_CYVSCROLL",
-	"SM_CXHSCROLL", "SM_CYHSCROLL", "SM_CXMENUCHECK", "SM_CYMENUCHECK",
-	"SM_CXMENUSIZE", "SM_CYMENUSIZE", "SM_CXSIZE", "SM_CYSIZE", "SM_CXSMSIZE",
-	"SM_CYSMSIZE"
-    };
-    int flags[] = {
-	SM_CXBORDER, SM_CYBORDER, SM_CXVSCROLL, SM_CYVSCROLL,
-	SM_CXHSCROLL, SM_CYHSCROLL, SM_CXMENUCHECK, SM_CYMENUCHECK,
-	SM_CXMENUSIZE, SM_CYMENUSIZE, SM_CXSIZE, SM_CYSIZE, SM_CXSMSIZE,
-	SM_CYSMSIZE
-    };
-
-    Tcl_Obj **objv;
-    int i, objc;
-
-    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    if (objc != 2) {
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("wrong # args", -1));
-	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "WRONGARGS", NULL);
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    for (i = 0; i < objc; ++i) {
-	int option;
-	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], names,
-		sizeof(char *), "system constant", 0, &option) != TCL_OK)
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	*resultPtr |= (flags[option] << (8 * (1 - i)));
-    }
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * Windows Visual Styles API Element Factory
- *
- * The Vista release has shown that the Windows Visual Styles can be
- * extended with additional elements. This element factory can permit
- * the programmer to create elements for use with script-defined layouts
- *
- * eg: to create the small close button:
- * style element create smallclose vsapi \
- *    WINDOW 19 {disabled 4 pressed 3 active 2 {} 1}
- */
-
-static int
-Ttk_CreateVsapiElement(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp,
-    void *clientData,
-    Ttk_Theme theme,
-    const char *elementName,
-    int objc,
-    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
-{
-    XPThemeData *themeData = clientData;
-    ElementInfo *elementPtr = NULL;
-    ClientData elementData;
-    Tcl_UniChar *className;
-    int partId = 0;
-    Ttk_StateTable *stateTable;
-    Ttk_Padding pad = {0, 0, 0, 0};
-    int flags = 0;
-    int length = 0;
-    char *name;
-    LPWSTR wname;
-    Ttk_ElementSpec *elementSpec = &GenericElementSpec;
-
-    static const char *optionStrings[] =
-	{ "-padding","-width","-height","-margins", "-syssize",
-	  "-halfheight", "-halfwidth", NULL };
-    enum { O_PADDING, O_WIDTH, O_HEIGHT, O_MARGINS, O_SYSSIZE,
-	   O_HALFHEIGHT, O_HALFWIDTH };
-
-    if (objc < 2) {
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-	    "missing required arguments 'class' and/or 'partId'", -1));
-	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "VSAPI", "REQUIRED", NULL);
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &partId) != TCL_OK) {
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    className = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(objv[0], &length);
-
-    /* flags or padding */
-    if (objc > 3) {
-	int i = 3, option = 0;
-	for (i = 3; i < objc; i += 2) {
-	    int tmp = 0;
-	    if (i == objc -1) {
-		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-			"Missing value for \"%s\".",
-			Tcl_GetString(objv[i])));
-		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "VSAPI", "MISSING", NULL);
-		return TCL_ERROR;
-	    }
-	    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], optionStrings,
-		    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &option) != TCL_OK)
-		return TCL_ERROR;
-	    switch (option) {
-	    case O_PADDING:
-		if (Ttk_GetBorderFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &pad) != TCL_OK) {
-		    return TCL_ERROR;
-		}
-		break;
-	    case O_MARGINS:
-		if (Ttk_GetBorderFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &pad) != TCL_OK) {
-		    return TCL_ERROR;
-		}
-		flags |= PAD_MARGINS;
-		break;
-	    case O_WIDTH:
-		if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) {
-		    return TCL_ERROR;
-		}
-		pad.left = pad.right = tmp;
-		flags |= IGNORE_THEMESIZE;
-		break;
-	    case O_HEIGHT:
-		if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) {
-		    return TCL_ERROR;
-		}
-		pad.top = pad.bottom = tmp;
-		flags |= IGNORE_THEMESIZE;
-		break;
-	    case O_SYSSIZE:
-		if (GetSysFlagFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) {
-		    return TCL_ERROR;
-		}
-		elementSpec = &GenericSizedElementSpec;
-		flags |= (tmp & 0xFFFF);
-		break;
-	    case O_HALFHEIGHT:
-		if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) {
-		    return TCL_ERROR;
-		}
-		if (tmp)
-		    flags |= HALF_HEIGHT;
-		break;
-	    case O_HALFWIDTH:
-		if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) {
-		    return TCL_ERROR;
-		}
-		if (tmp)
-		    flags |= HALF_WIDTH;
-		break;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-    /* convert a statemap into a state table */
-    if (objc > 2) {
-	Tcl_Obj **specs;
-	int n,j,count, status = TCL_OK;
-	if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[2], &count, &specs) != TCL_OK)
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	/* we over-allocate to ensure there is a terminating entry */
-	stateTable = ckalloc(sizeof(Ttk_StateTable) * (count + 1));
-	memset(stateTable, 0, sizeof(Ttk_StateTable) * (count + 1));
-	for (n = 0, j = 0; status == TCL_OK && n < count; n += 2, ++j) {
-	    Ttk_StateSpec spec = {0,0};
-	    status = Ttk_GetStateSpecFromObj(interp, specs[n], &spec);
-	    if (status == TCL_OK) {
-		stateTable[j].onBits = spec.onbits;
-		stateTable[j].offBits = spec.offbits;
-		status = Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, specs[n+1],
-			&stateTable[j].index);
-	    }
-	}
-	if (status != TCL_OK) {
-	    ckfree(stateTable);
-	    return status;
-	}
-    } else {
-	stateTable = ckalloc(sizeof(Ttk_StateTable));
-	memset(stateTable, 0, sizeof(Ttk_StateTable));
-    }
-
-    elementPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(ElementInfo));
-    elementPtr->elementSpec = elementSpec;
-    elementPtr->partId = partId;
-    elementPtr->statemap = stateTable;
-    elementPtr->padding = pad;
-    elementPtr->flags = HEAP_ELEMENT | flags;
-
-    /* set the element name to an allocated copy */
-    name = ckalloc(strlen(elementName) + 1);
-    strcpy(name, elementName);
-    elementPtr->elementName = name;
-
-    /* set the class name to an allocated copy */
-    wname = ckalloc(sizeof(WCHAR) * (length + 1));
-    wcscpy(wname, className);
-    elementPtr->className = wname;
-
-    elementData = NewElementData(themeData->procs, elementPtr);
-    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(
-	theme, elementName, elementPtr->elementSpec, elementData);
-
-    Ttk_RegisterCleanup(interp, elementData, DestroyElementData);
-    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(elementName, -1));
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * +++ Initialization routine:
- */
-
-MODULE_SCOPE int TtkXPTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp, HWND hwnd)
-{
-    XPThemeData *themeData;
-    XPThemeProcs *procs;
-    HINSTANCE hlibrary;
-    Ttk_Theme themePtr, parentPtr, vistaPtr;
-    ElementInfo *infoPtr;
-    OSVERSIONINFOW os;
-
-    os.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFOW);
-    GetVersionExW(&os);
-
-    procs = LoadXPThemeProcs(&hlibrary);
-    if (!procs)
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    procs->stubWindow = hwnd;
-
-    /*
-     * Create the new style engine.
-     */
-    parentPtr = Ttk_GetTheme(interp, "winnative");
-    themePtr = Ttk_CreateTheme(interp, "xpnative", parentPtr);
-
-    if (!themePtr)
-        return TCL_ERROR;
-
-    /*
-     * Set theme data and cleanup proc
-     */
-
-    themeData = ckalloc(sizeof(XPThemeData));
-    themeData->procs = procs;
-    themeData->hlibrary = hlibrary;
-
-    Ttk_SetThemeEnabledProc(themePtr, XPThemeEnabled, themeData);
-    Ttk_RegisterCleanup(interp, themeData, XPThemeDeleteProc);
-    Ttk_RegisterElementFactory(interp, "vsapi", Ttk_CreateVsapiElement, themeData);
-
-    /*
-     * Create the vista theme on suitable platform versions and set the theme
-     * enable function. The theme itself is defined in script.
-     */
-
-    if (os.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT && os.dwMajorVersion > 5) {
-	vistaPtr = Ttk_CreateTheme(interp, "vista", themePtr);
-	if (vistaPtr) {
-	    Ttk_SetThemeEnabledProc(vistaPtr, XPThemeEnabled, themeData);
-	}
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * New elements:
-     */
-    for (infoPtr = ElementInfoTable; infoPtr->elementName != 0; ++infoPtr) {
-	ClientData clientData = NewElementData(procs, infoPtr);
-	Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(
-	    themePtr, infoPtr->elementName, infoPtr->elementSpec, clientData);
-	Ttk_RegisterCleanup(interp, clientData, DestroyElementData);
-    }
-
-    Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Scale.trough", &ttkNullElementSpec, 0);
-
-    /*
-     * Layouts:
-     */
-    Ttk_RegisterLayouts(themePtr, LayoutTable);
-
-    Tcl_PkgProvide(interp, "ttk::theme::xpnative", TTK_VERSION);
-
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-#endif /* HAVE_UXTHEME_H */
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/winMain.c b/tk8.6/win/winMain.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 62bcbd8..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/winMain.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,436 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * winMain.c --
- *
- *	Provides a default version of the main program and Tcl_AppInit
- *	procedure for wish and other Tk-based applications.
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
- * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation.
- *
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
- * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
- */
-
-#include "tk.h"
-#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-#include <windows.h>
-#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-#include <locale.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <tchar.h>
-
-#if defined(__GNUC__)
-int _CRT_glob = 0;
-#endif /* __GNUC__ */
-
-#ifdef TK_TEST
-extern Tcl_PackageInitProc Tktest_Init;
-#endif /* TK_TEST */
-
-#if defined(STATIC_BUILD) && TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES
-extern Tcl_PackageInitProc Registry_Init;
-extern Tcl_PackageInitProc Dde_Init;
-extern Tcl_PackageInitProc Dde_SafeInit;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef TCL_BROKEN_MAINARGS
-static void setargv(int *argcPtr, TCHAR ***argvPtr);
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file:
- */
-
-static BOOL consoleRequired = TRUE;
-
-/*
- * The following #if block allows you to change the AppInit function by using
- * a #define of TCL_LOCAL_APPINIT instead of rewriting this entire file. The
- * #if checks for that #define and uses Tcl_AppInit if it doesn't exist.
- */
-
-#ifndef TK_LOCAL_APPINIT
-#define TK_LOCAL_APPINIT Tcl_AppInit
-#endif
-#ifndef MODULE_SCOPE
-#   define MODULE_SCOPE extern
-#endif
-MODULE_SCOPE int TK_LOCAL_APPINIT(Tcl_Interp *interp);
-
-/*
- * The following #if block allows you to change how Tcl finds the startup
- * script, prime the library or encoding paths, fiddle with the argv, etc.,
- * without needing to rewrite Tk_Main()
- */
-
-#ifdef TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK
-MODULE_SCOPE int TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK(int *argc, TCHAR ***argv);
-#endif
-
-/* Make sure the stubbed variants of those are never used. */
-#undef Tcl_ObjSetVar2
-#undef Tcl_NewStringObj
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * _tWinMain --
- *
- *	Main entry point from Windows.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns false if initialization fails, otherwise it never returns.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Just about anything, since from here we call arbitrary Tcl code.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int APIENTRY
-#ifdef TCL_BROKEN_MAINARGS
-WinMain(
-    HINSTANCE hInstance,
-    HINSTANCE hPrevInstance,
-    LPSTR lpszCmdLine,
-    int nCmdShow)
-#else
-_tWinMain(
-    HINSTANCE hInstance,
-    HINSTANCE hPrevInstance,
-    LPTSTR lpszCmdLine,
-    int nCmdShow)
-#endif
-{
-    TCHAR **argv;
-    int argc;
-    TCHAR *p;
-
-    /*
-     * Create the console channels and install them as the standard channels.
-     * All I/O will be discarded until Tk_CreateConsoleWindow is called to
-     * attach the console to a text widget.
-     */
-
-    consoleRequired = TRUE;
-
-    /*
-     * Set up the default locale to be standard "C" locale so parsing is
-     * performed correctly.
-     */
-
-    setlocale(LC_ALL, "C");
-
-    /*
-     * Get our args from the c-runtime. Ignore lpszCmdLine.
-     */
-
-#if defined(TCL_BROKEN_MAINARGS)
-    setargv(&argc, &argv);
-#else
-    argc = __argc;
-    argv = __targv;
-#endif
-
-    /*
-     * Forward slashes substituted for backslashes.
-     */
-
-    for (p = argv[0]; *p != '\0'; p++) {
-	if (*p == '\\') {
-	    *p = '/';
-	}
-    }
-
-#ifdef TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK
-    TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK(&argc, &argv);
-#endif
-
-    Tk_Main(argc, argv, TK_LOCAL_APPINIT);
-    return 0;			/* Needed only to prevent compiler warning. */
-}
-
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Tcl_AppInit --
- *
- *	This procedure performs application-specific initialization. Most
- *	applications, especially those that incorporate additional packages,
- *	will have their own version of this procedure.
- *
- * Results:
- *	Returns a standard Tcl completion code, and leaves an error message in
- *	the interp's result if an error occurs.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Depends on the startup script.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-Tcl_AppInit(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Interpreter for application. */
-{
-    if ((Tcl_Init)(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (Tk_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    Tcl_StaticPackage(interp, "Tk", Tk_Init, Tk_SafeInit);
-
-    /*
-     * Initialize the console only if we are running as an interactive
-     * application.
-     */
-
-    if (consoleRequired) {
-	if (Tk_CreateConsoleWindow(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
-	    return TCL_ERROR;
-	}
-    }
-#if defined(STATIC_BUILD) && TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES
-    if (Registry_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    Tcl_StaticPackage(interp, "registry", Registry_Init, 0);
-
-    if (Dde_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    Tcl_StaticPackage(interp, "dde", Dde_Init, Dde_SafeInit);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef TK_TEST
-    if (Tktest_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
-	return TCL_ERROR;
-    }
-    Tcl_StaticPackage(interp, "Tktest", Tktest_Init, 0);
-#endif /* TK_TEST */
-
-    /*
-     * Call the init procedures for included packages. Each call should look
-     * like this:
-     *
-     * if (Mod_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
-     *     return TCL_ERROR;
-     * }
-     *
-     * where "Mod" is the name of the module. (Dynamically-loadable packages
-     * should have the same entry-point name.)
-     */
-
-    /*
-     * Call Tcl_CreateObjCommand for application-specific commands, if they
-     * weren't already created by the init procedures called above.
-     */
-
-    /*
-     * Specify a user-specific startup file to invoke if the application is
-     * run interactively. Typically the startup file is "~/.apprc" where "app"
-     * is the name of the application. If this line is deleted then no user-
-     * specific startup file will be run under any conditions.
-     */
-
-    Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("tcl_rcFileName", -1), NULL,
-	    Tcl_NewStringObj("~/wishrc.tcl", -1), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
-    return TCL_OK;
-}
-
-#if defined(TK_TEST)
-/*
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * _tmain --
- *
- *	Main entry point from the console.
- *
- * Results:
- *	None: Tk_Main never returns here, so this procedure never returns
- *	either.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Whatever the applications does.
- *
- *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-#ifdef TCL_BROKEN_MAINARGS
-int
-main(
-    int argc,
-    char **dummy)
-{
-    TCHAR **argv;
-#else
-int
-_tmain(
-    int argc,
-    TCHAR **argv)
-{
-#endif
-    /*
-     * Set up the default locale to be standard "C" locale so parsing is
-     * performed correctly.
-     */
-
-    setlocale(LC_ALL, "C");
-
-#ifdef TCL_BROKEN_MAINARGS
-    /*
-     * Get our args from the c-runtime. Ignore argc/argv.
-     */
-
-    setargv(&argc, &argv);
-#endif
-    /*
-     * Console emulation widget not required as this entry is from the
-     * console subsystem, thus stdin,out,err already have end-points.
-     */
-
-    consoleRequired = FALSE;
-
-#ifdef TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK
-    TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK(&argc, &argv);
-#endif
-
-    Tk_Main(argc, argv, Tcl_AppInit);
-    return 0;
-}
-#endif /* !__GNUC__ || TK_TEST */
-
-
-/*
- *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * setargv --
- *
- *	Parse the Windows command line string into argc/argv. Done here
- *	because we don't trust the builtin argument parser in crt0. Windows
- *	applications are responsible for breaking their command line into
- *	arguments.
- *
- *	2N backslashes + quote -> N backslashes + begin quoted string
- *	2N + 1 backslashes + quote -> literal
- *	N backslashes + non-quote -> literal
- *	quote + quote in a quoted string -> single quote
- *	quote + quote not in quoted string -> empty string
- *	quote -> begin quoted string
- *
- * Results:
- *	Fills argcPtr with the number of arguments and argvPtr with the array
- *	of arguments.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	Memory allocated.
- *
- *--------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-#ifdef TCL_BROKEN_MAINARGS
-static void
-setargv(
-    int *argcPtr,		/* Filled with number of argument strings. */
-    TCHAR ***argvPtr)		/* Filled with argument strings (malloc'd). */
-{
-    TCHAR *cmdLine, *p, *arg, *argSpace;
-    TCHAR **argv;
-    int argc, size, inquote, copy, slashes;
-
-    cmdLine = GetCommandLine();
-
-    /*
-     * Precompute an overly pessimistic guess at the number of arguments in
-     * the command line by counting non-space spans.
-     */
-
-    size = 2;
-    for (p = cmdLine; *p != '\0'; p++) {
-	if ((*p == ' ') || (*p == '\t')) {	/* INTL: ISO space. */
-	    size++;
-	    while ((*p == ' ') || (*p == '\t')) { /* INTL: ISO space. */
-		p++;
-	    }
-	    if (*p == '\0') {
-		break;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-    /* Make sure we don't call ckalloc through the (not yet initialized) stub table */
-    #undef Tcl_Alloc
-    #undef Tcl_DbCkalloc
-
-    argSpace = ckalloc(size * sizeof(char *)
-	    + (_tcslen(cmdLine) * sizeof(TCHAR)) + sizeof(TCHAR));
-    argv = (TCHAR **) argSpace;
-    argSpace += size * (sizeof(char *)/sizeof(TCHAR));
-    size--;
-
-    p = cmdLine;
-    for (argc = 0; argc < size; argc++) {
-	argv[argc] = arg = argSpace;
-	while ((*p == ' ') || (*p == '\t')) {	/* INTL: ISO space. */
-	    p++;
-	}
-	if (*p == '\0') {
-	    break;
-	}
-
-	inquote = 0;
-	slashes = 0;
-	while (1) {
-	    copy = 1;
-	    while (*p == '\\') {
-		slashes++;
-		p++;
-	    }
-	    if (*p == '"') {
-		if ((slashes & 1) == 0) {
-		    copy = 0;
-		    if ((inquote) && (p[1] == '"')) {
-			p++;
-			copy = 1;
-		    } else {
-			inquote = !inquote;
-		    }
-		}
-		slashes >>= 1;
-	    }
-
-	    while (slashes) {
-		*arg = '\\';
-		arg++;
-		slashes--;
-	    }
-
-	    if ((*p == '\0') || (!inquote &&
-		    ((*p == ' ') || (*p == '\t')))) {	/* INTL: ISO space. */
-		break;
-	    }
-	    if (copy != 0) {
-		*arg = *p;
-		arg++;
-	    }
-	    p++;
-	}
-	*arg = '\0';
-	argSpace = arg + 1;
-    }
-    argv[argc] = NULL;
-
-    *argcPtr = argc;
-    *argvPtr = argv;
-}
-#endif /* TCL_BROKEN_MAINARGS */
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: c
- * c-basic-offset: 4
- * fill-column: 78
- * End:
- */
diff --git a/tk8.6/win/wish.exe.manifest.in b/tk8.6/win/wish.exe.manifest.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 4829471..0000000
--- a/tk8.6/win/wish.exe.manifest.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes"?>
-<assembly xmlns="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:asm.v1" manifestVersion="1.0"
-	xmlns:asmv3="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:asm.v3">
-    <assemblyIdentity
-	    version="@TK_WIN_VERSION@"
-	    processorArchitecture="@MACHINE@"
-	    name="Tcl.Tk.wish"
-	    type="win32"
-	/>
-    <description>Tcl/Tk windowing shell (wish)</description>
-    <trustInfo xmlns="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:asm.v3">
-	<security>
-	    <requestedPrivileges>
-		<requestedExecutionLevel
-			level="asInvoker"
-			uiAccess="false"
-		    />
-	    </requestedPrivileges>
-	</security>
-    </trustInfo>
-    <compatibility xmlns="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:compatibility.v1">
-	<application>
-	    <!-- Windows 10 -->
-	    <supportedOS Id="{8e0f7a12-bfb3-4fe8-b9a5-48fd50a15a9a}"/>
-	    <!-- Windows 8.1 -->
-	    <supportedOS Id="{1f676c76-80e1-4239-95bb-83d0f6d0da78}"/>
-	    <!-- Windows 8 -->
-	    <supportedOS Id="{4a2f28e3-53b9-4441-ba9c-d69d4a4a6e38}"/>
-	    <!-- Windows 7 -->
-	    <supportedOS Id="{35138b9a-5d96-4fbd-8e2d-a2440225f93a}"/>
-	    <!-- Windows Vista -->
-	    <supportedOS Id="{e2011457-1546-43c5-a5fe-008deee3d3f0}"/>
-	</application>
-    </compatibility>
-    <asmv3:application>
-	<asmv3:windowsSettings
-		xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/SMI/2005/WindowsSettings">
-	    <dpiAware>true</dpiAware>
-	</asmv3:windowsSettings>
-    </asmv3:application>
-    <dependency>
-	<dependentAssembly>
-	    <assemblyIdentity
-		    type="win32"
-		    name="Microsoft.Windows.Common-Controls"
-		    version="6.0.0.0"
-		    processorArchitecture="@MACHINE@"
-		    publicKeyToken="6595b64144ccf1df"
-		    language="*"
-		/>
-	</dependentAssembly>
-    </dependency>
-</assembly>